advertisement
19 March 2014
Network OS
Command Reference
Supporting Network OS v4.1.1
®
Copyright © 2013-2014 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Brocade, the B-wing symbol, Brocade Assurance, ADX, AnyIO, DCX, Fabric OS, FastIron, HyperEdge, ICX, MLX, MyBrocade, NetIron,
OpenScript, VCS, VDX, and Vyatta are registered trademarks, and The Effortless Network and the On-Demand Data Center are trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and in other countries. Other brands and product names mentioned may be trademarks of others.
Notice: This document is for informational purposes only and does not set forth any warranty, expressed or implied, concerning any equipment, equipment feature, or service offered or to be offered by Brocade. Brocade reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time, without notice, and assumes no responsibility for its use. This informational document describes features that may not be currently available. Contact a Brocade sales office for information on feature and product availability.
Export of technical data contained in this document may require an export license from the United States government.
The authors and Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. assume no liability or responsibility to any person or entity with respect to the accuracy of this document or any loss, cost, liability, or damages arising from the information contained herein or the computer programs that accompany it.
The product described by this document may contain open source software covered by the GNU General Public License or other open source license agreements. To find out which open source software is included in Brocade products, view the licensing terms applicable to the open source software, and obtain a copy of the programming source code, please visit http://www.brocade.com/support/oscd .
Brocade Communications Systems, Incorporated
Corporate and Latin American Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems, Inc.
130 Holger Way
San Jose, CA 95134
Tel: 1-408-333-8000
Fax: 1-408-333-8101
E-mail: [email protected]
Asia-Pacific Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems China HK, Ltd.
No. 1 Guanghua Road
Chao Yang District
Units 2718 and 2818
Beijing 100020, China
Tel: +8610 6588 8888
Fax: +8610 6588 9999
E-mail: [email protected]
European Headquarters
Brocade Communications Switzerland Sàrl
Centre Swissair
Tour B - 4ème étage
29, Route de l'Aéroport
Case Postale 105
CH-1215 Genève 15
Switzerland
Tel: +41 22 799 5640
Fax: +41 22 799 5641
E-mail: [email protected]
Asia-Pacific Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen WFOE)
Citic Plaza
No. 233 Tian He Road North
Unit 1308 – 13th Floor
Guangzhou, China
Tel: +8620 3891 2000
Fax: +8620 3891 2111
E-mail: [email protected]
Document History
Title
Network OS Command Reference
Network OS Command Reference
Network OS Command Reference
Network OS Command Reference
Network OS Command Reference
Network OS Command Reference
Network OS Command Reference
Network OS Command Reference
Network OS Command Reference
Network OS Command Reference
Publication number Summary of changes
53-1002081-01
53-1002340-01
53-1002492-01
53-1002562-01
53-1002796-01
53-1002796-02
53-1002796-04
53-1002841-01
53-1003115-01
53-1003226-01
New document
Updated for Network OS v2.1.0
Updated for Network OS v2.1.1
Updated for Network OS v3.0.0
Updated for Network OS v3.0.1
Updated for Network OS v3.0.1a
Updated for Network OS v3.0.1b
Updated for Network OS v4.0.0
Updated for Network OS v4.1.0
Updated for Network OS v4.1.1
Date
December 2010
September 2011
December 2011
September 2012
December 2012
March 2013
July 2013
July 2013
February 2014
March 2014
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01 iii
iv Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Contents
How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiii
Supported hardware and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiii
What’s new in this document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiv
Document conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiv
Text formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiv
Command syntax conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xxxv
Notes, cautions, and warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
Key terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
Notice to the reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvii
Additional information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvii
Brocade resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xxxvii
Other industry resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xxxvii
Getting technical help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxviii
Document feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxviii
DCB command line interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Saving your configuration changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Network OS CLI RBAC permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Accessing the Network OS CLI through Telnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Network OS CLI command modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Network OS CLI keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Using the do command as a shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Displaying Network OS CLI commands and command syntax. . . . . . 9
Network OS CLI command completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Network OS CLI command output modifiers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Show command output information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
aaa authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
access-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01 v
vi
access-list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
activate (NSX Controller connection profile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
activate (VXLAN gateway) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
address-family ipv4 unicast (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
address-family ipv4 unicast (VRF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
advertise dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
advertise dcbx-tlv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
advertise dot1-tlv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
advertise dot3-tlv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
advertise optional-tlv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
advertise-backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
advertisement interval (fabric-map) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
advertisement-interval (VRRP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
ag enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
aggregate-address (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
alias-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
allow non-profiled-macs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
always-compare-med (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
always-propagate (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
area nssa (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
area range (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
area stub (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
area virtual-link (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
as-path-ignore (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
attach rbridge-id. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
attach vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
auto-cost reference-bandwidth (OSPF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
backup-advertisement-interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
banner incoming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
banner login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
banner motd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
bgp-redistribute-internal (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
bpdu-drop enable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
bridge-priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
capability as4 (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
capture packet interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
cee-map (configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
cee-map (FCoE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
certutil import ldapca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
certutil import sshkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
certutil import syslogca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
channel-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
chassis beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
chassis disable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
chassis enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
chassis fan airflow-direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
chassis virtual-ip virtual-ipv6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
cidrecov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
cipherset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
cisco-interoperability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
class-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
clear arp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
clear counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
clear counters access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
clear counters access-list (interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
clear counters access-list (ip) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
clear counters access-list (MAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
clear counters interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
clear counters slot-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
clear counters (IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
clear counters (MAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
clear counters storm-control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
clear dot1x statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
clear dot1x statistics interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
clear edge-loop-detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
clear fcoe login. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
clear ip bgp dampening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
clear ip bgp flap-statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
clear ip bgp local routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
clear ip bgp neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
clear ip bgp routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
clear ip bgp traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
clear ip dhcp relay statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
clear ip igmp groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
clear ip igmp statistics interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
clear ip ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
clear ip pim mcache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
clear ip pim rp-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
clear ip pim traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
clear ip route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
clear lacp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
vii
viii
clear lacp counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
clear lldp neighbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
clear lldp statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
clear logging auditlog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
clear logging raslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
clear mac-address-table dynamic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
clear nas statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
clear overlay-gateway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
clear policy-map-counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
clear sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
clear sflow statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
clear spanning-tree counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
clear support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
clear udld statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
clear vrrp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
client-to-client-reflection (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
clock set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
clock timezone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
cluster-id (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
compare-med-empty-aspath (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
compare-routerid (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
configure terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
conform-set-dscp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
conform-set-prec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
conform-set-tc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
continue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
copy default-config startup-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
copy running-config startup-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
copy snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
copy support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
copy support-interactive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
cos-mutation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
cos-traffic-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
counter reliability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
dampening (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
database-overflow-interval (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
debug access-list-log buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
debug dhcp packet buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
debug dhcp packet buffer clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
debug dhcp packet buffer interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
debug fcoe show swcfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
debug ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug ip bgp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
debug ip bgp address-family ipv4 unicast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
debug ip bgp neighbor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
debug ip igmp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
debug ip ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
debug ip pim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
debug ip rtm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
debug ip vrf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
debug lacp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
debug lldp dump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
debug lldp packet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
debug lldp dump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
debug spanning-tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
debug udld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
debug vrrp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
default-information-originate (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
default-information-originate (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
default-local-preference (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
default-metric (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
default-metric (OSPF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
default-passive-interface (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
deny (extended ACLs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
deny (standard ACLs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
description (interfaces) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
description (LLDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
description (Port Mirroring) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
description (VRRP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
desire-distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
dhcp auto-deployment enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
diag burninerrclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
diag clearerror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
diag portledtest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
diag portloopbacktest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
diag post enable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
diag prbstest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
diag setcycle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
diag systemverification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
diag turboramtest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
distance (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
distance (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236
distribute-list route-map (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
dot1x authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
dot1x enable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
ix
x
dot1x port-control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
dot1x quiet-period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
dot1x reauthenticate interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242
dot1x reauthentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
dot1x reauthMax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
dot1x test eapol-capable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
dot1x test timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
dot1x timeout re-authperiod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
dot1x timeout server-timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
dot1x timeout supp-timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
dot1x timeout tx-period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
dpod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
dscp-cos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
dscp-mutation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
dscp-traffic-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
ebs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255
hello-interval (ELD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
edge-loop-detection port-priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
edge-loop-detection vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
enable statistics direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
enable statistics direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
enable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
enforce-first-as (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
enodes-config. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
error-disable-timeout enable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
error-disable-timeout interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267
exceed-set-dscp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
exceed-set-prec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
exceed-set-tc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
external-lsdb-limit (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
fabric ecmp load-balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273
fabric ecmp load-balance-hash-swap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
fabric isl enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275
fabric neighbor-discovery disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
fabric route mcast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277
fabric trunk enable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
fabric vlag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279
fabric-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
fast-external-failover (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
fastboot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
fcmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fcoe-enodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
fcoe-profile (AMPP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
fcoeport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
fcsp auth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
fcsp auth-secret dhchap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290
fill-word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291
filter-change-update-delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292
fips root disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
fips selftests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294
fips zeroize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
firmware activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
firmware commit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
firmware download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299
firmware download ftp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302
firmware download interactive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
firmware download logical-chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
firmware download scp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
firmware download sftp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
firmware download usb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
firmware install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
firmware recover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
firmware restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
firmware sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
forward-delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
ha chassisreboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319
ha disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320
ha enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321
ha failover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
ha sync start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
ha sync stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325
hello (LLDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326
hello (UDLD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327
hello-interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
hello-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
hello-timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
hold-time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
http server shutdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
inactivity-timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
install-igp-cost (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334
instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335
interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336
interface (range specification) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
interface loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342
interface management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343
xi
xii
interface ve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345
interface vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346
ip access-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348
ip access-list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349
ip address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
ip address (NSX controller configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352
ip arp-aging-timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353
ip as-path access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354
ip community-list extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355
ip community-list standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356
ip dhcp relay address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
ip directed-broadcast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358
ip dns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
ip echo-reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
ipv6 echo-reply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
ip http-server enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362
ip icmp rate-limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
ipv6 icmp rate-limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
ip igmp immediate-leave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
ip igmp last-member-query-interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366
ip igmp query-interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
ip igmp query-max-response-time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368
ip igmp snooping enable (global version). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369
ip igmp snooping enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
ip igmp snooping fast-leave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
ip igmp snooping mrouter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
ip igmp snooping querier enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375
ip igmp static-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
ip interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377
ip load-sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379
ip mtu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
ip multicast-boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381
ip ospf active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382
ip ospf passive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383
ip ospf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385
ip ospf authentication-key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386
ip ospf cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387
ip ospf database-filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
ip ospf dead-interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
ip ospf hello-interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
ip ospf md5-authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
ip ospf mtu-ignore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394
ip ospf network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip ospf passive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396
ip ospf priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
ip ospf retransmit-interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398
ip ospf transmit-delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
ip pim dr-priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400
ip pim-sparse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401
ip policy route-map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402
ip prefix-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403
ip proxy-arp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404
ip route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405
ip route next-hop ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407
ip route next-hop-enable-default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408
ip route next-hop-recursion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409
ip route next-hop-vrf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
ip router-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411
ip unreachable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412
ipv6 echo-reply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413
ipv6 icmp rate-limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
ipv6 ra-guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415
ipv6 route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
ipv6 unreachable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
iscsi-priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418
isl-r_rdy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419
keep-alive timeout (fabric-map) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420
l2traceroute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421
lacp default-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423
lacp port-priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424
lacp system-priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425
lacp timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426
ldap-server host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427
ldap-server maprole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
license add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
license remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
line vty exec-timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432
linecard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433
lldp dcbx-version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435
lldp disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436
lldp iscsi-priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437
lldp profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438
load-balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
local-as (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440
log-dampening-debug (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441
logging auditlog class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442
logging raslog console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443
logging syslog-facility local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .444
xiii
xiv
logging syslog-server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
logical-chassis principal-priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
logical-chassis principal-switchover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447
long-distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448
long-distance-isl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450
mac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452
mac access-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453
mac access-list extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454
mac access-list standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .455
mac-address-reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456
mac-address-table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .457
mac-group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .459
mac-rebalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460
management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .461
map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462
map fport interface fcoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463
map qos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .464
map sflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465
match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466
match (route map) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .467
match access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469
match as-path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470
match community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
match interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
match ip address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473
match ip next-hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
match metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475
match protocol bgp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
match route-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
match tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .478
max-age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479
max-hops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .480
max-mcache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .481
max-metric router-lsa (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482
max-route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484
maxas-limit (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485
maximum-paths (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486
maximum-paths ebgp ibgp (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487
med-missing-as-worst (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488
message-interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .489
metric-type (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490
minimum-links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491
mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492
mode (27x40 GbE line card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
monitor session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495
monitor-session (VXLAN gateway). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .496
mtu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498
multipath (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499
multiplier (LLDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500
multiplier (UDLD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .501
nas auto-qos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .502
nas server-ip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503
nbr-timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504
neighbor (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505
neighbor (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507
neighbor advertisement-interval (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508
neighbor as-override (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509
neighbor capability as4 (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
neighbor default-originate (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511
neighbor description (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .512
neighbor ebgp-multihop (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .513
neighbor enforce-first-as (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .514
neighbor filter-list (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
neighbor local-as (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
neighbor maxas-limit in (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
neighbor maximum-prefix (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518
neighbor next-hop-self (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .519
neighbor password (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .520
neighbor peer-group (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521
neighbor prefix-list (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .522
neighbor remote-as (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
neighbor remove-private-as (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .524
neighbor route-map (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .525
neighbor route-reflector-client (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .526
neighbor send-community (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .527
neighbor shutdown (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .528
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . .529
neighbor timers (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530
neighbor unsuppress-map (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
neighbor update-source (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532
neighbor weight (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534
network (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535
next-hop-enable-default (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536
next-hop-recursion (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537
nport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538
nport interface Fibrechannel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539
nssa-translator (OSPF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .540
nsx-controller client-cert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541
nsx-controller name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .542
xv
xvi
nsx-controller name reconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543
ntp authentication-key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544
ntp server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545
oscmd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546
overlay-gateway (for VXLAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .548
password-attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549
password-attributes admin-lockout enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551
pdu-rx-limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552
permit (extended ACLs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .553
permit (standard ACLs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .555
police cir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .559
police-priority-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560
policy-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561
port-channel path-cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562
port-group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563
port-profile (global configuration mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564
port-profile (port-profile-domain configuration mode). . . . . . .565
port-profile-domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566
port-profile-port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567
port-shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569
power-off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .570
power-off linecard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
power-on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .572
power-on linecard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573
precedence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
preempt-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575
priority-group-table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577
priority-tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579
private-vlan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .580
private-vlan association. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581
profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .582
prom-access disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583
protect-mode enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584
protocol edge-loop-detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .585
protocol lldp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586
protocol spanning-tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587
protocol udld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .588
protocol vrrp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .589
protocol vrrp-extended. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .590
pwd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591
qos cos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592
qos cos-mutation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos cos-traffic-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594
qos dscp-cos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595
qos dscp-mutation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596
qos dscp-traffic-class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597
qos flowcontrol tx rx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .598
qos flowcontrol pfc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599
qos map cos-mutation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600
qos map cos-traffic-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601
qos map dscp-cos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602
qos map dscp-mutation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603
qos map dscp-traffic-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605
qos red profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606
qos trust cos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607
qos trust dscp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608
qos queue multicast scheduler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609
qos queue scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .611
qos random-detect cos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613
qos rcv-queue cos-threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614
qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .616
qos rcv-queue multicast threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
qos-profile (AMPP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619
radius-server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .620
rasman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .622
rate-limit-delay get netconf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .625
rate-limit-delay set netconf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
rbridge-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627
rd (route distinguisher) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .629
reconnect-interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .630
redistribute (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .631
redistribute (OSPF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .632
region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633
reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .634
remap fabric-priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .636
remap lossless-priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .637
rename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .638
rename (Access Gateway mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .639
resequence access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .640
reserved-vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .641
restrict-flooding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .642
revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .643
rfc1583-compatibility (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644
rfc1587-compatibility (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .645
rib-route-limit (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .646
rmon alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .647
rmon collection history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .648
xvii
xviii
rmon collection stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .649
rmon event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .650
role name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .651
route-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .652
router bgp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .654
router ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .655
router pim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656
route-target. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .657
rp-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .658
rspan-vlan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .659
scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661
secpolicy activate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662
secpolicy defined-policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .663
security-profile (AMPP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665
seq (extended IP ACLs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666
seq (standard IP ACLs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .669
seq (extended MAC ACLs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .670
seq (standard MAC ACLs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .672
service password-encryption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .673
service-policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
set as-path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .675
set as-path prepend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .676
set automatic-tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .678
set comm-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .679
set community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .680
set cos traffic-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .681
set dscp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .682
set dampening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .683
set distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .684
set ip interface null0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .685
set ip next-hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .686
set local-preference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687
set metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .688
set metric-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .689
set origin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .690
set-priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .691
set route-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .692
set tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .693
set weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .694
sflow collector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .695
sflow enable (global version). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .696
sflow enable (interface version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .697
sflow polling-interval (global version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .698
sflow polling-interval (interface version). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .699
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
sflow sample-rate (global version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .700
sflow sample-rate (interface version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701
sflow-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .702
sfp breakout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703
short-path-forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .704
show access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705
show access-list interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706
show access-list ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707
show access-list mac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708
show access-list-log buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .709
show ag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
show ag map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712
show ag pg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
show arp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
show bpdu-drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
show capture packet interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .718
show cee maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
show cert-util ldapca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .720
show cert-util sshkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721
show cert-util syslogca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .722
show chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .723
show cipherset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .727
show class-maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .728
show cli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .729
show cli history. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .730
show clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731
show config snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .732
show copy-support status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .733
show dadstatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .734
show debug dhcp packet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .735
show debug dhcp packet buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .736
show debug ip bgp all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .738
show debug ip igmp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .739
show debug ip pim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
show debug lacp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
show debug lldp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
show debug spanning-tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
show debug udld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
show debug vrrp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
show defaults threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
show default-vlan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
show dpod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
show diag burninerrshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .751
show diag burninerrshowerrLog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .752
show diag burninstatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .754
xix
xx
show diag post results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .755
show diag setcycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .757
show diag status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .758
show dot1x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .759
show dot1x all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .760
show dot1x diagnostics interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
show dot1x interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .762
show dot1x session-info interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .763
show dot1x statistics interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .764
show dpod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .765
show edge-loop-detection detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .766
show edge-loop-detection globals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .767
show edge-loop-detection interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .768
show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .770
show environment fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
show environment history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .772
show environment power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
show environment sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .775
show environment temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
show fabric all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .777
show fabric ecmp load-balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .778
show fabric isl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .779
show fabric islports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .783
show fabric port-channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .787
show fabric route linkinfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .788
show fabric route multicast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .792
show fabric route neighbor-state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .795
show fabric route pathinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .798
show fabric route topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .806
show fabric trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .809
show fcoe fabric-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .812
show fcoe interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .814
show fcoe login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .815
show fcoe map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .816
show fcsp auth-secret dh-chap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817
show fibrechannel login. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .818
show file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .820
show fips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .821
show firmwaredownloadhistory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .822
show firmwaredownloadstatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .823
show global-running-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .825
show ha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .827
show history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .829
show interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .830
show interface description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .834
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show interface FibreChannel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .835
show interface management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .841
show interface stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .843
show interface status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .845
show interface trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .846
show inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .847
show ip bgp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .849
show ip bgp attribute-entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .850
show ip bgp dampened-paths. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .851
show ip bgp filtered-routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .852
show ip bgp flap-statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .853
show ip bgp neighbor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .854
show ip bgp neighbors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .855
show ip bgp neighbors advertised-routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .856
show ip bgp neighbors flap-statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .857
show ip bgp neighbors received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .858
show ip bgp neighbors received-routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .859
show ip bgp neighbors routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .860
show ip bgp neighbors routes-summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .861
show ip bgp peer-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .862
show ip bgp routes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .863
show ip bgp routes age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .864
show ip bgp routes as-path-access-list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .865
show ip bgp routes community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .866
show ip bgp routes community-access-list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .867
show ip bgp routes community-reg-expression . . . . . . . . . . . .868
show ip bgp routes longer-prefixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .869
show ip bgp routes neighbor nexthop local unreachable . . . .870
show ip bgp routes prefix-list regular-expression route-map . 871
show ip bgp routes summary detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .872
show ip dhcp relay address interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .873
show ip dhcp relay address rbridge-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .875
show ip dhcp relay statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .877
show ip igmp groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .879
show ip igmp interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .882
show ip igmp snooping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .884
show ip igmp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .885
show ip interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .887
show ip interface loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .890
show ip interface ve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .891
show ip ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .892
show ip ospf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .893
show ip ospf border-routers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .895
show ip ospf config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .896
show ip ospf database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .897
xxi
xxii
show ip ospf interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .900
show ip ospf neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .902
show ip ospf redistribute route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .904
show ip ospf routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .905
show ip ospf summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .906
show ip ospf traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907
show ip ospf virtual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909
show ip pim bsr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .910
show ip pim group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .911
show ip pim mcache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .912
show ip pim neighbor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .913
show ip pim rpf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .914
show ip pim rp-hash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .915
show ip pim rp-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .916
show ip pim rp-set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917
show ip pim-sparse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .918
show ip pim traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .920
show ip route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .921
show ipv6 route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .924
show lacp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .925
show lacp sys-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .926
show license. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .927
show license id. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .929
show linecard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .930
show lldp interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .932
show lldp neighbors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .933
show lldp statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .935
show logging auditlog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .936
show logging raslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .937
show mac-address-table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .939
show media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .942
show media interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .943
show media linecard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .946
show mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .948
show monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .949
show name-server brief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .950
show name-server detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .951
show name-server nodefind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .953
show name-server zonemember . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .954
show nas statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .956
show netconf client-capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .957
show netconf-state capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .958
show netconf-state datastores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .959
show netconf-state schemas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .960
show netconf-state sessions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .961
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show netconf-state statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .962
show notification stream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .963
show nsx controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .964
show ntp status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .966
show overlapping-vlan-resource usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .967
show overlay-gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .968
show policymap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .970
show port port-channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .972
show port-channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .973
show port-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974
show port-profile domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .975
show port-profile interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976
show port-profile name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .977
show port-security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .978
show port-security addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .979
show port-security interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .980
show port-security oui interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .982
show port-security sticky interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .983
show process cpu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .984
show process info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .985
show process memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .986
show prom-access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .987
show qos flowcontrol interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .988
show qos interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .990
show qos maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .992
show qos maps dscp-cos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .993
show qos maps dscp-mutation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .994
show qos maps dscp-traffic-class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .995
show qos queue interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .996
show qos rcv-queue interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .997
show qos rcv-queue multicast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .998
show qos red profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .999
show qos red statistics interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1001
show rbridge-id. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
show rbridge-running config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003
show rbridge-local-running-config. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007
show redundancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010
show rmon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011
show rmon history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013
show route-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1014
show route-map interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1016
show running reserved-vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018
show running-config. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1019
show running-config aaa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020
show running-config aaa accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1021
xxiii
xxiv
show running-config access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022
show running-config ag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023
show running-config banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025
show running-config cee-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026
show running-config class-map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027
show running-config diag post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028
show running-config dot1x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029
show running-config dpod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030
show running-config fabric route mcast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1031
show running-config fcoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032
show running-config fcsp auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1033
show running-config hardware connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1034
show running-config interface fcoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1035
show running-config interface FibreChannel . . . . . . . . . . . . 1036
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet. . . . . . . 1038
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet cee . . . 1040
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet dot1x . 1043
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet fabric . 1045
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet fcoeport1046
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet lacp. . . .1047
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet lldp . . . 1048
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet mac . . 1049
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet mtu . . . 1050
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet qos . . . 1053
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet rmon. . 1054
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet sflow . . 1055
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet udld . . 1058
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet vlan. . . 1059
show running-config interface gigabitethernet . . . . . . . . . . 1060
show running-config interface gigabitethernet bpdu-drop . .1061
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface gigabitethernet description 1063
show running-config interface gigabitethernet dot1x . . . . . 1064
show running-config interface gigabitethernet lacp . . . . . . 1066
show running-config interface gigabitethernet lldp . . . . . . . 1067
show running-config interface gigabitethernet mac . . . . . . 1068
show running-config interface gigabitethernet mtu . . . . . . 1069
show running-config interface gigabitethernet priority-tag . .1071
show running-config interface gigabitethernet qos . . . . . . . .1072
show running-config interface gigabitethernet rmon . . . . . .1073
show running-config interface gigabitethernet sflow . . . . . . 1074
show running-config interface gigabitethernet shutdown. . .1075
show running-config interface gigabitethernet switchport . .1076
show running-config interface gigabitethernet udld . . . . . . .1077
show running-config interface gigabitethernet vlan . . . . . . .1078
show running-config interface management . . . . . . . . . . . . .1079
show running-config interface port-channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet. . . . . . . . .1081
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet cee . . . . 1083
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet dot1x . . 1086
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet fabric . . 1088
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet fcoeport 1089
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet lacp. . . . 1090
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet lldp . . . . .1091
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet mac. . . . 1092
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet mtu . . . . 1093
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet qos . . . . 1096
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet rmon. . . .1097
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet sflow . . . 1098
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet udld . . . .1101
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet vlan. . . . 1102
xxv
xxvi
show running-config interface vlan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103
show running-config interface vlan ip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104
show running-config ip access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106
show running-config ip dns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1107
show running-config ip igmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108
show running-config ip route. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109
show running-config ldap-server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1110
show running-config line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111
show running-config logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112
show running-config logging auditlog class . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113
show running-config logging raslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1114
show running-config logging syslog-facility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115
show running-config logging syslog-server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1116
show running-config mac-address-table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1117
show running-config monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118
show running-config ntp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119
show running-config password-attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120
show running-config police-priority-map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121
show running-config policy-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122
show running-config port-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123
show running-config port-profile activate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124
show running-config port-profile fcoe-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . 1125
show running-config port-profile qos-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126
show running-config port-profile security-profile . . . . . . . . . 1127
show running-config port-profile static. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1128
show running-config port-profile vlan-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129
show running-config port-profile-domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1131
show running-config protocol cdp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132
show running-config protocol edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133
show running-config protocol lldp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134
show running-config protocol spanning-tree mstp . . . . . . . 1135
show running-config protocol spanning-tree pvst . . . . . . . . 1136
show running-config protocol spanning-tree rpvst. . . . . . . . .1137
show running-config protocol spanning-tree rstp . . . . . . . . 1138
show running-config protocol spanning-tree stp . . . . . . . . . 1139
show running-config protocol udld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140
show running-config radius-server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1141
show running-config rbridge-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1142
show running-config rbridge-id linecard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1143
show running-config rbridge-id ssh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1144
show running-config rmon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145
show running-config role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146
show running-config route-map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1147
show running-config rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148
show running-config secpolicy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config sflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1152
show running-config sflow-policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1153
show running-config sflow-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1154
show running-config snmp-server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155
show running-config snmp-server engineid . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1156
show running-config ssh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1157
show running-config ssh server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1158
show running-config ssh server key-exchange. . . . . . . . . . . 1160
show running-config support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1161
show running-config support autoupload-param. . . . . . . . . 1162
show running-config switch-attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1163
show running-config system-monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1164
show running-config system-monitor-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165
show running-config tacacs-server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1166
show running-config telnet server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167
show running-config threshold-monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1168
show running-config threshold-monitor interface . . . . . . . . 1169
show running-config threshold-monitor security . . . . . . . . . .1170
show running-config threshold-monitor sfp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1171
show running-config username. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1172
show running-config vcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1173
show running-config zoning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1174
show running-config zoning defined-configuration . . . . . . . .1175
show running-config zoning enabled-configuration. . . . . . . .1177
show running-config nas server-ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1179
show secpolicy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180
show sflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181
show sflow-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1183
show sfm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184
show sfp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186
show slots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1187
show span path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1189
show spanning-tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190
show spanning-tree brief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1191
show spanning-tree interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193
show spanning-tree mst brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1195
show spanning-tree mst detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196
show spanning-tree mst instance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199
show spanning-tree mst interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1201
show ssh server status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1203
show ssh server rekey-interval status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1204
show startup-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205
show startup-db . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1206
show statistics access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207
show statistics access-list interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209
xxvii
xxviii
show storm-control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1210
show support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1212
show system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213
show system internal nas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1214
show system monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215
show telnet server status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1216
show threshold monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1217
show tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1218
show udld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1220
show udld interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221
show udld statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1223
show users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1224
show vcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1225
show version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228
show virtual-fabric status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1230
show vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1231
show vlan classifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1234
show vlan private-vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235
show vlan rspan-vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1236
show vnetwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237
show vrf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240
show vrrp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1241
show zoning enabled-configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243
show zoning operation-info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244
shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245
shutdown (UDLD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246
shutdown (STP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1247
shutdown-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1248
slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1249
snmp-server community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250
snmp-server contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251
snmp-server context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252
snmp-server engineid local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253
snmp-server host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1254
snmp-server location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1256
snmp-server sys-descr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1257
snmp-server user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258
snmp-server v3host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260
source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261
spanning-tree autoedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263
spanning-tree bpdu-mac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1264
spanning-tree cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1265
spanning-tree edgeport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1266
spanning-tree guard root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267
spanning-tree hello-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1268
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
spanning-tree instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1269
spanning-tree link-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270
spanning-tree portfast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1271
spanning-tree priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1272
spanning-tree restricted-role. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1273
spanning-tree restricted-tcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1274
spanning-tree shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275
spanning-tree vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1276
speed (Ethernet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1277
speed (Fibre Channel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278
speed (LAG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1279
speed (port-channel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1280
spt-threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281
ssh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1282
ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1284
ssh server rekey-interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285
ssh server shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1286
ssh server status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287
static-network (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1288
storm-control ingress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1289
summary-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291
support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292
support autoupload enable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293
support autoupload-param . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294
switch-attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1295
switchport. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1296
switchport access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297
switchport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299
switchport mode private-vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300
switchport mode trunk-no-default-native . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302
switchport port-security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1304
switchport port-security mac-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1305
switchport port-security max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1306
switchport port-security oui. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1307
switchport port-security shutdown-time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308
switchport port-security sticky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309
switchport port-security violation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1310
switchport private-vlan association trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1311
switchport private-vlan host-association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1312
switchport private-vlan mapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1313
switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1314
switchport private-vlan trunk native-vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1316
switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1317
switchport trunk default-vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1319
switchport trunk native-vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320
xxix
xxx
switchport trunk native-vlan-untagged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322
switchport trunk native-vlan-xtagged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323
switchport trunk tag native-vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325
system-description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326
system-max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327
system-monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328
system-monitor-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1330
system-name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1332
table-map (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333
tacacs-server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1335
tagged-ieee-bpdu-enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1337
tcp burstrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1338
telnet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339
telnet server shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340
terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1341
threshold-monitor cpu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342
threshold-monitor interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343
threshold-monitor memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1346
threshold-monitor security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1348
threshold-monitor sfp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1350
timeout fnm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353
timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1354
timers (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1355
traceroute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1356
track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357
transmit-holdcount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1359
transport-service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360
trunk-enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1361
udld enable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1362
unhide fips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363
unlock username . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1364
update-time (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365
usb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366
usb dir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1367
usb remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1368
user (alias configuration). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369
username . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370
username admin enable false . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372
username user enable false . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373
vc-link-init . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1374
vcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375
vcenter discovery (ignore delete responses) . . . . . . . . . . . . .1376
vcs (logical chassis cluster mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1377
vcs (standalone mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1379
vcs config snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode) . . . . . . 1381
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vcs logical-chassis enable (fabric cluster mode) . . . . . . . . . 1382
vcs rbridge-id (fabric cluster mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1383
vcs vcsid (fabric cluster mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1384
vcs virtual-fabric enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1385
vcs replace rbridge-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1386
vcs virtual ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1387
virtual-fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388
virtual-ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1389
virtual-mac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390
vlag ignore-split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391
vlan classifier activate group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1392
vlan classifier group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1393
vlan classifier rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1394
vlan dot1q tag native . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1395
vlan-profile (AMPP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1396
vnetwork vcenter discover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1397
vrf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1398
vrf-lite-capability (OSPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1399
vrrp-extended-group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1400
vrrp-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1401
zoning defined-configuration alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1402
zoning defined-configuration cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404
zoning defined-configuration zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1406
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-clear. . . . . . . . 1408
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save . . . . . . . . 1409
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1411
zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access . . . . . . . .1412
xxxi
xxxii Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
About This Document
In this chapter
•
•
Supported hardware and software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiii
•
•
•
•
•
•
How this document is organized
This document is organized to help you find the information that you want as quickly and easily as possible.
The document contains the following components:
•
Chapter 1, “Using the Network OS CLI,” explains how to use the command line interface.
•
Chapter 2, “Network OS Commands,” provides command information.
Supported hardware and software
In those instances in which procedures or parts of procedures documented here apply to some switches but not to others, this guide identifies exactly which switches are supported and which are not.
Although many different software and hardware configurations are tested and supported by
Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. for Network OS, documenting all possible configurations and scenarios is beyond the scope of this document.
The following hardware platforms are supported by this release of Network OS:
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01 xxxiii
The following hardware platforms are supported by this release of Network OS:
•
Brocade VDX 6710-54
•
Brocade VDX 6720
-
Brocade VDX 6720-24
-
Brocade VDX 6720-60
•
Brocade VDX 6730
-
Brocade VDX 6730-32
-
Brocade VDX 6730-76
•
Brocade VDX 6740
-
Brocade VDX 6740-48
-
Brocade VDX 6740-64
•
Brocade VDX 6740-T
-
Brocade VDX 6740T-48
-
Brocade VDX 6740T-64
-
Brocade VDX 6740T-1G
•
Brocade VDX 8770
-
Brocade VDX 8770-4
-
Brocade VDX 8770-8
To obtain information about an OS version other than Network OS, refer to the documentation specific to that OS version.
What’s new in this document
This document supports the following new feature:
•
VXLAN
NOTE
For complete information, refer to the Release Notes.
Document conventions
This section describes text formatting conventions and important notice formats used in this document.
Text formatting
The narrative-text formatting conventions that are used are as follows:
xxxiv Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
bold text
italic text
Identifies command names
Identifies the names of user-manipulated GUI elements
Identifies keywords and operands
Identifies text to enter at the GUI or CLI
Provides emphasis
Identifies variables
Identifies paths and Internet addresses
Identifies document titles code
text Identifies CLI output
Identifies command syntax examples
For readability, command names in the narrative portions of this guide are presented in mixed lettercase: for example, switchShow. In actual examples, command lettercase is all lowercase.
Command syntax conventions
Command syntax in this manual follows these conventions:
Convention
[ ]
{ x | y | z } screen font
< >
[ ]
italic text bold text
Description
Keywords or arguments that appear within square brackets are optional. For example: command [active | standby | disabled] = One (and only one) of this set of keywords may be used. command [active] [standby] [disabled] = Three independent options, and one or more may be used on the same command line.
A choice of required keywords appears in braces separated by vertical bars. You must select one. For example: command {active | standby | disabled} = One (and only one) of this set of keywords/operands must be used.
Examples of information displayed on the screen.
Nonprinting characters, for example, passwords, appear in angle brackets.
Default responses to system prompts appear in square brackets.
Identifies variables.
Identifies literal command options and keywords.
NOTE
In standalone mode, interfaces are identified using slot/port notation. In Brocade VCS Fabric technology
®
mode, interfaces are identified using switch/slot/port notation.
Nesting square brackets and curly brackets
When reading a command entry, optional keywords are surrounded by square brackets and
In some cases, these brackets can be nested. In this example, rbridge-id is optional as denoted by the square brackets, but if you use it, then you must follow it with either a specific rbridge-id or the word “all.”
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01 xxxv
xxxvi
Example command [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]
However, square brackets can appear within curly brackets, showing that while a keyword is mandatory, supporting operands may be optional, as shown below:
Example command {security [active] [standby] [disabled]} command {security [active | standby | disabled]
}
Notes, cautions, and warnings
The following notices and statements are used in this manual. They are listed below in order of increasing severity of potential hazards.
NOTE
A note provides a tip, guidance, or advice, emphasizes important information, or provides a reference to related information.
ATTENTION
An Attention statement indicates potential damage to hardware or data.
CAUTION
A Caution statement alerts you to situations that can be potentially hazardous to you or cause damage to hardware, firmware, software, or data.
DANGER
A Danger statement indicates conditions or situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you. Safety labels are also attached directly to products to warn of these conditions or situations.
Key terms
For definitions specific to Brocade and Fibre Channel, see the technical glossaries on MyBrocade.
See “Brocade resources” on page xxxvii for instructions on accessing MyBrocade.
For definitions of SAN-specific terms, visit the Storage Networking Industry Association online dictionary at: http://www.snia.org/education/dictionary
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Notice to the reader
This document may contain references to the trademarks of the following corporations. These trademarks are the properties of their respective companies and corporations.
These references are made for informational purposes only.
Corporation
Microsoft Corporation
Oracle Corporation
Netscape Communications Corporation
Red Hat, Inc.
Referenced Trademarks and Products
Windows, Windows NT, Internet Explorer
Oracle, Java
Netscape
Red Hat, Red Hat Network, Maximum RPM, Linux Undercover
Additional information
This section lists additional Brocade and industry-specific documentation.
Brocade resources
To get up-to-the-minute information, go to http://my.brocade.com to register at no cost for a user ID and password.
White papers, online demonstrations, and data sheets are available through the Brocade website at: http://www.brocade.com/products-solutions/products/index.page
For additional Brocade documentation, visit the Brocade website: http://www.brocade.com
Release notes are available on the MyBrocade website.
Other industry resources
For additional resource information, visit the Technical Committee T11 website. This website provides interface standards for high-performance and mass storage applications for Fibre
Channel, storage management, and other applications: http://www.t11.org
For information about the Fibre Channel industry, visit the Fibre Channel Industry Association website: http://www.fibrechannel.org
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01 xxxvii
Getting technical help
Contact your switch support supplier for hardware, firmware, and software support, including product repairs and part ordering. To expedite your call, have the following information available:
1. General Information
•
Switch model
•
Switch operating system version
•
Software name and software version, if applicable
•
Error numbers and messages received
•
Detailed description of the problem, including the switch or fabric behavior immediately following the problem, and specific questions
•
Description of any troubleshooting steps already performed and the results
•
Serial console and Telnet session logs
• syslog message logs
2. Switch Serial Number
The switch serial number and corresponding bar code are provided on the serial number label, as illustrated below:
The serial number label is located on the switch ID pull-out tab located on the bottom of the port side of the switch.
3. World Wide Name (WWN)
Use the show license id command to display the WWN of the chassis.
If you cannot use the show license id command because the switch is inoperable, you can get the WWN from the same place as the serial number, except for the Brocade DCX. For the
Brocade DCX, access the numbers on the WWN cards by removing the Brocade logo plate at the top of the nonport side of the chassis.
Document feedback
Quality is our first concern at Brocade and we have made every effort to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this document. However, if you find an error or an omission, or you think that a topic needs further development, we want to hear from you. Forward your feedback to: [email protected]
Provide the title and version number of the document and as much detail as possible about your comment, including the topic heading and page number and your suggestions for improvement.
xxxviii Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Using the Network OS CLI
Chapter
1
In this chapter
•
•
•
Network OS CLI RBAC permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
•
•
Accessing the Network OS CLI through Telnet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
•
Network OS CLI command modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
•
Network OS CLI keyboard shortcuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
•
Using the do command as a shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
•
Displaying Network OS CLI commands and command syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
•
Network OS CLI command completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
•
Network OS CLI command output modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
•
Show command output information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
DCB command line interface
The Brocade Data Center Bridging (DCB) CLI is designed to support the management of DCB and
Layer 2 Ethernet switching functionality. The Network OS CLI uses an industry-standard hierarchical shell familiar to Ethernet/IP networking administrators.
The system starts up with the default Network OS configuration and the DCB startup configuration.
After logging in, you are in the Network OS shell. For information on accessing the DCB commands
from the Network OS shell, see “Network OS CLI command modes” on page 3.
Saving your configuration changes
Any configuration changes made to the switch are written into the running-config file. This is a dynamic file that is lost when the switch reboots. During the boot sequence, the switch resets all configuration settings to the values in the startup-config file.
To make your changes permanent, use the copy command to commit the running-config file to the
startup-config file, as shown below.
Example of committing the running-config in privileged EXEC mode.
switch# copy running-config startup-config
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1
2
1
Network OS CLI RBAC permissions
Network OS CLI RBAC permissions
Role-Based Action Control (RBAC) defines the capabilities that a user account has based on the role the account has been assigned.
A role is an entity that defines the access privileges of the user accounts on the switch. A user is associated with one role.
Default roles
Attributes of default roles cannot be modified; however, the default roles can be assigned to non-default user accounts. The following roles are default roles:
•
The admin role has the highest privileges. All CLIs are accessible to the user associated with the admin role. By default, the admin role has read and write access.
•
The user role has limited privileges that are mostly restricted to show commands in the
Privileged EXEC mode. User accounts associated with the user role cannot access configuration CLIs that are in the global configuration mode. By default, the user role has read-only access.
Accessing the Network OS CLI through Telnet
NOTE
While this example uses the admin role to log in to the switch, both roles can be used.
The procedure to access the Network OS CLI is the same through either the console interface or through a Telnet session; both access methods bring you to the login prompt.
switch login: admin
Password:********** switch#
NOTE
Multiple users can open Telnet sessions and issue commands using the privileged EXEC mode.
Network OS supports up to 32 Telnet sessions with the admin login.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS CLI command modes
1
Network OS CLI command modes
The following lists the major Network OS CLI command modes and describes how to access them.
NOTE
Use the pwd command to view the mode of the current working directory. This command functions in global configuration mode and the modes accessed from global configuration mode.
Network OS CLI command modes
Command mode Prompt
Privileged
EXEC
Global configuration line vty
How to access the command mode Description switch# switch(config)# switch(config)# line vty exec-timeout
60
switch(config-line-vty)#
This is the default mode for the switch.
Display and change system parameters.
Note that this is the administrative mode and includes the basic configuration commands.
From privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal command.
From global configuration mode, enter the line vty command.
Configure features that affect the entire switch.
Specify the amount of time a CLI session can be idle before it logs you out.
RBridge ID configuration mode
Interface subtype
RBridge ID: switch (config)# rbridge-id 1 switch (config-rbridge-id-1)#
Port-channel: switch(config-Port-channel-63)#
10-Gigabit Ethernet (DCB port): switch(conf-if-te-0/1)#
VLAN:switch(config-Vlan-1)#
VE: switch(config)# rbridge-id 11 switch(config-rbridge-id-11)# int ve
56
switch(config-Ve-56)#
From global configuration mode, specify a node by entering the rbridge-id
rbridge_id command, where rbridge-id is the RBridge ID of the selected node.
Configure features and issue show commands specific to an individual node in a Virtual
Cluster Switching (VCS) environment. This includes both fabric cluster and management cluster scenarios.
Access and configure individual interface subtypes.
From global configuration mode, specify an interface by entering one of the following commands:
• interface fcoe
• interface fortygigabitethernet
• interface gigabitethernet
• interface hundredgigabitethernet
• interface loopback
• interface port-channel
• interface tengigabitethernet
• interface ve
• interface vlan
A virtual Ethernet (VE) interface can be configured in standalone or VCS mode
(the latter is shown at left).
Enter ? at a command prompt to see what interface subtypes are available for that command.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
3
1
Network OS CLI command modes
Network OS CLI command modes (Continued)
Command mode Prompt
Protocol configuration
LLDP: switch(conf-lldp)#
FCoE configuration
Access
Gateway (AG) configuration
Spanning-tree: switch(config-mstp)# switch(config-rstp)# switch(config-stp)# switch(config-pvst)# switch(config-rpvst)# switch(conf-udld)#
FCoE: switch(config-fcoe)#
FCoE fabric-map sub-mode: switch(config-fcoe-fabric-map)#
FCoE map sub-mode: switch(config-fcoe-map)#
How to access the command mode
From global configuration mode, specify a protocol by entering one of the following commands:
• protocol lldp
• protocol spanning-tree mstp
• protocol spanning-tree rstp
• protocol spanning-tree stp
• protocol spanning-tree pvst
• protocol spanning-tree rapid-pvst
• protocol udld
From global configuration mode, use the fcoe command to enter FCoE configuration mode.
Description
Access and configure protocols.
Access and configure
FCoE features.
AG configuration mode: switch(config-rbridge-12-ag)#
From FCoE configuration mode, specify an FCoE sub-mode by entering one of the following commands:
• fabric-map default
• map default
From RBridge-ID configuration mode, enter the ag command.
Access and configure
Access Gateway features.
N_Port configuration mode: switch(config-rbridge-12-ag-nport-iffi-port)#
From AG configuration mode, enter the nport port command where port is an
N_Port number supported by the hardware platform.
AMPP port-profile mode
Port Grouping configuration mode.
switch(config-rbridge-12-ag-pg-pgid)#
AMPP port-profile: switch(config-port-profile-name)#
VLAN-profile sub-mode: switch(config-vlan-profile)#
From AG configuration mode, enter pg
pgid where pgid is the port group identification number.
From the global configuration mode, enter the port-profile command to enter port-profile configuration mode.
QoS-profile sub-mode: switch(config-qos-profile)#
FCoE-profile sub-mode: switch(config-fcoe-profile)#
Security-profile sub-mode: switch(config-security-profile)#
From port-profile configuration mode, specify an AMPP sub-mode by entering one of the following commands:
• vlan-profile
• qos-profile
• fcoe-profile
• security-profile
Access and configure
AMPP features.
4 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS CLI command modes
1
Network OS CLI command modes (Continued)
Command mode Prompt
Routing protocol configuration
BGP: switch(config)# switch(config-rbridge-id-1)#
Virtual-routergroup configuration mode
DCB feature configuration
ELD configuration mode
How to access the command mode Description
From global configuration mode, specify an RBridge ID to enter RBridge ID configuration mode.
Configure Border
Gateway Protocol routing protocol switch(config-bgp-router)#
BGP route-map configuration mode: switch(config-rbridge-id-1)# switch(config-route-mapmyroutemap/permit/1)#
BGP address-family IPv4-unicast mode: switch(config-bgp-router)# switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)#
From RBridge ID configuration mode, use the router bgp command to enter
BGP configuration mode.
From RBridge ID configuration mode, use the route-map command with a permit or deny statement and an
instance number to enter BGP route-map configuration mode,.
OSPF VRF: switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router
ospf
switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default
-vrf)#
From BGP configuration mode, use the address-family ipv4 unicast command to enter BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode.
From RBridge ID configuration mode, use the router ospf command to enter
OSPF VRF configuration mode.
PIM: switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router
pim
switch(conf-pim-router)#
From Bridge ID configuration mode, use the router pim command to enter PIM configuration mode.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int ve
25
switch(config-ve-25)#
vrrp-extended-group 1
switch(config-vrrp-extended-group-1)#
From RBridge ID configuration mode, use the int ve command to enter VE configuration mode. Then use the vrrp-extended-group command to enter virtual-router-group configuration mode.
Configure Open Short
Path First routing protocol
Configure Protocol
Independent Multicast routing protocol
CEE map: switch(config-cee-map-default)#
Standard ACL: switch(config-macl-std)# switch(config-ip-std)#
Extended ACL: switch(config-macl-ext)# switch(config-ip-ext)#
From global configuration mode, specify a DCB feature by entering one of the following commands:
• cee-map default
• mac access-list standard
• mac access-list extended
• ip access-list standard
• ip access-list extended
Access and configure
CEE map features.
switch(config)# protocol
edge-loop-detection
switch(config-eld)#
From global configuration mode, enter the protocol edge-loop-detection command.
Configure edge loop detection.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
5
6
1
Network OS CLI command modes
Network OS CLI command modes (Continued)
Command mode Prompt
Hardware configuration
Connector mode
DSCP mutation mapping
DSCP to CoS priority mapping
DSCP to traffic class mapping
Port-group configuration
QoS Policer configuration switch(config)# hardware switch# hardware connector switch(config-connector [n]/n/n)#
How to access the command mode
From global configuration mode, specify the hardware mode by entering the hardware command.
From hardware mode, specify the connector node and
[rbridge-id]/slot/port information.
Description
This mode is a prerequisite for entering connector and port-group mode.
Connector mode is used to enable breakout on ports.
When breakout is enabled, ports are appended in the output with a colon(:) followed by values 1-4.
RBridge ID is not used in standalone mode.
DSCP Mutation Map: switch(dscp-mutation-mapname)#
DSCP to CoS Map: switch(dscp-cos-mapname)#
DSCP to Traffic Class Map: switch(dscp-traffic-class-mapname)# switch(config-port-group-1/3/9)#
Police Priority Map switch(config-policemap)#
Class Map: switch(config-classmap)#
From global configuration mode, remap incoming DSCP values by entering the following command: qos map dscp-mutation mapname
From global configuration mode, create a DSCP to CoS priority map by entering the following command: qos map dscp-cos mapname
From global configuration mode, create a DSCP to traffic class map by entering the following command: qos map dscp-traffic-class mapname
From hardware configuration mode, enter the port-group command followed by a port group identification: port-group rbridge-id/slot/port-group-id
The port-group-id is specific to the
Brocade VDX 8770 switch 27x40 GbE line card.
From global configuration mode, specify a Policer configuration mode by entering one of these command:
• police-priority-map mapname
• class-map mapname
• policy-map mapname
Policy Map: switch(config-policymap)#
Policy-class-map submode switch(config-policymap-class)#
Policy-class-map-policer attributes submode switch(config-policymap-class-police)
#
To enter the policy-class-map sub-mode from policy-map mode, enter class
classmapname
To enter the policy-class-map-policer attributes sub-mode from policy-map-class mode, enter police followed by the policing attributes.
This mode allows you to enable Performance or Density operating modes on a specific port group on the
27x40 GbE line card only.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS CLI command modes
1
Network OS CLI command modes (Continued)
Command mode Prompt
Alias configuration switch(config-alias-config)#
How to access the command mode
User alias configuration
Policymap configuration
Policymap class map configuration
Policymap class police configuration
VCS configuration mode
VRF configuration mode switch(config-alias-config-user)# switch(config-policymap)# switch(config-policymap-class)# switch(config-policymap-class-police)
# switch(config-vcs)#
(config-rbridge-12-vrf-vrf_name)#
From policymap class configuration mode, enter the police cir value command.
From privileged EXEC mode, enter the vcs vcsid id-number logical-chassis enable command
From RBridge ID configuration mode, enter the vrf name command.
Description
From global configuration mode, enter the alias-config command.
Use the alias string expansion command to create aliases.
From alias configuration mode, enter the user name command.
From global configuration mode, enter the policy-map name command.
From policymap configuration mode, enter the class name command.
Access configure alias features.
Access configure user alias features.
NOTE
Pressing Ctrl+Z or entering the end command in any mode returns you to privileged EXEC mode.
Entering exit in any mode returns you to the previous mode.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
7
8
1
Network OS CLI keyboard shortcuts
Network OS CLI keyboard shortcuts
lists Network OS CLI keyboard shortcuts. Keystroke keys are not case-sensitive.
TABLE 1
Keystroke
Network OS CLI keyboard shortcuts
Description
Ctrl+B (or the left arrow key) Moves the cursor back one character.
Ctrl+F (or the right arrow key) Moves the cursor forward one character.
Ctrl+A
Ctrl+E
Ctrl+C
Esc B
Esc F
Moves the cursor to the beginning of the command line.
Moves the cursor to the end of the command line.
Returns to privileged EXEC mode.
Moves the cursor back one word.
Moves the cursor forward one word.
Ctrl+Z
Ctrl+P (or the up arrow key)
Returns to privileged EXEC mode.
Displays commands in the history buffer with the most recent command displayed first.
Ctrl+N (or the down arrow key) Displays commands in the history buffer with the most recent command displayed last.
NOTE
In privileged EXEC mode, use the show history command to list the commands most recently entered. The switch retains the history of the last 1000 commands entered for the current session.
Using the do command as a shortcut
You can use the do command to save time when you are working in any configuration mode and you want to run a command in privileged EXEC mode.
For example, if you are configuring LLDP and you want to execute a privileged EXEC mode command, such as the dir command, you would first have to exit the LLDP configuration mode. By using the do command with the dir command, you can ignore the need to change configuration modes, as shown in the following example.
switch(conf-lldp)# do dir
Contents of flash://
-rw-r----1276 Wed Feb 4 07:08:49 2009 startup_rmon_config
-rw-r-----
-rw-r-----
-rw-r-----
1276
1276
1276
Wed Feb 4 07:10:30 2009
Wed Feb 4 07:12:33 2009
Wed Feb 4 10:48:59 2009 rmon_config rmon_configuration starup-config
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Displaying Network OS CLI commands and command syntax
1
Displaying Network OS CLI commands and command syntax
Enter a question mark (?) in any command mode to display the list of commands available in that mode.
switch(conf-lldp)# ?
Possible completions: advertise description disable
The Advertise TLV configuration.
The User description
Disable LLDP do exit hello help iscsi-priority mode multiplier no
Run an operational-mode command
Exit from current mode
The Hello Transmit interval.
Provide help information
Configure the Ethernet priority to advertise for iSCSI
The LLDP mode.
The Timeout Multiplier
Negate a command or set its defaults profile pwd
The LLDP Profile table.
Display current mode path system-description The System Description.
system-name The System Name top Exit to top level and optionally run command
To display a list of commands that start with the same characters, type the characters followed by the question mark (?).
switch# e?
Possible completions: exit Exit the management session
To display the keywords and arguments associated with a command, enter the keyword followed by the question mark (?).
switch# terminal ?
Possible completions: length Sets Terminal Length for this session monitor Enables terminal monitoring for this session no Sets Terminal Length for this session to default :24.
timeout Sets the interval that the EXEC command interpreter wait for user input.
If the question mark (?) is typed within an incomplete keyword, and the keyword is the only keyword starting with those characters, the CLI displays help for that keyword only.
switch# show d?
Possible completions: debug Debug diag Show diag related information dot1x 802.1x configuration dpod Provides DPOD license information.
If the question mark (?) is typed within an incomplete keyword but the keyword matches several keywords, the CLI displays help for all the matching keywords.
switch# show i? interface Interface status and configuration ip Internet Protocol (IP)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
9
1
Network OS CLI command completion
The Network OS CLI accepts abbreviations for commands. This example is the abbreviation for the show qos interface all command.
switch# sh q i a
If the switch does not recognize a command after Enter is pressed, an error message displays.
switch# hookup
^ syntax error: unknown argument.
If an incomplete command is entered, an error message displays.
switch# show
^ syntax error: unknown argument.
Network OS CLI command completion
To automatically complete the spelling of commands or keywords, begin typing the command or keyword and then press Tab. For example, at the CLI command prompt, type te and press Tab: switch# te
The CLI displays the following command.
switch# terminal
If there is more than one command or keyword associated with the characters typed, the
Network OS CLI displays all choices. For example, at the CLI command prompt, type show l and press Tab: switch# show l
The CLI displays the following command.
Possible completions: lacp LACP commands license Display license keys installed on the switch.
lldp Link Layer Discovery Protocol(LLDP).
logging Show logging
Network OS CLI command output modifiers
You can filter the output of the CEE CLI show commands using the output modifiers described in
.
TABLE 2
CEE CLI command output modifiers
Output modifier Description append redirect include exclude
Appends the output to a file.
Redirects the command output to the specified file.
Displays the command output that includes the specified expression.
Displays the command output that excludes the specified expression.
10 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Show command output information
1
TABLE 2 CEE CLI command output modifiers (Continued)
Output modifier Description begin last tee until string count linnum more nomore
FLASH
Displays the command output that begins with the specified expression.
Displays only the last few lines of the command output.
Redirects the command output to the specified file. Note that this modifier also displays the command output.
Ends the output when the output text matches the string.
Counts the number of lines in the output.
Enumerates the lines in the output.
Paginates the output.
Suppresses the pagination of the output.
Redirects the output to flash memory.
Show command output information
Network OS contains many versions of the show command. The output of the show command changes depending on your configuration and situation. However, in general terms the show command falls into one of two categories.
Any show commands that are fabric (global configuration) in nature like VLAN, MAC Address table,
AMPP, Zoning, and so on should display or clear the information for all nodes in a logical chassis.
Any show commands that are local to a switch (such as Layer 3 or Layer 2 functionality like sFlow,
SPAN, and so on,) should display the local information by default, and display different switch information based on the rbridge-id option.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
11
1
Show command output information
12 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Network OS Commands
Chapter
2 aaa accounting
Synopsis
Enables or disables the TACACS+ accounting service. aaa accounting exec default start-stop tacacs+ [none] no aaa accounting exec default start-stop tacacs+ aaa accounting commands default start-stop tacacs+ no aaa accounting commands default start-stop tacacs+ [none]
Operands
Defaults exec commands default start-stop none tacacs+
Enables login accounting.
Enables command accounting.
Specifies the default mode.
Sends a start-stop packet upon completion of a command or login.
Disables accounting. This is functionally equivalent to the no form of the commands.
Uses the TACACS+ server for accounting.
AAA accounting is disabled.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable the TACACS+ protocol-based accounting service.
When login accounting is enabled, all logins will be logged. An accounting stop packet will be sent with relevant attributes to the TACACS+ server when the login is terminated.
When command accounting is enabled, an accounting stop packet will be sent with relevant attributes to the TACACS+ server once the command execution is completed. Most configuration commands, non-configuration commands such as show commands, or operations such as firmware download are logged. For a listing of commands that are not accounted for, refer to the
Network OS Administrator’s Guide, Appendix A, “TACACS+ Accounting Exceptions”.
Login or command accounting can be enabled only if at least one TACACS+ server host is configured. Similarly, if either login or command accounting is enabled, you cannot remove the
TACACS+ server can't be removed if it is the only server available.
Enter no aaa accounting exec default start-stop tacacs+ to disable login accounting.
Enter no aaa accounting commands default start-stop tacacs+ to disable command accounting.
You can also use the optional “none” parameter for either command (instead of the no parameter) to disable that accounting.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
13
2 aaa accounting
Examples
See Also
To enable command accounting: switch(config)# accounting command default start-stop tacacs+
To enable login accounting: switch(config)# accounting command default start-stop tacacs+
To disable command accounting using the no form of the command: switch(config)# no accounting command default start-stop tacacs+
To disable command accounting using the none parameter: switch(config)# accounting command default start-stop none
show running-config tacacs-server, show running-config aaa, tacacs-server
14 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
aaa authentication
2 aaa authentication
Synopsis
Configures the AAA login sequence.
aaa authentication login {default | ldap | local | radius {local | local-auth-failback} | tacacs+
{local | local-auth-failback}} no aaa authentication login
Operands login default
Specifies the type of server that will be used for authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) on the switch. The local server is the default. Specify one of the following options:
Specifies the default mode (local server). Authenticates the user against the local database only. If the password does not match or the user is not defined, the login fails.
ldap local
Specifies the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) servers.
Specifies to use the local switch database if prior authentication methods are inactive.
local-auth-failback local radius
Specifies to use the local switch database if prior authentication methods are not active or if authentication fails.
Specifies the local switch database.
Specifies the RADIUS servers.
local Specifies to use the local switch database if prior authentication methods are inactive.
local-auth-failback
Specifies to use the local switch database if prior authentication methods are not active or if authentication fails.
Specifies the TACACS+ servers.
tacacs+ local Specifies to use the local switch database if prior authentication methods are inactive.
local-auth-failback
Specifies to use the local switch database if prior authentication methods are not active or if authentication fails.
Defaults The default server is Local.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to select the order of authentication sources to be used for user authentication during the login process. Two sources are supported: primary and secondary. The secondary source of authentication is optional and will be used if the primary source fails or is not available.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
15
2 aaa authentication
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The authentication mode can only be set and cannot be added or deleted. For example, to change a configuration from “radius local” to radius only, execute the no aaa authentication login command to resets the configuration to the default mode, and then reconfigure the AAA mode with the desired setting.
Beginning with Network OS v4.0.0, when the local option is specified as a secondary authentication service, local authentication is tried only when the primary AAA authentication service (TACACS+/Radius/LDAP) is either unreachable or not available. Local authentication will not be attempted if the authentication with the primary service fails.
To change the AAA server to TACACS+ using the local switch database as a secondary source of authentication: switch(config)# aaa authentication login tacacs+ local
Broadcast message from root (pts/0) Tue Apr 5 16:34:12 2011...
See Also
To change the AAA server from TACACS+ and local to TACACS+ only (no secondary source): switch(config)# no aaa authentication login tacacs+ local switch(config)# aaa authentication login tacacs+ switch(config)# do show running-config aaa aaa authentication login tacacs+
16 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
access-group
2 access-group
Synopsis
Applies or removes an ACL from an interface.
{ip | ipv6 | mac} access-group NAME {in | out} no {ip | ipv6 | mac} access-group NAME {in | out}
Operands ip | ipv6 | mac in | out
Specifies the Layer 2 or Layer 3 ACL to bind to an interface.
Specifies the ACL binding direction (ingress or egress).
access group NAME Specifies the name assigned to the access group.
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to apply an ACL to an interface.
Use the no form of this command to remove an ACL from an interface.
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
17
2 access-list access-list
Synopsis
Creates an ACL.
{ip | ipv6 | mac} access-list {standard | extended} NAME no {ip | mac} access-list {standard | extended} NAME
Operands ip | ipv6 | mac Displays the configured rules of either a Layer 2 or Layer 3 ACL. standard | extended Specifies the ACL type.
access-list NAME Specifies the name assigned to the access list.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to create an ACL on an interface.
Use the no form of this command to remove an ACL from an interface.
None
None
18 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
activate (NSX Controller connection profile)
2 activate (NSX Controller connection profile)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes NSX Controller configuration mode
Description Use this command to activate the profile, thereby initiating the connection between the NSX controller and the VCS fabric.
Usage Guidelines
None
Profile is inactive.
Examples
This command is allowed for a switch that is in logical chassis cluster mode only.
You must configure the NSX Controller IP address before executing this command.
You must configure the VCS virtual IP address of the cluster before executing this command.
Use the no form of the command to mark the connection profile inactive. Any existing connection is closed. However, all tunnels already created by the NSX controller remain open.
To activate an NSX controller connection profile that you have created and named profile1: switch# configuration switch(config)# nsx-controller profile1 switch(config-nsx-controller-profile1)# activate
See Also
Activates an NSX controller connection profile.
activate no activate
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
19
2 activate (VXLAN gateway) activate (VXLAN gateway)
Synopsis
Activates a gateway instance.
activate no activate
Operands
Defaults
Examples
None
None
Command Modes VXLAN gateway configuration mode
Description Use this command to activate this gateway instance. By default, a gateway is not activated during initial configuration. It is recommended to configure all gateway parameters before activating the gateway. This operation enables all tunnels that are associated with this gateway. VXLAN tunnels are not user configurable.
Usage Guidelines The IP address of the gateway must already be configured (with the ip interface command).
If Rbridge attachments are configured for this gateway, the VE, VRID and VRF configurations must match on all such Rbridges.
The no form of this command deactivates the gateway. All associated tunnels are also deactivated.
To activate a gateway that you have configured with the name of gateway1: switch# configure switch(config)# overlay-gateway gateway1 switch(config-overlay-gw-gateway1)# activate
See Also
20 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
address-family ipv4 unicast (BGP)
2 address-family ipv4 unicast (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description Use this command to enter IPv4 address-family configuration mode to configure a variety of BGP4 unicast routing options.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables IPv4 address-family support for BGP4 routing.
address-family {ipv4} {unicast} no address-family {ipv4} {unicast}
Use the no form of this command to remove IPv4 address-family configurations from the device.
To enable BGP IPv4 address-family configuration mode: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)#
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
21
2 address-family ipv4 unicast (VRF) address-family ipv4 unicast (VRF)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes VRF configuration mode
Description Use this command to enter IPv4 address-family configuration mode to configure a variety of VRF unicast routing options.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables IPv4 address-family support for VRF routing.
address-family {ipv4} {unicast} no address-family {ipv4} {unicast}
Use the no form of this command to remove IPv4 address-family configurations from the device.
To enable BGP IPv4 address-family configuration mode: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# vrf orange switch(config-vrf-orange)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-ipv4u)#
See Also None
22 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv
2 advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv
Synopsis
Advertises application Type, Length, Values (TLVs) to ensure interoperability of traffic over the Data
Center Bridging eXchange protocol (DCBX), which runs over LLDP to negotiate an FCoE application
TLV.
advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv no advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv
Operands
Defaults
None
Advertise is disabled.
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description Use this command to advertise application TLVs to ensure interoperability of traffic over DCBX packets. Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) parameters related to FCoE must be negotiated before FCoE traffic can begin on a CEE link. An FCoE application TLV is exchanged over LLDP, which negotiates information such as FCoE priority, and Priority Flow Control (PFC) pause.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv to return to the default setting.
None
advertise dot1-tlv, advertise dot3-tlv, advertise optional-tlv
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
23
2 advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv
Synopsis
Advertises to any attached device the FCoE status of the logical link.
advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv no advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv
Operands
Defaults
None
Advertise is disabled.
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description Use this command to advertise to any attached device the FCoE status of the logical link.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv to return to the default setting.
None
24 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
advertise dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv
2 advertise dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv
Synopsis
Advertises the iSCSI traffic configuration parameters for Type, Length, Values (TLV) values. advertise dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv no advertise dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv
Operands
Defaults
None
Advertise is enabled.
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description Use this command to advertise the iSCSI traffic configuration parameters to the attached
CEE-enabled servers and targets. No verification or enforcement of the usage of the advertised parameters by the iSCSI server or target is done by the switch.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no advertise dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv to return to the default setting.
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
25
2 advertise dcbx-tlv advertise dcbx-tlv
Synopsis
Advertises to any attached device mandatory Data Center Bridging eXchange protocol (DCBX)
Type, Length, Values (TLV) values. advertise dcbx-tlv no advertise dcbx-tlv
Operands
Defaults
None
Advertise is enabled.
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description Use this command to advertise to any attached device the mandatory Data Center Bridging eXchange protocol (DCBX) Type, Length, Values (TLV) values.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no advertise dcbx-tlv to return to the default setting.
None
advertise dot1-tlv, advertise dot3-tlv, advertise optional-tlv
26 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
advertise dot1-tlv
2 advertise dot1-tlv
Synopsis
Advertises to any attached device IEEE 802.1 organizationally specific Type, Length, Values (TLV) values. advertise dot1-tlv no advertise dot1-tlv
Operands
Defaults
None
Advertise is disabled.
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description Use this command to advertise to any attached device IEEE 802.1 organizationally specific Type,
Length, Values (TLV) values.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no advertise dot1-tlv to return to the default setting.
None
advertise dcbx-tlv, advertise dot3-tlv, advertise optional-tlv
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
27
2 advertise dot3-tlv advertise dot3-tlv
Synopsis
Advertises to any attached device IEEE 802.3 organizationally specific Type, Length, Values (TLV) values. advertise dot3-tlv no advertise dot3-tlv
Operands
Defaults
None
Advertise is disabled.
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description Use this command to advertise to any attached device IEEE 802.3 organizationally specific Type,
Length, Values (TLV) values.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no advertise dot3-tlv to return to the default setting.
None
advertise dcbx-tlv, advertise dot1-tlv, advertise optional-tlv
28 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
advertise optional-tlv
2 advertise optional-tlv
Synopsis
Advertises the optional Type, Length, and Values (TLV) values.
advertise optional-tlv {management-address | port-description | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} no advertise optional-tlv
Operands management-address Advertises the management address of the system.
port-description Advertises the user-configured port.
system-capabilities Advertises the capabilities of the system.
system-description Advertises the system firmware version and the current image running on the system.
system-name Advertises the name of the system.
Defaults Advertise is disabled.
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to advertise the described optional TLVs.
Enter no advertise optional-tlv to return to the default setting.
None
advertise dcbx-tlv, advertise dot1-tlv, advertise dot3-tlv
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
29
2 advertise-backup advertise-backup
Synopsis
Enables a backup VRRP router to send advertisement frames to the master VRRP router.
advertise-backup no advertise backup
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Virtual-router-group configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable a backup VRRP router to send periodic transmissions of advertisement frames to all routers in the network. If a backup router is enabled to send advertisement frames, the frames are sent every 60 seconds.
Usage Guidelines
There are no operands for this command.
Advertisement is disabled.
Examples
This command can be used for VRRP-E, but not for VRRP.
Enter no advertise backup to return to the default setting (no periodic transmission).
To enable the backup VRRP routers to send advertisement frames to the master VRRP router: switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int ve 25 switch(config-ve-25)# vrrp-extended-group 1 switch(config-vrrp-extended-group-1)# advertise-backup
See Also
advertisement-interval (VRRP), backup-advertisement-interval, vrrp-extended-group
30 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
advertisement interval (fabric-map)
2 advertisement interval (fabric-map)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults 8000 milliseconds
Command Modes FCoE fabric-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the FIP advertisement interval for the FCoE fabric-map mode.
You must be in the feature configuration mode for FCoE fabric-map for this command to function.
Enter no advertisement interval return to the default setting.
Examples
Configures the FIP advertisement interval.
advertisement interval milliseconds no advertisement interval
milliseconds
The interval value in milliseconds. Valid values range from 250 through 90000 milliseconds. switch(config)# fcoe switch(config-fcoe)# fabric-map default switch(config-fcoe-fabric-map)# advertisement interval 8000
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
31
2 advertisement-interval (VRRP) advertisement-interval (VRRP)
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the interval at which the master VRRP router advertises its existence to the backup routers. advertisement-interval range
range
Interval at which the master VRRP router advertises its existence to the backup routers. Valid values range from 1 through 255 seconds.
Defaults 1 second
Command Modes Virtual-router-group configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure the advertisement interval of the master VRRP router. This interval is the length of time, in seconds, between each advertisement sent from the master to its backup
VRRP routers. The advertisement notifies the backup routers that the master is still active. If the backup routers do not receive an advertisement from the master in a designated amount of time, the backup with the highest priority can assume the role of master.
This command can be used for either VRRP or VRRP-E.
To set the advertisement interval to 30 seconds for VRRP-E group 10: switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int ve 25 switch(config-ve-25)# vrrp-extended-group 10 switch(config-vrrp-extended-group-10)# advertisement-interval 30
See Also
backup-advertisement-interval, vrrp-extended-group, vrrp-group
32 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ag
2 ag
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enables Access Gateway (AG) configuration mode.
ag
None
None
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command while in RBridge ID configuration mode for a specific RBridge ID. This command enables Access Gateway (AG) configuration mode on a specific switch. In this mode, you can configure Access Gateway features such as Access Gateway policies, VF_Port to N_Port mapping, Port Grouping, N_Port Monitoring reliability counters, and Modified Managed Fabric
Name Monitoring (N-MFNM) mode timeout values.
None
See Also
Enabling AG configuration mode while in RBridge ID configuration mode.
sw0(config-rbridge-id-2)# ag sw0(config-rbridge-id-2-ag)#
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
33
2 ag enable ag enable
Synopsis
Enables Access Gateway mode on a switch.
ag [rbridge-id rbridge id vcs-id vcs-id] enable no ag enable
Operands
Defaults AG mode is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge identifier for the switch.
vcs-id vcs-id Specifies the VCS identifier for the switch.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable Access Gateway mode on the switch. Enabling AG mode enables VDX 6730 switch FC ports, configures them as N_Ports, and then and maps these
N_Ports to VF_Ports using a default mapping configuration based on the switch platform. Enabling
Access Gateway mode reboots the switch.
Enter the ag enable command to enable Access Gateway mode on a switch that is in VCS mode.
Enter the ag rbridge-id rbridge id vcs-id vcs-id enable command to enable VCS mode and Access
Gateway mode on a standalone switch.
Enter the no ag enable command to disable Access Gateway mode.
The switch must be in VCS mode to enable Access Gateway.
Examples The following example enables AG mode on a local switch: switch# ag enable
The following example enables AG mode on a specific switch using the Rbridge ID and VCS ID: switch# ag rbridge-id 1 vcs-id 2000 enable
The following example disables AG mode on a local switch: switch# no ag enable
See Also
34 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
aggregate-address (BGP)
2 aggregate-address (BGP)
Synopsis
Configures the device to aggregate routes from a range of networks into a single network prefix.
aggregate-address ip-addr ip-mask [as-set] [summary-only] [suppress-map map-name]
[advertise-map map-name [attribute-map map-name] no aggregate-address
Operands
Defaults
ip-addr
as-set summary-only suppress-map advertise-map attribute-map
map-name
IPv4 address.
Causes the device to aggregate AS-path information for all routes in the aggregate routes from a range of networks into a single network prefix.
Prevents the device from advertising more-specific routes contained within the aggregate route.
Prevents the more-specific routes contained in the specified route map from being advertised.
Causes the device to advertise the more-specific routes in the specified route map.
Causes the device to set attributes for the aggregate routes according to the specified route map.
Specifies a route map to be consulted.
This feature is disabled.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
By default, the device advertises individual routes for all networks. Use this command to configure the device to aggregate routes from a range of networks into a single network prefix.
Use the no form of this command to restore the defaults.
To aggregate routes from a range of networks into a single network prefix and prevent the device from advertising more-specific routes: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# aggregate-address 10.11.12.0 summary-only
See Also route-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
35
2 alias alias
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the global or user switch alias.
alias string expansion no alias string expansion
string expansion
Alias name string. The number of characters can be from 1 through 64.
Commands for the alias name. Multiple commands can be separated with a semicolon ( ; ).
Defaults None
Command Modes Alias configuration mode
User-alias configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure global or user-level alias for switch commands. The global name is visible to all users. When the global alias name is called, the configured alias expansion commands are executed on the prompt.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
The global alias is accessible across all users.
The user-level alias is accessible only when the respective user logs in.
Use the no form of his command to remove the alias. You must be in the correct configuration mode in order to remove the global or user alias.
The following example sets both a switch alias and a user alias.
switch(config)# alias–config switch(config-alias-config)# alias user-alias "show clock" switch(config-alias-config)# alias company Brocade switch(config-alias-config)# alias redwood engineering switch(config-alias-config)# user john smith switch(config-alias-config-user)# alias manager engineering
alias-config, user (alias configuration)
36 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
alias-config
2 alias-config
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Launches the alias configuration mode.
alias-config
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to launch alias configuration mode. This mode allows you to configure the alias for the switch.
None
See Also
Example of setting a switch alias and a user alias.
switch(config)# alias–config switch(config-alias-config)# alias user-alias "show clock" switch(config-alias-config)# alias company Brocade switch(config-alias-config)# alias redwood engineering switch(config-alias-config)# user john smith switch(config-alias-config-user)# alias manager engineering
alias, user (alias configuration)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
37
2 allow non-profiled-macs allow non-profiled-macs
Synopsis
Specifies whether non-profiled MAC addresses on the profiled port are dropped.
allow non-profiled-macs no allow non-profiled-macs
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Port-profile mode
Description Use this command to decide whether non-profiled MAC addresses on profiled port should be dropped or not. This configuration is allowed on the default profile only.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
Non-profiled MAC addresses are not dropped.
Enter no allow non-profiled-macs to return to the default setting.
switch(config)# port-profile default switch(config-port-profile-default)# allow non-profiled-macs
See Also None
38 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
always-compare-med (BGP)
2 always-compare-med (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
This feature is disabled.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the device to compare the Multi-Exit Discriminators (MEDs), regardless of the AS information in the paths.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configures the device always to compare the Multi-Exit Discriminators (MEDs), regardless of the autonomous system (AS) information in the paths.
always-compare-med no always-compare-med
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To configure the device always to compare the MEDs: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# always-compare-med
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
39
2 always-propagate (BGP) always-propagate (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
This feature is disabled.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable the device to reflect routes even though they are not installed in the
RTM.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables the device to reflect routes even though they are not installed in the Routing Table
Manager (RTM).
always-propagate no always-propagate
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To configure the device to reflect routes that are not installed in the RTM: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# always-propagate
See Also None
40 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
area nssa (OSPF)
2 area nssa (OSPF)
Synopsis
Creates a not-so-stubby area (NSSA) or modifies its parameters.
area {A.B.C.D | decimal} nssa {metric [no-summary] | default-information-originate} no area nssa
Operands
Defaults No areas are created.
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description
A.B.C.D
decimal
Area address in dotted decimal format.
Area address In decimal format.
metric
no-summary
Additional cost for using a route to or from this area.
When configured on the NSSA area border router (ABR), this parameter prevents any Type 3 and Type 4 summary link-state advertisement (LSA) from being injected into the area. The only exception is that a default route is injected into the NSSA by the ABR, and strictly as a Type 3 LSA (not a
Type 7, because that could cause intra-AS traffic to get routed out the AS).
This makes the NSSA an NSSA totally stubby area, which can only have
Type 1, 2 and 7 LSAs.
Note: This parameter is disabled by default, which means the default route must use a Type 7 LSA.
default-information-originate
When configured on the ABR, this parameter injects a Type 7 default route into the NSSA area. As a result, the other NSSA routers install the default route through the advertising NSSA ABR. By default the NSSA ABR does not originate a default route to the NSSA.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to create an NSSA area or modify its parameters. NSSAs are typically needed when one-way transmission of Type-5 LSAs (out of the area) is desired but injection of the same
LSAs into the area is not acceptable.
Once created, the type of the area cannot be changed. The only exception to this rule is that an
NSSA or stub area can be changed to a totally NSSA or a totally stub area, respectively.
Enter no area nssa to delete an NSSA.
To set an additional cost of 5 on an NSAA identified as 2 (in decimal format), and include the no-summary parameter: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# area 2 nssa 5 no-summary
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
41
2 area range (OSPF) area range (OSPF)
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies area range parameters on an Area Border Router (ABR).
area {A.B.C.D | decimal} range E.F.G.H I.J.K.L {advertise | cost cost_value | not-advertise} no area range
A.B.C.D
decimal
E.F.G.H I.J.K.L
advertise cost cost_value
Area address in dotted decimal format.
Area address in decimal format.
Specifies the IP address and mask portion of the range. All network addresses that match this network are summarized in a single route and advertised by the ABR.
Sets the address range status to advertise and generates a Type 3 summary LSA.
Sets the cost value for the area range. This value is used as the generated summary LSA cost. The range for cost_value is 1 to 6777214. not-advertise
Defaults None
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description
If this value is not specified, the cost value is the default range metric calculation for the generated summary LSA cost.
Sets the address range status to DoNotAdvertise; the Type 3 LSA is suppressed, and the component networks remain hidden from other networks. This setting is used to temporarily pause route summarization from the area.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command only on ABRs to specify route summarization for an existing area. The result is that a single summary route is advertised to other areas by the ABR, in the form of a Type 3 LSA.
Routing information is condensed at area boundaries and external to the area, and only a single route is advertised for each address range.
An example of when you might want to use this command is if you have many small networks advertised from area 0 to any other area, or from any non-backbone area into the backbone. This command gives you a summary route instead of many smaller routes. In an area, the OSPF database on each router must be an exact copy of the databases of the other routers. This means that no summarization is allowed within the area.
Enter no area range to disable the specification of range parameters on an ABR.
To advertise to Area 3 all the addresses on the network 1.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 in the ABR you are signed into: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# area 3 range 1.1.1.0 255.255.255.0
advertise
See Also None
42 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
area stub (OSPF)
2 area stub (OSPF)
Synopsis
Creates a stub area or modifies its parameters. area {A.B.C.D | decimal} stub metric [no-summary] no area stub
Operands
A.B.C.D
decimal metric
no-summary
Defaults No areas are created.
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description
Area address in dotted decimal format.
Area address In decimal Format.
Additional cost for using a route to or from this area.
When configured on the ABR, prevents any Type 3 and Type 4 summary
LSAs from being injected into the area. The only exception is that a default route is injected into the stub/totally stubby area by the ABR as a Type 3
LSA. Enabling this parameter makes the area a so-called totally stubby area, which can only have Types 1 and 2. This parameter is disabled by default.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to create or delete a stub area or modify its parameters.
Once created, the type of the area cannot be changed. The only exception to this rule is that an
NSSA or stub area can be changed to a totally NSSA or a totally stub area, respectively.
Enter no area stub to delete a stub area.
To set an additional cost of jj5 on a stub area called 2 (in decimal format): switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# area 2 stub 5
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
43
2 area virtual-link (OSPF) area virtual-link (OSPF)
Synopsis
Operands
Creates or modifies virtual links for an area.
area {A.B.C.D | decimal} virtual-link E.F.G.H [authentication-key {0 | 2 | 255} password]
[dead-interval time] [hello-interval time] [md5-authentication {key-activation-wait-time time | key-id num key}] [retransmit-interval time] [transmit-delay time] no area virtual-link
A.B.C.D
decimal
E.F.G.H
authentication-key
0
2
255
password
Area address in dotted decimal format.
Area address in decimal format.
ID of the OSPF router at the remote end of the virtual link.
Sets the password and encryption method. Only one encryption method can be active on an interface at a time. All OSPF packets transmitted on the interface contain this password. All OSPF packets received on the interface are checked for this password. If the password is not present, then the packet is dropped.
Does not encrypt the password you enter.
Encrypts the password you enter.
Encrypts a plain-text password that you enter.
OSPF password. The password can be up to eight alphanumeric characters. dead-interval time hello-interval
How long a neighbor router waits for a hello packet from the current router before declaring the router down. This value must be the same for all routers and access servers that are attached to a common network. Valid values range from 3 through 65535 seconds. The default is 40 seconds.
Time between hello packets that the router sends on an interface. The value must be the same for all routers and access servers that are attached to a common network. Valid values range from 1 through
65535 seconds. The default is 10 seconds. md5-authentication Sets either MD5 key-activation wait time or key identifier.
key-activation-wait-time time
Time before a newly configured MD5 authentication key is valid. This parameter provides a graceful transition from one MD5 key to another without disturbing the network. All new packets transmitted after the wait time ends will use the newly configured MD5 Key. OSPF packets that contain the old MD5 key are accepted for up to five minutes (300 seconds) after the new MD5 key is in operation. Valid values range from 0 through 14400 seconds. The default is 300 seconds. key-id num key The num is a number between 1 and 255 which identifies the MD5 key being used. This parameter is required to differentiate among multiple keys defined on a router. When MD5 is enabled, the key is an alphanumeric password of up to 16 characters that is later encrypted and included in each OSPF packet transmitted. You must enter a password in this field when the system is configured to operate with either simple or MD5 authentication. By default, the MD5 authentication key is encrypted.
44 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
area virtual-link (OSPF)
2
Defaults retransmit-interval time
Time between Link State Advertisement (LSA) retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the interface. Set this interval to a value larger than the expected round-trip delay between any two routers on the attached network. Valid values range from 0 through 3600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. transmit-delay time
Estimated time required to send an LSA on the interface. This value must be an integer greater than zero. The age of each LSA in the update packet is incremented by the value of this parameter before transmission occurs.
Valid values range from 0 through 3600 seconds. The default is 1 second.
No virtual links are created.
Refer to the Operands for specific defaults.
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description Use this command to create or modify virtual links for an area.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no area virtual-link to remove a virtual link.
To create a virtual link for an area whose decimal address is 1, and where the ID of the OSPF router at the remote end of the virtual link is 10.1.2.3: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# area 1 virtual-link 10.1.2.3
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
45
2 arp arp
Synopsis
Operands
Enables specification of an IPv4 address for an Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) entry.
arp A.B.C.D mac_address
A.B.C.D mac_address
A valid IP address.
A valid MAC address.
Defaults None
Command Modes RBridge configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an IPv4 address for an ARP entry.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
46 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
as-path-ignore (BGP)
2 as-path-ignore (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
This feature is disabled.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description Use this command to disable the comparison of the AS path lengths of otherwise equal paths.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Disables the comparison of the autonomous system (AS) path lengths of otherwise equal paths.
as-path-ignore no as-path-ignore
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To configure the device always to disable the comparison of AS path lengths: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# as-path-ignore
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
47
2 attach rbridge-id attach rbridge-id
Synopsis
Operands
Assigns a range of Rbridge IDs to the VXLAN gateway instance.
attach rbridge-id {add | remove} rb-range add remove
rb-range
Attaches a specified range of Rbridge IDs to the VXLAN gateway.
Un-attaches a specified range of Rbridge IDs from the VXLAN gateway.
Specifies a range of RBridge IDs to attach to the VXLAN gateway. (You can also specify just one RBridge ID.) Ranges can be specified with hyphens, separated by commas, or contain a mixture of both. Do not use a space after a comma when specifying a range of IDs. For example, to specify RBridges 5 through 10 and RBridge 15, enter: 5-10,15.
Defaults None
Command Modes VXLAN Gateway Configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a VXLAN overlay gateway instance for the Rbridges that you specify.
You can configure other properties for the gateway instance while in VXLAN Gateway Configuration mode, but the gateway instance is not created until you run the attach rbridge-id command.
Use the add form of the command to attach Rbridge IDs to the VXLAN gateway, and use the remove form of the command to un-attach RBridge IDs from the VXLAN gateway.
When un-attaching Rbridge IDs, gateway and tunnel configurations on the specified Rbridge IDs are deleted.
The Rbridge IDs that you specify must already be known to the cluster. (Rbridge IDs that have been removed from the cluster with the no vcs enable rbridge-id command cannot be used to attach to the VXLAN gateway.)
This command is allowed for a switch that is in logical chassis cluster mode only.
The Rbridge IDs that you specify must be on a VXLAN-capable gateway (either the Brocade VDX
6740 or VDX 6740-T), and the gateway must have a VCS license.
Examples To add an Rbridge ID range of 10 through 30 on a VXLAN overlay gateway instance named
gateway1: switch# configure switch(config)# overlay-gateway gateway1 switch(config-overlay-gateway1)# attach rbridge-id add 2-3
See Also
48 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
attach vlan
2 attach vlan
Synopsis
Identifies exported VLANs.
attach vlan vlan_ID [mac mac_ID] no attach vlan vlan_ID
Operands vlan vlan_ID Specifies the VLAN ID of the VXLAN gateway. This can be a range, such as 5,
10, 20-25.
Specifies specific MAC address(es) of the VXLAN gateway.
Defaults mac mac_ID
None
Command Modes VXLAN Gateway Configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to identify the exported VLANs (these are VLANs than can be mapped to VXLAN domains). All the MAC addresses that the VXLAN gateway learns on these VLANs are shared with
NSX. The command can optionally accept specific MACs, which can be shared with NSX. If the user specifies MAC addresses, only these specified MACs are shared with NSX for this VLAN.
The specified VLAN must already be configured.
You cannot run two forms of this command using the same VLAN IDs. For example, the commands attach vlan x and attach vlan x mac y cannot co-exist. If one form of the configuration exists, the other form of the configuration for the same VLAN ID is rejected.
Also, you cannot specify a VLAN range and a MAC address on the same command line. You can, however, specify a single VLAN ID and a MAC address on the same command line.
The no form of this command stops the MACs behind the specified VLANs from being shared with the NSX controller.
The deletion of a VLAN specified with this command is not allowed. For example, if you run the command attach vlan x, you cannot delete the exported VLAN called x by running the no interface vlan x command.
To identify exported VLAN IDs and to specify a MAC address for the VXLAN gateway already configured and named gateway1: switch# configure switch(config)# overlay-gateway gateway1 switch(config-overlay-gw-gateway1)# attach vlan 5 mac 00:05:1e:c5:96:a4
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
49
2 auto-cost reference-bandwidth (OSPF) auto-cost reference-bandwidth (OSPF)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults Reference bandwidth is 100 Mbps.
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the reference bandwidth. OSPF calculates the cost of a route as the ratio of the reference bandwidth to the bandwidth of the egress interface. An increase in the reference bandwidth results in an increased cost. If the resulting cost is less than 1, the software rounds the cost up to 1.
Usage Guidelines
Configures reference bandwidth.
auto-cost reference-bandwidth {ref-bw | use-active-ports} no auto-cost reference-bandwidth
ref-bw
use-active-ports
Reference bandwidth in Mbps. Valid values range from 1 through 4294967.
When set, any dynamic change in bandwidth immediately affects the cost of OSPF routes. This parameter enables cost calculation for currently active ports only.
The bandwidth for interfaces that consist of more than one physical port is calculated as follows:
•
LAG group — The combined bandwidth of all the ports.
•
Virtual interface — The combined bandwidth of all the ports in the port-based VLAN that contains the virtual interface.
If a change to the reference bandwidth results in a cost change to an interface, the device sends a link-state update to update the costs of interfaces advertised by the device.
Examples
NOTE
If you specify the cost for an individual interface (by using the ip ospf cost command), the cost you specify overrides the cost calculated by the software.
Enter no auto-cost reference-bandwidth to disable bandwidth configuration.
To change a reference bandwidth of 500: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# auto-cost reference-bandwidth 500
See Also
The reference bandwidth specified in this example results in the following costs:
•
10 Mbps port’s cost = 500/10 = 50.
•
100 Mbps port’s cost = 500/100 = 5.
•
1000 Mbps port’s cost = 500/1000 = 0.5, which is rounded up to 1.
The costs for 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps ports change as a result of the changed reference bandwidth. Costs for higher-speed interfaces remain the same.
50 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
backup-advertisement-interval
2 backup-advertisement-interval
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the interval at which backup VRRP routers advertise their existence to the master router. backup-advertisement-interval interval
interval
Interval at which a backup VRRP router advertises its existence to the master router. Valid values range from 60 through 3600 seconds.
Defaults 60 seconds
Command Modes Virtual-router-group configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure the advertisement interval of the backup VRRP routers. This interval is the length of time, in seconds, between each advertisement sent from the backup routers to the master router. The advertisement notifies the master router that the backup is still active. If the master router does not receive an advertisement from the backup in a designated amount of time, the backup with the highest priority can assume the role of master.
This command can be used for either VRRP or VRRP-E.
To set the backup advertisement interval to 120 seconds for VRRP-E group 10: switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int ve 25 switch(config-ve-25)# vrrp-extended-group 10 switch(config-vrrp-extended-group-10)# backup-advertisement-interval 120
See Also
vrrp-group, vrrp-extended-group
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
51
2 banner incoming banner incoming
Synopsis
Operands.
Defaults
Sets the incoming banner message.
banner incoming message no banner incoming
message
None
The message string to be displayed on the switch console.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to create the incoming banner. A banner is a text message that displays on the console. The banner can include information about the switch for a user to know when accessing the switch.
Usage Guidelines The banner must be from 1 through 2048 characters in length. The banner can appear on multiple lines if you enter multiline mode using ESC+M and using CTRL+D to exit.
Examples
See Also
None
None
52 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
banner login
2 banner login
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets the switch banner.
banner login message no banner login
message
None
The message string to be displayed on the switch console.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to create a switch banner. A banner is a text message that displays on the console. The banner can include information about the switch that a user wants another user to know when accessing the switch.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The banner must be from 1 through 2048 characters in length.
The banner can appear on multiple lines if you enter multiline mode using ESC-M and using
CTRL-D to exit.
To create a banner with multiple lines: switch(config)# banner login [Esc-m]
[Entering multiline mode, exit with ctrl-D.]
> banner login Hello
> and
> welcome
> to
> the
> switch
[Ctrl-D] switch(config)# do show running-config banner
banner login "Hello\and\welcome\to\the\switch"
switch(config)# exit
Network OS (switch)
NOS Version 3.0.0
switch login: admin
Password: ******
Hello and welcome to the switch
To create a banner with a single line: switch(config)# banner login “Please do not disturb the setup on this switch” switch(config)# exit
Login: user
Password: *****
The cluster contains 5 switches
----------------
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
53
2 banner login
Welcome to NOS CLI user connected from ::FFFF:10.103.8.61 using ssh on abc.com
switch#
See Also
54 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
banner motd
2 banner motd
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets the message of the day (MOTD) banner.
banner motd message no banner motd
message
None
The message string to be displayed on the switch console.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to create the MOTD banner. A banner is a text message that displays on the console. The banner can include information about the switch for a user to know when accessing the switch.
Usage Guidelines The banner must be from 1 through 2048 characters in length. The banner can appear on multiple lines if you enter multiline mode by using ESC+M and exit by using CTRL+D.
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
55
2 bgp-redistribute-internal (BGP) bgp-redistribute-internal (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
This feature is disabled.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description By default, with default VRF instances, the device does not allow the redistribution of IBGP routes from BGP4 into RIP, OSPF, or ISIS. This helps to eliminate routing loops. In non-default VRF instances, the device does allow the redistribution of IBGP routes from BGP4 into RIP and OSPF.
Use this command to redistribute BGP4 routes into OSPF, RIP, and ISIS.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Causes the device to allow the redistribution of IBGP routes from BGP4 into RIP, OSPF, or ISIS.
bgp-redistribute-internal no bgp-redistribute-internal
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
To configure a static network and change the administrative distance: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# bgp-redistribute-internal
See Also None
56 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
bind
2 bind
Synopsis
Used to create a persistent binding between the logical FCoE port and the ten/forty gigabit or LAG port.
bind {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port| port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port || mac-address address}
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
port-channel number Specifies a port-channel interface.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.rbridge-idSpecifies the
RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
mac-address address Specifies a MAC address. The valid format is HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a persistent binding between the logical FCoE port and the ten/forty gigabitethernet or LAG port. This will be stored in the configuration and retained across reboots.
When the FCoE logical port is automatically bound to a TE/FO LAG port, it is referred as dynamic binding. This binding is valid only till the FLOGI session is valid. The binding is automatically removed when CNA logs out.
ATTENTION
Only one type of binding can be used for each physical port, so the ten/forty gigabitethernet or
LAG (MAC) binding configurations overwrite each other.
Examples
See Also switch(config)# interface fcoe 1/1/55 switch(config-Fcoe-1/1/55)# bind tengigabitethernet 1/0/1 switch(config)# interface fcoe 1/1/56 switch(config-Fcoe-1/1/56)# bind mac-address 00:05:1e:c5:96:a4
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
57
2 bpdu-drop enable bpdu-drop enable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults BPDU-drop is disabled.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description tx rx all
Disables tunneling in the transmit direction.
Disables tunneling in the receive direction.
Disables tunneling in both the transmit and receive directions.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to prevent reception of any STP or PVST BPDUs on a interface. If such a BPDU is received on a interface that is BPDU-drop enabled, the interface drops the BPDU frames, but does not shut down.
Enter bpdu-drop enable with the tx, rx, or all options. Without an optional keyword, the action applies to the ingress direction only.
Enter no bpdu-drop enable with the tx, rx, or all options to disable BPDU drop in one or more directions.
Enter no bpdu-drop enable to disable BPDU-drop completely.
Examples
See Also
Drops STP, RSTP, MSTP, and PVST and RPVST bridge protocol data units (BPDUs), disabling the tunneling of those protocols on an interface.
bpdu-drop enable [rx | tx | all] no bpdu-drop enable [rx | tx | all]
To enable BPDU-drop on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# bpdu-drop enable
To disable BPDU-drop on a specific port-channel interface: switch(config)# interface port-channel 62 switch(conf-port-channel-62)# no bpdu-drop enable
To disable BPDU-drop on a specific port-channel interface in the transmit direction: switch(config)# interface port-channel 62 switch(conf-port-channel-62)# no bpdu-drop enable tx
58 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
bridge-priority
2 bridge-priority
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies the priority of the bridge. bridge-priority priority no bridge-priority
priority
Specifies the bridge priority. Valid values range from 0 through 61440 in increments of 4096.
Defaults Priority is 32768.
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the bridge priority for the common instance. Using a lower priority value indicates that the bridge might become root.
This command must be used to specify the priority of the bridge. The priority values can be set only in increments of 4096.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridge nodes.
Enter no bridge-priority to return to the default priority.
Examples To specify the bridge priority: switch# configure terminal switch(config)# protocol spanning-tree stp switch(conf-stp)# bridge-priority 8192
See Also switch# configure terminal switch(config)# protocol spanning-tree rstp switch(conf-rstp)# bridge-priority 8192 switch# configure terminal switch(config)# protocol spanning-tree mstp switch(conf-mstp)# bridge-priority 8192
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
59
2 capability as4 (BGP) capability as4 (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults enable Enables 4-byte ASN capability at the BGP global level.
This feature is disabled.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable 4-byte ASN capability at the BGP global level.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables 4-byte autonomous system number (ASN) capability at the BGP global level.
capability as4 {enable} no capability as4
Use the no form of this command to disable this functionality.
To enable 4-byte ASN capability: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# capability as4 enable
See Also None
60 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
capture packet interface
2 capture packet interface
Synopsis
Enables the capture of packet information on an interface, for display on the switch itself or for storage in an automatically generated file.
capture packet {interface} {all | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet
rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} {direction {both | rx | tx} {filter {l2 | l3 | all}
Operands interface all
Selects an interface (required).
Selects all interfaces.
fortygigabitethernet Selects a 40-GbE interface.
gigabitethernet Selects a 1-GbE interface.
tengigabitethernet Selects a 10-GbE interface.
rbridge-id/slot/port
Selects the RBridge ID, slot, and port of the respective interface.
direction both rx tx filter l2 l3 all
Selects a direction (required).
Selects traffic in both transmit and receive directions.
Selects received traffic.
Selects transmitted traffic.
Selects the packet types to be filtered (required).
Filters only Layer 2 packets to the CPU.
Filters only Layer 3 packets to the CPU.
Filters all packets to the CPU, including transit packets if an access control list (ACL) is enabled (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to capture packet information on an interface. This can provide significant help in debugging, especially for Layer 2 TRILL and Layer 3 packets. Captured packets are stored in a circular buffer, and they are also written to an automatically generated “pktcapture.pcap” file, which can store up to 1500 K of data in flash memory (the equivalent of approximately 10k packets, each having an average size of 100 bytes). Once this file is full, it is saved at *_old.pcap and data are written to a new pktcapture.pcap file. These files can be exported and viewed through a packet analyzer such as Wireshark.
NOTE
Up to 100 packets per interface can be captured. Once the buffer is filled, the oldest packets are replaced with the most recent.
Usage Guidelines This command is supported in VCS and standalone modes. This command can be entered on any
RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric.
To disable packet capture globally, use the no capture packet all command.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
61
2 capture packet interface
NOTE
The all option is not supported for enabling packet capture.
To view the captured information on the switch, use the show capture packet interface command.
Note the following limitations:
•
Support is provided only on physical interfaces (1-, 10-, and 40-gigabit Ethernet), not on logical interfaces. To see packets on logical interfaces, first enable the capture on the corresponding physical interfaces.
•
In the initial release, support for capturing transit traffic requires ACL logging.
•
Packets that are dropped in the ASIC cannot be captured.
CAUTION
Capturing packets over multiple sessions and over long durations can affect system performance.
Examples
See Also switch# capture packet interface tengigabitethernet 166/0/1 direction both
filter all
show capture packet
62 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
cbs
2 cbs
Synopsis
Operands
Mandatory command for configuring the controlled burst size for a class-map.
cbs cbs-size no cbs cbs-size
cbs-size
Controlled burst size. Valid values range from 1250 through 5000000000 bytes in increments of 1 byte. This is a mandatory parameter for configuring a class-map.
Defaults None
Command Modes Policymap class police configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command sets the controlled burst size for a class-map.
Only the police cir and cbs commands are mandatory for configuring a class-map.
If the optional parameters for a class-map are not set, they are treated as disabled. To delete parameters for a class-map, you must delete all policer parameters while in the policy-map class configuration mode using the no police cir command.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Use the no version of this command to remove the parameter from the class-map.
Examples This example configures a class-map called “default” within a policy-map. switch# configure terminal switch(config)# policy-map policymap1 switch(config-policymap)# class default switch (config-policymap-class)# police cir 40000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# cbs 50000
See Also
conform-set-dscp, conform-set-prec, conform-set-tc, ebs, eir, exceed-set-dscp, exceed-set-prec,
exceed-set-tc, police cir, police-priority-map, policy-map, qos cos, service-policy, set-priority
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
63
2 cee cee
Synopsis
Applies a Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) provisioning map on an interface.
cee default no cee
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to apply an existing CEE map on a specific interface.
Usage Guidelines
None
There is no CEE provisioning applied on an interface. The only map name allowed is “default.”
Examples
See Also
The CEE map applied on an interface should already exist on the switch.
Enter no cee to remove the CEE Provisioning map.
To apply a CEE map to a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# cee default
interface, cee-map (configuration), channel-group, dot1x authentication, dot1x port-control,
dot1x quiet-period, dot1x reauthentication, dot1x reauthMax, dot1x timeout re-authperiod,
dot1x timeout server-timeout, dot1x timeout supp-timeout, dot1x timeout tx-period,
edge-loop-detection vlan, edge-loop-detection port-priority
64 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
cee-map (configuration)
2 cee-map (configuration)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enters the CEE map configuration mode.
cee-map default
None
The only map name allowed is “default.”
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter the CEE map configuration mode.
Only a single CEE map is allowed, named “default.” It is created when system starts up. The initial configuration of the default CEE map is:
Precedence 1
Priority Group Table
1: Weight 40, PFC Enabled, BW% 40
2: Weight 60, PFC Disabled, BW% 60
15.0: PFC Disabled
15.1: PFC Disabled
15.2: PFC Disabled
15.3: PFC Disabled
15.4: PFC Disabled
15.5: PFC Disabled
15.6: PFC Disabled
15.7: PFC Disabled
Priority Table
CoS: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
---------------------------------------------
PGID: 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2
Enabled on the following interfaces
Examples
See Also
None
cee, fcoeport, priority-group-table
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
65
2 cee-map (FCoE) cee-map (FCoE)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
The only map name allowed is “default.”
Command Modes FCoE map configuration mode
Description Use this command to assign a cee-map to the FCoE fabric-map.
Usage Guidelines You must be in the feature configuration mode for FCoE map for this command to function.
Enter no cee-map to revert to the default values for the map.
Examples
Assigns a cee-map to the FCoE Fabric-Map. cee-map default no cee-map default switch(config)# fcoe switch(config-fcoe)# map default switch(config-fcoe-map)# cee-map default
See Also
66 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
certutil import ldapca
2 certutil import ldapca
Synopsis
Imports an LDAP CA certificate.
certutil import ldapca directory path file filename protocol {FTP | SCP} host remote_ip user user_acct password password ssh certutil import ldapca | syslogca directory ca certificate path protocol {FTP | SCP} host remote_ip user user_acct password password [rbridge-id {rbridge_id | all}] no certutil ldapca [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description directory path file filename
Specifies the path to the certificate.
Specifies the filename for the certificate.
host remote_ip Specifies the IP address of the remote host.
password password Specifies the password to access the remote host.
protocol FTP | SCP rbridge-id
Specifies the protocol used to access the remote server.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
rbridge-id
all user user_acct
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Specifies the user name to access the remote host.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to import a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) Certification Authority
(CA) certificate from a remote server. This command supports FTP and SCP.
Enter no certutil ldapca to delete the LDAP CA certificates of all Active Directory (AD) servers.
The rbridge-id operand is supported in VCS mode only.
Examples In Standalone mode
To import a certificate for LDAP: switch# certutil import ldapca directory /usr/ldapcacert file cacert.pem
protocol SCP host 10.23.24.56 user admin password *****
To import the SSH public key for user “admin” from the remote host: switch# certutil import sshkey user admin host 10.70.4.106 directory
/users/home40/bmeenaks/.ssh file id_rsa.pub login fvt
Password: *********** switch# 2012/11/14-10:28:58, [SEC-3050], 75,, INFO, VDX6720-60, Event: sshutil,
Status: success, Info: Imported SSH public key from 10.70.4.106 for user 'admin'.
switch#
To delete all LDAP CA certificates: switch# no certutil ldapca
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
67
2 certutil import ldapca
See Also
In VCS mode
To import a certificate for LDAP: switch# certutil import ldapca directory /usr/ldapcacert/ file cacert.pem
protocol SCP host 10.23.24.56 user admin password rbridge-id 3
password: switch#
To delete LDAP certificates on rbridge-id 3: switch# no certutil syslogca rbridge-id 3
Do you want to delete syslogca certificate? [y/n]:y
Warning: All the syslog CA certificates are deleted. switch
ldap-server host, ldap-server maprole, show cert-util ldapca, show running-config ldap-server,
68 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
certutil import sshkey
2 certutil import sshkey
Synopsis
Imports the SSH public key for an SSH user from the remote host using the mentioned login credentials and path name.
certutil import sshkey host remote_ip_address directory ssh_public_key_path user user_acct password password login login_id [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] no certutil sshkey [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]
Operands directory path file filename host remote_ip login login_id
Specifies the path to the certificate.
Specifies the SSH public key with a .pub extension.
Specifies the IP address of the remote host.
Specifies the login name in the remote host.
password password Specifies the password to access the remote host.
rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
rbridge-id
all user user_acct
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Specifies the user name to access the remote host.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to import an SSH public key from a remote host for a specified user.
Enter no certutil sshkey user to delete the SSH public key a specified user.
The rbridge-id operand is supported in VCS mode only.
Examples In Standalone mode
The following command imports a public CA certificate: switch# certutil import sshkey user admin host 10.70.4.106 directory
/users/home40/bmeenaks/.ssh file id_rsa.pub login fvt
Password: *********** switch# 2012/11/14-10:28:58, [SEC-3050], 75,, INFO, VDX6720-60, Event: sshutil,
Status: success, Info: Imported SSH public key from 10.70.4.106 for user 'admin'.
The following command deletes the SSH public key for “testuser.” switch# no certutil sshkey user testuser
Do you want to delete the SSH public key file? [y/n]:y switch# 2012/11/11-13:46:05, [SEC-3050], 3295,, INFO, VDX6720-24, Event: sshutil,
Status: success, Info: Deleted SSH public keys associated to user 'testuser'.
In VCS mode
The following command imports a public CA certificate: switch# certutil import sshkey user admin host 10.70.4.106 directory
/users/home40/bmeenaks/.ssh file id_rsa.pub login fvt rbridge-id 3
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
69
2 certutil import sshkey
See Also
Password: *********** switch# 2012/11/14-10:28:58, [SEC-3050], 75,, INFO, VDX6720-60, Event: sshutil,
Status: success, Info: Imported SSH public key from 10.70.4.106 for user 'admin'.
The following command deletes the SSH public key for “testuser.” switch# no certutil sshkey user testuser rbridge-id 3
Do you want to delete the SSH public key file? [y/n]:y switch# 2012/11/11-13:46:05, [SEC-3050], 3295,, INFO, VDX6720-24, Event: sshutil,
Status: success, Info: Deleted SSH public keys associated to user 'testuser'.
70 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
certutil import syslogca certutil import syslogca
Synopsis
Imports a syslog CA certificate.
certutil import syslogca directory path file filename protocol {FTP | SCP} host remote_ip user user_acct password password [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] no certutil syslogca
Operands directory path file filename
Specifies the path to the certificate.
Specifies the filename for the certificate.
host remote_ip Specifies the IP address of the remote host.c
password password Specifies the password to access the remote host.
protocol FTP | SCP Specifies the protocol used to access the remote server.
rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
rbridge-id
all user user_acct
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Specifies the user name to access the remote host.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to import a syslog CA certificate.
Enter no certutil syslogca to delete the syslog CA certificates of all Active Directory servers.
The rbridge-id operand is supported in VCS mode only.
Examples In Standalone mode
The following command imports a syslog CA certificate: switch# certutil import syslogca directory /usr/ldapcacert/ file cacert.pem
protocol SCP host 10.23.24.56 user admin password
password: switch#
The following command deletes a syslog CA certificate: switch# no certutil syslogca
Do you want to delete syslog CA certificate? [y/n]:
In VCS mode
The following command imports a syslog CA certificate: switch# certutil import syslogca directory /usr/ldapcacert/ file cacert.pem
protocol SCP host 10.23.24.56 user admin password rbridge-id 3
password: switch#
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
71
2 certutil import syslogca
See Also
The following command deletes a syslog CA certificate: switch# no certutil syslogca rbridge-id 5
Do you want to delete syslog CA certificate? [y/n]:
None
72 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
channel-group
2 channel-group
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults The value for type is set to standard.
Command Modes Interface subconfiguration mode (fo, gi, te)
Description Use this command to add an interface to a port-channel specified by the channel-group number.
This command enables link aggregation on an interface, so that it may be selected for aggregation by the local system.
Usage Guidelines
Enables Link Aggregation on an interface.
channel-group number mode {active | passive | on} [type {standard | brocade}] no channel-group
number
mode type active passive on standard brocade
Specifies a Link Aggregation Group (LAG) port channel-group number to which this link should administratively belong to. In Standalone mode, valid values range from 1 through 64. In Brocade VCS Fabric mode, valid values range from 1 through 6144.
Specifies the mode of Link Aggregation.
Enables the initiation of LACP negotiation on an interface.
Disables LACP on an interface.
Enables static link aggregation on an interface.
Specifies the type of LAG.
Specifies the 802.3ad standard-based LAG.
Specifies the Brocade proprietary hardware-based trunking.
Only a maximum of 24 LAGs can be created. Be aware of the following:
•
A maximum of four link aggregation groups can be created per switch when the type is set to brocade.
•
A maximum of four links can become part of a single aggregation group when the type is set to brocade and they must be on the same port-channel.
•
Links 0 through 7 belong to port-channel 1; links 8 through 15 belong to port-channel 2, and links 16 through 23 belong to port-channel 3.
•
For the standard type, a maximum of 16 links can be aggregated per aggregation group and they can be members of any port-channel.
•
Enter no channel-group to remove the port-channel members.
Examples To set the channel-group number to 4 and the mode to active on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# channel-group 4 mode active
To set the channel-group number to 10, the mode to passive, and the type to brocade on a specific
1-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 170/0/1 switch(conf-if-gi-170/0/1)# channel-group 10 mode passive brocade
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
73
2 channel-group
See Also
74 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
chassis beacon
2 chassis beacon
Synopsis
Operands
Controls the flashing LED beacon on the switch.
chassis beacon {enable | disable} enable disable
Enables the chassis beacon LED.
Disables the chassis beacon LED.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to toggle the flashing LED locator on the switch. This makes finding the desired switch easier in large data centers.
None
To enable the chassis beacon: switch# chassis beacon enable
Chassis Beacon has been enabled
See Also
To disable the chassis beacon: switch# chassis beacon disable
Chassis Beacon has been disabled
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
75
2 chassis disable chassis disable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Disables all interfaces in the chassis.
chassis disable
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to disable all interfaces on the local switch. All interfaces will be taken offline.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
Enter chassis disable before making configuration changes or running offline diagnostics.
You must execute the chassis enable command after running offline diagnostics, or the switch will not boot correctly.
Examples To disable all interfaces on the local switch: switch# chassis disable
See Also
76 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
chassis enable
2 chassis enable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enables all interfaces in the chassis.
chassis enable
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable all interfaces on the local switch. All interfaces that passed the power-on self-test (POST) are enabled. They may come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected. Enter chassis enable to re-enable the chassis after making configuration changes or running offline diagnostics.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
You must execute the chassis enable command after running offline diagnostics, or the switch will not boot correctly.
Examples To enable all interfaces on the local switch: switch# chassis enable
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
77
2 chassis fan airflow-direction chassis fan airflow-direction
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies the direction of airflow through the chassis based on physical PSU and fans.
chassis fan airflow-direction [port-side-intake | port-side-exhaust] port-side-intake port-side-exhaust
Specifies the airflow to enter the switch.
Specifies the airflow to exit the switch.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the fan airflow direction to match the physical PSU and fans installed in the system.
This command applies to the Brocade VDX 6710, VDX 6720, and VDX 6730.
This command must only be used after you purchase and install the appropriate fan/power supply that provides the desired airflow direction in the switch. Please contact your Brocade Sales
Representative to obtain the correct part numbers and pricing.
When the chassis fan airflow-direction command is issued, the switch will not recognize the configuration change until the switch is rebooted.
Only one (1) configuration change is accepted per reboot. This means that even if this command is entered multiple times, only the first configuration change entered will be effective after rebooting.
The switch serial number is registered with Brocade and the information recorded in the Brocade database about that switch includes the airflow orientation at the time of shipment.
Any subsequent change in airflow direction is not recorded in the Brocade database. This means that if you request a Return Merchandise Authentication (RMA) for the switch, the replacement switch will be sent with the original orientation.
Examples To specify the fan airflow-direction: switch# chassis fan airflow-direction port-side-exhaust
Previous configuration : port-side-intake
Current configuration : port-side-exhaust
System fan airflow-direction changes will be effective after reboot!!
See Also None
78 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
chassis virtual-ip virtual-ipv6
2 chassis virtual-ip virtual-ipv6
Synopsis
Sets the IPv4 or IPv6 address of a switch chassis.
chassis {virtual-ip | virtual-ipv6} no chassis {virtual-ip | virtual-ipv6}
Operands virtual-ip virtual-ipv6
Defaults None
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Sets an IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation with a CIDR prefix (mask).
Sets an IPv6 address in colon-separated hexadecimal notation with a CIDR prefix.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to change the IPv4 or IPv6 address of a chassis from the default. The default is the initial address of the switch chassis.
This is the address that is used to access devices through their RBridge ID. Use this command to change the IP address to facilitate management, for example, if a switch is moved to a different subnet. The IP address of the management platform should be in the same subnet as the devices it manages.
This command applies only to chassis switches, for example, the Brocade VDX 8770.
Use the no form of this command to revert to the default address.
Examples IPv4: switch(config)# rbridge-id 4 switch(config-rbridge-id-4)# chassis virtual-ip 10.11.12.13/20
See Also
IPv6: switch(config)# rbridge-id 4 switch(config-rbridge-id-4)# chassis virtual-ipv6 2001:db8:8086:6502/64
show rbridge-id, show running-config
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
79
2 cidrecov cidrecov
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Recovers data from Chassis ID cards if possible.
cidrecov
There are no operands for this command.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command if you receive an error or warning RASLog message that instructs you to run this command.
Two chassis ID (CID) cards contain data necessary for system operation. Each CID contains two
Serial Electronically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (SEEPROM) devices. If data on either card becomes corrupt or mismatched, a regularly run CID audit writes messages to the
RASLog. Follow the instructions in the messages. Mismatched data can be reset, and corrupt data can sometimes be recovered if the corrupt data is on the non-critical SEEPROM.
This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 8770-4 and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Example 1: Noncritical SEEPROM is inaccessible or corrupt, but recovery becomes possible: sw0# cidrecov
CID 1 Non-Critical Seeprom is Inaccessible or Corrupted.
CID Non-Critical Seeprom Problem Details
CID 1 Non-Critical Seeprom IP address Control Data Checksum Bad !!!!
CID 1 IP address Control Data:
Version: 0xa
Checksum: 0x0
Size: 0x3
CID 2 IP address Control Data:
Version: 0xa
Checksum: 0x7
Size: 0x3
***WARNING: Recovering IP Data May Affect Both IP Control and IP Records ***
Backup Current Data Displayed Below If Needed.
CID 1 Chassis Name: VDX8770-4
CID 2 Chassis Name: VDX8770-4
CID 1 IP address Control Data:
Version: 0xa
Checksum: 0x0
Size: 0x3
CID 2 IP address Control Data:
Version: 0xa
Checksum: 0x7
Size: 0x3
80 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
cidrecov
2
IP address Record 1 on CID 1
1st IP Address: 10.17.19.53
1st IP Mask: 255.255.240.0
2nd IP Address: 10.17.19.54
2nd IP Mask: 255.255.240.0
Gateway Address: 10.17.16.1
IP address Record 1 on CID 2
1st IP Address: 10.17.19.53
1st IP Mask: 255.255.240.0
2nd IP Address: 10.17.19.54
2nd IP Mask: 255.255.240.0
Gateway Address: 10.17.16.1
IP address Record 2 on CID 1
1st IP Address: 10.17.19.52
1st IP Mask: 255.255.240.0
2nd IP Address: 0.0.0.0
2nd IP Mask: 0.0.0.0
Gateway Address: 0.0.0.0
IP address Record 2 on CID 2
1st IP Address: 10.17.19.52
1st IP Mask: 255.255.240.0
2nd IP Address: 0.0.0.0
2nd IP Mask: 0.0.0.0
Gateway Address: 0.0.0.0
CID Recovery Options
0. Exit
1. Recover with default values
2. Recover BAD from GOOD
Enter Selection > 2
Copy IP Data table...
Copy 384 bytes from CID 2 to CID 1, num blks 1 resid 128
Read block 1 from CID 2 succeeded
Write block 1 to CID 1 succeeded
Read last block from CID 2 succeeded
Write last block to CID 1 succeeded copy successful
Copy succeeded for all data types attempted
IP Address CID Recovery completed.
Example 2: Non-critical SEEPROM is inaccessible or corrupt, but recovery is not possible: sw0# cidrecov
CID 1 Non-Critical Seeprom is Inaccessible or Corrupted.
CID Non-Critical Seeprom Problem Details
CID 1 Non-Critical Seeprom Read Failed.
Recovery is not possible. Please contact Brocade Technical Support for replacement of the inaccessible CID(s).
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
81
2 cidrecov
See Also
Example 3: Critical SEEPROM data is mismatched, recovery is not possible: sw0# cidrecov
CID 1 and CID 2 Critical Seeprom Data is Mismatched.
CID Seeprom Problem Details
CID Seeprom Chassis Serial Number Mismatch.
CID 1 Serial Number: BYP3G15G00N
CID 2 Serial Number: BYP3G17H00P
Recovery is not possible. Please contact Brocade Technical Support for replacement of the corrupted CID(s).
None
82 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
cipherset
2 cipherset
Synopsis
Operands
Configures FIPS-compliant ciphers for LDAP and SSH protocols.
cipherset {ldap | ssh}
ldap ssh
Specifies secure LDAP ciphers.
Specifies secure SSH ciphers.
Defaults There are no restrictions on LDAP and SSH ciphers.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure secure ciphers that are FIPS compliant for the Lightweight
Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) and Secure Shell (SSH). A switch must be configured with secure ciphers for SSH before that switch can be FIPS compliant. If LDAP authentication is to be used, the
LDAP ciphers are also required before a switch can be FIPS compliant.
The secure LDAP ciphers are AES256-SHA, EAS128-SHA, and DES-CBC3-SHA. The secure SSH ciphers are HMAC-SHA1 (mac), 3DES-CBC, AES128-CBC, AES192-CBC, and AES256-CBC.
This command applies only in the standalone mode. This command can be entered only from a user account with the admin role assigned.
Examples To configure secure LDAP ciphers: switch# cipherset ldap ldap cipher list configured successfully
To configure secure SSH ciphers: switch# cipherset ssh ssh cipher list configured successfully
See Also
fips root disable, fips selftests, fips zeroize, prom-access disable, show prom-access
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
83
2 cisco-interoperability cisco-interoperability
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures the switch to interoperate with some legacy Cisco switches. cisco-interoperability {disable | enable} disable enable
Disables Cisco interoperability for the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
(MSTP) switch.
Enables Cisco interoperability for the MSTP switch.
Cisco interoperability is disabled.
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree MSTP mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable the switch to interoperate with some legacy Cisco switches. For some switches, the MSTP field Version 3 Length does not adhere to the current standards.
If Cisco interoperability is required on any switch in the network, then all switches in the network must be compatible, and therefore enabled using this command for interoperability with a Cisco switch.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridge nodes.
Examples To enable Cisco interoperability on a switch: switch# configure terminal switch(config)# protocol spanning-tree mstp switch(conf-mstp)# cisco-interoperability enable
See Also
To disable Cisco interoperability on a switch: switch# configure terminal switch(config)# protocol spanning-tree mstp switch(conf-mstp)# cisco-interoperability disable
None
84 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
class
2 class
Synopsis
Creates a class-map in a policy-map and enters the class-map configuration mode. he class-map must have been created and associated with match criteria using the class-map command. (Refer
class class-map name no class class-map name
class-map name
No created policy-map.
The designated name for the class-map.
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure a class-map for a police policy-map with QoS and policing parameters for inbound or outbound traffic. When you launch the class command while in
config-policymap mode (refer to policy-map) for a policy, the system is placed in “configure
policy-map classification” (config-policymap-class) mode. Once this is done you can configure QoS and policing parameters for the class-map using the commands for the specific parameters. The commands that set the parameters for a class-map are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Usage Guidelines The QoS and policing parameters define the cir, cbs, ebr, and eir rates and the actions that must occur when traffic conforms or exceeds designated rates. For more details on these parameters, refer to the “Port-based Policer” section in the QoS Configuration chapter of the Network OS
Administrator’s Guide. Each policy-map can contain one class-map.
Enter the no policy-map name command to remove the policy-map. Associate the policy-map to the interface for inbound or outbound direction with the service-policy command (refer to
Enter no police while in config-policymap-class mode to remove all policing parameters for the class-map.
Enter no police command followed by a policing parameter name to remove a specific parameter.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
85
2 class
Examples
NOTE
The cir and cbs parameters are the mandatory for configuring a class-map. Other parameters are optional. If optional parameters are not set then they will be treated as disabled. To delete the mandatory cir or cbs parameters, you must delete all Policer parameters while in the policy-map class configuration mode using the no police command.
NOTE
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
This example configures a class-map called “default” within a policy-map. switch# configure terminal switch(config)# policy-map policymap1 switch(config-policymap)# class default switch (config-policymap-class)# police cir 40000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# cbs 50000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# eir 800000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# ebs 400000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# conform-set-tc 3 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# exceed-set-prec 4
See Also
cbs,conform-set-dscp, conform-set-prec, conform-set-tc, ebs, eir, exceed-set-dscp,
86 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
class-map
2 class-map
Synopsis
Enters class-map configuration mode.
class-map class-map-name no class-map class-map-name
Operands
Defaults
class-map-name Name of classification map. The map name is restricted to 64 characters.
The class-name “class-default” is reserved and cannot be created by users.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enter class-map configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines Enter no map class-map name while in global configuration mode to remove the classification map.
Only 128 class maps are allowed.
NOTE
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Examples To create a classification map and place system into config-classmap mode: switch(config)# class-map default switch(config-classmap)#
See Also
NOTE
The class map created using class map becomes the default class-map and cannot be removed using the no class-map command. You can remove a class-map from a policy map however.
show running-config class-map, match interface police-priority-map, policy-map, qos cos,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
87
2 clear arp clear arp
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Clears the ARP statistics cache on the host. clear arp [interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
[no-refresh]] | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port [no-refresh]] | [ip ip-address [no-refresh] |
[no-refresh] | ve vlan_id | vrf vrf_name [rbridge-id rbridge-id} | all]] interface Clears the ARP cache for the specified interface only.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
no-refresh
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Deletes the ARP entries.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
no-refresh
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Delete the ARP entries.
ip
ip-address
no-refresh ve vlan_id no-refresh vrf vrf_name
Clears the statistics on all interfaces.
Clear the ARP for this next-hop IP address.
Delete the ARP entries.
Specifies a VLAN. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
Deletes the ARP entries.
Specifies a VRF instance.
rbridge-id rbridge-id
Specifies an RBridge.
all Specifies all RBridges.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
88 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear arp
2
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to clear the ARP statistics cache on the host.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
89
2 clear counters clear counters
Synopsis
Clears the IP counter statistics on the switch.
clear counters [access-list {ip | ipv6 | mac} [all| interface {fcoe [vn-number | all]| port-channel number | fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} | slot-id number | vlan vlan_id} | storm-control]
Operands access-list all
Clears the IP counter statistics on all interfaces on the switch.
Clears all IP counter statistics on the switch or selected interface.
interface Specifies the use of the port-channel, gigabitethernet or tengigabitethernet keyword. port-channel number
Specifies that the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 6144.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
vlan vlanID
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the VLAN interface to which the ACL is bound.
slot-id
rbridge-id slot port
storm-control
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Clears the IP counter statistics on a specified slot in the chassis.
Clears counters about traffic controlled by configured rate limits. ve vlan_id
Specifies a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface. Refer to Usage Guidelines below.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
90 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear counters
2
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to clear the counter statistics on the switch.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
None
clear counters access-list,clear counters access-list (interface), clear counters access-list (ip),
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
91
2 clear counters access-list clear counters access-list
Synopsis
Operands
Clears the IP counter statistics on all interfaces on the switch.
clear counters access-list {ip IP_ACL | mac ACL_NAME | interface} {port-channel number | fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} | slot-id number | ve vlan_id | vlan vlan_id} {in | out} ip | mac
IP_ACL
ACL_NAME in | out
Specifies the Layer 2 ACL bound to an interface.
Name for the access list. A maximum of 63 characters is allowed.
Name for the MAC access list. A maximum of 63 characters is allowed.
Specifies the binding direction (ingress or egress). In and out parameters are used for access-list ip only.
interface Specifies the use of the port-channel, fibrechannel, gigabitethernet or
tengigabitethernet keyword. port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 6144.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
ve vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the virtual Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines).
rbridge-id slot port
vlan vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the VLAN interface to which the ACL is bound. (Refer to the Usage
Guidelines).
92 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear counters access-list
2
Description
Usage Guidelines
rbridge-id slot port
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Use this command to clear statistics on one or on all interfaces.
The clear counters all command does not clear counters for any of the protocol daemon stats such as LLDP, LACP, MSTP, and so on.
For Brocade VDX switches, the slot number is always 0 (zero).
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples To clear the statistics for the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 5/0/1: switch# clear counters interface tengigabitethernet 5/0/1
See Also
To clear the statistics for all the interfaces on the linecard in slot 0 (zero): switch# clear counters slot-id 0
clear counters access-list (interface), clear counters access-list (ip),
clear counters access-list (MAC),
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
93
2 clear counters access-list (interface) clear counters access-list (interface)
Synopsis
Clears the IP counter statistics on specified interfaces on the switch.
clear counters access-list interface {port-channel number | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} | ve vlan_id | vlan vlan_id | port-channel number} {in | out}
Operands interface Specifies the use of the port-channel, gigabitethernet or tengigabitethernet keyword. port-channel number
Specifies that the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 6144.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
ve vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the virtual Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
rbridge-id slot port
vlan vlanID
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the VLAN interface to which the ACL is bound.
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
94 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear counters access-list (interface)
2
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to clear statistics on one or on all interfaces.
The clear counters all command does not clear counters for any of the protocol daemon stats such as LLDP, LACP, MSTP, and so on.
For Brocade VDX switches, the slot number is always 0 (zero).
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
To clear the statistics for the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 5/0/1: switch# clear counters interface tengigabitethernet 5/0/1
To clear the statistics for all the interfaces on the linecard in slot 0 (zero): switch# clear counters slot-id 0
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
95
2 clear counters access-list (ip) clear counters access-list (ip)
Synopsis
Operands
Clears the IP ACL counters for all interfaces that have ACL applied on them or for a specific interface.
clear counters access-list ip IP_ACL
[interface [port-channel number |fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]] [in |out |interface] clear counters {all | access-list ip IP_ACL | interface {port-channel number | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} | slot-id number | ve vlan_id} {in | out}
IP ACL
in | out
Specifies the name of the IP ACL. A maximum of 63 characters is allowed.
Specifies the binding direction (ingress or egress). In and out parameters are used for access-list ip only.
interface Specifies the use of the port-channel, fortygigabitethernet, gigabitethernet,
tengigabitethernet, or vlan keyword. port-channel number Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 6144.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
in interface out
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the ingress direction.
Specifies the interface.
Specifies the egress direction.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
in
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the ingress direction.
interface out
Specifies the interface.
Specifies the egress direction.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
in
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the ingress direction.
96 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear counters access-list (ip)
2
Description
Usage Guidelines interface out ve vlan_id
rbridge-id slot port
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the interface.
Specifies the egress direction.
Specifies the virtual Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Use this command to clear counters for all or for a specific interface for IP access list counters.
If the interface keyword is not specified, then ACL counters on all interfaces which have this ACL applied are cleared. There are 255 ACL counters supported per port group.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples To clear counters for the configured IP access list named test on an interface: switch# clear counters access-list ip test interface tengigabitethernet 0/1
See Also
To clear counters for the configured IP access list named test on all interfaces on which this ACL is applied: switch# clear counters access-list ip test
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
97
2 clear counters access-list (MAC) clear counters access-list (MAC)
Synopsis
Operands
Clears all the Media Access Control (MAC) ACL counters for all interfaces that have ACL applied on them or for a specific interface.
clear counters access-list mac name [interface [port-channel number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | vlan vlan_id]] [in |out |interface]
MAC ACL name
Specifies the name of the MAC ACL. A maximum of 63 characters is allowed.
Specifies the use of the port-channel, tengigabitethernet, or vlan keyword. interface port-channel number Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 6144.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
in interface out
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the ingress direction.
Specifies the interface.
Specifies the egress direction.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
vlan vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a VLAN. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.) in interface
Specifies the ingress direction.
Specifies the interface.
out Specifies the egress direction.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
in interface out
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the ingress direction.
Specifies the interface.
Specifies the egress direction.
98 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear counters access-list (MAC)
2
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear counters for all or for a specific interface for MAC access list counters.
If the interface keyword is not specified, then ACL counters on all interfaces which have this ACL applied are cleared. There are 255 ACL counters supported per port group.
On the Brocade VDX family of hardware, switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples To clear counters for the configured MAC access list named test on an interface: switch# clear counters access-list mac test interface tengigabitethernet 0/1
See Also
To clear counters for the configured MAC access list named test on all interfaces on which this ACL is applied: switch# clear counters access-list mac test
show mac-address-table, show statistics access-list
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
99
2 clear counters interface clear counters interface
Synopsis
Operands
Clears the IP counter statistics on a specified interface on the switch.
clear counters interface {fcoe {vn-number/rbridge-id/port | all}| fibrechannel {rbridge-id/slot/port} | port-channel number |
[fortygigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port |all} gigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | tengigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} |vlan {vlan_id}} interface Specifies the use of the fcoe, port-channel, fibrechannel,
fortygigabitethernet, gigabitethernet, tengigabitethernet, or vlan keyword. fcoe vn-number/rbridge-id/port
Specifies the FCOE interface name.
vn-number
Specifies the VN number for FCoE.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
port
all
Specifies a valid port number.
Clears counters for all FCOE interfaces.
fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid Fibre Channel interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 6144.
100 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear counters interface
2 vlan vlan_id
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a VLAN interface. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear statistics on one or on all interfaces.
The clear counters all command does not clear counters for any of the protocol daemon stats such as LLDP, LACP, MSTP, and so on.
For Brocade VDX switches, the slot number is always 0 (zero).
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
101
2 clear counters slot-id clear counters slot-id
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Clears the IP counter statistics on a specified slot in the chassis. clear counters slot-id num
num
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a valid integer.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear statistics on one or all interfaces.
The clear counters all command does not clear counters for any of the protocol daemon stats such as LLDP, LACP, MSTP, and so on.
For Brocade VDX switches, the slot number is always 0 (zero).
Examples
See Also
None
None
102 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear counters (IP)
2 clear counters (IP)
Synopsis
Operands
Clears the IP counter statistics on all interfaces on the switch.
clear counters {all | access-list ip access_list_name | interface {port-channel number | fibrechannel {rbridge-id/slot/port} | gigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | tengigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | fortygigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | slot-id number | ve vlan_id} {in | out} all in | out
Specifies to clear statistics on all interfaces.
access-list ip access_list_name
Specifies the name of the IP access list.
Specifies the binding direction (ingress or egress). In and out parameters are used for access-list ip only.
interface Specifies the use of the port-channel, fibrechannel, gigabitethernet or
tengigabitethernet keyword. port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 6144.
fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid Fibre Channel interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
slot-id number
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the slot number of the linecard.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
103
2 clear counters (IP)
Description
Usage Guidelines ve vlan_id Specifies the virtual Ethernet (VE) interface to which the ACL is bound.
(Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
Specifies RBridge ID for node-specific ACL interface details.
rbridge-id
rbridge-id | all
Specifies the unique identifier for a switch. All refers to all rbridge-ids in the cluster.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to clear statistics on one or on all interfaces.
The clear counters all command does not clear counters for any of the protocol daemon stats like
LLDP, LACP, MSTP, and so on.
For Brocade VDX switches, the slot number is always 0 (zero).
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples To clear the statistics for the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 5/0/1: switch# clear counters interface tengigabitethernet 5/0/1
See Also
To clear the statistics for all the interfaces on the linecard in slot 0 (zero): switch# clear counters slot-id 0
104 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear counters (MAC)
2 clear counters (MAC)
Synopsis
Operands
Clears the MAC counter statistics on all interfaces on the switch.
clear counters {all | access-list mac access_list_name | interface {port-channel number} | fibrechannel {rbridge-id/slot/port} | gigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | tengigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | fortygigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | slot-id number | vlan vlan_id} all Specifies to clear statistics on all interfaces.
access-list mac access_list_name Specifies the name of the MAC access list.
in | out interface
Specifies the binding direction (ingress or egress). In and out parameters are used for access-list ip only.
Specifies the use of the port-channel, fibrechannel, gigabitethernet or
tengigabitethernet keyword.
port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid Fibre Channel interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
vlan vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the VLAN interface to which the ACL is bound. (Refer to the Usage
Guidelines.)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
105
2 clear counters (MAC)
Defaults slot-id number
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the slot number of the linecard.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear statistics on one or on all interfaces.
The clear counters all command does not clear counters for any of the protocol daemon stats like
LLDP, LACP, MSTP, and so on.
For Brocade VDX switches, the slot number is always 0 (zero).
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples To clear the statistics for the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 5/0/1: switch# clear counters interface tengigabitethernet 5/0/1
See Also
To clear the statistics for all the interfaces on the linecard in slot 0 zero): switch# clear counters slot-id 0
106 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear counters storm-control
2 clear counters storm-control
Synopsis
Clears counters about traffic controlled by configured rate limits.
clear counters storm-control clear counters storm-control broadcast [interface {fortygigabitethernet | gigabitethernet | tengigabitethernet} rbridge-id/slot/port] clear counters storm-control interface {fortygigabitethernet | gigabitethernet | tengigabitethernet} rbridge-id/slot/port clear counters storm-control multicast [interface {fortygigabitethernet | gigabitethernet | tengigabitethernet} rbridge-id/slot/port] clear counters storm-control unknown-unicast [interface {fortygigabitethernet | gigabitethernet | tengigabitethernet} rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description clear counters storm-control
Clears all BUM (Broadcast, Unknown unicast and Multicast)-related counters in the system.
clear counters storm-control broadcast
Clears all BUM-related counters in the system for the broadcast traffic type.
clear counters storm-control interface type rbridge-id/slot/port
Clears all BUM-related counters in the system for the specified interface.
You must specify an interface type, followed by the RBridge ID/slot/port.
show storm-control multicast
Clears all BUM-related counters in the system for the multicast traffic type.
clear counters storm-control unknown-unicast
Clears all BUM-related counters in the system for the unknown-unicast traffic type.
interface type rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies an interface type, followed by the RBridge ID/slot/port, for which to clear all BUM-related counters in the system for the specified traffic type.
Use this parameter to clear counters on a per-port basis.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to clear the counters for Broadcast, Unicast, and unknown-Multicast (BUM) traffic for the entire system, for specified traffic types, for specified interfaces, or for specified traffic types on specified interfaces.
None
To clear counters for broadcast traffic on the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 102/4/1: switch# clear counters storm-control broadcast interface tengigabitethernet
102/4/1
To clear counters for all traffic types enabled on the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 102/4/1: switch# clear counters storm-control interface tengigabitethernet 102/4/1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
107
2 clear counters storm-control
See Also
To clear counters for all multicast traffic in the system: switch# clear counters storm-control multicast
To clears all BUM-related counters in the system: switch# clear counters storm-control
None
108 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear dot1x statistics
2 clear dot1x statistics
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Clears all dot1x statistics.
clear dot1x statistics
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to clear all accumulated port authentication statistics on all ports.
None
To clear dot1x statistics: switch# clear dot1x statistics
See Also
clear dot1x statistics interface
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
109
2 clear dot1x statistics interface clear dot1x statistics interface
Synopsis
Clears the dot1x statistics for a port.
clear dot1x statistics interface [gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to clear all of the dot1x statistics for a specific interface port.
None
To clear dot1x statistics on a port: switch# clear dot1x statistics interface tengigabitethernet 0/16
See Also
110 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear edge-loop-detection
2 clear edge-loop-detection
Synopsis
Re-enables all ports disabled by ELD and clears all ELD statistics.
clear edge-loop-detection [rbridge-id rbridge-id] clear edge-loop-detection interface {fortygigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | gigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | tengigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | port-channel
num}
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes ELD configuration mode
Description rbridge-id A unique identifier for the switch. Values are from 1 through 239.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
None
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to re-enable all ports shut down by ELD on the Brocade VCS cluster and to clear all ELD statistics. This operation is typically performed after correcting a configuration error that caused ELD to disable ports.
This command applies to Brocade VCS Fabric mode only.
This functionality detects Layer 2 loops only.
If the rbridge-id is specified, it clears edge-loop-detection from the specific node. Otherwise, it clears edge-loop-detection from all nodes in the VCS cluster.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
111
2 clear edge-loop-detection
Examples
See Also
None
protocol edge-loop-detection, show edge-loop-detection interface,
show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id
112 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear fcoe login
2 clear fcoe login
Synopsis
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines interface fcoe vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number
The VN number/RBridge ID/front-port number for the virtual-fabric.
vlan vlan_id The VLAN ID for the device. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.) interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
vfid vfid device device-wwn
Specifies a valid port number.
The virtual fabric ID for the device.
The World Wide Name of the device.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to clear the FCoE login for a given FCoE interface, VLAN, VFID, or device WWN.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
Clears the FCoE login for a given FCoE interface, vlan, vfid, or device WWN. clear fcoe login [interface fcoe vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number] | [vlan vlan_id] |
[interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] | [vfid vfid] | [device device-wwn]
See Also switch# clear fcoe login interface fcoe 1/1/1 switch# clear fcoe login device 10:00:00:05:1e:8e:be:40 switch# clear fcoe login interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/1 switch# clear fcoe login vlan 1002 switch# clear fcoe login vfid 1
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
113
2 clear ip bgp dampening clear ip bgp dampening
Synopsis
Operands
Reactivates all suppressed BGP4 routes.
clear ip bgp dampening [ip-addr {/mask}]
ip-addr mask
IPv4 address of a specified route in dotted-decimal notation.
(Optional) IPv4 mask of a specified route in CIDR notation.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to unsuppress all suppressed BGP4 routes.
None
To unsuppress all suppressed BGP4 routes: switch# clear ip bgp dampening
See Also None
114 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear ip bgp flap-statistics
2 clear ip bgp flap-statistics
Clears the dampening statistics for a BGP4 route without changing the dampening status of the route.
clear ip bgp flap-statistics [ip-addr {/mask} | neighbor ip-addr | regular-expression string] Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
ip-addr
regular-expression
string
Usage Guidelines
Examples
ip-addr mask
neighbor
IPv4 address of a specified route in dotted-decimal notation.
(Optional) IPv4 mask of a specified route in CIDR notation.
Clears dampening statistics only for routes learned from the specified neighbor.
IPv4 address of the neighbor.
Specifies a regular expression.
Regular expression.
Use this command to clear the dampening statistics for a BGP4 route without changing the dampening status of the route.
None
To clear the dampening statistics for a BGP4 route: switch# clear ip bgp flap-statistics 10.0.0.0/16
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
115
2 clear ip bgp local routes clear ip bgp local routes
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Clears all BGP4 local routes from the IP route table and resets the routes.
clear ip bgp local routes
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to clear all BGP4 local routes from the IP route table and reset the routes.
None
To clear all BGP4 local routes: switch# clear ip bgp local routes
See Also None
116 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear ip bgp neighbor
2 clear ip bgp neighbor
Synopsis
Operands
Requests a dynamic refresh of BGP4 connections or routes from a neighbor, with a variety of options.
clear ip bgp neighbor [all | as-num | peer-group-name | ip-addr] [last-packet-with-error | notification-errors | soft [in | out] | soft-outbound | traffic] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] all
as-num peer-group-name ip-addr
Resets and clears all BGP4 connections to all neighbors.
Clears all BGP4 connections within this autonomous system. Range is from
1 through 4294967295.
Clears all BGP4 connections in this peer group. Range is from 1 through 63 characters.
Clears all BGP4 connections with this IPv4 address, in dotted-decimal notation.
last-packet-with-error Clears all BGP4 connections identified as having the last packet received with an error.
notification-errors soft
Clears all BGP4 connections identified as having notification errors.
Refreshes routes received from or sent to the neighbor.
in out soft-outbound
Refreshes received routes.
Refreshes sent routes.
Refreshes all outbound routes by applying new or changed filters, but sends only the existing routes affected by the new or changed filters to the neighbor.
NOTE
Use soft-outbound only if the outbound policy is changed. This operand updates all outbound routes by applying the new or changed filters. However, the device sends to the neighbor only the existing routes that are affected by the new or changed filters. The soft out operand updates all outbound routes and then sends the entire BGP4 route table on the device to the neighbor after the device changes or excludes the routes affected by the filters.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description traffic Clears the counters (resets them to 0) for BGP4 messages.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Selects an RBridge ID.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to request a dynamic refresh of BGP4 connections or routes from a neighbor, with a variety of options.
None
To refresh all BGP4 neighbor connections: switch# clear ip bgp neighbor all
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
117
2 clear ip bgp routes clear ip bgp routes
Synopsis
Operands
Clears BGP4 routes from the IP route table and resets the routes.
clear ip bgp routes [ip-addr {/mask}]
ip-addr mask
IPv4 address of a specified route in dotted-decimal notation.
(Optional) IPv4 mask of a specified route in CIDR notation.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to clear BGP4 routes from the IP route table and reset the routes.
None
To clear BGP4 routes: switch# clear ip bgp routes 10.0.0.0/16
See Also None
118 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear ip bgp traffic clear ip bgp traffic
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Clears the BGP4 message counter for all neighbors.
clear ip bgp traffic
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to clear the BGP4 message counters (resetting them to 0) for all neighbors.
None
To clear the BGP4 message counters: switch# clear ip bgp traffic
See Also None
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
119
2 clear ip dhcp relay statistics clear ip dhcp relay statistics
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Clears IP DHCP Relay statistics clear ip dhcp relay statistics [ip-address ip-address] [rbridge-id rbridge-id| all| range] ip-address ip-addr IPv4 address of DHCP server where client requests are to be forwarded.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Specific RBridge identification. You can specify multiple RBridge IDs, separated by commas.
all range
All RBridge IDs in the logical chassis cluster.
A range of RBridge IDs separated by a dash or commas, for example:
1-3 - RBridge ID 1 through 3
1-3, 5 - RBridge ID 1 through 3 and RBridge ID 5
1, 3, 5, 6 - RBridge ID 1, 3, 5, and 6
If the rbridge-id parameter is omitted, statistics clear for the local switch. If the ip_address parameter is omitted, statistics clear for all configured addresses on defined switches.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Clears IP DHCP Relay statistics for a specific IP DHCP Relay address or all addresses on a local switch, specific switches, or all nodes in a logical chassis cluster.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
No spaces are allowed in the range string. The range does not need to be contiguous (for example,
1-2,5). You can also specify all for all RBridge IDs in a logical chassis cluster.
Clear statistics for IP DHCP Relay addresses on RBridge IDs 1, 3, and 5.
switch# clear ip dhcp relay statistics rbridge-id 1,3,5
Clear statistics for IP DHCP Relay address 10.1.0.1 configured on RBridge IDs 1, 3, and 5.
switch# clear ip dhcp relay statistics ip-address 10.1.0.1 rbridge-id 1,3,5
120 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear ip igmp groups
2 clear ip igmp groups
Synopsis
Clears information related to learned groups in the IGMP module.
clear ip igmp groups [A.B.C.D {interface port-channel number | interface vlan vlan_id} | interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface port-channel number | interface vlan vlan_id | ve vlan_id [rbridge rbridge-id] | rbridge rbridge-id]
Operands
A.B.C.D
Specifies the group address, as a subnet number in dotted decimal format
(for example, 10.0.0.1), as the allowable range of addresses included in the multicast group.
interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid external 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
interface port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
interface vlan vlan_id Specifies which VLAN interface to display the snooping configuration related information. Refer to “Usage Guidelines” below.
ve vlan_id Specifies groups on the specified virtual Ethernet (VE) interface. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.) rbridge rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to clear the group information in the IGMP database, including entries for either a specific group on all interfaces or specific groups on specific interfaces.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
121
2 clear ip igmp groups
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
To clear information for all groups in the IGMP protocol: switch# clear ip igmp groups
None
122 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear ip igmp statistics interface
2 clear ip igmp statistics interface
Synopsis
Operands fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Clears counters on the specified, valid 40 Gbps port interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
This parameter is not valid in standalone mode.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Clears counters on the specified, valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface
rbridge-id slot port
loopback number
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a loopback port number in the range of 1 to 255.
port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Clears counters on the specified, valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
ve vlan_id vlan vlan_id rbridge rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
Specifies a VLAN interface. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
Specifies an RBridge.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Clears statistical information related to the IGMP module.
clear ip igmp statistics interface {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve vlan_id | vlan vlan_id [rbridge rbridge-id] | rbridge rbridge-id}
Use this command to clear the statistics information in the IGMP database.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
123
2 clear ip igmp statistics interface
Examples
See Also
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches).,and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches)., and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
In logical chassis mode:
•
When the rbridge-id option is specified, details for the ve interface on that particular rbridge are cleared.
•
If rbridge-id is not specified, details for the ve interface on the node on which the command is executed are cleared.
•
When rbridge-id all is specified, all ve interfaces with that rbridge-id from all the nodes in the cluster are cleared.
To clear statistics information for a VLAN in the IGMP protocol: switch# clear ip igmp statistics interface vlan 11
None
124 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear ip ospf
2 clear ip ospf
Synopsis
Operands
Clears OSPF process, counters, neighbors, or routes.
clear ip ospf all clear ip ospf counters {all | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | loopback number | port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve vlan_id} } [vrf name [ rbridge rbridge-id]] |[rbridge-id
rbridge-id] clear ip ospf neighbor {A.B.C.D | all} clear ip ospf routes {A.B.C.D | all} clear ip ospf all counters
Restarts the OSPF process.
Clears all counters or clears the counters of an interface that you specify: all
rbridge-id
Clears all counters.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Clears counters on the specified, valid 40 Gbps port interface.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
This parameter is not valid in standalone mode.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Clears counters on the specified, valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
loopback number Specifies a loopback port number in the range of 1 to 255.
port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Clears counters on the specified, valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
ve vlan_id rbridge rbridge-id vrf name neighbor
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
Clears the specified RBridge.
Clears the specified VRF.
Clears the specified neighbor, or clears all neighbors.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
125
2 clear ip ospf
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Usage Guidelines
A.B.C.D
all routes
A.B.C.D
all
Specifies the IP address of the neighbor to clear.
Clears all neighbors.
Clears matching routes or clears all routes.
Clears all routes that match the prefix and mask that you specify.
Clears all routes.
If the physical interface type and name are specified, the rbridge-id rbridge-id option is not available.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
To restart the OSPF processes: switch# clear ip ospf all
None
126 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear ip pim mcache
2 clear ip pim mcache
Synopsis
Operands
Clears the Protocol Independent Multicast forwarding cache.
clear ip pim mcache [IP-addr [IP-addr]]
IP-addr
Group or source IPv4 address. One or two IP addresses (Unicast or
Multicast) can be specified.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear the Protocol Independent Multicast forwarding cache.
None
Examples
See Also
None
clear ip pim rp-map, clear ip pim traffic
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
127
2 clear ip pim rp-map clear ip pim rp-map
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Clears the static multicast forwarding table.
clear ip pim rp-map
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear the static multicast forwarding table.
This command should be used after the static Rendezvous Point configuration has been changed.
This allows Protocol Independent Multicast to immediately start using the new Rendezvous Point, rather than waiting for the old information to expire.
Examples
See Also
None
clear ip pim mcache, clear ip pim traffic
128 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear ip pim traffic
2 clear ip pim traffic
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Clears the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) traffic counters.
clear ip pim traffic
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command clears the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) traffic counters.
None
Examples
See Also
None
clear ip pim rp-map, clear ip pim mcache
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
129
2 clear ip route clear ip route
Synopsis
Operands
Clears IP routes. clear ip route {A.B.C.D/M | all | slot line_card_number | vrf name}
A.B.C.D/M
all
Clears the route specified by this IPv4 address/length.
Clears all routes from the routing table in IP route management.
slot line_card_number Clears the route specified by this line card number.
vrf name Clears the specified VRF.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to clear either a specified route or all IP routes in the IP routing tables.
None
To clear the IP route specified by the prefix 192.158.1.1/24: switch# clear ip route 192.158.1.1/24
See Also None
130 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear lacp clear lacp
Synopsis
Operands
Clears the Link Aggregation Group Control Protocol (LACP) counters on a specific port-channel.
clear lacp number counters
number
Defaults counters
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the port channel-group number. Valid values range from 1 through 64 in standalone mode and 1 through 6144 in VCS mode.
Clears traffic counters.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to clear the LACP counters per specified channel-group.
None
To clear the LACP counters for a specific port-channel: switch# clear lacp 10 counters
See Also
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
131
2 clear lacp counters clear lacp counters
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Clears the Link Aggregation Group Control Protocol (LACP) counters on all port-channels.
clear lacp counters
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to clear the LACP counters for all port-channels.
None
To clear the counters for all port-channels: switch# clear lacp counters
See Also
132 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear lldp neighbors
2 clear lldp neighbors
Synopsis
Clears the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) neighbor information on all or specified interfaces.
clear lldp neighbors interface [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description interface Use this parameter followed by the slot or port number to identify the interface. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear the LLDP neighbor information about the devices learned through an interface.
If the interface parameter is not specified, this command clears the LLDP neighbor information received on all the interfaces.
Examples To clear the LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces: switch# clear lldp neighbors
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
133
2 clear lldp statistics clear lldp statistics
Synopsis
Examples
Clears LLDP statistics for all interfaces or a specified interface.
clear lldp statistics interface [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands interface Use this parameter followed by the slot or port number to identify the interface. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear LLDP statistics for all interfaces or a specified interface.
If the interface parameter is not specified, this command clears all the LLDP statistics on all interfaces.
To clear all the LLDP statistics for all interfaces: switch# clear lldp statistics
See Also
134 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear logging auditlog
2 clear logging auditlog
Synopsis
Operands
Clears the audit log system messages.
clear logging auditlog [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include:
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies all switches in the fabric.
Defaults This command is executed on the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to clear the saved audit log messages.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
To clear the audit log messages on the local switch: switch# clear logging auditlog
See Also
clear logging raslog, log-dampening-debug (BGP), show logging auditlog
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
135
2 clear logging raslog clear logging raslog
Synopsis
Operands
Clears RASLog messages from the switch.
clear logging raslog [message-type {DCE | SYSTEM}] [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] message-type
SYSTEM
DCE rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Clears RASLog messages of the specified type.
Clears system messages.
Clears DCE application messages.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support VCS on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Defaults Clear all RASLog messages of on the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear the saved RASLog messages.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
The rbridge-id operand is supported in VCS mode only.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
Examples To clear all RASLog messages on the local switch: switch# clear logging raslog
DCE Raslogs are cleared
SYSTEM Raslogs are cleared
See Also
To clear all DCE messages on the local switch: switch# clear logging raslog message-type DCE
DCE Raslogs are cleared
To clear all SYSTEM messages on the local switch: switch# clear logging raslog message-type SYSTEM
SYSTEM Raslogs are cleared
logging raslog console, show logging raslog, show running-config logging
136 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear mac-address-table dynamic
2 clear mac-address-table dynamic
Synopsis
Operands
Provides a mechanism for clearing the MAC interface status and configuration information.
clear mac-address-table dynamic [address mac_address | interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | vlan vlan_id] address mac_address
MACaddress in HHHH.HHHH.HHHH format.
interface Use this parameter followed by the slot or port number to identify the interface. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
vlan vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a VLAN interface.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Provides a mechanism for clearing the MAC interface status and configuration information.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
137
2 clear mac-address-table dynamic
Examples
See Also
None
None
138 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear nas statistics
2 clear nas statistics
Synopsis
Examples
See Also
Clears automatic network attached storage (NAS) statistics.
clear nas statistics all | server-ip ip_addr/prefix [vlan vlan_id | vrf VRF_name] [rbridge-id
rbridge-id]
Operands all server-ip
ip_addr/prefix vlan VLAN_id
Shows all gathered statistics.
IP address for which to clear Auto-NAS statistics.
IPv4 address/prefix of a specified Auto-NAS port.
Specifies a VLAN interface for which to clear the statistics. vrf VRF_name Specifies an OSPF VRF interface for which to clear the statistics.
[rbridge-id rbridge-id] Specifies an RBridge ID for which to clear the statistics.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear the specified Auto-NAS statistics.
This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, VDX 6740, and VDX 6740T switches. switch# clear nas statistics all server-ip 1.1.1.0/24
nas auto-qos, nas server-ip, show nas statistics, show running-config nas server-ip,
show system internal nas, show cee maps
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
139
2 clear overlay-gateway clear overlay-gateway
Synopsis
Operands
Clear counters for the specified gateway. clear overlay-gateway name { statistics | vlan statistics}
name
statistics vlan statistics
Specifies the name of the VXLAN gateway profile.
Clears all statistics for the VXLAN gateway.
Clears per-VLAN statistics for the VXLAN gateway.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description}
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Clears all counters for the specified VXLAN gateway for all tunnels on all RBridges.
This command is available only for a switch that is in logical chassis cluster mode.
If you specify the VXLAN gateway name, the gateway must already be configured.
If you specify VLAN IDs, these VLANS must already be configured as exported VLANs for the gateway.
To clear all counters for the already configured VXLAN gateway named gateway1: sw0# clear overlay-gateway gateway1 statistics
See Also
140 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear policy-map-counters
2 clear policy-map-counters
Synopsis
Operands
Provides a mechanism for clearing the policy map counters.
clear policy-map-counters [interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number] interface Use this parameter followed by the slot or port number to identify the interface. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Description
Usage Guidelines
Provides a mechanism for clearing the policy map counters.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
141
2 clear sessions clear sessions
Synopsis
Operands
To log out the user sessions connected to the switch.
clear sessions [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Enables RBridge ID mode to support VCS on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Description
Usage Guidelines
Logs out the user sessions connected to the switch.
This command is not distributed across the cluster. The RBridge ID of the node should be used to log out users connected to the individual nodes.
The rbridge-id operand is supported in VCS mode only.
Examples Standalone mode switch# clear sessions
This operation will logout all the user sessions. Do you want to continue
(yes/no)?: y
See Also
VCS mode switch# clear sessions rbridge-id 3
This operation will logout all the user sessions. Do you want to continue
(yes/no)?: y
None
142 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear sflow statistics
2 clear sflow statistics
Synopsis
Clears all sFlow statistics.
clear sflow statistics interface [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands interface Use this parameter followed by the slot or port number to identify the interface. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port -
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults This command has no defaults.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to clear all accumulated sFlow statistics on all ports.
None
To clear sFlow statistics: switch# clear sflow statistics
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
143
2 clear spanning-tree counter clear spanning-tree counter
Synopsis
Operands interface Specifies the interface on which to clear the spanning-tree counters. port-channel number Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Clears all spanning-tree counters on the interface.
clear spanning-tree counter [interface | port-channel number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Examples
See Also
Use this command to clear the spanning-tree counters on the interface.
If the interface parameter is not specified, spanning-tree counters are cleared for all interfaces.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridge nodes.
To clear spanning-tree counters for all interfaces: switch# clear spanning-tree counter
To clear spanning-tree counters for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch# clear spanning-tree counter interface tengigabitethernet 0/1
To clear spanning-tree counters for port-channel 23: switch# clear spanning-tree counter interface port-channel 23
144 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
2 clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Synopsis
Operands interface Specifies the interface on which to clear the spanning-tree counters. port-channel number Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Clears all spanning-tree detected protocols on the interface.
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols [interface | port-channel number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Examples
Use this command to clear the detected protocols on the interface.
If the interface parameter is not specified, spanning-tree detected protocols are cleared for all interfaces.
To clear detected protocols for all interfaces: switch# clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
To clear detected protocols for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch# clear spanning-tree detected-protocols interface tengigabitethernet 0/1
To clear detected protocols for port-channel 23: switch# clear spanning-tree detected-protocols interface port-channel 23
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
145
2 clear support clear support
Synopsis
Operands
Removes support data on the switch.
clear support [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Enables RBridge ID mode to support VCS on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Defaults This command is executed on the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to remove support data such as core files and RAS FFDC files from the specified switches.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
The rbridge-id operand is supported in VCS mode only.
Examples To remove core files from the local switch: switch# clear support
See Also
146 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear udld statistics
2 clear udld statistics
Synopsis
Clears UDLD statistics.
clear udld statistics [interface {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet
rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface for clearing UDLD statistics.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface clearing UDLD statistics.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface clearing UDLD statistics.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Clears either all unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol statistics or clears the statistics on a specified port.
None
To clear UDLD statistics on a specific tengigabitethernet interface: switch# clear udld statistics interface te 5/0/1
See Also
protocol udld, show udld, udld enable
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
147
2 clear vrrp statistics clear vrrp statistics
Synopsis
Clears VRRP statistics.
clear vrrp statistics clear vrrp statistics [interface {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}] [ve vlan] clear vrrp statistics [session VRID]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description interface Clears statistics for an interface that you specify. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet port interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
This parameter is not valid in standalone mode.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
ve vlan session VRID
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the VE vlan number.
Specifies the virtual group ID on which to clear statistics. Valid values range from 1 through 128.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear VRRP session statistics for all virtual groups, for a specified interface or for a specified virtual group.
This command is for VRRP and VRRP-E. VRRP-E supports only the ve interface type.
To clear all statistics, use the clear vrrp statistics command with no operands.
Examples To clear all VRRP statistics for all virtual groups: switch# clear vrrp statistics
To clear statistics for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface that has an rbridge-id/slot/port of 121/0/50:
148 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clear vrrp statistics
2
See Also switch# clear vrrp stastistics interface tengigabitethernet 121/0/50
To clear statistics for a session for a VRRP virtual group called “vrrp-group-25” switch# clear vrrp session 25
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
149
2 client-to-client-reflection (BGP) client-to-client-reflection (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
This feature is enabled.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable routes from one client to be reflected to other clients. The host device on which it is configured becomes the route-reflector server.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables routes from one client to be reflected to other clients by the host device on which it is configured.
client-to-client-reflection no client-to-client-reflection
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To configure client-to-client reflection on the host device: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# client-to-client-reflection
See Also None
150 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
clock set
2 clock set
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the local clock date and time. clock set CCYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]
CCYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS
Specifies the local clock date and time in year, month, day, hours, minutes, and seconds. Valid date and time settings range from January 1, 1970 to
January 19, 2038.
rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support logical chassis cluster mode on individual nodes.
rbridge-id
all
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the local clock.
An active NTP server, if configured, automatically updates and overrides the local clock time.
Network Time Protocol (NTP) commands must be configured on each individual switch if you are in
Standalone mode. This command is not distributed across a cluster. The RBridge ID of the node should be used to set the clock.
The rbridge-id parameter is supported in Logical chassis cluster mode only.
To set the date and time to March 17, 2010, 15 minutes past noon in Standalone mode or on an individual node: switch# clock set 2010-03-17T12:15:00
To set the date and time to March 17, 2010, 15 minutes past noon in Logical chassis cluster mode for all switches in the cluster: switch# clock set rbridge-id all 2010-03-17T12:15:00
See Also
clock timezone, ntp server, show clock
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
151
2 clock timezone clock timezone
Synopsis
Operands region
city
rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the region’s time zone.
Specifies the city’s time zone.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Logical chassis cluster mode on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Sets the time zone based on region and longitudinal city. clock timezone region/city [rbridge-id {rbridge-Id | all}] no clock timezone [rbridge-id rbridge-Id]
Examples
Sets the local clock time zone.
Regions include the following countries: Africa, America, Pacific, Europe, Antarctica, Asia, Australia,
Atlantic, Indian, and longitudinal city. For a complete listing of supported regions and cities, refer to Appendix C in the Network OS Administrator’s Guide.
By default, all switches are in the Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) time zone. The no operand removes the timezone setting for the local clock. When using the no operand, you do not need to reference a timezone setting.
The no operand is not distributed across the cluster. The RBridge ID of the node should be used.
Network Time Protocol (NTP) commands must be configured on each individual switch.
The region name and city name must be separated by a slash (/).
After upgrading your switch to a new Network OS version, you might need to reset the time zone information.
The rbridge-id operand is supported in VCS mode only.
Standalone mode
To set the time zone to Pacific Standard Time in North America: switch# clock timezone America/Los_Angeles
To remove the timezone setting: switch# no clock timezone
Logical chassis cluster mode
To set the time zone to Pacific Standard Time in North America on all nodes in the cluster: switch# clock timezone America/Los_Angeles rbridge-id all
152 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
See Also
To remove the timezone setting: switch# no clock timezone rbridge-id 5
clock set, ntp server, show clock
clock timezone
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
153
2 cluster-id (BGP) cluster-id (BGP)
Synopsis
Configures a cluster ID for the route reflector.
cluster-id [num | ipv4-address ip-addr] no cluster-id
Operands
Defaults The default cluster ID is the device ID.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
num ip-addr
Integer value for cluster ID. Range is from 1 through 65535.
IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure a cluster ID for the route reflector. When configuring multiple route reflectors in a cluster, use the same cluster ID to avoid loops within the cluster.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To configure a cluster ID for the route reflector: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# cluster-id 1234
See Also None
154 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
compare-med-empty-aspath (BGP)
2 compare-med-empty-aspath (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable the comparison of MEDs for internal routes that originate within the local AS or confederation.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MEDs) for internal routes that originate within the local autonomous system (AS) or confederation.
compare-med-empty-aspath no compare-med-empty-aspath
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To configure the device to compare MEDs: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# compare-med-empty-aspath
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
155
2 compare-routerid (BGP) compare-routerid (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable the comparison of the router IDs of otherwise equal paths.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables comparison of router IDs, so that the path-comparison algorithm compares the device IDs of neighbors that sent otherwise equal-length paths.
compare-routerid no compare-routerid
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To configure the device always to compare router IDs: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# compare-routerid
See Also None
156 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
configure terminal
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enters global configuration mode.
configure terminal
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Descriptions
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter global configuration mode.
None
Examples
See Also
None
configure terminal
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
157
2 conform-set-dscp conform-set-dscp
Synopsis
Operands
Optional command for configuring the packet DSCP priority of a class-map.
conform-set-dscp dscp-num no conform-set-dscp dscp-num
dscp-num
Specifies that traffic with bandwidth requirements within the rate configured for CIR that has the packet DSCP priority set to the value specified by the dscp-num variable. Valid values are 0 through 63.
Defaults None
Command Modes Policy-map class police configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the packet DSCP priority of a class-map.
Only the police cir and cbs commands are mandatory for configuring a class-map.
If the optional parameters for a class-map are not set, they are treated as disabled. To delete parameters for a class-map, you must delete all policer parameters while in the policy-map class configuration mode using the no police cir command.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Use the no version of this command to remove the parameter from the class-map.
Examples Example of setting this parameter.
switch(config-policymap)# class default switch (config-policymap-class)# police cir 40000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# conform-set-dscp 3
See Also
cbs, conform-set-prec, conform-set-tc, ebs, eir, exceed-set-dscp, exceed-set-prec, exceed-set-tc,
police cir, police-priority-map, policy-map, qos cos, service-policy, set-priority
158 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
conform-set-prec
2 conform-set-prec
Synopsis
Operands
See Also
Optional command for configuring the packet IP precedence value of a class-map.
conform-set-prec prec-num no conform-set-prec prec-num
prec-num
Specifies that traffic with bandwidth requirements within the rate configured for CIR will have packet IP precedence value (first 3 bits of
DSCP) set to the value in the prec-num variable. Valid values are 0 through 7.
Defaults None
Command Modes Policy-map class police configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the packet IP precedence value of a class-map.
Only the police cir and cbs commands are mandatory for configuring a class-map.
If the optional parameters for a class-map are not set, they are treated as disabled. To delete parameters for a class-map, you must delete all policer parameters while in the policy-map class configuration mode using the no police cir command.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Use the no version of this command to remove the parameter from the class-map.
Examples Example of setting this parameter.
switch(config-policymap)# class default switch (config-policymap-class)# police cir 40000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# conform-set-prec 3
cbs,conform-set-dscp, conform-set-tc, ebs, eir, exceed-set-dscp, exceed-set-prec, exceed-set-tc,
police cir, police-priority-map, policy-map, qos cos, service-policy, set-priority
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
159
2 conform-set-tc conform-set-tc
Synopsis
Operands
Optional command for configuring the CIR internal queue assignment of a class-map.
conform-set-tc trafficclass no conform-set-tc trafficclass
trafficclass
Specifies that traffic with bandwidth requirements within the rate configured for CIR will have traffic class (internal queue assignment) set to the value in the trafficclass variable. Valid values are 0 through 7.
Defaults None
Command Modes Policy-map class police configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the CIR internal queue assignment of a class-map.
Only the police cir and cbs commands are mandatory for configuring a class-map.
If the optional parameters for a class-map are not set, they are treated as disabled. To delete parameters for a class-map, you must delete all policer parameters while in the policy-map class configuration mode using the no police cir command.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Use the no version of this command to remove the parameter from the class-map.
Examples Example of setting this parameter.
switch(config-policymap)# class default switch (config-policymap-class)# police cir 40000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# conform-set-tc 3
See Also
cbs,conform-set-dscp, conform-set-prec, ebs, eir, exceed-set-dscp, exceed-set-prec, exceed-set-tc,
police cir, police-priority-map, policy-map, qos cos, service-policy, set-priority
160 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
connector
2 connector
Synopsis
Executes connector mode for the purpose of configuring breakout mode on Quad SFPs (QSFPs).
connector [rbridge-id] slot/port no connector [rbridge-id] slot/port
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Hardware configuration mode
Descriptions rbridge-id
slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Execute connector mode from hardware configuration mode for the purpose of configuring breakout mode on QSFPs for switches and line cards.
None switch(config-hardware)# connector 2/0/1 switch(config-connector-2/0/1)#
See Also
sfp breakout, power-off linecard, power-on linecard, show running-config hardware connector
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
161
2 continue continue
Synopsis
Configures a route-map instance number that goes in a continue statement in a route-map instance.
continue number no continue number
Operands
Defaults
number
None
Route-map instance number. Range is from 1 through 4294967295.
Command Modes Route map configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure a route-map instance number that goes in a continue clause in a route-map instance.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None route-map
162 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
copy
2 copy
Synopsis
Operands
Copies configuration data.
copy source_file destination_file
source_file
default-config
The source file to be copied. Specify one of the following parameters:
The default configuration.
global-running-config Global data of the running configuration. (Available in both fabric cluster mode and logical chassis cluster mode.) local-running-configuration Local data of the running configuration. (Available in fabric cluster mode only.) rbridge-running-configuration rbridge-id Running configuration of a specified RBridge.
(Available in logical chassis cluster mode only.) running-config The running configuration.
flash://filename A file in the local flash memory. ftp://username:password@host_ip_address/path
A file on a remote host. Transfer protocol is FTP. scp://username:password@host_ip_address/path
A file on a remote host. Transfer protocol is SCP. sftp://username:password@host_ip_address/path
A file on a remote host. Transfer protocol is SFTP.
usb://path
destination_file
A file on an attached USB device.
The destination file. Specify one of the following parameters: default-config The default configuration.
global-running-config Global data of the running configuration. (Available in both fabric cluster mode and logical chassis cluster mode.) local-running-configuration Local data of the running configuration. (Available in fabric cluster mode only.) rbridge-running-configuration rbridge-id Running configuration of a specified RBridge.
(Available in logical chassis cluster mode only.) running-config The running configuration.
startup-config The startup configuration.
flash://filename A file in the local flash memory.
ftp://username:password@host_ip_address//path
A file on a remote host. Transfer protocol is FTP. scp://username:password@host_ip_address//path
A file on a remote host. Transfer protocol is SCP. sftp://username:password@host_ip_address/path
A file on a remote host. Transfer protocol is SFTP.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
163
2 copy
Defaults usb://path
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
A file on an attached USB device.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to copy a file to another location. You can use this command to back up and restore configuration files with various protocols.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
Examples To save the running configuration to a file: switch# copy running-config flash://myconfig
See Also
To overwrite the startup configuration with a locally saved configuration file: switch# copy flash://myconfig startup-config
This operation will modify your startup configuration. Do you want to continue?
[Y/N]: Y
To overwrite the startup configuration with a remotely archived configuration file: switch# copy scp://user:[email protected]//myconfig startup-config
To overwrite the startup configuration with a configuration file saved on an attached USB device: switch# copy usb://myconfig startup-config
copy default-config startup-config, copy running-config startup-config, delete, dir, rename,
show file, show running-config, show startup-config
164 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
copy default-config startup-config
2 copy default-config startup-config
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Restores the startup configuration to the default configuration. copy default-config startup-config
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to copy the default configuration to the current startup configuration. This operation effectively resets the startup configuration to factory defaults. It prompts for confirmation because it overwrites the saved startup configuration.
The command behaves differently depending on whether the switch is in standalone mode or part of a Brocade VCS fabric.
In standalone mode, all interfaces are shut down. When the switch comes back up, the restored default configuration is used. The following parameters are unaffected by this command:
•
Interface management IP address
•
Software feature licenses installed on the switch
In VCS Fabric mode, all interfaces remain online. The restored default configuration is applied with the exception of the following parameters:
•
Interface management IP address
•
Software feature licenses installed on the switch
•
VCS mode configuration
•
Virtual IP address
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command is supported only on the local switch.
To restore the default configuration: switch# copy default-config startup-config
This operation will modify your startup configuration. Do you want to continue?
[Y/N]: Y
copy, copy running-config startup-config, delete, dir, rename, show file, show running-config,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
165
2 copy running-config startup-config copy running-config startup-config
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Copies the running configuration to the startup configuration.
copy running-config startup-config [display-command] display-command
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays the configuration commands during the copy operation
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to copy the running configuration to the startup configuration. This command effectively saves the configuration changes you made to be applied after the switch reboots.
This command prompts for confirmation because it overwrites the startup configuration with the currently active running configuration. When the switch reboots and comes back up, the modified configuration is used.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
Use this command after you have made changes to the configuration.
The running configuration is nonpersistent across reboots.
Examples To save configuration changes: switch# copy running-config startup-config
This operation will modify your startup configuration. Do you want to continue?
[Y/N]: Y
See Also
copy, copy default-config startup-config, delete, dir, rename, show file, show running-config
166 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
copy snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode)
2 copy snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode)
Synopsis
Uploads and downloads configuration snapshot files to and from an FTP or SCP server. copy snapshot rbridge-id rbridge-id snapshot-id snapshot-id ftp://directory_path copy snapshot rbridge-id rbridge-id snapshot-id snapshot-id scp://directory_path copy snapshot ftp://directory_path rbridge-id rbridge-id snapshot-id snapshot-id copy snapshot scp://directory_path rbridge-id rbridge-id snapshot-id snapshot-id
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID whose configuration snapshot has been captured.
snapshot-id snapshot-id Specifies the name of the snapshot that has been captured.
directory_path
Specifies the FTP or SCP directory path to which you are uploading the snapshot or from which you are downloading the snapshot.
If a snapshot was taken on a node that had been disconnected from the cluster, the cluster will not have the snapshot. Therefore, you can use these commands to upload the snapshot from the disconnected RBridge ID to an ftp or scp server, then download it to an RBridge ID on the cluster.
NOTE
The uploaded snapshot configuration file is stored as a tar file (of the form rbridgeId-snapshotID) on the FTP or SCP server.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command applies only to nodes that are members of a logical chassis cluster, not a fabric cluster.
To upload a snapshot configuration file called node4configuration to an FTP server: switch# copy snapshot rbridge-id 11 snapshot-id node4configuration
ftp://backupdir_path
vcs config snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
167
2 copy support copy support
Synopsis
Copies support data to a remote host or a USB device.
copy support {ftp | scp | support-param | usb} user user_name password password host ip_address directory dir [sub-directory dir] [timeout multiplier] [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description ftp | scp | usb support-param user username Specifies the user login name for the server.
password password Specifies the account password.
host host_ip directory dir
Specifies the host IP address in IPv4 or IPv6 format.
Specifies a fully qualified path to the directory where the support data will be stored.
subdirectory dir timeout multiplier
Specifies the File Transfer Protocol (ftp), the Secure Copy Protocol (scp), or the USB directory.
Enables specification of an optional subdirectory for uploading copy support files.
Specifies a fully qualified path to the subdirectory where the support data will be stored. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
Specifies a timeout multiplier. Valid multipliers are 1 through 5. When a timeout multiplier is specified, the default timeout value for each module is multiplied by the specified timeout value.
rbridge-id all
rbridge-id
Executes the command on the specified switches.
This parameter is not valid in standalone mode and currently not supported.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies all switches in the fabric.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to upload support data to an external host on to an attached USB device. The support data is saved in the following format:
switchname-IPaddress-slotnumber-cputype-timestamp.modulename.txt.ss.gz
Example: sw0-10.123.10.5-S5cp-201204081630.OS.txt.ss.gz
Pagination is not supported with this command. Use the “more” parameter to display the output one page at a time.
The subdirectory is appended to the copy support main directory, which is stored as a Distributed
Configuration Manager (DCM) configuration item. DCM supports the configuration management of multinode cluster applications and clustering for VCS.
Examples To save support data on an attached USB device: switch# usb on
USB storage enabled switch# copy support usb directory support
168 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
See Also
To copy support data to a subdirectory: switch# copy support support-param sub-directory M8 timeout 3
clear logging raslog, copy support-interactive, show support
copy support
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
169
2 copy support-interactive copy support-interactive
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Copies support data interactively.
copy support-interactive
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to copy support data interactively. The command interface prompts you for the following information:
•
Server Name or IP Address (IPv4 only)
•
Protocol (FTP or SCP)
•
User login name
•
Password
•
Directory
•
Rbridge ID
•
Module timeout multiplier
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This command is functionally equivalent to the copy support command.
Answering Y to the Brocade VCS Fabric support prompt indicates that your switch is in Brocade
VCS Fabric mode. Support data will be copied from all nodes in the fabric.
To upload support data interactively: switch# copy support-interactive
Save to USB device [y/n]: n
Server Name or IP Address: 10.30.33.131
Protocol (ftp, scp): ftp
User: admin
Password: ********
Directory: /home/admin/support
Enter 'all' for all nodes or specify the rbridgeId(s) of the node(s)[Default:
Local Node]: all
Module timeout multiplier[Range:1 to 5.Default:1]: 2
Rbridge-id 195: Saving support information for chassis:sw0, module:RAS...
(output truncated)
See Also
clear support, show copy-support status
170 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
cos-mutation
2 cos-mutation
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Specifies the mutation-map to be used on the port. cos-mutation map_name
map_name
None
The user-defined map-name.
Command Modes Policy-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the mutation-map to be used on the port.
This command is allowed only for the Ingress direction.
This command can only be configured in for the class class-default command.
This command can lead to a possible contradiction if there are other user-defined classes used in the same policy-map which has a set CoS action configured. In this case, the defined CoS takes priority over the mutation map.
Examples Typical command example: switch(config)#policy-map mutation switch(config-policymap)#class class-default switch(config-policyclass)# cos-mutation plsmap
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
171
2 cos-traffic-class cos-traffic-class
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Specifies the CoStraffic class mutation map to be used on the port. cos-traffic-class map_name
map_name
None
The user-defined map name.
Command Modes Policy-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the CoStraffic class mutation map to be used on the port.
This command is allowed only for the Ingress direction.
This command can only be configured for the class class-default command.
This command can lead to a possible contradiction if there are other user-defined classes used in the same policy-map which has a set CoS action configured. In this case, the defined CoS takes priority over the mutation map.
Examples Typical command example: switch(config)#policy-map mutation switch(config-policymap)#class class-default switch(config-policyclass)# cos-mutation cos-traffic-class dscp-mutation dscp-cos
dscp-traffic-class plsmap
See Also
172 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
counter reliability
2 counter reliability
Synopsis
Operands
See Also
Sets and displays the reliability counter for the Access Gateway N_Port Monitoring feature.
counter reliability value
value
A value from 10 through 100 static change notifications (SCNs) per
5-minute period.
Defaults 25 SCNs per 5-minute period.
Command Modes Access Gateway (AG) configuration
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command is used for the Access Gateway N_Port monitoring feature. The command sets and displays the reliability count of online and offline SCNs counted during a 5-minute period before the link between an N_Port on a VDX switch in Access mode and an F_Port on an FC fabric is considered unreliable.
Use this command while in Access Gateway (AG) mode for a specific RBridge ID. Entering the counter reliability command without a value displays the current counter setting. You can set a value from 10 through 100 SCNs per 5-minute period.
Examples Set the reliability counter value.
sw0(config-rbridge-id-3-ag)# counter reliability 50
Displays the current reliability counter value.
sw0(config-rbridge-id-3-ag)# counter reliability
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
173
2 dampening (BGP) dampening (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
half-life reuse
Number of minutes after which the route penalty becomes half its value.
Range is from 1 through 45. Default is 15.
Minimum penalty below which the route becomes usable again. Range is from 1 through 20000. Default is 750.
suppress
Maximum penalty above which the route is suppressed by the device.
Range is from 1 through 20000. Default is 2000.
max-suppress-time
Maximum number of minutes a route can be suppressed by the device.
route-map Enables selection of dampening values established in a route map by means of the route-map command.
route-map
Name of the configured route map.
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Sets dampening parameters for the route.
dampening {half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time | route-map route-map} no dampening
Examples
See Also
Use this command to set dampening parameters for a route in BGP address-family mode.
Use dampening without operands to set default values for all dampening parameters.
To use the dampening values established in a route map, configure the route map first, and then enter route-map followed by the name of the configured route map.
A full range of dampening values (half-life, reuse, suppress, max-suppress-time) can also be set by means of the set as-path prepend command.
Use the no form of this command to disable dampening.
To enable default dampening as an address-family function: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# dampening
To change the all dampening values as an address-family function: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# dampening 20 200 2500 40
To apply the dampening half-life established in a route map, configure the route map and then use the set dampening command: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# route-map myroutemap permit 1 switch(config-route-map-myroutemap/permit/1)# set dampening 20
route-map, set as-path, set dampening
174 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
database-overflow-interval (OSPF)
2 database-overflow-interval (OSPF)
Synopsis
Operands
Configures frequency for monitoring database overflow.
database-overflow-interval interval no database-overflow-interval
interval
Time interval at which the device checks to see if the overflow condition has been eliminated. Valid values range from 0 through 86400 seconds.
Defaults 0 seconds. If the router enters OverflowState, you must reboot before the router leaves this state.
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify how long after a router that has entered the OverflowState before it can resume normal operation of external LSAs. However, if the external link state database (LSDB) is still full, the router lapses back into OverflowState.
When the maximum size of the LSDB is reached (this is a configurable value in the
external-lsdb-limit CLI), the router enters OverflowState. In this state, the router flushes all non-default AS-external-LSAs that the router had originated. The router also stops originating any non-default external LSAs. Non-default external LSAs are still accepted if there is space in the database after flushing. If no space exists, the Non-default external LSAs are dropped and not acknowledged.
For more information, refer to RFC 1765.
Enter no database-overflow-interval to disable the overflow interval configuration.
To configure a database-overflow interval of 60 seconds: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)# router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# database-overflow-interval 60
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
175
2 debug access-list-log buffer debug access-list-log buffer
Synopsis
Operands
Configures ACL buffer characteristics.
debug access-list-log buffer {circular | linear} packet count {64-2056} [clear] circular | linear packet count clear
Specifies the buffer type.
Specifies a value from 64 through 2056.
Clears the buffer contents.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure buffer characteristics.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
176 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug dhcp packet buffer
2 debug dhcp packet buffer
Synopsis
Operands
Configures a buffer to capture DHCP packets.
debug dhcp packet buffer [circular|linear] [packet-count 64-2056] [vrf vrf-name] circular linear packet-count
64-2056
vrf vrf-name
Buffer wraps around to overwrite earlier captures.
Buffer stops capture when the packet-count value is reached.
The maximum number of packets that can be captured in the buffer.
Values can be from 64 through 2056. This parameter is necessary when linear is specified.
The range for the maximum number of packets captured in buffer.
Specifies the Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) instance name mapped to the VRF ID against which you are capturing DHCP packets. If you do not specify vrf vrf-name, the buffer will be captured against the default VRF ID mapped to the vrf-name input.
Defaults The buffer wraps around to overwrite earlier captures (circular).
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This command configures the capturing buffer behavior by allowing captures to wrap and overwrite earlier captures or stop capturing when a packet-count limit is reached. The current buffer content is cleared when the configuration changes.
None
The following example configures a buffer to capture 510 maximum packets in a circular fashion.
sw0# debug dhcp packet buffer circular packet-count 510
See Also
show debug dhcp packet buffer, debug dhcp packet buffer interface, debug dhcp packet buffer clear
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
177
2 debug dhcp packet buffer clear debug dhcp packet buffer clear
Synopsis
Operands
Clears buffer content from DHCP packet capture.
debug dhcp packet buffer clear [vrf vrf-name] vrf vrf-name VRF name mapped to the VRF ID for which the buffer will be cleared. If this operand is not specified, the buffer for the default VRF ID is cleared.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Clears buffer content created from use of the debug dhcp packet buffer interface command to enable DHCP packet capture. If the DHCP packet capture is currently enabled, the buffer may fill again.
None
The following example clears the buffer content of DHCP packets for a VRF 2.
sw0# debug dhcp packet buffer clear vrf-2
See Also
debug dhcp packet buffer interface
178 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug dhcp packet buffer interface
2 debug dhcp packet buffer interface
Synopsis
Enables and disables DHCP packet capture on a specific interface.
debug dhcp packet buffer interface [vlan vlan_id] [gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
|tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port|fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] [rx | tx] no debug dhcp packet buffer interface [vlan vlan_id] [gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port [rx | tx]
|tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port| [rx | tx] fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] [rx | tx] debug dhcp packet buffer all no debug dhcp packet buffer all
Operands all vlan vlan_id
Enables DHCP packet capture on all switch interfaces.
VLAN identification of the interface where you want to enable or disable
DHCP packet buffer capture.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port A valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
slot port
rx | tx
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies whether to capture transmitted or received packets. If not specified, both are captured.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
rbridge-id
A valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
slot port
rx | tx
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies whether to capture transmitted or received packets. If not specified, both are captured.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port A valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
slot port
rx | tx
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies whether to capture transmitted or received packets. If not specified, both are captured.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Enables or disables capture of DHCP packets on all or specified interfaces.
The all operand replaces the interface operand.
Use the no form of this command to disable DHCP packet capture on a specific switch interface when used with debug dhcp packet buffer interface [interface specifications]
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
179
180
2 debug dhcp packet buffer interface
Examples
Use the no form of this command to disable the DHCP packet capture on all switch interfaces when used with debug dhcp packet buffer all.
You can specify a VLAN or physical port for capturing packets. If an interface is not specified, packets are captured on all interfaces.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces for configuration purposes. By default, all DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086. (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches.)
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962. (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches.)
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on the Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches. The prompt for configuring these ports is in the following format: sw0(config-if-gi-22/0/1)#
The following command enables DHCP packet capture for transmitting data on forty-gigabit
Ethernet interface 1/0/1.
sw0# Debug dhcp packet buffer interface te 1/0/1 tx
The following command enables DHCP packet capture for receiving data on forty-gigabit Ethernet interface 1/0/1.
sw0# No debug dhcp packet buffer interface te 1/0/1 rx
The following command enables DHCP packet capture on all switch interfaces of switch 0.
sw0# debug dhcp packet buffer all
The following command disables DHCP packet capture on all switch interfaces of switch 0.
sw0# no debug dhcp packet buffer all
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug fcoe show swcfg
2 debug fcoe show swcfg
Synopsis
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays information related to FCoE classified VLAN configuration in a VIrtual Fabrics context, as well as other parameters.
debug fcoe show swcfg
None
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to view information related to FCoE classified VLAN configuration in a VIrtual
Fabrics context, as well as other parameters.
None
The following example shows typical output of this command.
switch# debug fcoe show swcfg sw# vlan ivid ctag Dom fcmap Pri Intvl Tout
============================================================
0 1002 0x3ea 0x0 10 0x0efc00 3 8000 0
0 0 0x0 0x0 10 0x000000 0 0 0
0 0 0x0 0x0 10 0x000000 0 0 0
0 0 0x0 0x0 10 0x000000 0 0 0
0 0 0x0 0x0 10 0x000000 0 0 0
0 0 0x0 0x0 10 0x000000 0 0 0
0 0 0x0 0x0 10 0x000000 0 0 0
0 0 0x0 0x0 10 0x000000 0 0 0
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
181
2 debug ip debug ip
Synopsis
Operands packet interface
interface-type
Enables IP packet debugging.
Displays the IP traffic for the specified interface only.
Network interface type (external 10-gigabit Ethernet interface, port-channel, or VLAN).
interface-number Layer 2 or Layer 3 interface number.
vlan vlan_id Specifies a VLAN. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.) count value Stops display after display count packets. Valid values range from 1 through 32256.
icmp igmp tx rx
Counts only transmitted packets.
Counts only received packets.
Displays the ICMP packets.
Displays the IGMP packets.
all group
Enables all IGMP debugging.
Enables IGMP debugging for multicast group.
multicast-grp-address
Multicast group address.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable debugging for IP. This will display all IGMP or ICMP packets received or transmitted. This can be enabled globally, per interface, or on a multicast group.
Usage Guidelines
Enables debugging for the IGMP and ICMP traffic on the switch.
debug ip packet [interface interface-type interface-number [vlan vlan_id] | count {tx | rx} | icmp
[interface interface-type interface-number] | count value | tx | rx | igmp [interface interface-type
interface-number] | all | group multicast-grp-address] no debug ip packet
Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
182 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Examples
See Also
None
None debug ip
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
183
2 debug ip bgp debug ip bgp
Synopsis
Displays information related to the processing of BGP4, with a variety of options.
debug ip bgp [cli | dampening | | events | general | ip-prefix ip-addr/mask-len | ip-prefix-list
name keepalives | neighbor | route-map route-selection | |traces | updates [rx | tx]] no debug ip bgp
Operands address-family cli dampening events general graceful-restart ip-prefix
ip-addr mask-len
ip-prefix-list
name
keepalives neighbor packet route-map route-selection traces updates rx tx
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays information about address-family mode.
Displays information about BGP CLI
Displays BGP4 dampening.
Displays all BGP4 events.
Displays BGP4 common events.
Displays BGP graceful restart events.
Displays information filtered by IP prefix.
IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation.
IPv4 mask length in CIDR notation.
Displays information filtered by IP prefix list.
Name of IP prefix list.
Displays BGP4 keepalives.
Displays BGP information for specified neighbor router.
Displays information about BGP packets.
Displays configured route map tags.
Displays BGP4 route selection.
Displays BGP traces.
Displays BGP4 updates.
Displays BGP4 received updates.
Displays BGP4 transmitted updates
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view information related to the processing of BGP4, with a variety of options.
Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
To view all BGP4 events: switch# debug ip bgp events
See Also None
184 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug ip bgp address-family ipv4 unicast
2 debug ip bgp address-family ipv4 unicast
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to view information related to the processing of IPv4 address-family support in
BGP4.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays information related to the processing of IPv4 address-family support in BGP4.
debug ip bgp address-family ipv4 unicast no debug ip bgp address-family ipv4 unicast
Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
Example of typical command.
switch# debug ip bgp address-family ipv4 unicast
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
185
2 debug ip bgp neighbor debug ip bgp neighbor
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays information related to the processing of BGP4 for a specific neighbor.
debug ip bgp neighbor ip-addr no debug ip bgp neighbor ip-addr
ip-addr
None
IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to view information related to the processing of BGP4 for a specific neighbor.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
Typical command structure.
switch# debug ip bgp neighbor 10.11.12.13
See Also None
186 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug ip igmp
2 debug ip igmp
Synopsis
Enables debugging for IGMP information.
debug ip igmp {all | group A.B.C.D | interface {tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number | vlan vlan_id}} no debug ip igmp
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description all group A.B.C.D
Displays all values.
Specifies the group address, as a subnet number in dotted decimal format
(for example, 10.0.0.1), as the allowable range of addresses included in the multicast group.
interface Use this parameter to specify the interface to be monitored.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
vlan vlan_id Specifies which VLAN interface to display the snooping configuration related information. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable debugging for IGMP. This will display all of the IGMP packets received and sent, and IGMP-host related events.
Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
187
2 debug ip igmp
Examples
See Also
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
None
None
188 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug ip ospf
2 debug ip ospf
Synopsis
Enables debugging for the IP Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol.
debug ip ospf {adj | all-vrfs | dev | error | events | flood | log-debug-message | log-empty-lsa | ls-id A.B.C.D | lsa-generation | max-metric | neighbor A.B.C.D | packet | retransmission | route A.B.C.D | spf | vrf name} no debug ip ospf
Operands adj all-vrfs dev error
Adjacency related debugs.
Information for all VRFs instances in a cluster.
Developer debug options.
Displays possible errors encountered during time. events flood
Events-related debugs.
Flooding-related debugs.
log-debug-message Debugs message logging.
log-empty-lsa Empties LSA logging.
ls-id A.B.C.D lsa-generation max-metric neighbor A.B.C.D packet retransmission route A.B.C.D spf vrf name
Link state ID (LSID) debugging for the link-state ID that you specify.
LSA generation-related debugging.
Stub Router Advertisement.
Neighbor debugging for the neighbor that you specify.
Packet debugs.
Retransmission events.
Route debugs for the router that you specify.
SPF trace.
Debug information for VRF.
Defaults IP OPSF debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to enable or disable debugging for IP OPSF traffic.
Enter no debug ip ospf to disable IP OPSF debugging.
To enable adjacency-related debugs: switch# debug ip ospf adj
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
189
2 debug ip pim debug ip pim
Synopsis
Enables debugging for IP Protocol Independent Multicast.
debug ip pim {add-del-oif | bootstrap | group | join-prune | nbr-change | packets | parent | regproc | route-change | rp | source | state | all} no debug ip pim all
Operands add-del-oif bootstrap group join-prune nbr-change packets parent regproc route-change rp source state all
Defaults All flags are disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Controls the OIF change flag.
Controls the bootstrap processing flag.
Controls the processing for a group flag.
Controls the Join/Prune processing flag.
Controls the neighbor changes flag.
Controls the packet processing flag.
Controls the parent change processing flag.
Controls the register processing flag.
Controls the route changes flag.
Controls the Rendezvous Point (RP) processing flag.
Controls the processing for a source flag.
Controls the state processing flag.
Controls all of the states.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to enable or disable debugging for IP Protocol Independent Multicast.
Use the no debug ip pim all command to disable debugging.
None
None
190 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug ip rtm
2 debug ip rtm
Synopsis
Enables debugging for IP RTM. debug ip rtm {A.B.C.D | all | counters {clear | show} dump | errors | fib-comm | nexthop | port | vrf}
Operands
A.B.C.D
all counters clear show dump errors fib-comm nexthop port vrf
Debugs the route specified by this IP address.
Enables all debugs.
Enables debug counters.
Clears debug counters.
Shows debug counters.
Shows database dump.
Enables internal error debugs.
Debugs communications between the forwarding information base and the routing table manager.
Enables next-hop debugs.
Enables port database debugs.
Enables VRF debugs.
Defaults IP RTM debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to enable or disable debugging for IP route management.
None
To debug the route specified by the IP address 192.145.12.1: switch# debug ip rtm 192.145.12.1
To show a database dump: switch# debug ip rtm dump
Interface
Gi 190/0/1
Ve 128
Ve 1001
IP-Address
0xbe2a640c
0xa52a800c
0x0a010101
OK?
Method Status
YES manual up
Protocol VRF
up
YES manual admin/down up
YES manual admin/down up
default-vrf
default-vrf
default-vrf
Ve 1001
Lo 1
0x65010101
0xa02a0c0c
YES
YES manual admin/down up manual up mgmt 1 0x0a14eabe YES manual up
IP Static Routing Table - 1 entries:
up
up
default-vrf
default-vrf
default-vrf addr: 0x1021f4b8, top 0x1021f590, count 1, default 0 ffffffff
Type 2
Route_pool: pool: 101e3bd0, unit_size: 32, initial_number:128, upper_limit:2000000000 total_number:128, allocated_number:1, alloc_failure 0 flag: 0, pool_index:1, avail_data:102207b8
Route Entry Pool: pool: 101e3c80, unit_size: 432, initial_number:128, upper_limit:2000000000
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
191
2 debug ip rtm
See Also total_number:128, allocated_number:1, alloc_failure 0 flag: 0, pool_index:1, avail_data:10221950
Nexthop Settings
Update: no, Update-always no, Update-Timer 0 Check-Nexthops no
Recur: yes, Levels 3, Default-enable no
vrf-count 0, vrf-resolved yes
Protocols: < connected>
Nexthops List
[7] 0xa14e801 hash 7 paths 1 upd last-update-time 0 -> 0xa14e801 mgmt 1
Nexthop List End
None
192 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug ip vrf
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
ip-addr
None
IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to view information related to VRF.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays information related to VRF.
debug ip vrf ip-addr no debug ip vrf
Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
Typical command structure.
switch# debug ip vrf
See Also None debug ip vrf
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
193
2 debug lacp debug lacp
Synopsis
Operands
Enables debugging for the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).
debug lacp {all | cli | event | ha | pdu [rx {all | interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} | tx {all | interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}] | sync | timer | trace level number} no debug lacp all cli event ha
Turns on all debugging.
Turns on command line interface debugging.
Turns on event debugging.
Echo HA events to the console.
pdu rx all
Echo PDU content to the console.
Turns on debugging for received LACP packets on all interfaces.
rx interface Turns on debugging for received LACP packets on the specified interface.
interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
tx all
port
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Turns on debugging for transmitted LACP packets on all interfaces.
tx interface Turns on debugging for transmitted LACP packets on the specified interface.
interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies the 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
194 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug lacp
2
port
Specifies a valid port number.
interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
timer Echo timer expiration to console.
trace level number Specifies the trace level number. Valid values range from 1 through 7.
Defaults LACP debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to enable or disable debugging for Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).
Enter terminal monitor to display debugging outputs on a particular cmsh session.
Enter no debug lacp to disable LACP debugging.
To enable debugging of LACP PDUs for transmitted and received packets on all interfaces: switch# debug lacp pdu tx all switch# debug lacp pdu rx all switch# show debug lacp
LACP rx debugging is on
LACP tx debugging is on
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
195
2 debug lldp dump debug lldp dump
Synopsis
Dumps the LLDP debug information to the console.
debug lldp dump {all | [interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] [both]] | [detail [both | rx | tx]} no debug lldp dump {all | interface tengigabitethernet slot/port}
Operands
Defaults LLDP debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description all interface
Dumps all information to the console.
Use this parameter to specify the interface to be monitored. tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
both
port
detail both rx tx
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Turns on debugging for both transmit and receive packets.
Turns on debugging with detailed information.
Turns on detailed debugging for both transmit and receive packets.
Turns on detailed debugging for only received LLDP packets.
Turns on detailed debugging for only transmitted LLDP packets.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to dump debugging information for Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) to the console.
None
Typical use of this command.
switch# debug lldp dump all
LLDP Interface Debug Information for Te 1/0/3
Admin Status: RX_TX
Associated Profile:
Link-level FCoE Priority: 0x08 (Configured: No)
Link-level iSCSI Priority: 0x10 (Configured: No)
Link Properties:
CEE Incapable
FCoE LLS not Ready
FCF-Forward Disabled
196 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
See Also
Sending TLVs:
CHASSIS_ID: 0x00051ecd226a (MAC)
PORT_ID: Te 1/0/3 (IF Name)
TTL: Hold (4) x Interval (30)
IEEE_DCBX
DCBX_FCOE_APP
DCBX_FCOE_LOGICAL_LINK
Configured FCoE App
Configured FCoE Link
DCBX_CTRL
<truncated>
debug lldp dump
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
197
2 debug lldp packet debug lldp packet
Synopsis
Enables debugging for the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP).
debug lldp packet {all | [interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] [both]] | [detail
[both | rx | tx]} no debug lldp packet {all | interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet
slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}
Operands all interface
Turns on LLDP packet debugging on all interfaces.
Use this parameter to specify the interface to be monitored. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
both
port
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Turns on debugging for both transmit and receive packets.
detail both rx tx
Turns on debugging with detailed information.
Turns on detailed debugging for both transmit and receive packets.
Turns on detailed debugging for only received LLDP packets.
Turns on detailed debugging for only transmitted LLDP packets.
Defaults LLDP debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable debugging for Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP).
Enter terminal monitor to display debugging outputs on a particular cmsh session.
Enter no debug lldp packet to disable LLDP debugging.
198 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug lldp packet
2
Examples
See Also
To enable debugging of LLDP for both received and transmitted packets on the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 0/1: switch# debug lldp packet interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 both switch# show debug lldp
LLDP debugging status:
Interface te0/1 : Transmit Receive
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
199
2 debug lldp dump debug lldp dump
Synopsis
Dumps the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) data to the console.
debug lldp dump {all | [interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]}
Operands all interface
Turns on LLDP packet debugging on all interfaces.
Use this parameter to specify the interface to be monitored. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to dump Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) to the console.
None
None
200 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug spanning-tree
2 debug spanning-tree
Synopsis
Operands all bpdu rx tx
Turns on spanning tree packet debugging on all interfaces.
Turns on Bridge Protocol Data Unit debugging.
Turns on debugging for only received spanning-tree packets.
Turns on debugging for only transmitted spanning-tree packets.
interface Use this parameter to specify the interface to be monitored.
port-channel number
Specifies the port-channel interface. Valid values range from 1 through 6144.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults STP debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Enables debugging for the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).
debug spanning-tree {all | bpdu [rx | tx [all | interface port-channel number | fortygigabitethernet slot/port | tengigabitethernet slot/port | gigabitethernet slot/port]} no debug spanning-tree {all | bpdu [rx | tx [all | interface port-channel number | fortygigabitethernet slot/port | tengigabitethernet slot/port | gigabitethernet slot/port]}
Examples
Use this command to enable or disable debugging for STP.
Enter terminal monitor to display debugging outputs.
Enter no debug spanning-tree to disable debugging.
To enable debugging of spanning-tree for both Rx and Tx on the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 0/1: switch# debug spanning-tree bpdu rx interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch# debug spanning-tree bpdu tx interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch# show debug spanning-tree
MSTP debugging status:
Spanning-tree rx debugging is off
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
201
2 debug spanning-tree
See Also
Te 0/1 rx is on
Spanning-tree tx debugging is off
Te 0/1 tx is on
202 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug udld
2 debug udld
Synopsis
Enables debugging for the UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD) protocol.
debug udld packet [all | {interface [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet
rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]} {both | rx | tx} no debug udld packet
Operands
Defaults UDLD debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description all Activates UDLD debugging on all ports on the switch.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface for setting debugging.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface for setting debugging.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
rx tx
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface for setting debugging.
rbridge-id slot
both
port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Sets debugging for both received and transmitted packets.
Sets debugging for received packets only.
Sets debugging for transmitted packets only.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to turn on dumping of UDLD PDUs as they are transmitted and/or received on one or all ports. You can use the show debug udld command to view your current debug settings.
Use the no form of this command to turn off either all dumping of UDLD PDUs or dumping on a specific port.
Examples To turn on debugging of transmitted packets on a specific tengigabitethernet interface: switch# debug udld packet interface te 5/0/1 tx
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
203
2 debug vrrp debug vrrp
Synopsis
Operands
Enables debugging for the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP).
debug vrrp all debug vrrp events debug vrrp packets {interface {port-channel number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}|ve vlan_id
[recv | sent]} debug vrrp session VRID no debug vrrp all no debug vrrp events no debug vrrp packets {interface {port-channel number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}| recv | sent} no debug vrrp session VRID all events
Debugs all VRRP events, packets, and sessions.
Debugs all VRRP events.
packets interface Debugs packets for an interface that you specify. Also enables the recv and
sent parameters. port-channel number
Specifies the port-channel interface. Valid values range from 1 through 63.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet port interface.
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
rbridge-id slot
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
204 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
debug vrrp
2
port
ve vlan_id packets recv packets sent session VRID
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable debugging for VRRP traffic. You can, for example, capture event and packet information for all virtual groups or for a specific interface.
This command is for VRRP and VRRP-E. VRRP-E supports only the VE interface type.
Enter no debug vrrp all with to disable all VRRP debugging.
Enter no debug vrrp followed by specific events or packet parameters to remove a specific VRRP debugging configuration.
Examples
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the VLAN number for a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface.
Debugs packets received.
Debugs packets sent.
Specifies the virtual group ID to debug. Valid values range from 1 through 128.
To set debugging on sent and received packets for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface that has an
rbridge-id/slot/port of 121/0/50: switch# debug vrrp packets interface tengigabitethernet 121/0/50
To set debugging for a session for a VRRP virtual group called vrrp-group-25: switch# debug vrrp session 25
See Also
vrrp-extended-group, vrrp-group
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
205
2 default-information-originate (BGP) default-information-originate (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the device to originate and advertise a default BGP4 route.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configures the device to originate and advertise a default route.
default-information-originate no default-information-originate
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To originate and advertise a default BGP4 route: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# default-information-originate
See Also None
206 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
default-information-originate (OSPF)
2 default-information-originate (OSPF)
Synopsis
Operands
Controls distribution of default information.
default-information-originate [always] [metric metric] [metric-type {type-1 | type-2}] no default-information-originate always metric metric metric-type type-1 type-2
Always advertises the default route. If the route table manager does not have a default route, the router advertises the route as pointing to itself.
Used for generating the default route, this parameter specifies the cost for reaching the rest of the world through this route. If you omit this parameter and do not specify a value using the default-metric router configuration command, a default metric value of 1 is used. Valid values range from 1 through 65535. The default is 10.
Specifies how the cost of a neighbor metric is determined. The default is type-1. However, this default can be changed with the metric-type command.
The metric of a neighbor is the cost between itself and the router plus the cost of using this router for routing to the rest of the world.
The metric of a neighbor is the total cost from the redistributing routing to the rest of the world.
Defaults The default values vary depending on the Operands settings.
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to control distribution of default information to OSPF router. This provides criteria for the redistribution of any default routes found in the route table manager (whether static or learned from another protocol) to its neighbors.
Enter no default-information-originate to disable this command.
To always advertise the default route using a metric value of 20: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# default-information-originate always
metric 20
See Also
default-metric (OSPF), metric-type (OSPF)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
207
2 default-local-preference (BGP) default-local-preference (BGP)
Synopsis
Enables setting of a local preference value to indicate a degree of preference for a route relative to that of other routes.
default-local-preference num no default-local-preference
Operands
Defaults
Usage Guidelines
Examples
num
Local preference value. Range is from 0 through 65535.
The default local preference is 100.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description Local preference indicates a degree of preference for a route relative to that of other routes. BGP4 neighbors can send the local preference value as an attribute of a route in an UPDATE message.
Use this command to change the local preference value.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# default-local-preference 200
See Also None
208 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
default-metric (BGP) default-metric (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
value
Metric value. Range is from 0 through 65535.
The default metric value is 0.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description When routes are selected, lower metric values are preferred over higher ones. The default, the
BGP4 Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) value, is not assigned. Use this command to change the metric value.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Changes the default metric used for redistribution.
default-metric value no default-metric
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To configure the device to compare MEDs: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# default-metric 100
See Also None
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
209
2 default-metric (OSPF) default-metric (OSPF)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
metric
OSPF routing protocol metric value.
The default metric value for the OSPF routing protocol is 10.
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description Use this command to specify a default metric which will overwrite any incompatible metrics that may exist when OSPF redistributes routes. Therefore, setting the default metric ensures that neighbors will use correct cost and router computation.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Sets the default metric value for the OSPF routing protocol.
default-metric metric no default-metric
Enter no default-metric to return to the default setting.
To set the default metric to 20: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# default-metric 20
See Also
default-information-originate (OSPF)
210 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
default-passive-interface (OSPF)
2 default-passive-interface (OSPF)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description Use this command if you want all OSPF interfaces marked passive by default.
You can use the ip ospf active and ip ospf passive commands in interface subconfiguration mode to change active/passive state on specific OSPF interfaces.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Marks all OSPF interfaces passive by default.
default-passive-interface no default-passive-interface
Use the no form of this command to disable it.
To mark all OSP interfaces as passive for a specified RBridge: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 1 switch(config-rbridge-id-1)# router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# default-passive-interface
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
211
2 delete delete
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Deletes a file from the flash memory.
delete file
file
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
The name of the file to be deleted.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete a user-generated file from the switch. This operation is final; there is no mechanism to restore the file.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
System configuration files cannot be deleted. If you try to delete a system configuration file, an appropriate message is displayed.
Examples To delete a user-generated copy of a configuration file: switch# dir total 24 drwxr-xr-x 2 root drwxr-xr-x 3 root
-rwxr-xr-x 1 root
-rwxr-xr-x 1 root
-rwxr-xr-x 1 root
-rw-r--r- 1 root
sys
root
sys
sys
sys
root
4096 Feb 13 00:39 .
4096 Jan 1 1970 ..
417 Oct 12 2010 myconfig
417 Oct 12 2010 defaultconfig.novcs
697 Oct 12 2010 defaultconfig.vcs
6800 Feb 13 00:37 startup-config
See Also switch# delete myconfig
% Warning: File will be deleted (from flash:)!
Continue?(y/n): y
212 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
deny (extended ACLs)
2 deny (extended ACLs)
Synopsis
Configures a MAC address rule to drop traffic based on the source and destination MAC addresses.
deny {any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS/mask] [any | host MAC_ADDRESS |
MAC_ADDRESS/mask] [EtherType | arp | fcoe | ipv4] [count] [log]} no deny {any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] [any | host MAC_ADDRESS |
MAC_ADDRESS/mask] [EtherType | arp | fcoe | ipv4}
Operands
Defaults No MAC addresses are subjected to traffic dropping.
Command Modes Feature Access Control List configuration mode
Description any
MAC_ADDRESS
Specifies any source MAC address.
host MAC_ADDRESS Specifies the source host MAC address for which to set deny conditions.
Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
Specifies the destination host MAC address for which to set deny conditions. Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
mask
any
Specifies the mask for the associated host MAC address.
Specifies any destination MAC address.
arp fcoe ipv4 count log host MAC_ADDRESS Specifies the source host address for which to set deny conditions. Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
MAC_ADDRESS
Specifies the destination host address for which to set deny conditions.
Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
EtherType
Specifies the protocol number for which to set the deny conditions. Valid values range from 1536 through 65535.
Specifies to deny the Address Resolution Protocol (0x0806).
Specifies to deny the Fibre Channel over Ethernet Protocol (0x8906).
Specifies to deny the IPv4 protocol (0x0800).
Enables counting of the packets matching the rule.
Enables the logging feature.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure rules to match and drop traffic based on the source and destination MAC addresses and the protocol type. You can also enable counters for a specific rule.
The counters supported per port group vary based on platform.
The first set of [any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] parameters is specific to the source
MAC address. The second set of [any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] parameters is specific to the destination MAC address.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
213
2 deny (extended ACLs)
Examples
See Also
•
The order of the rules in an ACL is critical. The first rule that matches the traffic stops further processing of the frames. Rules containing specific information should be listed first, followed by rules that contain more general information.
•
Enter no deny any to deny any rule that was added earlier.
•
Enter no deny followed by specific address parameters to remove traffic dropping for a specific MAC address configuration.
To create a rule in a MAC extended address to drop IPv4 traffic from the source MAC address
0022.3333.4444/255.255.0.0 to the destination MAC address 0022.3333.5555/255.255.0.0 and to enable the counting of packets: switch(conf-macl-ext)# deny 0022.3333.4444 0022.3333.5555255.255.0.0 ipv4 count
To delete a rule from a MAC extended address: switch(conf-macl-ext)# no deny 0022.3333.4444 0022.3333.5555 ipv4
mac access-list extended, mac access-list standard, permit (extended ACLs),
214 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
deny (standard ACLs)
2 deny (standard ACLs)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults No MAC ACLs are subjected to traffic dropping.
Command Modes Feature Access Control List configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure rules to match and to drop traffic based on the source MAC address. You can also enable counters for a specific rule. 255 ACL counters are supported per port group.
Usage Guidelines
Configures a MAC address rule to drop traffic based on the source MAC address.
deny {MAC_ADDRESS/mask | any} [count] no deny {MAC_ADDRESS/mask | any}
MAC_ADDRESS mask
any count
Specifies the source host MAC address for which to set deny conditions.
The correct format is: HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
Specifies the mask for the associated host MAC address.
Specifies any source MAC address.
Enables counting of the packets matching the rule.
The first set of [any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] parameters is specific to the source
MAC address. The second set of [any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] parameters is specific to the destination MAC address.
•
The order of the rules in an ACL is critical. The first rule that matches the traffic stops further processing of the frames. Rules containing specific information should be listed first, followed by rules that contain more general information.
•
Enter no deny any to deny any rule that was added earlier.
•
Enter no deny any to deny any rule that was added earlier.
•
Enter no deny followed by a specific address to remove traffic dropping for a from the specified MAC address.
Examples
See Also
To create a rule in a MAC standard ACL to drop traffic from the source MAC address
0022.3333.4444 and to enable the counting of packets: switch(conf-macl-std)# deny 0022.3333.4444/255.255.0.0 count
To delete a rule from a MAC standard ACL: switch(conf-macl-std)# no deny 0022.3333.4444/255.255.0.0
mac access-list extended, mac access-list standard, permit (extended ACLs),
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
215
2 description (interfaces) description (interfaces)
Synopsis
Operands
Describes the interface.
description line no description
line
Specifies characters describing the interface. The string must be between
1 and 63 ASCII characters in length.
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify a string that contains the description of a specific interface.
Enter no description to remove the interface description.
See Also
To set the string describing internal 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 101/0/1: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 101/0/1 switch(conf-if-te-101/0/1)# description converged_101
216 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
description (LLDP)
2 description (LLDP)
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies a string that contains the LLDP description.
description line no description
line
Characters describing LLDP. The string must be between 1 and 50 ASCII characters in length.
Defaults None
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify the description of the LLDP.
Enter no description to remove the LLDP description.
To set the strings describing LLDP: switch(conf-lldp)# description Brocade-LLDP
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
217
2 description (Port Mirroring) description (Port Mirroring)
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies a string that contains the description of the Port Mirroring session.
description line no description
line
Specifies string that contains the description of the Port Mirroring session.
The string must be between 1 and 64 ASCII characters in length.
Defaults None
Command Modes Monitor session configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify a label displayed in the running-config file to describe the Port
Mirroring session.
Enter no description to remove the port mirroring description.
See Also
To set the string describing monitor session 1: switch(config)# monitor session 1 switch(config-mon-sess-1)# description server group 1 switch-cmsh
218 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
description (VRRP)
2 description (VRRP)
Synopsis
Operands
Describes a VRRP-E interface.
description description no description
description
Characters describing the VRRP-E interface. The string must be between 1 and 64 ASCII characters in length.
Defaults None
Command Modes Virtual-router-group configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to describe a VRRP-E interface.
Enter no description to remove the description.
To describe VRRP-E group 10 interface: switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int ve 25 switch(config-ve-25)# vrrp-extended-group 10 switch(config-vrrp-extended-group-10)# description vrrpe_group_10
See Also
vrrp-group, vrrp-extended-group
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
219
2 desire-distance desire-distance
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets the desired distance attribute for a Fibre Channel port used in the Dynamic (LD) or Static
Long-Distance (LS) modes.
desire-distance distance no desire-distance
distance
The default is 0.
The length (in km) of the desired link.
Command Modes Interface Fibre Channel configuration mode
Description For a Fibre Channel link configured with Static Long Distance (LS) mode, use this command to set the length of the desired long distance. The calculation of buffer-to-buffer credits is based on this length.
For a long distance Fibre Channel link configured with Dynamic mode (LD), use this command to set the maximum length to be used in calculating buffer-to-buffer credits. In this mode, the smaller of the distance measured during port initialization and the desired distance is used in the calculation.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This command can be used only on Network OS platforms with Fibre Channel ports
(Brocade VDX 6730-32 and Brocade VDX 6730-76 switches), in Brocade VCS Fabric mode, and with the FCoE license installed.
Use the no form of this command to disable it.
To set the desired distance Fibre Channel port attribute: switch(config)# interface FibreChannel 7/0/2 switch(config-FibreChannel-7/0/2)# long-distance ls switch(config-FibreChannel-7/0/2)# desire-distance 100
See Also
speed (Fibre Channel), trunk-enable, vc-link-init
220 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
dhcp auto-deployment enable
2 dhcp auto-deployment enable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enables DHCP auto-deployment on the switch.
dhcp auto-deployment enable
None
Disabled
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable DHCP auto-deployment on the switch.
This command will cause a cold/disruptive reboot and will require that Telnet, secure Telnet, or
SSH sessions be restarted.
Scenario 1: When you enable DHCP auto-deployment and the system starts to reboot, the DAD process is triggered after configuration replay is complete.
In the case of dual Management Moddule (MM) chassis, the DAD process waits for the dual MMs to be in sync before starting the requested firmware download. However, if you manually issue firmwaredownload –sb during this period (after DAD is triggered and before the MM is in sync),
DHCP auto-deployment will fail because the previous firmware download takes precedence. If you manually issue firmwaredownload –sb before DAD is triggered, DHCP auto-deployment will fail for the same reason.
Scenario 2: You issue the command to enable DAD (answer “Yes” when prompted), but before the system reboot, there is an HA failover. DAD will be cancelled. You must enable DHCP auto-deployment from the new active switch.
Scenario 3: You issue the command to enable DAD, but after the system reboot is invoked, takeover occurs (the previous standby switch becomes the new active switch), DHCP auto-deployment will proceed.
Scenario 4: You manually issue the firmwaredownload command, but before the firmware download is completed, you enable DAD from the CLI and answer “Yes” when prompted to reboot the switch. When the switch boots up, even if the DAD process detects that the firmware download is needed, it will fail during the sanity check because the previous incomplete firmware download takes precedence. DHCP auto-deployment will fail.
Examples
See Also
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
221
2 diag burninerrclear diag burninerrclear
Synopsis
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Clears the error logs that are stored in the nonvolatile memory. These error logs are stored during
POST and systemVerification failures. Error logs are automatically cleared during system verification.
diag burninerrclear
None
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to clear errors that are stored in the nonvolatile storage during the POST and system verification processes.
None
See Also
Typical output for this command.
switch# diag burninerrclear
Clearing errLog for slot M2
Clearing errLog for slot S1
Clearing errLog for slot S2
Clearing errLog for slot S3
Clearing errLog for slot L4
diag clearerror, show diag burninerrshow, show diag burninstatus
222 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
diag clearerror
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Clears the diagnostic errors encountered during offline diagnostic tests. diag clearerror
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to clear the diagnostics failure status.
This command is valid only on fixed-configuration switches.
To clear the diagnostic failure status: switch# diag clearerror
See Also
diag burninerrclear, show diag burninerrshow, show diag burninstatus
diag clearerror
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
223
2 diag portledtest diag portledtest
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Runs various action modes on the port LED tests and validates the functionality on a given slot-based switch or fixed-configuration switch. diag portledtest [action pattern] [ethernet rbridgeid/slot/port] [fibrechannel rbridgeid/slot/port]
[npass count] [slot slot_id] action pattern
blink-amber blink-green
cycle-all
status-amber
status-green
turn-off ethernet
rbridge-id
slot
port fibrechannel
rbridge-id
slot
port npass count
Specifies the LED pattern. Action choices are as follows:
Blink Port status LED amber
Blink Port status LED green
Cycle all Port LEDs
Turn Port status LED amber
Turn Port status LED green
Turn Port status LED off
The logical Ethernet interface name, which is mutually exclusive from the
Fibre Channel parameter. By default, all ports are tested.
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number
The logical Fibre Channel interface name, which is mutually exclusive from the Ethernet parameter. By default, all ports are tested.
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the number of times to perform this test. Valid values range from
1 through 10. The default value is 1.
Specifies the slot identifiers for slot-based systems only. slot slot_id
All the ports are tested in a switch.
The default number of times to perform the test is 1.
The default action is cycle_all
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode (with the chassis disabled in offline mode)
Description Use this command to exercise the user port LEDs.
Usage Guidelines This test can be run on a single port or on all ports in the blade (slot-based switches) or the switch
(fixed-configuration switches).
During abnormal termination, the system might be in unusable state. Perform reload to reboot the chassis or switch to recover.
In slot-based systems, the blade under test undergoes a reset and/or a reinitialization sequence as part of cleanup.
224 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
diag portledtest
2
The rbridge-id is an optional parameter. If the rbridge-id is not specified, the test is assigned to the local RBridge ID.
CAUTION
This is a disruptive command. You must disable the switch and chassis before running the test. In addition, you must reload or fastboot the switch or chassis after the test has completed running.
Examples
See Also
The following commands allow you to run various action modes on the LEDs and validate the functionality.
In slot-based switches: switch# diag portledtest action cycle-all slot L1
% Info: This test should be run to completion. Please do not abort while it is executing.
Running portledtest...
Turning Port Status LEDs OFF...
Turning Port Status LEDs AMBER...
Turning Port Status LEDs GREEN...
Turning Port Status LEDs BLINK GREEN...
Turning Port Status LEDs BLINK AMBER...
portLedTest on slot L1 PASSED
% Info: Resetting the blade. Please wait till it gets initialized...
switch#
In fixed-configuration switches: switch# diag portledtest
% Info: This test should be run to completion. Please do not abort while it is executing.
Running portledtest ...
Testing Ethernet ports..
STATUS LED OFF test
STATUS LED GREEN test
STATUS LED AMBER test
STATUS LED BLINK GREEN test
STATUS LED BLINK AMBER test
Testing FC ports..
STATUS LED OFF test
STATUS LED GREEN test
STATUS LED AMBER test
STATUS LED BLINK GREEN test
STATUS LED BLINK AMBER test
PASSED.
diag portloopbacktest, diag post enable, diag turboramtest
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
225
2 diag portloopbacktest diag portloopbacktest
Synopsis
Operands
Runs the port loopback test on a given slot-based switch or fixed-configuration switch. You can run this test on a single port or on all ports in the blade (slot-based switches) or switch
(fixed-configuration switches). This functional test verifies the ability of each port to transmit and receive frames by setting up the loopback at various levels and speed modes.
diag portloopbacktest [ethernet rbridgeid/slot/port] [fibrechannel rbridgeid/slot/port]
[lbmode loopback_mode] [nframes count] [slot slot_id] [spdmode mode] ethernet
rbridge-id
slot
port fibrechannel
rbridge-id
slot
port lbmode mode nframes count slot slot_id spdmode mode
The logical Ethernet interface name, which is mutually exclusive from the
Fibre Channel parameter. By default, all ports are tested.
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number
The logical Fibre Channel interface name, which is mutually exclusive from the Ethernet parameter. By default, all ports are tested.
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the loopback point for the test. Valid values are 1 (external) or
2 (internal). The default is 2.
Specifies the number of frames to send. Valid values range from 1 through 16. The default is 16.
Specifies the slot identifiers for slot-based systems only.
Specifies the speed mode for the test. This parameter controls the speed at which each port operates during the test. Valid parameters are as follows:
1 Gbps
2 Gbps
4 Gbps
8 Gbps
10 Gbps
16 Gbps
40 Gbps
100 Gbps
Defaults Number of frames (nframes) is 16.
Loopback mode (lbmode) is 2.
Speed mode (spdmode) depends on the platform. On a 10 Gbps port, the default speed mode is 10.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode (with the chassis disabled, in offline mode)
Description Use this command to send frames between various ASICS on the switch and to validate ASIC functionality.
226 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
diag portloopbacktest
2
Usage Guidelines During abnormal termination, the system might be in unusable state. Perform reload to reboot the chassis or switch to recover.
In slot-based systems, the blade under test undergoes a reset or a reinitialization sequence as part of cleanup.
The rbridge-id is an optional parameter. If the rbridge-id is not specified, the test is assigned to the local RBridge ID.
CAUTION
This is a disruptive command. You must disable the chassis and switch before running the test. In addition, you must reload or fastboot the switch or chassis after the test has completed running.
Examples
See Also
In slot-based switches: switch# diag portloopbacktest slot S1
% Info: This test should be run to completion. Please do not abort while it is executing.
Running portloopbacktest...
<..cut..> portLoopbackTest on ports 0-143 PASSED portLoopbackTest on slot S1 PASSED
% Info: Resetting the blade. Please wait till it gets initialized...
In fixed-configuration switches: switch# diag portloopbacktest
% Info: This test should be run to completion. Please do not abort while it is executing.
Running portloopbacktest ..............
PASSED.
diag portledtest, diag post enable, diag turboramtest
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
227
2 diag post enable diag post enable
Synopsis
Operands
rbridge-id
enable
Specifies the RBridge ID on which POST is run.
Enables the power-on self-test on the specified switch.
Defaults POST is enabled.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Enables and disables the power-on self-test (POST). diag post [rbridge-id] enable no diag post [rbridge-id] enable
Examples
Use this command to enable or disable POST during bootup.
Following the diag post enable command, update the startup-config by copying the running-config to the start-up config, which takes effect during reboot or a power cycle.
Enter no diag post [rbridge-id] enable to disable the POST for that RBridge.
To enable the POST for a RBridge: switch# config
Entering configuration mode terminal switch(config)# diag post rbridge-id 1 enable switch(config)# exit switch# copy running-config startup-config
This operation will modify your startup configuration. Do you want to continue?
[y/n]: y
1970/01/01-09:09:49, [DCM-1101], 2086, M2, INFO, VDX8770-4, Copy running-config to startup-config operation successful on this node.
See Also
To disable the POST for a RBridge: switch(config)# no diag post rbridge-id 1 enable
228 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
diag prbstest
2 diag prbstest
Synopsis
Operands
Runs the Pseudo Random Bit Sequence (PRBS) test on a given slot to verify the back end connections between the line card (LC) and switch fabric module (SFM). This test is not supported on fixed-configuration switches, nor can it be run on a per-port basis.
diag prbstest slot {L1 | L2 | S1 | S2 …} pattern {pattern} slot slot pattern pattern
Specifies the slot ID, from 1 through 6. This test is applicable for slot-based systems only.
Specifies the PRBS pattern, from 1 through 8. Valid values are PRBS7,
PRBS23, and PRBS31. The default is PRBS7, which is the least stressful pattern, whereas PRBS31 is the most stressful pattern.
Defaults The default PRBS pattern is PRBS7.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode (with the chassis disabled, in offline mode)
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to verify the back end connections between LC and SFM. This command also verifies the internal blade connections when executed in LC.
During abnormal termination, the system might be in unusable state. Perform reload to reboot the chassis or switch to recover.
In slot-based systems, the blade under test undergoes a reset and/or a reinitialization sequence as part of the cleanup process.
CAUTION
This is a disruptive command. You must disable the chassis and switch before running the test. In addition, you must reload or fastboot the switch or chassis after the test has completed running.
Examples
See Also
In slot-based switches: switch# diag prbstest slot L6 pattern PRBS7
% Info: This test should be run to completion. Please do not abort while it is executing.
Running prbstest...
Initializing ASICs & Ports...
Performing Link Training from L6 to S1
Performing Link Training from L6 to S2
Performing Link Training from L6 to S3
Performing Link Training from L6 to S4
Performing Link Training from L6 to S5
<..cut..> slot S6 ASIC 1 Port 15 Tap0: 0x08 Tap1: 0x33 Tap2: 0x20
Performing Link Testing from L6 to S1
Performing Link Testing from L6 to S2
Performing Link Testing from L6 to S3
Performing Link Testing from L6 to S4
Performing Link Testing from L6 to S5
Performing Link Testing from L6 to S6 prbsTest on slot L6 PASSED
diag portledtest, diag portloopbacktest, diag turboramtest
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
229
2 diag setcycle diag setcycle
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures all the parameters required for the system verification test.
diag setcycle
None
Referto the Usage Guidelines.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the user-defined parameters for running a system verification test.
If, after you enter the diag setcycle command, you respond with yes, the following settings are the default values:
•
num_of_runs: 1. Valid values for number of runs are 1 through 25.
•
min_lb_mode: 2. Valid values for minimum loopback mode are 1 (external) or 2 (internal).
If set to 1, all the external user ports must be connected with small form-factor pluggable devices (SFPs) and loopback plugs.
•
pled_passes: 1. Valid values for the number of portLedTest loops are 1 through 10.
•
tbr_passes: 1. Valid values for the number of turboRamTest loops are 1 through 10.
This parameter is not supported on fixed configuration switches.
•
plb_nframes:16. Valid values for the number of portLoopbackTests are 4 through 16.
If you respond with no, the system prompts you for these values.
Examples To change the value of num_of_runs parameter to 3: switch# diag setcycle num_of_runs 3
Setting number_of_runs to 3.
Committing changes to configuration
In slot-based switches:
0 is not a valid number of passes. See sample below.
rontee128# diag setcycle num_of_runs 0
-------------------------------------^ syntax error: "0" is out of range.
switch# diag setcycle
Do you want use default values [Y/N]?
DEFAULT - KEYWORD : COMMENT
: y replacing 2 with default 1
1 - number_of_runs : number of passes of verify
2 - min_lb_mode : Limits -lb_mode of tests
VERIFY - label : Label for run start and stop messages
1 - tbr_passes : turboramtest number of passes replacing 8 with default 16
16
1
- plb_nframes : portloopbacktest number of frames default speed
- pled_passes : portledtest number of passes
1
16
- prbs_p7
- cplb_nframes
: LC Backplane test with pattern PRBS7+
: portloopbacktest in Core Blade number of frames
Committing changes to configuration switch# diag setcycle
Do you want use default values [Y/N]?
: y
230 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
diag setcycle
2
See Also
DEFAULT - KEYWORD
1
: COMMENT
- number_of_runs : number of passes of verify (0=infinite)
2 - min_lb_mode : Limits -lb_mode of tests
0 - sof : Enable stop testing on first fail
VERIFY - label : Label for run start and stop messages
0
0
1
1
1
16
0 speed
- tbr_passes
- plb_nframes
- plb5_nframes
: turboramtest number of passes
: portloopbacktest number of frames default speed
: portloopbacktest (lb_mode 5) number of frames default
0
0
0
0
- plb7_nframes : portloopbacktest (lb_mode 7) number of frames
- pled_action : portledtest action for glowing all led's
- pled_passes : portledtest number of passes
- prbs_p7 : LC Backplane test with pattern PRBS7+
- prbs_p23
- prbs_p31
- cprbs_p7
- cprbs_p23
: LC Backplane test with pattern PRBS23+
: LC Backplane test with pattern PRBS31+
: SFM Backplane test with pattern PRBS7+
: SFM Backplane test with pattern PRBS23+
0
16
0 frames
- cprbs_p31 : SFM Backplane test with pattern PRBS31+
- cplb_nframes : portloopbacktest in Core Blade number of frames
- cplb7_nframes : portloopbacktest in Core Blades (lb_mode 7) number of
In fixed-configuration switches: switch# diag setcycle
Do you want use default values [Y/N]? : y
DEFAULT - KEYWORD : COMMENT replacing 3 with default 1
1 - number_of_runs : number of passes of verify (0=infinite)
2 - min_lb_mode : Limits -lb_mode of tests
1 - tbr_passes : turboramtest number of passes
16 - plb_nframes : portloopbacktest number of frames default speed
Committing changes to configuration
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
231
2 diag systemverification diag systemverification
Synopsis
Operands
Runs a combination of various hardware diagnostic tests based on the parameters set using the diag setcycle command.
diag systemverification [short] [stop] short stop
Sets the burn-in parameters that control the number of frames to one for a quick run.
Stops the current systemVerification run.
Defaults If short is not specified, all the burn-in parameters that control the number of frames are run.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode (with the chassis disabled in offline mode)
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to execute a combination of various system hardware diagnostic tests.
The primary use for this command is software regression testing, or a quick validation that all hardware is operational.
Examples
See Also
CAUTION
This is a disruptive command. You must disable the chassis and switch before running the test. In addition, you must reload or fastboot the switch or chassis after the test has completed running.
Error logs are cleared automatically during system verification.
To check the current run status, enter the show diag burninstatus command.
All errors are stored in the non-volatile memory. You can check the error status using the show diag burninerrshow command.
During abnormal termination or when terminated by using the stop parameter, the system might be in unusable state. Perform a reload to reboot the chassis or switch to recover.
In slot-based systems, the blade under test undergoes a reset and/or a reinitialization sequence as part of the cleanup process.
To run various tests, such as the memory and portloopback tests, with various combinations: switch# diag systemverification
% Info: This test should be run to completion. Please do not abort while it is executing.
systemverification: burnin parameters.
CURRENT - KEYWORD : DEFAULT
1 - number_of_runs : 1
2 - min_lb_mode : 2
1 - tbr_passes : 1
16 - plb_nframes : 16
<..cut..>
None
232 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
diag turboramtest
2 diag turboramtest
Synopsis
Operands
This test performs a series of low-level structural tests to determine the basic health of the PCI or
PCIe bus and the memories inside the switch ASIC. diag turboramtest [passcnt count] [slot slot_id} passcnt count slot slot_id
Specifies the number of test repetitions. By default, the test runs once.
Valid values range from 1 through 10.
Specifies the slot ID. This is mandatory for slot-based systems only.
Defaults The pass count (passcnt) is 1.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode (with the chassis disabled in offline mode).
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to run a memory test of the ASIC chips.
During abnormal termination, the system might be in unusable state. Perform reload to reboot the chassis or switch to recover.
In slot-based systems, the blade under test undergoes a reset and/or a reinitialization sequence as part of the cleanup process.
CAUTION
This is a disruptive command. You must disable the chassis and switch before running the test. In addition, you must reload or fastboot the switch or chassis after the test has completed running.
Examples
See Also
In slot-based switches: switch# diag turboramtest slot S2
% Info: This test should be run to completion. Please do not abort while it is executing.
Running turboramtest...
Initializing ASIC 0 for BIST
Initializing ASIC 1 for BIST
Initializing ASIC 2 for BIST turboRamTest on ASIC 0 PASSED turboRamTest on ASIC 1 PASSED turboRamTest on ASIC 2 PASSED turboRamTest on slot S2 PASSED
% Info: Resetting the blade. Please wait till it gets initialized...
completed.
In fixed-configuration switches: switch# diag turboramtest
% Info: This test should be run to completion. Please do not abort while it is executing.
Running turboramtest ..............
PASSED.
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
233
2 dir dir
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Lists the contents of the switch flash memory.
dir
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to list the files in the flash memory.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
To list the contents of the flash memory: switch# dir total 24 drwxr-xr-x 2 root drwxr-xr-x 3 root
-rwxr-xr-x 1 root
-rwxr-xr-x 1 root
-rwxr-xr-x 1 root
-rw-r--r- 1 root
sys
root
sys
sys
sys
root
4096 Feb 13 00:39 .
4096 Jan 1 1970 ..
417 Oct 12 2010 myconfig.vcs
417 Oct 12 2010 defaultconfig.novcs
697 Oct 12 2010 defaultconfig.vcs
6800 Feb 13 00:37 startup-config
See Also
copy, delete, show file, rename
234 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
distance (BGP)
2 distance (BGP)
Synopsis
Changes the default administrative distances for EBGP, IBGP, and local BGP4.
distance external-distance internal-distance local-distance no distance
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
external-distance internal-distance local-distance
EBGP distance. Range is from 1 through 255.
IBGP distance. Range is from 1 through 255.
Local BGP4 distance. Range is from 1 through 255.
Usage Guidelines
To select one route over another according to the source of the route information, the device can use the administrative distances assigned to the sources. The administrative distance is a protocol-independent metric that IP devices use to compare routes from different sources. Lower administrative distances are preferred over higher ones. Use this command to change the default administrative distances for EBGP, IBGP, and local BGP4.
Enter values in the order corresponding to the values in Operands.
Use the no form of this command to restore the defaults.
Examples To configure the device to change the administrative distance: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# distance 100 150 200
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
235
2 distance (OSPF) distance (OSPF)
Synopsis
Operands
Configures an administrative distance value for OSPF routes.
distance {external | inter-area | intra-area} distance no distance external inter-area intra-area
distance
Sets the distance for routes learned by redistribution from other routing domains.
Sets the distance for all routes from one area to another area.
Sets the distance for all routes within an area.
Administrative distance value assigned to OSPF routes. Valid values range from 1 through 255. The default is 110.
Defaults The administrative distance value for OSPF routes is 110.
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify the administrative distance for different OSPF route types. You can configure a unique administrative distance for each type of OSPF route.
The distances you specify influence the choice of routes when the device has multiple routes from different protocols for the same network. The device prefers the route with the lower administrative distance. However, an OSPF intra-area route is always preferred over an OSPF inter-area route, even if the intra-area route’s distance is greater than the inter-area route’s distance.
Enter no distance to return to the default setting.
To set the distance value for all external routes to 125: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# distance external 125
See Also None
236 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
distribute-list route-map (OSPF)
2 distribute-list route-map (OSPF)
Synopsis
Creates a route-map distribution list.
distribute-list route-map map in no distribute-list route-map
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description
map
in
Name of a route map.
Creates a distribution list for an inbound route map.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to create a distribution list that can filter Link State Advertisements (LSAs) received from other OSPF routers before adding the corresponding routes to the routing table.
Enter no distribute-list route-map to remove the distribution list.
To create a distribution list using a route map named filter1 that has already been configured: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# distribute-list route-map filter1 in
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
237
2 dot1x authentication dot1x authentication
Synopsis
Enables 802.1Xauthentication on a port.
dot1x authentication no dot1x authentication
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable 802.1Xauthentication on a specific port.
Usage Guidelines
None
802.1Xauthentication is disabled for ports.
Examples
Enter no dot1x authentication to disable dot1x on the port and remove the configuration from
802.1X management.
To enable 802.1Xauthentication on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface port: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# dot1x authentication
See Also
To disable 802.1Xauthentication on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface port and remove the configuration from 802.1X management: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 180/0/6 switch(conf-if-fo-180/0/6)# no dot1x authentication
interface, dot1x port-control, dot1x quiet-period, dot1x reauthentication, dot1x reauthMax,
dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout server-timeout, dot1x timeout supp-timeout,
238 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
dot1x enable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
Authentication is disabled globally.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to globally enable 802.1X authentication.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables 802.1X authentication globally. dot1x enable no dot1x enable
Enter no dot1x enable to disable 802.1X authentication globally.
To enable 802.1X authentication globally: switch(config)# dot1x enable
See Also None dot1x enable
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
239
2 dot1x port-control dot1x port-control
Synopsis
Controls port-state authorization. dot1x port-control {auto | force-authorized | force-unauthorized} no dot1x port-control
Operands auto Enables authentication on a port. The controlled port is unauthorized until authentication takes place between the client and authentication server.
Once the client passes authentication, the port becomes authorized. This has the effect of activating authentication on an 802.1x-enabled interface.
force-authorized Forces a port to remain in an authorized state. This also allows connection from multiple clients.
force-unauthorized Forces a port to remain in an unauthorized state.
Defaults The default port state is auto.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to control the authorization of a port state.
Enter no dot1x port-control to return to the default setting.
To enable the port state to auto on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface port: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# dot1x port-control auto
See Also
To enable the port state to force-authorized on a specific 40 -gigabit Ethernet interface port: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 180/0/1 switch(conf-if-fo-180/0/1)# dot1x port-control force-authorized
interface, dot1x authentication, dot1x quiet-period, dot1x reauthentication, dot1x reauthMax,
dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout server-timeout, dot1x timeout supp-timeout,
240 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
dot1x quiet-period
2 dot1x quiet-period
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the number of seconds that a switch remains quiet between a failed authentication and an attempt to retry authentication. dot1x quiet-period seconds no dot1x quiet-period
seconds Specifies the time between attempts at authentication. Valid values range from 1 through 65535 seconds.
Defaults 60 seconds
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the time in seconds a switch waits before attempting to perform authentication after a failed authentication. When a switch cannot authenticate a client, the switch remains idle for the quiet-period interval of time, then attempts the operation again.
Changing the quiet-period interval time to a number lower than the default can result in a faster response time.
Enter no dot1x quiet-period to return to the default setting.
Examples To change the interval time to 200 seconds on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/9)# dot1x quiet-period 200
See Also
To set the interval time to the default value on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 180/0/6 switch(conf-if-fo-180/0/6)# no dot1x quiet-period
interface, dot1x authentication, dot1x port-control, dot1x reauthentication, dot1x reauthMax,
dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout server-timeout, dot1x timeout supp-timeout,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
241
2 dot1x reauthenticate interface dot1x reauthenticate interface
Synopsis
Initiates 802.1X reauthentication on a specified interface.
dot1x reauthenticate interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to initiate 802.1X reauthentication on a specified interface.
None
To initiate reauthentication on 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 0/16: switch# dot1x reauthenticate interface tengigabitethernet 0/16
See Also None
242 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
dot1x reauthentication
2 dot1x reauthentication
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
Reauthentication is disabled.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable 802.1X reauthentication on a port.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables 802.1X port reauthentication.
dot1x reauthentication no dot1x reauthentication
Enter no dot1x reauthentication to return to the default setting.
To enable 802.1X reauthentication on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface port: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# dot1x reauthentication
See Also
To disable 802.1X reauthentication on a specific 1-gigabit Ethernet interface port: switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 178/2/9 switch(conf-if-gi-178/2/9)# no dot1x reauthentication
interface, dot1x authentication, dot1x port-control, dot1x quiet-period, dot1x reauthMax,
dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout server-timeout, dot1x timeout supp-timeout,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
243
2 dot1x reauthMax dot1x reauthMax
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the maximum number of times that a port attempts 802.1Xreauthentication.
dot1x reauthMax number no dot1x reauthMax
number Specifies the maximum number of reauthentication attempts before the port goes to the unauthorized state. Valid values range from 1 through 10.
Defaults The number of times that a port attempts 802.1X authentication is 2.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the maximum number of times that a port attempts to reauthenticate before a port changes to the unauthorized state.
Enter no dot1x reauthMax to return to the default setting.
To set the maximum number of reauthentication attempts to 5 on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface port: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# dot1x reauthMax 5
See Also
To set the reauthentication maximum to the default value on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface port: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 180/1/9 switch(conf-if-fo-180/1/9)# no dot1x reauthMax
interface, dot1x authentication, dot1x port-control, dot1x quiet-period, dot1x reauthentication,
dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout server-timeout, dot1x timeout supp-timeout,
244 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
dot1x test eapol-capable
2 dot1x test eapol-capable
Synopsis
Executes the 802.1x readiness check on the switch. dot1x test eapol-capable interface [gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to monitor 802.1x activity on all the switch ports and displays information about the devices connected to the ports that support 802.1x. You can use this feature to determine if the devices connected to the switch ports are 802.1x-capable. When you configure the dot1x test eapol-capable command on an 802.1x-enabled port, and the link comes up, the port queries the connected client about its 802.1x capability. When the client responds with a notification packet, it is designated as 802.1x-capable.
If you omit the optional interface keyword, all interfaces on the switch are tested. The readiness check can be sent on a port that handles multiple hosts (for example, a PC that is connected to an
IP phone).
The readiness check is not available on a port that is configured with the command dot1x force-unauthorized.
Examples An example of configuring the readiness check: switch# dot1x test eapol-capable interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/13
DOT1X_PORT_EAPOL_CAPABLE:DOT1X: MAC 00-01-02-4b-f1-a3 on Ten Gigabit
Ethernet1/0/13 is EAPOL capable.
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
245
2 dot1x test timeout dot1x test timeout
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the 802.1X readiness test timeout.
dot1x test timeout timeout
timeout
Specifies the interval value in seconds. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Defaults 10 seconds
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the 802.1X readiness test timeout.
None
To set the test timeout to 30 seconds: switch(config)# dot1x test timeout 30
See Also
246 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
dot1x timeout re-authperiod
2 dot1x timeout re-authperiod
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the 802.1X reauthorization-attempts interval.
dot1x timeout re-authperiod seconds no dot1x timeout re-authperiod
seconds
Specifies the seconds between reauthorization attempts. Valid values range from 1 through 4294967295 seconds.
Defaults 3600 seconds
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the number of seconds between reauthorization attempts on a specific interface.
Enter no dot1x timeout re-authperiod to return to the default setting.
To set 25 seconds as the amount of time between reauthorization attempts on a specific 1-gigabit
Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 190/0/9 switch(conf-if-gi-190/0/9)# dot1x timeout re-authperiod 25
See Also
To set the time between reauthorization attempts to the default value on a specific 40-gigabit
Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 180/0/5 switch(conf-if-fo-180/0/5)# no dot1x timeout re-authperiod
interface, dot1x timeout server-timeout, dot1x timeout supp-timeout, dot1x timeout tx-period
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
247
2 dot1x timeout server-timeout dot1x timeout server-timeout
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the 802.1X authentication-sever response timeout.
dot1x timeout server-timeout seconds no dot1x timeout server-timeout
seconds Specifies the number of seconds that a switch waits for the response from the 802.1X authentication server. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Defaults 30 seconds
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the authentication sever response timeout for a specific interface.
Enter no dot1x timeout server-timeout to return to the default setting.
To set 40 seconds as the switch-to-authentication server transmission time on a specific
10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# dot1x timeout server-timeout 40
See Also
To set the switch-to-authentication server transmission time to the default value on a specific
1-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 170/4/2 switch(conf-if-gi-170/4/2)# no dot1x timeout server-timeout
interface, dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout supp-timeout, dot1x timeout tx-period
248 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
dot1x timeout supp-timeout
2 dot1x timeout supp-timeout
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies the EAP response timeout for 802.1X authentication.
dot1x timeout supp-timeout seconds no dot1x timeout supp-timeout
seconds
Specifies the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to the
EAP frame. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Defaults 30 seconds
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the time in seconds that a switch waits for a response to an Extensible
Authentication Protocol (EAP) request frame from the client before resending the request.
Enter no dot1x timeout supp-timeout to return to the default setting.
To set 45 seconds as the switch-to-client retransmission time for the EAP request frame on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/8 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/8)# dot1x timeout supp-timeout 45
See Also
To set the switch-to-client retransmission time for the EAP request frame to the default value on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 190/0/16 switch(conf-if-fo-190/0/16)# no dot1x timeout supp-timeout
interface, dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout server-timeout, dot1x timeout tx-period
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
249
2 dot1x timeout tx-period dot1x timeout tx-period
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the time the switch waits for a response to an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) request or identity frame.
dot1x timeout tx-period seconds no dot1x timeout tx-period
seconds Specifies the time between successive request ID attempts. Valid values range from 1 through 65535 seconds.
Defaults 30 seconds
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the interval between successive attempts to request an ID (EAP ID Req) or identity frame from the client.
Enter no dot1x timeout tx-period to return to the default settings.
To set 34 as the number of seconds to wait for a response to an EAP-request or identity frame from the client before retransmitting the request on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 190/0/16 switch(conf-if-te-190/0/16)# dot1x timeout tx-period 34
See Also
To set the interval between successive attempts to request an ID (EAP ID Req) to the default value on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 180/0/8 switch(conf-if-fo-180/0/8)# no dot1x timeout tx-period
interface, dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout server-timeout, dot1x timeout supp-timeout
250 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
dpod
2 dpod
Synopsis
Operands
Manages Dynamic Ports on Demand (POD) assignments.
dpod rbridge-id/slot/port {reserve | release}
rbridge-id slot port
reserve
Defaults release
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies the slot number.
Specifies the port number.
Reserves a POD assignment for a port that is currently not able to come online but is expected to be viable in the future. A port license assignment that is reserved will be associated with the first port set that has a vacancy.
Removes a port from the port set to which it is currently assigned.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to manage Dynamic POD assignments.
A port POD assignment can only be released if the port is currently offline. Enter shutdown to take the port offline.
Do not release a port unless you plan to disconnect the optical link or disable the port persistently.
If the link (server or optical) is left in a state where the port could be brought online, the Dynamic
POD mechanism will detect this unassigned port and attempt to reassign it to a port set.
This command has no effect on Brocade VDX 6710 and Brocade VDX 8770 switches. These platforms do not support ports on demand.
In the Network OS v3.0.0 release this command is supported only on the local switch.
Examples To reserve a POD assignment: switch(config)# dpod 0/10 reserve switch(config-dpod-0/10)# exit switch(config)# dpod 0/11 reserve switch0(config-dpod-0/11)# exit
To remove a port from a POD port set: switch(config)# dpod 5/0/10 release switch(config-dpod-5/0/10)# exit switch(config)# dpod 5/0/11 release switch(config-dpod-5/0/11)# exit
See Also
show dpod, show running-config dpod
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
251
2 dscp-cos dscp-cos
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Specifies a user-defined mutation-map to be used on the port. dscp-cos map_name
map_name
None
The user-defined map-name.
Command Modes Policy-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify a user-defined mutation-map to be used on the port.
This command is allowed only for the Ingress direction.
This command can only be configured in for the class class-default command.
This command can lead to a possible contradiction if there are other user-defined classes used in the same policy-map which has a set CoS action configured. In this case, defined CoS takes priority over the mutation map.
Examples Typical command example: switch(config)# policy-map mutation switch(config-policymap)# class class-default switch(config-policyclass)# dscp-cos plsmap
See Also
252 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
dscp-mutation
2 dscp-mutation
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Specifies the dscp-mutation mutation-map to be used on the port. dscp-mutation map_name
map_name
None
The user-defined map-name.
Command Modes Policy-map configuration mode-
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the dscp-mutation mutation-map to be used on the port.
This command is allowed only for the ingress direction.
This command can only be configured in for the class class-default command.
This command can lead to a possible contradiction if there are other user-defined classes used in the same policy-map which has a set cos action configured. In this case-defined cos takes priority over the mutation map.
Examples Typical command example: switch(config)#policy-map mutation switch(config-policymap)#class class-default switch(config-policyclass)# dscp-mutation plsmap
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
253
2 dscp-traffic-class dscp-traffic-class
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Specifies the traffic-class mutation-map to be used on the port. dscp-traffic-class map_name
map_name
None
The user-defined map-name.
Command Modes Policy-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the traffic-class mutation-map to be used on the port.
This command is allowed only for the ingress direction.
This command can only be configured in for the class class-default command.
This command can lead to a possible contradiction if there are other user-defined classes used in the same policy-map which has a set cos action configured. In this case-defined cos takes priority over the mutation map.
Examples Typical command example: switch(config)#policy-map mutation switch(config-policymap)#class class-default switch(config-policyclass)# dscp-traffic-class plsmap
See Also
254 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ebs
2 ebs
Synopsis
Operands
Optional command for configuring the excess burst size of a class-map.
ebs ebs-size no ebs ebs-size
ebs-size Excess burst size. Valid values range from 1250 through 5000000000 bytes in increments of 1 byte.
Defaults None
Command Modes Policy-map class police configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the excess burst size of a class-map.
Only the police cir and cbs commands are mandatory for configuring a class-map.
If the optional parameters for a class-map are not set, they are treated as disabled. To delete parameters for a class-map, you must delete all policer parameters while in the policy-map class configuration mode using the no police cir command.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Use the no version of this command to remove the parameter from the class-map.
Examples This example configures a class-map called “default” within a policy-map. switch# configure terminal switch(config)# policy-map policymap1 switch(config-policymap)# class default switch (config-policymap-class)# police cir 40000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# ebs 400000
See Also
cbs,conform-set-dscp, conform-set-prec, conform-set-tc, eir, exceed-set-dscp, exceed-set-prec,
exceed-set-tc, police cir, police-priority-map, policy-map, qos cos, service-policy, set-priority
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
255
2 eir eir
Synopsis
Operands
Optional command for configuring the excess information rate for a class-map.
eir eir-rate no eir eir-rate
eir-rate
Excess information rate. Valid values range from 0 through 40000000000 bps in multiples of 40000.
Defaults None
Command Modes Policy-map class police configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the excess information rate for a class-map.
Only the police cir and cbs commands are mandatory for configuring a class-map.
If the optional parameters for a class-map are not set, they are treated as disabled. To delete parameters for a class-map, you must delete all policer parameters while in the policy-map class configuration mode using the no police cir command.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Use the no version of this command to remove the parameter from the class-map.
Examples This example configures a class-map called “default” within a policy-map. switch# configure terminal switch(config)# policy-map policymap1 switch(config-policymap)# class default switch (config-policymap-class)# police cir 40000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# eir 800000
See Also
cbs,conform-set-dscp, conform-set-prec, conform-set-tc, ebs, exceed-set-dscp, exceed-set-dscp,
exceed-set-tc, police cir, police-priority-map, policy-map, qos cos, service-policy, set-priority
256 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
hello-interval (ELD)
2 hello-interval (ELD)
Synopsis
This global level configuration defines the interval for sending edge-loop detection (ELD) PDUs. hello-interval milliseconds no hello-interval milliseconds
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes ELD configuration mode
Description The range is from 100 ms through 5 seconds.
Usage Guidelines milliseconds Interval time in milliseconds.
The default value is 1000 ms (one second)
Examples
This command applies only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
It is the user’s responsibility to make sure that the hello interval is set to the same value across the various VCS clouds. Otherwise, the ELD port shutdown will be non-deterministic.
Extreme caution must be taken when setting the hello-interval value to anything less than 1 second, as it will heavily increase the cpu load due to the amount of packets transmitted and received (depending on the number of ELD instances and other system configuration), and might cause undesirable performance and scalability results.
Enter no hello-interval milliseconds to return to the default setting.
To set the PDU hello-interval to 5 seconds: switch(config)# protocol edge-loop-detection switch(config-eld)# hello-interval 5000
To return the PDU hello-interval to the default value (1000 ms): switch(config-eld)# no hello-interval 5000
See Also
interface, clear edge-loop-detection, edge-loop-detection vlan, hello-interval, pdu-rx-limit,
show edge-loop-detection globals, show edge-loop-detection interface,
show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id, shutdown-time
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
257
2 edge-loop-detection port-priority edge-loop-detection port-priority
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the ELD priority for a port.
edge-loop-detection port-priority eld-priority no edge-loop-detection port-priority
eld-priority
Specifies the port priority. Valid values range from 0 through 256; a higher number indicates a lower priority.
Defaults ELD priority is 128.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to determine which of the ports involved in a loop will be disabled when the pdu-rx-limit for the Brocade VCS Fabric cluster is reached. The port with the lower priority (higher
ELD-priority setting) is the port that is selected to be disabled.
NOTE
If ELD must select between two ports with the same priority, ELD selects the port with the higher port ID to be disabled.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command applies only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
You must use edge-loop-detection to enable edge-loop detection separately on the port for the ELD priority to be effective.
Enter no edge-loop-detection port-priority to return to the default setting.
To set the ELD priority of a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface port: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 5/0/10 switch(cfg-if-te-5/0/10)# edge-loop-detection port-priority 5
To restore the default ELD priority of 128 to a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface port: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 8/1/12 switch(cfg-if-fo-8/1/12)# no edge-loop-detection port-priority
interface, clear edge-loop-detection, edge-loop-detection vlan, hello-interval, pdu-rx-limit,
show edge-loop-detection globals, show edge-loop-detection interface,
show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id, shutdown-time
258 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
edge-loop-detection vlan
2 edge-loop-detection vlan
Synopsis
Enables edge-loop detection (ELD) on a port and VLAN.
edge-loop-detection vlan vlan-ID no edge-loop-detection vlan vlan-ID
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable edge-loop detection for a specific VLAN ID.
Usage Guidelines vlan vlan-ID Specifies a VLAN. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)t.
Edge-loop detection is disabled.
Use the VLAN parameter to specify a VLAN and port on which to enable edge-loop detection.
The port must be a member of the specified VLAN or the command returns an error.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
This command applies to Brocade VCS Fabric mode only.
This functionality detects Layer 2 loops only.
Enter no edge-loop-detection vlan vlan_id to disable edge-loop detection on the specified VLAN.
Examples To enable edge-loop detection on VLAN 10 for a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface port: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/7 switch(conf-if-te-1/0/7)# edge-loop-detection vlan 10
See Also
To disable edge-loop detection on a specific 1-gigabit Ethernet interface port and a VLAN whose ID is 20: switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 170/1/9 switch(conf-if-gi-170/1/9)# no edge-loop-detection vlan 20
interface, clear edge-loop-detection, edge-loop-detection port-priority, hello-interval,
show edge-loop-detection globals, shutdown-time
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
259
2 enable statistics direction enable statistics direction
Synopsis
Enables collection of statistics for tunnels.
enable statistics direction { tx | rx | both} vlan [ add | remove ] VLAN_ID_range no enable statistics
Operands tx rx both add
Defaults None
Command Modes VXLAN Gateway Configuration mode
Description remove
VLAN_ID_range
Specifies the collecting of statistics for the transmitting tunnels.
Specifies the collecting of statistics for the receiving tunnels.
Specifies the collecting of statistics for both the transmitting and receiving tunnels.
Enables statistics collecting on specified VLAN IDs. You can use this option if you have disabled specific VLAN IDs and now want to re-enable them.
Disables statistics collecting on specified VLAN IDs.
Specifies the VLAN IDs for statistics reporting.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This configuration enables per-VLAN statistics collection for the packets sent and received over the tunnels associated with this gateway instance.
If you remove all VLAN IDs from statistics collection, statistics collection becomes disabled and the
remove option does not appear in the command line interface of this running configuration.
The only way to change the direction once you have run this command is to run the command no enable statistics, then rerun the command enable statistics direction.
The specified VLAN IDs must already be configured.
The no form of this command disables per-VLAN statistics collection for this gateway.
You cannot delete an attached VLAN if statistics collection is enabled on that VLAN.
To enable statistics collecting for all tunnels in both directions for VLAN IDs 1 through 10: switch# configure switch(config)# overlay-gateway gateway1 switch(config-overlay-gw-gateway1)# enable statistics direction both vlan 1-10
See Also
260 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
end end
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Returns to the Privileged EXEC command mode from all configuration modes.
end
None
None
Command Modes All configuration modes
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to return to the Privileged EXEC command mode from any command mode.
None
See Also
To return to the Privileged EXEC mode from interface configuration mode: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/0 switch(conf-if-te-0/0)# end
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
261
2 enable statistics direction enable statistics direction
Synopsis
Enables collection of statistics for tunnels.
enable statistics direction { tx | rx | both} vlan [ add | remove ] VLAN_ID_range no enable statistics
Operands tx rx both add
Defaults None
Command Modes VXLAN Gateway Configuration mode
Description remove
VLAN_ID_range
Specifies the collecting of statistics for the transmitting tunnels.
Specifies the collecting of statistics for the receiving tunnels.
Specifies the collecting of statistics for both the transmitting and receiving tunnels.
Enables statistics collecting on specified VLAN IDs. You can use this option if you have disabled specific VLAN IDs and now want to re-enable them.
Disables statistics collecting on specified VLAN IDs.
Specifies the VLAN IDs for statistics reporting.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This configuration enables per-VLAN statistics collection for the packets sent and received over the tunnels associated with this gateway instance.
If you remove all VLAN IDs from statistics collection, statistics collection becomes disabled and the
remove option does not appear in the command line interface of this running configuration.
The only way to change the direction once you have run this command is to run the command no enable statistics, then rerun the command enable statistics direction.
The specified VLAN IDs must already be configured.
The no form of this command disables per-VLAN statistics collection for this gateway.
You cannot delete an attached VLAN if statistics collection is enabled on that VLAN.
To enable statistics collecting for all tunnels in both directions for VLAN IDs 1 through 10: switch# configure switch(config)# overlay-gateway gateway1 switch(config-overlay-gw-gateway1)# enable statistics direction both vlan 1-10
See Also
262 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
enable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Virtual-router-group configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable a VRRP-Esession.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables a VRRP-E session.
enable no enable
Use the no form of this command to disable a VRRP-E session.
To enable a VRRP-E sesson on VRRP-E group 10 on interfacxe Ve 25: switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int ve 25 switch(config-ve-25)# vrrp-extended-group 10 switch(config-vrrp-extended-group-10)# enable
See Also
vrrp-group, vrrp-extended-group
enable
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
263
2 enforce-first-as (BGP) enforce-first-as (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
This option is disabled.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description Use this command to enforce the first AS path, causing the router to discard updates received from EGBP peers that do not list their AS number as the first AS path segment in the AS_PATH attribute of the incoming route.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enforces the use of the first autonomous system (AS) path for external BGP (EBGP) routes.
enforce-first-as no enforce-first-as
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To configure the device to enforce the use of the first AS path: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# enforce-first-as
See Also None
264 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
enodes-config
2 enodes-config
Synopsis
Configures the number of FCoE interfaces to be created on FCoE nodes (ENodes).
enodes-config {global | local} no enodes-config
Operands global The value set by the fcoe-enodes command on all nodes in the cluster is changed on all RBridges in the cluster to the maximum of all values set by the fcoe-enodes command. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Defaults local
The default is local.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode, fabric map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of FCoE interfaces to be created on ENodes.
In previous Network OS releases, the number of Virtual Fabric ports was configured globally on all switches in a VCS cluster.
With the option set to global, the value set by the fcoe-enodes command on all nodes in the cluster is changed on all RBridges in the cluster to the maximum of all values set by the fcoe-enodes command. The number of additional FCoE interfaces created is the difference between the value set by the max-enodes command and the value set by the fcoe-enodes command. The value of max-enodes is set to the maximum of the value set by the fcoe-enodes command, with a default of
256.
The option must be set to global for the system to downgrade from Network OS v4.1.0 or later to
Network OS v4.0.0. The values set by the max-enodes command or the fcoe-enodes command are not modified; once the global option is executed, you cannot modify the value of fcoe-enodes in an
RBridge context, or the value of max-enodes in a global context.
Following an upgrade to Network OS v4.1.0 or later, the default is set to local. With the option set to local, a downgrade is not allowed.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
Examples To configure the device to enable a downgrade to the previous Network OS release, execute the fabric-map default command in RBridge ID configuration mode, then issue the enodes-config global command: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# fabric-map default switch(config-rbridge-id-10-fcoe-fabric-map)# enodes-config global
See Also
To return to the default setting, issue either of the following commands: switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# no enodes-config switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# enodes-config local fcoe-enodes, max-enodes
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
265
2 error-disable-timeout enable error-disable-timeout enable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enables the timer to bring the interface out of the error-disabled state.
error-disable-timeout enable
None
None
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable the timer to bring the interface out of the disabled state.
When the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard disables a port, the port remains in the disabled state unless the port is enabled manually. This command allows you to enable the interface from the disabled state.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all the RBridge nodes.
Examples To bring the interface out of the disabled state: switch(conf-rstp)# error-disable-timeout enable
See Also
error-disable-timeout interval
266 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
error-disable-timeout interval
2 error-disable-timeout interval
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the timeout for errors on an interface.
error-disable-timeout interval seconds no error-disable-timeout interval
seconds
Specifies the time for the interface to time out. Valid values range from 10 through 1000000 seconds.
Defaults
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the interface to time out when an error occurs.
Usage Guidelines
300 seconds
The timeout feature is disabled.
Examples
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all the RBridge nodes.
Enter no error-disable-timeout interval to return to the default setting.
To set the timeout value to 10 seconds: switch(conf-rstp)# error-disable-timeout interval 10
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
267
2 exceed-set-dscp exceed-set-dscp
Synopsis
Operands
Optional command for configuring the CIR packet IP precedence of a class-map.
exceed-set-dscp dscp-num no exceed-set-dscp dscp-num
dscp-num
Specifies that traffic with bandwidth requirements that exceed the rate configured for CIR and sent to the EIR bucket will have packet IP precedence set to the value in the dscp-num variable. Valid values are 0 through 7.
Defaults None
Command Modes Policy-map class police configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the CIR packet IP precedence of a class-map.
Only the police cir and cbs commands are mandatory for configuring a class-map.
If the optional parameters for a class-map are not set, they are treated as disabled. To delete parameters for a class-map, you must delete all policer parameters while in the policy-map class configuration mode using the no police cir command.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Use the no version of this command to remove the parameter from the class-map.
Examples Example of setting this parameter.
switch(config-policymap)# class default switch (config-policymap-class)# police cir 40000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# exceed-set-dscpc 4
See Also
cbs,conform-set-dscp, conform-set-prec, conform-set-tc, ebs, eir, exceed-set-prec, exceed-set-tc,
police cir, police-priority-map, policy-map, qos cos, service-policy, set-priority
268 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
exceed-set-prec
2 exceed-set-prec
Synopsis
Operands
Optional command for configuring the CIR packet IP precedence of a class-map.
exceed-set-prec prec-num no exceed-set-prec prec-num
prec-num
Specifies that traffic with bandwidth requirements that exceed the rate configured for CIR and sent to the EIR bucket will have packet IP precedence set to the value in the prec-num variable. Valid values are 0 through 7.
Defaults None
Command Modes Policy-map class police configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the CIR packet IP precedence of a class-map.
Only the police cir and cbs commands are mandatory for configuring a class-map.
If the optional parameters for a class-map are not set, they are treated as disabled. To delete parameters for a class-map, you must delete all policer parameters while in the policy-map class configuration mode using the no police cir command.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Use the no version of this command to remove the parameter from the class-map.
Examples Example of setting this parameter.
switch(config-policymap)# class default switch (config-policymap-class)# police cir 40000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# exceed-set-prec 4
See Also
cbs,conform-set-dscp, conform-set-prec, conform-set-tc, ebs, eir, exceed-set-dscp, exceed-set-tc,
police cir, police-priority-map, policy-map, qos cos, service-policy, set-priority
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
269
2 exceed-set-tc exceed-set-tc
Synopsis
Operands
Optional command for configuring the queue assignment of the trafficclass variable for a class-map.
exceed-set-tc trafficclass no exceed-set-tc trafficclass
trafficclass
Specifies that traffic with bandwidth requirements that exceed the rate configured for CIR and is in the limit of what is configured for EIR will have its traffic class (internal queue assignment) set to the value in the
trafficclass variable. Valid values are 0 through 7.
Defaults None
Command Modes Policy-map class police configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the queue assignment of the trafficclass variable for a a class-map.
Only the police cir and cbs commands are mandatory for configuring a class-map.
If the optional parameters for a class-map are not set, they are treated as disabled. To delete parameters for a class-map, you must delete all policer parameters while in the policy-map class configuration mode using the no police cir command.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Use the no version of this command to remove the parameter from the class-map.
Examples Example of setting this parameter.
switch(config-policymap)# class default switch (config-policymap-class)# police cir 40000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)# exceed-set-tc 4
See Also
cbs,conform-set-dscp, conform-set-prec, conform-set-tc, ebs, eir, exceed-set-dscp,
exceed-set-prec, police cir, police-priority-map, policy-map, qos cos, service-policy, set-priority
270 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
exit
2 exit
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Exits the current mode and returns to the previous mode.
exit
None
None
Command Modes All command modes
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to exit the current mode, and return to the previous mode.
When used in EXEC and Privileged EXEC modes, the exit command terminates the session.
To exit the Interface configuration mode, and return to the global configuration mode: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# exit switch(config)# exit
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
271
2 external-lsdb-limit (OSPF) external-lsdb-limit (OSPF)
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the maximum size of the external link state database (LSDB).
external-lsdb-limit value no external-lsdb-limit
value
Maximum size of the external LSDB. The maximum allowed value is 14913080.
Defaults 14913080
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure the maximum size of the external LSDB. If you change the value, make sure to save the running-config file and reload the software. The change does not take effect until you reload or reboot the software.
Enter no external-lsdb-limit to return to the default setting.
To set the limit of the LSDB to 20000: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# external-lsdb-limit 20000
See Also
database-overflow-interval (OSPF)
272 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fabric ecmp load-balance
2 fabric ecmp load-balance
Synopsis
Configures the hashing fields.
fabric ecmp load-balance [dst-mac-vid | src-dst-ip | src-dst-ip-mac-vid | src-dst-ip-mac-vid-port | src-dst-ip-port | src-dst-mac-vid | src-mac-vid]
Operands dst-mac-vid src-dst-ip
Configures the command to use destination MAC address and VID-based load balancing.
Configures the command to use source and destination IP address-based load balancing.
src-dst-ip-mac-vid src-dst-ip-mac-vid-port
Configures the command to use source and destination IP, MAC address,
VID and TCP/UDP port-based load balancing.
src-dst-ip-port
Configures the command to use source and destination IP and
MAC address and VID-based load balancing.
src-dst-mac-vid
Configures the command to use source and destination IP and TCP/UDP port-based load balancing.
Configures the command to use source and destination MAC address and
VID-based load balancing.
src-mac-vid Configures the command to use source MAC address and VID-based load balancing.
Defaults None
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to configure the list of fields (in the incoming packets), used for hashing.
This command does not function in standalone mode.
To set the ECMP load balance to use source and destination IP address-based load balancing: switch(config)# rbridge-id 2 switch(config-rbridge-id-2)# fabric ecmp load-balance src-dst-ip
fabric ecmp load-balance-hash-swap
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
273
2 fabric ecmp load-balance-hash-swap fabric ecmp load-balance-hash-swap
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures how to swap the input fields before feeding them to the hash function.
fabric ecmp load-balance-hash-swap value
value
None
The control value. Valid values range from 0x0 through 0xFFFFFFFF.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure how to swap the input fields before feeding them to the hash function. The variable value for this command is interpreted as the bitwise control of the 212-bit key. Each bit controls whether 2 adjacent bits of the key are to be swapped. This 32-bit control value is written to all four hash swap control registers. This means that this value is replicated in a
32-bit block to form a 106-bit value. A value of 0x0 does not swap any input fields, while a value of
0xffffffff swaps all 106 input bit-pairs.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command does not function in standalone mode.
None
274 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fabric isl enable
2 fabric isl enable
Synopsis
Enables and disables the administration and operational state of an Inter-Switch Link (ISL). fabric isl enable no fabric isl enable
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the state of an ISL. If the port is connected to another switch when this command is issued, the fabric may reconfigure.
Usage Guidelines
None
ISL ports are enabled persistently.
Examples
No edge port configuration is allowed on an ISL.
This command functions in Brocade VCS Fabric mode only.
Enter no fabric isl enable command to disable the administration and operational state of an inter-switch link (ISL).
To enable the administration and operational state of an ISL on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/18 switch(config-if-te-1/0/18)# fabric isl enable
See Also
To disable the administration and operational state of an ISL on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 1/1/15 switch(config-if-fo-1/1/15)# no fabric isl enable
interface, diag setcycle, show diag burninstatus
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
275
2 fabric neighbor-discovery disable fabric neighbor-discovery disable
Synopsis
Disables neighbor discovery for Brocade devices on a per-interface basis. fabric neighbor-discovery disable no fabric neighbor-discovery
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to disable neighbor discovery for Brocade devices on a specified interface.
Usage Guidelines
None
Neighbor discovery is enabled by default.
Examples
This command functions in Brocade VCS Fabric mode only.
Use the no form of this command to reenable neighbor discovery on this interface.
To disable neighbor discovery on a specified tengigabitethernet interface: switch# configure switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/18 switch(config-if-te-1/0/18)# fabric neighbor-discovery disable
See Also None
276 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fabric route mcast
2 fabric route mcast
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the multicast priority for the local RBridge in the fabric. fabric route mcast rbridge-id rbridge-id priority priority rbridge-id
rbridge-id
priority
Defaults
priority
Priority is 1.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Sets a priority. The highest priority overrides the lowest RBridge ID and becomes the root.
Specifies the priority number of the RBridge.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the multicast priority for the local RBridge in the fabric. The multicast routing information indicates all ports that are members of the multicast distribution tree: ports that are able to send and receive multicast frames.
The root of the tree is auto-selected as the switch with the lowest RBridge ID.
This command is not valid in standalone mode.
Examples To change an RBridge multicast priority: switch(config)# fabric route mcast rbridge-id 45 priority 5 switch(config)# exit switch# show running-config fabric route mcast rbridge-id 45 priority fabric route mcast rbridge-id 45 priority 5
See Also
show fabric route multicast, show fabric route topology, show running-config fabric route mcast
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
277
2 fabric trunk enable fabric trunk enable
Synopsis
Enables and disables trunking on a port.
fabric trunk enable no fabric trunk enable
Operands
Defaults
None
Fabric trunking is enabled.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable trunking on a port. When the command is executed to update the trunking configuration, the port to which the configuration applies is disabled and subsequently re-enabled with the new trunking configuration. Traffic through the ports may be temporarily disrupted.
Usage Guidelines Enabling trunking requires an ISL trunking license. You can disable trunking without a license.
This command functions in Brocade VCS Fabric mode only.
ISLs are not allowed on breakout ports.
Enter no fabric trunk enable command to disable trunking on a port.
NOTE
Trunks are not supported between Brocade 8000 and Brocade VDX 8770 switches.
Examples
See Also
To enable a port for trunking on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface port: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/18 switch(config-if-te-1/0/18)# fabric trunk enable
To disable a port for trunking on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface port: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 8/10/15 switch(config-if-fo-8/10/15)# no fabric trunk enable
278 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fabric vlag
2 fabric vlag
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the load balancing feature on a remote RBridge.
fabric vlag port-channel-id load-balance flavor
port-channel-id
The port channel ID.
load-balance flavor The flavor to assign to the remote RBridge. Refer to the Description.
Defaults The default flavor is src-dst-ip-mac-vid-port.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the load balancing feature on a remote RBridge which is not a member of the vLAG (also known as a nonlocal RBridge), to forward traffic to a vLAG. To distribute the traffic among the possible paths towards the VLAG, you can configure the vlag-load-balancing flavor on RB2. Available flavors are listed below.
Load balance flavors dst-mac-vid src-mac-vid src-dst-mac-vid src-dst-ip src-dst-ip-mac-vid src-dst-ip-port src-dst-ip-mac-vid-port
Destination MAC address and VID based load balancing.
Source MAC address and VID based load balancing.
Source and Destination MAC address and VID based load balancing.
Source and Destination IP address based load balancing.
Source and Destination IP and MAC address and VID based load balancing.
Source and Destination IP and TCP/UDP port based load balancing.
Source and Destination IP, MAC address, VID and TCP/UDP port based load balancing.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Additionally, an RBridge can be set to a different flavor for different vLAGs present in the cluster.
This feature is available for each RBridge and each VLAG, so different load-balance flavors can be set for traffic directed towards different vLAGs.
None switch(config)# rbridge-id 2 switch(config-rbridge-id-2)# fabric vlag 20 load-balance dst-mac-vid switch(config-rbridge-id-2)# end
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
279
2 fabric-map fabric-map
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enables FCoE fabric-map configuration mode.
fabric-map default
None
None
Command Modes FCoE configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable the FCoE fabric-map configuration mode. An FCOE fabric-map is equivalent to an FC Virtual-Fabric.
The only map name allowed is “default.”
You must be in the feature configuration mode for FCoE for this command to function.
This command does not function in standalone mode.
Examples switch(config)# fcoe switch(config-fcoe)# fabric-map default switch(config-fcoe-fabric-map)#
See Also
280 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fast-external-failover (BGP)
2 fast-external-failover (BGP)
Synopsis
Resets the session if a link to an EBGP peer goes down.
fast-external-failover no fast-external-failover
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description Use this command to terminate and reset external BGP sessions of an directly adjacent peer if the link to the peer goes down, without waiting for the timer, set by the BGP timers command, to expire.
Usage Guidelines
None
This option is disabled.
Examples
This can improve BGP conversion time, but can also lead to instability in the BGP routing table as a result of a flapping interface.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To configure the device to reset the session if a link to an EBGP peer goes down: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# fast-external-failover
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
281
2 fastboot fastboot
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Reboots the control processor (CP), bypassing the power-on self-tests (POST).
fastboot
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to perform a “cold reboot” (power off and restart) of the control processor, bypassing POST when the system comes back up. Bypassing POST can reduce boot time significantly.
The fastboot operation is disruptive, and the command prompts for confirmation before executing.
When you reboot a switch connected to a fabric, all traffic to and from that switch stops. All ports on that switch remain inactive until the switch comes back online.
On a modular chassis, the fastboot commands only reboots the management module on which the command is executed. If you log in to the switch IP address and execute the fastboot command, only the active management module reboots and POST is bypassed.
Examples
See Also
To perform a cold reboot on the switch: switch# fastboot
Are you sure you want to fastboot the switch [y/n]?: y
282 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fcmap
2 fcmap
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults The FPMA FCMAP value is 0E:FC:00.
Command Modes FCoE fabric-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the FPMA FCMAP value for the FCoE fabric-map.
You must be in the feature configuration mode for FCoE fabric-map for this command to function.
This command does not function in standalone mode.
Examples
Configures the FCMAP for an FCoE fabric-map. fcmap hh:hh:hh
hh:hh:hh
A valid FPMA FCMAP value. Valid values range from 0E:FC:00 through
0E:FC:FF.
See Also switch# configuration terminal switch(config)# fcoe switch(config-fcoe)# fabric-map default switch(config-fcoe-fabric-map)# fcmap 0E:FC:00
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
283
2 fcoe fcoe
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enables the FCoE configuration mode.
fcoe
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to enable the FCoE configuration mode, allowing configuration of FCoE.
None switch(config)# fcoe switch(config-fcoe)#
See Also
284 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fcoe-enodes
2 fcoe-enodes
Synopsis
Sets the number of FCoE ENodes that are to be created on a switch.
fcoe-enodes number no fcoe-enodes
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode, fabric map configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the number of FCoE ENodes that are to be created on a switch.
Usage Guidelines
number
The default value is 64.
The number of FCoE interfaces. The range is from 0 through 1000.
Examples
This command replaces the max-enodes command.
If the user tries to configure the number of FCoE interfaces with the above command, an error is thrown as in the following example: switch(config)# fcoe switch(config-fcoe)# fabric-map default switch(config-fcoe-fabric-map)# max-enodes 500
%Error: This command is not allowed to configure max enodes. Please use fcoe-enodes under rbridge mode.
This feature requires an FCoE license. If that license is not present, the number of FCoE ENodes created is 0. When that license is removed, it is recommended that the switch be rebooted. The number of FCoE ENodes created is set to 0 and all interfaces are deleted.
To set the number of FCoE ENodes to be created to 67: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 sw0(config-rbridge-id-10)# fcoe sw0(config-rbridge-fcoe)# fabric-map default sw0(config-rbridge-fcoe-fabric-map)# fcoe-enodes 67
2013/08/16-09:59:11, [FCOE-1035], 9267, DCE, INFO, sw0, Virtual FCoE port 1/19/65 is online.
2013/08/16-09:59:11, [FCOE-1035], 9268, DCE, INFO, sw0, Virtual FCoE port 1/19/66 is online.
2013/08/16-09:59:11, [FCOE-1035], 9269, DCE, INFO, sw0, Virtual FCoE port 1/19/67 is online.
sw0(config-rbridge-id-19-fcoe-fabric-map)#
See Also fabric-map, enodes-config
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
285
2 fcoe-profile (AMPP) fcoe-profile (AMPP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Activates the FCoE profile configuration mode for AMPP. fcoe-profile
None
None
Command Modes Port-profile configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to activate the FCoE profile configuration mode for AMPP. This allows configuration of the FCoE attributes of a port-profile.
The only fcoe-profile name allowed is “default”.
switch(config)# port-profile default switch(config-port-profile-default)# fcoe-profile switch(config-fcoe-profile)# fcoeport default
See Also None
286 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fcoeport
2 fcoeport
Synopsis
Provisions a port with the default FCoE map.
fcoeport map no fcoeport
Operands
Defaults
This must be default.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure a specific port to be an FCoE port with the assigned map name default.
Usage Guidelines
map
None
Examples
See Also
The only map name allowed is default.
Enter no fcoeport to remove the FCoE port configuration from the applicable port.
To provision a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface port with the default FCoE map: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 101/0/1 switch(conf-if-te-101/0/1)# fcoeport default
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
287
2 fcsp auth fcsp auth
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the protocol specific parameters.
fcsp auth auth-type dh-chap group {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | *} hash {sha1 | md5 | all} policy switch {on
| off | active | passive} auth-type dh-chap group hash policy switch
Authentication type is DH-CHAP.
Specifies the DH group value. This parameter sets the strength of the secret. Values are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or *. The asterisk (*) indicates all values (0 through 4). The default value is *.
Specifies the hash type used for authentication. Possible values are sha1, md5, or all (sha1 and md5). The default option is all.
Configures the switch authentication policy attribute. Values are on, off, passive, or active. The default switch policy is passive.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
RBridge ID configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the authentication policy attributes and controls its behavior. The policy configuration includes protocol specific parameters such as authentication type, DH-group value, and hash type. It also defines whether the policy is enabled or disabled and how strictly it is enforced.
Usage Guidelines The authentication policy can be set to any of these values:
•
ON — Strict authentication is enforced on all E-ports. The ISL goes down (port disable) if the connecting switch does not support the authentication or the policy is OFF. During switch initialization, authentication is initiated on all E-ports automatically. The authentication is initiated automatically during the E-port bring-up by fabric module. The authentication handshaking is completed before the switches exchange the fabric parameters (EFP) for
E-port bring-up.
•
ACTIVE — In this policy, the switch is more tolerant and can be connected to a switch with any type of policy. During switch initialization, authentication is initiated on all E-ports, but the port is not disabled if the connecting switch does not support authentication or the authentication policy is OFF. The authentication is initiated automatically during the E_Port bring-up.
•
PASSIVE (default) — The switch does not initiate authentication, but participates in authentication if the connecting switch initiates authentication. The switch does not start authentication on E_Ports, but accepts the incoming authentication requests, and will not disable if the connecting switch does not support authentication or the policy is OFF.
•
OFF — The switch does not support authentication and rejects any authentication negotiation request from neighbor switch. A switch with the policy OFF should not be connected to a switch with policy ON, since the ON policy is strict and disables the port if any switch rejects the authentication. DH-CHAP shared secrets should be configured before switching on the policy from OFF state.
After the authentication negotiation succeeds, the DH-CHAP authentication is initiated. If DH-CHAP authentication fails, the port is disabled. This behavior applies to all modes of the policy.
288 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fcsp auth
2
Examples
Authentication policy configuration is not distributed across the cluster. The rbridge-id of the node should be used to configure protocol and policy configurations.
Standalone mode
To set the authentication type: switch(config)# fcsp auth auth-type dh-chap
To set only the hash type: switch(config)# fcsp auth auth-type hash md5
To activate the device authentication policy: switch(config)# fcsp auth policy switch active
VCS mode
NOTE
This command is not distributed across the cluster. The RBridge ID of the node should be used to configure protocol and policy configurations.
To set only the authentication type: switch(config)# rbridge-id 3 switch(config-rbridge-id-3)# fcsp auth auth-type dh-chap
To set only the hash type: switch(config)# rbridge-id 2 switch(config-rbridge-id-2)# fcsp authhashsha1
To activate the device authentication policy: switch(config)# rbridge-id 2 switch(config-rbridge-id-2)# fcsp authpolicy switch active
See Also
fcsp auth-secret dhchap, show fcsp auth-secret dh-chap, show running-config fcsp auth
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
289
2 fcsp auth-secret dhchap fcsp auth-secret dhchap
Synopsis
Operands node switch_wwn Specifies the world wide name (WWN) of the peer.
peer-secret secret_key
Specifies the secret of the peer that authenticates the peer to the local switch.
local-secret secret_key
Specifies the local secret that authenticates the local switch to the peer.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Sets the shared secret for DH CHAP authentication.
fcsp auth-secret dhchap node switch_wwn peer-secret secret_key local-secret secret_key no fcsp auth-secret dhchap node switch_wwn
Examples
Use this command to set the shared secret for DH-CHAP authentication.
The local and peer secret keys must be between 8 and 40 characters long.
Only the following non-alphanumeric characters are valid for the secret key:
@ $ % ^ & * ( ) _ + - < > { } [ ] ; ' :
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 6730 switches.
Enter no fcsp auth-secret dhchap node switch_wwnn to remove the DHCHAP authentication secrets from the data base, so that the switch with the given WWN cannot connect to the local switch.
To set the shared secret for DH-CHAP authentication: switch# fcsp auth-secret dhchap node 50:00:51:ed:2d:c0:1e:64 \peer-secret
12345678 local-secret 87654321
See Also
To remove the DH-CHAP authentication secrets from the database: switch# no fcsp auth-secret dh-chap node 50:00:51:ed:2d:c0:1e:64
Shared secret successfully removed
fcsp auth, show fcsp auth-secret dh-chap, show running-config fcsp auth
290 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fill-word
2 fill-word
Synopsis
Operands
See Also
Configures the link initialization and fill word primitives for an 8 Gbps Fibre Channel port.
fill-word {idle-idle | arbff-arbff | idle-arbff | aa-then-ia} idle-idle arbff-arbff idle-arbff aa-then-ia
Sets IDLE mode for the link initialization and IDLE as the fill word.
Sets ARB(ff) for the link initialization and ARB(ff) as the fill word,
Sets IDLE mode for the link initialization and ARB(ff) as the fill word,
Attempts arbff-arbff first. If the attempt fails, goes into idle-arbff mode.
The aa-then-ia mode is preferable as it captures more cases.
Defaults The fill-word value is idle-idle.
Command Modes Interface Fibre Channel configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the link initialization and fill word for an 8 Gbps Fibre Channel port.
By default, this command disables and re-enables the port and the port comes online with the new fill word setting.
This command can be used only on Network OS platforms with Fibre Channel ports
(Brocade VDX 6730-32 and Brocade VDX 6730-76 switches), in Brocade VCS Fabric mode, and with the FCoE license installed.
This command should be left at the default setting unless the remote port requires a specific setting for fill word.
Examples To set the fill word Fibre Channel port attribute: switch(config)# interface FibreChannel 7/0/2 switch(config-FibreChannel-7/0/2)# fill-word arbff-arbff
desire-distance, interface, isl-r_rdy, long-distance, show running-config interface FibreChannel,
shutdown, speed (Fibre Channel), trunk-enable, vc-link-init
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
291
2 filter-change-update-delay filter-change-update-delay
Synopsis
Operands
Sets a delay to change the delay in the filter-change status prompt from the default. filter-change-update-delay delay_time no filter-change-update-delay
delay_time
The delay, in seconds, in the filter-change status prompt. Range is from 0 through 600.
Defaults The default value is 10.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to change the delay in the filter-change status prompt from the default.
Enter 0 (zero) or use the no form of this command to disable the timer.
Examples
See Also
None
None
292 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fips root disable
2 fips root disable
Synopsis
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines
Permanently disables root access to a switch for compliance with Federal Information Processing
Standards (FIPS).
fips root disable
None
Defaults Root access is enabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to disable root access to a switch permanently when preparing the switch for
FIPS compliance. Refer to the Network OS Administrator’s Guide for details about preparing a switch for FIPS compliance.
Under normal operation, this command is hidden to prevent accidental use. Enter the unhide fips
command with password “fibranne” to make the command available.
This command applies only in the standalone mode. It can be issued only from a user account with the admin role assigned.
CAUTION
Once root access is disabled, it cannot be re-enabled.
Examples
See Also
To disable root access to a switch: switch# unhide fips
Password: ***** switch# fips root disable
This operation disables root account. Do you want to continue? [yes,NO] yes
cipherset, fips selftests, fips zeroize, prom-access disable, show prom-access, unhide fips
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
293
2 fips selftests fips selftests
Synopsis
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines
Enables Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) self tests which will be performed when the switch boots. If the tests run successfully, the switch comes up in the FIPS compliant state.
fips selftests
None
Defaults The switch operates in the non-FIPS compliant state.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to enable FIPS self tests on the switch. These self tests include known answer tests (KATs) that exercise various features of FIPS algorithms and conditional tests that test the randomness of random number generators and check for signed firmware. These tests run when the switch boots. Successful completion of these tests places the switch into the FIPS-compliant state. If any test returns an error, the switch reboots and runs the tests again. Whether tests succeed or fail, you cannot return the switch to the non-FIPS compliant state.
You typically use this command after disabling non-FIPS compliant features on the switch and configuring secure ciphers, but before zeroizing the switch with the fips zeroize command. These non-FIPS compliant features that must be disabled include Brocade VCS Fabric mode, the
Boot PROM, root access, TACACS+ authentication, and the dot1x feature. Secure ciphers that must be configured are for the SSH protocol and (optionally) for the Lightweight Directory Access
Protocol (LDAP) protocol. The fips zeroize command erases all critical security parameters and reboots the switch. Refer to the Network OS Administrator’s Guide for details about preparing a switch for FIPS compliance.
Under normal operation, this command is hidden to prevent accidental use. Enter the unhide fips command with password “fibranne” to make the command available.
This command applies only in the standalone mode. It can be entered only from a user account with the admin role assigned.
CAUTION
This command should be used only by qualified personnel. Once a switch is in the FIPS-compliant state, you cannot return it to the non-FIPS compliant state.
Examples
See Also
To enable the FIPS self tests: switch# unhide fips
Password: ***** switch# fips selftests
Self tests enabled
fips root disable, fips zeroize, prom-access disable, show prom-access, unhide fips
294 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fips zeroize
2 fips zeroize
Synopsis
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines
Removes all critical security parameters from a switch in readiness for compliance with Federal
Information Processing Standards (FIPS) and reboots the switch.
fips zeroize
None
Defaults The switch operates in the non-FIPS compliant state.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to erase all critical security parameters from the switch in readiness for FIPS compliance including passwords, shared secrets, and private keys. This command also reboots the switch. If FIPS self tests are enabled and they run successfully during reboot, then the switch comes up in the FIPS-compliant mode. If the FIPS self tests return errors, the switch reboots and runs the tests again.
Typical use of this command is after disabling non-FIPs compliant features, configuring secure ciphers, and enabling FIPS self tests with the fips selftests command. These non-FIPS compliant features that must be disabled include Brocade VCS Fabric mode, the Boot PROM, root access,
TACACS+ authentication, and the dot1x feature. Secure ciphers that must be configured are for the SSH protocol and (optionally) for the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) protocol.
Refer to the Network OS Administrator’s Guide for details about preparing a switch for FIPS compliance.
Under normal operation, this command is hidden to prevent accidental use. Enter the unhide fips command with password “fibranne” to make the command available.
This command applies only in the standalone mode. This command can be entered only from a user account with the admin role assigned.
CAUTION
This command should be used only by qualified personnel. Once a switch is in the FIPS-compliant state, you cannot return it to the non-FIPS compliant state.
Examples
See Also
To erase all critical security parameters from a switch: switch# unhide fips
Password: ***** switch(config)# fips zeroize
This operation erases all passwords, shared secrets, private keys etc. on the switch. Do you want to continue? [yes,NO] yes
fips selftests, fips root disable, prom-access disable, show prom-access, unhide fips
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
295
2 firmware activate firmware activate
Synopsis
Operands
Activates the firmware in the Local or remote nodes after installing the firmware that was downloaded with firmware download noactivate selected. firmware activate [rbridge-id {rbridgeid_1-rbridgeid_3, rbridgeid_5} | all] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node. Values can be a range of nodes or individual nodes and are separated by a comma.
Specifies all identifiers for a node. The command applies to all of the nodes.
Defaults Activation of the firmware is performed manually by default after a download.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Reboots (activates) the switch after a firmware upgrade.
In a switch, this command will swap the CF partitions, reboot the system, and commit the new firmware on the CF partitions.
In a chassis, this command will swap the CF partition in both management modules, reboot the standby management module, forcing an HA failover on the active management module, download firmware to all line cards, and then commit firmware on all management modules and line cards.
If firmware activate is set to noactive with the firmware download command, firmware will be loaded to secondary partitions of both management modules and to all line cards without auto activating.
If firmware activate is set with the firmware download command, the firmware is activated on all nodes.
After firmware has been upgraded on a node, the firmware must be activated.
The rbridge-id operand is supported in VCS mode only.
Examples Standalone mode
To activate firmware on a switch: switch# firmware activate
This command will use the ISSU protocol to upgrade the system. It will cause a
WARM reboot and will require that existing telnet, secure telnet or SSH sessions be restarted.
Do you want to continue? [y/n]: y
2010/01/29-23:48:35, [HAM-1004], 226, switchid 1, CHASSIS | VCS, INFO,
Brocade_Elara2, Switch will be rebooted with the new firmware.
VCS mode
To activate firmware on switch nodes 1, 2, 3, and 5: switch# firmware activate rbridge-id rid1-rid3,rid5
296 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
firmware activate
2
See Also
firmware download, firmware restore, show version, show firmwaredownloadstatus
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
297
2 firmware commit firmware commit
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Commits a firmware upgrade.
firmware commit
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to copy the firmware image from the primary partition to the secondary partition. This command is effective only after a firmware download (with auto-commit mode disabled) and a reboot.
Usage Guidelines The firmware download command updates the secondary partitions only. When the firmware download command completes successfully and the switch reboots, the system swaps partitions. The primary partition (with the previous firmware) becomes the secondary partition, and the secondary partition (with the new firmware) becomes the primary partition.
By default, firmware download automatically commits the firmware after the switch reboots. If you disable auto-commit mode when running firmware download, you must execute one of the following two commands after you reboot the switch:
• firmware commit: Copies the primary partition (with the new firmware) to the secondary partition and commits the new firmware to both partitions.
• firmware restore: Copies the secondary partition (with the previous firmware) to the primary partition and restores the original firmware version.
This command is supported only on the local management modules.
You must run the firmware download command with the nocommit parameter set for the following firmware commit operation to succeed.
Examples
See Also
To commit the firmware: switch# firmware commit
Validating primary partition...
Doing firmwarecommit now.
Please wait ...
Replicating kernel image
...............
FirmwareCommit completes successfully.
firmware download, show version
298 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
firmware download
2 firmware download
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Downloads the firmware on the local switch.
firmware download {default-config |ftp | scp | sftp | usb| interactive} [manual] [nocommit]
[noreboot] [noactivate] host {hostname | host_ip_address} user username password password directory directory [file file_name] [vcs-mode vcs mode] [vcs-id vcs ID] [rbridge-id rbridge ID]] default-config interactive manual
Sets the configuration back to default except for the following parameters:
VCS mode, VCS ID, and RBridge ID. These three parameters are retained except when the options to change their values are specified.
ftp | scp | sftp | usb Valid protocols are ftp (File Transfer Protocol) or scp (Secure Copy), sftp
(SSH File Transfer Protocol), usb (universal serial bus). The values are not case-sensitive.
Runs firmware download in interactive mode. You are prompted for input.
Updates a single management module in a chassis with two management modules. You must log in to the management module through its dedicated management IP address. This parameter is ignored when issued on a compact switch or in a chassis with only one management module.
nocommit noreboot
Disables auto-commit mode. When auto-commit mode is disabled, firmware is downloaded only to the primary partition. You must execute the firmware commit command manually to propagate the new image to the secondary partition.
Disables auto-reboot mode. When auto-reboot mode is disabled, you must reboot the switch manually. noactivate host
hostname
Specifies an IPv4 DNS host name.
host_ip_address Specifies the host IP address. IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
directory directory
Downloads the firmware to the system without activating it.
Specifies the host by DNS name or IP address.
file file_name
Specifies a fully qualified path to the directory where the firmware is located.
Specifies the firmware .plist file. This parameter is optional; if unspecified, the default file, release.plist, is used.
user username Specifies the user login name for the host.
password password Specifies the account password.
vcs-mode vcs mode Specifies the new VCS mode. If not set, the existing VCS mode is used. It is only available in local firmware download.
vcs-id vcs ID Specifies the new VCS ID. If not set, the existing VCS ID is used. It is only available in local firmware download.
rbridge-id rbridge ID Specifies the new RBridge ID. If not set, the existing RBridge ID is used. It is only available in local firmware download.
firmware download performs an auto-reboot and a subsequent auto-commit operation.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
299
2 firmware download
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to download firmware from an external host or from an attached USB device.
You can run this command interactively or provide the parameters on the command line.
The device components supported by this command have two partitions of nonvolatile storage
(primary and secondary) to store two firmware images. This command always downloads the new image to the secondary partition and then swaps partitions, so the secondary partition becomes the primary partition.
By default, the firmware download process reboots the system and activates the new image.
Finally, the process performs a firmware commit operation to copy the new image to the other partition.
Usage Guidelines
By default, firmware download downloads the firmware to the system, reboots the system, and commits the firmware automatically. The user can specify noactivate to download the firmware to the system without activating it (the node is not rebooted). The user can run firmware activate later to activate the firmware.
Examples
This command supports firmware upgrades on the local switch only.
This command does not support pagination.
If the firmware download is interrupted because of an unexpected reboot as a result of a software error or power failure, the command automatically recovers the corrupted secondary partition.
Wait for the recovery to complete before starting another firmware download.
When default-config is specified, the VCS mode, VCS ID and RBridge ID options will be displayed.
In a dual-MM system, if you specify the manual option with the default-config option, make sure you execute the same command on both MMs. After firmware download is completed on both
MMs, you must reboot them at the same time. Otherwise, the MMs may run into configuration mismatch issues.
In logical chassis cluster mode, you have the option to download firmware to multiple nodes: switch# firmware download interactive
Do you want to download to multiple nodes in the cluster? [y/n]: y
Server name or IP address:
To perform a manual firmware download to a single management module: switch# firmware download interactive
Server name or IP address: 10.31.2.25
File name: /users/home40/dist/NOSv3.0.0
Protocol (ftp, scp): ftp
User: admin
Password: **********
Do manual download [y/n]: y
Reboot system after download? [y/n]: y
Do Auto-Commit after Reboot? [y/n]: y
System sanity check passed.
You are running a firmware download on dual MM system with 'manual' option. This will upgrade the firmware only on the local MM.
This command will cause a cold/disruptive reboot and will require that existing telnet, secure telnet or SSH sessions be restarted.
Do you want to continue? [y/n]: y
300 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
firmware download
2
(output truncated)
To download firmware to a local node: switch# firmware download protocol ftp host 10.1.2.30 user fvt password
pray4green path /dist file release.plist
This command will download the firmware to the local node. You will need to run firmware activate to activate the firmware after this command completes.
Do you want to continue? [y/n]: y
2010/01/29-23:48:35, [HAM-1004], 226, switchid 1, CHASSIS | VCS, INFO,
Brocade_switch,
Firmwaredownload has started on the switch.
To download firmware using the default-config option with VCS mode 1, VCS ID 7, and RBridge 10, use the following command: sw0# firmware download default-config ftp host 10.20.1.3 user fvt password
pray4green directory dist file release.plist vcs-mode 1 vcs-id 7 rbridge-id 10
Performing system sanity check...
This command will set the configuration to default and set the following parameters: vcs-mode, vcs-id and rbridge-id.
This command will cause Cold reboot on both MMs at the same time and will require that existing telnet, secure telnet or SSH sessions be restarted.
Do you want to continue? [y/n]: y host 10.20.1.3 user fvt password pray4green directory dist file release.plist
Performing system sanity check...
This command will set the configuration to default and set the following parameters: vcs-mode, vcs-id and rbridge-id.
This command will cause Cold reboot on both MMs at the same time and will require that existing telnet, secure telnet or SSH sessions be restarted.
Do you want to continue? [y/n]: y
See Also
firmware commit, firmware restore, show firmwaredownloadstatus, show version
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
301
2 firmware download ftp firmware download ftp
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Specifies FTP as the protocol used to perform a firmware download.
firmware download ftp [coldboot] [manual] [nocommit] [noreboot] host {hostname |
host_ip_address} user username password password directory directory [file file_name]
[noactivate] coldboot Performs a non-ISSU firmware download. When firmware is downloaded onto a chassis system, it is sometimes necessary to specify the coldboot option. This option must be specified on the active MM only. When specified, the coldboot option downloads firmware onto both the active and standby MMs at the same time. After the firmware completes downloading on both MMs, they are rebooted at the same time. This ensures that both
MMs reboot with the same firmware, and prevents any firmware compatibility issues that may exist between the old and the new firmware.
directory directory file filename host
hostname
Specifies the firmware .plist file. This parameter is optional; if unspecified, the default file, release.plist, is used.
Specifies the host by DNS name or IP address.
Specifies an IPv4 DNS host name.
host_ip_address Specifies the host IP address. IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
manual Updates a single management module in a chassis with two management modules. You must log in to the management module through its dedicated management IP address. This parameter is ignored when issued on a compact switch or in a chassis with only one management module.
noactivate nocommit
Caution: Do not use this option unless instructed to do so by Brocade
Technical Support.
Specifies a fully qualified path to the directory where the firmware is located.
Performs a firmware download without activation on the local switch.
Disables auto-commit mode. When auto-commit mode is disabled, firmware is downloaded only to the primary partition. You must execute the firmware commit command manually to propagate the new image to the secondary partition.
noreboot Disables auto-reboot mode. When auto-reboot mode is disabled, you must reboot the switch manually. If auto-commit mode was disabled, you must perform a manual firmware commit operation after the switch comes back up.
password password Specifies the account password.
user username Specifies the user login name for the host.
firmware download performs an auto-reboot and a subsequent auto-commit operation.
302 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
firmware download ftp
2
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to download firmware from an external host.
The device components supported by this command have two partitions of nonvolatile storage
(primary and secondary) to store two firmware images. This command always downloads the new image to the secondary partition and then swaps partitions, so the secondary partition becomes the primary partition.
By default, the firmware download process reboots the system and activates the new image.
Finally, the process performs a firmware commit operation to copy the new image to the other partition.
Usage Guidelines
By default, firmware download downloads the firmware to the system, reboots the system, and commits the firmware automatically. The user can specify noactivate to download the firmware to the system without activating it (the node is not rebooted). The user can run firmware activate later to activate the firmware.
This command supports firmware upgrades on the local switch only.
This command does not support pagination.
If the firmware download is interrupted because of an unexpected reboot as a result of a software error or power failure, the command automatically recovers the corrupted secondary partition.
Wait for the recovery to complete before starting another firmware download.
Examples
See Also
None
firmware commit, firmware restore, show firmwaredownloadstatus, show version
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
303
2 firmware download interactive firmware download interactive
Allows the user to select firmware download parameters interactively before starting a firmware download.
firmware download interactive Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None firmware download performs an auto-reboot and a subsequent auto-commit operation.
By default, firmware download downloads the firmware to the system, reboots the system, and commits the firmware automatically.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to download firmware from an external host or from an attached USB device.
You can run this command interactively or provide the parameters on the command line.
The device components supported by this command have two partitions of nonvolatile storage
(primary and secondary) to store two firmware images. This command always downloads the new image to the secondary partition and then swaps partitions, so the secondary partition becomes the primary partition.
By default, the firmware download process reboots the system and activates the new image.
Finally, the process performs a firmware commit operation to copy the new image to the other partition.
Usage Guidelines This command does not support pagination.
If the firmware download is interrupted because of an unexpected reboot as a result of a software error or power failure, the command automatically recovers the corrupted secondary partition.
Wait for the recovery to complete before starting another firmware download.
Examples To perform a firmware download in interactive mode using default parameters: switch# firmware download interactive firmware download interactive
Server name or IP address: 10.31.2.25
File name: /users/home40/Builds/NOS_v3.0.0
Protocol (ftp, scp, sftp): ftp
User: fvt
Password: **********
Do manual download [y/n]: n
See Also
System sanity check passed.
Do you want to continue? [y/n]: y
firmware commit, firmware restore, show firmwaredownloadstatus, show version,
304 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
firmware download logical-chassis
2 firmware download logical-chassis
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Downloads the firmware onto the switches. firmware download logical-chassis default-config {ftp |scp |sftp} host host_ip user username password password path path [rbridge-id rbridgeid_1-rbridgeid_3, rbridgeid_5 | all] [auto-activate] default-config ftp scp sftp host host_ip
Sets the configuration back to default except the following parameters: VCS mode, VCS ID, and RBridge ID. These three parameters are retained.
Specifies FTP as the protocol used to download the firmware.
Specifies SCP as the protocol used to download the firmware.
Specifies SFTP as the protocol used to download the firmware.
Specifies the host IP address.
user username Specifies the username.
password password Specifies the password.
path path auto-activate rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Specifies the filename path where the firmware is located.
Specifies to automatically activate the firmware on the switches after installing the firmware.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node. Values can be a range of nodes or individual nodes and are separated by a comma.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
After firmware is downloaded to the nodes, the command returns without rebooting the nodes.
You will need to run firmware activate to active the new firmware on the nodes.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Downloads the firmware onto the switch.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The command is controlled by a principal node (coordinator) and executed on individual nodes in the VCS cluster. All sanity check error and warning messages are displayed on the coordinator user session. If an error results during the Installation, the firmware download request is aborted.
To activate firmware on switch nodes 1, 2, 3, and 5: switch# firmware activate rbridge-id rid1-rid3,rid5
To perform a firmware recovery on all switch nodes: switch# firmware recover rbridge-id all
To automatically activate firmware on switch nodes rbridge-id 161 and 62 when in logical chassis cluster mode: switch# firmware download logical-chassis scp host 10.31.2.25 user release user
password releaseuser directory /pub/sre/SQA/nos/nos4.0.0/nos4.0.0_bld42 auto-activate rbridge-id 161,62
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
305
2 firmware download logical-chassis
To reboot switches in a specific order, which can be done from any node: switch# firmware download logical-chassis rbridge-id all path path.
firmware activate rbridge-id 2 firmware activate rbridge-id 3 firmware activate rbridge-id 4 firmware activate rbridge-id 1
To download firmware using the default-config option, use the following command: sw0# firmware download logical-chassis default-config ftp host 10.1.2.30 user fvt
password brocade directory /dist/nos/4.0.0bld01 file release.plist rbridge-id
1,2-3
Rbridge-id Sanity Result Current Version
---------------------------------------------------
1 Disruptive 4.1.0
2
3
Disruptive
Disruptive
4.1.0
4.1.0
You are invoking firmware download with the provision option. This command will download the new firmware to the specified nodes, default their configuration, and reboot them automatically.
Do you want to continue? [y/n]: y
See Also
firmware activate, firmware recover, show version, show firmwaredownloadstatus
306 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
firmware download scp
2 firmware download scp
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies SCP as the protocol used to perform a firmware download.
firmware download scp [coldboot] [manual] [nocommit] [noreboot] host {hostname |
host_ip_address} user username password password directory directory [file file_name]
[noactivate] coldboot Performs a non-ISSU firmware download. When firmware is downloaded onto a chassis system, it is sometimes necessary to specify the coldboot option. This option must be specified on the active MM only. When specified, the coldboot option downloads firmware onto both the active and standby MMs at the same time. After the firmware completes downloading on both MMs, they are rebooted at the same time. This ensures that both
MMs reboot with the same firmware, and prevents any firmware compatibility issues that may exist between the old and the new firmware.
manual nocommit noreboot
Caution: Do not use this option unless instructed to do so by Brocade
Technical Support.
Performs a firmware download on the local switch.
Disables auto-commit mode. When auto-commit mode is disabled, firmware is downloaded only to the primary partition. You must execute the firmware commit command manually to propagate the new image to the secondary partition. (Skips auto-commit after firmware download.)
Disables auto-reboot mode. When auto-reboot mode is disabled, you must reboot the switch manually. If auto-commit mode was disabled, you must perform a manual firmware commit operation after the switch comes back up.
host
hostname
Specifies the host by DNS name or IP address.
Specifies an IPv4 DNS host name.
host_ip_address Specifies the host IP address. IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
user username Specifies the user login name for the host.
password password Specifies the account password.
directory directory Specifies a fully qualified path to the directory where the firmware is located.
file file_name noactivate
Specifies the firmware .plist file. This parameter is optional.
Performs a firmware download without activation on the local switch.
Defaults A filename is optional. If no filename is specified, release.plist, is used.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to download firmware from an external host or from an attached USB device.
You can run this command interactively or provide the parameters on the command line.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
307
2 firmware download scp
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
The device components supported by this command have two partitions of nonvolatile storage
(primary and secondary) to store two firmware images. This command always downloads the new image to the secondary partition and then swaps partitions, so the secondary partition becomes the primary partition.
By default, the firmware download process reboots the system and activates the new image.
Finally, the process performs a firmware commit operation to copy the new image to the other partition.
This command supports firmware upgrades on the local switch only.
This command does not support pagination.
If the firmware download is interrupted because of an unexpected reboot as a result of a software error or power failure, the command automatically recovers the corrupted secondary partition.
Wait for the recovery to complete before starting another firmware download.
None
firmware commit, firmware restore, show firmwaredownloadstatus, show version
308 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
firmware download sftp
2 firmware download sftp
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies SFTP as the protocol used to perform a firmware download.
firmware download sftp [coldboot] directory directory [manual] [nocommit] [noreboot] host
{hostname | host_ip_address} user username password password directory directory
[file file_name] [noactivate] coldboot Performs a non-ISSU firmware download. When firmware is downloaded onto a chassis system, it is sometimes necessary to specify the coldboot option. This option must be specified on the active MM only. When specified, the coldboot option downloads firmware onto both the active and standby MMs at the same time. After the firmware completes downloading on both MMs, they are rebooted at the same time. This ensures that both
MMs reboot with the same firmware, and prevents any firmware compatibility issues that may exist between the old and the new firmware.
directory directory file filename host
hostname
Specifies the firmware .plist file. This parameter is optional; if unspecified, the default file, release.plist, is used.
Specifies the host by DNS name or IP address.
Specifies an IPv4 DNS host name.
host_ip_address Specifies the host IP address. IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
manual Performs a firmware download on the local switch.
no activate nocommit
Caution: Do not use this option unless instructed to do so by Brocade
Technical Support.
Specifies a fully qualified path to the directory where the firmware is located.
Performs a firmware download without activation on the local switch.
Disables auto-commit mode. When auto-commit mode is disabled, firmware is downloaded only to the primary partition. You must execute the firmware commit command manually to propagate the new image to the secondary partition. (Skips auto-commit after firmware download.) noreboot Disables auto-reboot mode. When auto-reboot mode is disabled, you must reboot the switch manually. If auto-commit mode was disabled, you must perform a manual firmware commit operation after the switch comes back up.
password password Specifies the account password.
user username Specifies the user login name for the host.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to download firmware from an external host or from an attached USB device.
You can run this command interactively or provide the parameters on the command line.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
309
2 firmware download sftp
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
The device components supported by this command have two partitions of nonvolatile storage
(primary and secondary) to store two firmware images. This command always downloads the new image to the secondary partition and then swaps partitions, so the secondary partition becomes the primary partition.
By default, the firmware download process reboots the system and activates the new image.
Finally, the process performs a firmware commit operation to copy the new image to the other partition.
This command supports firmware upgrades on the local switch only.
This command does not support pagination.
If the firmware download is interrupted because of an unexpected reboot as a result of a software error or power failure, the command automatically recovers the corrupted secondary partition.
Wait for the recovery to complete before starting another firmware download.
None
firmware commit, firmware restore, show firmwaredownloadstatus, show version
310 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
firmware download usb
2 firmware download usb
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies USB as the protocol used to perform a firmware download.
firmware download usb [coldboot] [noactivate] [nocommit] [noreboot] [manual] directory directory coldboot Performs a non-ISSU firmware download. When firmware is downloaded onto a chassis system, it is sometimes necessary to specify the coldboot option. This option must be specified on the active MM only. When specified, the coldboot option downloads firmware onto both the active and standby MMs at the same time. After the firmware completes downloading on both MMs, they are rebooted at the same time. This ensures that both
MMs reboot with the same firmware, and prevents any firmware compatibility issues that may exist between the old and the new firmware.
directory directory manual noactivate nocommit noreboot
Caution: Do not use this option unless instructed to do so by Brocade
Technical Support.
Specifies a fully qualified path to the directory where the firmware is located.
Updates a single management module in a chassis with two management modules. You must log in to the management module through its dedicated management IP address. This parameter is ignored when issued on a compact switch or in a chassis with only one management module.
Performs a firmware download without activation on the local switch.
Disables auto-commit mode. When auto-commit mode is disabled, firmware is downloaded only to the primary partition. You must execute the firmware commit command manually to propagate the new image to the secondary partition.
Disables auto-reboot mode. When auto-reboot mode is disabled, you must reboot the switch manually. If auto-commit mode was disabled, you must perform a manual firmware commit operation after the switch comes back up.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to download firmware from an external host or from an attached USB device.
You can run this command interactively or provide the parameters on the command line.
The device components supported by this command have two partitions of nonvolatile storage
(primary and secondary) to store two firmware images. This command always downloads the new image to the secondary partition and then swaps partitions, so the secondary partition becomes the primary partition.
By default, the firmware download process reboots the system and activates the new image.
Finally, the process performs a firmware commit operation to copy the new image to the other partition.
This command supports firmware upgrades on the local switch only.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
311
2 firmware download usb
Examples
See Also
This command does not support pagination.
If the firmware download is interrupted because of an unexpected reboot as a result of a software error or power failure, the command automatically recovers the corrupted secondary partition.
Wait for the recovery to complete before starting another firmware download.
To download firmware from an attached USB device using the command line: switch# firmware download usb directory NOS_v3.0.0
firmware commit, firmware restore, show firmwaredownloadstatus, show version
312 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
firmware install
2 firmware install
Installs new software but deletes all configuration in the system.
CAUTION
Do not use this command unless instructed by Brocade Technical Support.
synopsis
Operands firmware install {ftp|scp} host host_ip_address user username password password ddirectory directory [file file_name] [vcs-mode {0 |1 | 2} ] [vcs-id vcs_id] [rbridge-id rbridge ID] ftp scp
Specifies FTP as the protocol used to install the firmware.
Specifies SCP as the protocol used to install the firmware.
host Specifies the host by DNS name or IP address.
host_ip_address Specifies the host IP address. IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
user username Specifies the user login name for the host.
password password Specifies the account password.
directory directory file filename
Specifies a fully qualified path to the directory where the firmware is located.
Specifies the firmware .plist file. This parameter is optional; if unspecified, the default file, release.plist, is used.
[vcs-mode {0 |1 | 2} vcs-id vcs_id
Specifies the VCS mode for the switch when the new firmware has been installed. If not set, the platform-dependent default VCS mode is used. Values you can select are: 0 (fabric cluster mode), 1 (logical chassis cluster mode), or 2 (standalone mode).
Specifies the new VCS ID when the new firmware has been installed. If not set, the platform-dependent default VCS ID is used. Range is 1 to 8192. rbridge-id rbridge ID Specifies the new Rbridge ID when the new firmware has been installed. If not set, the platform-dependent default Rbridge ID isused. Range is 1 to
239.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description This command cleans the existing firmware on the system before installing the new firmware. All configurations in the system is completely lost.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
313
2 firmware install
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
•
In a dual-MM system, after firmware install is completed on both MMs, reboot them at the same time. Otherwise, the MMs may run into configuration mismatch issue.
•
If vcs-id or rbridge-id are specified, vcs-mode cannot be set to 2 (standalone).
•
On the Brocade 8770, 6740, 6740T, and 6740T-1G, vcs-mode cannot be set to 2
(standalone).
•
If you want to change vcs-mode from standalone to either fabric cluster mode or logical chassis cluster mode, you must use both the vcs-id and rbridge-id options with this command.
•
If you specify at least one of the vcs-mode, vcs-id or rbridge-id parameters, then the remaining parameters will get their values from the existing configuration — unless you also specify their values in the command line.
To install new firmware, delete all existing configurations, and to specifiy the vcs mode, vcs ID and
RBridge ID you want the switch to come up in: switch# firmware install scp host 10.70.4.109 user fvt pass pray4green directory
/buildsjc/sre/SQA/nos/nos4.1.0/nos4.1.0_bld25 vcs-mode 1 vcs-id 6 rbridgeid 10
None
314 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
firmware recover
2 firmware recover
Synopsis
Operands
Recovers the previous firmware version on the switch nodes if a firmware upgrade was unsuccessful. firmware recover [rbridge-id {rbridge-id_1-rbridge-id_3, rbridge-id_5 | all}] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node. Values can be a range of nodes or individual nodes and are separated by a comma.
Specifies all identifiers for a node. The command applies to all of the nodes. The command applies to all of the nodes.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Allows you to undo the operation that was performed using the firmware download “noactivate” option.
If you invoke a noactivate firmware download, the firmware is loaded to the secondary node without swapping partitions. If firmware recover is executed, it will perform a forceful commit in that node. This CLI does not reboot the node.
The rbridge-id operand is supported in VCS mode only.
To recover firmware on switch nodes 1, 2, 3, and 5: switch# firmware recover rbridge-id rid1-rid3,rid5
See Also
To perform a firmware recovery on all switch nodes: switch# firmware recover rbridge-id all
firmware activate, show version, show firmwaredownloadstatus
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
315
2 firmware restore firmware restore
Swaps the partition and reboots the node.
CAUTION
Do not use this command unless instructed by Brocade Technical Support.
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description firmware restore
None
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to restore the previously active firmware image. You can run this command only if auto-commit mode was disabled during the firmware download. After a firmware download and a reboot (with auto-commit mode disabled), the downloaded firmware becomes active. If you do not want to commit the firmware, use the firmware restore command.
This command reboots the system and reactivates the previous firmware. After reboot, all primary and secondary partitions restore the previous firmware image.
This command causes the node to boot up with its older firmware. Later, the image in the primary partition is automatically committed to the secondary partition.
This command is supported only on the local management module.
The firmware download command must have been run with the nocommit parameter for the
firmware restore operation to succeed.
Examples To restore the previous firmware: switch# firmware restore
Restore old image to be active ...
Restore both primary and secondary image after reboot.
The system is going down for reboot NOW !!
Broadcast message from root (ttyS0) Fri Oct 26 23:48:54 2001...
Doing firmwarecommit now.
Please wait ...
See Also
firmware commit, firmware download, show version
316 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
firmware sync firmware sync
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Synchronizes firmware to standby MM.
firmware sync
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Run this command from the active MM to sync the firmware version on the standby MM to the version on the active MM. After the firmware is copied to the standby MM, the standby MM automatically reboots, after which the firmware takes effect.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
None
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
317
2 forward-delay forward-delay
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults 15 seconds
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree configuration mode
Description Use this command to specify how long the listening and learning states last before the interface begins the forwarding of all spanning-tree instances.
STP interface states:
•
Listening - The interface processes the Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) and awaits possible new information that might cause it to return to the blocking state.
•
Learning - The interface does not yet forward frames (packets), instead it learns source addresses from frames received and adds them to the filtering database (switching database).
•
Forwarding - An interface receiving and sending data, normal operation. STP still monitors incoming BPDUs that can indicate it should return to the blocking state to prevent a loop.
•
Blocking - An interface that can cause a switching loop, no user data is sent or received, but it might go to the forwarding state if the other links in use fail and the STP determines that the interface may transition to the forwarding state. BPDU data continues to be received in the blocking state.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Specifies the time an interface spends in each of the listening and learning states.
forward-delay seconds no forward-delay
seconds
Specifies the time that an interface spends in the Spanning Tree Protocol
(STP) learning and listening states. Valid values range from 4 through 30 seconds.
When you change the spanning-tree forward-delay time, it affects all spanning-tree instances.
When configuring the forward-delay, the following relationship should be kept:
2*(forward-delay - 1)>=max-age>=2*(hello-time + 1)
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all the RBridge nodes.
Enter no forward-delay to return to the default settings.
To configure the forward-delay time to 18 seconds: switch(conf-mstp)# forward-delay 18
See Also
318 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ha chassisreboot
2 ha chassisreboot
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Performs a reboot of the chassis.
ha chassisreboot
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to perform a reboot of the entire chassis. Both the active and the standby management module reboot. Both management modules retain their original high-availability (HA) role after the system comes back up. If the power-on self test (POST) is enabled, it is executed when the system comes back up.
This command is supported only on the active management module. This command is not supported on the standby management module. Both management modules must be in sync for the HA reboot operation to succeed. Failover and reboots can be disruptive.
Examples To perform an HA reboot: switch# ha chassisreboot
See Also
ha failover, ha enable, reload, show ha
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
319
2 ha disable ha disable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Disables the High Availability feature.
ha disable
None
HA is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to disable the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch. If the HA feature is already disabled, this command has no effect.
This command is supported only on the active management module.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
Do not use this command unless instructed by Brocade Technical Support.
NOTE
With the introduction of Network OS 4.0, failover is no longer disruptive for Layer 2.
Examples
See Also
To display the syslog daemon IP addresses configured on a switch: switch# ha disable
Service instances out of sync
1970/01/01-00:06:30, [HASM-1101], 111, MM1, WARNING, chassis, HA State out of sync.
HA is disabled
320 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ha enable
2 ha enable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enables the High Availability feature.
ha enable
None
HA is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch. If the HA feature is already enabled, this command has no effect.
If the HA feature is disabled, this command enables it. The standby management process reboots as part of the process.
Running the command displays a warning message and prompts for confirmation before rebooting the management module.
You can also use this command to display the servers that are running the syslogd daemon and those that system messages are sent to. Servers are specified in the configuration database by
IP address.
This command is supported only on the local management module.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
Do not use this command unless instructed by Brocade Support.
NOTE
With the introduction of Network OS 4.0, failover is no longer disruptive for all Layer 2.
Examples
See Also
To display the syslog daemon IP addresses configured on a switch: switch# ha enable
Warning: This command will enable the HA. It will reboot the standby CP and require all telnet, secure telnet, and SSH sessions to the standby CP to be restarted.
Are you sure you want to go ahead [y/n]? y
1970/01/01-00:07:18, [EM-1047], 113, MM1, INFO, chassis, CP in slot 2 not faulty,
CP ERROR deasserted.
HTBT hit a threshold: 2
HTBT hit a threshold: 2
Heartbeat to 2 Down!
resetting peer
resetting peer 127.2.1.2
HA is enabled
ha disable, ha failover, reload, show ha
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
321
2 ha failover ha failover
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Initiates a failover from the active to the standby management module (MM). ha failover
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to force a failover from the active to the standby MM. When the process completes, the former standby takes over as the active MM. If the active and standby MMs are not synchronized, the command aborts.
With the introduction of Network OS 4.0, failover is no longer disruptive for all Layer 2.
The following summarizes the behavior of the ha failover command under a variety of conditions.
The modes are as follows:
Mode Definition
FC Fabric Cluster. In FC mode, the data path for nodes is distributed, but the configuration path is not distributed. Each node maintains its own configuration database. This command causes a warm recovery.
LC Logical chassis cluster. In LC mode, both the data path and the configuration path are distributed. This command causes a cold recovery.
Examples
See Also
Behavior of the ha failover command
HA synchronized
Active Standby
Reboots the active MM. In FC mode, there is a warm recovery on the standby MM.
In MC mode there is always a cold recovery.
HA not synchronized
Active Standby
Not allowed.
Not allowed.
To perform a failover: switch# ha failover
ha failover, ha enable, ha sync start, ha sync stop, reload, show ha
322 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ha sync start
2 ha sync start
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
This command is used to enable the high availability (HA) state synchronization.
ha sync start
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
After an ha sync stop command has been invoked, use the ha sync start command to enable HA state synchronization.
None
To enable HA synchronization: switch# ha sync start
Are you sure you want to start sync [y/n]
All service instances in sync
2012/10/06-16:10:36, [HASM-1100], 630, M2, INFO, VDX8770-4, HA State is in sync.
See Also
ha failover, ha enable, ha disable, ha sync stop, show ha
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
323
2 ha sync stop ha sync stop
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Disables high availability state synchronization on a switch. ha sync stop
None
Synchronization is enabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to disable state synchronization.
None
To disable state synchronization: switch# ha sync stop
Are you sure you want to stop sync [y/n]? y
See Also
Service instances out of sync
2012/10/06-16:06:13, [HASM-1101], 619, M2, WARNING, VDX8770-4, HA State out of sync.
ha failover, ha enable, ha sync start
324 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
hardware
2 hardware
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enters hardware configuration mode to enter connector and port-group configuration mode.
configure hardware
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to enter hardware configuration mode. While in this mode you can enter connector configuration mode for the purpose of configuring breakout mode. You can also enter port-group configuration mode on Brocade 27x40 GbE line cards.
None switch# config switch(config)# hardware switch(config-hardware)#
See Also
exit, connector, sfp breakout, port-group
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
325
2 hello (LLDP) hello (LLDP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
seconds
30 seconds
Valid values range from 4 through 180 seconds.
Command Modes LLDP protocol configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the interval between LLDP hello messages.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Sets the Hello transmit interval.
hello seconds no hello
Enter no hello to return to the default setting.
To set the time interval to 10 seconds between the transmissions: switch# configure terminal switch (config)# protocol lldp switch(conf-lldp)# hello 10
See Also None
326 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
hello (UDLD) hello (UDLD)
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the hello transmit interval.
hello hundred_milliseconds no hello
hundred_milliseconds
Valid values range from 1 through 60 (in counts of 100 milliseconds).
Defaults 5 is the default value (500 milliseconds).
Command Modes Unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the time interval between the transmission of hello UDLD PDUs from
UDLD-enabled ports.
Enter no hello to return to the default setting.
To set the time interval to 2,000 milliseconds between hello UDLD PDU transmissions: switch# configure switch (config)# protocol udld switch(config-udld)# hello 20
See Also
protocol udld, multiplier (UDLD)
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
327
2 hello-interval hello-interval
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the interval between PDU packets sent from the ELD-enabled edge ports of a Brocade
VCS Fabric cluster.
hello-interval interval no hello-interval
interval
Number of periods between each PDU. For example, a value of 2000 causes a PDU to be sent every two seconds. Valid values range from 100 through 5000 milliseconds (100 ms through 5 seconds).
Defaults 1000 (one second)
Command Modes ELD configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the interval between PDU packets sent from the ELD-enabled edge ports of a Brocade VCS Fabric cluster.
Use this command with the pdu-rx-limit command to determine the time taken to detect a loop.
The time taken to detect a loop is the product of the pdu-rx-limit and the hello interval.
The hello interval must be set to the same value on all Brocade VCS Fabric clusters that have ELD enabled, otherwise it cannot be predicted which Brocade VCS Fabric cluster will reach its limit first.
The Brocade VCS Fabric cluster in the loop with the lowest pdu-rx-limit is the cluster where the loop gets broken, assuming that the hello interval is correctly set to the same value on all clusters.
This command applies only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
This functionality detects Layer 2 loops only.
Enter no hello-interval to return to the default setting.
CAUTION
Use extreme caution when setting the hello interval value to less than 1 second because it heavily increases the CPU load due to the number of packets transmitted and received. This load depends on the number of ELD instances and other system configuration parameters.
Undesirable performance and scalability might occur.
Examples
See Also
To set the PDU interval to 5 seconds: switch(config)# protocol edge-loop-detection switch(config-eld)# hello-interval 5000
To reset the PDU interval to its default value of 1 second: switch(cfg-eld)# no hello-interval 5000
pdu-rx-limit, protocol edge-loop-detection, show edge-loop-detection globals
328 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
hello-time
2 hello-time
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults 2 seconds
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the spanning-tree bridge hello time, which determines how often the device broadcasts hello messages to other devices.
If the VLAN parameter is not provided, the hello-time value is applied globally for all per-VLAN instances. But for the VLANs which have been configured explicitly, the per-VLAN configuration takes precedence over the global configuration.
Usage Guidelines
Sets the interval between the hello Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) sent on an interface.
hello-time seconds no hello-time
seconds
Specifies the time interval between the hello BPDUs sent on an interface.
Valid values range from 1 through 10 seconds.
When configuring the hello-time, the max-age command setting must be greater than the
hello-time setting. The following relationship should be kept:
2*(forward-delay - 1)>=max-age>=2*(hello-time + 1)
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all the RBridge nodes.
Enter no hello-time to return to the default settings.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
On all other
Brocade
VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for
802.1Q VLANs
(VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a
Virtual Fabrics context.Examples
See Also
To configure spanning-tree bridge hello time to 5 seconds: switch(conf-stp)# hello-time 5
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
329
2 hello-timer hello-timer
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the Hello message periodic interval.
hello-timer num no hello-timer
num The interval value in seconds. Valid values range from 10 through 3600 seconds.
Defaults 30 seconds
Command Modes PIM router configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify the interval between Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) “Hello” messages.
Enter no hello-timer to return to the default settings.
Setting the hello-timer to 60 seconds.
switch(conf-pim-router)# hello-timer 60
See Also
330 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
hold-time
2 hold-time
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the time that a previously down backup VRRP router, which also must have a higher priority than the current master VRRP router, will wait before assuming mastership of the virtual router. hold-time range
range
A value between 1 and 3600 seconds that specifies the time a formerly down backup router waits before assuming mastership of the virtual router.
Defaults 0 seconds
Command Modes Virtual-router-group configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the time that a previously down backup router, which also must have a higher priority than the current master, will wait before assuming mastership of the virtual router.
The hold-time must be set to a number greater than the default of 0 seconds for this command to take effect.
This command can be used for both VRRP and VRRP-E.
To set the hold time to 60 seconds for backup routers in a specific virtual router: switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int ve 25 switch(config-ve-25)# vrrp-extended-group 1 switch(config-vrrp-extended-group-1)# hold-time 60
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
331
2 http server shutdown http server shutdown
Synopsis
Disables or enables an HTTP server.
http server shutdown no http server shutdown
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to disable or enable an HTTP server.
Usage Guidelines Use the http server shutdown command to disable an HTTP server. All active connections are closed and the Apache httpd server process does not run.
Use the no http server shutdown command to enable an HTTP server. This restarts the Apache httpd server process, which starts listening for HTTP requests.
ATTENTION
You cannot downgrade directly to a previous Network OS release with the HTTP server disabled. You must first execute the no http server shutdown command and then downgrade.
Examples
See Also
To disable an HTTP server: switch(config)# http server shutdown
To enable an HTTP server: switch(config)# no http server shutdown
None
332 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
inactivity-timer
2 inactivity-timer
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the forwarding entry inactivity timer.
inactivity-timer num no inactivity-timer
num
The entry inactivity timer interval. Valid values range from 60 through
3600 seconds.
Defaults 180 seconds
Command Modes PIM router configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify the delay interval until a forwarding entry is considered to be active.
At the expiration of this timer, the router deletes a forwarding entry.
Enter no inactivity-timer to return to the default setting.
To set the timer to 600 seconds.
switch(conf-pim-router)# inactivity-timer 600
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
333
2 install-igp-cost (BGP) install-igp-cost (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
This option is disabled.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description By default, BGP4 uses the BGP MED value as the route cost when the route is added to the RTM.
Use this command to change the default to the IGP cost.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configures the device to use the IGP cost instead of the default BGP4 Multi-Exit Discriminator
(MED) value as the route cost when the route is added to the Routing Table Manager (RTM).
install-igp-cost no install-igp-cost
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To configure the device to compare MEDs: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# install-igp-cost
See Also None
334 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
instance
2 instance
Synopsis
Operands
instance_id
vlan vlan_id
Specifies the MSTP instance. Valid values range from 1 through 31.
Specifies the VLAN to map an MSTP instance. Refer to the
Usage Guidelines.
priority priority_id Specifies the priority for the specified instance. Valid values range from 0 through 61440. The priority values can be set only in increments of 4096.
Defaults The priority value is 32768.
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree MSTP configuration mode
Description Use this command to map a VLAN to an MTSP instance. You can group a set of VLANs to an instance.
Usage Guidelines
Maps a VLAN to a Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) instance.
instance instance_id [vlan vlan_id | priority priority_id] no instance
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridge nodes.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086.for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches).,and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
The following rules apply:
•
VLANs must be created before mapping to instances.
•
VLAN instance mapping is removed from the configuration if the underlying VLANs are deleted.
Enter no instance to un-map the VLAN from the MSTP instance.
CAUTION
This command can be used only after the VLAN is defined.
Examples
See Also
To map a VLAN to an MTSP instance: switch(conf-mstp)# instance 1 vlan 2,3 switch(conf-mstp)# instance 2 vlan 4-6 switch(conf-mstp)# instance 1 priority 4096
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
335
2 interface interface
Synopsis
Operands
Enters the interface configuration mode to configure an interface.
interface [fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port |fcoe vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | hundredgigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | vlan vlan_id] no interface [port-channel number | vlan vlan_id | fcoe vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number] fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid Fibre Channel port interface (Brocade VDX 6730 switches only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode).
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
fcoe vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number
Specifies a valid FCoE port interface.
vn-number rbridge-id
Specifies the VN number for FCoE.
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
front-port-number Specifies the front port number.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface (Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches only).
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
hundredgigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 100-gigabit Ethernet interface (Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches only).
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
port-channel number Specifies the port-channel number. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
336 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
interface
2
Description
Usage Guidelines tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
vlan vlan_id
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the VLAN number. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Use this command to create or enter the interface configuration mode to configure an interface.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
The fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6730-32 and
Brocade VDX 6730-76 switches in Brocade VCS Fabric mode. The prompt for configuring these ports is in the following format: switch(config-FibreChannel-66/0/1)#
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches. The prompt for configuring these ports is in the following format: switch(config-if-gi-22/0/1)#
Enter no interface followed by the appropriate interface identification parameters to disable that interface.
Examples To configure a Fibre Channel port on a Brocade VDX 6730-32 switch: switch(config)# interface FibreChannel 66/0/1 switch(config-FibreChannel-66/0/1)#
See Also
To enter FCoE configuration mode for an interface: switch(config)# interface fcoe 1/0/1 switch(config-Fcoe-1/0/1)#
To enter configuration mode on a 1 Gbps interface on a Brocade VDX 6710: switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 switch(config-if-gi-1/0/1)#
interface management, interface vlan, interface ve, show interface
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
337
2 interface (range specification) interface (range specification)
Synopsis
Operands
Allows a range of values to be entered for some interface configurations.
interface {fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port | fcoe vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port |hundredgigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | vlan vlan_id | loopback
port_number | ve vlan_id} no interface {port-channel number | vlan vlan_id | fcoe vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number} fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid Fibre Channel port interface (Brocade VDX 6730 switches only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode).
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
fcoe vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number
Specifies a valid FCoE port interface.
vn-number rbridge-id
Specifies the VN number for FCoE.
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
front-port-number Specifies the front port number.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface (Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches only).
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
hundredgigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 100-gigabit Ethernet interface (Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches only).
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
338 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
interface (range specification)
2
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
Description port-channel number Specifies the port-channel number. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
vlan vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the VLAN number. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.) loopback port_number Specifies the port number for the loopback interface. The range is 1 through 255.
ve vlan_id Specifies the corresponding VLAN interface that must already be configured before the VE interface can be created. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create or enter the interface configuration mode for an interface or range of interfaces.
Loopback and VE configurations are in global configuration mode in stand alone mode, but are node specific (local) in fabric custer and logical chassis cluster modes.The other interfaces that support the use of ranges work the same as shown for VLAN in the examples, except for the following differences:
VE and loopback interfaces also support ranges in RBridge configuration mode.
For example, if you want to create and/or enter VLAN interface configuration mode for VLAN IDs 3 through 8 and VLAN 10 and 12, you would enter the following command in global configuration mode: switch(config)# interface vlan 3-8,10,12
NOTE
Do not use a space after a comma or you will receive a syntax error.
You then receive the following prompt: switch(config-Vlan-3-8,10,12)#
Any command you run from this prompt takes effect on all VLANs that you have specified.
You can use the no form of commands on ranges in the same way. For example, if you want to remove the description on VLANS 10 through 15 and VLAN 19 all at the same time, you would enter the following commands in global configuration mode: switch(config)# interface vlan 10-15,19 switch(config-vlan-10-15,19)# no description
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
339
340
2 interface (range specification)
Examples
NOTE
The no form of the command for deleting interfaces should not be given from the range sub-mode.
Exit the range sub-mode before deleting interfaces.
The three gigabit interface types have the following restrictions for range specification in VCS mode:
•
Ranges cannot be used for interfaces that belong to multiple slots. However, you can configure a range of interfaces if each interface in the range belongs to the same slot.
•
Ranges can be applied only to interfaces that belong to the same RBridge.
Fibrechannel interfaces have the following restrictions for range specification in VCS mode:
•
Ranges cannot be used for interfaces that belong to multiple slots. However, you can configure a range of interfaces if each interface in the range belongs to the same slot.
•
Ranges can be applied only to interfaces that belong to the same RBridge.
For the fibre channel interface, ranges can be applied only to interfaces that belong to the same
RBridge.
An FCoE interface from one node cannot be combined with a bind configuration of a physical port/port-channel that belongs to another node in the cluster. Refer to the Examples.
A set of FCoE ports cannot be bound to the same MAC address.On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the
DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
FCoE example
To configure binding between a range of FCoE ports (0 to 20 in this example) to the tengigabitethernet port 10/0/1: switch# configure switch(config)# interface Fcoe 1/10/0 - 1/10/20 sw0(conf-Fcoe-1/10/0-20) bind te 10/0/1
The FCoE interfaces and the bind configuration of the physical port/port-channel must belong to the same node in the cluster. An example of an unsupported configuration is: switch# configure switch(config)# interface Fcoe 1/10/0 - 1/10/20 sw0(conf-Fcoe-1/10/0-20)# bind te 20/0/1
Tengigabitethernet example for VCS mode
To enter interface subtype configuration mode on a tengigabitethernet interface with an RBridge
ID of 25 and a slot of 0, with a port range of 1 through 10, 17 through 21, and 24: sw0(config)# interface TenGigabitEthernet 25/0/1-10,17-21,24 sw0(conf-if-te-25/0/1-10,17-21,24)#
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
interface (range specification)
2
See Also
Tengigabitethernet example for standalone mode
To enter interface subtype configuration mode on a tengigabitethernet interface with a slot of 0, for a port range of 1 through 10, and 17 through 21: sw0(config)# interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/1-10,17-21 sw0(conf-if-te-0/1-10,17-21)#
interface management, interface vlan, interface ve, show interface
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
341
2 interface loopback interface loopback
Synopsis
Operands
Configures a loopback interface. interface loopback port_number no interface loopback port_number
port_number
Specifies the port number for the loopback interface. The range is 1 through 255.
Defaults None
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode (for VCS)
Global configuration mode (for standalone)
Description
Usage Guidelines
Example
Use this command to configure a loopback interface. Loopback is a logical interface traditionally used for stable routing operation.
Enter no interface loopback port_number to remove the specified loopback interface.
This example shows the steps needed to create a loopback interface with a port number of 25 for
RBridge ID 11. This example is for a VCS environment.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 11 switch(config-rbridge-id-11)# interface loopback 25
See Also
342 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
interface management
2 interface management
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enters configuration mode for the management interface. Also used for binding ACLs to a management interface.
interface management rbridge-id/port
rbridge-id/port port
Specifies the management interface to be configured as the rbridge-id followed by a slash (/) and the port number.
On compact switches, the port number for the management port is always 0.
On a modular switches with two redundant management modules, can configure two management ports: 1 and 2.
DHCP is disabled.
IPv6 stateless auto-configuration is disabled.
The speed setting is auto.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the management interface. This command supports IP addresses in IPv6 and IPv4 format. This command enters a management interface configuration mode where you can choose configuration parameters for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.
Once you have executed this command, the following commands become available to configure the management interface:
• ip address
• ip access-group
• ip gateway-address (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
• ip route
• ipv6 address
• ipv6 access-group
• speed
Usage Guidelines The ip gateway-address command will not be available on the Brocade VDX series if the Layer 3 or
Advanced Services license is installed. In that case, use the following command sequence: switch(config)# rbridge-id 1 switch(config-rbridge-id-1)# ip route 0000/0 <default_gateway_address>
Setting a static IPv4 address and DHCP are mutually exclusive. If DHCP is enabled, you must disable DHCP before you can configure a static IPv4 address.
A static IPv6 address and stateless auto-configuration can coexist.
Auto-configuration is configured chassis-wide and you configure it always under interface management rbridge-id/1. Once the feature is configured under interface management
rbridge-id/1 it is configured for both management interfaces.
Enter no ip address ipv4_address/prefix_len dhcp to disable DHCP. For other operands, use the no form of the command to remove the corresponding configuration.
Enter no speed to restore speed parameters to their defaults.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
343
344
2 interface management
Examples
To configure a management interface with an IPv6 IP address: switch(config)# interface management 1/0 switch(config-Management-1/0)# ipv6 address \
fd00:60:69bc:832:e61f:13ff:fe67:4b94/64
To set the interface to 100 Mbps Full Duplex switch(config-Management-1/0)# speed 100
To apply an ACL to the management interfaces on a Brocade VDX 8770-4: switch(config)# interface Management 1/1 switch(config-Management-1/1)# ip access-group stdACL3 in switch(config-Management-1/1)# ipv6 access-group stdV6ACL1 in switch(config-Management-1/1)# exit switch(config)# interface Management 1/2 switch(config-Management-1/2)# ip access-group extdACL5 in switch(config-Management-1/2)# exit
To enable DHCP for IPv4 addresses: switch(config)# interface Management 1/1 switch(config-Management-1/1)# ip address dhcp
To enable DHCP for IPv6 addresses: switch(config)# interface Management 1/1 switch(config-Management-1/1)# ipv6 address dhcp
Applying an ACL on management interface 1/1: switch(config)# interface management switch(config)# interface management 1/1
Entering configuration mode terminal switch(config-Management-1/1)# ip access-group stdACL1 in
See Also
interface, show interface management, show running-config interface management
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
interface ve
2 interface ve
Synopsis
Operands
Configures a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface.
interface ve vlan_id no interface ve vlan_id
vlan_id
Specifies the corresponding VLAN interface that must already be configured before the VE interface can be created. Refer to the Usage
Guidelines.
Defaults None
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode (for VCS)
Global configuration mode (for standalone
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface. Before you can configure a VE interface, you must configure a VLAN interface. The corresponding VE interface must use the same VLAN ID you used to configure the VLAN.
Enter no interface ve vlan_id to remove the VE interface. This will not remove the corresponding
VLAN interface.
Examples
See Also
CAUTION
If no RBridge ID is configured on the switch, deleting the VE interface will cause a spike in CPU usage. To prevent this, configure an RBridge ID before deleting the VE interface.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
The following example shows the steps needed to create a VE interface with the VLAN ID of 56 for
RBridge ID 11. This example is for a VCS environment, and assumes that the VLAN 56 interface has already been created.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 11 switch(config-rbridge-id-11)# int ve 56
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
345
2 interface vlan interface vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults VLAN 1 is predefined on the switch.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure a VLAN interface. This command applies to both 802.1Q VLANS
(whose VLAN IDs range from 1 through 4095) and service or transport VFs (whose VLAN IDs range from 4096 through 8191).To support multitenancy, assigning VLAN IDs from 4096 through 8191 creates service or transport VFs that are unique within a local VCS Fabric but that cannot extend to another VCS Fabric.
Usage Guidelines
Allows the user to create 802.1Q VLANs, as well as service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
interface vlan vlan_id no interface vlan vlan_id
vlan_id
Specifies the VLAN interface to configure. The range is from 1 through
8191. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)
All of the ports on the switch are a part of the default VLAN 1.
Make sure your converged mode interface is not configured to classify untagged packets to the same VLAN as the incoming VLAN-tagged packets. By configuring a converged interface to classify untagged packets (by using classifiers or the default port vlan_id) to the same VLAN as
VLAN-tagged packets coming into the interface, the FCoE hardware sends out untagged packets to the CNA. These packets may be dropped, disrupting communications.
For service or transport VFs to be implemented in a Virtual Fabrics context, the user must execute the vcs virtual-fabric enable command in global configuration mode.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086.for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Enter no interface vlan vlan_id to delete a VLAN interface. This will also delete the corresponding virtual Ethernet (VE) interface.
Examples To create a VLAN with an ID of 56: switch(config)# interface vlan 56 switch(conf-if-vl-56)#
To create a classified VLAN (with an ID from 4096 through 8191): switch(config)# interface vlan 5000 switch(conf-if-vl-5000)#
346 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
interface vlan
2
See Also
interface, interface ve, fcmap, shutdown (STP), switchport, vcs virtual-fabric enable
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
347
2 ip access-group ip access-group
Synopsis
Applies rules specified in a MAC ACL to traffic entering an interface.
ip access-group name {in | out} no ip access-group name {in | out}
Operands
Defaults No access lists are applied to the interface.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
name
in | out
Specifies the name of the standard or extended IP access list.
Specifies the binding direction (ingress or egress).
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to apply a IP ACL to a Layer 2, Layer 3, or a VE interface. You create the IP ACL by using the ip access-list global configuration command.
You can assign one IP ACL (standard or extended) to an interface.
When a packet is received on an interface with a IP ACL applied, the switch checks the rules in the
ACL. If any of the rules match, the switch permits or drops the packet, according to the rule. If the specified ACL does not exist, an error results.
Enter no ip access-group name to remove the IP ACL from the interface.
Examples To apply an ingress IP ACL named ipacl2 on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# ip access-group ipacl2 in
To remove an ingress IP ACL named ipacl2 from a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# no ip access-group ipacl2 in
See Also
interface, interface ve, ip access-list, mac access-list extended, resequence access-list
348 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip access-list
2 ip access-list
Synopsis
Operands ip | ipv6 Specifies the IP type. An ACL can contain rules for only one version of IP
(either IPv4 or IPv6).
standard | extended Specifies one of the following types of IP access lists:
Standard: Contains rules for just only Source IP address. The rules are applicable to all the ports of that source IP address.
Extended: Contains rules for a combination of IP Protocol, Source IP,
Destination IP, and Destination Port.
name
Specifies the name of the ACL. Each ACL has a unique name. The name can be up to 63 characters in length, and must begin with an alphanumeric character. No special characters are allowed, except for the underscore and hyphen.
[seq | no seq] access list
Specifies the sequence number of the access list. The number must be from 0 through 4294967290 (applies to both standard and extended
ACLs).
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Creates a standard or extended access control list (ACL) and, once created, configures a set of rules to define traffic parameters on the ACL.
[ip | ipv6] access-list {standard | extended} [name] [seq number] no [ip | ipv6] access-list {standard | extended} [name] [seq number]
Examples
Use this command to create a standard or extended IP ACL.
Each ACL must have a unique name.
An ACL can contain rules for only one version of IP (either IPv4 or IPv6).
Only one ACL for each version of IP (IPv4 or IPv6) can be applied to the Management interface. The factory default configuration of the switch consists of one IPv4 and one IPv6 address applied to the Management interface.
A filter (rule) is identified by its unique sequence number and is only part of one ACL. Once the rules are defined, they cannot be redefined.
Enter no ip access-list or no ipv6 access-list to delete a rule from the ACL.
To create a standard ACL: switch(config)# ip access-list standard stdACL3 switch(conf-ip-std)# exit switch(config)# ip access-list extended extdACL5 switch(config-ip-ext)# exit switch(config)# no ip access-list standard stdACL3 switch(config)# ipv6 access-list standard stdV6ACL1 switch(config-ipv6-standard)# exit
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
349
350
2 ip access-list
See Also
To create rules on a standard ACL: switch(config)# ip access-list standard stdACL3 switch(config-ip-std)# seq 5 permit host 10.20.33.4 switch(config-ip-std)# seq 15 deny any switch(config-ip-std)# exit switch(config)# ip access-list standard stdACL3 switch(config-ip-std)# no seq 5 switch(config-ip-std)# exit switch(config)# ipv6 access-list standard stdV6ACL1 switch(config-ipv6-std)# seq 10 permit 2001:db8:85a3:0:0:8a2e:370:7334 switch(config-ipv6-std)# seq 11 deny any switch(config-ipv6-std)# exit
To create rules on an extended ACL: switch(config)# ip access-list extended extdACL5 switch(config-ip-ext)# seq 5 deny tcp host 10.24.26.145 any eq 23 switch(config-ip-ext)# seq 7 deny tcp any any eq 80 switch(config-ip-ext)# seq 10 deny udp any any range 10 25 switch(config-ip-ext)# seq 15 permit tcp any any switch(config-ip-ext)# exit switch(config)# ip access-list extended extdACL5 switch(config-ip-ext)# no seq 7 switch(config-ip-ext)# no seq 5 switch(config-ip-ext)# exit switch(config)# exit switch#
interface management,seq (extended IP ACLs), seq (standard IP ACLs),
show running-config interface management, show running-config ip access-list
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip address
2 ip address
Synopsis
Configures an IP address.
ip address ip-address/mask [secondary] [{ospf-ignore | ospf-active}] no ip address
Operands
ip-address mask
secondary ospf-ignore ospf-passive
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
IP address.
Mask for the associated IP subnet. Valid values range from integers from 1 through 31. Dotted-decimal is not supported.
Specifies that the configured address is a secondary IP address. If this keyword is omitted, the configured address is the primary IP address.
Disables adjacency formation with OSPF neighbors and advertisement of the interface to OSPF.
Disables adjacency formation with OSPF neighbors but does not disable advertisement of the interface to OSPF.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a primary or secondary IP address for a specific interface. You can also use this command to prevent OSPF from running on specified subnets.
Multiple primary IP addresses are supported on an interface.
A primary IP address cannot overlap with a previously configured IP subnet.
A primary IP address must configured before you configure a secondary IP address in the same subnet.
Enter no ip address to remove the configured static or DHCP address, resetting the address to
0.0.0.0/0.
Examples To configure a primary IP address on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# ip address 1.1.1.1/24
To configure a secondary IP address on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 1/3/1 switch(conf-if-fo-1/3/1)# ip address 1.1.1.1/28 secondary
See Also
interface (range specification), interface ve
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
351
2 ip address (NSX controller configuration) ip address (NSX controller configuration)
Synopsis
Operands
Configures IP address and port information for an NSX controller connection profile.
ip address ip-address [method {ssl | tcp} ] [port port_number] ip address ip-address IP address of the NSX Controller cluster. Only IPv4 addresses are allowed.
This address is used to open a connection to the NSX Controller for Open vSwitch Database Management Protocol (OVSDB) exchange.
method ssl tcp port port_number
Specifies the connection method for this profile.
Specifies that a Secure Sockets Layer connection will be used. This is the default connection method.
Specifies that a transmission control protocol will be used.
Specifies the port number for the NSX controller. The range is 1-65535.
The default 6632.
Defaults None
Command Modes NSX controller configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create or update the IP address, port and connection method settings for an
NSX controller connection profile.
This command is allowed for a switch that is in logical chassis cluster mode only.
The VXLAN gateway must be in shutdown state.
Examples The following example shows how to enter NSX controller configuration mode for the already created NSX controller connection profile called profile1, then how to create the IP address, set the method to TCP, and designate the port of 25: switch# configuration switch(config)# nsx-controller profile1 switch(config-nsx-controller-profile1)# ip address 10.21.83.188 method tcp port
25
See Also
352 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip arp-aging-timeout
2 ip arp-aging-timeout
Synopsis
Operands
Sets how long an ARP entry stays in cache.
ip arp-aging-timeout value no ip arp-aging-timeout
value
Determines how long an ARP entry stays in cache.
For 1-gigabit, 10-gigabit, and 40-gigabit Ethernet interfaces, the range of valid values is from 0 through 240 minutes. For virtual Ethernet interfaces, the range is from 0 through 35790 seconds.
Defaults ip arp-aging-timeout is enabled and set to 10 minutes.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure how long an ARP entry stays in cache before the cache refreshes.
When a Brocade device places an entry in the ARP cache, the device also starts an aging timer for the entry. The aging timer ensures that the ARP cache does not retain learned entries that are no longer valid. An entry can become invalid when the device with the MAC address of the entry is no longer on the network.
The ARP age affects dynamic (learned) entries only, not static entries.
Enter no ip arp-aging-timeout command to disable aging so that entries do not age out.
Entering ip arp-aging-timeout 0 also disables aging.
Examples To set the IP ARP aging timeout value to 100 minutes for a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# ip arp-aging-timeout 100
See Also
To disable IP ARP aging for a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 1/3/1 switch(conf-if-fo-1/3/1)# no ip arp-aging-timeout
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
353
2 ip as-path access-list ip as-path access-list
Synopsis
Configures an AS-path access control list (ACL). ip as-path access-list string [seq seq-value] [deny regular-expression | permit regular-expression] no ip as-path access-list string [seq seq-value] [deny regular-expression | permit
regular-expression]
Operands
Defaults This option is disabled.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
string seq-value regular-expression
ACL name.
Sequence number as defined by the seq command.
A string inside quotes.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure an AS-path ACL, and to specify the community name and whether to permit or deny traffic. This command accepts a regular expression that must be enclosed in quotes.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
See Also
To create an AS-path ACL: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# ip as-path access-list seq 10 permit "myaspath" seq
354 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip community-list extended
2 ip community-list extended
Synopsis
Configures a community access control list (ACL), and specifies the community name and whether to permit or deny traffic, including through the use of a regular expression. ip community-list extended community-list-name {deny string | permit string} [seq seq]
[internet |local-as | no-advertise | no-export] no ip community-list extended community-list-name
Operands
Defaults This option is disabled.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
community-list-name Range is from 1 through 32 ASCII characters.
string
An ordered community-list regular expression.
seq
internet no-export
Sequence number. Range is from 1 through 65535.
The Internet community.
Community of sub-ASs within a confederation. Routes with this community can be exported to other sub-ASs in the same confederation but not outside the confederation to other ASs or otherwise sent to EBGP neighbors.
local-as no-advertise
regular-expression
Local sub-AS within the confederation. Routes with this community can be advertised only within the local sub-AS.
Routes with this community cannot be advertised to any other BGP4 devices at all.
A string enclosed in quotes.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure a community access control list (ACL), and to specify the community name and whether to permit or deny traffic. Unlike a standard community list, this command does accept a regular expression as long as the string is enclosed in quotes.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
See Also
To create an extended community list: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# ip community-list extended seq 10 permit
"mycommunity"
seq, ip community-list standard
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
355
2 ip community-list standard ip community-list standard
Synopsis
Configures a community access control list (ACL), and specifies the community number or type and whether to permit or deny traffic. ip community-list standard community-list-name {deny [community-number | AA:NN]| permit
community-number} [seq seq-value] [internet |local-as | no-advertise | no-export] no ip community-list standard community-list-name
Operands
Defaults This option is disabled.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
community-list-name Range is from 1 through 32 ASCII characters.
community-number
A community number. Range is from 1 through 4294967295.
AA:NN Autonomous system number and network number, configured as 2-byte numbers separated by a colon.
seq
internet no-export
Sequence number. Range is from 1 through 65535.
The Internet community.
Community of sub-ASs within a confederation. Routes with this community can be exported to other sub-ASs in the same confederation but not outside the confederation to other ASs or otherwise sent to EBGP neighbors.
local-as no-advertise
Local sub-AS within the confederation. Routes with this community can be advertised only within the local sub-AS.
Routes with this community cannot be advertised to any other BGP4 devices at all.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure a community access control list (ACL), and to specify the community name or type and whether to permit or deny traffic. A standard community list does not accept a regular expression.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
See Also
To create a standard community list: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# ip community-list standard seq 10 permit local-as seq, ip community-list extended
356 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip dhcp relay address
2 ip dhcp relay address
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the IP DHCP Relay on a Layer 3 interface.
ip dhcp relay address ip-addr [use-vrf vrf-name]
ip-addr
use-vrf
IPv4 address of the DHCP server where the DHCP client requests are to be forwarded.
Use this option if the VRF where the DHCP server is located is different from the VRF of the interface where the client is connected.
VRF name.
Defaults
vrf-name
None
Command Modes Interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Configures the IP DHCP Relay on the switch Layer 3 interface using the IPv4 address of the DHCP server where the DHCP client requests are to be forwarded. You can configure the address on a virtual Ethernet (VE) or a physical GigabitEthernet, TengigabitEthernet, or FortyGigabitEthernet interface.
Enter the command while in interface configuration mode for a VE or physical interface where you want to configure the IP DHCP Relay. Configure up to four DHCP server IP addresses per interface.
Use the no version of this command to remove the IP DHCP Relay from the interface. If the use-vrf option is not used, it is assumed that the DHCP server and interface where the client is connected are on the same VRF.
Examples To configure an IP DHCP Relay address on a TenGigabitEthernet interface in standalone mode: sw0(config)# interface TenGiga 2/3/1 sw0(conf-if-te-2/3/1)# ip dhcp relay address 100.1.1.2
To configure an IP DHCP Relay address on a VE interface in standalone mode: sw0(config)# interface ve 100 sw0(config-Ve-100)# ip dhcp relay address 100.1.1.2
To configure an IP DHCP Relay address on a VE interface in VCS mode: switch(config)# rbridge-id 1 switch(config-rbridge-id-1)interface ve 101 switch(config-Ve-101)# ip dhcp relay address 100.1.1.2
switch(config-Ve-101)# ip dhcp relay address 12.3.4.6
To configure an IP DHCP Relay address on an interface if the DHCP server is on a different VRF than the interface where the client connects: switch# config
Entering configuration mode terminal switch(config)# rbridge-id 2 switch(config-rbridge-id-2)# interface ve 103 switch(config-Ve-103)# ip dhcp relay address 3.1.2.255 use-vrf blue
See Also
show ip dhcp relay address interface
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
357
2 ip directed-broadcast ip directed-broadcast
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None ip directed broadcast is disabled.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable IP directed broadcasts for a specific interface. A directed broadcast is an IP broadcast to all devices within a single directly attached network or subnet.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables IP directed broadcasts on an interface.
ip directed-broadcast no ip directed-broadcast
Enter no ip directed-broadcast to disable IP directed broadcasts on a specific interface.
To enable IP directed broadcasts on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# ip directed-broadcast
See Also
To disable IP directed broadcasts on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 1/3/1 switch(conf-if-fo-1/3/1)# no ip directed-broadcast
358 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip dns
2 ip dns
Synopsis
Sets the domain name service (DNS) parameters. ip dns {domain-name domain_name |name-server ip_address_of_name_server} no ip dns {domain-name domain_name |name-server ip_address_of_name_server}
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description domain-name domain_name
The domain name for the primary and secondary name servers.
name-server ip_address_of_name_server
The IP address of the primary and secondary name servers. IPv6 and IPv4 addresses are supported.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the DNS domain name and name-server IP address. The DNS parameters are the domain name and the name server IP address for primary and secondary name servers
You can enter only two name server IP addresses.
Name servers can only be entered or removed one at a time. The newly entered name server will append to the existing name server.
Examples
See Also
NOTE
If a domain name is not configured by means of the domain-name operand, DNS configuration will not work and a warning message will appear.
Enter no ip dns domain-name domain_name to disable IP directed broadcasts for a specific domain.
Enter no ip dns name-server ip_address_of_name_server to disable IP directed broadcasts for a specific name server.
To configure DNS: switch(config)# ip dns domain-name
brocade.com
switch(config)# ip dns name-server
10.70.20.1
switch(config)# ip dns name-server
10.70.20.10
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
359
2 ip echo-reply ip echo-reply
Synopsis
Enables the generation of an Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) Echo Reply message.
ip echo-reply no ip echo-reply
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable the generation of an ICMP Echo Reply message.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This is an interface-specific configuration. The configuration is persistent across a switch reload.
None
None
360 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ipv6 echo-reply
2 ipv6 echo-reply
Synopsis
Enables the generation of an ICMPv6 Echo Reply message.
ipv6 echo-reply no ipv6 echo-reply
Operand
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable the generation of an ICMPv6 Echo Reply message. This command supports Joint Interoperability Test Command (JITC).
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
The configuration is persistent across switch reload and is an interface specific configuration.
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
361
2 ip http-server enable ip http-server enable
Synopsis
Enables the HTTP server.
ip http-server enable no ip http-server enable
Operands
Defaults
None
The HTTP server is disabled by default.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable the HTTP server. Once enabled, the HTTP daemon starts without the need to reboot.
Usage Guidelines Use the no ip http-server enable command to disable the HTTP server. All active HTTP connections are closed, followed by a restart of the Apache server.
Examples
See Also
None
None
362 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip icmp rate-limit
2 ip icmp rate-limit
Synopsis
Operand
Limits the rate at which Internet Control Message Protool (ICMP) messages are sent on an IPv4 network.
ip icmp rate-limit milliseconds no ip icmp rate-limit
milliseconds
Number of milliseconds between packets. The range is from 1 through
4294967295.
Defaults The default value is 1000 milliseconds.
Command Modes Interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command limits the rate at which ICMP messages are sent on an IPv4 network. To protect against TCP SYN attacks, you can configure the Brocade device to drop TCP SYN packets when excessive numbers of messages are encountered. You can set threshold values for TCP SYN packets that are targeted at the router itself or passing through an interface, and drop them when the thresholds are exceeded.
The configuration is persistent across a switch reload. Once it is enabled, all outbound ICMP message types are rate limited.
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
363
2 ipv6 icmp rate-limit ipv6 icmp rate-limit
Synopsis
Operand
Limits the rate at which ICMP messages are sent on a IPv6 network.
ipv6 icmp rate-limit milliseconds no ipv6 icmp rate-limit
milliseconds
Number of milliseconds between packets. The range is from from 1 through
4294967295.
Defaults The default value is 1000 milliseconds.
Command Modes Interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command limits the rate at which ICMP messages are sent on a IPv6 network. To protect against TCP SYN attacks, you can configure the Brocade device to drop TCP SYN packets when excessive numbers are encountered. You can set threshold values for TCP SYN packets that are targeted at the router itself or passing through an interface, and drop them when the thresholds are exceeded.
This command supports Joint Interoperability Test Command (JITC).
The configuration is persistent across switch reload.
Once enabled, all outbound ICMP message types are rate limited.
Examples
See Also
None
364 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip igmp immediate-leave
2 ip igmp immediate-leave
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Removes a group from the IGMP table immediately when receiving a Leave Group request.
ip igmp immediate-leave no ip igmp immediate-leave
None
This command is disabled.
Command Modes VE interface configuration mode
Router interface configuration mode
Description Use this command to treat the interface as if it had one multicast client, so receipt of a Leave
Group request on the interface causes the group to be immediately removed from the multicast database.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no ip igmp immediate-leave to restore the default setting.
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
365
2 ip igmp last-member-query-interval ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults 1000 milliseconds
Command Modes VE interface configuration mode
VLAN interface configuration mode
Router interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the last-member query interval on a specific interface. The last-member query interval is the time in seconds that the IGMP router waits to receive a response to a group-specific query message, including messages sent in response to a host-leave message.
Enter no ip igmp last-member-query-interval to remove the last-member query interval on a specific interface.
Examples
Sets the last member query interval.
ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds no ip igmp last-member-query-interval
milliseconds
Response time in milliseconds. Valid values range from 100 through 25500 milliseconds.
See Also
To set the last-member query interval to 1500 milliseconds on a specific VLAN interface: switch(config)# interface vlan 100 switch(conf-Vlan-100)# ip igmp last-member-query-interval 1500
interface, interface ve, ip igmp query-interval, ip igmp query-max-response-time,
366 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip igmp query-interval
2 ip igmp query-interval
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the query interval.
ip igmp query-interval seconds no ip igmp query-interval
seconds
Response time in seconds. Valid values range from 1 through
18000 seconds.
Defaults 125 seconds
Command Modes VE interface configuration mode
VLAN interface configuration mode
Router interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the query interval. This is the amount of time between IGMP query messages sent by the switch.
Enter no ip igmp query-interval to remove the query interval on a specific interface.
To set the query interval to 500 seconds on a specific VLAN interface: switch(config)# interface vlan 100 switch(conf-Vlan-100)# ip igmp query-interval 500
See Also
To remove the query interval from a specific VLAN interface: switch(config)# interface vlan 100 switch(conf-Vlan-100)# no ip igmp query-interval
interface, ip igmp last-member-query-interval, ip igmp query-max-response-time,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
367
2 ip igmp query-max-response-time ip igmp query-max-response-time
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets the maximum response time for IGMP queries.
ip igmp query-max-response-time seconds no ip igmp query-max-response-time
seconds
10 seconds
Response time in seconds. Valid values range from 1 through 25 seconds.
Command Modes VE interface configuration mode
VLAN interface configuration mode
Router interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the maximum response time for IGMP queries for a specific interface.
When a host receives the query packet, it starts counting to a random value, less than the maximum response time. When this timer expires, the switch (host) replies with a report, provided that no other host from the same group has responded yet.
Enter no ip igmp query-max-response-time to restore the default maximum response time for
IGMP queries.
Examples To set the maximum response time to 20 seconds on a specific VLAN interface: switch(config)# interface vlan 100 switch(conf-vlan-100)# ip igmp query-max-response-time 20
See Also
To remove the maximum response time from a specific VLAN interface: switch(config)# interface vlan 100 switch(conf-vlan-100)# no ip igmp query-max-response-time
interface, ip igmp last-member-query-interval, ip igmp query-interval, ip igmp static-group
368 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip igmp snooping enable (global version)
2 ip igmp snooping enable (global version)
Synopsis
Enables Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping for all VLAN interfaces.
ip igmp snooping enable no ip igmp snooping enable
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping globally.
Usage Guidelines
None
IGMP snooping is globally disabled.
Examples
This command enables IGMP snooping at the global level causing feature to be automatically enabled at all the already configured VLANs. In presence of this command, later if a VLAN is created, IGMP snooping will get enabled for that VLAN as well.
Enter no ip igmp snooping enable to return to the default setting.
To enable IGMP globally: switch(config)# ip igmp snooping enable
See Also
ip igmp snooping enable, show ip igmp snooping
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
369
2 ip igmp snooping enable ip igmp snooping enable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
When snooping is enabled globally, IGMP snooping is enabled on all VLAN interfaces.
Command Modes VLAN interface configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable IGMP snooping on a specific VLAN interface.
IGMP snooping allows a network switch to listen in on the IGMP conversation between hosts and routers. By listening to these conversations, the switch maintains a map of which links need which
IP multicast streams. Multicasts may be filtered from the links which do not need them.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping for a specific VLAN interface.
ip igmp snooping enable no ip igmp snooping enable
Enter no ip igmp snooping enable to disable snooping for a specific VLAN interface.
To enable IGMP for a specific VLAN interface: switch(config)# interface vlan 1 switch(config-Vlan-1)# ip igmp snooping enable
See Also
To disable IGMP for a specific VLAN interface: switch(config)# interface vlan 1 switch(config-Vlan-1)# no ip igmp snooping enable
interface, interface ve, ip igmp snooping enable (global version), show ip igmp snooping,
ip igmp snooping fast-leave, ip igmp snooping mrouter, ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout,
ip igmp snooping querier enable
370 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip igmp snooping fast-leave
2 ip igmp snooping fast-leave
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
This command is disabled.
Command Modes VLAN interface configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping fast-leave processing. This allows the removal of an interface from the forwarding table without sending out group-specific queries to the interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables snooping fast-leave.
ip igmp snooping fast-leave no ip igmp snooping fast-leave
Enter no ip igmp snooping fast-leave to disable this function.
To enable snooping fast-leave for a specific VLAN interface: switch(config)# interface vlan 1 switch(config-Vlan-1)# ip igmp snooping fast-leave
See Also
To disable snooping fast-leave for a specific VLAN interface: switch(config)# interface vlan 1 switch(config-Vlan-1)# no ip igmp snooping fast-leave
interface, interface ve, ip igmp snooping enable (global version), show ip igmp snooping,
ip igmp snooping enable, ip igmp snooping mrouter, ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout,
ip igmp snooping querier enable
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
371
2 ip igmp snooping mrouter ip igmp snooping mrouter
Synopsis
Configures a VLAN port member to be a multicast router interface.
ip igmp snooping mrouter {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number} no ip igmp snooping mrouter {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number}
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes VLAN interface configuration mode
Description interface Use this parameter to specify the interface.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. Valid values range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and 1 through 6144 for Brocade
VCS Fabric mode.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a VLAN port member to be a multicast router interface, which is an interface that faces toward a multicast router or other Internet Group Management Protocol
(IGMP) querier.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
372 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip igmp snooping mrouter
2
Examples
See Also
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Enter no ip igmp snooping mrouter to remove the configured mrouter.
This command is mutually exclusive of ip igmp snooping querier enable.
To configure a VLAN port member to be a multicast router interface. switch(config)# interface vlan 100 switch(config-Vlan-100)# ip igmp snooping mrouter interface
tengigabitethernet 101/0/1
interface, ip igmp snooping enable (global version), show ip igmp snooping,
ip igmp snooping enable, ip igmp snooping fast-leave, ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout,
ip igmp snooping querier enable
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
373
2 ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures the mrouter timeout value for Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping.
ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout seconds no ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout
seconds
300 seconds
Timeout time in seconds. Valid range is from 1 through 60000 seconds.
Command Modes VLAN interface configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the timeout range for when multicast router ports are automatically learned on a specific VLAN interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout to restore the default mrouter value of 300 seconds on the VLAN interface.
To configure the mrouter timeout value to 600 seconds on a VLAN interface: switch(config)# interface vlan 100 switch(config-Vlan-100)# ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout 600
interface, ip igmp snooping enable (global version), show ip igmp snooping,
ip igmp snooping enable, ip igmp snooping fast-leave, ip igmp snooping mrouter,
ip igmp snooping querier enable
374 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip igmp snooping querier enable
2 ip igmp snooping querier enable
Synopsis
Activates or deactivates the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping querier.
ip igmp snooping querier enable no ip igmp snooping querier enable
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes VLAN interface configuration mode
Description Use this command to control the IGMP snooping querier functionality.
Usage Guidelines
None
IGMP snooping querier is disabled.
Examples
See Also
Enter no ip igmp snooping querier enable to disable the IGMP snooping querier.
This command is mutually exclusive of ip igmp snooping mrouter interface.
To enable the IGMP snooping querier feature for the VLAN interface: switch(config)# interface vlan 100 switch(config-Vlan-100)# ip igmp snooping querier enable
interface, ip igmp snooping enable (global version), show ip igmp snooping,
ip igmp snooping enable, ip igmp snooping fast-leave, ip igmp snooping mrouter,
ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
375
2 ip igmp static-group ip igmp static-group
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the static group membership entries for a specific interface.
ip igmp static-group A.B.C.D no ip igmp static-group A.B.C.D
A.B.C.D Specifies the group address, as a subnet number in dotted decimal format
(for example, 10.0.0.1), as the allowable range of addresses included in the multicast group.
Defaults None
Command Modes VE interface configuration mode
VLAN interface configuration mode
Router interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to create IGMP static group membership to test multicast forwarding without a receiver host. When you enable IGMP static group membership, data is forwarded to an interface without receiving membership reports from host members. Using ip igmp static-group, packets to the group are fast-switched out of a specific interface. Static group membership entries are automatically added to the IGMP cache and PIMmcache table.
Enter no ip igmp static-group A.B.C.D to restore the default setting for the specified group address.
To create a static port-channel group for a specific VLAN interface: switch(config)# interface vlan 100 switch(config-Vlan-100)# ip igmp static-group 225.1.1.1 interface port-channel 60
See Also
To reset a static group on a specific VLAN interface to the default settings: switch(config)# interface vlan 100 switch(config-Vlan-100)# no ip igmp static-group 225.1.1.1
interface, ip igmp last-member-query-interval, ip igmp query-interval,
ip igmp query-max-response-time
376 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip interface
2 ip interface
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the IP address of the VXLAN overlay-gateway instance.
ip interface Ve veid vrrp-extended-group group-ID no ip interface
veid
group-ID
Specifies the ID of the virtual ethernet interface (which must already be configured) through which you are configuring the IP address of the VXLAN gateway.
Specifies the virtual router group (which must already be configured) through which you are configuring the IP address of the VXLAN gateway.
Defaults None
Command Modes VXLAN Gateway Configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the IP address of the VXLAN overlay gateway. The command accepts the
VE interface ID and VRPP-E group ID, then sets the overlay gateway IP address as identical to the already configured Virtual Redundancy Router Protocol-Extended (VRRP-E) virtual IP address.
Changing the VE interface ID or VRRPE group ID would require an update of all tunnel source addresses.
Be sure the VXLAN gateway is in the inactive state when you issue this command.
If you have already added Rbridge attachments to the VXLAN gateway overlay, the VE and VRPP-E group IDs must exist for the attached Rbridge IDs.
Use the no form of this command to delete the IP address configuration for this gateway.
Some commands cannot be used if they would affect an active VXLAN gateway address configuration. For example, consider the following configuration: switch# configure switch(config)# overlay-gateway xx switch(config-overlay-gw-xx)# attach rbridge-id add 1 switch(config-overlay-gw-xx)# ip interface ve 1000 vrrp-extended-group 100 switch(config-overlay-gw-xx)# activate
Examples of operations that would not be allowed based on this configuration are:
•
Deleting VLAN 1000 (because this implicitly deletes VE 1000)
•
Deleting VE 1000 on Rbridge 1
•
Deleting VRRP-E group 100 for VE 1000 on Rbridge 1
•
Changing virtual IP configuration for VE 1000, VRRPE group 100 on Rbridge 1
•
Changing VRF on VE 1000 on Rbridge 1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
377
2 ip interface
Examples To set the IP address of a VXLAN gateway overlay named gateway1 (using the already configured
Ve interface ID 10 and the vrrp-extended group ID 25): switch# configure switch(config)# overlay-gateway gateway1 switch(config-overlay-gw-gateway1)# ip interface Ve 10 vrrp-extended-group 25
See Also
378 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip load-sharing
2 ip load-sharing
Synopsis
Operands
Enables load sharing. ip load-sharing paths no ip load-sharing
paths
Specifies the number of load-sharing paths. Valid values range from 0 to 8.
The default is 8. If you specify 1, load sharing is disabled.
Defaults Load sharing is enabled and set to 8 paths.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to enable load sharing and set the maximum number of load-sharing paths.
By default, IP load sharing allows IP traffic to be balanced across up to 8 equal paths.
For optimal results, set the maximum number of paths to a value equal to or greater than the maximum number of equal-cost paths that your network typically contains. For example, if a
Brocade device has six next-hop routers, you should set the maximum paths value to 6.
Enter no ip load-sharing to remove the load sharing configuration and restore the default value.
See Also
To set the number of load-sharing paths to 7: switch (config)# rbridge-id 30 switch (config-rbridge-id-30)# ip load-sharing 7
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
379
2 ip mtu ip mtu
Synopsis
Sets the MTU. ip mtu size no ip mtu
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to specify the MTU on a specific interface.
Usage Guidelines
size
Specifies the size of the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of an interface.
MTU size is 1500 bytes.
Examples
See Also
The entire fabric acts like a single switch. Therefore, MTU is applicable only on edge ports and not on an ISL.
The allowed MTU size is from 576 to 9018 bytes.
Enter no ip mtu to reset the MTU size to the default.
To set the MTU size to 2000 bytes on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# ip mtu 2000
380 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip multicast-boundary
2 ip multicast-boundary
Synopsis
Configures a multicast boundary on an interface.
ip multicast-boundary no ip multicast-boundary
Operands
Defaults
None
No multicast boundaries are defined on an interface.
Command Modes Interface configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure a multicast boundary on an interface. Since there is no support for a prefix-list, this command applies the boundary for the entire multicast range on the interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no ip multicast-boundary to disable this feature.
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
381
2 ip ospf active ip ospf active
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets a specific OSPF interface to active.
ip ospf active
None
None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip ospf active command to change the state to active on specific OSPF interfaces.
Use the ip ospf active command on each interface participating in adjacency formation. This command overrides the global passive setting on that interface, and enables transmission of
OSPF control packets.
Examples To set a specific OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface to active: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)# int ve 100 sw0(config-Ve-100)# ip ospf active
See Also
382 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip ospf passive
2 ip ospf passive
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets a specific OSPF interface to passive.
ip ospf passive
None
None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip ospf passive command to change the state on to passive on specific OSPF interfaces.
Use the ip ospf passive command to disable transmission of OSPF control packets on that interface. OSPF control packets received on a passive interface are discarded.
Examples To set a specific OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface to passive: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)# int ve 200 sw0(config-Ve-200)# ip ospf passive
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
383
2 ip ospf area ip ospf area
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
area-id
OSPF is disabled.
Area address in dotted decimal or decimal format.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable an OSPF area on the interface to which you are connected.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables OSPF on an interface.
ip ospf area area-id no ip ospf area
Enter no ip ospf area to disable OSPF on this interface.
To enable a configured OSPF area named 0 on a specific OSPF 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 190/0/49 switch(conf-if-te-190/0/49)# ip ospf area 0
See Also
To enable a configured OSPF area named 0 on a specific OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 12 switch(config-ve-12)# ip ospf area 0
interface, interface ve, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf authentication-key, ip ospf cost,
ip ospf database-filter, ip ospf dead-interval, ip ospf hello-interval, ip ospf md5-authentication,
ip ospf mtu-ignore, ip ospf network, ip ospf passive, ip ospf priority, ip ospf retransmit-interval,
384 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time
2 ip ospf auth-change-wait-time
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults Wait time is 300 seconds
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to set or reset the authentication change hold time for the interface to which you are connected.
OSPF provides graceful authentication change for the following types of authentication changes:
Changing authentication methods from one of the following to another of the following:
•
Simple text password
•
MD5 authentication
•
No authentication
Configuring a new simple text password or MD5 authentication key.
Changing an existing simple text password or MD5 authentication key.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configures authentication-change hold time.
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time wait-time no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time
wait-time
Time before an authentication change takes place. Valid values range from 0 to 14400 seconds.
Enter no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time to reset the wait time to the default of 300 seconds.
To set the wait time to 600 seconds on a specific OSPF 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 190/0/49 switch(conf-if-te-190/0/49)# ip ospf auth-change-wait-time 600
See Also
To set the wait time to 400 seconds on a specific OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 12 switch(config-ve-12)# ip ospf auth-change-wait-time 400
interface, interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf authentication-key, ip ospf cost,
ip ospf database-filter, ip ospf dead-interval, ip ospf hello-interval, ip ospf md5-authentication,
ip ospf mtu-ignore, ip ospf network, ip ospf passive, ip ospf priority, ip ospf retransmit-interval,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
385
2 ip ospf authentication-key ip ospf authentication-key
Synopsis
Operands
Configures simple password-based authentication for OSPF.
ip ospf authentication-key {0 password | 2 password | 255 password | password} no ip ospf authentication-key
0 password
2 password
255 password
password
No encryption. OSPF processes password as a plain text password and shows the unencrypted password in the show running command output as follows: key 0 passwd
Expects the user to provide the encrypted password, preceded by a dollar sign ($) sign, and shows the encrypted password in the show running command output as follows: key 2 $ci1pVT0=
Expects the user to provide the encrypted password, and 255 internally maps to 2. OSPF shows the encrypted password in the show running command output as follows: key 2 $ci1pVT0=
OSPF processes password as a plain text password. OSPF internally encrypts this password as if encryption key 2 was specified and shows the encrypted password in the show running command output as follows: key 2 $ci1pVT0=
Defaults No authentication.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to sets or reset simple password-based authentication on the OSPF interface to which you are connected.
Enter no ip ospf authentication-key to disable OSPF authentication.
The following command sets authentication only on the OSPF 10-gigabit Ethernet interface
190/0/49. To enter a plain text password called brocade that OSPF will encrypt as if encryption key 2 was specified: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 190/0/49 switch(conf-if-te-190/0/49)# ip ospf authentication-key brocade
See Also
The following example sets authentication on the OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface 12, with a plain text password called brocade that OSPF will encrypt as if encryption key 2 was specified: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 12 switch(config-ve-12)# ip ospf authentication-key brocade
interface, interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf cost,
ip ospf database-filter, ip ospf dead-interval, ip ospf hello-interval, ip ospf md5-authentication,
ip ospf mtu-ignore, ip ospf network, ip ospf passive, ip ospf priority, ip ospf retransmit-interval,
386 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip ospf cost
2 ip ospf cost
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
value
Cost value is 1.
Cost value. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to set or reset the OSPF cost on the interface. If the cost is not configured with this command, OSPF calculates the value from the reference and interface bandwidths. For more
information, refer to the auto-cost reference-bandwidth (OSPF) command.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configures cost for a specific interface.
ip ospf cost value no ip ospf cost
Enter no ip ospf cost to disable this configuration.
To set the cost to 600 on a specific OSPF 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 190/0/49 switch(conf-if-te-190/0/49)# ip ospf cost 600
See Also
To set the cost to 520 on a specific OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 12 switch(config-ve-12)# ip ospf cost 520
interface, interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf authentication-key,
ip ospf database-filter, ip ospf dead-interval, ip ospf hello-interval, ip ospf md5-authentication,
ip ospf mtu-ignore, ip ospf network, ip ospf passive, ip ospf priority, ip ospf retransmit-interval,
ip ospf transmit-delay, auto-cost reference-bandwidth (OSPF)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
387
2 ip ospf database-filter ip ospf database-filter
Synopsis
Configures filters for different types of outgoing Link State Advertisements (LSAs).
ip ospf database-filter {all-external {allow-default-and-type-4 | allow-default-out | out} | all-out | all-summary-external {allow-default-and-type-4 | allow-default-out | out}} no ip ospf database-filter all-external no ip ospf database-filter all-out no ip ospf database-filter all-summary-external
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines all-external Blocks all external LSAs.
allow-default-and-type-4
Allows default-route LSAs and Type 4 LSAs, but block all other LSAs.
allow-default-out Allows default-route LSAs, but block all other LSAs.
out Filters outgoing LSAs.
all-out Blocks all LSAs.
all-summary-external Blocks all summary (Type 3) and external (type 5) LSAs.
Defaults All filters are disabled.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Use this command to configure filters for different types of outgoing LSAs.
By default, the device floods all outbound LSAs on all the OSPF interfaces within an area. You can configure a filter to block outbound LSAs on an OSPF interface. This feature is particularly useful when you want to block LSAs from some, but not all, of the interfaces attached to the area. When enabled, this command blocks the specified outgoing LSAs on the interface. Some cases where you might want to enable filters are:
•
To control the information being advertised to the network.
•
To use a passive router for debugging only.
Enter no ip ospf database-filter followed by the appropriate operands to disable this configuration.
NOTE
You cannot block LSAs on virtual links.
Examples To apply a filter to block flooding of all LSAs on a specific OSPF 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 101/0/10 switch(conf-if-fo-101/0/10)# ip ospf database-filter all-out
To apply a filter to block flooding of all LSAs on a specific OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 24 switch(config-ve-24)# ip ospf database-filter all-out
388 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip ospf database-filter
See Also
interface, interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf authentication-key,
ip ospf cost, ip ospf dead-interval, ip ospf hello-interval, ip ospf md5-authentication,
ip ospf mtu-ignore, ip ospf network, ip ospf passive, ip ospf priority, ip ospf retransmit-interval,
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
389
2 ip ospf dead-interval ip ospf dead-interval
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
interval
Dead interval in seconds.
The default value is 40 seconds.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the number of seconds that a neighbor router waits for a hello packet from the device before declaring the router down. If you change the dead interval, the hello interval is changed to be one fourth the new dead interval, unless the hello interval is also explicitly
configured values of the hello interval, which means that a value that got automatically changed as the result of a dead-interval change would not be displayed.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configures neighbor dead interval.
ip ospf dead-interval interval no ip ospf dead-interval
Enter no ip ospf dead-interval to use the default value.
To set the dead interval to 80 on a specific OSPF 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 101/0/10 switch(conf-if-fo-101/0/10)# ip ospf dead-interval 80
See Also
To set the dead interval to 70 on a specific OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 24 switch(config-ve-24)# ip ospf dead-interval 70
interface,interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf authentication-key,
ip ospf cost, ip ospf database-filter, ip ospf hello-interval, ip ospf md5-authentication,
ip ospf mtu-ignore, ip ospf network, ip ospf passive, ip ospf priority, ip ospf retransmit-interval,
390 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip ospf hello-interval
2 ip ospf hello-interval
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
interval
Hello interval in seconds.
The default value is 10 seconds.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the length of time between the transmission of hello packets that this interface sends to neighbor routers. If you change the hello interval, the dead interval is changed to be four times the new hello interval, unless the dead interval is also explicitly configured using
the ip ospf dead-interval command. Also, running-config displays only explicitly configured values
of the dead interval, which means that a value that got automatically changed as the result of a hello-interval change would not be displayed.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configures the hello interval.
ip ospf hello-interval interval no ospf hello-interval
Enter no ospf hello-interval to use the default value.
To set the hello interval to 200 on a specific OSPF 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 101/0/10 switch(conf-if-fo-101/0/10)# ip ospf hello-interval 200
See Also
To set the hello interval to 180 on a specific OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 24 switch(config-ve-24)# ip ospf hello-interval 180
interface, interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf authentication-key,
ip ospf cost, ip ospf database-filter, ip ospf dead-interval, ip ospf md5-authentication,
ip ospf mtu-ignore, ip ospf network, ip ospf passive, ip ospf priority, ip ospf retransmit-interval,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
391
2 ip ospf md5-authentication ip ospf md5-authentication
Synopsis
Configures MD5 password and authentication change hold time.
ip ospf md5-authentication {key-activation-wait-time wait-time | key-id id MD5_key {0 | 2 | 255}
ospf_password} no ip ospf md5-authentication key-id
Operands
Defaults No authentication.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description key-activation-wait-time.
Sets the time that OSPF waits before activating a new key.
wait-time
Time OSPF waits before activating a new MD5 key. This parameter provides a graceful transition from one MD5 key to another without disturbing the network. All new packets transmitted after the wait time ends will use the newly configured MD5 Key. OSPF packets that contain the old MD5 key are accepted for up to five minutes after the new MD5 key is in operation. Valid values range from 0 to 14400 seconds. The default value is 300 seconds.
key-id
id MD5_key
Sets MD5 key and OSPF password.
The num is a number between 1 and 255 and identifies the MD5 key that is being used. This parameter is required to differentiate among multiple keys defined on a router. When MD5 is enabled, the key is an alphanumeric password of up to 16 characters that is later encrypted and included in each OSPF packet transmitted. You must enter a password in this field when the system is configured to operate with either simple or MD5 authentication. By default, the MD5 authentication key is encrypted.
0 password
2 password
No encryption. OSPF processes password as a plain text password and shows the unencrypted password in the show running command output as follows: key 0 passwd
Expects the user to provide the encrypted password, preceded by a dollar sign ($), and shows the encrypted password in the show running command output as follows: key 2 $ci1pVT0=
255 password Expects the user to provide the encrypted password, and 255 internally maps to 2. OSPF shows the encrypted password in the show running command output as follows: key 2 $ci1pVT0=
ospf_password
OSPF processes password as a plain text password. OSPF internally encrypts this password as if encryption key 2 was specified and shows the encrypted password in the show running command output as follows: key 2 $ci1pVT0=
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to sets or reset the MD5 password and/or authentication change hold time on the interface to which you are connected.
Enter no ip ospf md5-authentication key-id to disable this configuration.
392 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip ospf md5-authentication
2
Examples
See Also
The following command sets authentication only on the OSPF 40-gigabit Ethernet interface
100/0/1. To enter an MD5 ID/key of 255 key and a plain text OSPF password called brocade that
OSPF will encrypt as if encryption key 2 was specified: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 100/0/1 switch(conf-if-fo-100/0/1)# ip ospf md5 key-id 255 key brocade
The following command sets authentication only on the OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface 24.
To enter an MD5 id/key of 255 key and a plain text OSPF password called brocade that OSPF will encrypt as if encryption key 2 was specified: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 24 switch(config-ve-24)# ip ospf md5 key-id 255 key brocade
interface,interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf authentication-key,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
393
2 ip ospf mtu-ignore ip ospf mtu-ignore
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
Enabled
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable MTU-match checking. In default operation, the IP MTU on both sides of an OSPF link must be the same, and a check of the MTU is performed when Hello packets are first exchanged.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables or disables MTU-match checking.
ip ospf mtu-ignore no ip ospf mtu-ignore
Enter no ip ospf mtu-ignore to disable MTU-match checking on a specific interface.
To disable MTU-match checking on a specific OSPF 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 101/0/10 switch(conf-if-fo-101/0/10)# no ip ospf mtu-ignore
See Also
To disable MTU-match checking on a specific OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 24 switch(config-ve-24)# no ip ospf mtu-ignore
interface, interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf authentication-key,
ip ospf cost, ip ospf database-filter, ip ospf dead-interval, ip ospf hello-interval,
ip ospf md5-authentication, ip ospf network, ip ospf passive, ip ospf priority,
ip ospf retransmit-interval, ip ospf transmit-delay
394 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip ospf network ip ospf network
Synopsis
Configures network type.
ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} no ip ospf network
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description broadcast point-to-point
Network type is broadcast, such as Ethernet.
Network type is point-to-point.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the network type for the interface. Point-to-point can support unnumbered links, which requires less processing by OSPF.
Enter no ip ospf network to remove the network-type configuration.
NOTE
The network type non-broadcast is not supported at this time.
Examples
See Also
To configure an OSPF point-to-point link on the OSPF 10-gigabit Ethernet interface whose rbridge-ID/slot/port format is 190/0/49: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 190/0/49 switch(conf-if-te-190/0/49)# ip ospf network point-to-point
To configure an OSPF broadcast link on the OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface 24: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 24 switch(config-ve-24)# ip ospf network broadcast
interface, interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf authentication-key,
ip ospf cost, ip ospf database-filter, ip ospf dead-interval, ip ospf hello-interval,
ip ospf md5-authentication, ip ospf mtu-ignore, ip ospf passive, ip ospf priority,
ip ospf retransmit-interval, ip ospf transmit-delay
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
395
2 ip ospf passive ip ospf passive
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures an interface as passive.
ip ospf passive no ip ospf passive
None
All OSPF interfaces are active.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to set an OPSF interface to the passive state. Passive interfaces accept and process all OSPF protocol traffic, but they do not send any traffic.
You might want to set an interface to passive mode if:
•
You are planning to use the router mostly for debugging purposes.
•
The router is a stub and does not route traffic.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enter no ip ospf passive to set an interface back to active.
To set a specific OSPF 10-gigabit Ethernet interface to passive state: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 190/0/49 switch(conf-if-te-190/0/49)# ip ospf passive
To set a specific OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface to passive state: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 24 switch(config-ve-24)# ip ospf passive
See Also
interface, interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf authentication-key,
ip ospf cost, ip ospf database-filter, ip ospf dead-interval, ip ospf hello-interval,
ip ospf md5-authentication, ip ospf mtu-ignore, ip ospf network, ip ospf priority,
ip ospf retransmit-interval, ip ospf transmit-delay
396 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip ospf priority
2 ip ospf priority
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
value
The default value is 1.
Priority value. Valid values range from 0 through 255.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to set priority for DR election and backup-router election on the interface you are connected to. The OSPF router assigned the highest priority becomes the designated router, and the OSPF router with the second-highest priority becomes the backup router.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configures priority for designated router (DR) election. ip ospf priority value no ip ospf priority
Enter no ip ospf priority to use the default value.
To set a priority of 10 for the OSPF router that is connected to an OSPF 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 190/0/49: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 190/0/49 switch(conf-if-te-190/0/49)# ip ospf priority 10
To set a priority of 10 for the OSPF router that is connected to an OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface 24: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 24 switch(config-ve-24)# ip ospf priority 10
See Also
interface, interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf authentication-key,
ip ospf cost, ip ospf database-filter, ip ospf dead-interval, ip ospf hello-interval,
ip ospf md5-authentication, ip ospf mtu-ignore, ip ospf network, ip ospf passive,
ip ospf retransmit-interval, ip ospf transmit-delay
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
397
2 ip ospf retransmit-interval ip ospf retransmit-interval
Synopsis
Operands
Configures retransmit interval.
ip ospf retransmit-interval rtx-int no ip ospf retransmit-interval
rtx-int
Retransmit interval in seconds. Valid values range from 0 through
3600 seconds.
Defaults 5 seconds.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the time between Link-State Advertisement (LSA) retransmissions to adjacent routers for this interface.
Enter no ip ospf retransmit-interval to reset the retransmit interval to its default.
To set the retransmit interval to 10 for all OSPF routers on the OS-gigabit Ethernet interface
190/0/49: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 190/0/49 switch(conf-if-te-190/0/49)# ip ospf retransmit 10
To set the retransmit interval to 50 for all OSPF routers on the OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface 24: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 24 switch(config-ve-24)# ip ospf retransmit 50
See Also
interface, interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf authentication-key,
ip ospf cost, ip ospf database-filter, ip ospf dead-interval, ip ospf hello-interval,
ip ospf md5-authentication, ip ospf mtu-ignore, ip ospf network, ip ospf passive, ip ospf priority,
398 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip ospf transmit-delay
2 ip ospf transmit-delay
Synopsis
Operands
Configures transmit delay for link-update packets.
ip ospf transmit-delay tx-delay no ip ospf transmit-delay
tx-delay
Transmit delay in seconds. Valid values range from 0 through
3600 seconds.
Defaults 1 second.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the estimated time required for OSPF to send link-state update packets on the interface to which you are connected.
Enter no ip ospf transmit-delay to use the default value.
To set a transmit delay of 10 seconds for routers on the OSPF 10-gigabit Ethernet interface
190/0/49: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 190/0/49 switch(conf-if-te-190/0/49)# ip ospf transmit-delay 10
See Also
To set a transmit delay of 30 seconds for routers on the OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface 24: switch(config)# rbridge-id 178 switch(config-rbridge-id-178)# interface ve 24 switch(config-ve-24)# ip ospf transmit-delay 30
interface, interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf authentication-key,
ip ospf cost, ip ospf database-filter, ip ospf dead-interval, ip ospf hello-interval,
ip ospf md5-authentication, ip ospf mtu-ignore, ip ospf network, ip ospf passive, ip ospf priority,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
399
2 ip pim dr-priority ip pim dr-priority
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures the designated router (DR) priority of a PIM router.
ip pim dr-priority priority-value no ip pim dr-priority
priority-value
DR priority value is 1.
The DR priority value. Valid values range from 0 through 65535.
Command Modes Interface configuration mode
Router interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the DR priority value of a Protocol Independent Multicast-enabled interface.
Enter no ip pim dr-priority to disable this feature.
Setting the priority to 100.
switch(conf-if-ext-0/15)# ip pim dr-priority 100
See Also
400 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip pim-sparse
2 ip pim-sparse
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enables or disables Protocol Independent Multicast Sparse Mode on a physical or a VE interface.
ip pim-sparse no ip pim-sparse
None
Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) is not enabled on an interface.
Command Modes Interface configuration mode
Router interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to enable or disable Protocol Independent Multicast Sparse Mode on a physical or a VE interface.
Enter no ip pim-sparse to disable this feature.
Enabling sparse PIM on an interface switch(conf-if-ext-0/15)# ip pim-sparse
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
401
2 ip policy route-map ip policy route-map
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enables policy-based routing (PBR) on any Layer 3 interface after ACLs and route map entries are configured.
ip policy route-map map-tag no ip policy route-map map-tag
map-tag
None
The name of the route-map when it was created.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to enable policy-based routing (PBR) on any Layer 3 interface after ACLs and route map entries are configured.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no ip policy route-map to disable this feature.
None
show route-map, show route-map interface
402 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip prefix-list
2 ip prefix-list
Synopsis
Configures the IP prefix-list instance.
ip prefix-list name instance [permit | deny] A.B.C.D/MLEN ge value le value no ip prefix-list name instance [permit | deny] A.B.C.D/MLEN ge value le value
Operands name
instance permit deny
A.B.C.D/MLEN ge value le value
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to configure the IP prefix-list instance.
Enter no ip prefix-list to disable this feature.
None
match interface, match ip address, match ip next-hop, match metric, match route-type,
match tag, route-map, set distance, set ip next-hop, set metric, set tag
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
403
2 ip proxy-arp ip proxy-arp
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
Proxy ARP is disabled.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable proxy ARP on a specific interface. Proxy ARP allows a Brocade device to answer ARP requests from devices on one network on behalf of devices in another network.
Because ARP requests are MAC-layer broadcasts, they reach only the devices that are directly connected to the sender of the ARP request. Therefore, ARP requests do not cross routers.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables proxy ARP on an interface.
ip proxy-arp no ip proxy-arp
Enter no ip proxy-arp to disable proxy ARP on a specific interface.
To enable proxy ARP on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# ip proxy-arp
See Also
To disable proxy ARP on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 1/3/1 switch(conf-if-fo-1/3/1)# no ip proxy-arp
404 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip route
2 ip route
Synopsis
Operands
Adds a static route. ip route A.B.C.D/L A.B.C.D [metric] [distance distance] [tag tag] ip route A.B.C.D/L {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port| gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve vlan#} [metric]
[distance distance] [tag tag] ip route A.B.C.D/L null rbridge-id/slot/port [metric] [distance distance] [tag tag] no ip route A.B.C.D/L A.B.C.D no ip route A.B.C.D/L {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve vlan_id} no ip route A.B.C.D/L null rbridge-id/slot/port
A.B.C.D/L
A.B.C.D
Specifies the destination IP address.
Specifies the IP address of the next hop.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet outgoing interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet outgoing interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet outgoing interface.
rbridge-id slot port
ve vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the VLAN number. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.) null rbridge-id/slot/port
Drops packets with this destination.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
405
2 ip route
Description
Usage Guidelines
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
metric
distance distance Specifies the administrative distance of the route. When comparing otherwise equal routes to a destination, a Brocade device prefers lower administrative distances over higher ones. Valid values range from 1 through 255. The default is 1. tag tag
Cost metric of the route. Valid values range from 1through 16. The default is 1.
Tag value of the route to use for route filtering with a route map. Valid values range from 0through 4294967295.
Defaults Refer to the Operands descriptions for specific defaults.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Use this command to add a route to the IP routing tables.
Enter no ip route followed by the route identifier to remove a static route.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples To configure a static route to 10.95.7.0, using 10.95.6.157 as the next-hop gateway.
switch (config)# rbridge-id 30 switch (config-rbridge-id-30)# ip route 10.95.7.0/24 10.95.6.157
See Also None
406 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip route next-hop ospf
2 ip route next-hop ospf
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
There are no operands for this command.
Disabled
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable a Brocade device to use routes learned from a specified protocol to resolve a configured static route.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enables static-route next-hop-resolution with OSPF routes. ip route next-hop ospf no ip route next-hop ospf
Enter no ip route next-hop ospf to disable static-route next-hop-resolution with OSPF routes.
To enable static-route next-hop-resolution with OSPF routes: switch (config)# rbridge-id 30 switch (config-rbridge-id-30)# ip route next-hop ospf
ip route next-hop-enable-default, ip route next-hop-recursion, ip route next-hop-vrf
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
407
2 ip route next-hop-enable-default ip route next-hop-enable-default
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
There are no operands for this command.
Disabled
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable a Brocade device to use the default route (0.0.0.0/0) to resolve a next hop.
This command works independently from the ip route next-hop-recursion and
itself is a static route, you must configure the ip route next-hop-recursion command to resolve
other static routes by this default route.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enables the default route for next-hop resolution. ip route next-hop-enable-default no ip route next-hop-enable-default
Enter no ip route next-hop-enable-default to disable the default route for next-hop resolution.
To enable the default route for next-hop resolution: switch (config)# rbridge-id 30 switch (config-rbridge-id-30)# ip route next-hop-enable-default
ip route next-hop-recursion, ip route next-hop ospf, ip route next-hop-vrf
408 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip route next-hop-recursion
2 ip route next-hop-recursion
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults Next-hop recursion level is 3.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable next-hop recursive lookup by other routes, and set the next-hop recursion level. If you want to disable the recursion configuration, set the value to 0. You can re-enable the configuration later.
Enter no ip route next-hop-recursion to remove next-hop resolution configuration and revert to its default.
Examples
See Also
Enables Brocade switches to use routes to resolve another route. ip route next-hop-recursion level no ip route next-hop-recursion
level
Sets the number of levels of recursion allowed. Valid values range from 0 through 10. The default is 3.
To set the next-hop recursion level to 7: switch (config)# rbridge-id 30 switch (config-rbridge-id-30)# ip route next-hop-recursion 7
ip route next-hop ospf, ip route next-hop-enable-default, ip route next-hop-vrf
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
409
2 ip route next-hop-vrf ip route next-hop-vrf
Synopsis
Enables the leaking of static routes from one VRF instance to another. ip route ip_addr/mask next-hop-vrf vrf VRF_name next_hop_ip_addr no route ip_addr/mask next-hop-vrf vrf VRF_name next_hop_ip_addr
Operands
ip_addr/mask
vrf VRF_name
IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation with a CIDR notation mask.
Specifies the name of the target VRF instance to which route leaking is enabled.
Next-hop IP address in the target VRF instance.
Defaults
ip_addr
Disabled
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode and VRF address-family IPv4 submode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to enable the leaking of static routes from one VRF instance to another.
Enter no ip route ip_addr mask next-hop-vrf to disable the leaking of static routes.
To enable static route leaking from the default VRF to VRF “brown”: switch# config switch (config)# rbridge-id 2 switch (config-rbridge-id-2)# ip route 1.1.1.0/24 next-hop-vrf brown 10.1.1.10
See Also
This example shows the static route leaking enabled from the default VRF to VRF “brown”: switch# show running rbridge rbridge-id 2 ip route 0.0.0.0/0 10.24.64.1
ip route 1.1.1.0/24 next-hop-vrf brown 10.1.1.10
ip route next-hop ospf, ip route next-hop-enable-default, ip route next-hop-recursion, show ip route
410 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ip router-id
2 ip router-id
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
A.B.C.D
None
Specifies the IPv4 address that you want as the router ID.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description Use this command to set a router ID (the 32-bit number that uniquely identifies the device).
By default, the router ID is the numerically lowest IP interface configured on the device, but you can explicitly set the router ID to any valid IP address that is not in use on another device in the network.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Configures router ID. ip router-id A.B.C.D no ip router-id A.B.C.D
Enter no ip router-id A.B.C.D to remove the router ID and use the default router ID.
To specify a router ID of 192.158.1.2: switch (config)# rbridge-id 30 switch (config-rbridge-id-30)# ip router-id 192.158.1.2
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
411
2 ip unreachable ip unreachable
Synopsis
Prohibits routers from forwarding an Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) Destination
Unreachable Code 3 (port unreachable) message on a point-to-point link back onto the ingress port.
ip unreachable no ip unreachable
Operands
Defaults
None
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description This command prohibits routers from forwarding a Destination Unreachable Code 3 (port unreachable) message on point-to-point links back onto the ingress port.
By default, ICMP Destination Unreachable Code 3 messages are sent for a discarded IP packet.
You can disable the sending of these messages.
Usage Guidelines Use the no ip unreachable command to disable the sending of these messages.
This is an interface-specific configuration The configuration is persistent across a switch reload.
Examples
See Also
None
412 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ipv6 echo-reply
2 ipv6 echo-reply
Synopsis
Enables the generation of an Internet Control Message Protocol version 6 (ICMPv6) Echo Reply message.
ipv6 echo-reply no ipv6 echo-reply
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable the generation of an ICMPv6 Echo Reply message.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This is an interface-specific configuration. The configuration is persistent across a switch reload.
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
413
2 ipv6 icmp rate-limit ipv6 icmp rate-limit
Synopsis
Operands
Limits the rate at which Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) messages are sent on an IPv6 network.
ipv6 icmp rate-limit milliseconds no ipv6 icmp rate-limit
milliseconds
Number of milliseconds between packets. The range is from 1 through
4294967295.
Defaults The default value is 1000 milliseconds.
Command Modes Interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command limits the rate at which ICMP messages are sent on an IPv6 network. To protect against TCP SYN attacks, you can configure the Brocade device to drop TCP SYN packets when excessive numbers of messages are encountered. You can set threshold values for TCP SYN packets that are targeted at the router itself or passing through an interface, and drop them when the thresholds are exceeded.
The configuration is persistent across switch reload. Once it is enabled, all outbound ICMP message types are rate limited.
Examples
See Also
None
414 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ipv6 ra-guard
2 ipv6 ra-guard
Synopsis
Protects against malicious Router Advertisements (RAs).
ipv6 ra-guard no ipv6 ra-guard
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface configuration mode
Description Use this command to protect against malicious Router Advertisements (RAs).
When operating IPv6 in a shared Layer 2 (L2) network segment without complete SEcure Neighbor
Discovery (SEND) support by all devices connected or without the availability of the infrastructure necessary to support SEND, there is always the risk of facing operational problems due to rogue
RAs.
RA-Guard protects the system against generated maliciously or unintentionally by unauthorized or improperly configured routers connecting to the segment.
RA-Guard applies to an environment where all messages between IPv6 end-devices traverse the controlled Layer 2 networking devices.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
None
Enter no ipv6 ra-guard to disable this feature.
switch(conf-if-te-12/2/1)# ipv6 ra-guard
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
415
2 ipv6 route ipv6 route
Synopsis
Configures a static IPv6 route.
ipv6 route IPv6_address/prefix no ipv6 route IPv6_address/prefix
Operands IPv6_address/prefix Sets the IPv6address and prefix for the next hop.
next-hop
The next-hop IPv6 address.
Defaults None
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure a static IPv6 route.
Enter no ipv6 route IPv6_address/prefix to remove the configuration.
To configure a static IPv6 route.
switch(config-rbridge-id-2)# ipv6 route fe80::21b:edff:fe0b:3c00/64
See Also
416 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ipv6 unreachable
2 ipv6 unreachable
Synopsis
Prohibits routers from forwarding an Internet Control Message Protocol version 6 (ICMPv6)
Destination Unreachable Code 3 (port unreachable) message on a point-to-point link back onto the ingress port.
ipv6 unreachable no ipv6 unreachable
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description This command prohibits routers from forwarding an ICMPv6 Destination Unreachable Code 3 (port unreachable) message on point-to-point links back onto the ingress port.
By default, ICMPv6 Destination Unreachable Code 3 messages are sent for a discarded IP packet.
You can disable the sending of these messages.
Usage Guidelines
None
This command is enabled by default.
Examples
See Also
Use the no ipv6 unreachable command to disable the sending of these messages.
This is an interface-specific configuration The configuration is persistent across a switch reload.
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
417
2 iscsi-priority iscsi-priority
Synopsis
Sets the iSCSI priority bitmap.
iscsi-priority value no iscsi-priority
Operands
Defaults
value
The priority bitmap value. Valid values range from 0 through 7.
Priority bitmap value is 4.
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the iSCSI priority bitmap for use in the DCBX iSCSI TLV.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no iscsi-priority to return to the default value.
None
None
418 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
isl-r_rdy
2 isl-r_rdy
Synopsis
Sets the flow control primitive used to prevent frame drop to ISL R_RDY mode.
isl-r_rdy no isl-r_rdy
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface Fibre Channel configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable inter switch link receiver ready (ISL R_RDY) flow control mode on a
Fibre Channel port.
This flow control mode can be enabled only for a port configured for long distance operation with long distance modes LE, LD, or LS.
In ISL R_RDY mode, the port sends the R_RDY primitive signal that the port is ready to receive frames. The port sends an exchange link parameter (ELP) with flow control mode 02. If a port is
ISL R_RDY enabled, it can only receive an ELP with flow control mode 02. A received ELP with flow control mode 01 will segment the fabric.
Usage Guidelines
None no isl-r_rdy or VC_RDY flow control mode.
Examples
Brocade recommends disabling ISL R_RDY.
This command can be used only on Network OS platforms with Fibre Channel ports
(Brocade VDX 6730-32 and Brocade VDX 6730-76 switches), in Brocade VCS Fabric mode, and with the FCoE license installed.
A Fibre Channel port configured as a trunk port cannot have the ISL R_RDY flow control enabled.
Enter no isl-r_rdy to disable ISL R_RDY mode on a port, and instead establish VC_RDY flow control.
To enable ISL R_RDY mode on a port: switch(config)# interface FibreChannel 7/0/2 switch(conf-FibreChannel-7/0/2)# isl-r_rdy
To disable ISL R_RDY mode on a port: switch(config)# interface FibreChannel 7/0/2 switch(conf-FibreChannel-7/0/2)# no isl-r_rdy
See Also
desire-distance, fill-word, interface, long-distance, show running-config interface FibreChannel,
shutdown, speed (Fibre Channel), trunk-enable, vc-link-init
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
419
2 keep-alive timeout (fabric-map) keep-alive timeout (fabric-map)
Synopsis
Enables or disables the keep-alive timeout. keep-alive timeout no keep-alive timeout
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes FCoE fabric-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable the keep-alive timeout.
Usage Guidelines You must be in the feature configuration mode for FCoE fabric-map for this command to function.
Enter no keep-alive timeout to disable the keep-alive timeout.
Examples
See Also
None
420 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
l2traceroute
2 l2traceroute
Synopsis
Operands
This command sends a simple traceroute from the source MAC address to the destination MAC address. This command is not supported in the standalone mode.
l2traceroute
None
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to send a plain Layer 2 traceroute, hop by hop, from the switch that learned the source MAC address to the switch that learned the destination MAC address. The IP parameters included in the l2traceroute command allow for generating frames with similar properties as the ones generated from a connected device, thus traversing the same path through the fabric.
Usage Guidelines This command does not support operands. You are prompted for the required information after you enter the l2traceroute command.
Configuration results depend on the configuration parameters specified. The following fields display when you enter the l2traceroute command:
•
Source MAC address—Enter the source MAC address. The MAC address must be a valid MAC address that exists in the mac-address-table.
•
Destination MAC address—Enter the destination MAC address. The MAC address must be a valid MAC address that exists in the mac-address-table.
•
Vlan—Enter the VLAN number. On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to
VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
Edge rbridge-id—Enter the edge RBridge ID on which the l2traceroute command is to run.
•
Extended commands—Enter Y to enable extended commands, which include protocol type (IP or FCoE), source IP address, destination IP address, IP protocol type (TCP or UDP), source port number, and destination port number.
Based on the input for Extended commands, if you enter Y, the parameters branch as follows:
•
Protocol Type [IP]—Enter the protocol type. You must select the IP including.
•
Source IP address—Enter the source IP address.
•
Destination IP address—Enter the destination IP address.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
421
422
2 l2traceroute
Examples
See Also
•
IP Protocol Type [TCP |UDP|0–255]—Enter the IP protocol type including:
•
TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) is a connection-oriented protocol, which means that it requires handshaking to set up end-to-end communications.
•
UDP (User Datagram Protocol) is a message-based connectionless protocol.
Communication occurs by transmitting information in one direction, from the source to the destination, without verifying the readiness of the receiver.
•
0–255 is the numeric protocol value. to use as filter.
•
The source port number. The valid port range is 0 through 65535. This is an optional field.
•
The destination port number. The valid port range is 0 through 65535. This is an optional field.
This example shows extended commands, IP protocol type, and TCP as the IP protocol type.
switch# l2traceroute
Source mac address
Destination mac address
Vlan [1-3583]
Edge rbridge-id [1-239]
Extended commands [Y/N]?
Protocol Type [IP/FCoE]
Source IP address
Destination IP address
IP Protocol Type [TCP/UDP/0-255]
Source port number [0-65535]
Dest port number [0-65535]
: 0050.564f.549f
: 0005.1ea0.8dd8
: 1
: 1
: Y
: IP
: 192.85.1.2
: 192.0.2.2
: TCP
: 58
: 67
50
40
10
20
30 switch# l2traceroute
Source mac address
Destination mac address
Vlan [1-3583]
: 0000.0000.1111
: 0000.0000.2222
: 1
Edge rbridge-id [1-239]
Extended commands [Y/N]?
: 50
: n
Rbridge Ingress Egress Rtt(usec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Te 50/0/15
Te 40/0/38(isl)
Te 10/0/2(isl)
Te 20/0/4(isl)
Te 30/0/10(isl)
Te 50/0/38(isl)
Te 40/0/2(isl)
Te 10/0/4(isl)
Te 20/0/10(isl)
Te 30/0/19
0
60322
1274
1119
1787
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
lacp default-up
2 lacp default-up
Synopsis
Examples
See Also
Activates an LACP link in the absence of PDUs.
lacp default-up no lacp default-up
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Interface configuration mode
Description Use this command to force the port to activate an LACP link if there are no PDUs available on the interface port. This command is supported on all physical interfaces.
Usage Guidelines This command is visible only if the interface is a dynamic and standard member of a port-channel.
This command is not supported on Static LAGs.
This command is not supported on static or dynamic Brocade Trunks.
This command is not supported on any other types of interfaces, such as port-channel or VLAN.
Enter no lacp default-up to disable this feature.
switch# (conf-if-te-1/0/9)# lacp default-up
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
423
2 lacp port-priority lacp port-priority
Synopsis
Operands
Sets port priority for an interface.
lacp port-priority value no lacp port-priority
value
Specifies the priority. Valid values range from 1 through 65535. A lower number takes priority over a higher number.
Defaults The default value is 32768.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the priority of the physical interface for LACP.
An LACP port priority is configured on each port using LACP. The port priority determines which ports should be put in standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating.
A link with higher priority (smaller in value) gets preference over a link with lower priority (greater in value).
Enter no lacp port-priority to return to the default value.
See Also
To set the LACP port priority to 1000 for a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# lacp port-priority 1000
424 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
lacp system-priority
2 lacp system-priority
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) system priority.
lacp system-priority value no lacp system-priority
value
Specifies the value of the LACP system priority. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Defaults The default value is 32768.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the system priority of a local system. This determines which system is responsible for resolving conflicts in the choice of aggregation groups.
Lower numerical values have higher priorities.
Enter no lacp system-priority to reset the system priority to the default value.
Examples To set the LACP system-priority to 68: switch(config)# lacp system-priority 68
See Also
To clear the configured LACP system-priority: switch(config)# no lacp system-priority
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
425
2 lacp timeout lacp timeout
Synopsis
Sets the timeout value used by the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) to exchange packets on an interface before invalidating a received data unit (DU).
lacp timeout {long | short} no lacp timeout
Operands
Defaults long short
Specifies that a long-timeout value of 30 seconds will be used. With this value, the port waits three times this long (90 seconds) before invalidating the information received earlier on this PDU.
Specifies that a short-timeout value of one second will be used. With this value, the port waits three times this long (three seconds) before invalidating the information received earlier on this PDU.
For Brocade trunks, the default value is the short timeout.
For standard LAGs, the default value is the long timeout.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the timeout value based on how frequently you think the switch will receive LACP PDUs from the partner switch.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no lacp timeout to return to the default values.
To use the LACP long-timeout value on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# lacp timeout long
426 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ldap-server host
2 ldap-server host
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures an LDAP-server host.
ldap-server host {ipaddr | FQDN} [port portnum] [domain basedn] [timeout secs] [retries num] no ldap-server host {ipaddr | FQDN}
ipaddr | FQDN port portnum domain basedn timeout secs retries num
•
Timeout: 5 seconds
•
Port: 389
•
Retries: 5
Specifies the IPv4 address or Fully Qualified Domain name of the Active
Directory (AD) server. IPv6 is supported for Windows 2008 AD server only.
The maximum supported length for the LDAP host name is 40 characters.
Specifies the TCP port used to connect the AD server for authentication.
The port range is from 1024 through 65535.
Describes the base domain name of the host.
Specifies the wait time for a server to respond. The range is 1 through
60 seconds.
Specifies the number of retries for the server connection. The range is
0 through 100.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to sets up a connection to the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server host, or modifies an existing configuration. A maximum of 5 LDAP servers can be configured on a switch. Executing “no” on an attribute sets it with its default value.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enter no ldap-server host to delete the server configuration.
Enter no ldap-server host with a parameter to restore the default value for that parameter.
Invoking no on an attribute sets the attribute with its default value.
To add an LDAP server on port 3890 with retries set to three: switch(config)# ldap-server host 10.24.65.6 domain sec.brocade.com port 3890
retries 3
To change the domain in an existing configuration: switch(config)# ldap-server host 10.24.65.6 switch(config-host-10.24.65.6)# domain security.brocade.com
To delete an LDAP server: switch(config)# no ldap-server host 10.24.65.6
To reset the number of retries to the default value: switch(config)# ldap-server host 10.24.65.6 retries
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
427
2 ldap-server host
Executing no on an attribute sets it with its default value.
switch(config)# no ldap-server host 10.24.65.6 retries
Attributes holding default values will not be displayed.
switch# show running-config ldap-server host 10.24.65.6 ldap-server host 10.24.65.6
port 3890
domain security.brocade.com
See Also
certutil import ldapca, ldap-server maprole, show running-config ldap-server
428 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ldap-server maprole
2 ldap-server maprole
Synopsis
Examples
Maps an Active Directory (AD) group to a switch role.
ldap-server maprole group group_name role role_name no ldap-server maprole group group_name
Operands group group_name The name of the AD group. role role_name The name of the switch role.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to map an Active Directory (AD) group to a switch role.
Enter no ldap-server maprole group group_name without the role role_name parameter to remove the mapping of the AD group to a role.
To map the AD group “Administrator” to the switch role “admin”: switch(config)# ldap-server maprole group Administrator role admin
See Also
To remove the mapping: switch(config)# no ldap-server maprole group Administrator
certutil import ldapca, ldap-server host, show running-config ldap-server
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
429
2 license add license add
Synopsis
Operands
Adds a license key to a switch.
license add {licstr licenseString | FTP-URL ftpPath | SCP-URL scpPath} [rbridge-id rbridge-id] licstr licenseString Specifies the license string to be added to the switch. The license string must be enclosed in double quotation marks. A maximum of
256 characters is allowed.
FTP-URL ftpPath
SCP-URL scpPath
Specifies a URL from which to transfer license information using FTP. ftp://username:password@hostname/ filepath
Specifies a URL from which to transfer license information using SCP. scp://username:password@hostname/ filepath rbridge-id rbridge-id Executes the command on the remote switch specified by the RBridge ID.
Defaults This command is executed on the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add a license key to a switch.
Depending on the feature being added, you may need to disable and re-enable the affected ports for this command to take effect. Follow the instructions in the command output.
If you install a license on an unsupported platform, the operation succeeds, but the license show output indicates that the license is not supported.
In the Network OS v3.0.0 release, this command is supported only on the local RBridge.
Examples To add a license on the local switch: switch# license add licstr "*B
r84pNRtHKdRZujmwAUT63GORXIpBhBZK0ckRq6Bvvl3Strvw1:fUjANF av5W:gWx3hH2:9RsMv3BHfeCRFM2gj9NlkrdIiBPBOa4xfSD2jf,Xx1RwksliX8fH6gpx7,73t#"
See Also
Adding license [*B r84pNRtHKdRZujmwAUT63GORXIpBhBZK0ckRq6Bvvl3Strvw1:fUjANF av5W:gWx3hH2:9RsMv3BHfeCRFM2gSLj9NlkrdIiBPBOa4xfSD2jf,Xx1RwksliX8fH6gpx7,73t#]
To add a Dynamic Ports on Demand (DPOD) license on a switch that does not support the feature: switch# license add licstr "*B
a6q3zwcUaNkWHPOfVf8afFZqHYype6sQxaEr5HIeFD3nba74i43BnRt6T8b2sDPtVMKuMfUPwV8NvHDX xFgbB3f2w3pJNlujxLVdIVkXdoNHf6i4SzwuvimIj0ORN:JOojLU#"
License Added [*B a6q3zwcUaNkWHPOfVf8afFZqHYype6sQxaEr5HIeFD3nba74i43BnRt6T8b2sDPtVMKuMfUPwV8NvHDX xFgbB3f2w3pJNlujxLVdIVkXdoNHf6i4SzwuvimIj0ORN:JOojLU#] switch# show license xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Ports on Demand license - not applicable on this platform license
Feature name:PORTS_ON_DEMAND_1
license remove, show license, show license id
430 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
license remove
2 license remove
Synopsis
Operands
Removes a license key from a switch. license remove licstr {licenseString | feature} [rbridge-id ID] licstr licenseString licstr feature rbridge-id ID
Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Removes the specified license string and associated feature. The license string must be enclosed in double quotation marks.
Removes the license string associated with the specified feature from the license database of the local switch. The feature name must be enclosed in double quotation marks. Supported licensed features include the following:
FCOE_BASE, PORTS_ON_DEMAND_1, PORTS_ON_DEMAND_2,
VCS_FABRIC, ADVANCED_SERVICES, LAYER_3, PORT_10G_UPGRADE and
PORT_0G_UPGRADE.
Executes the command on the remote switch specified by the RBridge ID.
This command is executed on the local switch.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to remove a license from a switch or to deactivate a temporary license that cannot be removed.
You cannot display the license string once you install it. If you do not remember the string, use the feature name displayed in the show license command output to remove the license.
Depending on the feature being removed you must first clear all license-related configurations, and possibly disable and re-enable selected ports for this command to take effect. Follow the instructions in the command output.
This command deactivates but does not permanently remove time-based trial licenses.
You must disable or remove all configurations related to a licensed feature before you can remove the license for that feature. To remove the 10G and 40G Port Upgrade licenses, you must remove all non-Base-allowance port reservations for the respective license type.
In the Network OS v3.0.0 release this command is supported only on the local RBridge.
Examples To remove a license string from the local switch: switch# license remove licstr "*B
r84pNRtHKdRZujmwAUT63GORXIpBhBZK0ckRq6Bvvl3Strvw1:fUjANF av5W:gWx3hH2:9RsMv3BHfeCRFM2gSLj9NlkrdIiBPBOa4xfSD2jf,Xx1RwksliX8fH6gpx7,73t#
See Also
Removing license for rbridge-id 2 [*B r84pNRtHKdRZujmwAUT63GORXIpBhBZK0ckRq6Bvvl3Strvw1:fUjANF av5W:gWx3hH2:9RsMv3BHfeCRFM2gSLj9NlkrdIiBPBOa4xfSD2jf,Xx1RwksliX8fH6gpx7,73t#]
To remove a license based on the feature name from the local switch: switch# license remove licstr "FCOE_BASE" removing license feature name [FCOE_BASE]
license add, show license, show license id
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
431
2 line vty exec-timeout line vty exec-timeout
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the CLI session timeout.
line vty exec-timeout timeout no line vty exec-timeout
timeout
Specifies the CLI session timeout period in minutes. Valid values range from 0 through 136.
Defaults The default timeout value is 10 minutes.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the amount of time a CLI session can be idle before it logs you out.
The line vty exec timeout command is a configuration command and the timeout value set by this command holds for subsequent login sessions, unless it is overwritten for a single session with the terminal timeout command. The terminal timeout command is not a configuration command and the timeout value set by this command controls only the current session. After the current session times out, the line vty exec timeout value applies for subsequent sessions.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not available on the standby management module.
Enter no line vty exec-timeout to disable auto-logout and delete the timeout value.
Examples To set the terminal timeout to 60 minutes: switch(config)# line vty exec-timeout 60 switch(config-line-vty)# exit switch(config)# exit switch# show running-config line vty line vty exec-timeout 60
!
See Also
432 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
linecard
2 linecard
Synopsis
Operands
Configures a line card (interface module).
linecard slot_number linecard_type no linecard slot_number
slot_number linecard_type
Specifies the slot number to be configured. Line card slots are slots 1 through 4 on a Brocade VDX 8770-4 and slots 1 through 8 on a
Brocade VDX 8770-8.
Specifies the type of line card. Enter linecard slot_number linecard_type ? to display currently supported types.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
RBridge ID configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the specified slot for an line card of a given type.
The command is executed in the context of the given RBridge. You must first enter the rbridge-id context for the specific line card. Once you are in the rbridge-id context, enter linecard slot_number linecard_type to configure the slot.
Usage Guidelines If you replace a given line card with another one of a different type, you must remove the configuration and then reconfigure the slot.
The line card must be powered off before you can remove the slot configuration.
The LC72x1G type displayed under “possible completion” is not supported.
CAUTION
Enter no linecard to remove the slot configuration.When hot-swapping line cards of different types, copy the running-config file to the startup-config file before rebooting. This ensures that the desired changes are persistent in case there are any hardware or software incompatibilities.
Examples To configure a slot for an line card on a switch in VCS mode and to verify the configuration: switch# configure
Entering configuration mode terminal switch(config)# rbridge-id 1 switch(config-rbridge-id-1)# linecard 1 ?
Possible completions:
LC12x40G 12X40G linecard
LC48x1G 48X1G linecard
LC48x10G 48X10G linecard
LC72x1G 72X1G linecard switch(config-rbridge-id-1)# linecard 1 LC48x10G
Creating new linecard configuration was successful.
switch(config-rbridge-id-1)# do show running-config rbridge-id 1 linecard rbridge-id 1 linecard 1 LC48x10G linecard 4 LC48x10G
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
433
2 linecard
See Also
show running-config rbridge-id linecard
434 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
lldp dcbx-version
2 lldp dcbx-version
Synopsis
Specifies which version of the Data Center Bridging Exchange (DCBX) protocol to use.
lldp dcbx-version {auto |cee} no lldp dcbx-version
Operands
Defaults auto cee
Specifies to auto-adjust the DCBX protocol version to accommodate the difference when a switch interacts with different vendors using a different version of the DCBX protocol.
Specifies to use the Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) DCBX version.
The defaultsetting is auto.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify which version of the DCBX protocol to use for a specific interface.
Devices enabled for data center bridging can use the DCBX protocol to discover and exchange information about their administratively configured capabilities. DCBX eliminates the need to configure a large number of switches in the network.
Enter no lldp dcbx-version to return to the default setting.
See Also
To specify that the CEE version be used on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# lldp dcbx-version cee
interface, lldp disable, lldp iscsi-priority, lldp profile
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
435
2 lldp disable lldp disable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
LLDP is enabled at both the global and interface levels.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to disable LLDP on the interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Disables the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP).
lldp disable no lldp disable
Enter no lldp disable to enable LLDP on a specific interface.
To disable LLDP on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# lldp disable
See Also
To enable LLDP on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 1/3/1 switch(conf-if-fo-1/3/1)# no lldp disable
interface, lldp dcbx-version, lldp iscsi-priority, lldp profile
436 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
lldp iscsi-priority
2 lldp iscsi-priority
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
value
Priority value is 4.
Specifies the priority value. Valid values range from 0 through 7.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to specify the priority that will be advertised in the DCBX iSCSI TLV. The iSCSI priority setting is used to configure the priority that will be advertised in the DCBX iSCSI TLV for a specific interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Sets the priority that will be advertised in the DCBX iSCSI TLV.
lldp iscsi-priority value no lldp iscsi-priority
Enter no lldp iscsi-priority to return to the default setting.
To set the iSCSI priority value to 5 on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# lldp iscsi-priority 5
interface, lldp dcbx-version, lldp disable, lldp profile
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
437
2 lldp profile lldp profile
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults LLDP profile name.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to apply a Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) profile to a specific interface.
You must use the profile command to create an LLDP profile before you can apply the profile to the interface. Only one LLDP profile can exist at any time for a particular interface. When this command is not present, the parameters defined in the global LLDP configuration are used.
Enter no lldp profile to delete the profile from the interface.
Examples
See Also
Applies a Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) profile to an interface.
lldp profile name no lldp profile
name
Specifies the profile name. Valid profile name length is between 1 and
32 characters.
To apply an LLDP profile called test on an specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# lldp profile test
interface, lldp dcbx-version, lldp disable, lldp iscsi-priority
438 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
load-balance
2 load-balance
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Set load balancing.
load-balance [dst-mac-vid | src-dst-ip | src-dst-ip-mac-vid | src-dst-ip-mac-vid-port | src-dst-ip-port
| src-dst-mac-vid | src-mac-vid] no load-balance dst-mac-vid src-dst-ip src-dst-ip-mac-vid Specifies that source and destination IP and MAC address and VID-based load balancing will be used.
src-dst-ip-mac-vid-port Specifies that source and destination IP, MAC address, VID and TCP/UDP port-based load balancing will be used. This is the default.
src-dst-ip-port Specifies that source and destination IP and TCP/UDP port-based load balancing will be used.
src-dst-mac-vid
Specifies that destination MAC address and VID-based load balancing will be used.
Specifies that source and destination IP address-based load balancing will be used.
src-mac-vid
Specifies that source and destination MAC address and VID-based load balancing will be used.
Specifies that source MAC address and VID-based load balancing will be used.
The default setting is the operand src-dst-ip-mac-vid-port, which means that source and destination IP, MAC address, VID and TCP/UDP port-based load balancing are used.
Command Modes Port-channel configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure desired load balancing settings.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
To set load balancing to use the destination MAC address and VID-based load balancing: switch# configure switch(config)# interface port-channel 10 switch(config-Port-channel-10)# load balance dst-mac-vid
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
439
2 local-as (BGP) local-as (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
num
None
The local ASN. The range is from 1 through 4294967295.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable specify an ASN for a given device to associate it with other devices in its autonomous system.
Usage Guidelines ASNs in the range from 64512 through 65535 are private numbers that are not advertised to the external community.
Use the no form of this command to remove the ASN from the device.
Examples
Specifies the autonomous system number (ASN) where the device resides.
local-as num no local-as switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# local-as 777
See Also None
440 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
log-dampening-debug (BGP)
Synopsis
Logs dampening debug messages.
log-dampening-debug no log-dampening-debug
Operands
Defaults
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
This option is disabled.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description Use this command to log dampening debug messages.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# log-dampening-debug
See Also None log-dampening-debug (BGP)
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
441
2 logging auditlog class logging auditlog class
Synopsis
Sets the severity levels for the audit log class.
logging auditlog class class no logging auditlog class class
Operandsclass Specifies the class name of the audit log. Valid classes are
CONFIGURATION, FIRMWARE, and SECURITY.
Defaults CONFIGURATION, FIRMWARE, and SECURITY audit log classes are enabled.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the class for the audit log.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
The total message storage available is 2048 messages.
Enter no logging auditlog class class to remove the audit logging for the specified class.
Example To enable the configuration class switch(config)# logging auditlog class CONFIGURATION
See Also
clear logging auditlog, clear logging raslog
442 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
logging raslog console
2 logging raslog console
Synopsis logging raslog console start
Operands
Sets the severity levels for the RASLog console and allows users to temporarily stop showing
RASLog messages on the console.
logging raslog console severity no logging raslog console severity logging raslog console stop [minutes]
severity
start stop
Specifies the minimum severity level of the message to pass through the filter. Valid values consist of one of the following: INFO, WARNING, ERROR, or CRITICAL. Input values are case-sensitive.
Initiates RASLog messages.
Stops RASLog messages.
Defaults Severity level is INFO.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the severity levels for the RASLog console.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
The total message storage available is 2048 messages.
When stopping or starting RASLog messages, the commands are not persistent and therefore are not configuration commands.
If the command logging raslog console stop minutes is invoked before the previous time value expires, the latest CLI duration applies.
Examples Standalone
To set the RASLog severity level: switch(config)# logging raslog console WARNING
To reset the RASLog severity levels to the default value.
switch(config)# no logging raslog console
To stop RASLog messages for 1 minute: switch# logging raslog console stop 1
Logging message have been blocked on console for 1 minutes
To start RASLog messages: switch# logging raslog console start
2013/11/14-08:42:57, [RAS-3008], 5348, M2 | Active, INFO, VDX8770-4, Logging messages to console has been reset by user.
See Also
clear logging raslog, logging raslog console, show running-config logging
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
443
2 logging syslog-facility local logging syslog-facility local
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the syslog facility.
logging syslog-facility local log_level
log_level
Specifies the syslog facility level. Valid log levels include the following:
LOG_LOCAL0, LOG_LOCAL1, LOG_LOCAL2, LOG_LOCAL3, LOG_LOCAL4,
LOG_LOCAL5, LOG_LOCAL6, LOG_LOCAL7
Defaults Syslog level is LOG_LOCAL7.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the log level for all error log entries to forward to one or more specified servers. You can configure up to four servers.
When used without a log level parameter, use this command to display the current value.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
Examples To configure the syslog facility level: switch(config)# logging syslog-facility local LOG_LOCAL5
See Also
logging syslog-server, show running-config logging syslog-server
444 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
logging syslog-server
2 logging syslog-server
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures a switch to forward system messages to specified servers.
logging syslog-server ip_address [secure {true | false}] [port [value]] no logging syslog-server ip_address
ip_address
Specifies the IP address of the syslog server in IPv4 or IPv6 format.
secure {true | false}
Configures a secure syslog server. A secure port number with default values is not shown in the Brocade Network OS database. port value Configures the port for the syslog server.
If the secure parameter is set to true and the port number is not specified, the default port number of 6514 is used.
The default value for the secure parameter is false.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure a switch to forward all error log entries to the one or more specified servers. You can configure up to four servers.
The certutil import syslogca command is required for secure syslog to be fully functional.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
You can configure up to four syslog servers. You must execute the command for each server.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
In a Brocade VCS Fabric, the syslog configuration is distributed to all switches in the fabric.
If the secure parameter is set to false, you are not able to set the port number.
Enter no logging syslog-server to remove the specified IP address.
To configure a server to which system messages are sent: switch(config)# logging syslog-server 192.168.163.233
See Also
To remove a configured syslog server: switch(config)# no logging syslog-server 192.168.163.233
To remove a syslog server port: switch(config)# no logging syslog-server 10.17.17.203 secure port 1999 switch(config)# do show running-config logging syslog-server logging syslog-server 10.17.17.203
secure
show running-config logging syslog-server
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
445
2 logical-chassis principal-priority logical-chassis principal-priority
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the priority of a switch to assign a specific RBridge ID the role of principal node in a logical chassis cluster.
logical-chassis principal-priority priority-value no logical-chassis principal-priority
priority-value
Sets the priority for the switch. A lower number means a higher priority.
Values range from 1 through 128.
Defaults None
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
If all switches boot up at the same time, the default priority is the same and all switches will compare their mutual intents. The switch with the lowest switch WWN becomes the principal switch. However, you can use this command to select the principal switch in a logical chassis cluster. For this command to take effect, you need to issue the logical-chassis principal-switchover command.
This command can be used only on nodes that are part of a logical chassis cluster. The node, however, can be disconnected from the cluster when you issue the command.
Use the no form of this command to remove a priority value from this node.
You can view the principal priority in both the show running config (using the rbridge-id operand) and show vcs detail command outputs (both are run in Privileged EXEC mode).
Examples
See Also
To set the principal priority to 5 for switch that is in logical chassis cluster: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)# logical-chassis principal-priority 5
logical-chassis principal-switchover
446 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
logical-chassis principal-switchover logical-chassis principal-switchover
Synopsis
Operands
Triggers a fabric reformation and elects a principal node based on the principal priority value.
logical-chassis principal-switchover
None
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Issue this command after you have used the logical-chassis principal-priority priority-value command so that the priority you set takes effect and a new principal node is selected on the cluster.
None switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)# logical-chassis principal-priority 1 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)# end switch# logical-chassis principal-switchover
See Also
logical-chassis principal-priority
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
447
2 long-distance long-distance
Synopsis
Operands
Configures a Fibre Channel port to support long distance.
long-distance {l0 | le | ld | ls} l0 le ld ls
Configures the port as a regular port. 20 full-size frame buffers are reserved for data traffic, regardless of the operating speed of the port.
The maximum supported link distance is up to 5 km at 2 Gbps, up to 2 km at 4 Gbps, and up to 1 km at 8 Gbps.
Configures an E_Port distance greater than 5 km and up to 10 km. 5, 10,
20, and 40 full-size frame buffers are reserved for data traffic at port speeds of 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, and 8 Gbps, respectively.
Specifies automatic long distance configuration. The buffer credits for the given E_Port are automatically configured based on the actual link distance. Up to 1452 full-size frame buffers are reserved depending on the distance measured during E_Port initialization. If a value for the desired distance is specified (desire-distance), it is used as the upper limit to the measured distance.
Configures a static long distance link with a fixed buffer allocation greater than 10 km. Up to 1452 full-size frame buffers are reserved for data traffic, depending on the specified desired distance (desire-distance).
Defaults The value is l0.
Command Modes Fibre Channel interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to allocate frame buffer credits to a port or to configure a specified long distance link.
Long distance configuration allows native Fibre Channel ports to run WAN/LAN connections. It ensures that the full bandwidth of a link or trunk can be used for a particular long distance configuration. The receiving port must have sufficient buffers available, so that the transmitting port can fill the link with enough frames to fill the entire length of the link. As the distance between switches and the link speed increases, additional buffer-to-buffer credits are required to maintain maximum performance. If a port is configured as a long distance port, the remaining ports of that port group could be disabled, fail to initialize, or move to “buffer limited” mode due to a lack of frame buffer credits.
This command can be used only on Network OS platforms with Fibre Channel ports
(Brocade VDX 6730-32 and Brocade VDX 6730-76 switches), in Brocade VCS Fabric mode, and with the FCoE license installed.
A long distance link can also be configured to be part of a trunk group.
The LE, LD, or LS levels can be enabled with ISL R_RDY mode of flow control over the long distance link. While using ISL R_RDY mode flow control, an E_Port cannot form trunk groups of long distance links even if the trunking is enabled.
Examples To configure a Fibre Channel port to support long distance links: switch(config)# interface FibreChannel 8/0/1 switch(config-FibreChannel-8/0/1)# fill-word arbff-arbff switch(config-FibreChannel-8/0/1)# long-distance ls
448 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
long-distance
2
See Also switch(config-FibreChannel-8/0/1)# desire-distance 100 switch(config-FibreChannel-8/0/1)# vc-link-init arb switch(config-FibreChannel-8/0/1)# do show running-config interface
FibreChannel 8/0/1
interface FibreChannel 8/0/1 fill-word arbff-arbff long-distance ls vc-link-init arbff desire-distance 100 no isl-r_rdy-mode no shutdown
desire-distance, fill-word, interface, isl-r_rdy, long-distance-isl,
show running-config interface FibreChannel, shutdown, speed (Fibre Channel), trunk-enable,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
449
2 long-distance-isl long-distance-isl
Synopsis
Extends an ISL link up to 30 km.
long-distance-isl {2000 | 5000 | 10000 | 30000} no long-distance-isl
Operands 2000
5000
10000
30000
Defaults The default is 2 km.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Specifies a 2 km distant link.
Specifies a 5 km distant link.
Specifies a 10 km distant link.
Specifies a 30 km distant link. DCB/FCoE capabilities are not supported with this setting.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to extend an ISL link up to 30 km. An ISL port with PFC supports up to 10 km distance on Brocade VDX 6710, 6720, and 6730 series platforms. Up to 10 km links are lossless.
You can have eight 1 km links forming a brocade trunk. You can also have mixed length cables forming the ISL. For ECMP purposes, you can have eight 8-link ECMP trunks.
Metro VCS supports long-distance ISL ports up to 30 km on the Brocade VDX platforms listed below. Links up to 10 km are lossless. You can have eight 1-km links forming a Brocade trunk. You can also have mixed length cables forming the ISL. For ECMP purposes, you can have eight 8-link
ECMP trunks.
Limitations for long-distance Metro VCS
Supported hardware
Brocade VDX 6720-60
Brocade VDX 6730-76
Brocade VDX 6740
Brocade VDX 8770 - VDX LC48x10G line card
Extended ISL up to 2 km yes yes yes yes
Extended ISL up to 5 km yes yes yes yes
Extended ISL up to 10 km yes yes yes yes
Extended ISL up to 30 km yes yes yes yes
The following displays the limitations on extended ISL for Network OS hardware.
Conditions for long distance Metro VCS
Condition Extended ISL up to 2 km
Support for lossless FCoE/iSCSI traffic on the Metro VCS port-group
Layer 2/IP Lossy Traffic support
Number of Metro VCS long distance ports supported per port group yes yes
1
Extended ISL up to 5 km yes yes
1
Extended ISL up to 10 km yes yes
1
Extended ISL up to 30 km no yes
1
450 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
long-distance-isl
2
Conditions for long distance Metro VCS (Continued)
Condition Extended ISL up to 2 km
Number of regular ISLs supported on a port group configured for long distance
Trunking support between multiple LD
ISLs
CEE map or FCoE port allowed in same port-group eNS Sync (MAC address table sync)
Zoning
HA failover
Node redundancy check vMotion
Maximum PFCs Supported
1 no no yes yes yes yes yes
3
(2 on the
Brocade VDX
6740)
Extended ISL up to 5 km
1 no no
Extended ISL up to 10 km
0 no no yes yes yes yes yes
3
(2 on the
Brocade VDX
6740) yes yes yes yes yes
3
(2 on the
Brocade VDX
6740)
Extended ISL up to 30 km
0 no no yes yes yes yes yes
3
(2 on the
Brocade VDX
6740)
The following displays the port groups and number of port groups available on each platform for long distance Metro VCS.
Long distance Metro VCS port-group schema
Platform
Brocade VDX 6720-60 (10Gbe)
Brocade VDX 6730-76 (10Gbe)
Brocade VDX 6740
Brocade VDX 8770 (VDX LC48x10G linecard)
Port groups Number of port groups on platform
1-10, 11-20, 21-30, 31-40, 41-50, 51-60 6
1-10, 11-20, 21-30, 31-40, 41-50, 51-60 6
1-32, 33-48
1-8, 9-16, 17-24, 25-32, 33-40, 41-48
2*
6 per 10G blade
Examples
See Also
*Not a valid deployment scenario at distances longer than 5 km, as no normal ISLs are allowed if both port-groups are configured with long-distance ISLs for 10 km and 30 km.For a 10 km ISL link, no other
ISL links are allowed on the same ASIC.
For 2 km and 5 km ISL links, another short distance ISL link can be configured.
A maximum of three PFCs can be supported on a long distance ISL link.
Enter no long-distance-isl to revert to the default value.
To extend the support of an ISL port with PFC by a distance of 5 km on a specific 10-gigabit
Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# long-distance-isl 5000
interface, isl-r_rdy, long-distance
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
451
2 mac mac
Synopsis
Allows the user to add a MAC address to a MAC address group in a service or transport VF configuration supporting multitenancy in a Virtual Fabrics context.
mac mac_address no mac mac_address
Operands
Defaults
mac_address
None
Specifies a MAC address in dot-separated hexadecimal notation.
Command Modes MAC group configuration mode
Description Use this command in MAC group configuration mode to add a MAC address to a MAC address group in a service or transport VF configuration supporting multitenancy in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Usage Guidelines Enter MAC group configuration mode by using the mac group mac-group-id global configuration command.
Enter no mac mac_address to remove a MAC addresses from the group.
NOTE
You can add or remove only one MAC address per line.
Examples
See Also
To enter MAC group configuration mode and add a MAC address to the group: switch(config)# mac-group 1 switch(config-mac-group 1)# mac abc1.abc2.abc3
To remove a MAC address from the group: switch(config-mac-group 1)# no mac abc1.abc2.abc3
mac-group, vcs virtual-fabric enable
452 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
mac access-group
2 mac access-group
Synopsis
Applies rules specified in a MAC access control list (ACL) to traffic entering or exiting an interface.
mac access-group name {in | out} no mac access-group name {in | out}
Operands
Defaults No access lists are applied to the interface.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
name in out
Specifies the name of the standard or extended MAC access list.
Specifies to filter inbound packets only.
Specifies to filter outbound packets only.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to apply a MAC ACL to a supported interface.
Create the MAC ACL by using the mac access-list global configuration command.
You can assign one MAC ACL (standard or extended) to an interface.
When a packet is received on an interface with a MAC ACL applied, the switch checks the rules in the ACL. If any of the rules match, the switch permits or drops the packet, according to the rule.
If the specified ACL does not exist, the switch permits all the packets.
Enter no mac access-group name {in | out} to remove the MAC ACL from the interface.
Examples To apply an ingress MAC ACL named macacl2, and to filter inbound packets only, on a specific
10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# mac access-group macacl2 in
See Also
To remove an ingress MAC ACL named macacl2 from a specific port-channel interface: switch(config)# interface port-channel 62 switch(conf-port-channel-62)# no mac access-group macacl2 in
interface, mac access-list extended, mac access-list standard
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
453
2 mac access-list extended mac access-list extended
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to create an extended MAC access list. If the ACL is already created, this command puts the switch in the extended MAC access-list configuration mode.
Extended ACLs allow you to filter traffic based on the following:
•
Source MAC address
•
Destination MAC address
•
EtherType
You can apply named MAC extended ACLs to VLANs and to Layer 2 interfaces.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Creates and assigns a name to the extended MAC access list.
mac access-list extended name no mac access-list extended name
name
Assigns a name to the MAC extended access list. The name must start with a letter (‘a’ to ‘z’, ‘A’ to ‘Z’), or a number (‘1’ to ‘9’), and the only special characters allowed are underscores and hyphens. The name must be between 1 and 63 characters in length.
Standard and extended MAC ACLs cannot share the same name.
Enter no mac access-list extended to remove the access list.
To create a MAC extended ACL named mac1: switch(config)# mac access-list extended mac1 switch(conf-macl-ext)#
To delete a MAC extended ACL named mac1: switch(conf-macl-ext)# no mac access-list extended mac1 switch(config)#
See Also
deny (extended ACLs), deny (standard ACLs), permit (extended ACLs), permit (standard ACLs)
454 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
mac access-list standard
2 mac access-list standard
Synopsis
Operands
Creates and assigns a name to the standard MAC access list.
mac access-list standard name no mac access-list standard name
name
Assigns a name to the MAC extended access list. The name must start with a letter (‘a’ to ‘z’, ‘A’ to ‘Z’), or a number (‘1’ to ‘9’), and the only special characters allowed are underscores and hyphens. The name must be between 1 and 63 characters in length.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a standard MAC access list. If ACL is already created, this command puts the switch in the standard MAC access-list configuration mode.
Standard ACLs allow you to filter traffic based on the source MAC address. You can apply named
MAC standard ACLs to VLANs and to Layer 2 interfaces.
Standard and extended MAC ACLs cannot share the same name.
Enter no mac access-list standard to remove the access list.
Examples To create a MAC standard ACL named mac1: switch(config)# mac access-list standard mac1 switch(conf-macl-std)#
To delete a MAC standard ACL named mac1: switch(conf-macl-std)# no mac access-list standard mac1 switch(config)#
See Also
deny (extended ACLs), deny (standard ACLs), permit (extended ACLs), permit (standard ACLs)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
455
2 mac-address-reduction mac-address-reduction
Synopsis
Operands
Enables or disables the MAC address reduction feature.
mac-address-reduction [enable | disable] enable disable
Enables the MAC address reduction feature.
Disables the MAC address reduction feature.
Defaults None
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable the MAC address reduction feature.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
456 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
mac-address-table
2 mac-address-table
Synopsis
Operands aging-time seconds Specifies the time in seconds that a learned MAC address will persist after the last update. If the aging time is set to zero (0), it means that aging is disabled. For standalone mode, valid values range from 10 through 100000. For Brocade VCS Fabric mode, valid values range from 60 through 100000. static mac-addr Specifies the Media Access Control (MAC) address (unicast or multicast) to add to the address table. Packets with this destination address received in the specified VLAN are forwarded to the specified interface. forward Forwards the MAC address to the interface. port-channel number
Specifies the port-channel number. Valid values range from 1 through 63. tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
vlan vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the VLAN number. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Defaults Aging time is 300 seconds.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Sets the aging time or add static addresses to the MAC address table.
mac-address-table {aging-time seconds| static mac-addr forward [port-channel number] | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | vlan vlan_id} no mac-address-table
Use this command to set the aging time or to add static addresses to the MAC address table.
The vlan keyword is mandatory because the switch only supports independent VLAN learning (IVL).
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
457
2 mac-address-table
Examples
See Also
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Enter no mac-address-table to reset the values to their defaults.
To add the static address 0011.2222.3333 to the MAC address table with a packet received on
VLAN 100: switch(config)# mac-address-table static 0011.2222.3333 forward
tengigabitethernet 0/1 vlan 100
To set the aging time to 10 minutes: switch(config)# mac-address-table aging-time 600
458 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
mac-group
2 mac-group
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Allows the user to create a MAC address group into which one or more end-station MAC addresses are defined, supporting service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
mac-group mac-group-id no mac-group mac-group-id
mac-group-id
None
A fabric-wide ID. Values range from 1 through 500.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to create a MAC address group into which one or more end-station MAC addresses are defined, supporting service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. The group is used in MAC-based VLAN classification at the access port.
Usage Guidelines Use this command to enter MAC group configuration mode. In that mode, use the mac command to enter one or more MAC addresses that become members of the group.
Enter no mac-group mac-group-id to delete the group and all MAC addresses associated with it.
NOTE
You can add or remove only one MAC address per line.
Examples To enter MAC group configuration mode and add a MAC address to the group: switch(config)# mac-group 1 switch(config-mac-group 1)# mac abc2.abc2.abc2
To remove a MAC address from the MAC group: switch(config-mac-group 1)# no mac abc1.abc2.abc3
To remove a MAC group and its associated MAC addresses: switch(config)# no mac-group 1
See Also
mac, vcs virtual-fabric enable
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
459
2 mac-rebalance mac-rebalance
Synopsis
Operands
Forces the rebalancing of EXM entries for the MAC tables.
mac-rebalance port-channel number {rbridge-id rbridge-id} port-channel number Specifies the port-channel interface number. Valid values range from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to force the rebalancing of MAC table EXM entries.
To achieve complete utilization of the entire vLAG member links, MAC entries learnt on vLAG need to be equally distributed among the vLAG member nodes. There are some scenarios, in which the
EXM entries may not be balanced equally among the vLAG member nodes.
Currently, EXM entries are balanced among the member nodes during RBridge membership changes (add or delete). MACs learned on vLAG are not rebalanced when the link updates (such as during LAG member additions or deletions), to avoid traffic disruption. However, when there are many link updates, the EXM mapping can become unbalanced and eventually overload the link capacity leading to frame drops. The mac-rebalance command corrects this scenario.
Run this command on all remote (non-vLAG) nodes.
This command is applicable to remote RBridge nodes, such as non-vLAG member nodes. However there are not any restrictions on the usage of this command in vLAG member nodes.
In Fabric Cluster mode, RBridge IDs other than the current node’s ID are not allowed.
This command does not function in standalone mode.
Examples This example rebalances the EXM entries on RBridge 1 (for vLAG 10): switch# mac-rebalance port-channel 10 rbridge-id 1
See Also None
460 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
management
2 management
Synopsis
Enables a variety of Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) management options.
management [interface {autoconfig {dhcp | dhcpv6}] no management
Operands interface autoconfig dhcp dhcpv6
Enables management options.
Enables automatic configuration of DHCP.
Enables DHCP for IPv4.
Enables DHCP for IPv6.
Defaults None
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to configure a variety of DHCP management options.
Use the no version of this command to disable this feature.
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
461
2 map map
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enables map configuration mode.
map {default} default
None
This keyword is required.
Command Modes FCoE configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure the FCoE map.
You must be in the feature configuration mode for FCoE for this command to function.
switch(config)# fcoe switch(config-fcoe)# map default switch(config-fcoe-map-default)#
See Also
462 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
map fport interface fcoe
2 map fport interface fcoe
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Maps VF_Ports to N_Ports in Access Gateway (AG) mode and removes VF_Port to N_Port mapping.
map fport interface fcoe port
port
None.
VF_Port number
Command Modes N_Port configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify a route that AG will use to direct traffic from a device (host or target) on a VF_Port to a fabric switch port connected to an Access Gateway N_Port. The process of specifying routes is called “mapping.” Default mapping is enabled for the switch when enabling AG for the first time, You can use the map command to change the default mapping.
You must be in the configuration mode for the specific N_Port where you want to map a VF_Port
(refer to “nport”). N_Ports are designated by the format rbridge-id/port group/N_Port, such as
3/0/4 for RBridge 3. Use this format to correctly identify the N_Port in N_Port configuration mode.
VF_Ports are identified by the format domain/rbridge-id/VF_Port, such as 1/2/26.
Examples Map VF_Port 1/2/26 to N_Port 2/0/4.
sw0(config-rbridge-id-2-ag-nport-if-fi-
2/0/4)# map fport interface fcoe 1/2/26
Remove map from VF_Port 1/2/26 to N_Port 2/0/4.
w0(config-rbridge-id-2-ag-nport-if-fi-
2/0/4)# no map fport interface fcoe 1/2/26
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
463
2 map qos map qos
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Adds the QoS profile name as an action to the policy map.
map qos profile_name
profile_name
None
Designates the name of the QoS profile to be added.
Command Modes Policy-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add the QoS profile name as an action to the policy map.
None
Examples
See Also
None
464 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
map sflow
2 map sflow
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Adds the sFlow profile name as an action to the policy map.
map sflow profile_name
profile_name
None
Designates the name of the sFlow profile to be added.
Command Modes Policy-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to add the sFlow profile name as an action to the policy map.
None
Typical command usage: switch(config)# policy-map p1 switch(config-policymap)# class c1 switch(config-policyclass)# map sflow mysflowmap
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
465
2 match match
Synopsis
Operands
Creates a classification map or “class-map” to classify traffic based on configured match criteria.
match criteria
criteria
Used while in config-classmap mode to configure the match criteria for the class.
Defaults The only available match criteria at this time is “match any.”
Command Modes Class-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to classify traffic based on match criteria. When you launch the class-map command, the system is placed in config-classmap mode for the configured map. At this point, you can provide match criteria for the class. The only available match criteria at this time is
“match any.”
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
To configure “match any” match criteria for the class while in config-classmap mode: switch(config-classmap)# match any
See Also
show running-config class-map, class-map
466 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
match (route map)
2 match (route map)
Synopsis
Operands
Defines a variety of match conditions for a route map.
match {[as-path name] | [community acl exact-match] | [ip address acl | prefix-list string] |
[ip route-source acl | prefix name] | [metric num] | [next-hop address-filter-list] | [route-type
[internal | external-type1 | external-type2]] | [level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2] [tag tag-value] | interface interface interface interface . . . interface | [protocol bgp static-network | protocol bgp external | protocol bgp internal]} {ip address acl acl-name} no match no match {ip address acl acl-name} as-path Specifies an AS-path ACL that is configured by the ip as-path access-list command.
Name of the ACL.
name
community acl exact-match
Matches a route if and only if the route community attributes field contains the same community numbers specified in the match statement.
ip address
acl
prefix-list
string
Specifies an IP ACL or prefix list.
ACL that is configured by the ip as-path access-list command.
Specifies an IP prefix list.
Name of the prefix list.
ip route-source
acl
prefix
name
Specifies an IP route source ACL or prefix list.
ACL that is configured by the ip as-path access-list command.
IP prefix.
Name of the prefix.
metric
num
Compares the route MED (metric) to the value specified by num.
BGP4 route metric.
next-hop Compares the IPv4 address of the route next hop to the specified IP address filters. The filters must be already configured by means of the distribute-list command.
address-filter-list Number of the address filter list configured by means of the neighbor distribute-list command.
route-type internal external-type1 external-type2 level-1 level-2
Compares a route type to a specified value. Applies to OSPF routes only.
Specifies an internal route.
Specifies an External Type 1 route.
Specifies an External Type 2 route.
Compares IS-IS routes only with routes in the same area.
Compares IS-IS routes only with routes in different areas, but within a domain.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
467
2 match (route map) level-1-2 Compares IS-IS routes with routes in the same and in different areas, but within a domain.
tag
tag-value
interface
interface
Compares the route tag with the specified tag value.
Tag value.
Specifies an interface.
Interface type.
protocol bgp static-network
Matches on BGP4 static network routes.
protocol bgp external Matches on EBGP routes.
protocol bgp internal Matches on IBGP routes.
ip address acl
acl-name
Distributes any routes that have a destination network number address that is permitted by a standard or extended access list, and performs policy routing on packets.
The name of the ACL in which matching criteria are specified.
Defaults This option is disabled.
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to define a variety of conditions for a route map.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To match AS-path ACL 1: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# route-map myroutes switch(config-route-map myroutes)# match as-path 1
See Also route-map, ip as-path access-list, neighbor distribute-list
468 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
match access-list
2 match access-list
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures the access control list to be used with the class map.
match access-list acl_name
acl_name
None
Any valid MAC ACL access list name.
Command Modes Class-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure the access control list to be used with the class map for flow-based
QoS.
None
Example command: switch(config-classmap)#match access-list engineeringACL
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
469
2 match as-path match as-path
Synopsis
Operands
Matches an AS-path access list name in a route-map instance.
match as-path name no match as-path
name
Name of an AS-path access list. Range is from 1 through 32 ASCII characters.
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to match an AS-path access list name in a route-map instance.
None
Examples
See Also
None route-map
470 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
match community match community
Synopsis
Operands
Matches a BGP community access list name in a route-map instance.
match community name no match community
name
Name of a BGP community access list. Values range from 1 through 32
ASCII characters.
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to match a BGP community access list name in a route-map instance.
None
Examples
See Also
None
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
471
2 match interface match interface
Synopsis
Matches interface conditions in a route-map instance.
match interface [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | loopback | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve
rbridge-id/slot/port] no match interface
Operands fortygigabitethernet Specifies a 40-GbE interface.
gigabitethernet Specifies a 1-GbE interface.
loopback tengigabitethernet ve
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a loopback port. Values range from 1 through 255.
Specifies a 10-GbE interface.
Specifies a virtual Ethernet port. Range is from 2 through 4090.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies the slot number.
Specifies the port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the interface match clause in a route-map instance. A maximum of three interfaces is supported.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
472 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
match ip address
2 match ip address
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Matches IP address conditions in a route-map instance.
match ip address prefix-list name no match ip address prefix-list name
name
None
Name of the prefix list. Range is from 1 through 32 ASCII characters.
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to specify an IP prefix match clause in a route-map instance.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
ip prefix-list, match interface, match ip next-hop, match metric, match route-type, match tag,
route-map, set distance, set ip next-hop, set metric, set tag
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
473
2 match ip next-hop match ip next-hop
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Matches IP next-hop match conditions in a route-map instance. match ip next-hop prefix-list name no match ip next-hop prefix list name
None
Specifies a prefix list. Values range from 1 through 32 ASCII characters.
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to specify an IP next-hop match clause in a route-map instance.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
match ip address, match interface, match metric, match tag, match route-type, route-map,
set metric, set ip next-hop, set tag, set distance, ip prefix-list
474 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
match metric
2 match metric
Synopsis
Matches a route metric in a route-map instance.
match metric value no match metric
Operands
Defaults
value
None
Route metric. Values range from 0 through 4294967295.
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to specify a route-map metric in route-map instance.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
ip prefix-list, match interface, match ip address, match ip next-hop, match route-type, match tag,
route-map, set distance, set ip next-hop, set metric, set tag
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
475
2 match protocol bgp match protocol bgp
Synopsis
Matches BGP routes on protocol types and subtypes in a route-map instance.
match protocol bgp [external | internal | static-network] no match protocol bgp
Operands external internal static-network
Matches EBGP routes.
Matches IBGP routes.
Matches BGP static routes. This is applicable only for BGP outbound policy.
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to match BGP routes on protocol types and subtypes in a route-map instance.
None
None
476 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
match route-type
Synopsis
Matches a route type in a route-map instance.
match route-type [internal | type-1 | type-2] no match route-type
Operands internal type-1 type-2
Internal route type
OSPF external route type 1
OSPF external route type 2
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to match a route type in a route-map instance.
None
None
match route-type
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
477
2 match tag match tag
Synopsis
Matches a route tag in a route-map instance.
match tag value no match tag
Operands
Defaults
value
None
The range of valid values is from 0 through 4294967295.
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to match routes with a specified tag.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
478 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
max-age
2 max-age
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults 20 seconds.
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree configuration mode
Description Use this command to control the maximum length of time that passes before an interface saves its configuration Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) information.
If the VLAN parameter is not provided, the seconds value is applied globally for all per-VLAN instances. However, for VLANs that have been configured explicitly, the per-VLAN configuration takes precedence over the global configuration.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context
Usage Guidelines
Sets the interval time in seconds between messages that the spanning tree receives from the interface.
max-age seconds no max-age
seconds
Configures the Spanning Tree Protocol interface maximum age. Valid values range from 6 through 40.
Examples
See Also
When configuring the maximum age, the max-age command setting must be greater than the hello-time command setting. The following relationship should be kept:
2*(forward-delay - 1)>=max-age>=2*(hello-time + 1)
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridges.
Enter no max-age to return to the default configuration.
To configure the maximum-age to 10 seconds: switch(conf-rstp)# max-age 10
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
479
2 max-hops max-hops
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults 20 hops
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree MSTP configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the maximum number of hops for a BPDU in an MSTP region.
This parameter is used by all the instances of the MSTP.
Specifying the maximum hops for a BPDU prevents the messages from looping indefinitely on the interface. When you change the number of hops, it affects all spanning-tree instances.
This command functions only in standalone mode.
Enter no max-hops to return to the default value.
Examples
See Also
Configures the maximum number of hops for a Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) in an MSTP region.
max-hops hop_count no max-hops
hop_count
Specifies the maximum number of hops for which the BPDU will be valid.
Valid values range from 1 through 40.
To set the number of maximum hops to 25 for all MSTPs: switch(config)# protocol spanning-tree mstp switch(conf-mstp)# max-hops 25
480 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
max-mcache
2 max-mcache
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the maximum multicast cache size.
max-mcache num no max-mcache
num
Number of entries in the multicast cache. Valid values range from 1 through 2048.
Defaults Multicast cache size is 2048 entries.
Command Modes PIM router configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the maximum size of the multicast cache.
Enter no max-mcache to disable this feature.
Setting the multicast cache to 500 entries.
switch(conf-pim-router)# max-mcache 500
See Also
ip multicast-boundary, router pim, show ip pim mcache, show ip pim-sparse
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
481
2 max-metric router-lsa (OSPF) max-metric router-lsa (OSPF)
Synopsis
Advertises the maximum metric value in different Link State Advertisements (LSAs).
max-metric router-lsa [all-vrfs] [all-lsas |summary-lsa metric-value | external-lsa metric-value | link {ptp | stub | transit | all} | on-startup {time | wait-for-bgp} [all-lsas |summary-lsa metric-value
| external-lsa metric-value | link {ptp | stub | transit | all}]] no max-metric router-lsa [all-vrfs] [all-lsas |summary-lsa metric-value | external-lsa metric-value | link {ptp | stub | transit | all} | on-startup {time | wait-for-bgp} [all-lsas |summary-lsa metric-value
| external-lsa metric-value | link {ptp | stub | transit | all}]]
Operands all-vrfs on-startup
time
wait-for-bgp
Applies the configuration change to all instances of OSPF.
Applies the configuration change at the next OSPF startup.
Sets the time (in seconds) for which the specified links in Router LSAs are advertised when the metric is set to the maximum value of 0xFFFF. The range for time is 5 to 86,400.
Indicates that OSPF should wait for either 600 seconds or until BGP has finished route table convergence, whichever happens first, before advertising the links with the normal metric.
summary-lsa metric-value Modifies the metric of all summary type 3 and type 4 LSAs to equal the specified value or a default value. The range for metric value is 1 to
16777214 (0x00001 – 0x00FFFFFE), and the default is 16711680
(0x00FF0000).
external-lsa metric-value Modifies the metric of all external type 5 LSAs to equal the specified value or a default value. The range for metric value is 1 to 16777214
(0x00001 - 0x00FFFFFE), and the default is 16711680 (0x00FF0000).
all-lsas Sets the summary-lsa and external-lsa optional parameters to the corresponding default max-metric value. For a non-default instance of OSPF, only the summary-lsa and external-lsa parameters are set.
link all ptp stub transit
Specifies the types of links for which the maximum metric is advertised. By default, the maximum metric is advertised only for transit links.
Advertises the maximum metric in Router LSAs for all supported link types.
Advertises the maximum metric in Router LSAs for point-to-point links.
Advertises the maximum metric in Router LSAs for stub links.
Advertises the maximum metric in Router LSAs for transit links. This is the default link type.
Defaults Refer to the Operands for various defaults within the command.
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the maximum metric value advertised in different Link State
Advertisements (LSAs). When enabled, the router configures the maximum value of the metric for routes and links advertised in various types of LSAs. Because the route metric is set to its maximum value, neighbors will not route traffic through this router except to directly connected networks. Thus, the becomes a stub router, which is desirable when you want:
482 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
max-metric router-lsa (OSPF)
2
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
•
Graceful removal of the router from the network for maintenance.
•
Graceful introduction of a new router into the network.
•
To avoid forwarding traffic through a router that is in critical condition.
Enter no max-metric router-lsa all-lsas to disable advertising the maximum metric value in different LSAs.
To advertise the maximum metric value using the all-lsas option: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# max-metric router-lsa all-lsas
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
483
2 max-route max-route
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets the maximum number of routes for VRF.
max-route value
value
None
The maximum number of routes.
Command Modes VRF configuration command
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the maximum number of routes for VRF.
None
Examples
See Also
None
484 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
maxas-limit (BGP)
2 maxas-limit (BGP)
Synopsis
Imposes a limit on the number of autonomous systems in the AS-PATH attribute.
maxas-limit {in} num no maxas-limit {in} num
Operands
Defaults in
num
This option is disabled.
Allows an AS-PATH attribute from any neighbor imposing a limit on the number of autonomous systems.
Valid range is from 0 through 300.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to impose a limit on the number of autonomous systems in the AS-PATH attribute.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
The following example sets the limit on the number of autonomous systems in the AS-PATH attribute to 100.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# maxas-limit 100
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
485
2 maximum-paths (BGP) maximum-paths (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Changes the maximum number of BGP4 shared paths.
maximum-paths num | use-load-sharing no maximum-paths
num
use-load-sharing
Maximum number of paths across which the device balances traffic to a given BGP4 destination.
Uses the maximum IP ECMP path value that is configured by means of the ip load-sharing command.
Defaults This option is disabled.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to change the maximum number of BGP4 shared paths, either by setting a value or using the value configured by the ip load-sharing command.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
The following example sets the maximum number of BGP4 shared paths to 8.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# maximum-paths 8
See Also
ip load-sharing, maximum-paths ebgp ibgp (BGP)
486 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
maximum-paths ebgp ibgp (BGP)
2 maximum-paths ebgp ibgp (BGP)
Synopsis
Specifies the number of equal-cost multipath EBGP or IBGP routes or paths that are selected. maximum-paths {ebgp num| ibgp num} no maximum-paths
Operands ebgp ibgp
num
Defaults This option is disabled.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
Specifies EBGP routes or paths.
Specifies IBGP routes or paths.
The number of equal-cost multipath routes or paths that are selected.
Range is from 1 through 8. 1 disables equal-cost multipath.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enhancements to BGP4 load sharing support the load sharing of BGP4 routes in IP Equal-Cost
Multipath (ECMP, even if the BGP4 multipath load-sharing feature is not enabled by means of the use-load-sharing option to the maximum-paths command. You can set separate values for IGMP and ECMP load sharing. Use this command to specify the number of equal-cost multipath EBGP or
IBGP routes or paths that are selected.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# maximum-paths ebgp 6 ibgp 6
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
487
2 med-missing-as-worst (BGP) med-missing-as-worst (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
This option is disabled.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description When MEDs are compared, by default the device favors a low MED over a higher one. Because the device assigns a value of 0 to a route path MED if the MED value is missing, the default MED comparison results in the device favoring the route paths that do not have MEDs. Use this command to configure the device to favor a route that has a Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) over a route that does not have one.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configures the device to favor a route that has a Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) over a route that does not have one.
med-missing-as-worst no med-missing-as-worst
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
Typical example of this command: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# med-missing-as-worst
See Also None
488 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
message-interval
2 message-interval
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) Join/Prune message interval.
message-interval num no message-interval
num The interval value in seconds. Valid values range from 10 through 65535 seconds.
Defaults 60 seconds
Command Modes PIM router configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify the interval at which the periodic PIM Join/Prune messages must be sent out.
Enter no message-interval to disable this feature.
Setting the interval to one hour.
switch(conf-pim-router)# message-interval 3600
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
489
2 metric-type (OSPF) metric-type (OSPF)
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the default metric type for external routes.
metric-type {type1 | type2} no metric-type {type1 | type2} type1 type2
The metric of a neighbor is the cost between itself and the router plus the cost of using this router for routing to the rest of the world.
The metric of a neighbor is the total cost from the redistributing routing to the rest of the world.
Defaults type1
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure the default metric type for external routes.
Enter no metric-type {type1 | type2} to return to the default setting.
To set the default metric type for external routes to type2: switch# conf t switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)# router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# metric-type type2
See Also
default-information-originate (OSPF)
490 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
minimum-links
2 minimum-links
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
num-of-links
Number of links is 1.
Number of links. Valid values range from 1 through 32.
Command Modes Port-channel interface configuration mode
Description Use this command to allow a port-channel to operate at a certain minimum bandwidth all the time.
If the bandwidth of the port-channel drops below that minimum number, then the port-channel is declared operationally DOWN even though it has operationally UP members.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Sets the minimum bandwidth. minimum-links num-of-links no minimum-links
Enter no minimum-links to restore the default value.
To set the minimum number of links to 16 on a specific port-channel interface: switch(config)# interface port-channel 33 switch(config-port-channel-33)# minimum-links 16
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
491
2 mode mode
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the LLDP mode on the switch.
mode {tx | rx} tx rx
Specifies to enable only the transmit mode.
Specifies to enable only the receive mode.
Defaults Both transmit and receive modes are enabled.
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the LLDP mode on the switch.
None
See Also
To enable only the transmit mode: switch(conf-lldp)# mode tx
To enable only the receive mode: switch(conf-lldp)# mode rx
492 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
mode (27x40 GbE line card)
2 mode (27x40 GbE line card)
Synopsis
Sets Performance or Density operating modes on the 27x40 GbE line card installed in the 8770
Switch.
mode performance no mode performance
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes port-group
Description Use this command to set Performance or Density (default) operating modes for port groups 1-9 on the 27x40 GbE line card. When a port group is configured In Performance mode, the third port in the port group is persistently disabled, but the remaining two ports operate at up to 40 Gbps in
Performance mode to achieve the 80 Gbps maximum rate for the port group. QSFP breakout mode is only supported on ports configured in Performance mode.
If Density mode (default) is configured for a port group, all three ports in the group are enabled in
Density mode, so cannot support the 40 Gbps maximum rate. If this mode is configured on all port groups, 27 total ports are available for use.
For more information on port groups and the Performance and Density operating modes on the line card, refer to the “Overview” chapter in the Brocade 8770-4 and 8770-8 Hardware Reference
Manuals.
Usage Guidelines
None
Density mode (no mode performance) is enabled.
Examples
Enter no performance mode to restore the default value. Power off the line card before configuring operating modes.
To enable Performance mode on port group 9 of the line card in slot 3 of switch with RBridge ID 1.
switch# configure terminal
Entering configuration mode terminal switch(config)# hardware switch(config-hardware)# port-group 1/3/9 switch(config-port-group-1/3/9)# mode performance
%Warning: port-group mode performance is a disruptive command.
Please save the running-config to startup-config and a power-cycle for the changes to take place.
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
493
2 modes modes
Synopsis
Enables and disables operating modes for port groups for Access Gateway mode.
modes mode_name no mode mode_name
Operands
Defaults lb (Automatic Login Balancing)
Command Modes Port Grouping configuration
Description Enables or disables operating modes for a specific port group. Login Balancing (LB) is the only mode that you can enable. Automatic Login Balancing is enabled by default for a port group when the port group is created. If LB mode is enabled for a port group and a VF_Port goes offline, logins in the port group are redistributed among the remaining VF_Ports. Similarly, if an N_Port comes online, port logins in the port group are redistributed to maintain a balanced N_Port-to-VF_Port ratio.
Usage Guidelines
mode_name
lb
You must be in Port Grouping configuration mode for a specific port group to use this command.
Entering no modes mode name disables the mode.
Consider the following when using LB mode with show running-config ag and show ag commands:
•
The only Port Grouping mode that you can enable or disable is LB mode.
•
When LB mode is disabled in a port group, the show running-config ag, show ag map, and show ag commands display the configured VF_Port to N_Port mapping. This is because configured and active mapping are the same.
•
When LB mode is enabled in a port group, show ag and show ag map displays the active mapping only because VF_Port to N_Port mapping is based on the current distributed load across all N_Ports. The show running-config ag command displays the configured mapping only.
Examples Enable Automatic Login Balancing mode on port group 8.
sw0(config-rbridge-id-3-ag-pg-8)# modes lb
Disable Automatic Login Balancing mode on port group 8.
sw0(config-rbridge-id-3-ag-pg-8)# no modes lb
See Also None
494 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
monitor session
2 monitor session
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable a session for monitoring traffic.
The source and destination ports must be in the same port-group on a Brocade VDX 6720-60.
Enter no monitor session to delete the port mirroring session.
Examples
See Also
Enables a Port Mirroring session for monitoring traffic.
monitor session session_number no monitor session session_number
session_number
Specifies a session identification number. Valid values range from 0 through 511 in logical chassis mode, 0 through 23 for standalone mode.
To enable session 22 for monitoring traffic: switch(config)# monitor session 22 switch(config-session-22)# source tengigabitethernet 0/1 destination
tengigabitethernet 0/15 direction both
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
495
2 monitor-session (VXLAN gateway) monitor-session (VXLAN gateway)
Synopsis
Operands tx rx
Enables switched port analyzer (SPAN) on one or all tunnels of this gateway.
monitor session session_number direction { tx | rx | both} [ remote-endpoint { ip_address | any } ] vlan [ add | remove ] VLAN_ID_range no monitor session session_number
session_number
both
ip_address
any add remove
VLAN_ID_range
Specifies the SPAN session ID that was configured with the global monitor session command.
Enables SPAN for the transmitting tunnels.
Enables SPAN for the receiving tunnels.
Enables SPAN for both the transmitting and receiving tunnels.
Enables SPAN for the specified the IPv4 address of the remote hypervisor
NSX VXLAN termination endpoint (VTEP).
Enables SPAN for all tunnels on the gateway.
Enables SPAN on specified VLAN IDs. You can use this option if you have disabled SPAN on specific VLAN IDs and now want to re-enable SPAN on these IDs.
Disables SPAN on specified VLAN IDs.
Specifies the VLAN IDs for enabling SPAN.
Defaults None
Command Modes VXLAN Gateway Configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable SPAN on one or all tunnels of this gateway for specified VLANs. You can use the remote-endpoint option to choose all tunnels or specific tunnels of this gateway. You choose a specific tunnel by specifying the remote hypervisor VTEP IP address. This address is matched with the destination IP address of the tunnels.
The remove option can be used to exclude VLANs form a previously configured list. If all the VLANs are removed, the entire SPAN configuration is deleted (this is the same behavior as running the no monitor session session_number command).
The only way to change the direction once you have run this command is to remove the SPAN configuration, then rerun the monitor session command.
Specified VLANs must already be configured as exported through this gateway.
The SPAN session number must already be configured, and the SPAN destination must already be specified and cannot be a tunnel.
The SPAN session must not include source port configuration for this gateway.
The deletion of an attached VLAN (by using the no attach vlan command) is blocked if SPAN has been enabled for the VLAN you are trying to delete.
The no form of this command removes SPAN configuration for the gateway.
496 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
monitor-session (VXLAN gateway)
2
Examples To enable SPAN for all tunnels in both directions for VLAN IDs 1 through 10 and SPAN session ID 3: switch# configure switch(config)# overlay-gateway gateway1 switch(config-overlay-gw-gateway1)# monitor session 3 direction both
remote-endpoint any vlan add 1-10
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
497
2 mtu mtu
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Specifies the size of the maximum transmission unit (MTU) on an interface.
mtu size
size
Size, in bytes, of the MTU. Range is from 1522 through 9216.
10-Gbps Ethernet interfaces have a default MTU of 2500 bytes.
Command Modes Interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the MTU on an interface.
Configuring an MTU on a VLAN interface is not valid.
Examples
See Also
None
None
498 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
multipath (BGP)
2 multipath (BGP)
Synopsis
Changes load sharing to apply to only IBGP or EBGP paths, or to support load sharing among paths from different neighboring autonomous systems (ASs).
multipath [ebgp | ibgp | multi-as] no multipath
Operands ebgp ibgp multi-as
Defaults This option is disabled.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
Enables load sharing of EBGP paths only.
Enables load sharing of IBGP paths only.
Enables load sharing of paths from different neighboring autonomous systems.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
By default, when BGP4 load sharing is enabled, both IBGP and EBGP paths are eligible for load sharing, while paths from different neighboring autonomous systems are not. Use this command to change load sharing to apply to only IBGP or EBGP paths, or to support load sharing among paths from different neighboring autonomous systems.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To change load sharing to apply to both EBGP and IBGP paths: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# multipath ebgp ibgp
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
499
2 multiplier (LLDP) multiplier (LLDP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
value
Specifies a multiplier value to use. Valid values range from 2 through 10.
Multiplier default value is 4.
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the number of consecutive misses of hello messages before LLDP declares the neighbor as dead.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Sets the number of consecutive misses of hello messages before LLDP declares the neighbor as dead.
multiplier value no multiplier
Enter no multiplier to return to the default setting.
To set the number of consecutive misses: switch(conf-lldp)# multiplier 2
See Also
500 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
multiplier (UDLD)
2 multiplier (UDLD)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
value
Specifies a multiplier value to use. Valid values range from 3 through 10.
Multiplier default value is 5.
Command Modes Protocol UDLD configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the timeout multiplier for missed UDLD PDUs. The timeout interval is the product of the "hello" time interval at the other end of the link and the "multiplier" value. When the
UDLD protocol times out waiting for UDLD PDUs, it will block the port.
When the device at one end is a Brocade IP product, the timeout interval is the product of the
"hello" time interval at the other end and the "multiplier" value.
When the UDLD protocol times out waiting for UDLD PDUs, it will block the port.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Sets timeout multiplier for missed UDLD PDUs.
multiplier value no multiplier
Enter no multiplier to return to the default setting.
To set the multiplier to 8: switch(config)# protocol udld switch(config-udld)# multiplier 8
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
501
2 nas auto-qos nas auto-qos
Synopsis
Enables the Quality of Service (QoS) functionality for the Auto-NAS (automatic network attached storage) feature.
nas auto-qos no nas auto-qos
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable the QoS functionality for Auto-NAS.
Usage Guidelines This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, VDX 6740, and VDX 6740T switches.
Use the no form of this command to disable the Auto-NAS feature.
Examples
See Also
None
backup-advertisement-interval, clear nas statistics, nas server-ip, show nas statistics,
show running-config nas server-ip, show system internal nas, show cee maps
502 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
nas server-ip
2 nas server-ip
Synopsis
Operands
address/prefix
vlan vlan_ID vrf vrf_name
IP address/prefix to receive NAS traffic.
VLAN ID.
VRF name.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Identifies the port that is to receive Auto NAS (automatic network attached storage) traffic.
nas server-ip address/prefix [vlan vlan_ID | vrf vrf_name] no nas server-ip address
Examples
See Also
Use this command to specify or disable the Auto NAS server-ip prefix.
This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, VDX 6740, and VDX 6740T switches.
Use the no form of this command to remove a nas server-ip prefix..
To identify an IP address/prefix of 2.2.2.2/32 to receive NAS traffic over VLAN 10: switch# configure switch(config)# nas server-ip 2.2.2.2/32 vlan 10
clear nas statistics, nas auto-qos, show nas statistics, show running-config nas server-ip,
show system internal nas, show cee maps
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
503
2 nbr-timeout nbr-timeout
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the neighbor timeout interval.
nbr-timeout num no nbr-timeout
num
Interval value in seconds. Valid values range from 35 through 12600 seconds.
Defaults The default is 105.
Command Modes PIM router configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify the interval after which a neighbor is considered to be absent.
Enter no nbr-timeout to disable this feature.
Setting the timeout to 600 seconds.
switch(conf-pim-router)# nbr-timeout 600
See Also
504 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor (BGP)
2 neighbor (BGP)
Synopsis
Assigns a neighbor to a specified IPv4 address or peer group to provide a variety of configuration options. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name}
{advertisement-interval | as-override | capability | description | ebgp-multihop | enforce-first-as | local-as | maxas-limit | next-hop-self | password | peer-group | remote-as | remove-private-as | shutdown | soft-reconfiguration | timers | update-source} no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name}
{advertisement-interval | as-override | capability | description | ebgp-multihop | enforce-first-as | local-as | maxas-limit | next-hop-self | password | peer-group | remote-as | remove-private-as | shutdown | soft-reconfiguration | timers | update-source}
Operands
ip-address peer-group-name
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Alphanumeric characters. Range is from 1 through 63.
advertisement-interval
See neighbor advertisement-interval (BGP).
as-override capability description ebgp-multihop
See neighbor as-override (BGP).
See neighbor capability as4 (BGP).
See neighbor description (BGP).
See neighbor ebgp-multihop (BGP).
enforce-first-as local-as maxas-limit next-hop-self password peer-group remote-as remote-private-as
See neighbor enforce-first-as (BGP).
See neighbor maxas-limit in (BGP).
See neighbor next-hop-self (BGP).
See neighbor peer-group (BGP).
See neighbor remove-private-as (BGP).
shutdown
soft-reconfiguration
See neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound (BGP).
timers update-source
See neighbor update-source (BGP).
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
505
2 neighbor (BGP)
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to assign a neighbor to a specified peer group to provide a variety of configuration options. Neighbor configuration appears in both BGP global and BGP Address-Family command modes. The neighbor parameters/attributes that are common to all of the address families appear in the global mode, making support available for IPv6 address families in the future. The neighbor parameters/attributes that are specific to the address-family appear within the address-family submode.
Use the no form of this command to remove the neighbor from the specified peer group or remove an option.
To assign a neighbor to a specified peer group and view available options: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 ?
Possible completions:
advertisement-interval Minimum interval between sending BGP routing updates
as-override Override matching AS-number while sending update
capability Advertise capability to the peer
description Neighbor by description
ebgp-multihop Allow EBGP neighbors not on directly connected
networks
enforce-first-as Enforce the first AS for EBGP routes
local-as Assign local-as number to neighbor
maxas-limit Impose limit on number of ASes in AS-PATH attribute
next-hop-self Disable the next hop calculation for this neighbor
password Enable TCP-MD5 password protection
peer-group Create Peer Group
remote-as Specify a BGP neighbor
remove-private-as Remove private AS number from outbound updates
shutdown Administratively shut down this neighbor
soft-reconfiguration Per neighbor soft reconfiguration
timers BGP per neighbor timers
update-source Source of routing updates
All BGP neighbor commands listed under Operands.
506 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor (OSPF)
2 neighbor (OSPF)
Synopsis
Manually configures a neighbor.
neighbor A.B.C.D no neighbor
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description Use this command to manually configure a neighbor. It is typically used in point-to-point networks.
Usage Guidelines
A.B.C.D
IPv4 address of the neighbor.
Neighbors are not configured.
Examples
OSPF Hellos must use a unicast address, not broadcast or multicast packets.
Enter no neighbor A.B.C.D to remove the specified neighbor.
To configure a neighbor whose IPv4 address is 1.1.1.1: switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)# router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# neighbor 1.1.1.1
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
507
2 neighbor advertisement-interval (BGP) neighbor advertisement-interval (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults The default is 0.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
ip-address peer-group-name seconds
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Range is from 0 through 3600.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the interval, in seconds, over which a specified neighbor or peer group holds all route updates before forwarding them. When the timer expires, the routes are sent as a batch.
None
Use the no form of this command to reset the interval to the default.
Examples
Enables changes to interval over which a specified neighbor or peer-group holds route updates before forwarding them.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds no neighbor switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 advertisement-interval 60
See Also None
508 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor as-override (BGP)
2 neighbor as-override (BGP)
Synopsis
Replaces the autonomous system number (ASN) of the originating router with the ASN of the sending BGP router.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} as-override no neighbor as-override
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
ip-address peer-group-name
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
BGP loop prevention verifies the ASN in the AS path. If the receiving router sees its own ASN in the
AS path of the received BGP packet, the packet is dropped. The receiving router assumes that the packet originated from its own AS and has reached the place of origination. This can be a significant problem if the same ASN is used among various sites, preventing sites with identical
ASNs from being linked by another ASN. In this case, routing updates are dropped when another site receives them.
Use this command to replace the ASN of the originating router with the ASN of the sending BGP router.
Use the no form of this command to disable this feature.
To change an advertisement interval: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 as-override
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
509
2 neighbor capability as4 (BGP) neighbor capability as4 (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
ip-address peer-group-name
enable disable
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Enables 4-byte numbering.
Disables 4-byte numbering.
Defaults Four-byte ASNs are disabled by default.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Enables or disables support for 4-byte autonomous system numbers (ASNs) at the neighbor or peer-group level.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} capability as4 [enable | disable] no neighbor capability as4
Use this command to enable 4-byte ASNs at the neighbor or peer-group level.
4-byte ASNs are first considered at the neighbor, then at the peer group, and finally at the global level.
Use the disable keyword or the no form of this command to remove all neighbor capability for AS4.
Examples switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 capability as4 enable
See Also None
510 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor default-originate (BGP)
2 neighbor default-originate (BGP)
Synopsis
Configures the device to send the default route 0.0.0.0 to a neighbor.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate {route-map map-name} no neighbor
Operands
ip-address peer-group-name
route-map
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Optionally injects the default route conditionally, depending on the match conditions in the route map.
Name of the route map.
Defaults
map-name
None
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure the device to send the default route 0.0.0.0 to a neighbor.
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 default-originate route-map
myroutemap
route-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
511
2 neighbor description (BGP) neighbor description (BGP)
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Specifies a name for a neighbor.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description string no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description string
Operands
ip-address peer-group-name
description string
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Specifiesthe name of the neighbor, an alphanumeric string up to 220 characters long.
Use this command to describe a neighbor.
Use the no form of this command to remove the name.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 description mygoodneighbor
See Also None
512 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor ebgp-multihop (BGP)
2 neighbor ebgp-multihop (BGP)
Synopsis
Allows EBGP neighbors that are not on directly connected networks and sets an optional maximum hop count.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multiphop [max-hop-count] no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multiphop
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
ip-address peer-group-name max-hop-count
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Maximum hop count (optional). Range is from 1 through 255.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to allow EBGP neighbors that are not on directly connected networks and set an optional maximum hop count
Use the no form of this command to disable this feature.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 ebgp-multihop 20
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
513
2 neighbor enforce-first-as (BGP) neighbor enforce-first-as (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Ensures that a device requires the first ASN listed in the AS_SEQUENCE field of an AS path-update message from EBGP neighbors to be the ASN of the neighbor that sent the update.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} enforce-first-as [enable | disable] no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} enforce-first-as [enable | disable]
ip-address peer-group-name
enable disable
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Enables this feature.
Disables this feature.
This feature is disabled: A device does not require the first ASN listed in the AS_SEQUENCE field of an AS path-update message from EBGP neighbors to be the ASN of the neighbor that sent the update.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description Use this command to ensure that a device requires the first ASN listed in the AS_SEQUENCE field of an AS path-update message from EBGP neighbors to be the ASN of the neighbor that sent the update.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use the no form of this command to disable this requirement globally for the device.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 enforce-first-as enable
See Also None
514 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor filter-list (BGP)
2 neighbor filter-list (BGP)
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Specifies a filter list to be applied to updates from or to the specified neighbor. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filter-list ip-prefix-list-name [in | out] no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filter-list ip-prefix-list-name [in | out]
Operands
ip-address peer-group-name ip-prefix-list-name
in out
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Name of the filter list.
Specifies that the list is applied on updates received from the neighbor.
Specifies that the list is applied on updates sent to the neighbor.
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Use this command to specify a filter list to be applied to updates from or to the specified neighbor.
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 filter-list myfilterlist out
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
515
2 neighbor local-as (BGP) neighbor local-as (BGP)
Synopsis
Causes the device to prepend the local autonomous system number (ASN) automatically to routes received from an EBGP peer.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} local-as num {no-prepend} no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} local-as num {no-prepend}
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
ip-address peer-group-name num
no-prepend
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Local ASN. Range is from 1 through 4294967295.
Causes the device to stop pre-pending the selected ASN.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to causes the device to prepend the local autonomous system number (ASN) automatically to routes received from an EBGP peer.
Use the no form of this command to remove the local ASN.
To ensure that a device prepends the local ASN: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 local-as 100
See Also
To stop the device from pre-pending the selected ASN: switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 local-as 100 no-prepend
None
516 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor maxas-limit in (BGP)
2 neighbor maxas-limit in (BGP)
Synopsis
Causes the device to discard routes received in UPDATE messages if those routes exceed a maximum AS path length.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maxas-limit in {num | disable} no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maxas-limit in {num | disable}
Operands
ip-address peer-group-name num
disable
Defaults The default for num is 300.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Maximum length of the AS path. Range is from 0 through 300.
Prevents a neighbor from inheriting the configuration from the peer group or global configuration and instead uses the default system value.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to cause the device to discard routes received in UPDATE messages if those routes exceed a maximum AS path length.
Use the no form of this command to remove this configuration at the global level.
To change the length of the maximum allowed AS path length from the default: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 maxas-limit in 200
See Also
To prevent a neighbor from inheriting the configuration from the peer group or global configuration and instead use the default system value: switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 maxas-limit in disable
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
517
2 neighbor maximum-prefix (BGP) neighbor maximum-prefix (BGP)
Synopsis
Specifies the maximum number of IP network prefixes (routes) that can be learned from a specified neighbor or peer group.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix num [threshold] [teardown] no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix num [threshold] [teardown]
Operands
ip-address peer-group-name num threshold
teardown
Defaults See Operands.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Maximum number of IP prefixes that can be learned. Range is from 0 through 4294967295. Default is 0 (unlimited).
Specifies the percentage of the value specified by num that causes a syslog message to be generated. Range is from 1 through 100. Default is
100.
Tears down the neighbor session if the maximum number of IP prefixes is exceeded.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify the maximum number of IP network prefixes (routes) that can be learned from a specified neighbor or peer group.
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 prefix-list 100000 threshold 80
None
518 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor next-hop-self (BGP)
2 neighbor next-hop-self (BGP)
Synopsis
Causes the device to list itself as the next hop in updates that are sent to the specified neighbor.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self [always] no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self [always]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
ip-address peer-group-name
always
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Enables this feature for route reflector (RR) routes.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to cause the device to list itself as the next hop in updates that are sent to the specified neighbor.
Use the no form of this command to remove this configuration at the global level.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 next-hop-self
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
519
2 neighbor password (BGP) neighbor password (BGP)
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Specifies an MD5 password for securing sessions between the device and a neighbor.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} password string no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} password string
Operands
ip-address peer-group-name string
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Alphanumeric characters. Range is from 1 through 63.
Use this command to specify an MD5 password between the device and a neighbor.
Use the no form of this command to remove this configuration at the global level.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 password s0M3P@55W0Rd
See Also None
520 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor peer-group (BGP)
2 neighbor peer-group (BGP)
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables the creation of a BGP peer group.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} peer-group string no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} peer-group string
Operands
ip-address peer-group-name string
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Alphanumeric characters. Range is from 1 through 63.
Use this command to create a BGP peer group.
Use the no form of this command to remove the peer group.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 peer-group mypeergroup1
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
521
2 neighbor prefix-list (BGP) neighbor prefix-list (BGP)
Synopsis
Filters the outgoing and incoming route updates to or from a particular BGP neighbor according to
IP address and mask length.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} prefix-list string {in | out} no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} prefix-list string {in | out}
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
ip-address peer-group-name string
in out
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Name of the prefix list.
Applies the filter in oncoming routes.
Applies the filter in outgoing routes.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to filter the outgoing and incoming route updates to or from a particular BGP neighbor according to IP address and mask length.
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 prefix-list myprefixlist in
None
522 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor remote-as (BGP)
2 neighbor remote-as (BGP)
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Specifies the autonomous system (AS) in which a remote neighbor resides.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as num no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as num
Operands
ip-address peer-group-name num
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Remote AS number (ASN). Range is from 1 through 4294967295.
Use this command to specify the AS in which a remote neighbor resides.
Use the no form of this command to remove the neighbor from the AS.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 remote-as 100
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
523
2 neighbor remove-private-as (BGP) neighbor remove-private-as (BGP)
Synopsis
Configures a device to remove private autonomous system numbers (ASNs) from UPDATE messages that the device sends to a neighbor.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
ip-address peer-group-name
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure a device to remove private autonomous system numbers (ASNs) from UPDATE messages that the device sends to a neighbor. The device will remove ASNs 64512 through 65535 (the well-known BGP4 private ASNs) from the AS-path attribute in UPDATE messages that the device sends to a neighbor.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 remove-private-as
See Also None
524 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor route-map (BGP)
2 neighbor route-map (BGP)
Synopsis
Filters the outgoing and incoming route updates to or from a particular BGP neighbor according to a set of attributes.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-map string {in | out} no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-map string {in | out}
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
ip-address peer-group-name string
in out
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Name of the route map.
Applies the filter on incoming routes.
Applies the filter on outgoing routes.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to filter the outgoing and incoming routes to or from a particular BGP neighbor according to a set of attributes defined in a route map.
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 route-map myroutemap out route-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
525
2 neighbor route-reflector-client (BGP) neighbor route-reflector-client (BGP)
Synopsis
Configures a neighbor to be a route-reflector client.
neighbor {ip | peer-group} route-reflector-client no neighbor {ip | peer-group} route-reflector-client
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
ip peer-group
IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation.
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command on a host device to configure a neighbor to be a route-reflector client. Once configured, the host device from which the configuration is made acts as a route-reflector server.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 route-reflector-client
None
526 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor send-community (BGP)
2 neighbor send-community (BGP)
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables sending the community attribute in updates to the specified BGP neighbor.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community {both | extended | standard} no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community {both | extended | standard}
Operands
ip-address peer-group-name
both extended standard
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Sends both standard and extended attributes.
Sends extended attributes.
Sends standard attributes.
Defaults The device does not send community attributes.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Use this command to send the community attribute in updates to the specified BGP neighbor.
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 send-community standard route-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
527
2 neighbor shutdown (BGP) neighbor shutdown (BGP)
Synopsis
Causes a device to shut down the session administratively with its neighbor.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} shutdown {generate-rib-out} no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} shutdown {generate-rib-out}
Operands
ip-address peer-group-name
generate-rib-out
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
When a peer is put into shutdown state, Routing Information Base (RIB) outbound routes are not produced for that peer. Use this option to produce those routes.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Shutting down a session lets you configure the neighbor and save the configuration without the need to establish a session with that neighbor.
Use the no form of this command to restore the defaults.
To cause a device to shut down the session administratively with its neighbor: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 shutdown
See Also
To do the above and generate RIB outbound routes: switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 shutdown generate-rib-out
None
528 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound (BGP)
2 neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound (BGP)
Synopsis
Stores all the route updates received from a neighbor.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
ip-address peer-group-name
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Soft reconfiguration stores all the route updates received from a neighbor. If you request a soft reset of inbound routes, the software compares the policies against the stored route updates, instead of requesting the neighbor’s BGP4 route table or resetting the session with the neighbor.
Use the no form of the command to disable this feature.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 soft-configuration inbound
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
529
2 neighbor timers (BGP) neighbor timers (BGP)
Synopsis
Specifies how frequently a device sends KEEPALIVE messages to its BGP4 neighbors, as well as how long the device waits for KEEPALIVE or UPDATE messages before concluding that a neighbor is dead.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers {keep-alive time1} {hold-time time2} no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers {keep-alive time1} {hold-time time2}
Operands
Defaults The default for time1 is 60. The default for time2 is 180.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description
ip-address peer-group-name time1 time2
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Keep-alive timer. Range is from 0 through 65535 seconds.
Hold timer. Range is from 0 through 65535 seconds.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify how frequently a device sends KEEPALIVE messages to its BGP4 neighbors, as well as how long the device waits for KEEPALIVE or UPDATE messages before concluding that a neighbor is dead.
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 timers keep-alive 120
hold-time 360
None
530 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
neighbor unsuppress-map (BGP)
2 neighbor unsuppress-map (BGP)
Synopsis
Removes route suppression from neighbor routes when those routes have been suppressed as a result of aggregation.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} unsuppress-map string no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} unsuppress-map string
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
ip-address peer-group-name string
IPv4 address of the neighbor.
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Name of the route map.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to remove route suppression from neighbor routes when those routes have been suppressed as a result of aggregation. All routes matching route-map rules are unsuppressed.
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 unsuppress-map myroutemap route-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
531
2 neighbor update-source (BGP) neighbor update-source (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
ip-address peer-group-name ip-addr
tengigabitethernet
IPv4 address of the neighbor
Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
IP address of the update source.
10-gigabit Ethernet interface gigabitethernet 1-gigabit Ethernet interface fortygigabitethernet 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Routing bridge ID
Slot number
portnum
loopback num
Port number
Specifies a loopback interface.
ve-interface vlan_id Specifies a virtual Ethernet VLAN interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Defaults None
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the device to communicate with a neighbor through a specified interface.
Usage Guidelines
Configures the device to communicate with a neighbor through a specified interface.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} update-source ip-addr | {tengigabitethernet | gigabitethernet | fortygigabitethernet} rbridge-id/slot/portnum | loopback num | ve-interface
vlan_id] no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} update-source ip-addr | {tengigabitethernet | gigabitethernet | fortygigabitethernet} rbridge-id/slot/portnum | loopback num | ve-interface
vlan_id]
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
On the Brocade VDX family of hardware, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1).
Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples Typical command example.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 update-source
10.11.12.14tengigabitethernet 15/1/1
532 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
See Also None neighbor update-source (BGP)
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
533
2 neighbor weight (BGP) neighbor weight (BGP)
Synopsis
Specifies a weight that the device will add to routes that are received from the specified BGP neighbor.
neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} weight num no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} weight num
Operands
Defaults The default for num is 0.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
ip-address peer-group-name num
IPv4 address of the neighbor.
Name of the peer group.
Value from 1 through 65535.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify a weight that the device will add to routes that are received from the specified BGP neighbor. BGP4 prefers larger weights over smaller weights.
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# neighbor 10.11.12.13 weight 100
None
534 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
network (BGP)
2 network (BGP)
Synopsis
Configures the device to advertise a network.
network network/mask [route-map map-name] | [weight num] | [backdoor] no network network/mask [route-map map-name] | [weight num] | [backdoor]
Operands
network/mask map-name num
backdoor
Defaults The default for num is 0.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
Network and mask in CIDR notation.
Name of the route map with which to set or change BGP4 attributes for the network to be advertised.
Weight to be added to routes to this network. Range is 0 through 65535.
Changes administrative distance of the route to this network from the EBGP administrative distance (the default is 20) to the local BGP4 weight (the default is 200), tagging the route as a backdoor route.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure the device to advertise a network. BGP4 prefers larger weights over smaller weights.
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# network 10.11.12.13/30 route-map myroutemap route-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
535
2 next-hop-enable-default (BGP) next-hop-enable-default (BGP)
Synopsis
Configures the device to use the default route as the next hop.
next-hop-enable-default no next-hop-enable-default
Operands
Defaults
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
None
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the device to use the default route as the next hop.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# next-hop-enable-default
None
536 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
next-hop-recursion (BGP)
2 next-hop-recursion (BGP)
Synopsis
Enables recursive next-hop lookups.
next-hop-recursion no next-hop-recursion
Operands
Defaults
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
None
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description If the BGP4 next hop is not the immediate next hop, a recursive route lookup in the IP routing information base (RIB) is needed. With recursion, a second routing lookup is required to resolve the exit path for destination traffic. Use this command to enable recursive next-hop lookups.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# next-hop-recursion
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
537
2 nport nport
Synopsis
Enables N_Port configuration mode for a specific N_Port ID for Access Gateway mode.
nport port no nport port
Operands
Defaults
N_Port number supported by hardware platform.
Command Modes Access Gateway (AG) configuration
Description This command enables N_Port configuration mode for a specific N_Port number so that you can map VF_Ports to the N_Port (Port Mapping).
Usage Guidelines
port
None
Examples
See Also
To use this command, you must be in Access Gateway (AG) configuration mode, This command enables N_Port configuration mode for the specific N_Port. While in this mode, you can map
VF_Ports to the N_Port. Enter the N_Port in RBridge ID/port group ID/N_Port ID format, such as
3/0/4 for Rbridge 3, port group 0 (default port group), and N_Port 4.
Enabling N_Port configuration mode for N_Port 4 while in AG configuration mode.
sw0(config-rbridge-id-2-ag)# nport 2/0/4 sw0(config-rbridge-id-2-ag-nport-if-fi-2/0/4)#
show ag, map fport interface fcoe
538 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
nport interface Fibrechannel
2 nport interface Fibrechannel
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Adds or deletes N_Ports in a specified port group for Access Gateway mode.
nport interface Fibrechannel port no nport interface Fibrechannel port
port
None
N_Port number supported by switch model.
Command Modes Port Grouping configuration mode
Description Adds or deletes N_Ports in a port group.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
To use this command, you must be in Port Grouping configuration mode for a specific port group.
Before adding an N_Port to a port group, you must remove the N_Port from its current port group unless the port resides in default port group 0 (pg 0). N_Ports are identified by the format
rbridge-id/slot/N_Port, such as 3/0/4 for RBridge 3, slot 0, and N_Port 4.
Adding N_Port 3/0/3 to port group 2 (pg 2): sw0(config-rbridge-id-3-ag-pg-2)# nport interface Fibrechannel 3/0/3
Removing N_Port 3/0/3 from port group 3 (pg 3) sw0(config-rbridge-id-3-ag-pg-3)# nport interface Fibrechannel 3/0/3
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
539
2 nssa-translator (OSPF) nssa-translator (OSPF)
Synopsis
Defaults
Defaults
None
Translation is enabled.
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable NSSA Type 7-to-Type 5 LSA translation on the NSSA Area
Border Router (ABR). Translation may be needed if routers within the NSSA need to know about external routes. However, disabling this translation can be useful when the router is an area border router with many NSSA areas, and does not need to export the NSSA external routes into the backbone.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configures Not So Stubby Area (NSSA) Type 7-to-Type 5 Link State Advertisement (LSA) translation.
nssa-translator no nssa-translator
Enter no nssa-translator to disable NSSA Type 7-to-Type 5 translation.
To disable NSAA Type 7-to-Type 5 LSA translation: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# no nssa-translator
See Also None
540 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
nsx-controller client-cert
2 nsx-controller client-cert
Synopsis
Operands
Generates or deletes a self-signed certificate for the VXLAN gateway.
nsx-controller client-cert {generate | delete} generate delete
Generates a self-signed certificate for the VXLAN gateway.
Deletes the certificate.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to generate or delete a self-signed certificate for the VXLAN gateway.
This command is supported in logical chassis cluster mode only.
To generate a self-signed certificate for the VXLAN gateway: switch# nsx-controller client-cert generate
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
541
2 nsx-controller name nsx-controller name
Synopsis
Operands
Creates an NSX controller connection profile or enters NSX controller configuration mode.
nsx-controller name no nsx-controller name
name
Specifies a name for the NSX controller. The name is an alphanumeric,
32-character-maximum string that can also contain hyphens and underscores.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify a name for a new NSX controller connection profile, or to enter NSX controller configuration mode for an existing NSX controller connection profile.
Only one NSX Controller connection profile can be configured.
This command is supported in logical chassis cluster mode only.
Use the no form of the command to delete an NSX controller connection profile. All active connections are closed, and all tunnels related to this NSX controller are deleted.
By default, a connection profile is inactive. To activate a profile, run the activate command in NSX controller configuration mode.
Examples To create an NSX controller profile named profile1: switch# configure switch(config)# nsx-controller profile1
See Also
542 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
nsx-controller name reconnect
2 nsx-controller name reconnect
Synopsis
Operands
Reconnects the NSX controller.
nsx-controller name name reconnect
name
Specifies the name for the NSX controller. The name is an alphanumeric,
32-character-maximum string that can also contain hyphens and underscores.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to reinitiate a connection to the specified NSX controller if the connection was broken. If the connection is already active, this command has no effect.
This command is available only for a switch that is in logical chassis cluster mode.
The specified NSX controller connection profile name must already exist.
To reconnect an NSX controller named nsx1: sw0# nsx-controller name nsx1 reconnect
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
543
2 ntp authentication-key ntp authentication-key
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Adds an NTP authentication key (made up of a ID and an MD5 string) to a list of authentication keys in the database.
The maximum number of configurable NTP authentication keys is five. You cannot configure a duplicate key ID with a different key string. Use the no ntp authentication-key key-id command to remove the specified authentication key.
Examples
See Also
Creates an authentication key to associate with the NTP server.
ntp authentication-key key-id md5 md5-string no ntp authentication-key key-id
key-id md5 md5-string
Specifies an ID for an authentication key. The range is from 1 through
65535.
Specifies a string for the MD5 message-digest algorithm. The string can be a maximum of 15 alphanumeric characters.
To create an authentication key with an ID of 33 and an MD5 string called check: switch# configure switch(config)# ntp authentication-key 33 md5 check
544 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ntp server
2 ntp server
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults The NTP server list is LOCL (no NTP server configured).
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add an NTP server IPv4 or IPv6 address to a list of server IP addresses,
Also, use this command to associate an existing authentication key with an NTP server IP address.
The maximum number of NTP servers allowed is five.
Network Time Protocol (NTP) commands must be configured on each individual switch.
Use the no ntp server ip-address command to remove the specified NTP server IP address.
Removing the current active NTP server resets the NTPstatus to “LOCL” until a new, active server is selected.
Use the no ntp server ip-address key key-id command to remove the key from the specified NTP IP address.
Examples
See Also
Specifies or adds an NTP server IP address and associates an authentication key to the server.
ntp server ip-address [key key-id] no ntp server ip-address [key key-id]
ip-address
key key-id
Specifies the NTP server IPv4 IP address (dot-decimal notation) or the IPv6
IP address (hexadecimal colon-separated notation).
Associates a key from the key list to the specified server. The range for a key ID is from 1 through 65535.
To associate a configured key ID of 15 to an NTP server: switch(config)# ntp server 192.168.10.1 key 15
To remove an NTP server from the current list of NTP servers: switch(config)# no ntp server 192.168.10.1
show ntp status, show clock,ntp authentication-key
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
545
2 oscmd oscmd
Synopsis
Operands
Provides a command shell for selected Linux commands.
oscmd Linux command
Linux command
arp [-a] cat cp
The following Linux commands are supported with oscmd:
Displays the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) tables.
Concatenates files and displays to standard output.
Copies files and directories in a file system.
ftp Transfers files to and from a remote server.
ifconfig [netmask] [up]
Configures the active network interface.
ls [-al] [path] mkdir dir rmdir tcpdump
Lists files and directories on the switch.
Creates a directory.
mv [i] file1 file2 Renames a file or directory.
rm [-rf] file Removes a file or directory.
Removes a directory.
Analyzes network traffic.
The following parameters are supported with the Network OS implementation. Refer to the Linux documentation for more information on how to use this command. Parameters: -AbdDefIKlLnNOpqRStuUvxX
•
-B buffer_size
•
-c count
•
-C file_size
•
-G rotate_seconds
•
-F file
•
-i interface
•
-m module
•
-M secret
•
-r file
•
-s snaplen
•
-T type
•
-w file
•
-W filecount
•
-E spi@ipaddr
•
-y datalinktype
•
-z postrotate-command
•
-Z user [expression]
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
546 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to execute selected Linux commands on the switch.
Refer to the Linux man pages for more information on the supported commands.
The oscmd command is disabled under FIPS mode.
To display the ARP table: switch# oscmd arp -a
? (127.2.1.9) at ac:de:48:02:09:07 [ether] on eth2
? (127.2.1.7) at ac:de:48:02:07:07 [ether] on eth2
? (10.17.16.3) at 00:1b:ed:0b:90:00 [ether] on eth0
? (10.17.16.1) at 02:e0:52:5a:36:5c [ether] on eth0
? (10.17.19.14) at 00:14:22:20:5c:3c [ether] on eth0
? (127.2.2.9) at ac:de:48:02:09:08 [ether] on eth2
To copy a file to a remote server: switch# oscmd rcp file [email protected]: switch# switch:FID128:root# telnet 127.2.1.8
Trying 127.2.1.8...
Connected to 127.2.1.8.
Escape character is '^]'.
Linux 2.6.34.6 (sw0) (0) sw0 login: root
Password: sw0:L2/0: >ls
.profile
.rhosts
file
To copy a file using secure copy: switch# oscmd scp file file1 [email protected]: [email protected]'s password: file
100%
100%
0
0
0.0KB/s
0.0KB/s
00:00 file1
00:00
None oscmd
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
547
2 overlay-gateway (for VXLAN) overlay-gateway (for VXLAN)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to create a VXLAN overlay gateway instance of the given name. An overlay network is a virtual network that is built on top of existing network Layer 2 and Layer 3 technologies.
The objectives of setting up a gateway are:
•
Configuring the source IP address
•
Configuring the VLAN
•
Configuring MACs to export to the VXLAN domain
•
Enabling statistics for interested VLAN domains
•
Enabling SPAN.
One you create the gateway instance, you enter VXLAN Gateway Configuration mode, where you can configure other properties for this gateway.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Creates an overlay gateway instance to function as a VXLAN gateway.
overlay-gateway name no overlay-gateway name
name
Specifies a name for the gateway. Only one gateway instance can be configured. The name is an alphanumeric, 32-character-maximum string that can also contain hyphens and underscores.
Only one gateway instance can be configured.
This command is allowed for a switch that is in logical chassis cluster mode only.
Use the no form of the command to delete the gateway instance from the cluster. All tunnels for this gateway are also deleted.
By default, an overlay gateway instance is inactive. To activate an instance, first configure its other properties (such as which Rbridges it attaches to), then run the activate command .
To create a VXLAN overlay gateway instance named gateway1: switch# configure switch(config)# overlay-gateway gateway1
See Also
548 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
password-attributes
2 password-attributes
Synopsis
Operands min-length minlen Specifies the minimum length of the password. Valid values range from 8 through 32 characters. The default is 8 characters. max-retry maxretry Specifies the number of failed password logins permitted before a user is locked out. The lockout threshold range is 0 through 16. The default value is 0.
character-restriction Configures the restriction on various types of characters. upper numupper
Specifies the minimum number of uppercase alphabetic characters that must occur in the password. The default is 0, which means there is no restriction of uppercase characters.
lower numlower Specifies the minimum number of lowercase alphabetic characters that must occur in the password. The default is 0, which means there is no restriction of lowercase characters.
numeric num Specifies the minimum number of numeric characters that must occur in the password. The number of numeric characters range is 0 through 32 characters. The default is 0.
special-char numsplchars
Specifies the number of punctuation characters that must occur in the password. All printable, nonalphanumeric punctuation characters, except colon (:) are allowed. The default value is 0.
Defaults The default for minlen is 8. All other defaults are 0.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Configures the user password attributes.
password-attributes [min-length minlen] [max-retry maxretry] [character-restriction
[upper numupper] [lower numlower]] [numeric numdigits] [special-char numsplchars]] no password-attributes [min-length minlen] [max-retry maxretry] [character-restriction]
Examples
Use this command to configure global password attributes.
Enter no password-attributes parameters to set the specified password attributes to their default values.
To configure global password attributes and to verify the configuration: switch(config)# password-attributes max-retry 4 switch(config)# password-attributes character-restriction lower 2 switch(config)# password-attributes character-restriction upper 1 numeric 1
special-char 1
switch(config)# exit switch# show running-config password-attributes password-attributes max-retry 4 password-attributes character-restriction upper 1 password-attributes character-restriction lower 2 password-attributes character-restriction numeric 1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
549
2 password-attributes
See Also password-attributes character-restriction special-char 1
To reset the character restriction attributes and to verify the configuration: switch(config)# no password-attributes character-restriction lower switch(config)# no password-attributes character-restriction upper switch(config)# exit switch# show running-config password-attributes password-attributes max-retry 4 password-attributes character-restriction numeric 0 password-attributes character-restriction special-char 0
To clear the global password attributes: switch(config)# no password-attributes switch(config)# exit switch# show running-config password-attributes
% No entries found.
rule, service password-encryption, show running-config password-attributes
550 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
password-attributes admin-lockout enable
2 password-attributes admin-lockout enable
Synopsis
Enables the lockout policy for admin role accounts. password-attributes admin-lockout enable no password-attributes admin-lockout enable
Operand
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description This command enables the lockout policy for admin role accounts. Lockout policy locks admin role accounts when the user exceeds the configured number of maximum failed login attempts.
In fabric cluster mode, when the password-attributes admin-lockout enable command is run on one switch of the cluster, it results in the configuration being applied to all switches of the cluster.
Usage Guidelines The no password-attributes admin-lockout enable command disables lockout policy for admin role accounts.
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
551
2 pdu-rx-limit pdu-rx-limit
Synopsis
Sets the number of PDU packets received on an ELD-enabled port before detecting and breaking a loop. pdu-rx-limit limit no pdu-rx-limit limit
Operands
Defaults
The number of PDU packets. The valid range is 1 through 5.
Command Modes ELD configuration mode
Description Use this command to determine how many PDU packets are to be received before a loop is assumed to exist and ELD disables a port to break the loop. This command sets the same value for every RBridge in the Brocade VCS Fabric cluster.
Use this command with the hello-interval command to determine the time taken to detect a loop.
The time taken to detect a loop is the product of the pdu-rx-limit and the hello interval.
The Brocade VCS Fabric cluster in the loop with the lowest pdu-rx-limit is the cluster where the loop gets broken, assuming that the hello limit is correctly set to the same value on all RBridges.
Usage Guidelines
limit
The default is 1.
Examples
See Also
This command applies only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
This functionality detects Layer 2 loops only.
Enter no pdu-rx-limit to reset the limit to its default value.
To set the limit on the number of PDU packets received to 4: switch(config)# protocol edge-loop-detection switch(config-eld)# pdu-rx-limit 4
edge-loop-detection vlan, edge-loop-detection port-priority, hello-interval,
protocol edge-loop-detection, show edge-loop-detection globals
552 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
permit (extended ACLs)
2 permit (extended ACLs)
Synopsis
Configures a MAC address rule to permit traffic based on the source and destination MAC addresses.
permit {[any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] [any | host MAC_ADDRESS |
MAC_ADDRESS] [EtherType | arp | fcoe | ipv4] [count]} no permit {[any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] [any | host MAC_ADDRESS |
MAC_ADDRESS] [EtherType | arp | fcoe | ipv4]}
Operands
Defaults No MAC ACLs are configured.
Command Modes Feature Access Control List configuration mode
Description any Specifies any source MAC address.
host MAC_ADDRESS
Specifies the source host MAC address for which to set permit conditions.
Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
any
MAC_ADDRESS
Specifies the destination host MAC address for which to set permit conditions. Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
Specifies any destination MAC address.
host MAC_ADDRESS
Specifies the source host address for which to set permit conditions.
Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
arp fcoe ipv4 count
MAC_ADDRESS
Specifies the destination host address for which to set permit conditions.
Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
EtherType
Specifies the protocol number for which to set the permit conditions.
The range of valid values is 1536 through 65535.
Specifies to permit the Address Resolution Protocol (0x0806).
Specifies to permit the Fibre Channel over Ethernet Protocol (0x8906).
Specifies to permit the IPv4 protocol (0x0800).
Enables counting of the packets matching the filter rule.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure rules to match and to permit traffic based on the source and destination MAC addresses, and the protocol type. You can also enable counters for a specific rule.
There are 255 ACL counters supported per port group.
The first set of [any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] parameters is specific to the source
MAC address. The second set of [any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] parameters is specific to the destination MAC address.
Enter no permit to remove a rule from the MAC ACL.
Examples To create a rule in a MAC extended ACL to permit IPv4 traffic from the source MAC address
0022.3333.4444
to the destination MAC address 0022.3333.5555 and to enable the counting of packets: switch(conf-macl-ext)# permit 0022.3333.4444 0022.3333.5555 ipv4 count
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
553
2 permit (extended ACLs)
See Also
To delete a filter rule in a MAC extended ACL: switch(conf-macl-ext)# no permit 0022.3333.4444 0022.3333.5555 ipv4
mac access-list extended, mac access-list standard, seq (extended MAC ACLs),
554 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
permit (standard ACLs)
2 permit (standard ACLs)
Synopsis
Operands
Configures a MAC address rule to permit traffic based on the source MAC address.
permit {MAC_ADDRESS | any} [count] no permit {MAC_ADDRESS | any}
MAC_ADDRESS
any count
Specifies the source host MAC address for which to set permit conditions.
Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
Specifies any source MAC address.
Enables the counting of the packets matching the rule.
Defaults No MAC ACLs are configured.
Command Modes Feature Access Control List configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure rules to match and to permit traffic based on the source MAC address. You can also enable counters for a specific rule. There are 255 ACL counters supported per port group.
Enter no permit MAC_ADDRESS to remove the rule affecting that address from the MAC ACL.
Enter no permit any to remove all rules from the MAC ACL.
Examples To create a rule in a MAC standard ACL to permit traffic from the source MAC address
0022.3333.4444
and to enable the counting of packets: switch(conf-macl-std)# permit 0022.3333.4444 count
See Also
To delete a rule from a MAC standard ACL: switch(conf-macl-std)# no permit 0022.3333.4444
mac access-list extended, mac access-list standard, seq (extended MAC ACLs),
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
555
2 pg pg
Synopsis
Creates an N_Port group in Access Gateway mode.
pg pgid no pg pgid
Operands
Defaults
Port group identifier.
Command Modes Access Gateway (AG) configuration
Description Use this command to configure a port group with a unique ID (pgid). Once configured, you can access the port group in Port Grouping configuration mode to perform configuration tasks, such as adding and removing N_Ports, enabling port group modes, and renaming the group.
Usage Guidelines
pgid
None
Examples
You must be in Access Gateway (AG) mode to use this command. The pgid cannot exceed 64 characters.
The following command creates port group 1 and enables Port Grouping configuration mode for the port group.
sw0(config-rbridge-id-3-ag)# pg 1 sw0(config-rbridge-id-3-ag-pg-1)#
The following command removes port group 1.
sw0(config-rbridge-id-3-ag)# no pg 1
See Also
556 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ping
2 ping
Synopsis
Verifies network connectivity between a source and a destination. ping dest-IPv4_addr [ipv6 dest-ipv6-addr] [host-name] [count [number]] [timeout seconds]
[datagram-size bytes] [quiet] [numeric] [vrf vrf-name]
Operands
Defaults The default for count is 1. The default for timeout is1. The default for datagram-size is 56.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
dest-IPv4_addr
ipv6 dest-ipv6-addr Specifies the IPv6 address of the destination device. This parameter is valid only with the ping command.
host-name
count number
Specifies the IPv4 address of the destination device. This parameter is valid only with the ping command.
Destination host name.
Specifies the number of transmissions (pings). The range is 1 through 655350.
timeout seconds Specifies the time (in seconds) to wait for a response. The range is 1 through 60.
datagram-size bytes Specifies the datagram-size (also known as the maximum transmission unit, or MTU) IN bytes. The range is 36 through 9100 bytes.
quiet numeric vrf vrf-name
Prints only the first and last line of the command output.
Do not lookup hostnames.
When VRF is enabled, ping is available as a debugging tool.
Usage Guidelines
Example
Use this command to probe IP connectivity to another computer or device on a TCP/IP network.
This command sends a specified number of pings with configured parameters to the specified destination device.
None
To ping an IPv4 destination address: switch# ping 172.16.4.80
Type Control-c to abort
PING 172.16.4.80 (172.16.4.80): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 172.16.4.80: icmp_seq=0 ttl=120 time=101.466 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.4.80: icmp_seq=1 ttl=120 time=122.914 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.4.80: icmp_seq=2 ttl=120 time=145.637 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.4.80: icmp_seq=3 ttl=120 time=170.032 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.4.80: icmp_seq=4 ttl=120 time=103.036 ms
--- 172.16.4.80 ping statistics ---
5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 101.466/128.617/170.032/26.188 ms
To ping an IPv4 destination address in quiet mode: switch# ping 172.16.4.80 quiet
Type Control-c to abort
PING 172.16.4.80 (172.16.4.80): 56 data bytes
--- 172.16.4.80 ping statistics ---
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
557
2 ping
See Also
5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 100.605/146.372/192.552/32.505 ms
To ping an IPv6 destination address in numeric mode with a datagram size.
switch# ping ipv6 fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470 count 3 datagram-size 48
numeric timeout 3
Type Control-c to abort
PING fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470 (fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470): 48 data bytes
56 bytes from fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=6.356 ms
56 bytes from fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.170 ms
56 bytes from fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.171 ms
--- fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470 ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.170/2.232/6.356/2.916 ms
558 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
police cir
2 police cir
Synopsis
Operands
Mandatory command for configuring the committed information rate for a class-map.
police cir cir-rate no police cir
cir-rate
Committed information rate. Valid values range from 40000 through 40000000000 bps in multiples of 40000.
Defaults None
Command Modes Policy-map class configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command sets the committed information rate for a class-map.
When you are in config-policymap-class mode launching the police cir cir-rate command places the system in config-policymap-class-police mode for the configured class-map. At this point, you can add or remove additional policing parameters for the class-map.
Only the police cir and cbs commands are mandatory for configuring a class-map.
If the optional parameters for a class-map are not set, they are treated as disabled. To delete parameters for a class-map, you must delete all policer parameters while in the policy-map class configuration mode using the no police cir command.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Use the no version of this command to remove the parameter from the class-map.
Examples This example configures a class-map called “default” within a policy-map. switch# configure terminal switch(config)# policy-map policymap1 switch(config-policymap)# class default switch (config-policymap-class)# police cir 40000 switch(config-policymap-class-police)#
See Also
cbs, conform-set-dscp, conform-set-prec, conform-set-tc, ebs, eir, exceed-set-dscp,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
559
2 police-priority-map police-priority-map
Synopsis
Creates color-based priority CoS mapping. A police-priority-map remaps frame CoS values to conform or exceed color values when rates conform or exceed limits set in a classification map.
police-priority-map name no police-priority-map name conform CoS values exceed CoS values
Operands
Defaults
name
CoS values
Name of police-priority-map
CoS priority values (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7)
If you do not define priority mapping for a color (conform or exceed), the map defaults to priorities
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Police-priority-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure a police-priority-map. When you launch the police-priority-map command, the system is placed in config-policepmap mode for the configured map. At this point, you can remap CoS values to conform or exceed color values.
Usage Guidelines This command creates a police-priority-map.
Enter conform CoS values or exceed CoS values while in config-policepmap mode to remap
802.1p CoS values that are conforming to CIR values set in the policy-map or exceeding CIR values, but conforming to EIR values set in the policy-map.
Enter no police-priority-map name while in global configuration mode to remove the police-priority-map.
Enter no conform|exceed CoS values while in config-policepmap mode to remove CoS remapping.
NOTE
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Examples
See Also
To create a priority-map and place system into config-policepmap mode to configure conform and exceed color mapping: switch(config)# police-priority-map pmap1 switch(config-policepmap)# conform 0 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 switch(config-policepmap)# exceed 3 3 3 3 4 5 6 7
To remove the conform class mapping while in config-policepmap mode: switch(config-policepmap)# no conform
To remove the class-map while in global configuration mode: switch(config)# no police-priority-map pmap1
show running-config police-priority-map
560 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
policy-map
2 policy-map
Synopsis
Configures a policy-map containing a class-map so that you can apply Policer and QoS attributes to a particular interface. policy-map policy-map name no policy-map policy-map name
Operands
Defaults
policy-map name
Name of police policy-map
No policy-map is created.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure a police policy-map. When you launch the policy-map command, the system is placed in config-policymap mode for the configured map. At this point, you can add a
class-map containing policing parameters to the policy-map. (Refer to the description of the class
command.)
Usage Guidelines This command creates a Policer policy-map to apply Policer and QoS attributes to a particular interface. Each policy-map can contain up to 32 class-maps. The class-map can be associated with specific policing and QoS parameters.
Maximum number of policy-map creations are 128
Associate the policy-map to the interface for inbound or outbound direction with the service-policy command.
Enter no policy-map name while in global configuration mode to remove the policy-map.
NOTE
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Examples
See Also
To create a policy-map and place system into config-policymap mode so that you can add a class-map: switch(config)# policy-map policymap1 switch(config-policymap)#
To remove the policy-map while in global configuration mode: switch(config)# no policy-map policymap1
class, qos cos, show policymap, show running-config class-map, show running-config policy-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
561
2 port-channel path-cost port-channel path-cost
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the path-cost behavior.
port-channel path-cost [custom | standard] custom standard
Specifies to use the custom behavior, which sets the path-cost changes according to the port-channel’s bandwidth.
Specifies to use the standard behavior, which sets that the path-cost does not change according to port-channel’s bandwidth.
Defaults Path-cost is standard.
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the path-cost behavior for the port-channel.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridges.
To set the behavior for the path-cost to custom: switch(conf-mstp)# port-channel path-cost custom
See Also
To set the behavior for the path-cost to standard: switch(conf-mstp)# port-channel path-cost standard
None
562 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
port-group
2 port-group
Synopsis
Operands
Enables port-group configuration mode for VDX 8770 Switch 27x40 GbE line cards. The mode is a prerequisite reserved for configuring Performance and Density operating modes on these line cards.
port-group rbridge-id/slot/port-group-id rbridge-id
slot port-group-id
A unique identifier for the switch. Values are from 1 through 239. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
A port group number (1-9) specific to the Brocade VDX 8770 switch 27x40
GbE line card.
Defaults None.
Command Modes Hardware configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter port-group configuration mode for a port group specific to a 27 x40
GbE line card. When you launch the port-group command, the system is placed in configuration mode for the port group. At this point, you can configure Performance or Density operating modes for the port group.
Port groups on the 27x40 GbE line card are sequentially numbered starting with 1 for ports 1-3 and ending with 9 for ports 25-27. Refer to the Brocade 8770-4 Hardware Reference Manual or
8770-8 Hardware Reference Manual “Overview” chapter for more information on these port groups and configuring operating modes for this line card.
NOTE
This command is only supported on 27x40 GbE line cards installed on Brocade VDX 8770-4,
VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Examples
See Also
To enable port-group configuration mode for port group 9 on a line card located in slot 3 on a switch with RBridge ID 1: switch(config-hardware)# port-group 1/3/9 switch(config-port-group-1/3/9)
hardware, port-group, mode (27x40 GbE line card)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
563
2 port-profile (global configuration mode) port-profile (global configuration mode)
Synopsis
Creates a new Automatic Migration of Port Profiles (AMPP) port-profile in the fabric.
port-profile profile-name [activate | qos-profile | security-profile | vlan-profile | static mac-address] no port-profile profile-name
Operands
profile-name
activate qos-profile security-profile
A fabric-wide unique name of a port-profile.
Activates the specified profile
Enters directly into edit mode for the QoS sub-profile.
Enters directly into edit mode for the security sub-profile.
vlan-profile Enters directly into edit mode for the VLAN sub-profile.
static mac-address Statically associates the profile VM MAC address.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to create a new AMPP port-profile in the fabric with the specified name and shift to the port-profile mode. If the port-profile name already exists, then the switch enters port-profile mode and edits the existing profile.
A system-generated fabric-wide unique port-profile ID is assigned by default.
You can also directly access the submodes for the profile, and assign the profile statically to a MAC address.
Security profiles are applied to the ACLs based on the profile or PolicyID. Therefore, multiple security profiles can be applied to the same profiled port.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no port-profile profile-name to de-activate the port-profile.
None
None
564 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
port-profile (port-profile-domain configuration mode)
2 port-profile (port-profile-domain configuration mode)
Synopsis
Operands
Adds an Automatic Migration of Port Profiles (AMPP) port-profile into a specific domain in a Virtual
Fabrics context.
port-profile port-profile-name no port-profile port-profile-name
port-profile-name
A fabric-wide unique name of a port-profile. Range is from 1 through 128
ASCII characters.
Defaults None
Command Modes Port-profile-domain configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add/remove a port-profile to/from a domain in a Virtual Fabrics context,
The user must first issue the port-profile-domain command to enter port-profile-domain configuration mode.
In a Virtual Fabrics context, use the port-profile-port command to associate a profiled port to a single port-profile or a port-profile domain.
Examples Creating a port-profile in global configuration mode: switch(config)# port-profile PP_Tenant_A
Creating a VLAN profile and enabling 802.1Q VLAN access on a trunk: switch(config-port-profile-PP_Tenant_A)# vlan-profile switch(config-vlan-profile)# switchport mode trunk allow vlan add 10
In a Virtual Fabrics context, creating extended VLAN profiles (VLAN IDs > 4095) to include service or transport VFs and C-TAGs.: switch(config)# port-profile PP_Tenant_B switch(config-vlan-profile)# switchport mode trunk allow vlan add 5000 ctag 20 switch(config-vlan-profile)# switchport mode trunk allow vlan add 6000 ctag 30
In a Virtual Fabrics context, adding port-profiles to a port-profile domain.
switch(config)# port-profile-domain vCenter1 switch(configport-profile-domain-vCenter1)# port-profile PP_Tenant_A switch(configport-profile-domain-vCenter1)# port-profile PP_Tenant_B
See Also
port-profile-domain, vlan-profile (AMPP)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
565
2 port-profile-domain port-profile-domain
Synopsis
Operands
Creates an Automatic Migration of Port Profiles (AMPP) port-profile domain that contains all of the port-profiles that can be applied to a profiled port in a Virtual Fabrics context.
port-profile-domain port-profile-domain-name no port-profile-domain port-profile-domain-name
port-profile-domain-name
A fabric-wide unique name of a port-profile domain. The range is from 1 through 128 ASCII characters.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create an AMPP port-profile domain that contains all of the port-profiles that can be applied to a profiled port in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Within this domain, a service or transport VF (VLAN ID > 4095) must not have overlapping 802.1Q classification tags.
Enter no port-profile-domain port-profile-domain-name to delete a port-profile domain.
Use the port-profile-port command to associate a profiled port to a port-profile domain.
Examples Creating a port-profile domain: switch(config)# port-profile-domain my_PP_domain
Adding profiles to the above domain: switch(config-port-profile-domain-my_PP_domain)# port-profile my_PP_domain_2 switch(config-port-profile-domain-my_PP_domain)# port-profile my_PP_domain_3
See Also
port-profile (global configuration mode), vlan-profile (AMPP)
566 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
port-profile-port
2 port-profile-port
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults When the domain keyword is not used, the port-profiles in the default profile domain are used.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description domain Selects a port-profile domain.
port-profile-domain-name
Name of a port-profile domain.
Use this command to activate AMPP port-profile configuration mode on a specific port. AMPP management allows you to associate AMPP port-profiles with VMware port groups, and provides a port-profile comparison tool to facilitate comparing port-profiles within or across fabrics for robust
VM migration.
In a Virtual Fabrics context, use this command with the domain keyword to associate a profiled port to a port-profile domain. The result is that all service or transport VFs (VLAN ID > 4095) so specified are configured on the port.
Usage Guidelines
Activates the Automatic Migration of Port Profiles (AMPP) port-profile configuration mode on a port.
port-profile-port [domain port-profile-domain-name] no port-profile-port [domain port-profile-domain-name]
To apply multiple port-profiles to the interface, create and add the profiles to the default domain or to a user-created domain and apply it to the interface.
•
If multiple port-profiles are added to the default domain, use the port-profile-port command without the domain keyword.
•
If multiple port-profiles are added to a user-created domain (for example, domain_d1), use the domain keyword as in the following example: port-profile-port domain domain_d1
When the port-profile-port command is issued without the domain keyword, the domain referred to is identified by “default.” The default domain is automatically created by the system during a firmware upgrade from releases prior to NOS release 4.1.0. When the upgrade is complete, this domain contains the set of port-profiles that were created before the upgrade.
Enter the no port-profile-port and no shutdown commands to remove the complete AMPP configuration from the selected port.
Enter no port-profile-port domain port-profile-domain-name to dissociate the profiled port from the port-profile domain.
NOTE
In VF-enabled mode only, the user can manage port-profiles in a default domain as in any other domain.
Examples The following examples illustrate activating AMPP port-profile configuration mode on a specific
10-gigabit Ethernet interface port.
To associate the default port-profile domain to an interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# port-profile-port
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
567
2 port-profile-port
See Also
To associate a profiled port with a user-specified port-profile domain: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# port-profile-port domain vDC1
interface, shutdown, port-profile (global configuration mode), port-profile-domain
568 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
port-shape
2 port-shape
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies the shaping rate for a port.
port-shape speed
speed
The speed for the port-shape rate in Kbps. The range of valid values is from
28000 to the top speed on the interface.
Defaults None
Command Modes Policymap configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the shaping rate for a port. You can use this command to smooth out the traffic egressing an interface.
This command is allowed only for the Egress direction.
This command can only be configured in for the class class-default command.
This command is mutually exclusive of the scheduler and police commands.
Examples Typical command example: switch(config)#policy-map mutation switch(config-policymap)#class class-default switch(config-policyclass)# port-shape 30000
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
569
2 power-off power-off
Synopsis
Operands
Deactivates a line card or Switch Fabric Module (SFM).
power-off {linecard | sfm} {m4_value | m8_value} linecard sfm
m4_value m8_value
Selects a line card to deactivate.
Selects an SFM to deactivate.
The slot number. If you are using a Brocade VDX 8770-4 switch, the range of values is from 1 through 3.
The slot number. If you are using a Brocade VDX 8770-8 switch, the range of values is from 1 through 6.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command deactivates a line card or Switch Fabric Module (SFM) on a switch.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
570 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
power-off linecard
2 power-off linecard
Synopsis
Operands
Powers off a line card.
power-off linecard slot_number
slot_number Specifies the slot number to be powered-off. Line card slots are 1 through 4 on a Brocade VDX 8770-4 and 1 through 8 on a Brocade VDX 8770-8.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to power off a line card. A line card must be powered off before you can change the slot configuration.
None
To power off a line card in slot 4: switch# power-off linecard 4
See Also
linecard, power-on linecard, show running-config rbridge-id linecard
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
571
2 power-on power-on
Synopsis
Operands
Activates a line card or Switch Fabric Module (SFM). power-on {linecard | sfm} {m4_value | m8_value} linecard sfm
m4_value m8_value
Selects a line card to activate
Selects an SFM to activate.
The slot number. If you are using a Brocade VDX 8770-4 switch, the range of values is from 1 through 3.
The slot number. If you are using a Brocade VDX 8770-8 switch, the range of values is from 1 through 6.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command activates a line card or Switch Fabric Module (SFM) on a switch.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
572 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
power-on linecard
2 power-on linecard
Synopsis
Operands
Powers on a line card. power-on linecard slot_number
slot_number Specifies the slot number to be powered-on. Line card slots are 1 through 4 on a Brocade VDX 8770-4 and 1 through 8 on a Brocade VDX 8770-8.
DefaultsNone
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to power on a line card.
None
To power on a line card in slot 4: switch# power-on linecard 4
See Also
linecard, power-off linecard, show running-config rbridge-id linecard
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
573
2 precedence precedence
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets the precedence of the CEE map.
precedence value
value
The default is 1.
The precedence value. Valid values range from 1 through 100.
Command Modes CEE map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the precedence of the CEE map.
None
To set the precedence to 1: switch(config-cee-map-default)# precedence 1
See Also None
574 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
preempt-mode
2 preempt-mode
Synopsis
Turns on preempt mode for a VRRP router session.
preempt-mode no preempt-mode
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Virtual-router-group configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable preempt mode for a virtual router session. When set, the highest-priority backup router will always be the master if the owner is not available. If not set, a higher priority backup will not preempt a lower-priority master.
Usage Guidelines
None
Enabled for VRRP; Disabled for VRRP-E.
Examples
This command is for VRRP and VRRP-E.
For VRRP-E, the interface must be ve.
Enter no preempt-mode to turn off preempt mode.
To turn on preempt mode for a virtual-router-group-1 session: switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# protocol vrrp switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int te 101/1/6 switch(conf-if-te-101/1/6)# vrrp-group 1 switch(config-vrrp-group-1)# preempt-mode
See Also
vrrp-group, vrrp-extended-group
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
575
2 priority priority
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the priority of a physical router in a VRRP router group.
priority range
range
The priority of a physical router in a virtual router group. Higher numbers have priority over lower numbers. Valid values range from 1 to 254.
Defaults The default is 1.
Command Modes Virtual-router-group configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the priority of a physical router in a VRRP router group. When set, the highest priority backup router will always be the master. (For VRRP, however, the owner is always the master if it is available.) If not set, a higher priority backup will not preempt a lower priority backup that is acting as master.
For an owner router in VRRP, the priority automatically becomes 255 if the virtual IP address of the virtual router and the real IP address of the owner are the same.
You can perform this command for VRRP or VRRP-E.
See Also
To set the priority to 110 for the VRRP virtual group 1: switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# protocol vrrp switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int te 101/1/6 switch(conf-if-te-101/1/6)# vrrp-group 1 switch(config-vrrp-group-1)# priority 110
To set the priority to 110 for the VRRP-E virtual group 1: switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# protocol vrrp-extended switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int ve 25 switch(config-ve-25)# vrrp-group-extended 1 switch(config-vrrp-extended-group-1)# priority 110
vrrp-group, vrrp-extended-group
576 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
priority-group-table
2 priority-group-table
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the bandwidth for each priority group.
priority-group-table pgid [weight weight] [pfc {on | off}] no priority-group-table pgid
pgid
weight weight pfc on off
Specifies the priority group ID (PGID) assigned to a priority group. Valid values range from 15.0 through 15.7 for the eight reserved Strict Priority
PGIDs.
Maps a weight to a Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) scheduler queue. This parameter is only valid for the DWRR Priority Group. The sum of all DWRR Priority Group weight values must equal 100 percent. Valid values range from 1 through 100.
Enables the Priority-based Flow Control (PFC) for each priority that gets mapped to the priority group.
Enables PFC.
Disables PFC.
Defaults There is no default value for the weight. PFC is disabled.
Command Modes CEE map configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the bandwidth for each priority group.
Enter priority-group-table to configure the bandwidth for each priority group, to associate a weight to a DWRR scheduler queue, and to enable the PFC.
You can define up to eight additional DWRR Priority Groups with the PGID values in the range from
0 through 7. Strict Priority Groups take priority in order from the lowest PGID value to the highest
PGID value; for example, a PGID of 15.0 is a higher priority than a PGID of 15.1 and a PGID of 15.1 is higher priority than a PGID of 15.2.
Enter no priority-group-table pgid to return the priority group to the default values. For the Strict
Priority Group, the PGID is still valid, but the PFC is disabled. For the DWRR Priority Group, the
PGID is no longer valid and is deleted; the PGID can only be deleted when it is not bound to any
Priority-to-Priority Group Table entry. The following lists the bandwidth allocation to user priority groups.
Bandwidth allocation to user priority groups
PGID PG% PFC Description
0
1
50
50
Y
N
SAN
LAN
Usage Guidelines
Examples
A PGID value of 15 is a special value, which allows you to configure priorities with no bandwidth limit. The priority groups of 15.0 to 15.7 are predefined in the switch.
To define the CEE map and configure the bandwidth with the priority group, use the values in
switch(config)# cee-map test
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
577
2 priority-group-table
See Also switch(conf-ceemap)# priority-group-table 0 weight 50 pfc on switch(conf-ceemap)# priority-group-table 1 weight 50
cee-map (FCoE), show qos maps, show running-config cee-map
578 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
priority-tag
2 priority-tag
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
The priority-tag is disabled for all supported interfaces.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to toggle the priority-tagging support on a specific interface. This command is the only method for toggling priority-tagging.
Usage Guidelines
Example
See Also
Toggles priority-tagging support.
priority-tag no priority-tag
Enter no priority-tag to disable priority-tagging support.
To enable priority-tagging support on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# priority-tag
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
579
2 private-vlan private-vlan
Synopsis
Configures a VLAN as a private VLAN (PVLAN).
private-vlan [isolated | community | primary] no private-vlan [isolated | community | primary]
Operands isolated community primary
The PVLAN is configured as an Isolated VLAN.
The PVLAN is configured as a Community VLAN.
The PVLAN is configured as a Primary VLAN.
Defaults None
Command Modes VLAN interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to configure a VLAN as a private VLAN (PVLAN).
None
None
580 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
private-vlan association
2 private-vlan association
Synopsis
Associates a secondary VLAN to a primary VLAN.
private-vlan association [add vlan_id | remove vlan_id] no private-vlan association [add vlan_id | remove vlan_id]
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines add vlan_id remove vlan_id
Adds the association.
Removes the association.
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Use this command to associates a secondary VLAN to a primary VLAN.
On the Brocade VDX family of hardware, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through
4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
581
2 profile profile
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create an LLDP profile.
When you apply an LLDP profile on an interface using the lldp profile command, it overrides the global configuration. If a profile is not present, then the default global profile is used until you create a valid profile. Up to 64 profiles can be created.
Enter no profile name to remove the named profile.
Examples
See Also
Creates an LLDP profile.
profile name no profile name
name Assigns a name to the profile. The name must be between 1 and 63 ASCII characters in length.
To create a profile named test: switch(conf-lldp)# profile test
To delete a profile named test: switch(conf-lldp)# no profile test
582 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
prom-access disable
2 prom-access disable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Disables access to the Boot PROM for FIPS compliance.
prom-access disable
None
The Boot PROM is accessible.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to disable access to the boot PROM for compliance with FIPS.
In non-FIPS compliant mode, you can access the Boot PROM by holding down the ESC key during the 4-second period when the switch is booting up. In FIPS compliant state, PROM access is disabled to prevent users from net-installing firmware.
Under normal operating conditions, this command is hidden to prevent accidental use.
Enter unhide fips with the password “fibranne” to make the command available.
ATTENTION
Use this command only when preparing a switch for FIPS compliance.
CAUTION
Once Boot PROM access is disabled, you cannot re-enable it.
Examples
See Also
To disable access to the Boot PROM: switch# unhide fips
Password: ***** switch# prom-access disable
You are disabling PROM access. Do you want to continue? [yes/no] (no): yes switch# PROM access Disabled
cipherset, fips root disable, fips selftests, fips zeroize, show prom-access, unhide fips
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
583
2 protect-mode enable protect-mode enable
Synopsis
Enables protect mode.
protect-mode enable no protect-mode enable
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable protect mode. In the Blade Center Chassis environment, the Advanced Management Module (AMM) controls the operation of the switch by configuring and initializing it. Protect mode of operation is a special mode which needs to be supported by both the switch and the AMM. Protect mode results in the AMM ceding control to the switch. The AMM loses its ability to perform some or all of the operations on the AMM. Once the AMM cedes control to the switch, the control can be given back to the AMM only by disabling protect mode on the switch.
Once the switch enters protect mode, AMM’s requests to perform any operations are ignored until the Network Administrator permits them. This behavior is preserved through power cycles, even after it is inserted into a different bay or chassis.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no protect-mode enable to disable this command.
None
None
584 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
protocol edge-loop-detection
2 protocol edge-loop-detection
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets the edge-loop detection (ELD) configuration mode.
protocol edge-loop-detection
None
ELD configuration mode is not set.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to enter the ELD configuration mode to make changes to the ELD configuration.
This functionality detects Layer 2 loops only.
See Also
To enter the ELD configuration mode: switch(config)# protocol edge-loop-detection switch(config-eld)#
hello-interval, pdu-rx-limit, shutdown-time
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
585
2 protocol lldp protocol lldp
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
The LLDP and DCBX protocols are enabled.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enter LLDP configuration mode to be able to make changes to the parameters.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enters the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration mode.
protocol lldp no protocol lldp
Enter no protocol lldp to restore the default settings.
To reset all LLDP configurations: switch(config)# no protocol lldp
See Also None
586 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
protocol spanning-tree
2 protocol spanning-tree
Synopsis
Operands mstp rstp stp pvst rpvst
Specifies the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP).
Specifies the Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP).
Specifies the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).
Specifies Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Protocol Plus (PVST+).
Specifies Rapid Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Protocol Plus (R-PVST+).
Defaults STP is not enabled. STP is not required in a loop-free topology.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Designates the context for spanning tree.
protocol spanning-tree {mstp | rstp | stp | pvst | rpvst} no protocol spanning-tree
Examples
Use this command to create a context for the protocol specified.
Consider enabling STP to detect or avoid loops. You must turn off one form of STP before turning on another form.
Packet drops or packet flooding may occur if you do not enable xSTP on all devices connected on both sides of parallel links.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridge nodes.
Brocade Network OS v4.1.0 supports PVST+ and R-PVST+only. The PVST and R-PVST protocols are proprietary to Cisco and are not supported.
Enter no protocol spanning-tree to delete the context and all the configurations defined within the context or protocol for the interface.
To enable the Spanning Tree Protocol: switch(config)# protocol spanning-tree stp
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
587
2 protocol udld protocol udld
Synopsis
Enables and/or enters unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol configuration mode.
protocol udld no protocol udld
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description UDLD detects and blocks a physical link that becomes unidirectional. A unidirectional link can cause traffic in a network to loop endlessly. When the link becomes bidirectional again, UDLD unblocks the link.
Usage Guidelines
None
This protocol is disabled by default.
Examples
See Also
This protocol applies only to physical ports. In addition to running this command, you must also enable each desired port for UDLD in interface subconfiguration mode.
Use the no protocol udld command to disable the UDLD protocol and revert all UDLD configuration to defaults.
To enable the unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol: switch# configure switch(config)# protocol udld
hello (UDLD), udld enable, shutdown (UDLD)
588 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
protocol vrrp
2 protocol vrrp
Synopsis
Globally enables VRRP (and VRRP-E on some platforms).
protocol vrrp no protocol vrrp
Operands
Defaults
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
Disabled
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode (For a switch in standalone mode, this command is available in global configuration mode.)
Description Enables both the VRRP and VRRP-Extended protocols on the Brocade VDX 8770, 6710, 6720, and
6730, and enables VRRP on the Brocade VDX 6740.
The no protocol vrrp command globally disables only VRRP but not VRRP-E.
To enable VRRP and VRRP-E on the VDX 8770: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# protocol vrrp
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
589
2 protocol vrrp-extended protocol vrrp-extended
Synopsis
Globally enables VRRP-Extended.
protocol vrrp-extended no protocol vrrp-extended
Operands
Defaults
None
Disabled
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode (For a switch in standalone mode, this command is available in global configuration mode.)
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enables the VRRP-Extended protocol.
The no protocol vrrp-extended command globally disables VRRP-Extended.
To enable VRRP-Extended: switch# configure switch (config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# protocol vrrp-extended
590 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
pwd
2 pwd
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Print Working Directory displays the mode of the current working directory.
pwd
None
None
Command Modes Functions in all modes except privileged EXEC mode.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view the mode of the current working directory. This command functions in global configuration mode and below.
None
To view the current working directory: switch2# pwd
---------^ syntax error: unknown argument.
switch# configure terminal
Entering configuration mode terminal switch(config)# pwd
At top level switch(config)#
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
591
2 qos cos qos cos
Synopsis
Specifies the interface Class of Service (CoS) value.
qos cos value no qos cos
Operands
Defaults
Specifies the CoS value. Valid values range from 0 through 7.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to specify the interface Default CoS value. When Interface ingress QoS Trust is in the un-trusted mode, then the Interface Default CoS value is applied to all ingress traffic for user priority mapping. When the interface ingress QoS Trust is in the CoS mode, then the Interface
Default CoS value is applied to all nonpriority tagged ingress traffic for user priority mapping.
Usage Guidelines
value
The default is 0.
Examples
If the interface is QoS trusted, the CoS value of the interface is used to assign a CoS value to all untagged packets entering the interface.
QoS Trust is implicitly turned on when the QoS CoS-Mutation map is applied to interfaces, and is implicitly turned off when the QoS CoS-Mutation map is removed.
Enter no qos cos to return the CoS value to the default.
To set the CoS value to 2 on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 1/3/1 switch(conf-if-fo-1/3/1)# qos cos 2
See Also
To return the CoS value to the default on a specific port-channel interface: switch(config)# interface port-channel 22 switch(config-port-channel-22)# no qos cos
interface, qos map cos-traffic-class, qos trust cos, show qos interface
592 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos cos-mutation
2 qos cos-mutation
Synopsis
Applies a CoS-to-CoS mutation quality of Service (QoS) map on an interface.
qos cos-mutation name no qos cos-mutation
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to apply a CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map on a specific interface. Mutation mapping is a method of modifying a QoS field in all packets on an interface. On ingress, mutation mapping occurs before traffic classification and all other actions. On egress, mutation mapping occurs after traffic classification and before all other actions.
Usage Guidelines
name
Specifies the name of the CoS mutation map.
No explicit CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map is applied; the inbound CoS equals the outbound CoS.
Examples
The qos cos-mutation command is not available if the interface is in CEE Provisioning mode.
Enter no qos cos-mutation to remove the CoS-to-CoS mutation map.
To activate a CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map named test on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 1/3/1 switch(conf-if-fo-1/3/1)# qos cos-mutation test
To remove a CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map from a specific port-channel interface: switch(config)# interface port-channel 22 switch(config-port-channel-22)# no qos cos-mutation
See Also
interface, qos map cos-mutation, show qos maps
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
593
2 qos cos-traffic-class qos cos-traffic-class
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Applies a CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map on an interface.
qos cos-traffic-class name no qos cos-traffic-class
name
Specifies the name of a previously created CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map.
Only one CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map can exist at a time. An existing
CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map must be removed before a new one can be applied.
No explicit CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map is applied; the implicit behavior is to match the
IEEE 802.1Q recommendations for systems supporting 8 Traffic Classes.
Command Modes Interface subconfiguration mode (fo, gi, port-channel, te)
Description Use this command to apply a CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map to a specific interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This command is not available when the interface is in the CEE provisioning mode.
This command does not function in standalone mode.
Enter no qos cos-traffic-class to remove the CoS-to-Traffic Class mapping.
To apply a CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map named test to a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# qos cos-traffic-class test
See Also
To remove CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS mapping from a specific port-channel interface: switch(config)# interface port-channel 22 switch(config-port-channel-22)# no qos cos-traffic-class
interface, qos cos-mutation, qos map cos-traffic-class, qos trust cos, show qos maps
594 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos dscp-cos
2 qos dscp-cos
Synopsis
Applies a defined DSCP-CoS map to an interface, qos dscp-cos name no qos dscp-cos
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subconfiguration mode (fo, gi, port-channel, te)
Description Use this command to apply a DSCP-to-COS mutation map defined by the qos map dscp-cos name command to a specific interface.
Usage Guidelines
name Name of DSCP-to-COS mutation map
DSCP-to-CoS mutation is not enabled on interface.
Examples
Enter no qos dscp-cos while in the interface mode to remove the DSCP-CoS map from the interface.
To apply a configured QoS dscp-mutation map named test to a specific interface, enter the qos dscp-cos name command while in the interface subconfiguration mode: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 16/2/2 switch(conf-if-te-16/2/2)# qos dscp-cos test
See Also
To remove a configured QoS dscp-mutation map named test from a specific interface, enter the no qos dscp-cos command while in the interface subconfiguration mode: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 16/2/2 switch(conf-if-te-16/2/2)# no qos dscp-cos
interface, qos dscp-mutation, qos map dscp-cos, show qos maps dscp-cos, qos dscp-cos,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
595
2 qos dscp-mutation qos dscp-mutation
Synopsis
Applies a defined DSCP mutation map to an interface, qos dscp-mutation name no qos dscp-mutation
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to apply a DSCP-to-COS mutation map defined by the qos map dscp-mutation name command to a specific interface.
Usage Guidelines
name Name of DSCP mutation map
DSCP mutation map is not enabled on interface.
Examples
Enter no qos dscp-mutation while in the interface mode to remove the DSCP mutation map from the interface.
To apply a configured QoS dscp-mutation map named test to a specific interface, enter the qos dscp-mutation name command while in the interface mode: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 16/2/2 switch(conf-if-te-16/2/2)# qos dscp-mutation test
See Also
To remove a configured QoS dscp-mutation map named test from a specific interface, enter the no qos dscp-mutation name command while in the interface mode: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 16/2/2 switch(conf-if-te-16/2/2)# no qos dscp-mutation
interface, qos map dscp-mutation, show qos maps dscp-mutation
596 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos dscp-traffic-class
2 qos dscp-traffic-class
Synopsis
Applies a defined DSCP-to-Traffic-Class map to an interface, qos dscp-traffic-class name no qos dscp-traffic-class
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to apply a QoS DSCP-to-Traffic-Class map defined by the qos map dscp-traffic-class name command to a specific interface.
Usage Guidelines
name Name of DSCP-to-Traffic-Class map
DSCP-to-Traffic-Class map is not enabled on the interface.
Examples
Enter no qos dscp-traffic-class while in the interface mode to remove the DSCP-to-Traffic-Class map from the interface.
To apply a configured DSCP-Traffic-Class map named test to a specific interface, enter qos dscp-traffic-class name while in the interface configuration mode: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 16/2/2 switch(conf-if-te-16/2/2)# qos dscp-traffic-class test
See Also
To remove a configured DSCP-Traffic-Class map named test from a specific interface, enter no qos dscp-traffic-class while in the interface configuration mode: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 16/2/2 switch(conf-if-te-16/2/2)# no qos dscp-traffic-class
interface, qos map dscp-traffic-class, show qos maps dscp-traffic-class
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
597
2 qos flowcontrol tx rx qos flowcontrol tx rx
Synopsis
Activates and configures QoS flow control. qos flowcontrol tx [on | off] rx [on | off] no qos flowcontrol
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface sub type configuration mode (fo, gi, port-channel, te)
Description tx [on | off] rx [on | off]
Activates or deactivates the transmission portion of flow control.
Activates or deactivates the receiving portion of flow control.
Use this command to configure and activate QoS flow control.
When a 1-Gbps local port is already online, and the qos flowcontrol command is issued, the pause settings take effect immediately on that local port. However, when the link is toggled, pause is re negotiated. The local port will advertise the most recent qos flowcontrol settings. After auto completes, the local port pause settings may change, depending on the outcome of the pause negotiation, per 802.3 Clause 28B, as shown below.
Pause negotiation results
Advertised LOCAL cfg Advertised REMOTE cfg Negotiated result
Rx=off Tx=on
Rx=on Tx=on
Rx=on Tx=n/a
Rx=n/a Tx=n/a
Rx=on Tx=on
Rx=off Tx=on
Rx=on Tx=n/a
Rx=off Tx=off
asymmetrical: LOCAL Tx=on --> pause --> REMOTE Rx=on
asymmetrical: LOCAL Rx=on <-- pause <-- REMOTE Tx=on
symmetrical : LOCAL Tx/Rx=on <-- pause --> REMOTE Tx/Rx=on
disable pause both sides
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no qos flowcontrol to deactivate flow control on a specific interface.
To activate both the transmitting and receiving portions of flow control on a specific 40-gigabit
Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 1/3/1 switch(conf-fo-1/3/1)# qos flowcontrol tx on rx on
To deactivate flow control on a specific port-channel interface: switch(config)# interface port-channel 33 switch(config-port-channel-33)# no qos flowcontrol
598 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos flowcontrol pfc
2 qos flowcontrol pfc
Synopsis
Activates and configures flow control for a Class of Service (CoS).
qos flowcontrol pfc cos_value tx [on | off] rx [on | off] no qos flowcontrol pfc cos_value
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines
cos_value
tx [on | off] rx [on | off]
The CoS value.
Activates or deactivates the transmission portion of flow control.
Activates the receiving portion of flow control.
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Use this command to activate and configure flow control for a Class of Service.
In Brocade VCS Fabric mode, this command:
•
Only takes effect on the interface. In order to have PFC functionality through the Brocade
VCS Fabric cluster, use the CEE map configuration.
•
Only affects per-interface pause behavior. To use flow control in Brocade VCS Fabric mode, use the CEE map configuration.
Enter no qos flowcontrol pfc cos_value to deactivate CoS flow control on a specific interface.
Examples To activate both the transmitting and receiving portions of a Class of Service (with a value of 7 in this example) flow control on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 1/3/1 switch(conf-fo-1/3/1)# qos flowcontrol pfc 7 tx on rx on
See Also
To deactivate both the transmitting and receiving portions of a Class of Service (with a value of 4 in this example) flow control on a specific port-channel interface: switch(config)# interface port-channel 33 switch(config-port-channel-33)# no flowcontrol pfc 4
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
599
2 qos map cos-mutation qos map cos-mutation
Synopsis
Operands
cos0 cos1 cos2 cos3 cos4 cos5 cos6 cos7
Creates a QoS map for performing CoS-to-CoS mutation. qos map cos-mutation name cos0 cos1 cos2 cos3 cos4 cos5 cos6 cos7 no qos map cos-mutation name
name
Specifies a unique name across all CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS maps defined within the system. If the named CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map does not exist, then it is created. If the named CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map already exists, then it is updated and new mapping is automatically propagated to all interfaces bound to the QoS map.
Sets the outbound CoS value for all packets with inbound CoS 0.
Sets the outbound CoS value for all packets with inbound CoS 1.
Sets the outbound CoS value for all packets with inbound CoS 2
Sets the outbound CoS value for all packets with inbound CoS 3.
Sets the outbound CoS value for all packets with inbound CoS 4.
Sets the outbound CoS value for all packets with inbound CoS 5.
Sets the outbound CoS value for all packets with inbound CoS 6.
Sets the outbound CoS value for all packets with inbound CoS 7.
Defaults No CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS maps are defined.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a QoS map for performing CoS-to-CoS Mutation. A CoS-to-CoS mutation takes an inbound CoS value and maps it to an outbound CoS value. The inbound CoS value is the user priority after any interface ingress QoS trust and Interface default CoS policy have been applied. The outbound CoS value is used in selecting Traffic Class and egress packet marking.
Enter no qos map cos-mutation name command to delete the named CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map. A QoS map can only be deleted if it is not bound to any interface.
Examples To create a CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map to swap CoS 4 and CoS 5 and apply it on an interface, for example having inbound CoS 4 mapped to outbound CoS 5 and inbound CoS 5 mapped to outbound CoS 4; but all other CoS values go through unchanged: switch(config)# qos map cos-mutation test 0 1 2 3 5 4 6 7 switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# qos cos-mutation test
See Also
To delete a CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map: switch(config)# no qos map cos-mutation test
qos cos-mutation, show qos maps
600 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos map cos-traffic-class
2 qos map cos-traffic-class
Synopsis
Operands
tc4 tc5 tc6 tc7 tc0 tc1 tc2 tc3
Creates a QoS map for performing CoS-to-Traffic Class mapping.
qos map cos-traffic-class name tc0 tc1 tc2 tc3 tc4 tc5 tc6 tc7 no qos map cos-traffic-class
name
Specifies the CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map name. If the named
CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map does not exist, then it is created. If the named
CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map already exists, then it is updated and new mappings are automatically propagated to all interfaces bound to the QoS map.
Sets the Traffic Class value for all packets with outbound CoS 0.
Sets the Traffic Class value for all packets with outbound CoS 1.
Sets the Traffic Class value for all packets with outbound CoS 2.
Sets the Traffic Class value for all packets with outbound CoS 3.
Sets the Traffic Class value for all packets with outbound CoS 4.
Sets the Traffic Class value for all packets with outbound CoS 5.
Sets the Traffic Class value for all packets with outbound CoS 6.
Sets the Traffic Class value for all packets with outbound CoS 7.
Defaults No CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS maps are defined.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a QoS map for performing CoS-to-Traffic Class mapping.
A CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map takes an outbound CoS value and maps it to a Traffic Class.
The outbound CoS value is used as the packet user priority after applying the configured interface
QoS trust, interface default CoS, and CoS-to-CoS mutation policies. Traffic Class is a reference to a scheduler queue and packet servicing policy.
Enter no qos map cos-traffic-class name to delete the CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map specified by
name. The CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map can only be deleted when it is not bound to any interface.
All other CoS values go through unchanged. This mapping matches the default behavior recommended in IEEE 802.1Q for systems supporting 8 Traffic Classes.
Examples To create a CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map to map CoS 0 to Traffic Class 1 and CoS 1 to
Traffic Class 0: switch(config)# qos map cos-traffic-class test 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7
See Also
To delete a CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map: switch(config)# no qos map cos-traffic-class test
qos map cos-mutation, qos trust cos
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
601
2 qos map dscp-cos qos map dscp-cos
Synopsis
Creates a QoS map for performing DSCP-to-CoS mapping. This configures a DSCP-to-CoS map on the ingress interface.
qos map dscp-cos name no qos map dscp-cos name mark ingress dscp values to egress cos value
Operands
Defaults DSCP-to-CoS mutation is not enabled.
Command Modes dscp-cos mode for the QoS map
Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to create and remove QoS dscp-cos maps, which remap the incoming DSCP values of the ingress packet to egress CoS 802.1P values.
Usage Guidelines
name Name of dscp-cos map
ingress dscp values
Range of input DSCP values
egress dscp values
Output CoS value
Examples
When you enter qos map dscp-cos, the system is placed in dscp-cos mode for the configured map.
At this point, you can map ingress DSCP values to egress CoS values using the mark command.
Enter qos dscp-cos name while in configuration mode for a specific interface to apply the
DSCP-CoS map to that interface.
Enter no qos dscp-cos name while in the interface configuration mode to remove the map from the interface.
Enter no map dscp-cos name while in global configuration mode to remove the DSCP-CoS map.
To create a QoS DSCP-CoS map and place system into dscp-cos mode: switch(config)# qos map dscp-cos test switch(dscp-cos-test)#
See Also
To map an ingress DSCP value to egress CoS values while in dscp-cos mode: switch(dscp-cos-test)# mark 1,3,5,7 to 3
To map multiple ingress DSCP values to egress CoS values while in dscp-cos mode: switch(dscp-mutation-test)# mark 1,3,5,7 to 9 switch(dscp-mutation-test)# mark 11,13,15,17 to 5 switch(dscp-mutation-test)# mark 12,14,16,18 to 6 switch(dscp-mutation-test)# mark 2,4,6,8 to 7
To remove a QoS DSCP-CoS map while in global configuration mode: switch(config)# no qos map dscp-cos test
qos map dscp-traffic-class, qos dscp-cos, show qos maps dscp-cos
602 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos map dscp-mutation
2 qos map dscp-mutation
Synopsis
Creates a DSCP mutation by remapping the incoming DSCP value of the ingress packet to outgoing
DSCP values.
qos map dscp-mutation name no map qos dscp-mutation name mark ingress dscp values to egress dscp value
Operands
Defaults DSCP mutation is not enabled.
Command Modes dscp-mutation mode for the dscp-mutation map
Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to create a QoS dscp-mutation map. Use this command to remap the incoming
DSCP values of the ingress packet to an egress DSCP value.
Usage Guidelines
name Name of dscp-mutation map
ingress dscp values
Range of input DSCP values
egress dscp values
Output DSCP value
Enter qos dscp-mutation name while in configuration mode for a specific interface to apply the dscp-mutation map to that interface. When you enter qos map dscp-mutation, the system is placed in dscp-mutation mode for the configured map. At this point, you can map ingress DSCP values to egress DSCP values using the mark command.
Enter no qos dscp-mutation name while in interface configuration mode to remove the map from that interface.
Enter no map dscp-mutation name while in global configuration mode to remove the dscp-mutation map.
NOTE
This command is only supported on VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Examples To create a QoS DSCP-mutation map and place system into dscp-mutation mode: switch(config)# qos map dscp-mutation test switch(dscp-mutation-test)#
To map an ingress DSCP value to egress DSCP values while in dscp-mutation mode: switch(dscp-mutation-test)# mark 1,3,5,7 to 9
To map multiple ingress DSCP values to egress DSCP values while in dscp-mutation mode: switch(dscp-mutation-test)# mark 1,3,5,7 to 9 switch(dscp-mutation-test)# mark 11,13,15,17 to 19 switch(dscp-mutation-test)# mark 12,14,16,18 to 20 switch(dscp-mutation-test)# mark 2,4,6,8 to 10
To remove a QoS DSCP-mutation map while in global configuration mode: switch(config)# no qos map dscp-mutation test
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
603
2 qos map dscp-mutation
See Also
NOTE
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
show qos maps dscp-mutation, qos dscp-mutation
604 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos map dscp-traffic-class
2 qos map dscp-traffic-class
Synopsis
Creates a QoS map for performing DSCP-to-Traffic Class mapping. This creates a dscp-traffic-class map on the ingress interface. You can configure an interface with either a DSCP-to-Traffic-Class map or a CoS-to-Traffic-Class map.
qos map dscp-traffic-class name no qos map dscp-traffic-class name mark ingress dscp values to traffic class
Operands
Defaults DSCP-to-Traffic-Class mutation is not enabled.
Command Modes dscp-traffic-class mode for the dscp-traffic-class map
Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to create a QoS DSCP-Traffic-Class map. Use this command to remap the incoming DSCP values of the ingress packet to a Traffic Class.
Usage Guidelines
name Name of QoS DSCP-to-Traffic Class map.
ingress dscp values
Range of input DSCP values
traffic class
Traffic Class (0-7)
Examples
Enter qos dscp-traffic-class name while in configuration mode for a specific interface to apply the
QoS DSCP-Traffic-Class map to that interface. When you enter qos map dscp-traffic-class, the system is placed in dscp-traffic-class mode for the configured map. At this point, you can map ingress DSCP values to traffic class values using the mark command.
Enter no qos dscp-traffic-class name while in the interface mode to remove the map from that interface.
Enter no map dscp-mutation name to remove the map while in global configuration mode.
To create a QoS DSCP-Traffic-Class map and place system into dscp-traffic-class mode: switch(config)# qos map dscp-traffic-class test switch(dscp-traffic-class-test)#
See Also
To map ingress DSCP values to a traffic class while in dscp-traffic-class mode: switch(dscp-traffic-class-test)# mark 1,3,5,7 to 3
To map multiple ingress DSCP values to traffic classes while in dscp-traffic-class mode: switch(dscp-traffic-class-test)# mark 1,3,5,7 to 3 switch(dscp-traffic-class-test)# mark 11,13,15,17 to 5 switch(dscp-traffic-class-test)# mark 12,14,16,18 to 6 switch(dscp-traffic-class-test)# mark 2,4,6,8 to 7
To remove a QoS DSCP-Traffic-Class map while in global configuration mode: switch(config)# no qos map dscp-traffic-class test
show qos maps dscp-traffic-class, qos dscp-traffic-class
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
605
2 qos red profile qos red profile
Synopsis
Creates a Random Early Discard (RED) profile for egress traffic flow.
qos red-profile profile-ID value min-threshold percentage max-threshold percentage drop-probability percentage no qos red-profile profile-IDvalue
Operands
profile-ID value percentage
min-threshold max-threshold drop-probability
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Valid values range from 1 through 384.
0 through 100 percent.
Minimum threshold (percentage) of queue size (0 through 100) for randomly dropping packets.
Maximum threshold (percentage) of queue size (0 through 100) when packets are dropped with 100% probability.
Probability that packets will be dropped when minimum threshold is reached.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a Random Early Discard (RED) profile and provides a minimum threshold, maximum threshold, and drop-probability for egress traffic flow.
Enter qos random-detect cos command while in configuration mode for a specific interface to map the profile to a CoS priority for a port.
Enter no qos random-detect cos command while in the interface mode to remove the profile from the interface. You must remove the profile from interface before you can remove the profile itself.
Enter no qos red-profile profile-ID to remove the profile while in global configuration mode.
NOTE
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Examples
See Also
To create a RED profile while in global configuration mode: switch# configure terminal
Entering configuration mode terminal switch(config)# qos red-profile 2 min-threshold 10 max-threshold 80
drop-probability 80
To remove the profile while in global configuration mode: switch(config)# no qos red-profile 2
606 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos trust cos
2 qos trust cos
Synopsis
Specifies the interface QoS trust Class of Service (CoS) mode for incoming traffic.
qos trust cos no qos trust cos
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to specify the interface ingress QoS trust CoS mode, which controls user priority mapping of incoming traffic. The untrusted mode overrides all incoming priority markings with the Interface Default CoS. The CoS mode sets the user priority based on the incoming CoS value, if the incoming packet is not priority tagged, then fallback is to the Interface Default CoS value.
Usage Guidelines
None
The QoS trust mode set to the untrusted state.
Examples
When a CEE map is applied on an interface, the qos trust cos command is not allowed. The CEE map always puts the interface in the CoS trust mode.
Enter no qos trust cos to return to the default.
To set the interface QoS to the CoS trust mode for a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# qos trust cos
See Also
To return the interface QoS to the default value or to the untrusted state: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# no qos trust cos
When a CEE map is applied, the switch does not allow the qos trust cos command and displays the following error: switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# cee demo switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# qos trust cos
% Error: QoS is not in non-CEE Provisioning mode
interface qos cos, show qos maps
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
607
2 qos trust dscp qos trust dscp
Synopsis
Enables Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) mode for incoming traffic.
qos trust dscp no qos trust dscp
Operands
Defaults
None
The QoS trust DSCP mode set to the untrusted state.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
0-7
8-15
16-23
24-31
32-39
40-47
48-55
56-63
Use this command to specify the interface ingress QoS trust DSCP mode, which controls user priority mapping of incoming traffic. The untrusted mode overrides all incoming priority markings with the Interface Default CoS. The DSCP trust mode sets the user priority based on the incoming
DSCP value, When this feature is not enabled, DSCP values in the packet are ignored.
When DSCP trust is enabled, the following lists the default mapping of DSCP values to user priority.
Default DSCP priority mapping
DSCP Values User Priority
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
QoS Trust Mode is automatically applied if dscp-cos map or qos dscp traffic class is applied to the interface.
Enter no qos trust dscp to return to the default.
To set the interface QoS to DCSP trust mode on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# qos trust dscp
To return the interface QoS to the default value or to the untrusted state: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# no qos trust dscp
NOTE
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
interface, qos map dscp-cos, qos map dscp-traffic-class, show qos interface,
show qos maps dscp-traffic-class
608 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos queue multicast scheduler
2 qos queue multicast scheduler
Synopsis
Configures the multicast Traffic Class packet expansion scheduler policy. All multicast Traffic Class packet expansion queues are serviced Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR). qos queue multicast scheduler dwrr mTC0_WEIGHT mTC1_WEIGHT mTC2_WEIGHT
mTC3_WEIGHT mTC4_WEIGHT mTC5_WEIGHT mTC6_WEIGHT mTC7_WEIGHT no qos queue multicast scheduler
Operands
Defaults The default weight value is 25 percent bandwidth for each multicast Traffic Class.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description dwrr Configures the DWRR multicast Traffic Class packet expansion policy.
mTC0_WEIGHT
Sets the DWRR weight for multicast Traffic Class 0 packet expansion in units of bandwidth percentage. The sum of all weight values must equal
100 percent. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
mTC1_WEIGHT
Sets the DWRR weight for multicast Traffic Class 1 packet expansion in units of bandwidth percentage. The sum of all weight values must equal
100 percent. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
mTC2_WEIGHT
Sets the DWRR weight for multicast Traffic Class 2 packet expansion in units of bandwidth percentage. The sum of all weight values must equal
100 percent. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
mTC3_WEIGHT
Sets the DWRR weight for multicast Traffic Class 3 packet expansion in units of bandwidth percentage. The sum of all weight values must equal
100 percent. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
mTC4_WEIGHT
Sets the DWRR weight for multicast Traffic Class 4 packet expansion in units of bandwidth percentage. The sum of all weight values must equal
100 percent. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
mTC5_WEIGHT
Sets the DWRR weight for multicast Traffic Class 5 packet expansion in units of bandwidth percentage. The sum of all weight values must equal
100 percent. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
mTC6_WEIGHT
Sets the DWRR weight for multicast Traffic Class 6 packet expansion in units of bandwidth percentage. The sum of all weight values must equal
100 percent. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
mTC7_WEIGHT
Sets the DWRR weight for multicast Traffic Class 7 packet expansion in units of bandwidth percentage. The sum of all weight values must equal
100 percent. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the multicast Traffic Class packet expansion scheduler policy. All multicast Traffic Class packet expansion queues are serviced Deficit Weighted Round Robin
(DWRR). This multicast Traffic Class packet expansion scheduler policy is applied uniformly across the entire system.
Enter no qos queue multicast scheduler to return the multicast Traffic Class packet expansion scheduler to the default value.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
609
2 qos queue multicast scheduler
Examples
See Also
To set the multicast Traffic Class packet expansion scheduler for Traffic Class 0 getting 5 percent bandwidth, Traffic Class 1 getting 10 percent bandwidth, Traffic Class 2 getting 15 percent bandwidth, and Traffic Class 3 getting 20 percent bandwidth, and so on: switch(config)# qos queue multicast scheduler dwrr 5 10 15 20 5 10 15 20
To return the system to the default multicast Traffic Class packet expansion scheduler policy: switch(config)# no qos queue multicast scheduler
qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit
610 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos queue scheduler
2 qos queue scheduler
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the Traffic Class packet scheduler policy.
qos queue scheduler strict-priority strict-priority-number dwrr weight0 weight1 weight2 weight3
weight4 weight5 weight6 weight7 no qos queue scheduler strict-priority dwrr
Configures the Strict Priority Traffic Class policy. All Strict Priority
Traffic Classes are serviced before any DWRR Traffic Classes.
strict-priority-number
Sets the number of the Strict Priority Traffic Class. This is the strict priority number of the highest Traffic Class. For example, if the strict priority number is 3, the Strict Priority Traffic Classes contains Traffic Classes 7, 6, and 5. Valid values range from 0 through 8.
Configures the DWRR Traffic Class policy. There are a variable number of
DWRR weight values accepted that are dependent on the setting of strict priority number. The strict priority number plus the number of DWRR weight values must always add up to 8 Traffic Classes.
weight0 weight1
Sets the DWRR weight for Traffic Class 0 in units of bandwidth percentage left over after servicing all of the Strict Priority Traffic Classes. The sum of all weight values must equal 100 percent. The weight0 value is only valid when the strict priority number is less than 8. Valid values range from 0 through 100 percent.
Sets the DWRR weight for Traffic Class 1 in units of bandwidth percentage left over after servicing all of the Strict Priority Traffic Classes. The sum of all weight values must equal 100 percent. The weight1 value is only valid when the strict priority number is less than 7. Valid values range from 0 through 100 percent.
weight2 weight3 weight4
Sets the DWRR weight for Traffic Class 2 in units of bandwidth percentage left over after servicing all of the Strict Priority Traffic Classes. The sum of all weight values must equal 100 percent. The weight2 value is only valid when the strict priority number is less than 6. Valid values range from 0 through 100 percent.
Sets the DWRR weight for Traffic Class 3 in units of bandwidth percentage left over after servicing all of the Strict Priority Traffic Classes. The sum of all weight values must equal 100 percent. The weight3 value is only valid when the strict priority number is less than 5. Valid values range from 0 through 100 percent.
Sets the DWRR weight for Traffic Class 4 in units of bandwidth percentage left over after servicing all of the Strict Priority Traffic Classes. The sum of all weight values must equal 100 percent. The weight4 value is only valid when the strict priority number is less than 4. Valid values range from 0 through 100 percent.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
611
2 qos queue scheduler
weight5 weight6 weight7
Defaults The default strict priority value is 8. There is no default value for each weight value.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Sets the DWRR weight for Traffic Class 5 in units of bandwidth percentage left over after servicing all of the Strict Priority Traffic Classes. The sum of all weight values must equal 100 percent. The weight5 value is only valid when the strict priority number is less than 3. Valid values range from 0 through 100 percent.
Sets the DWRR weight for Traffic Class 6 in units of bandwidth percentage left over after servicing all of the Strict Priority Traffic Classes. The sum of all weight values must equal 100 percent. The weight6 value is only valid when the strict priority number is less than 2. Valid values range from 0 through 100 percent.
Sets the DWRR weight for Traffic Class 7 in units of bandwidth percentage left over after servicing all of the Strict Priority Traffic Classes. The sum of all weight values must equal 100 percent. The weight7 value is only valid when the strict priority number is less than 1. Valid values range from 0 through 100 percent.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the Traffic Class packet scheduler policy. Eight Traffic Classes are supported with a configurable number of them being Strict Priority and any remaining ones being serviced DWRR. This Traffic Class packet scheduler policy is applied uniformly across the entire system. Actual Traffic Class packet scheduling is performed independently by each switch.
In Brocade VCS Fabric mode, this command does not take effect and will result in a error. To update the scheduling, please use the CEE map configuration.
Enter no qos queue scheduler to return the Traffic Class packet scheduler to the default value.
Examples To set the Traffic Class packet scheduler for four Strict Priority Traffic Class and four DWRR
Traffic Class with Traffic Class 0 getting 10 percent bandwidth, Traffic Class 1 getting 20 percent bandwidth, Traffic Class 2 getting 30 percent bandwidth, and Traffic Class 3 getting 40 percent bandwidth: switch(config)# qos queue scheduler strict-priority 4 dwrr 10 20 30 40
See Also
To return the system to the default Traffic Class packet scheduler policy: switch(config)# no qos queue scheduler
qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit, qos rcv-queue multicast threshold
612 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos random-detect cos
2 qos random-detect cos
Synopsis
Maps a Random Early Discard (RED) profile to a CoS priority value for a port. qos random-detect cos value red-profile-id profile-ID value no qos random-detect cos value
Operands
Defaults Port CoS priority value is not mapped to the RED profile.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
value profile-ID value
Class of Service (COS) value. Valid values range from 0 through 7.
Random Error Detection value. Valid values range from 1 through 384.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to map a RED profile to a CoS priority value for a specific interface. The RED profile is defined by the qos red-profile command.
Enter no qos random-detect cos value while in the interface mode to remove the
DSCP-to-Traffic-Class map from the interface.
Examples To map the profile to CoS priority 7 on the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 1/2/2: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 1/2/2 switch(conf-if-te-1/2/2)# qos random-detect cos 7 red-profile-id 2
See Also
To remove the previously created profile from interface 1/2/2: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 1/2/2 switch(conf-if-te-1/2/2)# no qos random-detect cos 7
interface, qos red profile, show qos red profiles, show qos red statistics interface
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
613
2 qos rcv-queue cos-threshold qos rcv-queue cos-threshold
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the port tail drop thresholds.
qos rcv-queue cos-threshold TDT0 {TDT1 | TDT2 | TDT3 | TDT4 | TDT5 | TDT6 | TDT7} no qos rcv-queue cos-threshold
TDT0
TDT1
TDT2
TDT3
TDT4
TDT5
TDT6
TDT7
Defines the proportion for the first port tail drop threshold. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
Defines the proportion for the second port tail drop threshold. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
Defines the proportion for the third port tail drop threshold. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
Defines the proportion for the fourth port tail drop threshold. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
Defines the proportion for the fifth port tail drop threshold. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
Defines the proportion for the sixth port tail drop threshold. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
Defines the proportion for the seventh port tail drop threshold. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
Defines the proportion for the eighth port tail drop threshold. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subconfiguration mode (gi, te).
Description Use this command to configure the port tail drop thresholds.
Every port has associated with it a total of nine CoS thresholds, one for the port tail drop threshold and the other eight are thresholds for per priority. To give a fair allocation of buffers for the traffic from all priorities, the port buffers are allocated among different priorities. That is achieved through per priority tail drop thresholds. The port tail drop threshold represents the amount of buffers given to the port and per priority tail drop thresholds (CoS tail drop thresholds from now on) represents the buffers allocated to each CoS.
Whenever the buffers allocated to a priority are fully exhausted, all the traffic coming in on that priority is dropped. In the absence of per priority tail drop thresholds (and only port tail drop threshold), the buffers would be consumed on a first come first serve basis and results in an unfair share of buffers between all the priorities.
If you know which priority traffic is most seen, then giving good number of buffers for those priorities results in less number of packet drops for those priorities. Therefore, instead of using the standard priority values, you can assign any priority from 0% to 100% to any threshold; however, the sum value of all eight priorities must not exceed 100%. For example, using the priorities
5 5 5 5 50 20 2 8 sums up to 100%.
614 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos rcv-queue cos-threshold
2
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
The tail drop thresholds are not allowed to exceed 100%, but can be below 100%. For example, if the tail drop thresholds entered are less than 100%, then the buffer allocation happens as per what has been configured.
NOTE
Brocade recommends not configuring cos-thresholds on an edge interface for a COS value with pause/priority flow control enabled. Doing so could create buffer-allocation issues.
Enter no qos rcv-queue cos-threshold to remove the configured tail drop thresholds.
switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# qos rcv-queue cos-threshold 5 5 5 5 50 20 2 8 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# do show qos in te 178/0/9
Interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 178/0/9
CoS-to-Traffic Class map 'default‘
In-CoS: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
-----------------------------------------------------
Out-CoS/TrafficClass: 0/1 1/0 2/2 3/3 4/4 5/5 6/6 7/7
Per-Traffic Class Tail Drop Threshold (bytes)
TC: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------------------------------------------
Threshold: 10180 10180 10180 10180 101808 40723 4072 16289
interface, qos rcv-queue multicast threshold
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
615
2 qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit
Synopsis
Operands
Configures a cap on the maximum rate for multicast packet expansion. qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit rate [burst burst-size] no qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit
rate
burst burst-size
Specifies the maximum rate for multicast packet expansion in units of packets per second (pkt/s). Valid values range from 6500 through 20000000 pkt/s.
Configures a cap on the maximum burst size for multicast packet expansion. Valid values range from 50 through 65535 packets.
Defaults The burst size is 4096 packets. The rate value is 3000000 pkt/s.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a cap on the maximum rate for multicast packet expansion, for example packet replication. This rate limit is applied uniformly across the entire system. This rate limit is enforced independently by each switch.
This command is not supported on VDX 8770-4 and VDX 8770-8 switches.
The rate parameter places a cap on the sum of the first level expansion (for example, the ingress packets replicated for each egress switch) plus the second level expansion (for example, packets replicated for egress interfaces on the switch).
The burst burst-size parameter represents the maximum number of multicast packet expansion that can be performed back-to-back as a single burst in units of packets (pkt).
Enter no qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit to return the multicast packet expansion rate limit to the default settings.
Examples To lower the maximum multicast packet expansion rate to 10000 pkt/s: switch(config)# qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit 10000
See Also
To return the system to the default multicast packet expansion rate limit values: switch(config)# no qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit
qos rcv-queue multicast threshold
616 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos rcv-queue multicast threshold
2 qos rcv-queue multicast threshold
Synopsis
Operands
Configures a cap on the maximum queue depth for multicast packet expansion queues.
qos rcv-queue multicast threshold mTC0 mTC1 mTC2 mTC3 mTC4 mTC5 mTC6 mTC7 no qos rcv-queue multicast threshold
mTC0 mTC1 mTC2 mTC3 mTC4 mTC5 mTC6 mTC7
Sets the Tail Drop Threshold for multicast Traffic Class 0 packet expansion queue in units of packets (pkt). The valid range is 0 through 16383 packets.
Sets the Tail Drop Threshold for multicast Traffic Class 1 packet expansion queue in units of packets (pkt). The valid range is 0 through 16383 packets.
Sets the Tail Drop Threshold for multicast Traffic Class 2 packet expansion queue in units of packets (pkt). The valid range is 0 through 16383 packets.
Sets the Tail Drop Threshold for multicast Traffic Class 3 packet expansion queue in units of packets (pkt). The valid range is 0 through 16383 packets.
Sets the Tail Drop Threshold for multicast Traffic Class 4 packet expansion queue in units of packets (pkt). The valid range is 0 through 16383 packets.
Sets the Tail Drop Threshold for multicast Traffic Class 5 packet expansion queue in units of packets (pkt). The valid range is 0 through 16383 packets.
Sets the Tail Drop Threshold for multicast Traffic Class 6 packet expansion queue in units of packets (pkt). The valid range is 0 through 16383 packets.
Sets the Tail Drop Threshold for multicast Traffic Class 7 packet expansion queue in units of packets (pkt). The valid range is 0 through 16383 packets.
Defaults 64 packets for each multicast Traffic Class.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a cap on the maximum queue depth for multicast packet expansion queues. The individual Tail Drop Threshold is specified for each of the four multicast traffic classes. These Tail Drop Thresholds are applied uniformly across the entire system. These queue depths are enforced independently by each switch.
This command is not supported on VDX 8770-4 and VDX 8770-8 switches.
Enter no qos rcv-queue multicast threshold to return the multicast expansion queues to the default value.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
617
2 qos rcv-queue multicast threshold
Examples
See Also
To increase multicast packet expansion Tail Drop Threshold to 1000 pkt for each multicast
Traffic Class: switch(config)# qos rcv-queue multicast threshold 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
1000 1000
To return the system to the default multicast packet expansion Tail Drop Threshold value: switch(config)# no qos rcv-queue multicast threshold
qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit
618 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
qos-profile (AMPP)
2 qos-profile (AMPP)
Synopsis
Activates the QoS profile mode for AMPP.
qos-profile no qos-profile
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Port-profile configuration mode
Description Use this command to activate the QoS profile mode for AMPP. This mode allows configuration of
QoS attributes of a port-profile.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
None
Enter no qos-profile to remove the profile.
switch(config)# port-profile sample-profile switch(conf-pp)# qos-profile
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
619
2 radius-server radius-server
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS) server.
radius-server host {ip-address | host_name} [auth-port portnum] [protocol {chap|pap |peap}]
[key shared_secret] [encryption-level value_level] [timeout sec] [retries num] no radius-server host hostname| ip-address host {ipaddr | host_name}
Specifies the IP address or host name of the RADIUS server. IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. The maximum supported length for the RADIUS hostname is 40 characters.
auth-port portnum Specifies the user datagram protocol (UDP) port used to connect the
RADIUS server for authentication. The valid range is 0 through 65535. The default port is 1812.
protocol {chap | pap | peap}
Specifies the authentication protocol. Parameters include CHAP, PAP, or
PEAP-MSCHAP. The default is CHAP.
key shared_secret The text string that is used as the shared secret between the switch and the RADIUS server. The default is sharedsecret.
The exclamation mark (!) is supported both in RADIUS and TACACS+ servers, and you can specify the shared secret string in either double quotation marks or use the escape character (\). For example: "secret!key" or secret\!key. encryption-level
value_level
timeout sec retries num
Designates the encryption level for the shared secret key operation. This operand supports JITC certification and compliance. The range of valid values is from 0 through 7, with 0 being clear text and 7 being the most heavily encrypted. The default value is 0.
The time to wait for the RADIUS server to respond, in seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
The number of attempts allowed to connect to a RADIUS server. The default is 5 attempts.
Defaults The following are the default values of the RADIUS server settings:
• host: There is no default for the host:
• auth-port: UDP port 1812
• timeout: 5 seconds
• retransmit: 5 attempts
• encryption-level 0
• key: sharedsecret
• protocol: CHAP
Command Modes Global configuration mode
620 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
radius-server
2
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to configure the attributes of the RADIUS server. If a RADIUS server with the specified IP address or host name does not exist, it is added to the server list. If the RADIUS server already exists, this command modifies the configuration.
The key parameter does not support an empty string.
Enter no radius-server to reset to their default values.
NOTE
Before downgrading to a Network OS version that does not support the encryption-level keyword, set the value of this keyword to 0. Otherwise, the firmware download will throw an error that requests this value be set to 0.
To configure a RADIUS server: switch(config)# radius-server host 10.24.65.6 protocol chap retransmit 100 switch(config-radius-server-10.24.65.6)#
To modify the previously configured RADIUS server: switch(config)# radius-server host 10.24.65.6 protocol pap key “new#radius*secret
timeout 10
To reset the timeout value to the default: switch(config)# no radius-server host 10.24.65.6 timeout
show running-config radius-server, show running-config tacacs-server, tacacs-server
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
621
2 rasman rasman
Synopsis
Provides instant customer access to RASLog messages decoding and documentation on the switch.
rasman [[module-description] | [message id RAS-message-id] | [module type module-name] |
[type value RAS-message-type]]
Operands module-description Displays the RAS module description.
message id RAS-message-id
Displays the RAS message ID details.
module type module-name
Displays the RAS message ID based on module. Displays all external RAS messages. type value RAS-message-type
Displays the RAS message ID based on type. Possible completions: AUDIT,
DCE, FFDC, LOG, and VCS.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to access RASLog messages decoding and documentation on the switch.
Input value is case-sensitive.
Example output of rasman module-description command: sw0# rasman module-description
RASModule ID Description
-----------------------------------------------------
KT 1 Kernel Test ID
UT 2 User Test ID
TRCE
KTRC
3
4
Trace Subsystem (User)
Trace Subsystem (Kernel)
LOG 5 RASLOG module
CDR 6 Condor ASIC driver
Example of rasman module type AUTH: sw0# rasman module type AUTH
RAS Message ID Severity Message
--------------------------------------------------------
AUTH-1001 INFO %s has been successfully completed.
AUTH-1002 ERROR %s has failed.
622 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
rasman
2
AUTH-1003
AUTH-1004
AUTH-1005
AUTH-1006
AUTH-1007
INFO
ERROR
ERROR
WARNING
ERROR
%s type has been successfully set t
Failed to set %s type to %s.
Authentication file does not exist:
Failed to open authentication confi
The proposed authentication protoco
AUTH-1008 ERROR
Example of rasman type value AUDIT: sw0# rasman type value AUDIT
No security license, operation fail
RAS Message ID Severity Message
------------------------------------------------------------------
FCIP-1002 INFO An IPsec/IKE policy was added
FCIP-1003
AUTH-1045
INFO
ERROR
An IPsec/IKE policy was deleted
Certificate not present in this switch
AUTH-1046
AUTH-1047
INFO
ERROR
%s has been successfully completed
%s has failed
AUTH-3001
AUTH-3002
INFO
INFO
Event: %s, Status: success, Info: %
Event: %s, Status: success, Info: %
Example of rasman type value DCE: sw0# rasman type value DCE
RAS Message ID Severity Message
-------------------------------------------------------
LACP-1001 ERROR %s Error opening socket (%d)
LACP-1002 ERROR %s %s
LACP-1003
LACP-1004
INFO
INFO
Port-channel %d up in defaulted state
Port-channel %d down from default
NSM-1001
NSM-1002
INFO
INFO
Interface %s is online
Interface %s is protocol down
Example of rasman type value LOG: sw0# rasman type value LOG
RAS Message ID Severity Message
----------------------------------------------------------------------
FCIP-1000 ERROR %s of GE %d failed. Please retry
FCIP-1001 CRITICAL FIPS %s failed; algo=%d type=%d slot
FCIP-1002 INFO An IPsec/IKE policy was added
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
623
2 rasman
FCIP-1003
FCIP-1004
AUTH-1001
INFO
INFO
INFO
An IPsec/IKE policy was deleted
Tape Read Pipelining is being disabled
%s has been successfully completed
AUTH-1002 ERROR %s has failed
Example of rasman type value VCS: sw0# rasman type value VCS
RAS Message ID Severity Message
---------------------------------------------------------------------
SS-2000 INFO Copy support started on rbridge-id
SS-2001 INFO Copy support completed on rbridge-id
SS-2002
SULB-1105
SULB-1106
SULB-1107
INFO
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
Copy support failed on rbridge-id %
Firmware upgrade session (%d: %s) s
Firmware upgrade session (%d: %s) c
Firmware upgrade session (%d: %s) f
See Also None
624 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
rate-limit-delay get netconf
2 rate-limit-delay get netconf
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Returns the rate limit delay configured for processing NETCONF Remote Procedure Calls (RPCs).
rate-limit-delay get netconf
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to learn the configured minimum time in milliseconds between processing successive NETCONF RPCs. A value of 0 indicates that RPC processing is unlimited.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
625
2 rate-limit-delay set netconf rate-limit-delay set netconf
Operands
Defaults
Limits the rate at which BNA or NETCONF Remote Procedure Call (RPC) requests can be processed on the switch.
Synopsisrate-limit-delay set netconf delay
delay
The default is 0.
The number of milliseconds the system waits between processing RPCs.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to limit the rate at which RPCs can be processed on the switch by specifying the minimum delay between processing successive RPCs. The default of 0 means that the RPC processing rate is unlimited.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to prevent excessive numbers of RPCs from adversely affecting switch performance.
This example limits the processing of RPCs to a maximum of one every 50 milliseconds.
switch# debug internal rate-limit-delay set netconf 50
See Also
626 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
rbridge-id
2 rbridge-id
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enables RBridge ID configuration mode to support VCS on individual nodes.
rbridge-id rbridge-id no rbridge-id rbridge-id
rbridge-id
None
The number of an RBridge node.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enter RBridge ID configuration mode for fabric cluster and logical chassis cluster configuration.
Usage Guidelines
CAUTION
It is always preferable to have the RBridge ID configured on a switch. If the RBridge ID is not configured, deleting the interface IP address that matches the router ID will cause an OSPF process reset and a spike in CPU usage.
Examples Use the rbridge-id ? command in global configuration mode to see available nodes.
Enter RBridge ID configuration mode and use ? to view commands available in that mode: sw0(config)# rbridge-id 154 sw0(config-rbridge-id-154)# ?
Possible completions:
arp Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)
chassis
do Run an operational-mode command
exit Exit from current mode
fabric Allows to configure fabric related parameters
fcsp FCSP configuration commands
filter-change-update-delay Change filter change update delay timer
help Provide help information
interface Interface configuration
ip Configure Internet Protocol (IP)
ipv6 Configure Internet Protocol (IPv6) logical-chassis Logical chassis commands management The list of management interfaces.
no Negate a command or set its defaults
protocol Protocol configuration
pwd Display current mode path
route-map Configure a route-map instance
router Configure router
secpolicy Security policy related configuration ssh Configure SSH Server
switch-attributes Switch attributes configurations system-monitor Configure FRU threshold and alert setting telnet Configure Telnet Server
threshold-monitor Configure Class monitoring threshold and alert
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
627
2 rbridge-id
See Also
setting
top Exit to top level and optionally run command
vrf VRF configurations
None
628 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
rd (route distinguisher)
2 rd (route distinguisher)
Synopsis
Operands
See Also
Distinguishes a route for VRF.
rd admin-value:arbitrary-value
admin-value arbitrary-value
The administrative number assigned to the route. This can be a local ASN number or an IP address. The ASN number can be either a 2-byte number
(from 0 through 65535) or a 4-byte number (from 0 through 4294967295).
An arbitrary number you choose. The range of valid values is from 0 through 65535 if the ASN is 2 byte, or from 0 through 4294967295 if the
ASN is 4 byte.
Defaults None
Command Modes VRF configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to distinguish a route to which the VRF belongs. The command allows the same
IP address to be used in different VPNs without creating any conflicts. The Route Distinguisher parameter can be either ASN-relative or IP address-relative.
Once the Route Distinguisher is configured for a VRF it cannot be changed or deleted.
To remove the Route Distinguisher, you must delete the VRF.
Examples To configure Route Distinguisher: switch# configure terminal
Entering configuration mode terminal switch(config)# rbridge-id 53 switch(config-rbridge-id-53)# vrf red switch(config-vrf-red)# rd 101:101
To remove Route Distinguisher, remove the VRF.
switch(config-vrf-red)# no vrf red
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
629
2 reconnect-interval reconnect-interval
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the reconnect interval between the NSX controller and the VCS fabric.
reconnect-interval interval no reconnect-interval
interval
Specifies the maximum number of seconds to wait between connection attempts. Value must be in the range of 1 to 1000.
Defaults 10 seconds
Command Modes NSX Controller configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the reconnect interval for the NSX controller connection profile. If the connection is lost between the NSX and the VCS fabric, a reconnection attempt occurs at this interval.
This command is allowed for a switch that is in logical chassis cluster mode only.
Use the no form of the command to revert the reconnect interval to the default value.
Examples To set the reconnect interval to 30 seconds for an NSX controller profile that you have already created (named profile1): switch# configuration switch(config)# nsx-controller profile1 switch(config-nsx-controller-profile1)# reconnect-interval 30
See Also
630 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
redistribute (BGP)
2 redistribute (BGP)
Synopsis
Configures the device to redistribute OSPF, ISIS, or RIP routes, directly connected routes, or static routes into BGP4.
redistribute {connected | static} [metric num] | route-map string no redistribute {connected | static} [metric num] | route-map string
Operands
Defaults No value is assigned for num.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description connected static
Redistributes connected routes.
Redistributes static routes.
The range is from 0 through 4294967297.
string
Specifies a route map to be consulted before an OSPF route is added to the
BGP4 routing table.
Usage Guidelines
By default, the device does not redistribute routing information between BGP4 and the IP interior gateway protocol OSPF. Use this command to configure the device to redistribute OSPF, directly connected routes, or static routes into BGP4. The routes can be filtered by means of an associated route map before they are distributed.
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
NOTE
The default-metric command does not apply to the redistribution of directly connected routes into
BGP4. Use a route map to change the default metric for directly connected routes.
Examples
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# redistribute static metric 200
default-metric (OSPF), route-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
631
2 redistribute (OSPF) redistribute (OSPF)
Synopsis
Configures the device to redistribute OSPF routes. redistribute ospf {match [external1 | external2 | internal]} [metric num] | route-map string no redistribute ospf {match [external1 | external2 | internal]} [metric num] | route-map string
Operands match external1 external2 internal
num string
Selects the type of route to be redistributed.
Redistributes OSPF external type 1 routes.
Redistributes OSPF external type 2 routes.
Redistributes OSPF internal routes.
A value that assigns the metric.The range is from 0 through 4294967297.
Specifies a route map to be consulted before an OSPF route is added to the
BGP4 routing table.
Defaults Internal OSPF routes are distributed. No value is assigned for num.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to redistribute OSPF external type 1, external type 2, or internal routes.
Use the redistribute ospf command to redistribute all OSPF routes. Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
Examples
See Also switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# redistribute ospf match external1 metric 200
632 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
region
2 region
Synopsis
Specifies the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) region. region region-name no region
Operands
Defaults
Assigns a name to an MSTP region.
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree MSTP configuration mode
Description Use this command to assign a name to an MSTP region.
Usage Guidelines
region-name
None
Examples
See Also
The region-name string must be between 1 and 32 ASCII characters in length, and is case-sensitive.
If MSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridge nodes
Enter no region to delete the region name.
To assign a name to an MSTP region named brocade1: switch(config)# protocol spanning-tree mstp switch(conf-mstp)# region brocade1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
633
2 reload reload
Synopsis
Operands standby system
Reboots the standby CP or MM on a dual CP/MM chassis.
Reboots an entire chassis.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Reloads the designated RBridge ID.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Reboots the control processor (CP) or management module (MM).
reload [standby | system] reload system [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]
Use this command to perform a “cold reboot” (power off and restart) of the CP or MM.
The reload operation is generally disruptive and the command prompts for confirmation before executing. When you reboot a switch connected to a fabric, all traffic to and from that switch stops.
All ports on that switch remain inactive until the switch comes back online.
On a compact switch, If the power-on-self-test (POST) is enabled, it is executed when the system comes back up.
On a modular chassis, the reload commands only reboots the management module on which the command is executed. If you log in to the switch IP address and execute the reload command, only the active management module reboots and POST is bypassed.
The available modes are listed below.
Available modes
Mode
Standalone
FC
LC
Definition
Standalone. A node is in Standalone mode when Virtual Cluster Switching
(VCS) is disabled.
Fabric cluster. In FC mode, the data path for nodes is distributed, but the configuration path is not distributed. Each node maintains its own configuration database.
Logical chassis cluster. In LC mode, both the data path and the configuration path are distributed.
634 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
reload
2
The following summarizes the behavior of the reload command under a variety of conditions.
Behavior of the reload command
Command HA synchronized
Active Standby
HA not synchronized
Active Standby reload reload standby reload system
If executed on active MM, reboots that MM
1
.
In FC mode, the running configuration becomes the new active configuration.
If executed on active MM, reboots that MM.
In LC mode, the running configuration becomes the new active configuration.
Reboots the standby MM. Reboots the standby MM.
Reboots the chassis and remains the master MM.
Not allowed.
The user is prompted to execute the reload system command.
Reboots the standby MM.
N/A
N/A
N/A
Reboots the standby MM.
Not allowed.
In FC mode, the startup configuration is used.
In LC mode, the running configuration is used.
If executed on active MM, reboots the chassis and remains the master MM.
In FC mode, the startup configuration is used.
In LC mode, the running configuration is used.
Examples
NOTE
MM = Management module
To perform a cold reboot on the switch: switch# reload
Warning: Unsaved configuration will be lost. Please run `copy running-config startup-config` to save the current configuration if not done already.
Are you sure you want to reload the switch [y/n]?: y
See Also
fastboot, ha chassisreboot, ha failover
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
635
2 remap fabric-priority remap fabric-priority
Synopsis
Operands
Remaps the CoS fabric priority. remap fabric-priority priority
priority
Specifies the remapped CoS priority value for Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
The valid range is 0 through 6.
Defaults The default is 0.
Command Modes CEE map configuration mode
Description Use this command to remap the CoS fabric priority to a different priority for Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
None
636 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
remap lossless-priority
2 remap lossless-priority
Synopsis
Operands
Remaps the Brocade VCS Fabric priority. remap lossless-priority priority
priority
Specifies the remapped priority value. Valid values range from 0 through 6.
Default is 0.
Defaults See Operands.
Command Modes CEE map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to remap the Brocade VCS Fabric lossless priorities to a different priority.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
637
2 rename rename
Synopsis
Operands
Renames a file in the switch flash memory.
rename current_name new_name
current_name new_name
The file name you want to change.
The new file name.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to rename a user-generated file in the switch flash memory.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
System files cannot be renamed. If you try to rename a system file, a warning message is displayed.
Examples To rename a file: switch# rename myconfig.vcs myconfig.old switch# dir total 24 drwxr-xr-x 2 root drwxr-xr-x 3 root
-rwxr-xr-x 1 root
-rwxr-xr-x 1 root
-rwxr-xr-x 1 root
-rw-r--r- 1 root
sys
root
sys
sys
sys
root
4096 Feb 13 00:39 .
4096 Jan 1
417 Oct 12
417 Oct 12
697 Oct 12
1970 ..
2010 myconfig.old
2010 defaultconfig.novcs
2010 defaultconfig.vcs
6800 Feb 13 00:37 startup-config
See Also
638 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
rename (Access Gateway mode)
2 rename (Access Gateway mode)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Provides a name for a port group or renames a port group in Access Gateway mode.
rename pg_name
pg_name
None
Port group name
Command Modes Port Grouping configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Renames a specific port group identifier.
You must be in Port Grouping configuration mode for the specific port group to use this command.
The pg_name cannot exceed 64 characters,.
Examples Renaming port group pg-1 to pg-array24.
sw0(config-rbridge-id-3-ag-pg-1)# rename pg-array24
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
639
2 resequence access-list resequence access-list
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies the renumbering of the rules in a MAC or IP ACL. resequence {ip | ipv6 | mac} access-list name [seq_num | increment] no resequence {ip | ipv6 | mac} access-list name [seq_num | increment] ip | ipv6 | mac
name
seq_num
increment
Specifies the Layer 2 or Layer 3 ACL bound to an interface.
Specifies the name of a standard or an extended ACL. A maximum of 63 characters is allowed.
Specifies the starting sequence number in the ACL. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Specifies a value to increment the sequence number between rules. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to reassign sequence numbers to entries of an existing MAC or IP access-list.
Reordering the sequence numbers is useful when you need to insert rules into an existing MAC or
IP ACL and there are not enough sequence numbers available. When all sequence numbers between rules are exhausted, this feature allows the reassigning of new sequence numbers to entries of an existing access list.
Use the no form of this command to remove the ACL binding sequence.
Examples To reorder the rules in a MAC ACL: switch# show running-config access-list mac test
!
mac access-list standard test
seq 1 permit 0011.2222.3333
seq 2 permit 0011.2222.4444
seq 3 permit 0011.2222.5555
seq 4 deny 0011.2222.6666
!
See Also switch# resequence access-list mac test 10 10 switch# show running-config access-list mac test
!
mac access-list standard test
seq 10 permit 0011.2222.3333
seq 20 permit 0011.2222.4444
seq 30 permit 0011.2222.5555
seq 40 deny 0011.2222.6666
!
mac access-list extended, seq (extended MAC ACLs), seq (standard IP ACLs),
640 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
reserved-vlan
2 reserved-vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Defines the range of 802.1Q VLANs that cannot be created by means of the interface vlan command. reserved-vlan start-VLAN-ID end-VLAN-ID
start-VLAN-ID
end-VLAN-ID
Valid values range from1 through 4090.
Valid values range from 1 through 4090.
For a Brocade VDX 6720 switch, the default reserved space is 128 VLANS, and is equal to sum of the number of maximum allowed port channels and the number of interfaces on a
Brocade VDX 6720-60 switch. Presently, VLANs from 3960 through 4090 are reserved.
For a Brocade VDX 8770 switch, the default reserved VLAN space is 4. VLANs 4087 through 4090 are reserved on this switch.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to specify the range of 802.1Q VLANs that cannot be created by means of the
NOTE
This command does not apply to service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context (VLAN ID >
4095).
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command succeeds if there are no wired VLANs configured in the specified range. Otherwise, an error instructs you to delete the wired VLANs in the specified range, or provide a different range.
VLAN 1002 is still the default FCoE VLAN. VLAN 1002 cannot be part of the reserved VLAN range unless some other VLAN is created for FCoE.
This command does not require a switch reboot.
None
show default-vlan, show running reserved-vlan, interface vlan
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
641
2 restrict-flooding restrict-flooding
Synopsis
Restricts the flooding of egress BUM traffic from a port-profile port.
restrict-flooding no restrict-flooding
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Port profile configuration mode
Description Use this command to restrict the egress BUM traffic from a port-profile port. The default behavior would be to allow the egress BUM traffic.
This command is applicable only on the default profile and automatically applied to all the port-profile-ports on the switch.
This command only blocks the egress BUM traffic. Ingress traffic, known as unicast traffic, is not impacted.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use the no restrict-flooding version of this command to remove the restriction.
None
None
642 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
revision
2 revision
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults The default is 0.
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree MSTP configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the configuration revision number.
If MSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridges.
Enter no revision to return to the default setting.
Examples
See Also
Assigns a version number to the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) configuration.
revision number no revision
number
Specifies the revision or version number of the MSTP region. Valid values range from 0 through 255.
To set the configuration revision to 1: switch(config)# protocol spanning-tree mstp switch(conf-mstp)# revision 1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
643
2 rfc1583-compatibility (OSPF) rfc1583-compatibility (OSPF)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
OSPF is compatible with RFC 1583 (OSPFv2).
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable compatibility with RFC 1583. OSPF is compatible with
RFC 1583 (OSPFv2) and maintains a single best route to an autonomous system (AS) boundary router in the OSPF routing table. Disabling this compatibility causes the OSPF routing table to maintain multiple intra-AS paths, which helps prevent routing loops.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configures compatibility with RFC 1583.
rfc1583-compatibility no rfc1583-compatibility
Enter no rfc1583-compatibility to disable compatibility with RFC 1583.
To disable compatibility with RFC 1583: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# rfc1583-compatibility
See Also None
644 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
rfc1587-compatibility (OSPF)
2 rfc1587-compatibility (OSPF)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
OSPF is compatible with RFC 1587 (OSPFv2).
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable compliance with RFC 1587, the original NSSA specification. Only part of the newer RFC 3101 is supported—the “no-summary” parameter and the handling of default-route LSAs when “no summary” is enabled.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configures compatibility with RFC 1587.
rfc1587-compatibility no rfc1587-compatibility
Enter no rfc1587-compatibility to disable compatibility with RFC 1587.
To disable compatibility with RFC 1587: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# no rfc1587-compatibility
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
645
2 rib-route-limit (BGP) rib-route-limit (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Limits the maximum number of BGP Routing Information Base (RIB) routes that can be installed in the Routing Table Manager (RTM).
rib-route-limit num no rib-route-limit num
num
Decimal value for maximum number of RIB routes to be installed in the
RTM. Range is from 1 through 65535.
Defaults This option is disabled. There is no limit.
Command Modes BGP Address-Family IPv4 Unicast configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to limit the maximum number of BGP RIB routes that can be installed in the
RTM.
Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
To configure the device limit the maximum number of BGP RIB routes that can be installed in the
RTM: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# rib-route-limit 10000
See Also None
646 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
rmon alarm
2 rmon alarm
Synopsis
Sets the RMON alarm conditions. rmon alarm index snmp_oid interval seconds [absolute | delta] rising-threshold value event number [falling-threshold value event number [owner name] no rmon alarm
Operands
index snmp_oid
interval seconds
Specifies the RMON alarm index. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Specifies the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format, for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.5.65535. The object type must be a counter32.
Specifies the RMON alarm sample interval in seconds. Valid values range from 1 through 2147483648.
Sets the sample type as absolute.
Sets the sample type as delta.
absolute delta rising-threshold value
Specifies the RMON alarm rising threshold. Valid values range from 0 through 4294967295.
event number Specifies the event for the rising alarm. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
falling-threshold value
Specifies the RMON alarm falling threshold. Valid values range from 0 through 4294967295.
event number owner name
Specifies the event for the rising alarm. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Specifies the identity of the owner. The maximum number of characters is 32.
Defaults No alarms are configured.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to set alarm conditions.
Enter no rmon alarm to disable the alarm conditions.
To set RMON alarm conditions: switch(config)# rmon alarm 100 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.5.65535 interval 5 absolute
rising-threshold 10000 event 100 falling-threshold 1000 event 101 owner admin
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
647
2 rmon collection history rmon collection history
Synopsis
Collects Ethernet group statistics for later retrieval. rmon collection history number [buckets bucket_number | interval seconds | owner name] no romn collection history number
Operands
Defaults RMON history collection is not enabled.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
number
buckets bucket_number
Specifies the maximum number of buckets for the RMON collection history.
Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
interval seconds
Specifies the RMON collection control index value. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
owner name
Specifies the alarm sample interval in seconds. Valid values range from 1 through 3600. The default value is 1800.
Specifies the identity of the owner. The maximum number of characters is 15.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to collect periodic statistical samples of Ethernet group statistics on a specific interface for later retrieval.
Enter no rmon collection history number to disable the history of statistics collection.
See Also
To collect RMON statistics, with an RMON collection control index value of 5 for the owner named
admin, on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 170/0/1 switch(conf-if-te-170/0/1)# rmon collection history 5 owner admin
648 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
rmon collection stats
2 rmon collection stats
Synopsis
Collects Ethernet group statistics.
rmon collection stats number [owner name] no rmon collection stats number
Operands
Defaults
number
owner name
Specifies the RMON collection control index value. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Specifies the identity of the owner.
RMON statistic collection is not enabled.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to collect Ethernet group statistics on a specific interface.
Enter no rmon collection stats number to disable the collection of statistics.
See Also
To collect RMON statistics, with an RMON collection control index value of 2 for the owner named
admin, on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 170/0/1 switch(conf-if-te-170/0/1)# rmon collection stats 2 owner admin
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
649
2 rmon event rmon event
Synopsis
Adds or removes an event in the RMON event table associated to the RMON alarm number. rmon event index [description word | log | owner name | trap word] no rmon event
Operands
Defaults
index description word log owner name trap word
Specifies the RMON event number. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Specifies a description of the event.
Generates an RMON log when an event is triggered.
Specifies the owner of the event. The name string must be between 1 and
32 characters in length.
Specifies the SNMP community or string name to identify this trap.
No events are configured.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to add or remove an event in the RMON event table that is associated with an
RMON alarm number.
Enter no rmon event to remove the event configuration.
To configure an RMON event: switch(config)# rmon event 2 log description “My Errorstoday” owner gjack
See Also
650 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
role name
2 role name
Synopsis
Creates or modifies a user role.
role name role_name [desc description] no role name
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
role_name
desc description
The name of the role.
An optional description of the role.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a new role. A role defines the access privileges of the user accounts on the switch. A user is associated with a single role. You first create the role and later associate the role with rules to define the access permissions.
The role name must begin with a letter and can contain alphanumeric characters and underscores. The length of the role name should be between 4 and 32 characters. The name cannot be same as that of an existing user.
The description field supports up to 64 characters and can include any printable ASCII character, except for the following characters: single quotation mark (‘), double quotation mark (“), exclamation point (!), colon (:), and semi-colon (;). If the description contains spaces. you must enclose the text in double quotation marks.
The maximum number of roles supported is 64.
Enter no role name to set the attributes to their default values.
Examples To create a role of a VCS administrator switch(config)# role name VCSAdmin desc “Manages VCS fabrics”
See Also
To reset the description to the default value (no description): switch(config)# no role name VCSAdmin desc
To delete the role: switch(config)# no role name
rule, show running-config role, show running-config rule
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
651
2 route-map route-map
Synopsis
Creates or deletes a route map instance, with a variety of options.
route-map name [permit | deny] instance_number | [continue sequence number] no route-map name [permit | deny] instance_number| [continue sequence number]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
name
permit deny
The name of the route map. The string must be between 1 and 63 ASCII characters in length.
Allows a matching pattern
Disallows a matching pattern.
instance_number The instance ID. The range is from 1 through 65535.
continue Use a “continue” clause to allow for more programmable policy configuration and route filtering, with capability to execute additional entries in a route map after an entry is executed with successful “match” and “set” clauses. sequence_number
The sequence ID. The range is from 1 through 65535.
Use this command to create or delete a route map instance.
This command is used in conjunction with other commands.
For details on match commands, refer to the following commands:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
For details on set commands, refer to the following commands:
•
•
•
•
652 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
route-map
2
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The maximum number of OSPF networks that can be advertised and processed in a single area in a router is limited to 600.
Enter no route-map name to remove the route-map name.
None
All commands listed under Description, above.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
653
2 router bgp router bgp
Synopsis
Enables BGP4 routing.
router bgp
Operands
Defaults no router bgp
None
None
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to enable BGP4 routing.
Use the no form of this command to disable BGP4 routing.
To enable BGP4 routing: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)#
None
654 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
router ospf
2 router ospf
Synopsis
Enables and configures the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing protocol over virtual forward and routing (VRF).
router ospf [vrf name] no router ospf
Operands
Defaults
The name of the non-default VRF to connect.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable the OSPF routing protocol and enter OSPF VRF router configuration mode. With NetworkOS4.0 and later, OSPF can run over multiple Virtual Forwarding and Routing
(VRF) mechanisms. OSPF maintains multiple instances of the routing protocol to exchange route information among various VRF instances.
Usage Guidelines vrf name
Enabled
Examples
Enter no router ospf to delete all current OSPF configuration and to block any further OSPF configuration.
To enable OSPF on a default VRF and to enter OSPF VRF router configuration mode, run the router ospf command in RBridge ID configuration mode, as shown in the following example: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)
To enable OSPF on a non-default VRF and to enter OSPF VRF router configuration mode, run the router ospf vrf name command in RBridge ID configuration mode, as shown in the following example: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf vrf vrfname switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-vrfname)
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
655
2 router pim router pim
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
The PIM protocol is disabled.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable the PIM protocol. It launches the PIM router configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables or disables the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) routing protocol.
router pim no router pim
Enter exit to exit this mode.
To enable the PIM protocol: switch(config-rbridge-id-128)# router pim
See Also None
656 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
route-target
2 route-target
Synopsis
Operands
Imports or exports the routes for the router-id.
route-target [admin-value:arbitrary-value] [export | import]
admin-value arbitrary-value
export import
The administrative number assigned to the route. This can be a local ASN number or an IP address. The ASN number can be either a 2 byte (from 0 through 65535) or a 4 byte number from 0 through 4294967295).
An arbitrary number you choose. The range of valid values is from 0 through 65535 if the ASN is 2 byte, or from 0 through 4294967295 if the
ASN is 4 byte.
Exports the routes.
Import the routes.
Defaults None
Command Modes VRF configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to import or export the routes for the router-id for the specified VRF.
None
Examples
See Also
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
657
2 rp-address rp-address
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
A.B.C.D
The IP address that should be designated as the rendezvous point router.
No interface is configured as the rendezvous point candidate.
Command Modes PIM router configuration mode
Description Use this command to add or remove a static rendezvous point address for a PIM domain. Since prefix-lists are not supported, the address is assumed to be the rendezvous point for 224.0.0.0/4 address range.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Adds or removes a static rendezvous point. rp-address A.B.C.D no rp-address
Enter no rp-address to disable this feature.
Setting the IP address to 12.12.12.12.
switch(conf-pim-router)# rp-address 12.12.12.12
See Also
658 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
rspan-vlan
2 rspan-vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures the VLAN to support RSPAN (Remote Switched Port Analyzer) traffic analysis.
rspan-vlan
None
None
Command Modes VLAN configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the VLAN to support RSPAN. RSPAN extends SPAN by enabling remote monitoring of multiple switches across your network.
All participating switches must be trunk-connected at Layer 2, and RSPAN must be configured on all the switches participating in the RSPAN session.
Examples
See Also
Typical execution of this command.
switch(config)# interface vlan 300 switch(config-vlan-300)# rspan-vlan
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
659
2 rule rule
Synopsis
A rule defines the permissions applicable to a particular role. rule index [action {accept | reject}] [operation {read-only | read-write}] role role_name command command_name no rule index
Operands
Defaults The default for action is accept. The default for operation is read-write.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
index
Specifies a numeric identifier for the rule. Valid values range from 1 through 512.
action accept | reject
Specifies whether the user is accepted or rejected while attempting to execute the specified command. The default value is accept.
operation read-only | read-write
Specifies the type of operation permitted. The default value is read-write.
role role_name Specifies the name of the role for which the rule is defined.
command command_name
Specifies the command for which access is defined. Separate commands with a space. RBAC support is provided only for the following commands with parameters: copy, clear, interface, and protocol.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create the Role-Based Access Permissions (RBAC) permissions associated with a role. Network OS uses RBAC as the authorization mechanism. Every user account must be associated with a role. Every user account can only be associated with a single role. Note that the permissions cannot be assigned directly to the user accounts and can only be acquired through the associated role.
When you create a rule, the role, index, and command operands are mandatory and the action and operation operands are optional. The maximum number of rules is 512.
When you modify a rule, all operands except index are optional.
Enter no rule index to remove the specified rule.
Examples To create a rule allowing the NetworkSecurityAdmin role to create user accounts: switch(config)# rule 150 action accept operation read-write
role NetworkSecurityAdmin command config
switch(config)# rule 155 action accept operation read-write
role NetworkSecurityAdmin command username
See Also
To delete a rule: switch(config)# no rule 155
role name, show running-config role, show running-config rule
660 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
scheduler
2 scheduler
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies the scheduling attributes along with the TC shape rate. scheduler sp_count [shape_rate | [shape_rate ... shape_rate] dwrr [weight | weight ... weight]
sp_count shape_rate
dwrr weight
Specifies how many strict priority queues for each port scheduler. The range of valid values is from 0 through 8.
Specifies the shape rate on strict priority queues. The range of valid values are from 28000 kbps to the maximum interface speed.
Specifies the dwrr weight percentage for the queue. The range of valid values is from 1% through 100%, and the sum of all dwrr weights should not exceed 100%.
Defaults None
Command Modes Policy-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the scheduling attributes along with the TC shape rate.
There are total eight queues are present on an interface. The number of dwrr queues present depends on the SP_COUNT value. For example if the SP_COUNT is two, then there are two strict priority queues and six dwrr queues.
This command is allowed only for the Egress direction.
This command can only be configured in for the class class-default command.
This command is mutually exclusive of the port-shape and police commands.
Examples Typical command example: switch(config)#policy-map mutation switch(config-policymap)#class class-default switch(config-policyclass)# scheduler 3 31000 32000 33000 dwrr 20 20 20 10 10
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
661
2 secpolicy activate secpolicy activate
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Activates the defined switch connection control (SCC) policy and its member set.
secpolicy activate [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Any switch is allowed to join the fabric.
The SCC policy does not exist until it is defined and activated.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to activate the defined SCC policy and its member set. The SCC policy is used to restrict which switches can join the fabric by either accepting or rejecting the connection between two switches. Switches are checked against the policy each time an E_Port-to-EX_Port connection is made. The policy is named SCC_POLICY and accepts device members listed as
World Wide Names (WWNs).
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Although the active-policy is listed under the possible completions of secpolicy command, the defined-policy parameter should be used to create or add policy or members. The secpolicy activate command activates the policy.
A defined SCC policy must exist before you can activate the policy. You create the policy with the secpolicy defined-policy command.
During configuration replay, the defined and active policies are replayed and the E_Ports are enabled or disabled based on the SCC policy entries in the active policy list.
During copy file running-config command execution, only the defined policy in the switch is updated with the config file entries; the active policy entries remain unchanged. In this case, you must use the secpolicy activate command to activate the defined policy list.
This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 6730 switches.
Standalone mode
To activate the defined SCC policy: switch# secpolicy activate
VCS mode switch# secpolicy activate rbridge-id 3
662 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
secpolicy defined-policy
2 secpolicy defined-policy
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Creates the switch connection control (SCC) policy and adds the SCC defined policy set members
(WWNs).
secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY [member-entry switch_wwn] no secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY [member-entry switch_wwn] member-entry switch_wwn
The switch WWN to be added to the SCC defined policy set.
Any switch is allowed to join the fabric.
The SCC policy does not exist until it is created.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
RBridge ID configuration mode
Description Use this command to create the defined SCC policy or to modify an existing SCC policy by adding add policy set members (switch WWNs). When you execute this command, the SCC policy entry is created (if not present) and the WWNs are added to the SCC policy.
The SCC policy defines which switches can join the fabric by either accepting or rejecting the connection between two switches. Switches are checked against the policy each time an
E_Port-to-EX_Port connection is made. The policy is named SCC_POLICY and accepts members listed as WWNs.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This command is not distributed across the cluster. The RBridge ID of the node should be used to configure policy configurations.
Although the active-policy is listed under the possible completions of secpolicy command, the defined-policy parameter should be used to create or add policy or members.
Entering secpolicy activate activates the policy.
You can add multiple WWNs separated by a comma.
After you configure the defined SCC_POLICY, run secpolicy activate to apply the changes to the active policy set.
This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 6730 switches.
Enter no secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY member-entry switch_wwn to remove a switch
(WWN) from the defined policy member set.
Enter no secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY to remove the SCC policy, along with all of the defined policy members.
Standalone mode
To create the defined SCC policy: switch(config)# secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY switch(config-defined-policy-SCC_POLICY)# exit
To add a switch WWN to the policy set: switch(config)# secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY member-entry
10:00:00:05:1e:00:69:00
switch(config-member-entry-10:00:00:05:1e:00:69:01)# exit
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
663
664
2 secpolicy defined-policy
See Also switch(config-defined-policy-SCC_POLICY)# exit
To remove an entry from the policy set: switch(config)# no secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY member-entry \
10:00:00:05:1e:00:69:00
To remove the SCC_POLICY entry: switch(config)# no secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY
VCS mode
To create the defined SCC policy: switch(config)# rbridge-id 3 switch(config-rbridge-id-3)# secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY switch(config-defined-policy-SCC_POLICY)# exit
To add a switch WWN to the policy set: switch(config)# rbridge-id 3 switch(config-rbridge-id-3)# secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY member-entry
10:00:00:05:1e:00:69:00
switch(config-member-entry-10:00:00:05:1e:00:69:00)# exit switch(config-defined-policy-SCC_POLICY)# exit switch(config-rbridge-id-3)# exit
To remove an entry from the policy list of rbridge id 3: switch(config)# rbridge-id 3 switch(config-rbridge-id-3)# no secpolicy defined-policySCC_POLICY member-entry
10:00:00:05:1e:00:69:01
To remove the SCC_POLICY entry of rbridge id 3: switch(config)# rbridge-id 3 switch(config-rbridge-id-3)# no secpolicy defined-policySCC_POLICY
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
security-profile (AMPP)
2 security-profile (AMPP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Port-profile configuration mode
Description Use this command to activate the security-profile mode for AMPP. This mode allows configuration of security attributes of a port-profile.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Activates the security-profile mode for AMPP.
security-profile no security-profile
Enter no security-profile to remove the profile.
To activate the security-profile mode for AMPP: switch(config)# port-profile sample-profile switch(conf-pp)# security-profile
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
665
2 seq (extended IP ACLs) seq (extended IP ACLs)
Synopsis
Operands
Inserts a rule anywhere in the IP ACL.
seq seq-value {permit | deny | hard-drop} ip-protocol {any | SIP mask | host SIP} [{eq | gt | lt | neq | range} sport number] {any | DIP mask | host DIP} [{eq | gt | lt | neq | range} dport number]
[dscp value] [ack fin rst sync urg psh] [count] [log] no seq seq-value {permit | deny | hard-drop} ip-protocol {any | SIP mask | host SIP} [{eq | gt | lt | neq | range} sport number] {any | DIP mask | host DIP} [{eq | gt | lt | neq | range} dport number]
[dscp value] [ack fin rst sync urg psh] [count] [log]
seq-value
Specifies the sequence number for the rule. Valid values range from 0 through 65535.
permit deny
Specifies rules to permit traffic.
Specifies rules to deny traffic.
hard-drop
ip-protocol
Overrides the trap behavior for control frames and data frames such as echo request (ping). See the Usage Guidelines.
Indicates the type of IP packet you are filtering. You can specify a well-known name for any protocol whose number is less than 255; otherwise, any decimal number may be entered.
Specifies any source IP address.
any host Source_IP_ADDRESS
Specifies the source host IP address for which to set permit or deny conditions.
Source_IP_mask Specifies the source host IP address for which to set permit or deny conditions. The address can also be entered as an IP address, or an
IP address with a mask. The mask value can be entered in Classless
Interdomain Routing (CIDR) format, or in wildcard mask format.
For example, the following to entries yield the same results. The CIDR equivalent of “209.157.22.26 0.0.0.255” is “209.157.22.26/24”.
In wildcard format, you can mask for any bit. For example, 0.255.0.255 is valid.
source_port_number This field is only valid when the ip-protocol has been specified as UDP or
TCP. The keyword “operator” defines how to apply the sport numbers that follow.
eq gt
The policy applies to the TCP or UDP port name or number you enter after eq.
The policy applies to TCP or UDP port numbers greater than the port number or the numeric equivalent of the port name you enter after gt.
lt neq
The policy applies to TCP or UDP port numbers that are less than the port number or the numeric equivalent of the port name you enter after lt.
The policy applies to all TCP or UDP port numbers except the port number or port name you enter after neq.
666 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
seq (extended IP ACLs)
2 range any
The policy applies to all TCP or UDP port numbers that are between the first
TCP or UDP port name or number and the second one you enter following the range parameter. The range includes the port names or numbers you enter. For example, to apply the policy to all ports between and including
23 (Telnet) and 53 (DNS), enter the following: range 23 53. The first port number in the range must be lower than the last number in the range.
Applies to all IP addresses received. The address can also be entered as an
IP address along with a mask. The mask value can be entered in Classless
Interdomain Routing (CIDR) format or in wildcard mask format.
For example, the following to entries yield the same results. The CIDR equivalent of “209.157.22.26 0.0.0.255” is “209.157.22.26/24”.
In wildcard format you can mask for any bit. For example, 0.255.0.255 is valid.
Destination_ip mask
Specifies the destination host IP address for which to set permit or deny conditions. The address can also be entered as an IP address, or an
IP address with a mask. The mask value can be entered in Classless
Interdomain Routing (CIDR) format, or in wildcard mask format.
For example, the following to entries yield the same results. The CIDR equivalent of “209.157.22.26 0.0.0.255” is “209.157.22.26/24”.
In wildcard format, you can mask for any bit. For example, 0.255.0.255 is valid.
host Destination_ip
If only a single IP address is required for the filter it can be specified using the “host” keyword along with the source IP address. eq gt
The policy applies to the TCP or UDP port name or number you enter after eq.
The policy applies to TCP or UDP port numbers greater than the port number or the numeric equivalent of the port name you enter after gt.
log lt neq
The policy applies to TCP or UDP port numbers that are less than the port number or the numeric equivalent of the port name you enter after lt.
The policy applies to all TCP or UDP port numbers except the port number or port name you enter after neq.
dscp value Matches the specified “value” against the DSCP value of the received packet. Valid values range from 0 through 63.
ack fin rst sync, urg, psh
Any combination of these TCP flags may be specified.
count Enables ACL hit accounting on the associated filter.
remark comment
Packets matching the filter are sent to the CPU and a corresponding log entry is generated by enabling the logging mechanism. This parameter is only available with permit and deny.
An ASCII string 0 to 256 characters in length.
Defaults No IP ACLs are configured.
Command Modes Feature Access Control List configuration mode
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
667
2 seq (extended IP ACLs)
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to insert a rule anywhere in the IP ACL; it configures rules to match and permits or drops traffic based on the source and destination IP addresses, and the protocol type.
You can also enable counters for a specific rule. There are 255 ACL counters supported per port group.
The first set of [any | host Source_IP_ADDRESS | Source_IP_ADDRESS] parameters is specific to the source IP address. The second set of [any | host Destination_IP_ADDRESS |
Destination_IP_ADDRESS] parameters is specific to the destination IP address.
Enter no seq value to remove a rule from the IP ACL.
If an ACL is set up to deny a specific host or range (such as “seq 2 deny host 10.9.106.120”), the
VDX still responds to ping unless the hard-drop operand is added (such as “seq 20 hard-drop icmp any any”).
Examples
See Also
CAUTION
The use of ‘hard-drop” can prevent the trapping of control frames. As a result, it could interfere with normal operations of the protocols.
If no sequence value is specified, the rule is added to the end of the list.
IP ACL logging of hits is not supported on the VDX 6720 switch.
None
668 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
seq (standard IP ACLs)
2 seq (standard IP ACLs)
Synopsis
Operands
Inserts a rule anywhere in the IP ACL.
seq value {deny | permit | hard-drop} [any | A:B:C:D:E:F:H:I/prefix_len | host SIP_address|
SIP_address mask] [count] [log] no seq value {deny | permit | hard-drop} [any | A:B:C:D:E:F:H:I/prefix_len | host SIP_address|
SIP_address mask] [count] [log] value Specifies the sequence number for the rule. Valid values range from 0 through 4294967295.
Defaults No IP ACLs are configured.
Command Modes Feature Access Control List configuration mode
Description permit deny remark comment
Specifies rules to permit traffic.
Specifies rules to deny traffic.
hard-drop Drops the packet absolutely and can override the control packet trap entries, but does not override the permit entry that occurs before this rule in the ACL.
Specifies any source MAC or IP address.
any host SIP_address
Specifies the source host IP address for which to set permit or deny conditions.
SIP_mask
Specifies the destination host IP address for which to set permit or deny conditions. The address can also be entered as an IP address, or an
IP address with a mask. The mask value can be entered in Classless
Interdomain Routing (CIDR) format, or in wildcard mask format.
For example, the following to entries yield the same results. The CIDR equivalent of “209.157.22.26 0.0.0.255” is “209.157.22.26/24”.
In wildcard format, you can mask for any bit. For example, 0.255.0.255 is valid.
count log
Enables the counting of the packets matching the rule.
Packets matching the filter are sent to the CPU and a corresponding log entry is generated by enabling the logging mechanism. This parameter is only available with permit and deny.
An ASCII string 0 to 256 characters in length.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure rules to match and permit or drop traffic based on source and destination IP address and protocol type. You can also enable counters for a specific rule. There are 255 ACL counters supported per port group.
Enter no seq value {deny | permit | hard-drop} [any | A:B:C:D:E:F:H:I/prefix_len | host SIP_address| SIP_address mask] [count] [log] to remove a rule from the IP ACL.
Examples
See Also
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
669
2 seq (extended MAC ACLs) seq (extended MAC ACLs)
Synopsis
Operands
Inserts a rule anywhere in the MAC ACL.
seq value [deny | permit] [any | host MAC_ADDRESS| MAC_ADDRESS] [any | host
MAC_ADDRESS| MAC_ADDRESS] [EtherType |arp |fcoe | ipv4] [count] no seq value
value
Specifies the sequence number for the rule. Valid values range from 0 through 65535.
Defaults No MAC ACLs are configured.
Command Modes Feature Access Control List configuration mode
Description permit deny
Specifies rules to permit traffic.
Specifies rules to deny traffic.
any Specifies any source MAC address.
host MAC_ADDRESS
Specifies the source host MAC address for which to set permit or deny conditions. Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
MAC_ADDRESS
any
Specifies the destination host MAC address for which to set permit or deny conditions. Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
Specifies any destination MAC address.
host MAC_ADDRESS
Specifies the source host address for which to set permit or deny conditions. Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
MAC_ADDRESS
Specifies the destination host address for which to set permit or deny conditions. Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
EtherType
Specifies the protocol number for which to set the permit or deny conditions. Valid values range from 1536 through 65535.
arp fcoe
Specifies to permit or deny the Address Resolution Protocol (0x0806).
Specifies to permit or deny the Fibre Channel over Ethernet
Protocol (0x8906).
ipv4 count
Specifies to permit or deny the IPv4 protocol (0x0800).
Enables the counting of the packets matching the rule.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to insert a rule anywhere in the MAC ACL; it configures rules to match and permits or drops traffic based on the source and destination MAC addresses, and the protocol type. You can also enable counters for a specific rule. There are 255 ACL counters supported per port group.
The first set of [any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] parameters is specific to the source
MAC address. The second set of [any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] parameters is specific to the destination MAC address.
670 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
seq (extended MAC ACLs)
2
Examples
See Also
Enter no seq value to remove a rule from the MAC ACL.
Hard-drop can prevent trapping of control frames. As a result, it could interfere with normal operations of the protocols.
If no sequence value is specified, the rule is added to the end of the list.
To create a rule in a MAC extended ACL to permit or drop IPv4 traffic from the source MAC address
0022.3333.4444 to the destination MAC address 0022.3333.5555 and to enable the counting of packets: switch(conf-macl-ext)# seq 100 deny 0022.3333.4444 0022.3333.5555 ipv4 count switch(conf-macl-ext)# seq 1000 permit 0022.3333.4444 0022.3333.5555 ipv4 count
To delete a rule from a MAC extended ACL: switch(conf-macl-ext)# no seq 100
deny (extended ACLs), permit (extended ACLs), permit (standard ACLs), resequence access-list
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
671
2 seq (standard MAC ACLs) seq (standard MAC ACLs)
Synopsis
Inserts a rule anywhere in the MAC ACL.
seq value [deny | permit | hard-drop] [any | host MAC_ADDRESS| MAC_ADDRESS] [count] no seq value
Operands
Defaults No MAC ACLs are configured.
Command Modes Feature Access Control List configuration mode
Description
value
permit deny
Specifies the sequence number for the rule. Valid values range from 0 through 65535.
Specifies rules to permit traffic.
Specifies rules to deny traffic.
any Specifies any source MAC address.
host MAC_ADDRESS
Specifies the source host MAC address for which to set permit or deny conditions. Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
MAC_ADDRESS
Specifies the destination host MAC address for which to set permit or deny conditions. Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH.
count hard-drop
Enables the counting of the packets matching the rule.
Overrides the trap behavior for control frames and data frames such as echo request (ping).
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure rules to match and permit or drop traffic based on source and destination MAC address and protocol type. You can also enable counters for a specific rule. There are 255 ACL counters supported per port group.
Enter no seq value to remove a rule from the MAC ACL.
To create a rule in a MAC standard ACL to permit or to drop traffic from the source MAC address
0022.3333.4444
and to enable the counting of packets: switch(conf-macl-std)# seq 100 deny 0022.3333.4444 count switch(conf-macl-std)# seq 1000 permit 0022.3333.4444 count
See Also
To delete a filter rule in a MAC standard ACL: switch(conf-macl-std)# no seq 100
deny (extended ACLs), permit (extended ACLs), permit (standard ACLs), resequence access-list
672 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
service password-encryption
2 service password-encryption
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
Default value is service password-encryption.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable encryption for all user account passwords.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables or disables password encryption.
service password-encryption no service password-encryption
Enter no service password-encryption to disable password encryption.
To enable password encryption: switch(config)# service password-encryption
See Also
To disable password encryption: switch(config)# no service password-encryption
show running-config password-attributes
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
673
2 service-policy service-policy
Synopsis
Binds a policy-map to an interface. service-policy in | out policy-map name no service-policy in | out
Operands
Defaults No service policy is created.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description in out
policy-map name
Binds policy-map to inbound traffic.
Binds policy-map to outbound traffic.
Name of the policy-map.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to apply a policy-map containing a class-map with specific Policer parameters and match critters to a switch interface. The policy-map must be configured before you can apply it
(refer to the description of the policy-map command).
Enter no service-policy in | out while in the applicable interface subconfiguration mode to remove the service policy.
NOTE
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Examples
See Also
To create a service-policy for outbound traffic on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 237/1/8 switch(conf-if-te-237/1/8)# service-policy out policymap1
To remove a service-policy for outbound traffic from a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 237/1/8 switch(conf-if-te-237/1/8)# no service-policy out
To remove a service-policy for inbound traffic on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 237/1/8 switch(conf-if-te-237/1/8)# no service-policy in
interface, class, qos cos, policy-map, show policymap
674 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
set as-path
2 set as-path
Synopsis
Sets a prepended string or a tag for a BGP AS-path attribute in a route-map instance.
set as-path [prepend string | tag] no set as-path [prepend string | tag]
Operands prepend
string
tag
Prepends the string to the AS-path.
AS numbers. Range is from 1 through 4294967295.
Sets a route tag.
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to set a prepended string or a tag for a BGP AS-path attribute in a route-map instance.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None route-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
675
2 set as-path prepend set as-path prepend
Synopsis
Operands
Prepends an AS4 number to an AS path, makes the AS number a tag attribute for a route map, and provides a variety of route-management options.
set as-path prepend as-num, as-num, . . . as-num
[automatic-tag] | [comm-list acl delete] | [community num:num | num | additive | internet | local-as | no-advertise | no-export] | [dampening [half-life | reuse | suppress |
max-suppress-time]] [ip next hop ip-addr] [ip next-hop peer-address] | [local-preference num] |
[metric [add | assign | none |sub]] | [metric-type [type-1 | type-2]] | external [metric-type internal] |
[origin igp | incomplete] | [tag] | [weight num] no set as-path prepend as-num, as-num, . . . as-num automatic-tag Calculates and sets an automatic tag for the route.
comm-list acl delete Deletes a community from the community attributes field for a BGP4 route.
community
num:num additive internet local-as no-advertise no-export
Sets the community attribute for the route to the number or well-known type specified. Possible values are num:num, Internet, no-export, local-as, no-advertise.
Specific community member.
Adds a community to the already existing communities.
The Internet community.
Local sub-AS within the confederation. Routes with this community can be advertised only within the local sub-AS.
Routes with this community cannot be advertised to any other BGP4 devices at all.
Community of sub-ASs within a confederation. Routes with this community can be exported to other sub-ASs in the same confederation but not outside the confederation to other ASs or otherwise sent to EBGP neighbors.
dampening
half-life reuse suppress
Sets dampening parameters for the route.
Number of minutes after which the route penalty becomes half its value.
Specifies how low a route penalty must become before the route becomes eligible for use again after being suppressed.
Specifies how high a route penalty can become before the device suppresses the route.
max-suppress-time
Specifies the maximum number of minutes that a route can be suppressed regardless of how unstable it is.
ip next hop
ip-addr
Sets the next-hop IP address for a route that matches the match statement in the route map.
IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation.
676 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
set as-path prepend
2
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description ip next-hop peer-address
Sets the BGP4 next hop for a route to the neighbor address.
local-preference
num
metric
Sets the local preference for the route.
Range is from 0 through 4294967295.
Sets the MED (metric) value for the route. Range is from 0 through
4294967295. The default MED value is 0. add assign none sub
Adds to the current metric value.
Replaces the current metric value with a new value.
Removes the MED attribute (metric) from the BGP4 route.
Subtracts from the current metric value.
metric-type type-1 type-2 external
Changes the metric type of the route redistributed into OSPF.
Type 1 route.
Type 2 route.
External Type 1 or Type 2 route.
metric-type internal Sets route MED attribute to same value as the IGP metric of the BGP4 next-hop route, for advertising a BGP4 route to an EBGP neighbor.
next-hop
ip-addr
origin igp incomplete tag weight
num
Sets IPv4 address of the next hop.
IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation.
Sets the route’s origin.
Sets origin to IGP.
Sets origin to INCOMPLETE.
Keyword that makes the ASN an AS-path tag attribute. (Applies only to routes redistributed into OSPF.)
Sets the weight for the route.
Range is from 0 through 4294967295.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to prepend an AS4 number to an AS path, make the AS number a tag attribute for a route map, and set a variety of other route-management options.
Use the no form of this command to remove the configuration.
To prepend an AS4 number: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# route-map myroutes switch(config-route-map myroutes)# set as-path prepend 7701000
See Also route-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
677
2 set automatic-tag set automatic-tag
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets the route-map tag value.
set automatic-tag value
value
None
The value for the computed tag.
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set an automatically computed tag value in a route-map instance.
None
Examples
See Also
None route-map
678 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
set comm-list set comm-list
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets a BGP community list for deletion in a route-map instance.
set comm-list name no set comm-list name
name
None
BGP community list name. Range is from 1 through 32 ASCII characters.
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to set a BGP community list for deletion in a route-map instance.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use the no version of this command to disable this feature.
None route-map
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
679
2 set community set community
Synopsis
Sets a BGP community attribute in a route-map instance.
set community [community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none] no set community community-number
Operands
community-number
BGP community number, in two format options:
(1) Range is from 1 through 4294967295.
(2) Format is AA:NN, where AA is the AS number, and NN is a locally significant number.
local-as no-advertise
Do not send outside local AS (well-known community).
Do not advertise to any peer (well-known community).
no-export none
Do not export to next AS (well-known community).
Sets no community attribute.
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to set a BGP community list attribute in a route-map instance.
None
None route-map
680 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
set cos traffic-class
2 set cos traffic-class
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies the User-Priority field value in VLAN header and traffic-class queuing value when a packet matches a flow. set cos {0..7} traffic-class {0..7} no set cos {0..7} traffic-class {0..7}
0..7} Modifies the Class of Service (CoS) value in the VLAN header of classified traffic, or assigns a queue to the classified traffic. The range of valid values is from 0 through 7.
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify the User-Priority field value in VLAN header and traffic-class value when a packet matches a flow.
None switch(config)# policy-map p1 switch(config-policymap)# class c1 switch(config-policyclass)# set cos 4 traffic-class 3
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
681
2 set dscp set dscp
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies the DSCP field value in IP header when a packet matches a flow. set dscp {0..63} no set dscp {0..63}
0..63
The DSCP value in the IP header of the classified traffic. The range of valid values is from 0 through 63.
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
You can specify the DSCP field value in IP header when a packet matches a flow.
None switch(config)#policy-map p1 switch(config-policymap)#class c1 switch(config-policyclass)#set dscp 56
See Also
682 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
set dampening
2 set dampening
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets a BGP route-flap dampening penalty in a route-map instance.
set dampening number no set dampening number
number
The default is 15.
Half-life in minutes for the penalty. Range is from 1 through 45.
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to set a BGP route-flap dampening penalty in a route-map instance.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None route-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
683
2 set distance set distance
Synopsis
Sets the administrative distance for matching OSPF routes in route-map instance.
set distance value no set distance
Operands
Defaults
value
None
Administrative distance for the route. Range is from 1 through 254.
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the route administrative distance in a route-map instance.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
ip prefix-list, match interface, match ip address, match ip next-hop, match metric,
match route-type, match tag, route-map, set ip next-hop, set metric, set tag
684 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
set ip interface null0
2 set ip interface null0
Synopsis
Drops traffic when the null 0 statement becomes the active setting.
set ip interface null0 no set ip interface null0
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to drop traffic when the null 0 statement becomes the active setting as determined by the route-hop selection process.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
The no command setting deletes the matching filter from the ACL.
None
ip prefix-list, match interface, match ip address, match ip next-hop, match metric,
match route-type, match tag, route-map, set distance, set metric, set tag
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
685
2 set ip next-hop set ip next-hop
Synopsis
Sets the IPv4 address of the next hop in a route-map instance.
set ip [global | vrf vrf-name] next-hop A.B.C.D no set ip next-hop A.B.C.D
Operands A.B.C.D global vrf vrf-name next hop A.B.C.D
IPv4 address of the next hop.
Specifies that the next specified hop address is to be resolved from the global routing table.
Specifies from which VRF routing table the specified next hop address will be resolved.
Sets the next hop to which to route the packet. The next hop must be adjacent.
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to specify the IPv4 address of the next hop in a route-map instance.
Use the no form of this command to delete the matching filter from the ACL.
None
ip prefix-list, match interface, match ip address, match ip next-hop, match metric,
match route-type, match tag, route-map, set distance, set metric, set tag
686 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
set local-preference
2 set local-preference
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets a BGP local-preference path attribute in a route-map instance.
set local-preference number no set local-preference
number
None
Range is from 0 through 4294967295.
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to set a BGP local-preference path attribute in a route-map instance.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None route-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
687
2 set metric set metric
Synopsis
Configures the route metric set clause in a route-map instance. set metric [add | assign | sub] value no set metric [add | assign | sub] value
Operands add assign sub none
value
Adds the value to the current route metric.
Replaces the current route metric with this value.
Subtracts the value from the current route metric.
Removes the current route metric.
Range is from 0 through 4294967295.
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to modify or remove the current route metric in a route-map instance.
None
None
ip prefix-list, match interface, match ip address, match ip next-hop, match metric,
match route-type, match tag, route-map, set distance, set ip next-hop, set tag
688 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
set metric-type
2 set metric-type
Synopsis
Sets a variety of metric types for destination routing in a route-map instance.
set metric-type [external | internal | type-1 | type-2] no set metric-type [external | internal | type-1 | type-2]
Operands internal type-1 type-2
IGP internal metric to BGP MED
OSPF external type-1 metric
OSPF external type-2 metric
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to set a variety of metrics for destination routing in a route-map instance.
None
None route-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
689
2 set origin set origin
Synopsis
Sets a BGP origin code in a route-map instance.
set origin [igp | incomplete] no set origin [igp | incomplete]
Operands
Defaults incomplete
None
Unknown heritage
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set a BGP origin code in a route-map instance.
None
Examples
See Also
None route-map
690 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
set-priority
2 set-priority
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Class-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the priority map of a class-map.
Only the police cir and cbs commands are mandatory for configuring a class-map.
If the optional parameters for a class-map are not set, they are treated as disabled. To delete parameters for a class-map, you must delete all policer parameters while in the policy-map class configuration mode using the no police cir command.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Use the no version of this command to remove the parameter from the class-map.
Examples
Optional command for configuring the priority map of a class-map.
set-priority priority-map-name no set-priority priority-map-name
priority-map-nameThe priority-map name that you are including in the policy-map. Refer to the
description of the police-priority-map command.
switch(config-policymap)# class default switch (config-policymap-class)# police cir 40000 switch (config-policymap-class)# set-priority default
See Also
cbs,conform-set-dscp, conform-set-prec, conform-set-tc, ebs, eir, exceed-set-dscp,
exceed-set-prec, exceed-set-tc, police cir, police-priority-map, policy-map, qos cos, service-policy
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
691
2 set route-type set route-type
Synopsis
Sets a route type in a route-map instance.
set route-type [internal | type-1 | type-2] no set route-type
Operands internal type-1 type-2
Internal route type
OSPF external route type 1
OSPF external route type 2
Defaults None
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to set a route type in a route-map instance.
None
None route-map
692 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
set tag
2 set tag
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the route tag value in a route-map instance.
set tag value no set tag value
value
The tag clause value for the route-map. Range is from 0 through
4294967295.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the route tag value in a route-map instance.
Enter no set tag value to disable this feature.
Examples
See Also
None
ip prefix-list, match interface, match ip address, match ip next-hop, match metric,
match route-type, match tag, route-map, set distance, set ip next-hop, set metric
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
693
2 set weight set weight
Synopsis
Sets a BGP weight for the routing table in a route-map instance.
set weight number no set weight number
Operands
Defaults
number
None
Weight value. Range is from 0 through 65535.
Command Modes Route-map configuration mode
Description Use this command to set a BGP weight for the routing table in a route-map instance.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None route-map
694 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
sflow collector
2 sflow collector
Synopsis
Examples
Identifies the sFlow collectors to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded.
sflow collector [IPv4 address | IPv6 address] no sflow collector [IPv4 address | IPv6 address]
Operands
IPv4 address
IPv6 address
Specifies an IPv4 address in dotted-decimal format for the collector.
Specifies an IPv6 address for the collector.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to identify the sFlow collectors to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded.
You can only specify up to five sFlow collectors.
Enter no sflow collector [IPv4 address | IPv6 address] to reset the specified collector address to a null value.
To identify the sFlow collectors for anIPv4 address to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded: switch(config)# sflow collector 192.10.138.176
To identify the sFlow collectors for an IPv6 address and port to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded: switch(config)# sflow collector 3ff3:1900:4545:3:200:f8ff:fe21:67cf : 6343
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
695
2 sflow enable (global version) sflow enable (global version)
Synopsis
Enables sFlow globally.
sflow enable no sflow enable
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable sFlow globally.
Usage Guidelines
None sFlow is disabled on the system.
Examples
This command is supported on physical ports only.
On a Brocade VDX 8770, SPAN and sFlow can be enabled at the same time.
On a Brocade VDX 6720, SPAN and sFlow cannot be enabled at the same time.
Enter no sflow enable to disable sFlow globally.
To enable sFlow globally: switch(config)# sflow enable
See Also
sflow enable (interface version)
696 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
sflow enable (interface version)
2 sflow enable (interface version)
Synopsis
Enables sFlow on an interface.
sflow enable no sflow enable
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable sFlow on a specific interface. sFlow is used for monitoring network activity.
Usage Guidelines
None sFlow is disabled on all interfaces.
Examples
See Also
This command is supported on physical ports only.
On a Brocade VDX 8770 switch, SPAN and sFlow can be enabled at the same time.
On the Brocade VDX 6720 switch, SPAN and sFlow cannot be enabled at the same time.
Enter no sflow enable to disable sFlow on an interface.
To enable sFlow on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 1/3/1 switch(conf-if-fo-1/3/1)# sflow enable
interface, sflow enable (global version), sflow polling-interval (interface version),
sflow sample-rate (interface version)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
697
2 sflow polling-interval (global version) sflow polling-interval (global version)
Synopsis
Operands
interval_value
Specifies a value in seconds to set the polling interval. Valid values range from 1 through 65535 seconds.
Defaults The default is 20.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the polling interval globally. The interval is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters to be sent to the collector.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configures the polling interval globally.
sflow polling-interval interval_value no sflow polling-interval interval_value
Enter no sflow polling interval interval_value to return to the default value.
To set the polling interval to 135 seconds: switch(config)# sflow polling-interval 135
See Also
sflow polling-interval (interface version)
698 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
sflow polling-interval (interface version)
2 sflow polling-interval (interface version)
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the polling interval at the interface level.
sflow polling-interval interval_value no sflow polling-interval
interval_value
Specifies a value in seconds to set the polling interval. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Defaults The defaut is 20.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure the polling interval for an interface. The interval is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters to be sent to the collector.
Enter no sflow polling interval to return to the default value.
See Also
To set the polling interval to 135 seconds on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 1/3/1 switch(conf-if-fo-1/3/1)# sflow polling-interval 135
interface, sflow polling-interval (global version), sflow enable (interface version),
sflow sample-rate (interface version)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
699
2 sflow sample-rate (global version) sflow sample-rate (global version)
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the number of packets that are skipped before the next sample is taken.
sflow sample-rate sample rate no sflow sample-rate
sample rate
Specifies the sampling rate value in packets. Valid values range from 2 through 16777215 packets.
Defaults The default is 32768.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to change the current global default sampling rate. Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken.
Enter no sflow sample-rate to return to the default sampling rate.
To change the sampling rate to 4096: switch(config)# sflow sample-rate 4096
See Also
sflow polling-interval (interface version)
700 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
sflow sample-rate (interface version)
2 sflow sample-rate (interface version)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults The default is 32768.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to change the default sampling rate for a specific interface. This determines how many packets are skipped before the next sample is taken for that interface. The default sampling rate of an interface is set to the same value as the current global default sampling rate.
This command changes the sampling rate for an interface.
Enter no sflow sample-rate to return to the default setting.
Examples
See Also
Sets the default sampling rate for an interface.
sflow sample-rate sample rate no sflow sample-rate
sample rate
Specifies the sampling rate. Valid values range from 2 through
16777215 packets.
To change the sampling rate to 4096 packets on a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 1/3/1 switch(conf-if-fo-1/3/1)# sflow sample-rate 4096
interface, sflow sample-rate (global version), sflow enable (interface version),
sflow polling-interval (interface version)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
701
2 sflow-profile sflow-profile
Synopsis
Establishes an sFlow profile name and sets a sampling rate.
sflow-profile {sflow_profile_name} {sample-rate sampling_rate} no sflow-profile {sflow_profile_name}
Operands
sflow_profile_name
Name of an sFlow profile for sampling rates. The maximum number of characters is 64.
sample-rate
sampling_rate
Selects a sampling rate.
Specifies a sampling rate. Range is from 2 through 8388608 packets, in powers of 2 only. The default is 32768 packets.
Defaults This command is disabled.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to establish an sFlow profile and set a sampling rate.
Use the no form of this command to disable an sFlow profile.
To establish an sFlow profile and set a sampling rate of 4096: switch(config)# sflow mysflowprofile sample-rate 4096
See Also None
702 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
sfp breakout
2 sfp breakout
Synopsis
Displays the QSFP port breakout configurations.
sfp breakout no sfp breakout
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Connector configuration mode
Description Use this command to display the QSFP port breakout configuration for the specified QSFP ports.
Usage Guidelines
None
Breakout mode is set to disabled.
This command is an executable command and it could be executed under connector mode.
This command is destructible and irreversible. After this command, you must execute the “copy running-config startup-config” command, and immediately perform a power-cycle on the corresponding linecard/switch.
NOTE
For the 27x40 GbE line card on a Brocade VDX 8770, a port group must be in performance mode before you can configure one of its ports to breakout mode.
Use the no sfp breakout to disable breakout mode and create a single Fo interface.
Examples To enable SFP breakout on a connector: switch(config)# hardware switch(config-hardware)#connector 2/0/1 switch(config-connector-2/0/1)# sfp breakout
See Also
To disable SFP breakout on a connector: switch(config-connector-2/0/1)# no sfp breakout
show running-config hardware connector, connectorpower-off linecard, power-on linecard
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
703
2 short-path-forwarding short-path-forwarding
Synopsis
Operands
Enables short-path forwarding on a VRRP router. short-path-forwarding [revert-priority number] no short-path-forwarding revert-priority number
Allows additional control over short-path-forwarding on a backup router. If you configure this option, the revert-priority number acts as a threshold for the current priority of the session, and only if the current priority is higher than the revert-priority will the backup router be able to route frames. The range of revert-priority is 1 to 254.
Defaults Disabled
Command Modes Virtual-router-group configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable short-path forwarding on a VRRP router. Short-path forwarding means that a backup physical router in a virtual router attempts to bypass the VRRP-E master router and directly forward packets through interfaces on the backup router.
This command can be used for VRRP-E, but not for VRRP. You can perform this configuration on a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface only.
Enter no short-path-forwarding to remove this configuration.
Examples To enable short-path-forwarding on a VRRP-E group: switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int ve 25 switch(config-ve-25)# vrrp-extended-group 100 switch(config-vrrp-extended-group-100)# short-path-forwarding
See Also
704 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show access-list
2 show access-list
Synopsis
Displays the status of all ACLs bound to a particular interface show access-list {ip | ipv6 | mac} name {port-channel index | gigabitethernet slot/port | tengigabitethernet slot/port | fortygigabitethernet slot/port | vlan vlan_id | ve vlan_id} {in | out}
[rbridge-id rbridge-id | all]
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines ip | ipv6 |mac
name
Displays the configured rules of either a Layer 2 or Layer 3 ACL.
The “name” of the ACL assigned at creation. port-channel index Specifies the port-channel index to which the ACL is bound.
gigabitethernet slot/port
Specifies the 1-gigabit Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound.
tengigabitethernet slot/port
Specifies the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound.
fortygigabitethernet slot/port
Specifies the 40-gigabit Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound.
vlan vlan_id Specifies the VLAN interface to which the ACL is bound. Refer to Usage
Guidelines below.
ve vlan_id rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Specifies the virtual Ethernet (VE) interface to which the ACL is bound.
Refer to Usage Guidelines below.
Specifies one or all RBridge IDs.
An RBridge ID.
in | out
Specifies all RBridge IDs.
Specifies the RBridge ID for node-specific ACL interface details.
Specifies the ACL binding direction (ingress or egress).
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to display the status of all ACLs bound to a particular interface.
On the Brocade VDX family of hardware, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1).
Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
705
2 show access-list interface show access-list interface
Synopsis
Displays the status of all ACLs bound to a particular interface show access-list interface {port-channel index | gigabitethernet slot/port | tengigabitethernet slot/port | fortygigabitethernet slot/port | vlan vlan_id | ve vlan_id} {in | out} show access-list {ip | ipv6} interface {port-channel index | gigabitethernet slot/port | tengigabitethernet slot/port | fortygigabitethernet slot/port | vlan vlan_id | ve vlan_id | management rbridge-id/port}} {in | out}
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines port-channel index Specifies the port-channel index to which the ACL is bound.
gigabitethernet slot/port
Specifies the 1-gigabit Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound.
tengigabitethernet slot/port
Specifies the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound.
fortygigabitethernet slot/port
Specifies the 40-gigabit Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound.
vlan vlan_id Specifies the VLAN interface to which the ACL is bound. Refer to the Usage
Guidelines.
ve vlan_id ip ipv6
Specifies the virtual Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Specifies an IPv4 ACL.
Specifies an IPv6 ACL.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID for node-specific ACL interface details.
management rbridge-id/port in | outSpecifies the ACL binding direction (ingress or egress).
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to display the status of all ACLs bound to a particular interface.
On the Brocade VDX family of hardware, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1).
Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
None
None
706 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show access-list ip
2 show access-list ip
Synopsis
Operands
Displays summary information for an ACL list.
show access-list [{ip IP_ACL | ipv6 IP_ACL} {in | out}] ip IP_ACL ipv6 IP_ACL in | out
Specifies the IPv4 IP address.
Specifies the IPv6 IP address.
Specifies the ACL binding direction (ingress or egress).
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the status of all ACLs bound to a particular IP address.
None
Examples
See Also
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
707
2 show access-list mac show access-list mac
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays summary information for an ACL list.
show access-list mac {in | out}] in | out
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the ACL binding direction (ingress or egress).
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the status of all ACLs bound to a particular IP address.
None
Examples
See Also
None
708 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show access-list-log buffer
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays ACL buffer characteristics.
show access-list-log buffer
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display buffer characteristics.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None show access-list-log buffer
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
709
2 show ag show ag
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the current Access Gateway configuration on a switch.
show ag [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display current, active configuration information for Access Gateway, such as the switch identification, number and type of ports, enabled policies, port grouping, and attached fabric details.
Usage Guidelines Consider these guidelines when automatic login balancing (lb) mode is enabled or disabled for a port group.
•
When lb mode is disabled in a port group, the show running-config ag, show ag map, and show ag commands display the configured VF_Port to N_Port mapping. This is because configured and active mapping are the same.
•
When LB mode is enabled in a port group, the show ag and show ag map commands display the active mapping only because VF_Port to N_Port mapping is based on the current distributed load across all N_Ports. The show running-config ag command displays the configured mapping only.
Examples Following is an example of the Access Gateway configuration on RBridge 5: sw0# show ag
Rbridge-ID 5:
------------------------------------------------------------
Name : sw0
NodeName : 10:00:00:05:33:f4:78:04
Number of Ports : 32
IP Address(es) : 10.37.209.80
Firmware Version : v4.1.0pgoel_pit02_nos4_1_10_10
Number of N_Ports(Fi) : 2
Number of VF_Ports : 0
Policies Enabled : pg
Persistent ALPA : Disabled
Port Group information :
PG_ID PG_Name PG_Mode PG_Members
----------------------------------------------------
0 pg0 lb 5/0/1, 5/0/2, 5/0/3, 5/0/4,
5/0/5, 5/0/6, 5/0/7, 5/0/8
----------------------------------------------------------
Fabric Information :
Attached Fabric Name N_Ports(Fi)
----------------------------------------------------------
10:00:00:05:33:72:f5:5a 5/0/1, 5/0/2
N_Port(Fi) information :
Port PortID Attached PWWN IP_Addr VF_Ports
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fi 5/0/1 0x020200 20:02:00:05:33:72:f5:5a 10.37.209.86 None
710 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Fi 5/0/2 0x020300 20:03:00:05:33:72:f5:5a 10.37.209.86 None
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
VF_Port information :
VF_Port Eth_Port PortID Attached PWWN N_Port(Fi)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Also
show ag map, show running-config ag
show ag
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
711
2 show ag map show ag map
Displays the current VF_Port mapping to N_Ports in Access Gateway mode on a specific switch or on all switches in the VCS cluster.
show ag map nport [rbridge-id {rbridge-id|all }] Synopsis
Operands
nport
N_Port number supported by the switch model in /rbridge-id/port group/N
Port format.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch.
all Specifies all RBridges in the VCS cluster.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the current VF_Port to N_Port mapping on a local switch, a specific switch in the VCS cluster, or all switches in the cluster.
Usage Guidelines To display VF_Ports currently mapped to N_Ports on a specific switch, enter show ag map rbridge-id rbridge-id.
To display VF_Ports currently mapped to a specific N_Port on a specific switch, enter show ag map
nport rbridge-id rbridge-id. In Network OS commands, N_Ports are designated by the format rbridge-id/port group/N_Port. Therefore, N_Port 5/0/1 designates that N_Port 1 resides in port group 0 on RBridge 5. The show ag map command for this N_Port would be the following: show ag map 5/0/1 rbridge-id 5
To display VF_Ports currently mapped to a specific N_Port on all switches in the VCS cluster, enter show ag map nport rbridge-id all.
Consider these guidelines when Automatic Login Balancing (LB) mode is enabled or disabled for a port group.
•
When Login Balancing (LB) mode is disabled in a port group, the show running-config ag, show ag map, and show ag commands display the configured VF_Port to N_Port mapping. This is because configured and active mapping are the same.
•
When LB mode is enabled in a port group, show ag and show ag map commands display the
active mapping only because VF_Port to N_Port mapping is based on the current distributed load across all N_Ports. The show running-config ag command displays the configured mapping only.
Examples Displaying port mapping information for a switch.
sw0# show ag map rbridge 5
Rbridge-ID 5:
---------------------------------------------------
N_Port(Fi) PG_ID PG_Name Current_VF_Ports
---------------------------------------------------
5/0/1 0 pg0 None
5/0/2 0 pg0 None
5/0/3 0 pg0 None
5/0/4 0 pg0 None
5/0/5 0 pg0 None
5/0/6 0 pg0 None
712 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
See Also
5/0/7 0 pg0 None
5/0/8 0 pg0 None
---------------------------------------------------
show ag map
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
713
2 show ag pg show ag pg
Synopsis
Operands
Displays information on Port Grouping (PG) configured on a switch for Access Gateway (AG) mode. show ag pg [rbridge-id {rbridge-id|all }] rbridge-id rbridge id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch.
all Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster enabled for AG mode.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display information on N_Port groups configured on a switch. This information includes N_Ports and VF_Ports in the group and Port Grouping (PG) modes enabled.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Access Gateway mode must be enabled.
Following is an example showing port grouping information for RBridge 5: sw0# show ag pg rbridge-id 5
Rbridge-ID 5:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PG_ID PG_Name PG_Mode N_Ports(Fi) VF_Ports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 pg0 lb 5/0/1,5/0/2,5/0/3,5/0/4, 1/5/1, 1/5/2, 1/5/3, 1/5/4,
5/0/5,5/0/6,5/0/7,5/0/8 1/5/5, 1/5/6, 1/5/7, 1/5/8,
1/5/9, 1/5/10, 1/5/11, 1/5/12,
1/5/13, 1/5/14, 1/5/15, 1/5/16,
1/5/17, 1/5/18, 1/5/19, 1/5/20,
1/5/21, 1/5/22, 1/5/23, 1/5/24,
1/5/25, 1/5/26, 1/5/27, 1/5/28,
1/5/29, 1/5/30, 1/5/31, 1/5/32,
1/5/33, 1/5/34, 1/5/35, 1/5/36,
1/5/37, 1/5/38, 1/5/39, 1/5/40,
1/5/41, 1/5/42, 1/5/43, 1/5/44,
1/5/45, 1/5/46, 1/5/47, 1/5/48,
1/5/49, 1/5/50, 1/5/51, 1/5/52,
1/5/53, 1/5/54, 1/5/55, 1/5/56,
1/5/57, 1/5/58, 1/5/59, 1/5/60,
1/5/61, 1/5/62, 1/5/63, 1/5/64
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Also
714 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show arp
2 show arp
Synopsis
Displays the ARP cache. show arp [{switch_ID| all | dynamic | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ip ip-address | mac | slot | static | summary | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port |ve vlan_id | vrf name}]
Operands
switch_ID
all
Unique identifier for a switch (WWN).
Displays ARP information for all RBridge IDs in a cluster.
dynamic Displays all the dynamic ARP entries in the ARP table.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
ip mac
rbridge-id slot port ip-address
slot static summary Displays a summary of the ARP table (can be used by itself, or succeed the static, dynamic or interface keywords).
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid external 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
ve vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays the ARP for a particular next-hop.
Displays the ARP information for this next-hop IP address.
Displays MAC-related ARP information.
Displays ARP information for a selected slot.
Displays all the static ARP entries in the ARP table.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the virtual Ethernet (VE) interface to display. Refer to the Usage
Guidelines.
vrf name Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
715
2 show arp
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to display the contents of the ARP cache.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086.for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
None
None
716 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show bpdu-drop
2 show bpdu-drop
Synopsis
Examples
See Also
Displays information about BPDU guard.
show bpdu-drop [interface {port-channel num| fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands interface port-channel num
Selects an interface (required).
Selects a port channel interface. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for
Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
fortygigabitethernet Selects a 40-GbE interface.
gigabitethernet Selects a 1-GbE interface.
tengigabitethernet Selects a 10-GbE interface.
rbridge-id/slot/port
Selects the RBridge ID, slot, and port of the respective interface.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about BPDU Guard.
This command is supported in VCS and standalone mode. This command can be entered on any
RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric.
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
717
2 show capture packet interface show capture packet interface
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description all Selects all interfaces.
fortygigabitethernet Selects a 40-GbE interface.
gigabitethernet tengigabitethernet
Selects a 1-GbE interface.
Selects a 10-GbE interface.
rbridge-id/slot/port
Selects the RBridge ID, slot, and port of the respective interface.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information captured by means of the capture packet interface command.
This command is supported in VCS and standalone mode. This command can be entered on any
RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric.
Examples
Displays information about captured packets.
show capture packet interface {all | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet
rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} switch# show capture packet interface all
Packet Capture configured on the following interfaces
Te 130/0/5 >> ISL
Te 130/0/6 >> ISL
Te 130/0/21
Te 130/0/23
Te 130/0/24
See Also
Frame Received Time : Sat Mar 9 2013 0:57:0:282
Packet Type : ELD
Packet Direction : TX
Interface info : Te 130/0/21
SrcMAC : 00:05:33:5e:01:67
DstMAC : 03:05:33:5d:f3:fa
Ethtype : 0x8100
Eth Frametype : 0x33
VlanID : 0xfff
ELD PAYLOAD DETAILS
---------------------------
Vlan id : 2
Src-Rbridgeid : 130
Src-Priority : 5
Magic Number : 5103
718 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show cee maps show cee maps
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays information on the defined CEE maps.
show cee maps default
None
The only map name allowed is “default.”
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information on the CEE map. The configuration state is displayed with a list of all of the Layer 2 interfaces bound to the CEE map.
Network OS v4.1.0 only allows the CEE map named “default.”
To view the CEE map: switch0# show cee maps
See Also
CEE Map 'default'
Precedence: 1
Remap Fabric-Priority to Priority 0
Remap Lossless-Priority to Priority 0
Priority Group Table
1: Weight 40, PFC Enabled, BW% 40
2: Weight 40, PFC Disabled, BW% 40
3: Weight 20, PFC Disabled, BW% 20
15.0: PFC Disabled
15.1: PFC Disabled
15.2: PFC Disabled
15.3: PFC Disabled
15.4: PFC Disabled
15.5: PFC Disabled
15.6: PFC Disabled
15.7: PFC Disabled
Priority Table
CoS: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
----------------------------------------
PGID: 2 2 3 1 2 2
7
2 15.0
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
719
2 show cert-util ldapca show cert-util ldapca
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the LDAP Certification Authority (CA) certificate.
show cert-util ldapca [rbridge-id {rbridge_id | all }] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch.
all Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) Certification
Authority (CA) certificate.
None
Standalone mode
To display the LDAP certificate on the switch: switch# show cert-util ldapca
LDAP CA
See Also
VCS mode
To display the LDAP certificate on the switch: switch: show cert-util syslogcacert rbridge-id 3
ldap-server host, ldap-server maprole, show running-config ldap-server, username
720 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show cert-util sshkey
2 show cert-util sshkey
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the public SSH key.
show cert-util sshkey user user_id [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all }] user user_id The user ID to display. rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch.
all Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the public SSH key for the user specified.
None
Standalone mode
A typical output of this command: switch# show cert-util sshkey user testuser user's public keys ssh-rsa
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAQEAtTCFzC1lfjwV9hjdtqv2ulSvmsmf7q7MS92Ctc3pDje/YGYJPHVU i8bQX0XAsCAuzdsZL0BlVHdYPO1L4HStuIo8okfn4xLxrazqzwVeeL8p5Zcspf9zK8HmDzNpZ/OuQ9Mv fOuzbseYrovqgYLFGfPvY6vleFXZo61vVncFM7uFzasED9o9JUSBRORhBki7vB0SG69yNn6ADnmpQW6Q
Ou+nYuZaWXO0QXk2OIB+hidjxSQVAfVLidSIGyfDD0go+JAE3osxZxwQa5jcorASs4q2Gt4tSYERpvzO sjaAR5YivbmmBTIQWdUuR9Laz8s8VKF4Di9HQ4kE+xyBeAFNvQ== bmeenaks@blc-10-6
VCS mode
To see the output of rbridge-id 3: switch# show cert-util sshkey user testuser rbridge-id 3
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
721
2 show cert-util syslogca show cert-util syslogca
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the syslog Certification Authority (CA) certificate.
show cert-util syslogca [rbridge-id {rbridge_id | all }] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch.
all Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the syslog Certification Authority (CA) certificate.
None
To display the LDAP certificate on the switch: switch# show cert-util ldapca
LDAP CA
See Also
ldap-server host, ldap-server maprole, show running-config ldap-server, username
722 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show chassis
2 show chassis
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays all field-replaceable units (FRUs).
show chassis [rbridge-id rbridge-id ] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) header content for each object in the chassis. Use this command to display the following information per line:
•
Chassis name and model, for example, BR-VDX6720-24.
•
The chassis backplane revision.
•
Object type: MM (management module), SFM (switch fabric module), LC (line card), CHASSIS,
FAN, POWER SUPPLY, SW CID (chassis ID), WWN (world wide name), or UNKNOWN.
•
Object number: Slot number (for blades), Unit number (for everything else).
•
If the FRU is part of an assembly, a brief description displays in parentheses.
•
FRU header version number (Header Version: x) or blade version.
•
The object's maximum allowed power consumption: a positive value for power supplies and a negative value for consumers. Power Consume Factor: -xxx.
•
A real-time power usage value is displayed for each FRU that supports real-time power measurement. When the capability is not supported for a FRU, the line is suppressed.
Power Usage is displayed in Watts:
•
Part number (up to 14 characters): Factory Part Num: xx-xxxxxx-x x
•
Serial number (up to 12 characters): Factory Serial Num: xxxxxxxxxx
•
FRU manufacture date: Manufacture: Day: dd Month: mm Year: yyyy
•
Date of the last FRU header update: Update: Day: dd Month: mm Year: yyyy
•
Cumulative time, in days, that the FRU has been inserted in the chassis with Network OS running: Time Alive :dd days
•
Current time, in days, since the FRU was last powered on or the system was restarted:
Time Awake: dd days
•
Airflow direction (Brocade VDX 6710, 6720, 6730).
•
Externally supplied ID (up to 10 characters): ID: xxxxxxxxxx
•
Externally supplied part number (up to 20 characters): Part Num: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
•
Externally supplied serial number (up to 20 characters): Serial Num: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
•
Externally supplied revision number (up to 4 characters): Revision Num: xxxx
Usage Guidelines This command is executed on the local switch and is supported only on the local switch. The output of this command depends on the platforms on which it is executed. Not all information is available for all platforms. In cases where information is not available, the lines are suppressed
Pagination is not supported with this command. Use the “more” parameter to display the output one page at a time.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
723
724
2 show chassis
Examples To display the FRU information on a Brocade VDX 6720-24: switch# show chassis rbridge-id 9
Chassis Family: BR-VDX6720-24
Chassis Backplane Revision: 2 switchType: 96
FAN Unit: 1
Time Awake: 64 days
FAN Unit: 2
Time Awake: 64 days
POWER SUPPLY Unit: 1
Header Version:
Factory Part Num:
Factory Serial Num:
Manufacture:
Update:
Time Alive:
Time Awake:
2
40-1000590-03
BWU0406G006
Day: 18 Month: 2 Year: 2011
Day: 1 Month: 7 Year: 2012
594 days
0 days
POWER SUPPLY Unit: 2
Header Version:
Factory Part Num:
Factory Serial Num:
Manufacture:
Update:
Time Alive:
Time Awake:
2
40-1000590-03
BWU0406G006
Day: 18 Month: 2 Year: 2011
Day: 1 Month: 7 Year: 2012
594 days
64 days
CHASSIS/WWN Unit: 1
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: 0
Factory Part Num:
Factory Serial Num:
Manufacture:
40-1000590-03
BWU0406G006
Day: 18 Month: 2 Year: 2011
Update:
Time Alive:
Time Awake:
Day: 1 Month: 7 Year: 2012
594 days
64 days
To display the FRU information on a Brocade VDX 8770-4: switch# show chassis rbridge-id 1
Chassis Family: BR-VDX8770-4
Chassis Backplane Revision: 2 switchType: 1000
MM Slot: M1
Blade Version: 3
Power Consume Factor: -120
Power Usage (Watts):
Factory Part Num:
-43
60-1002179-07
Factory Serial Num:
Manufacture:
Update:
BVT0329G00D
Day: 26
Day: 30
Month:
Month:
7
6
Year: 11
Year: 2012
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Time Alive:
Time Awake:
78 days
1 days
SFM Slot: S2
Blade Version: 3
Power Consume Factor: -150
Power Usage (Watts):
Factory Part Num:
Factory Serial Num:
-132
60-1002180-05
BVU0321G01F
Manufacture:
Update:
Time Alive:
Time Awake:
Day: 39 Month: 5 Year: 17
Day: 30 Month: 6 Year: 2012
76 days
1 days
LC Slot: L1
Blade Version: 3
Power Consume Factor: -400
Factory Part Num:
Factory Serial Num:
Manufacture:
Update:
Time Alive:
Time Awake:
60-1002181-08
BVV0333G00E
Day: 17
Day: 30
69 days
1 days
Month:
Month:
8
6
Year: 11
Year: 2012
LC Slot: L2
Blade Version: 3
Power Consume Factor: -400
Factory Part Num:
Factory Serial Num:
60-1002181-07
BVV0326G01B
Manufacture:
Update:
Time Alive:
Time Awake:
Day:
1 days
5
Day: 30
75 days
Month:
Month:
7
6
Year: 11
Year: 2012
LC Slot: L3
Blade Version: 3
Power Consume Factor: -400
Power Usage (Watts):
Factory Part Num:
Factory Serial Num:
Manufacture:
-261
40-1000573-01
BTF0333G002
Day: 48 Month: 8 Year: 17
Update:
Time Alive:
Time Awake:
Day: 30 Month: 6 Year: 2012
58 days
1 days
LC Slot: L4
Blade Version: 3
Power Consume Factor: -400
Factory Part Num: 60-1002181-07
Factory Serial Num:
Manufacture:
BVV0326G01A
Day: 5 Month: 7 Year: 11
Update:
Time Alive:
Time Awake:
Day: 30 Month: 6 Year: 2012
80 days
1 days
POWER SUPPLY Unit: 1
Power Consume Factor: 3000
Factory Part Num: 23-0000135-01
Factory Serial Num:
Manufacture:
BMM2J02G003
Day: 1 Month: 1 Year: 2011
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show chassis
2
725
726
2 show chassis
See Also
Time Awake:
ID:
Part Num:
Rework:
1 days
LPCS
SP750Z1A
A
POWER SUPPLY Unit: 2
Power Consume Factor: 3000
Factory Part Num:
Factory Serial Num:
23-0000135-01
BMM2J02G008
Manufacture:
Time Awake:
ID:
Part Num:
Rework:
Day:
1 days
LPCS
A
1
SP750Z1A
Month: 1 Year: 2011
FAN Unit: 1
Power Consume Factor: -126
Power Usage (Watts):
Factory Part Num:
-19
60-1002130-02
Factory Serial Num:
Manufacture:
Time Awake:
BYX0320G007
Day: 3 Month: 6 Year: 17
1 days
FAN Unit: 2
Power Consume Factor: -126
Power Usage (Watts):
Factory Part Num:
-21
60-1002130-02
Factory Serial Num:
Manufacture:
Time Awake:
BYX0320G011
Day: 3 Month: 6 Year: 17
1 days
CID Unit: 1
Power Consume Factor: -1
Factory Part Num:
Factory Serial Num:
Manufacture:
Time Awake:
60-1002178-01
BWF0319G015
Day:
1 days
3 Month: 6 Year: 17
CID Unit: 2
Power Consume Factor: -1
Factory Part Num: 60-1002178-01
Factory Serial Num:
Manufacture:
Time Awake:
BWF0319G01Z
Day:
1 days
3 Month: 6 Year: 17
Chassis Factory Serial Num: BZA0320G00W
show linecard, show mm, show sfm
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show cipherset
2 show cipherset
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the current cipherset status.
show cipherset
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the current cipherset status for LDAP and SSH.
None
To display cipherset status on the switch: switch# show cipherset
LDAP Cipher List
SSH Cipher List
: !DH:HIGH:-MD5
: 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
727
2 show class-maps show class-maps
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays all the class-maps configured in the system.
show class-maps
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display all the class-maps configured in the system.
None
Examples
See Also
None
728 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show cli
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays all the current CLI settings.
show cli
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display all the current CLI settings.
None
Typical command output display.
switch# show cli autowizard false complete-on-space false history 100 idle-timeout 600 ignore-leading-space false output-file terminal paginate true prompt1 \H\M# prompt2 \H(\m)# screen-length 73 screen-width 120 service prompt config true show-defaults false terminal ansi
See Also None show cli
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
729
2 show cli history show cli history
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the last 512 commands executed.
show cli history
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the last 512 commands executed on the local node across user sessions.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
None
730 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show clock
2 show clock
Synopsis
Operands
Returns the local time, date, and time zone. show clock [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all }] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch all Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster.
Defaults The local clock is used.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the current local clock and time zone.
If the RBridge ID is not provided, status results default to the local switch (LOCL). If rbridge-id all is executed, the command displays the status for all switches in the VCS cluster.
This command is currently supported only on the local RBridge.
Stand Alone mode
To show the local switch clock time: switch# show clock rbridge-id 1: 2012-05-04 16:01:51 Etc/GMT+0
VCS mode
To show clock time for all switches in the cluster (Logical chassis cluster mode only): switch# show clock rbridge-id all
See Also
To show clock time for switch with rbridge-id 16: switch# show clock rbridge-id 16
clock set, clock timezone, ntp server
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
731
2 show config snapshot show config snapshot
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the snapshots present on the switch.
show config snapshot [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all }] [snapshot-id] all
rbridge-id
snapshot-id
Displays all snapshot information.
Displays snapshots for the specified RBridge.
Specifies the name of the snapshot that has been captured. This can be any combination of characters and numbers. The range is from 1 through
50.
Defaults This command has no defaults.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the snapshots present on the switch.
A maximum of four snapshots for each RBridge ID can be stored on the switch.
Examples
See Also
None
copy snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode)
732 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show copy-support status
2 show copy-support status
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the status of the copy support operation.
show copy-support status [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all }] rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch.
all Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the status of the copy support operation on the local switch. The status is indicated by the percentage of completion. On a modular chassis, Use this command to display status information for each module along with the slot number and SS type. NORMAL indicates process is proceeding or completed without errors. FAULTY indicates a faulty blade.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
To display the support upload status on a Brocade VDX 8770-4: switch# show copy-support status
See Also
Slot Name SS type Completion Percentage
######################################################
M1
M2
L1/0
L1/1
L2/0
NORMAL
NORMAL
NORMAL
NORMAL
NORMAL
[100%]
[100%]
[100%]
[100%]
[100%]
L2/1
L4/0
L4/1
NORMAL
NORMAL
NORMAL
[100%]
[100%]
[100%]
copy support, copy support-interactive, show support
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
733
2 show dadstatus show dadstatus
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the current DHCP auto-deployment (DAD) status output on the switch.
show dadstatus
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the DAD status output on the switch.
If DAD fails, one of the following errors will show in the output:
1. DHCP auto-deployment failed during DHCP process
2. DHCP auto-deployment failed in sanity check
3. DHCP auto-deployment failed due to same firmware
4. DHCP auto-deployment failed to start firmware download
5. DHCP auto-deployment failed due to firmware download failure
Examples To display DAD status output on the switch: sw0# show dadstatus
[1] : Thu Aug 15 23:22:50 GMT 2013
DHCP Auto-deployment enabled
[2] : Thu Aug 15 23:27:20 GMT 2013
DHCP Auto-deployment started firmwaredownload
[3] : Thu Aug 15 23:38:57 GMT 2013
DHCP Auto-deployment succeeded sw0# show dadstatus
[1] : Fri Aug 16 12:02:44 GMT 2013
DHCP Auto-deployment enabled
[2] : Fri Aug 16 12:10:03 GMT 2013
DHCP Auto-deployment failed in sanity check.
See Also
firmware download, firmware download logical-chassis, dhcp auto-deployment enable
734 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show debug dhcp packet
2 show debug dhcp packet
Synopsis
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the DHCP packet capture configuration for interfaces configured for DHCP packet capturing.
show debug dhcp packet
None
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays the DHCP packet capture configuration for each interface configured for DHCP packet capture.
None
See Also sw0# show debug dhcp packet
% DHCP protocol RCV debug is enabled on interface Te 3/18
% DHCP protocol TX debug is enabled on interface Te 3/18
PCAP Buffer Configuration for Vrf ID 0: Buffer Type is Linear and BufferSize is
2056
debug dhcp packet buffer interface
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
735
2 show debug dhcp packet buffer show debug dhcp packet buffer
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays DHCP packets saved in the DHCP packet capture buffer.
show debug dhcp packet buffer
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This command displays DHCP capture buffer content for all VRF IDs.
None
The following command displays buffer content for all VRF IDs.
sw0# show debug dhcp packet buffer
Protocol Type : DHCP
Packet Flow : RX
Src Port : 68 (DHCP Client)
Dst Port : 67 (DHCP Server)
Message Type : 1 (DHCP-Discover)
Hardware Type : 1 (Ethernet (10Mb))
Hw Address Len : 6
Hops : 0
Transaction ID : 0
Seconds Elapsed : 0
BootP Flags : 8000
Client IP : 0.0.0.0
Your (client) IP : 0.0.0.0
Next Server IP : 0.0.0.0
Relay Agent IP : 0.0.0.0
Client MAC Add : 00:10:94:00:00:01
Server Host Name : Not Given
Boot File Name : Not Given
*********************************************
Protocol Type : DHCP
Packet Flow : TX
Src Port : 67 (DHCP Server)
Dst Port : 68 (DHCP Client)
Message Type : 2 (DHCP-Offer)
Hardware Type : 1 (Ethernet (10Mb))
Hw Address Len : 6
Hops : 1
Transaction ID : 0
Seconds Elapsed : 0
BootP Flags : 8000
Client IP : 0.0.0.0
Your (client) IP : 10.10.10.30
Next Server IP : 20.20.20.20
Relay Agent IP : 10.10.10.10
Client MAC Add : 00:10:94:00:00:01
Server Host Name : Not Given
Boot File Name : Not Given
*********************************************
736 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show debug dhcp packet buffer
2
Protocol Type : DHCP
Packet Flow : RX
Src Port : 68 (DHCP Client)
Dst Port : 67 (DHCP Server)
Message Type : 3 (DHCP-Request)
Hardware Type : 1 (Ethernet (10Mb))
Hw Address Len : 6
Hops : 0
Transaction ID : 0
Seconds Elapsed : 0
BootP Flags : 8000
Client IP : 0.0.0.0
Your (client) IP : 0.0.0.0
Next Server IP : 0.0.0.0
Relay Agent IP : 0.0.0.0
Client MAC Add : 00:10:94:00:00:01
Server Host Name : Not Given
Boot File Name : Not Given
*********************************************
Protocol Type : DHCP
Packet Flow : TX
Src Port : 67 (DHCP Server)
Dst Port : 68 (DHCP Client)
Message Type : 5 (DHCP-Ack)
Hardware Type : 1 (Ethernet (10Mb))
Hw Address Len : 6
Hops : 1
Transaction ID : 0
Seconds Elapsed : 0
BootP Flags : 8000
Client IP : 0.0.0.0
Your (client) IP : 10.10.10.30
Next Server IP : 20.20.20.20
Relay Agent IP : 10.10.10.10
Client MAC Add : 00:10:94:00:00:01
Server Host Name : Not Given
Boot File Name : Not Given
*********************************************
See Also
debug dhcp packet buffer interface, debug dhcp packet buffer clear
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
737
2 show debug ip bgp all show debug ip bgp all
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays all BGP4 debug options that are enabled.
show debug ip bgp all
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to view all BGP4 debug options that are enabled.
None
Examples
See Also switch# show debug ip bgp all
None
738 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show debug ip igmp
2 show debug ip igmp
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the IGMP packets received and transmitted, as well as related events.
show debug ip igmp
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the IGMP packets received and transmitted.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
739
2 show debug ip pim show debug ip pim
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the current state of the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) debug flags.
show debug ip pim
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the status of PIM debugging flags on the switch.
None
A typical output of this command.
switch# show debug ip pim
PIM debugging status:
-------------------------add-del-oif : off bootstrap : off group join-prune
: off
: on nbr-change packets parent regproc
: off
: off
: off
: off route-change : off rp : off source : off
--------------------------
See Also None
740 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show debug lacp
2 show debug lacp
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the configured debugging features for LACP.
show debug lacp
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the status of LACP debugging flags on the switch.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
741
2 show debug lldp show debug lldp
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the LLDP debugging status on the switch.
show debug lldp
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the status of LLDP debugging flags on the switch.
None
To display the LLDP debugging status on the switch: switch# show debug lldp
LLDP debugging status:
Interface te0/0 : Transmit Receive Detail
See Also None
742 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show debug spanning-tree
2 show debug spanning-tree
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the STP debugging status on the switch.
show debug spanning-tree
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the status of STP debugging flags on the switch.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
743
2 show debug udld show debug udld
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Shows UDLD debug status on the switch.
show debug udld
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to show the unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol debug status of the switch. The status reflects the bugging you set with the debug udld command.
None
To display the debug status of the switch: switch# show debug udld
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 5/0/3 : None
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 5/0/2 : Transmit and Receive
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 5/0/1 : Transmit
See Also
744 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show debug vrrp
2 show debug vrrp
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays debug parameters. show debug vrrp
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the status of VRRP debugging flags on the switch.
This command is for VRRP and VRRP-E. You can modify or redirect the displayed information by using the default Linux tokens (|, >).
Examples
See Also
If you run this command and the debug parameter has already been set to debug all VRRP events, the following is displayed: switch# show debug vrrp
VRRP event debugging is on
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
745
2 show defaults threshold show defaults threshold
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the default thresholds for environmental and alert values for Ethernet interfaces, security monitoring, and SFPs.
show defaults threshold [interface type Ethernet | security | sfp] Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description interface type Ethernet Thresholds for all Ethernet interfaces.
security Thresholds for login and Telnet monitoring.
sfp Thresholds for the following SFP types:
1 GLR
1 GSR
10 GLR
10 GSR
10 GUSR
QSFP
Use this command to display default thresholds for environmental and alert values for Ethernet interfaces, login and Telnet security, and SFPs. These thresholds can be changed by means of the threshold-monitor command.
None
The following example illustrates default interface thresholds: switch# show defaults threshold interface type Ethernet
Type: GigE-Port
+------------+-----------------------+----------------------+--------+--------+
| | High Threshold | Low Threshold | Buffer | Time |
| Area |Value | Above | Below |Value | Above | Below | Value | Base |
| | | Action | Action| | Action| Action| | |
+------------+------+--------+-------+------+-------+-------+--------+--------+
| MTC | 300 | none | none | 12| none | none | 0| minute |
+------------+------+--------+-------+------+-------+-------+--------+--------+
| CRCAlign | 300 | none | none | 12| none | none | 0| minute |
+------------+------+--------+-------+------+-------+-------+--------+--------+
| Symbol | 5 | none | none | 0| none | none | 0| minute |
+------------+------+--------+-------+------+-------+-------+--------+--------+
| IFG | 100 | none | none | 5| none | none | 0| minute |
+------------+------+--------+-------+------+-------+-------+--------+--------+
MTC - Missing Termination Character
746 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show defaults threshold
2
See Also
The following example illustrates security thresholds: sw0# show defaults threshold security
+------------+-----------------------+----------------------+--------+--------+
| | High Threshold | Low Threshold | Buffer | Time |
| Area |Value | Above | Below |Value | Below | Value | Base |
| | | Action | Action| | Action | | |
+------------+------+--------+-------+----------+-----------+--------+--------+
| Telnet | 2 | raslog | none | 1| none | 0| minute |
+------------+------+--------+-------+----------+-----------+--------+--------+
| Login | 2 | raslog | none | 1| none | 0| minute |
+------------+------+--------+-------+----------+-----------+--------+--------+
show threshold monitor, threshold-monitor cpu
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
747
2 show default-vlan show default-vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the current default VLAN value.
show default-vlan
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the current default VLAN value.
None
Examples
See Also
None
reserved-vlan, show running reserved-vlan
748 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show dpod
2 show dpod
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Current Modes
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays Dynamic Ports on Demand (DPOD) licensing.
show dpod [rbridge-id {rbridge-id |all}] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch.
all Specifies all RBridge IDs in the VCS cluster.
None
Privileged Exec mode
Use this command to display port reservations for a specified port or for all ports on the local switch.
This command has no effect on Brocade VDX 6710 and VDX 8770 switches. These switches do not support the Dynamic POD feature.
In logical chassis cluster mode, remote license operations may be performed on any remote
RBridge, from any RBridge in the logical chassis cluster.
switch# show dpod rbridge-id: 15
48 10G ports are available in this switch
4 40G ports are available in this switch
10G Port Upgrade license is installed
40G Port Upgrade license is installed
Dynamic POD method is in use
32 10G port assignments are provisioned for use in this switch:
24 10G port assignments are provisioned by the base switch license
8 10G port assignments are provisioned by the Port Upgrade license
1 10G port is assigned to installed licenses:
1 10G port is assigned to the base switch license
0 10G ports are assigned to the Port Upgrade license
10G ports assigned to the base switch license:
15/0/12
10G ports assigned to the Port Upgrade license:
None
10G ports not assigned to a license:
15/0/1, 15/0/2, 15/0/3, 15/0/4, 15/0/5, 15/0/6, 15/0/7, 15/0/8, 15/0/9,
15/0/10
15/0/11, 15/0/13, 15/0/14, 15/0/15, 15/0/16, 15/0/17, 15/0/18, 15/0/19,
15/0/20, 15/0/21
15/0/22, 15/0/23, 15/0/24, 15/0/25, 15/0/26, 15/0/27, 15/0/28, 15/0/29,
15/0/30, 15/0/31
15/0/32, 15/0/33, 15/0/34, 15/0/35, 15/0/36, 15/0/37, 15/0/38, 15/0/39,
15/0/40, 15/0/41
15/0/42, 15/0/43, 15/0/44, 15/0/45, 15/0/46, 15/0/47, 15/0/48
31 10G license reservations are still available for use by unassigned ports
16 40G port assignments are provisioned for use in this switch:
0 40G port assignments are provisioned by the base switch license
2 40G port assignments are provisioned by the Port Upgrade license
1 40G port is assigned to installed licenses:
0 40G ports are assigned to the base switch license
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
749
2 show dpod
See Also
1 40G ports are assigned to the Port Upgrade license
40G ports assigned to the base switch license:
None
40G ports assigned to the Port Upgrade license:
15/0/49
40G ports not assigned to a license:
15/0/50, 15/0/51, 15/0/52
3 40G license reservations are still available for use by unassigned ports switch#
750 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show diag burninerrshow
2 show diag burninerrshow
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the error messages that are stored in the nonvolatile storage on the slot during the POST and system verification processes.
show diag burninerrshow [rbridge-id rbridge-id] Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID of the switch for which errors stored in the storage on the slot during POST and system verification are displayed.
Use this command to display errors that are stored in nonvolatile storage on the slot during POST and system verification.
None
The error messages are updated when there is a POST failure or a systemVerification failure.
To display burn-in errors from the switch: switch# show diag burninerrshow rbridge-id 1 errLog for slot M2 errLog is empty for slot M2 errLog for slot S1 errLog is empty for slot S1 errLog for slot S2 errLog is empty for slot S2 errLog for slot S3 errLog is empty for slot S3 errLog for slot L4 errLog is empty for slot L4 rbridgeId 1
See Also
diag burninerrclear, diag clearerror, show diag burninstatus
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
751
2 show diag burninerrshowerrLog show diag burninerrshowerrLog
Synopsis
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the error log messages that are stored in the nonvolatile storage on the slot during the
POST and system verification processes.
show diag burninerrshowerrLog [slot slot-id] slot slot_id
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the slot ID. This is mandatory for slot-based systems only.
Use this command to display error log messages that are stored in nonvolatile storage on the slot during POST and system verification.
None
The error messages are updated when there is a POST failure or a systemVerification failure. To display the error log messages on the slot: switch# show diag burninerrshowerrLog
Log for slot M1errLog is empty for slot M1errLog for slot
S12012/06/03-07:11:17:038992, [DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 "
S1 verify: Starting run Sun Jun 3 07:11:14 PDT 2012 "Err# 0140045
0300:101:000:001:0:20: , OID:0x430c0000, iobuf.c, line: 648, comp:insmod, ltime:2012/06/03-07:2012/06/03-07:31:02:766063, [DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 " S1 verify: TESTED stat PASSED 5 cmds in 1 runs Therm 10
Vib 2 in 0 hr 18 min 53 sec (0:18:53)"Err# 0140045 0300:101:000:001:0:20: ,
OID:0x430c0000, iobuf.c, lineerrLog for slot S22012/06/03-07:11:16:618653,
[DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 " S2 verify: Starting run Sun Jun
3 07:11:13 PDT 2012 "Err# 0140045 0400:101:000:001:0:20: , OID:0x43100000, iobuf.c, line: 648, comp:insmod, ltime:2012/06/03-07:2012/06/03-07:30:39:636631,
[DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 " S2 verify: TESTED stat PASSED 5 cmds in 1 runs Therm 10 Vib 2 in 0 hr 18 min 58 sec (0:18:58)"Err# 0140045
0400:101:000:001:0:20: , OID:0x43100000, iobuf.c, lineerrLog for slot
S32012/06/03-07:11:12:838561, [DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 "
S3 verify: Starting run Sun Jun 3 07:11:09 PDT 2012 "Err# 0140045
0500:101:000:001:0:20: , OID:0x43140000, iobuf.c, line: 648, comp:insmod, ltime:2012/06/03-07:2012/06/03-07:30:35:017964, [DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 " S3 verify: TESTED stat PASSED 5 cmds in 1 runs Therm 10
Vib 2 in 0 hr 19 min 4 sec (0:19:4)"Err# 0140045 0500:101:000:001:0:20: ,
OID:0x43140000, iobuf.c, line:errLog for slot L12012/06/03-07:11:18:678484,
[DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 " L1 verify: Starting run Sun Jun
3 07:11:15 PDT 2012 "Err# 0140045 0700:101:000:001:0:20: , OID:0x431c0000, iobuf.c, line: 648, comp:insmod, ltime:2012/06/03-07:2012/06/03-07:30:56:177298,
[DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 " L1 verify: TESTED stat PASSED 8 cmds in 1 runs Therm 10 Vib 2 in 0 hr 18 min 44 sec (0:18:44)"Err# 0140045
0700:101:000:001:0:20: , OID:0x431c0000, iobuf.c, lineerrLog for slot
L22012/06/03-07:11:18:678576, [DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 "
L2 verify: Starting run Sun Jun 3 07:11:15 PDT 2012 "Err# 0140045
0800:101:000:001:0:20: , OID:0x43200000, iobuf.c, line: 648, comp:insmod, ltime:2012/06/03-07:2012/06/03-07:30:40:774116, [DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 " L2 verify: TESTED stat PASSED 8 cmds in 1 runs Therm 10
Vib 2 in 0 hr 18 min 41 sec (0:18:41)"Err# 0140045 0800:101:000:001:0:20: ,
OID:0x43200000, iobuf.c, lineerrLog for slot L32012/06/03-07:11:17:097345,
[DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 " L3 verify: Starting run Sun Jun
3 07:11:14 PDT 2012 "Err# 0140045 0900:101:000:001:0:20: , OID:0x43240000,
752 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show diag burninerrshowerrLog
2
See Also iobuf.c, line: 648, comp:insmod, ltime:2012/06/03-07:2012/06/03-07:19:29:651740,
[DIAG-5046], 0, M1, ERROR, chassis, L3:portLoopbackTest FAILED. Err -2,
OID:0x43240000, diag_mercury_mm, line: 543, comp:diag, ltime:2012/06/03-07:19:29:6516992012/06/03-07:29:52:276612, [DIAG-5004], 0, M1,
INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 " L3 verify: TESTED stat FAILED 8 cmds in 1 runs Therm
10 Vib 2 in 0 hr 18 min 34 sec (0:18:34)"Err# 0140045 0900:101:000:001:0:20: ,
OID:0x43240000, iobuf.c, lineerrLog for slot L42012/06/03-07:11:17:385343,
[DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 " L4 verify: Starting run Sun Jun
3 07:11:15 PDT 2012 "Err# 0140045 0A00:101:000:001:0:20: , OID:0x43280000, iobuf.c, line: 648, comp:insmod, ltime:2012/06/03-07:2012/06/03-07:30:27:647391,
[DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 " L4 verify: TESTED stat PASSED 8 cmds in 1 runs Therm 10 Vib 2 in 0 hr 18 min 55 sec (0:18:55)"Err# 0140045
0A00:101:000:001:0:20: , OID:0x43280000, iobuf.c, linerbridgeId 233M4_237_233#
diag burninerrclear, diag clearerror, show diag burninstatus
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
753
2 show diag burninstatus show diag burninstatus
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the diagnostics burn-in status or system verification status stored in the nonvolatile storage memory in the switch. show diag burninstatus [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the RBridge ID for the switch.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the burn-in status for a switch.
None
To display the diagnostics burn-in status:
2
6
7
8 switch# show diag burninstatus
DiagID State
1
Status
COMPLETE_TESTED PASS
Run
1
COMPLETE_TESTED PASS
COMPLETE_TESTED PASS
COMPLETE_TESTED PASS
COMPLETE_TESTED PASS
1
1
1
1
9
10
COMPLETE_TESTED PASS
COMPLETE_TESTED PASS
12
14
COMPLETE_TESTED PASS
COMPLETE_TESTED PASS rbridgeId 1
1
1
1
1
5
5
8
8
Cmd
8
8
5
5
5
5
5
8
8
TotCmds PID
8 23163
Script
verify
SlotID
L1
8
5
5
5
23311
23465
23618
23787
verify
verify
verify
verify
L2
S2
S3
S4
23976
24156
24388
24692
verify
verify
verify
verify
S5
S6
L6
L8
See Also
diag burninerrclear, diag clearerror, show diag burninerrshow
754 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show diag post results
2 show diag post results
Synopsis
Operands
Displays either the brief results or detailed information of the power-on self-test (POST) executed on the switch.
show diag post results {brief | detailed} [rbridge-id rbridge-id] [slot slot-id] brief | detailed
rbridge-id
slot slot_id
Specifies whether the POST passed or failed (brief) or displays detailed status with the register dump when a POST fails (detailed).
Specifies the RBridge ID of the switch.
Specifies the slot ID. This is mandatory for slot-based systems only.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display either the brief results or details of the last diagnostic POST that was executed.
None
To display brief POST results (whether the POST passed or failed): switch# show diag post results brief slot L4
POST1:Slot L4 turboramtest PASSED (exit_status 0).
POST1:Slot L4 Script PASSED with exit_status of 0 Thu Jan 1 00:04:36 GMT 1970 took
(0:0:47)
POST2:Slot L4 portloopbacktest PASSED (exit_status 0).
POST2:Slot L4 prbstest PASSED (exit_status 0).
POST2:Slot L4 Script PASSED with exit_status of 0 Thu Jan 1 00:05:52 GMT 1970 took
(0:1:15) rbridgeId 1 switch# show diag post results detailed slot S1
POST1:Slot S1 Started running Thu Jan 1 00:02:46 GMT 1970
POST1:Slot S1 Running diagclearerror
POST1:Slot S1 Running diagsetup
POST1:Slot S1 Test #1 - Running turboramtest
Running turboramtest...
:
<..cut..>
:
POST1:Slot S1 ********** Slot S1 POST Summary **********
POST1:Slot S1 Completed 1 Diagnostic test:
POST1:Slot S1 Script PASSED with exit_status of 0 Thu Jan 1 00:02:53 GMT 1970 took
(0:0:7)
POST2:Slot S1 Started running Thu Jan 1 00:02:58 GMT 1970
POST2:Slot S1 Running diagclearerror
POST2:Slot S1 Test #1 - Running portloopbacktest
Running portloopbacktest...
:
<..cut..>
:
POST2: ********** Slot S1 POST Summary **********
POST2:Slot S1 Completed 2 Diagnostic test:
POST2:Slot S1 Script PASSED with exit_status of 0 Thu Jan 1 00:03:35 GMT 1970 took
(0:0:37)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
755
2 show diag post results
See Also rbridgeId 1
756 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show diag setcycle
2 show diag setcycle
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the current systemVerification test parameters.
show diag setcycle [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID of the switch.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display current values used in system verification.
None
To display current values used in system verification: switch# show diag setcycle
See Also
CURRENT - KEYWORD
1 - number_of_runs
2
1
16
- min_lb_mode
- tbr_passes
- plb_nframes
1 - pled_passes rbridgeId 1
: DEFAULT
: 1
: 2
: 1
: 16
: 1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
757
2 show diag status show diag status
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the currently diagnostic test status on one or all slots in the system.
show diag status [rbridge-id rbridge-id] [slot slot-id] rbridge-idrbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID of the switch to display.
slot slot_id Specifies the slot ID. This is mandatory for slot-based systems only.
Defaults If an RBridge ID is not specified, diagnostic tests for all blades in the system are displayed.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display currently running diagnostic tests on a specified switch.
None
To automatically display current diagnostic status in the console: switch# show diag status rbridge-id 1
See Also
Slot M2 [2]: DIAG runs 'NONE'
Slot S1 [3]: DIAG runs 'NONE'
Slot S2 [4]: DIAG runs 'NONE'
Slot S3 [5]: DIAG runs 'NONE'
Slot L4 [10]: DIAG runs 'NONE' rbridgeId 1
To display the diagnostic status when POST is running on the LC or SFM using the slot ID: switch# show diag status rbridge-id 233 slot L1
Slot L1 [7]:DIAG runs ‘turboramtest’ rbridgeId 233 switch# show diag status slot L1
Slot L1 [7]: DIAG runs ‘turboramtest’ rbridgeID 233
758 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show dot1x
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the overall state of dot1x on the system.
show dot1x
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the overall state of dot1x on the system.
None
To display the state of dot1x on the system: switch# show dot1x
802.1X Port-Based Authentication Enabled
PAE Capability: Authenticator Only
Protocol Version:
Auth Server:
2
RADIUS
See Also
RADIUS Configuration
--------------------
Position:
Server Address:
Port:
Secret:
Position:
Server Address:
Port:
Secret:
None
1
172.21.162.51
1812
sharedsecret
2
10.32.154.113
1812
sharedsecret show dot1x
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
759
2 show dot1x all show dot1x all
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays detailed dot1x information for all of the ports.
show dot1x all
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display detailed information for all of the ports.
None
To display detailed dot1x information for all of the ports: switch# show dot1x all
802.1X Port-Based Authentication Enabled
PAE Capability: Authenticator Only
Protocol Version:
Auth Server:
2
RADIUS
See Also
802.1X info for interface te0/16
-----------------------------------
Port Control:
Port Auth Status:
Protocol Version:
Auto
Unauthorized
2
ReAuthentication: Disabled
Auth Fail Max Attempts: 0
ReAuth Max:
Tx Period:
2
30 seconds
Quiet Period:
Supplicant Timeout:
Server Timeout:
Re-Auth Interval:
60 seconds
30 seconds
30 seconds
3600 seconds
PAE State:
BE State:
Supplicant Name:
Supplicant Address:
Current Id:
Id From Server:
Connected
Invalid
--
0000.0000.0000
1
0
None
760 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show dot1x diagnostics interface
2 show dot1x diagnostics interface
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display all diagnostics information for the authenticator associated with a port.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples
See Also
Displays all diagnostics information for the authenticator associated with a port.
show dot1x diagnostics interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
To display all diagnostics information for the authenticator associated with a port: switch# show dot1x diagnostics interface tengigabitethernet 5/0/16
802.1X Diagnostics for interface te5/0/16
authEnterConnecting: 0
authEaplogoffWhileConnecting: 1
authEnterAuthenticating: 0
authSuccessWhileAuthenticating: 0
authTimeoutWhileAuthenticating: 0
authFailWhileAuthenticating: 0
authEapstartWhileAuthenticating: 0
authEaplogoggWhileAuthenticating: 0
authReauthsWhileAuthenticated: 0
authEapstartWhileAuthenticated: 0
authEaplogoffWhileAuthenticated: 0
BackendResponses: 0
BackendAccessChallenges: 0
BackendOtherrequestToSupplicant: 0
BackendAuthSuccess: 0
BackendAuthFails: 0
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
761
2 show dot1x interface show dot1x interface
Synopsis
Operands tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Displays the state of a specified interface.
show dot1x interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Examples
Use this command to display the state of a specified interface.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
To display the state of the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 0/16: switch# show dot1x interface tengigabitethernet 5/0/16
Dot1x Global Status: Enabled
802.1X info for interface te5/0/16
-----------------------------------
Port Control: Auto
Port Auth Status:
Protocol Version:
Unauthorized
2
ReAuthentication: Disabled
Auth Fail Max Attempts: 0
ReAuth Max:
Tx Period:
2
30 seconds
Quiet Period:
Supplicant Timeout:
Server Timeout:
Re-Auth Interval:
60 seconds
30 seconds
30 seconds
3600 seconds
PAE State:
BE State:
Supplicant Name:
Supplicant Address:
Current Id:
Id From Server:
Connected
Invalid
--
0000.0000.0000
1
0
See Also None
762 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show dot1x session-info interface
2 show dot1x session-info interface
Synopsis
Displays all statistical information of an established session.
show dot1x session-info interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display all statistical information of the established session for a specified interface.
None
See Also
To display all statistical information of the established session: switch# show dot1x session-info interface tengigabitethernet 0/16
802.1X Session info for te0/16
-------------------------------
User Name:
Session Time:
Terminate Cause: testuser
3 mins 34 secs
Not terminated yet
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
763
2 show dot1x statistics interface show dot1x statistics interface
Synopsis
Operands tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Displays the statistics of a specified interface. show dot1x statistics interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Examples
Use this command to display the statistics of a specified interface.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
To display the statistics for the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 22/0/16: switch# show dot1x statistics interface tengigabitethernet 22/0/16
802.1X statistics for interface te22/0/16
EAPOL Frames Rx: 0 - EAPOL Frames Tx: 0
EAPOL Start Frames Rx: 0 - EAPOL Logoff Frames Rx: 0
EAP Rsp/Id Frames Rx: 2 - EAP Response Frames Rx: 10
EAP Req/Id Frames Tx: 35 - EAP Request Frames Tx: 0
Invalid EAPOL Frames Rx: 0 - EAP Length Error Frames Rx: 0
EAPOL Last Frame Version Rx: 0 - EAPOL Last Frame Src: 0000.0000.0000
See Also None
764 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show dpod
2 show dpod
Synopsis
Operands
Displays Dynamic Ports on Demand (POD) license information.
show dpod [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch.
all Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster.
Defaults This command is executed on the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display Dynamic POD license information for the local switch.
The Dynamic POD feature is not supported on Brocade VDX 6710 or VDX 8770 switches.
In the Network OS v3.0.0 release Use this command to display only on the local RBridge.
Examples To display Dynamic POD assignment information: switch# show dpod rbridge-id: 1
24 ports are available in this switch
1 POD license is installed
Dynamic POD method is in use
24 port assignments are provisioned for use in this switch:
16 port assignments are provisioned by the base switch license
8 port assignments are provisioned by the first POD license
* 0 more assignments are added if the second POD license is installed
21 ports are assigned to installed licenses:
16 ports are assigned to the base switch license
5 ports are assigned to the first POD license
Ports assigned to the base switch license:
Te 1/0/1, Te 1/0/10, Te 1/0/11, Te 1/0/12, Te 1/0/13, Te 1/0/14, Te 1/0/15,
Te 1/0/16, Te 1/0/17, Te 1/0/18, Te 1/0/19, Te 1/0/20, Te 1/0/21, Te 1/0/22, Te
1/0/23, Te 1/0/24
Ports assigned to the first POD license:
Te 1/0/5, Te 1/0/6, Te 1/0/7, Te 1/0/8, Te 1/0/9
Ports assigned to the second POD license:
None
Ports not assigned to a license:
Te 1/0/2, Te 1/0/3, Te 1/0/4
See Also
3 license reservations are still available for use by unassigned ports
dpod, show running-config dpod
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
765
2 show edge-loop-detection detail show edge-loop-detection detail
Synopsis
Operands
Displays ELD detailed information for the entire node.
show edge-loop-detection detail [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
all Specifies all RBridge IDs in the VCS cluster.
None Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
ELD configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to view detailed ELD information for the entire node.
This functionality detects Layer 2 loops only.
If no rbridge-id rbridge-id is specified, ELD data on the particular node is displayed.
If rbridge-id rbridge-id is specified, ELD data for the node with that particular rbridge-id is displayed.
If rbridge-id all is specified, ELD data from all the nodes in the cluster is displayed.
Examples switch(conf-if-te-119/0/1)# do show edge-loop-detection detail
Number of edge-loop-detection instances enabled: 1
See Also
Data for Rbridge-id: 119
Total_instances: 1
Eld-mac: 03:05:33:65:1b:ec
Data for interface: te0/1
Eld-instance no. (enabled for VLANs): 1
Priority: 128 If_status: 1
Shutdown-vlan: 0 Vlag-master-id: 0
Port-type : 3 pvid_frame_type: 2
Age-left: 31913 mins
Brcd-agg-type: 0
Eld stats: Tx
42
Rx
0
Enabled for Vlan-id: 10
Send-untagged: 0 time-rxlimit : 0
Vlan stats: Tx
42
Rx
0 switch(conf-if-te-119/0/1)#
edge-loop-detection vlan, hello-interval, pdu-rx-limit, protocol edge-loop-detection, shutdown-time
766 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show edge-loop-detection globals
2 show edge-loop-detection globals
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays ELD global configuration values for status, disabled ports, and resource.
show edge-loop-detection globals
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
ELD configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view the configured values for PDU receive limit, shutdown time, and hello time.
This functionality detects Layer 2 loops only.
To view the ELD global configuration values: switch# show edge-loop-detection globals
Edge-loop-detection global configuration values are as below:
See Also
PDU receive limit (packets):
Shutdown-time (minutes):
Hello-time (msec):
1
0
1000
edge-loop-detection vlan, hello-interval, pdu-rx-limit, protocol edge-loop-detection, shutdown-time
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
767
2 show edge-loop-detection interface show edge-loop-detection interface
Synopsis
Displays ELD interface configuration information and packet statistics.
show edge-loop-detection interface interface-type interface-id show edge-loop-detection interface {tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number}
Operands
interface-type interface-id
Specifies an interface type.
Specifies an interface ID.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This value is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This value is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
port-channel number Specifies the interface is a port-channel. Valid values range from 1 through 6144.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
ELD configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view the ELD configuration settings and status for a specific interface and to view the number of packets received and transmitted.
This functionality detects Layer 2 loops only.
To view the ELD status for a specific interface: switch(conf-if-te-7/0/5)# do show edge-loop-detection interface
tengigabitethernet 7/0/5
Number of eld instances: 1
Enabled on VLANs: 100
Priority:
Interface status:
Auto enable in:
128
UP
Never
Packet Statistics: vlan
100 sent
100 rcvd
0 switch(conf-if-te-7/0/5)# do show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id 7
768 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show edge-loop-detection interface
2
See Also
Number of edge-loop-detection instances enabled: 1
Interface: 7/0/5
------------------------
Enabled on VLANs: 100
Priority: 128
Interface status: UP
Auto enable in: Never
clear edge-loop-detection, edge-loop-detection vlan, edge-loop-detection port-priority,
protocol edge-loop-detection, shutdown-time
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
769
2 show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id
Synopsis
Operands
Displays ELD status information for a specific RBridge.
show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}
rbridge-id
all
Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch.
Specifies all RBridge IDs in the VCS cluster.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to view the configuration and status of ELD on a specific RBridge, including the ports that ELD has disabled. For each interface on which ELD is enabled, this command shows the enabled VLANs, the ELD port priority, the up/down status of the interface, and time to the next automatic port re-enable.
This functionality detects Layer 2 loops only.
If rbridge-id rbridge-id is specified, ELD data for the node with that particular rbridge-id is displayed.
If rbridge-id all is specified, ELD data from all the nodes in the cluster is displayed.
Examples To view the ELD status: switch# show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id 7
Number of edge-loop-detection instances enabled: 1
See Also
Interface: 7/0/5
------------------------
Enabled on VLANs: 100
Priority: 128
Interface status: UP
Auto enable in: Never
clear edge-loop-detection, edge-loop-detection vlan, edge-loop-detection port-priority,
770 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show environment fan
2 show environment fan
Synopsis
Operands
Displays fan status information.
show environment fan [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
Defaults all
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following:
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode, and is supported only for the local RBridge ID.
Specifies all switches in the fabric. This parameter is not supported.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display fan status information. The fan status information includes the following values:
OK absent
Fan is functioning correctly at the displayed speed (RPM).
Fan is not present.
below minimum above maximum unknown faulty
Fan is present but rotating too slowly or stopped.
Fan is rotating too quickly.
Unknown fan unit installed.
Fan has exceeded hardware tolerance and has stopped. In this case, the last known fan speed is displayed.
Airflow direction speed
Port side intake or Port side exhaust. This value is not applicable to modular chassis.
Fan RPM.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
Pagination is not supported with this command. Use the “more” parameter to display the output one page at a time.
Examples To display the fan status information on a Brocade VDX 6720-24: switch# show environment fan
Fan 1 is Ok, speed is 2057 RPM
Fan 2 is Ok, speed is 2009 RPM
Airflow direction : Port side exhaust
See Also
To display the fan status information on a Brocade VDX 8770-4: switch# show environment fan
Fan 1 is Ok, speed is 2057 RPM
Fan 2 is Ok, speed is 2009 RPM
show environment history, show environment power, show environment sensor,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
771
2 show environment history show environment history
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the field-replaceable unit (FRU) history log.
show environment history [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
Defaults all
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following:
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode, and is supported only for the local RBridge ID.
Specifies all switches in the fabric. This parameter is not supported.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the history log, which records insertion and removal events for field-replaceable units (FRUs), such as blades, power supplies, fans, and world wide name (WWN) or chassis ID (CID) cards. The type of FRU supported depends on the hardware platform.
The command output includes the following information:
Object type On standalone platforms: FAN, POWER SUPPLY, WWN (WWN card), or
UNKNOWN.
On modular platforms: CHASSIS, CID (chassis ID card), FAN, POWER
SUPPLY, SW BLADE (port blade), MM[1–2] (management module),
SFM (switch fabric module), LC[1–8] (line card) or UNKNOWN.
Object number
Event type
Time of the event
Displays the slot number for blades. Displays the unit number for all other object types.
Displays Inserted, Removed, or Invalid
Displays the date in the following format: Day Month dd hh:mm:ss yyyy.
Factory Part Number Displays the part number (xx-yyyyyyy-zz) or Not available.
Factory Serial Number
Displays the FRU serial number (xxxxxxxxxxxx) or Not available.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
Pagination is not supported with this command. Use the “more” parameter to display the output one page at a time.
Examples To display the FRU history on a Brocade VDX 6720-24: switch# show environment history
FAN Unit 1
Factory Part Number:
Inserted at Wed Mar 30 19:19:55 2011
Not Available
Factory Serial Number: Not Available
FAN Unit 2
Factory Part Number:
Inserted at Wed Mar 30 19:19:56 2011
Not Available
Factory Serial Number: Not Available
POWER SUPPLY Unit 1 Inserted at Wed Mar 30 19:19:56 2011
772 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show environment history
2
See Also
Factory Part Number: Not Available
Factory Serial Number: Not Available
POWER SUPPLY Unit 2
Factory Part Number:
Inserted at Wed Mar 30 19:19:56 2011
Not Available
Factory Serial Number: Not Available
Records: 4
To display the FRU history on a Brocade VDX 8770-4 switch# show environment history
CID Unit 2
Factory Part Number:
Inserted at Tue Sep
40-1000592-01
Factory Serial Number: BVW0311G00K
6 22:40:27 2011
SFM Slot 3
Factory Part Number:
Inserted at Tue Sep
60-1002180-05
Factory Serial Number: BVU0321G00N
6 22:41:47 2011
LC Slot 9
Factory Part Number:
Inserted at Tue Sep
60-1002181-07
Factory Serial Number: BVV0326G019
6 22:41:48 2011
LC Slot 10
Factory Part Number:
Inserted at Tue Sep
40-100522-02
Factory Serial Number: BSX0312G01F
6 22:41:50 2011
MM Slot 1
Factory Part Number:
Inserted at Tue Sep
60-1002179-07
Factory Serial Number: BVT0329G00B
6 22:41:50 2011
SFM Slot 4
Factory Part Number:
Inserted at Wed Sep
60-1002180-06
Factory Serial Number: BVU0329G00B
7 00:01:44 2011
LC Slot 10
Factory Part Number:
Removed at Mon Sep 12 19:04:58 2011
40-100522-02
Factory Serial Number: BSX0312G01F
LC Slot 10
Factory Part Number:
Inserted at Mon Sep 12 19:12:21 2011
40-100522-02
Factory Serial Number: BSX0312G01F
LC Slot 1
Factory Part Number:
Inserted at Mon Sep 12 19:19:52 2011
40-100522-02
Factory Serial Number: BSX0312G00B
(output truncated)
show environment fan, show environment power, show environment sensor,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
773
2 show environment power show environment power
Synopsis
Operands
Displays power supply status.
show environment power [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
Defaults all
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following:
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode, and is supported only for the local RBridge ID.
Specifies all switches in the fabric. This parameter is not supported.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the type and current status of the switch power supply. The status of the power supply can be one of the following values:
OK absent
Power supply is functioning correctly.
Power supply is not present.
unknown predicting failure faulty
Airflow
Unknown power supply unit is installed.
Power supply is present but predicting failure. Replace the power supply as soon as possible.
Power supply is present but faulty (no power cable, power switch turned off, fuse blown, or other internal error).
Direction of fan air flow (not applicable to modular chassis).
This command is supported only on the local switch.
To display the power supply status: switch# show environment power
See Also
Power Supply #1 is OK
LPCS F@ 11/01/18 type: AC V165.2 3000W
Power Supply #2 is OK
LPCS F@ 11/01/18 type: AC V165.2 3000W
Power Supply #3 is absent
Power Supply #4 is absent
Power Supply #1 is faulty
show environment fan, show environment history, show environment sensor,
774 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show environment sensor
2 show environment sensor
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the environment sensor status.
show environment sensor [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
Defaults all
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following:
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode, and is supported only for the local RBridge ID.
Specifies all switches in the fabric. This parameter is not supported.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the current temperature, fan, and power supply status readings from
sensors located on the switch. Refer to the show environment power command for an explanation
of the power supply status values.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
To display the sensor readings on the switch: switch# show environment sensor sensor 1: (Temperature ) is Ok, value is 36 C sensor 2: (Temperature ) is Ok, value is 40 C sensor 3: (Temperature ) is Ok, value is 32 C sensor 4: (Fan ) is Absent sensor 5: (Fan ) is Ok,speed is 7345 RPM sensor 6: (Power Supply) is Absent sensor 7: (Power Supply) is Ok
See Also
show environment fan, show environment history, show environment power,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
775
2 show environment temp show environment temp
Synopsis
Operands
Displays environment temperature.
show environment temp [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
Defaults all
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following:
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode, and is supported only for the local RBridge ID.
Specifies all switches in the fabric. This parameter is not supported.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the current temperature readings of all temperature sensors in a switch. For each sensor, Use this command to display the sensor ID, the slot number (on modular chassis only), the sensor state, and the temperature. The temperature readings are given in both
Centigrade and Fahrenheit.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
Refer to the hardware reference manual for your switch to determine the normal temperature range.
Examples To display the temperature readings on a Brocade VDX 6720-24: switch# show environment temp
Sensor
ID
State Centigrade Fahrenheit
=================================================
1 Ok 36 96
2
3
Ok
Ok
40
32
104
89
See Also
show environment fan, show environment history, show environment power,
776 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric all
2 show fabric all
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the Brocade VCS Fabric membership information. show fabric all
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about the fabric. If the switch is initializing or is disabled, the message “Local Switch disabled or fabric is re-building” is displayed. If the fabric is reconfiguring, some or all switches may not be displayed; otherwise, the following fields are displayed:
VCS ID
Config Mode
VCS ID of the switch
VCS mode of the switch. For fabric cluster mode, “Local-Only” is displayed.
Rbridge-id
WWN
IP Address
Name
The RBridge ID of the switch.
The switch World Wide Name.
The switch Ethernet IP address.
The switch symbolic name.
An arrow (>) indicates the principal switch.
An asterisk (*) indicates the switch on which the command is entered.
The show vcs command returns the state as “disabled” if the switch is in standalone mode.This command can not be issued in standalone mode.
The show fabric family of commands display neighbor and local port information when connected to a down-level or same-level RBridge.
This command displays ISL details, including the breakout index of the interface if breakout mode is configured on the source or neighbor interface.
Examples
3
4
5
6 switch# show fabric all
Config Mode: Local-Only
Rbridge-id WWN IP Address Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
2
10:00:00:05:1E:CD:44:6A 10.17.87.144
10:00:00:05:1E:CD:42:6A 10.17.87.145
"RB1"
"RB2"*
10:00:00:05:1E:CD:55:6A
10:00:00:05:1E:CD:42:EA
10:00:00:05:1E:CD:52:6A
10:00:00:05:1E:CD:53:6A
10.17.87.155
10.17.87.156
10.17.87.157
10.17.87.158
"RB3"
"RB4"
"RB5"
"RB6"
10
11
10:00:00:05:33:13:6A:BE
10:00:00:05:1E:CD:38:6A
10.17.87.169
10.17.86.240
12 10:00:00:05:1E:CD:3F:EA 10.17.86.241
The Fabric has 9 Rbridge(s)
"RB10"
"RB11"
>"RB12-a"
See Also
The angle bracket (>), as shown with RBridge ID 12-a, indicates the principal switch. The asterisk
(*) indicates the switch on which the command was entered.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
777
2 show fabric ecmp load-balance show fabric ecmp load-balance
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the current configuration of hash field selection and hash swap.
show fabric ecmp load-balance [rbridge-id value] rbridge-id value
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the RBridge ID
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the current configuration of hash field selection and hash swap.
The show fabric family of commands display neighbor and local port information when connected to a down-level RBridge.
This command displays ISL details, including the breakout index of the interface if breakout mode is configured on the source or neighbor interface.
Examples Some typical outputs of this command: switch# show fabric ecmp load-balance
Fabric Ecmp Load Balance Information
------------------------------------
Rbridge-Id
Ecmp-Load-Balance Flavor
: 2
: Destination MAC address and VID based load balancing
Ecmp-Load-Balance HashSwap : 0x4
See Also switch# show fabric ecmp load-balance rbridge-id 2
Fabric Ecmp Load Balance Information
------------------------------------
Rbridge-Id
Ecmp-Load-Balance Flavor
: 2
: Destination MAC address and VID based load balancing
Ecmp-Load-Balance HashSwap : 0x4
show fabric isl, show fabric trunk
778 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric isl
2 show fabric isl
Synopsis
Operands
Displays Inter-Switch Link (ISL) information in the fabric.
show fabric isl [rbridge-id | all]
rbridge-id
all
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies all switches in the fabric.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display ISL information in the fabric. If the ISL is segmented then
“(segmented - incompatible)” displays in the output.
The command output includes the following information:
Rbridge-id RBridge-id of the switch. Valid values range from 1 through 239.
#ISLs
Src Index
Src Interface
Nbr Index
Number of ISLs connected.
Source index of the local RBridge.
Source interface of the local RBridge in the format
“local-rbridge-id/slot/port”. If the ISL is not up, then “?/?/?” displays for a
Te interface and “-/-/-” displays for an Fi interface.
Neighbor Index of the ISL connected from local port. If the link is segmented and the NBR rbridge details are unavailable, “?” displays in this field.
Nbr Interface
Nbr-WWN
BW
Trunk
Nbr-Name
Neighbor interface of the ISL connected from the local RBridge in the format “nbr-rbridge-id/slot/port”. If the ISL is not completely up, this field will be displayed as “?/?/?”.
Neighbor WWN of the switch. If the ISL is segmented and the neighbor
RBridge details are not available, then “??:??:??:??:??:??:??:??” displays in this field.
Bandwidth of the traffic.
Displays “Yes” if trunk is enabled in the ISL.
Neighbor switch name.
This command is not available in standalone mode.
If this command is executed without operands, the output displays the ISL information of the local
RBridge.
The show fabric family of commands displays neighbor and local port information when connected to a down-level RBridge.
For segmented links, “(segmented - incompatible)” is displayed to indicate that the ISL is segmented. The Nbr Index, Nbr Interface, and Nbr-WWN files show question marks if the information is not known.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
779
2 show fabric isl
When a switch in a fabric is running Network OS 4.0.1 or later, CLI output displays the QSFP breakout index information for those switches, which includes the port followed by a colon (:) and the breakout indicator.
This command displays ISL details, including the breakout index of the interface if breakout mode is configured on the source or neighbor interface.
Examples This example displays Inter-Switch Link (ISL) information in the fabric.
switch# show fabric isl
Rbridge-id: 76 #ISLs: 2
Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Nbr-WWN BW Trunk Nbr-Name
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 Te 1/0/2 56 Te 21/0/56 10:00:00:05:33:13:5F:BE 60G Yes "Edget12r1_1_21"
7 Te 1/0/7 55 Te 22/0/55 10:00:00:05:33:40:31:93 40G Yes "Edget12r12_22"
This example displays ISL information and includes a segmented link.
1
2
26
34 switch# show fabric isl
Rbridge-id: 2 #ISLs: 4
Src Src Nbr Nbr
Index Interface Index Interface Nbr-WWN BW Trunk Nbr-Name
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Te 2/0/1
Te 2/0/2
Te 2/0/26
Te 2/0/34
1
?
56
58
Te 3/0/1 10:00:00:05:1E:CD:7A:7A 10G Yes "sw0"
Te ?/?/?
??:??:??:??:??:??:??:?? (segmented - incompatible)
Te 25/0/56
Te 26/0/58
10:00:00:05:33:40:2F:C9 60G Yes
10:00:00:05:33:41:1E:B7 40G Yes
"Edget12r31_25"
"Edget12r32_26"
This example displays ISL information and includes an Fi port.
switch# show fabric isl
Rbridge-id: 66 #ISLs: 5
Src Src Nbr Nbr
Index Interface Index Interface Nbr-WWN BW Trunk Nbr-Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5
15
Te 66/0/5
Te 66/0/15
1
2
Te 65/0/1
Te 65/0/2
10:00:00:05:33:5F:EA:A4 10G Yes "sw0"
10:00:00:05:33:5F:EA:A4 10G Yes "sw0"
25
35
124
Te 66/0/25
Te 66/0/35
Fi 66/0/4
3
4
7
Te 65/0/3
Te 65/0/4
Fi 2/-/-
10:00:00:05:33:5F:EA:A4 10G Yes "sw0"
10:00:00:05:33:5F:EA:A4 10G Yes "sw0"
50:00:51:E4:44:40:0E:04 32G Yes "fcr_fd_2"
This ISL output example includes breakout information for switches on which breakout mode is configured.
switch# show fabric isl
Rbridge-id: 66 #ISLs: 5
Src Src Nbr Nbr
Index Interface Index Interface Nbr-WWN BW Trunk Nbr-Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Te 66/0/5:1 1 Te 65/0/1 10:00:00:05:33:5F:EA:A4 10G Yes "sw0"
15 Te 66/0/15 2
25 Te 66/0/25 3
35 Te 66/0/35:1 4
124 Fi 66/0/4 7
Te 65/0/2:1 10:00:00:05:33:5F:EA:A4 10G Yes "sw0"
Te 65/0/3 10:00:00:05:33:5F:EA:A4 10G Yes "sw0"
Te 65/0/4:4 10:00:00:05:33:5F:EA:A4 10G Yes "sw0"
Fi 2/-/- 50:00:51:E4:44:40:0E:04 32G Yes "fcr_fd_2"
This example displays ISL details and includes the breakout index of the interface (for a non-trunked port) in normal mode.
780 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric isl
2 switch# sh fab isl
Rbridge-id: 1 #ISLs: 4
Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Nbr-WWN BW Trunk Nbr-Name
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30
32
Te 1/0/27
Te 1/0/29
1
2
Te 48/0/49:1
Te 48/0/49:2
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G
Yes
Yes
"sw0"
"sw0"
34
36
Te 1/0/31
Te 1/0/33
3
4
Te 48/0/49:3
Te 48/0/49:4
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G
Yes
Yes
"sw0"
"sw0"
This example displays ISL details and includes the breakout index of the interface (for a trunked port) in normal mode.
switch# sh fab isl
Rbridge-id: 1 #ISLs: 1
Src
Index
Src Nbr
Interface Index
Nbr
Interface Nbr-WWN BW Trunk Nbr-Name
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Te 1/0/50:1 1 Te 48/0/49:1 10:00:00:05:33:E5:C1:8F 40G Yes "sw0"
This example displays ISL details in mixed mode, but no breakout index is displayed for switches running Network OS versions earlier than v4.1.0.
Output shown is for Network OS 4.0.0 for a non-trunked port in mixed mode.
sw0# sh fab isl
Rbridge-id: 1 #ISLs: 4
Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Nbr-WWN BW Trunk Nbr-Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 Te 1/0/27 1 Te 48/0/49 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G Yes "sw0"
32
34
36
Te 1/0/29
Te 1/0/31
Te 1/0/33
1
1
1
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
10G
10G
10G
Yes
Yes
Yes
"sw0"
"sw0"
"sw0"
Output shown is for Network OS 4.0.0 for a trunked port in mixed mode.
sw0# sh fab isl
Rbridge-id: 1 #ISLs: 1
Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Nbr-WWN BW Trunk Nbr-Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 Te 1/0/50 1 Te 48/0/49 10:00:00:05:33:E5:C1:8F 40G Yes "sw0"
Output shown is for Network OS 4.1.0 for a non-trunked port in mixed mode.
sw0# sh fab isl
Rbridge-id: 48 #ISLs: 4
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
781
2 show fabric isl
1
1
1
Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Nbr-WWN BW Trunk Nbr-Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Te 48/0/49:1 30 Te 1/0/25 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G Yes "sw0"
Te 48/0/49:2
Te 48/0/49:3
Te 48/0/49:4
32
34
36
Te 1/0/27
Te 1/0/29
Te 1/0/31
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
10G
10G
10G
Yes
Yes
Yes
"sw0"
"sw0"
"sw0"
Output shown is for Network OS 4.1.0 for a trunked port in mixed mode.
sw0# sh fab isl
Rbridge-id: 1 #ISLs: 1
Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Nbr-WWN BW Trunk Nbr-Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 Te 1/0/50:1 1 Te 48/0/49 10:00:00:05:33:E5:C1:8F 40G Yes "sw0"
See Also
fabric isl enable, show diag burninstatus, show fabric isl, show fabric trunk
782 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric islports
2 show fabric islports
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays information for all Inter-Switch Link (ISL) ports in the switch.
show fabric islports [rbridge-id]
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the RBridge ID on which the ISL ports are displayed.
Description Use this command to display information for all ISL ports in the switch. The command output includes the following information:
Name
Type
Switch name.
Switch model and revision number.
State
Role
VCS Id
Config Mode
Rbridge-id
WWN
Switch state. The valid values are Online, Offline, Testing, or Faulty.
Switch role. The valid values are Principal, Subordinate, or Disabled.
VCS ID. Valid values range from 1 through 8192
Brocade VCS Fabric mode. The valid values are
Standalone/Local-Only/Distributed.
RBridge ID of the switch. Valid values range from 1 through 239.
Switch world wide name (WWN).
Index
Interface
State
Up
Down
A number between 0 and the maximum number of supported ports on the platform. The port index identifies the port number relative to the switch.
Interface of the local RBridge in the format “local-rbridge-id/slot/port”.
Port state information:
If the ISL is connected and the link is up
No ISL is connected
Operational State
ISL
ISL state information:
Fabric port; displays the world wide name (WWN) and name of the attached switch.
(Trunk Primary) The port is the master port in a group of trunking ports.
(Trunk port, primary is rbridge-id/slot/port)
The port is configured as a trunking port; the primary port is rbridge-id/slot/port.
(upstream) The ISL is an upstream path toward the principal switch of the fabric.
(downstream) The ISL is a downstream path away from the principal switch of the fabric.
Segmented, (Reason Code)
The ISL has been segmented due to the given reason code.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
783
784
2 show fabric islports
Down, (Reason Code)
The ISL is down due to the given reason code.
In this command, ISL segmentation is denoted as “ISL segmented, (segmentation reason)”.
The segmentation reason could be any of those listed below.
9
10
11
12
6
7
8
Segmentation reasons
Number Segmentation
1
2
3
4
5
Explanation
RBridge ID Overlap
ESC mismatch, Unknown
When a new node joins the cluster with the RBridge-id already existing in the cluster.
Only on one side of the ISL, the actual ESC mismatch reason code will be displayed. On the other end,
Unknown will be displayed.
Brocade VCS Fabric mode is different on both switches. ESC mismatch, Config Mode
ESC mismatch, Distributed Config DB The DCM Configuration DB is different on both the ends of ISL.
ESC mismatch, Brocade VCS Fabric License Brocade VCS Fabric license is enabled on one end and disabled on the other side.
ESC mismatch, Fabric Distribution Service zone conflict
ISL Disabled
FDS state is different on both the ends.
Zone configuration is not same on both the switches.
This port is disabled to be an ISL.
ISL Isolated
LD inc om pat ability
FDS Zone Conflict
ESC mismatch, VCS Virtual Fabric Mode
Conflict
If BF or DIA is rejected then the port will get isolated.
ECP rejected or retries exceeded.
FDS configuration caused zone conflict.
Virtual Fabric mode is enabled on one end and disabled on the other end.
In this command, disabled ports are denoted as “Down (Disabled reason)”. The disabled reason could be any of those listed below.
Disabled port reasons
Number Disabled Reasons Explanation
6
7
1
2
8
9
10
3
4
5
Admin
Protocol Incomplete
RBridge ID Overlap
Long distance inc om pat ability
ELP retries exceeded
Zone conflict
ESC Config Mode Conflict
ESC NOS incompatible
ESC Distributed Config DB Conflict
ESC VCS Fabric License Conflict
Port is persistently disabled.
The ISL couldn’t complete the link protocol. Stuck in G_PORT state.
Two nodes in the cluster requested for same RBridge ID.
Long distance configuration doesn’t match.
Max ELP retires exceeded but no response from the other end.
Zoning configuration overlaps.
The link has been segmented due to different Brocade
VCS Fabric mode.
Other end doesn’t support Brocade VCS Fabric technology.
DCM Configuration DB conflict.
Brocade VCS Fabric license is not enabled on one end.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric islports
2
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Disabled port reasons (Continued)
Number Disabled Reasons
11
12
13
Explanation
No VCS Fabric License Brocade VCS Fabric license is not enabled. For more than 2 nodes in the cluster VCS fabric license is mandatory.
ESC Fabric Distribution Service Conflict FDS state is different.
Zoning FDS Configuration Conflict FDS zoning configuration is different.
This command is not available in standalone mode. If this command is executed without operands, it displays the ISL information of the local RBridge.
The show fabric family of commands display neighbor and local port information when connected to a down-level RBridge.
This command displays ISL details, including the breakout index of the interface if breakout mode is configured on the source or neighbor interface.
To display information for all ISL ports in the core switch: switch# show fabric islports
Name: sw0
Type: 96.5
State: Online
Role: Fabric Principal
VCS Id: 1
Config Mode:Local-Only
Rbridge-id: 23
WWN: 10:00:00:05:33:d1:3a:ac
FCF MAC: 00:05:33:d1:3a:ac
Index Interface State Operational State
===================================================================
0 Fi 23/0/1 Up ISL (protocol incomplete)
1 Fi 23/0/2 Up F-Port
2 Fi 23/0/3 Up F-Port
3 Fi 23/0/4 Up F-Port
4 Fi 23/0/5 Up Loopback-> Fi 23/0/5
5 Fi 23/0/6 Down
6 Fi 23/0/7 Down
7 Fi 23/0/8 Down
8 Te 23/0/1 Up ISL segmented,(ESC mismatch, Config Mode)(Trunk Primary)
9 Te 23/0/2 Down
10 Te 23/0/3 Down
11 Te 23/0/4 Down
12 Te 23/0/5 Down
13 Te 23/0/6 Down
14 Te 23/0/7 Down
15 Te 23/0/8 Down
16 Te 23/0/9 Down
17 Te 23/0/10 Down
18 Te 23/0/11 Down
19 Te 23/0/12 Down
20 Te 23/0/13 Down
21 Te 23/0/14 Down
22 Te 23/0/15 Down
23 Te 23/0/16 Down
24 Te 23/0/17 Down
25 Te 23/0/18 Down
26 Te 23/0/19 Down
27 Te 23/0/20 Down
28 Te 23/0/21 Down
29 Te 23/0/22 Down
30 Te 23/0/23 Down
31 Te 23/0/24 Down
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
785
2 show fabric islports
See Also
fabric isl enable, show diag burninstatus, show fabric isl, show fabric trunk
786 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric port-channel
2 show fabric port-channel
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the fabric VLAG load-balance information.
show fabric port-channel [port-channel-id | load-balance ]
port-channel-id load-balance
Displays the information for the port channel ID.
Displays the load balance information.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the fabric’s VLAG load-balance information.
This command displays ISL details, including the breakout index of the interface if breakout mode is configured on the source or neighbor interface.
Examples switch# show fabric port-channel 10 load-balance
Fabric Vlag Load-Balance Information
-------------------------------
Port-channel id : 10
Load-Balance Flavor : Source and Destination MAC address and VID based load balancing
See Also
show fabric isl, show fabric trunk
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
787
2 show fabric route linkinfo show fabric route linkinfo
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the RBridge route link information connected in the fabric.
show fabric route linkinfo
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display details about all the links connected to the fabric. It groups the information for each RBridge in the fabric.
The command displays the following fields of information:
Rbridge-id ID of the RBridge. Valid values range from 1 through 239.
Reachable Indicates whether the RBridge can be reached. Displays “Yes” if it is reachable, otherwise displays “No”.
Version
No. of links
Link #
Src Index
Displays the version.
The number of ISLs connected to the neighbor switches.
A sequence number for links on the RBridge.
E_Port interface on the local switch. This value is typically equal to the
Index field reported in the switchShow command.
Src Interface
Nbr Index
Nbr Interface
Link-Cost
Link-type
Trunk
Source interface of the local RBridge in the format
“local-rbridge-id/slot/port”. If the ISL is not up, then “?/?/?” displays for a
Te interface and “-/-/-” displays for an Fi interface.
E_Port interface on the remote switch. This value is typically equal to the index field reported in the switchShow command. If the link is segmented and the NBR rbridge details are unavailable, “?” displays in this field.
Neighbor interface of the ISL connected from the local RBridge in the format “nbr-rbridge-id/slot/port”. If the ISL is not completely up, this field will be displayed as “?/?/?”.
The cost of reaching the destination domain.
The type of link.
Displays “Yes” if trunk is enabled in the ISL, otherwise displays “No”.
The show fabric family of commands display neighbor and local port information when connected to a down-level RBridge.
The output displays the link information, which includes the breakout index of the interface if breakout mode is configured in the source or neighbor interface.
When a fabric is running normal mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.0 or later), CLI output displays the QSFP breakout index for all switches in the fabric.
When a fabric is running mixed mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.0 or earlier), the QSFP breakout index is not displayed in the output on switches running Network OS versions earlier than v4.1.0.
788 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric route linkinfo
2
Examples To display link information for the fabric: switch# show fabric route linkinfo
Rbridge-id: 1
===============
Reachable:
Version:
Yes
1
No. of Links: 2
Link# Src Src Nbr Nbr
Index Interface Index Interface Link-Cost Link-Type Trunk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
2
1
159
Fi 1/-/-
Fi 1/-/-
128
128
Fi 2/-/-
Fi 160/-/-
10000
10000
Pt_Pt
Pt_Pt
Rbridge-id: 2
===============
Reachable:
Src
Index
Yes
Version: 1
No. of Links: 2
Link# Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Link-Cost Link-Type Trunk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 129 Fi 2/-/49 Fi 66/0/1 10000 Pt_Pt
2 128 Fi 2/-/1 Fi 1/-/ 10000 Pt_Pt
Rbridge-id: 65
===============
Reachable:
Version:
Yes
1
No. of Links: 2
Link# Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Link-Cost Link-Type Trunk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
2
2
44
Te 65/0/2
Te 65/0/44
2
20
Te 66/0/2
Te 66/0/20
500
500
Pt_Pt Ethernet Yes
Pt_Pt Ethernet Yes
1
2
3
4
Rbridge-id: 66
===============
Reachable: Yes
Version: 1
No. of Links: 4
Link# Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Link-Cost Link-Type Trunk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
20
49
54
Te 66/0/2
Te 66/0/20
Fi 66/0/1
Fi 66/0/6
2
44
129
129
Te 65/0/2
Te 65/0/44
Fi 2/-/-
Fi 160/-/-
500
500
500
500
Pt_Pt Ethernet Yes
Pt_Pt Ethernet Yes
Pt_Pt Yes
Pt_Pt Yes
Rbridge-id: 160
===============
Reachable:
Version:
Yes
1
No. of Links: 2
Link# Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Link-Cost Link-Type Trunk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
2
129
128
Fi 160/-/-
Fi 160/-/-
54
159
Fi 66/0/6
Fi 1/-/-
10000
10000
Pt_Pt
Pt_Pt
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
789
2 show fabric route linkinfo
This example displays link linformation and includes the breakout index of the interface in normal mode. sw0# show fabric route linkinfo
1
2
3
4
Rbridge-id: 1
===============
Reachable: Yes
Version: 1
No. of Links: 4
Link# Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Link-Cost Link-Type Trunk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28
30
32
34
Te 1/0/49:1
Te 1/0/49:2
Te 1/0/49:3
Te 1/0/49:4
0
1
2
3
Te 48/0/49:1
Te 48/0/49:2
Te 48/0/49:3
Te 48/0/49:4
500
500
500
500
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Rbridge-id: 48
===============
Reachable:
Version:
Yes
1
No. of Links: 4
Link# Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Link-Cost Link-Type Trunk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
2
0
1
Te 48/0/49:1
Te 48/0/49:2
28
30
Te 1/0/49:1
Te 1/0/49:2
500
500
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
3
4
2
3
Te 48/0/49:3
Te 48/0/49:4
32
34
Te 1/0/49:3
Te 1/0/49:4
500
500
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
This example displays link linformation and includes the breakout index of the interface in mixed mode running Network OS v4.0.0: switch# show fabric route linkinfo
1
2
3
4
Rbridge-id: 1
===============
Reachable: Yes
Version: 1
No. of Links: 4
Link# Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Link-Cost Link-Type Trunk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28
30
32
34
Te 1/0/49
Te 1/0/49
Te 1/0/49
Te 1/0/49
0
1
2
3
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
500
500
500
500
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Rbridge-id: 48
===============
Reachable:
Version:
Yes
1
1
2
3
No. of Links: 4
Link# Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Link-Cost Link-Type Trunk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0
1
2
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
28
30
32
Te 1/0/49
Te 1/0/49
Te 1/0/49
500
500
500
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
790 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric route linkinfo
2
4 3 Te 48/0/49 34 Te 1/0/49 500 Pt_Pt Ethernet
This example displays link linformation and includes the breakout index of the interface in mixed mode running Network OS v4.1.0: switch# show fabric route linkinfo
1
2
3
4
Rbridge-id: 1
===============
Reachable:
Version:
Yes
1
No. of Links: 4
Link# Src Src Nbr Nbr
Index Interface Index Interface Link-Cost Link-Type Trunk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28
30
32
34
Te 1/0/49:1
Te 1/0/49:2
Te 1/0/49:3
Te 1/0/49:4
0
1
2
3
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
500
500
500
500
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
1
2
3
4
Rbridge-id: 48
===============
Reachable: Yes
Version: 1
No. of Links: 4
Link# Src
Index
Src
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Link-Cost Link-Type Trunk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0
1
2
3
Te 48/0/49:1
Te 48/0/49:2
Te 48/0/49:3
Te 48/0/49:4
28
30
32
34
Te 1/0/49
Te 1/0/49
Te 1/0/49
Te 1/0/49
500
500
500
500
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
Pt_Pt Ethernet
See Also
show fabric route topology, show fabric route neighbor-state
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
791
2 show fabric route multicast show fabric route multicast
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
rbridge-id
all
Usage Guidelines
Displays ISLs that receives any forwarded Broadcast, unknown Unicast, and Multicast (BUM) traffic. show fabric route multicast [rbridge-id | all]
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies all switches in the fabric.
Use this command to display the multicast routing information for all ports in the switch.
The multicast routing information indicates all ports that are members of the multicast distribution tree ports that are able to send and receive multicast frames. The command displays the following fields:
Rbridge-id
Mcast Priority
RBridge ID of the switch. Valid values range from 1 through 239.
Mcast priority value of the switch. Valid values range from 1 through 255.
Enet IP Addr
WWN
Name
Src-Index
The switch Ethernet IP address.
World Wide Name of the switch.
Switch name.
Source index of the local RBridge.
Src-Port
Nbr-Index
Nbr-Port
Source port of the local RBridge in the format “local-rbridge-id/slot/port”.
Neighbor Index of the ISL connected from local port.
Neighbor port of the ISL connected from the local RBridge in the format
“nbr-rbridge-id/slot/port”.
This command is not available in standalone mode. If this command is executed without operands, it displays the multicast information of the local RBridge.
The show fabric family of commands display neighbor and local port information when connected to a down-level RBridge.
When a fabric is running normal mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.0 or later), CLI output displays the QSFP breakout index for all switches in the fabric.
When a fabric is running mixed mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.0 or earlier), the QSFP breakout index is not displayed in the output on switches running Network OS versions earlier than v4.1.0. In such instances, the neighbor port WWN (Nbr-WWN) is displayed as
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX.
This command displays ISL details, including the breakout index of the interface if breakout mode is configured on the source or neighbor interface.
Examples To display the multicast routing information for all ports in the switch: switch# show fabric route multicast
Root of the Multicast-Tree
==========================
792 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric route multicast
2
Rbridge-id: 1
Mcast Priority: 1
Enet IP Addr: 10.24.85.212
WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:cd:73:fa
Name: switch
15
22
26
34
Rbridge-id: 1
Src-Index Src-Port Nbr-Index Nbr-Port BW Trunk
-----------------------------------------------------------------
7 Te 1/0/7 55 Te 22/0/55 40G Yes
41
44
Te 1/0/15
Te 1/0/22
Te 1/0/26
Te 1/0/34
Te 1/0/41
Te 1/0/44
57
58
56
58
59
56
Te 23/0/57
Te 24/0/58
Te 25/0/56
Te 26/0/58
Te 27/0/59
Te 28/0/56
60G
40G
60G
60G
20G
60G
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
This example displays route information and includes the breakout index of the interface in normal mode. sw0# show fabric route multicast
Root of the Multicast-Tree
==========================
Rbridge-id: 1
Mcast Priority: 1
Enet IP Addr: 10.38.19.47
WWN: 10:00:00:05:33:65:0b:20
Name: sw0
Rbridge-id: 48
Src-Index Src-Port Nbr-Index Nbr-Port BW Trunk
-----------------------------------------------------------------
0 Te 48/0/49:1 28 Te 1/0/49:1 0G
This example displays route information and includes the breakout index of the interface in mixed mode running Network OS v4.0.0.
sw0# show fabric route multicast
Root of the Multicast-Tree
==========================
Rbridge-id: 1
Mcast Priority: 1
Enet IP Addr: 10.38.19.47
WWN: 10:00:00:05:33:65:0b:20
Name: sw0
Rbridge-id: 1
Src-Index Src-Port Nbr-Index Nbr-Port BW Trunk
-----------------------------------------------------------------
28 Te 1/0/49 0 Te 48/0/49 10G
This example displays route information and includes the breakout index of the interface in mixed mode running Network OS v4.1.0.
sw0# show fabric route multicast
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
793
2 show fabric route multicast
Root of the Multicast-Tree
==========================
Rbridge-id: 1
Mcast Priority: 1
Enet IP Addr: 10.38.19.47
WWN: 10:00:00:05:33:65:0b:20
Name: sw0
Rbridge-id: 1
Src-Index Src-Por Nbr-Index Nbr-Port BW Trunk
-----------------------------------------------------------------
0 Te 48/0/49:1 28 Te 1/0/49 10G
See Also
fabric route mcast, show fabric route topology, show running-config fabric route mcast,
794 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric route neighbor-state
2 show fabric route neighbor-state
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the state information of all the ISL links connected to the RBridge.
show fabric route neighbor-state [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID of the RBridge for which neighbor information is to be displayed. all Displays neighbor information for all RBridges in the fabric.
Defaults If no RBridge is specified, the neighbor state information for the local switch is displayed.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about neighbors to a specified RBridge. FSPF defines a neighbor as a remote ISL interface that is directly attached to the local RBridge. If the interfaces are trunked, the command displays data only about the trunk primary.
The command displays the following fields: rbridge-id ID of the RBridge. Valid values range from 1 through 239.
# ISLs
Src Index
Src Interface
Nbr Index
The number of ISLs that connect the switch to neighbor switches.
E_Port interface on the local switch. This value is typically equal to the
Index field reported in the switchShow command.
Physical interface on the local switch in the format
“Te rbridge-id/slot/port”. If the ISL is not up, then “?/?/?” displays for a Te interface and “-/-/-” displays for an Fi interface.
E_Port interface on the remote switch. This value is typically equal to the index field reported in the switchShow command.
Nbr Interface
Nbr State
Physical interface on the remote switch in the format
“Te rbridge-id/slot/port”. If the ISL is not up, then “?/?/?” displays for a Te interface and “-/-/-” displays for an Fi interface.
The FSPF neighbor state for the port attached to remote switch.
The neighbor can be in one of the following states:
NB_ST_DOWN—The neighbor is down.
NB_ST_INIT—The neighbor is initializing.
NB_ST_DB_EX—The neighbor and the switch are exchanging data from their Link State Records (LSR) databases.
NB_ST_DB_ACK_WT—The neighbor is waiting for the switch to acknowledge the LSR database.
NB_ST_DB_WT—The LSR Database is in waiting state; synchronization is in process.
NB_ST_FULL—The neighbor is in the last, finishing state. The E_Port can route frames only if the neighbor is in full state.
If no information is available for the switch, the command displays the message “No ISL found.”
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
795
796
2 show fabric route neighbor-state
Examples
The show fabric family of commands display neighbor and local port information when connected to a down-level RBridge.
When a fabric is running normal mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.0 or later), CLI output displays the QSFP breakout index for all switches in the fabric.
When a fabric is running mixed mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.0 or earlier), the QSFP breakout index is not displayed in the output on switches running Network OS versions earlier than v4.1.0.This command displays ISL details, including the breakout index of the interface if breakout mode is configured on the source or neighbor interface.
To display the state of FSPF neighbors for the local switch: switch# show fabric route neighbor-state
Rbridge-id: 66 #ISLs: 8
20
23
49
53
Src Src Nbr Nbr Nbr
Index Interface Index Interface State
-------------------------------------------------------
2
17
18
19
Te 66/0/2
Te 66/0/17
Te 66/0/18
Te 66/0/19
2
41
42
43
Te 65/0/2
Te 65/0/41
Te 65/0/42
Te 65/0/43
NB_ST_FULL
NB_ST_FULL
NB_ST_FULL
NB_ST_FULL
Te 66/0/20
Te 66/0/23
Fi 66/0/1
Fi 66/0/5
44
47
129
129
Te 65/0/44
Te 65/0/47
Fi 2/-/-
Fi 160/-/-
NB_ST_FULL
NB_ST_FULL
NB_ST_FULL
NB_ST_FULL
This example displays neighbor state route details and includes the breakout index of the interface in normal mode.
sw0# show fabric route neighbor-state
Rbridge-id: 1 #ISLs: 1
Src Src
Index Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface
Nbr
State
-------------------------------------------------------
30 Te 1/0/49:1 1 Te 48/0/49:1 NB_ST_FULL
This example displays neighbor state route details of the non-trunked port in mixed mode running
Network OS v4.0.0. (In mixed mode, the QSFP breakout index is not displayed in the output on a switch running Network OS versions earlier than v4.1.0.) sw0# show fabric route neighbor-state
Rbridge-id: 1 #ISLs: 2
Src Src
Index Interface
Nbr Nbr
Index Interface
Nbr
State
-------------------------------------------------------
30 Te 1/0/49 1 Te 48/0/49 NB_ST_FULL
This example displays neighbor state route details of the non-trunked port in mixed mode running
Network OS v4.1.0.
sw0# show fabric route neighbor-state
Rbridge-id: 1 #ISLs: 2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric route neighbor-state
2
Src Src
Index Interface
Nbr Nbr
Index Interface
Nbr
State
-------------------------------------------------------
30 Te 1/0/49:1 1 Te 48/0/49 NB_ST_FULL
See Also
show fabric route topology, show fabric route linkinfo
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
797
2 show fabric route pathinfo show fabric route pathinfo
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the path of a data stream through a fabric and provides statistics about each hop on that path. show fabric route pathinfo Fabric ID Domain Source Port Destination Port Basic Stats Extended
Stats Reverse Path
You are prompted to select parameters interactively. The command will prompt you for the following parameters:
Fabric ID Enter the VCS ID of the destination Network OS switch or the Fabric ID of the destination Fabric OS switch. If unspecified, the value defaults to which specifies the Brocade VCS Fabric cluster of the local switch.
−
1,
Domain
Source Port
Enter the RBridge ID of the destination Network OS switch or the domain ID of the destination Fabric OS switch. You must enter a value for this parameter. It has no default value.
Enter the port index of the port at the head of the data stream to be traced. traced. If unspecified, the value defaults to
−
1, which specifies the embedded port.
Destination Port Enter the port index of the port on the destination switch for the path being traced. If unspecified, the value defaults to
−
1, which specifies the embedded port. The command output also reports the status of the
Destination Port. If the specified port is out of range on the destination switch, the command fails with the message “Target port not present.” statistics are not displayed.
statistics are not displayed.
Defaults This command has no inherent defaults. Refer to the Description for parameter-specific defaults.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description information. By default, reverse path information is not displayed.
The path from port A on switch X to port B on switch Y might be different from the path from port B to port A depending on the links traversed between a given sequence of switches, or the reverse path might involve different switches.
Use this command to display detailed routing information and statistics for a data stream from a source port on the local switch to a destination port on another switch. The destination switch can be a member of the same Brocade VCS Fabric cluster, a member of a different Brocade VCS Fabric cluster, a member of a Fabric OS backbone fabric, or a member of a Fabric OS edge fabric. This routing information describes the exact path that a user data stream takes to go from the source port to the destination port.
Use this command to check whether a congested link might be causing performance degradation on a specific data stream or path.
798 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric route pathinfo
2
Regardless of parameter selection, the command displays the following status of the destination port and routing information about each hop:
Target port is Provides the status of the destination port. It can have one of the following values:
Embedded: This is the embedded port.
Not active: The port is not connected or is still initializing and has not yet reached a stable state.
E_Port
F_Port
Hop
In Port
Domain ID
Out Port
The hop number. The local switch is hop 0.
The port index of the port that the frames come in from on this path.
For hop 0, this is the source port.
Routing bridge ID of the Network OS switch or domain of the Fabric OS switch.
The port index of the port that the frames use to reach the next hop on this path. For the last hop, this is the destination port.
BW
Cost
The bandwidth of the output ISL in Gbps. It does not apply to the embedded port.
The cost of the ISL used by the fabric shortest path first (FSPF) routing protocol. It applies only to an E_Port.
You can request statistics for each hop in addition to the routing information. These statistics are presented for the input and output ports for both receive and transmit modes. You can select basic statistics, extended statistics, or both. Statistics are not reported for the embedded port. Some throughput values are reported in multiple time intervals to describe current path utilization and the average throughput over a longer period of time.
To collect these statistics, this command uses a special frame that is sent hop-by-hop from the source switch to the destination switch. To prevent such a frame from looping forever if an error occurs, a maximum of 25 hops is enforced. The hop count includes all hops in the direct path from source to destination, and also all the hops in the reverse path, if the tracing of the reverse path is requested. If the hop limit is exceeded, information collected up to the switch that returned the error is displayed along with the message “Maximum hops exceeded.”
If basic statistics are requested, the following information is provided for each hop in addition to the routing information:
B/s (1s) Bytes per second transmitted and received over the previous 1-second period for the in port and for the out port.
B/s (64s)
TxCrdz(1s)
Bytes per second transmitted and received over the previous 64-second period for the in port and for the out port.
The length of time, in milliseconds, over the previous 1 second interval that the port was unable to transmit frames because the transmit BB credit was 0. The purpose of this statistic is to detect congestion or a device affected by latency. This parameter is sampled at 1 millisecond (ms)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
799
2 show fabric route pathinfo
Usage Guidelines
Examples
TxCrdz(64s) intervals, and the counter is incremented if the condition is true. Each sample represents 1 ms of time with a 0 Tx BB Credit. An increment of this counter means that the frames could not be sent to the attached device for
1 ms, indicating degraded performance.
The length of time, in milliseconds, over the previous 64-second interval that the port was unable to transmit frames because the transmit BB credit was 0.
If extended statistics are requested, the following information is provided for each hop in the data path:
F/s (1s) The number of frames received or transmitted per second over the previous 1-second period.
F/s (64s)
Words
Frames
Errors
The number of frames received or transmitted per second over the previous 64-second period.
The total number of 4-byte Fibre Channel words.
The total number of frames.
The total number of errors that may have caused a frame not to be received correctly. This includes cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors, bad end-of-frame (EOF) errors, frame truncated errors, frame-too-short errors, and encoding errors inside a frame.
The show fabric family of commands display neighbor and local port information when connected to a down-level RBridge.This command displays ISL details, including the breakout index of the interface if breakout mode is configured on the source or neighbor interface.
To show path information without statistics or reverse path information: switch# show fabric route pathinfo
Fabric ID (1..128)[-1] : 10
Domain : 1
Source Port [-1] :
Destination Port [-1]
Basic Stats [y/n/yes/no]?
:
Extended Stats [y/n/yes/no]?
Reverse Path[y/n/yes/no]?
: n
: n
: n
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Target port is Embedded
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 E 152 1 10G 500
1
2
5
14
142
5
54
1
4G
4G
500
10000
3 217
4 1209
5 3
100
2
1
793
148
E
48G
8G
--
500
500
--
800 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric route pathinfo
2
To show path information with basic statistics: switch# show fabric route pathinfo
Fabric ID (1..128)[-1] : 10
Domain : 1
Source Port [-1] :
Destination Port [-1] :
Basic Stats [y/n/yes/no]?
Extended Stats [y/n/yes/no]?
Reverse Path[y/n/yes/no]?
: y
: n
: n
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Target port is Embedded
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 E 152 1 10G 500
Port E 1
--------------------------------------------------------
B/s (1s)
B/s (64s)
TxCrdz (1s)
TxCrdz (64s)
Tx
--
--
--
--
Rx
--
--
--
--
Tx
0
0
0
0
Rx
0
0
--
--
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 5 142 54 4G 500
Port
B/s (1s)
B/s (64s)
TxCrdz (1s)
TxCrdz (64s)
Tx
5
Rx
54
Tx Rx
--------------------------------------------------
0
0
0
0
0
7
0
7
0
0
--
--
0
0
--
--
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 14 5 1 4G 10000
Port
B/s (0s)
B/s (0s)
TxCrdz (0s)
TxCrdz (0s)
14 1
Tx Rx Tx Rx
--------------------------------------------------
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
--
--
0
0
--
--
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
3
Port
217
Tx
100
217
Rx
793
Tx
48G
793
500
Rx
--------------------------------------------------
B/s (1s)
B/s (64s)
TxCrdz (1s)
TxCrdz (64s)
0
4
0
0
0
4
--
--
0
0
0
0
0
0
--
--
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
801
802
2 show fabric route pathinfo
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1209 2 148 8G 500
Port
B/s (1s)
B/s (64s)
TxCrdz (1s)
TxCrdz (64s)
1209 148
Tx Rx Tx Rx
--------------------------------------------------
0 0 0 0
0
0
0
0
--
--
3
0
0
0
--
--
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 3 1 E - --
Port
B/s (1s)
B/s (64s)
TxCrdz (1s)
TxCrdz (64s)
Tx
3
Rx
E
Tx Rx
--------------------------------------------------
0 0 ---
0
0
0
3
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
To show path information with extended statistics and reverse path information: switch# show fabric route pathinfo
Fabric ID (1..128)[-1] : 10
Domain : 1
Source Port [-1] :
Destination Port [-1] :
Basic Stats [y/n/yes/no]?
Extended Stats [y/n/yes/no]?
Reverse Path[y/n/yes/no]?
: y
: y
: y
---------------------------------------------------------------
Target port is Embedded
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 E 152 1 10G 500
Port E 1
B/s (1s)
B/s (64s)
TxCrdz (1s)
TxCrdz (64s)
F/s (1s)
F/s (64s)
Words
Frames
Errors
Tx Rx Tx Rx
-----------------------------------------------------
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
0
0
0
0
0
0
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
0
0
0
0
--
0
0
0
0
0
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric route pathinfo
2
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 5 142 54 4G 500
Port
B/s (1s)
B/s (64s)
TxCrdz (1s)
TxCrdz (64s)
F/s (1s)
F/s (64s) words
Frames
Errors
Tx
5
Rx
54
Tx Rx
--------------------------------------------------
0
0
0
0
0
7
0
7
0
0
0
0
--
--
0
0
0
0
0
0
--
--
0
0
0
0
--
0
0
0
967
1204
--
967
967
0
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 14 5 1 4G 10000
Port
B/s (0s)
B/s (0s)
TxCrdz (0s)
TxCrdz (0s)
F/s (0s)
F/s (0s) words
Frames
Errors
14 1
Tx Rx Tx Rx
--------------------------------------------------
0 0 0 0
0
0
0
--
0
0
0
--
0
0
0
--
0
0
0
0
0
--
0
0
-0 - 0
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 217 100 793 48G 500
Port
B/s (1s)
B/s (64s)
TxCrdz (1s)
TxCrdz (64s)
F/s (1s)
F/s (64s) words
Frames
Errors
217 793
Tx Rx Tx Rx
--------------------------------------------------
0
4
0
0
0
4
--
--
0
0
0
0
0
0
--
--
0
0
50570
50742
--
0
0
50570
50570
0
0
0
511118479
539255694
--
0
0
511118479
511118479
0
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1209 2 148 8G 500
Port
B/s (1s)
B/s (64s)
1209 148
Tx Rx Tx Rx
--------------------------------------------------
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
803
804
2 show fabric route pathinfo
TxCrdz (1s)
TxCrdz (64s)
F/s (1s)
F/s (64s) words
Frames
Errors
0
0
0
0
608
454
--
--
--
0
0
608
608
0
0
0
0
0
424
563
--
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 3 1 E ---
Port
B/s (1s)
B/s (64s)
TxCrdz (1s)
TxCrdz (64s)
F/s (1s)
F/s (64s) words
Frames
Errors
0
0
0
0
Tx
3 E
Rx Tx Rx
--------------------------------------------------
0
0
0
3
--
--
--
--
--
--
0
0
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
1244
898
--
1244
1244
0
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
0
0
424
424
0
Hop
Reverse Path
In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 E 1 0 8G 500
Port
B/s (1s)
B/s (64s)
TxCrdz (1s)
TxCrdz (64s)
F/s (1s)
F/s (64s)
Words
Frames
Errors
E 0
Tx Rx Tx Rx
---------------------------------------------------
--
--
--
--
0
4
0
4
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
0
0
0
0
-- 809
1645
--
--
--
0
0
809
809
0
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 149 2 1204 48G 500
Port
B/s (1s)
B/s (64s)
TxCrdz (1s)
TxCrdz (64s)
F/s (1s)
F/s (64s) words
Frames
Errors
Tx
149
Rx
1204
Tx Rx
--------------------------------------------------
0
4
0
0
0
0
4
--
--
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
--
--
0
0
707
403
--
0
707
707
0
0
56
57
--
0
56
56
0
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric route pathinfo
2
See Also
Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 796 100 217 4G 500
Port
B/s (1s)
B/s (64s)
TxCrdz (1s)
TxCrdz (64s)
F/s (1s)
F/s (64s) words
Frames
Errors
Tx
796
Rx
217
Tx Rx
--------------------------------------------------
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
4
0
0
0
0
--
--
0
0
0
0
0
0
--
--
0
0
48267544
1164982
--
48267544
48267544
0
50570
50742
--
50570
50570
0
show fabric route topology, show fabric route neighbor-state
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
805
2 show fabric route topology show fabric route topology
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the RBridge routes from the source switch to the destination switch. show fabric route topology [src-rbridgeId src-id] [dst-rbridgeId dst_id] src-rbridgeId
src-id
dst-rbridgeId
dst_id
Specifies the source RBridge ID
Specifies details on the source RBridge.
Specifies the destination RBridge ID
Specifies details on the destination RBridge.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the RBridge routes to other switches. The command displays the following fields:
Path Count
Src RB-ID
Dst RB-ID
The number of currently active paths to the destination domain
RBridge ID of the source switch. Valid values range from 1 through 239.
Out Index
Destination rbridge-id to where the traffic flows. Valid values range from 1 through 255.
The port index to which incoming frames are forwarded to reach the destination RBridge.
Out Interface
Hops
Cost
Nbr Index
Nbr Interface
BW
Trunk
The port interface (local-rbridge-id/slot/port) of the local RBridge to which incoming frames are forwarded to the destination RBridge. If the ISL is not up, then “?/?/?” displays for a Te interface and “-/-/-” displays for an Fi interface.
The maximum number of hops to reach destination RBridge.
The cost of reaching destination domain.
Neighbor Index of the ISL connected from local port.
Neighbor interface of the ISL connected from the local RBridge in the format “nbr-rbridge-id/slot/port”. If the ISL is not up, then “?/?/?” displays for a Te interface and “-/-/-” displays for an Fi interface.
Bandwidth of the traffic.
Displays “Yes” if trunk is enabled in the ISL.
The RBridge routes to other switches are the available paths to remote domains that unicast traffic can take.
This command is not available in standalone mode.
The source RBridge ID must be the local RBridge ID in this release. It is an optional parameter. If you do not specify the source RBridge ID or the destination RBridge ID, the system routes to all destinations in the Fabric.
The show fabric family of commands display neighbor and local port information when connected to a down-level RBridge.
806 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric route topology
2
Examples
When a fabric is running normal mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.0 or later), CLI output displays the QSFP breakout index for all switches in the fabric.
When a fabric is running mixed mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.0 or earlier), the QSFP breakout index is not displayed in the output on switches running Network OS versions earlier than v4.1. This command displays ISL details, including the breakout index of the interface if breakout mode is configured on the source or neighbor interface.
To display the fabric route topology information:
25
26
27
27
22
23
24
24
2
2
21
22
2
2
2
2 switch# show fabric route topology
Total Path Count: 3
Src Dst Out Out Nbr Nbr
RB-ID RB-ID Index Interface Hops Cost Index Interface BW Trunk
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 2 2 Te 1/0/2 2 1000 56 Te 21/0/56 60G Yes
2
2
2
2
26
44
15
34
Te 1/0/26
Te 1/0/44
Te 1/0/15
Te 1/0/34
2
2
2
2
1000
1000
1000
1000
56
56
57
58
Te 25/0/56
Te 28/0/56
Te 23/0/57
Te 26/0/58
60G
60G
60G
60G
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
7
22
37
12
41
20
2
7
Te 1/0/7
Te 1/0/22
Te 1/0/37
Te 1/0/12
Te 1/0/41
Te 1/0/20
Te 1/0/2
Te 1/0/7
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
500
55
58
56
60
59
56
60
55
Te 22/0/55
Te 24/0/58
Te 27/0/56
Te 22/0/60
Te 27/0/59
Te 24/0/56
Te 21/0/56
Te 22/0/55
40G
40G
40G
20G
20G
10G
60G
40G
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
26
34
37
41
12
15
22
20
Te 1/0/12
Te 1/0/15
Te 1/0/22
Te 1/0/20
Te 1/0/26
Te 1/0/34
Te 1/0/37
Te 1/0/41
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
56
58
56
59
60
57
58
56
Te 22/0/60 20G Yes
Te 23/0/57 60G Yes
Te 24/0/58 40G Yes
Te 24/0/56 10G Yes
Te 25/0/56 60G Yes
Te 26/0/58 60G Yes
Te 27/0/56 40G Yes
Te 27/0/59 20G Yes
This example displays route topology details and includes the breakout index of the neighbor interface in normal mode.
sw0# show fabric route topology
Total Path Count: 3
Src
RB-ID
Dst
RB-ID
Out
Index
Out
Interface Hops Cost
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface BW Trunk
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 48 30 Te 1/0/49:1 1 500 1 Te 48/0/49:1 40G Yes
This example displays route topology details and includes the breakout index of the neighbor interface in mixed mode running Network O.S. v4.0.0.
sw0# show fabric route topology
Total Path Count: 3
Src Dst Out Out
RB-ID RB-ID Index Interface Hops Cost
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface BW Trunk
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
807
2 show fabric route topology
1 48 30 Te 1/0/49 1 500 1 Te 48/0/49 40G Yes
This example displays route topology details and includes the breakout index of the neighbor interface in mixed mode running Network O.S. v4.1.0.
sw0# show fabric route topology
Total Path Count: 3
Src Dst Out Out
RB-ID RB-ID Index Interface Hops Cost
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface BW Trunk
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 48 30 Te 1/0/49:1 1 500 1 Te 48/0/49 40G Yes
See Also
808 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric trunk
2 show fabric trunk
Synopsis
Operands
Displays Inter-Switch Link (ISL) trunk information.
show fabric trunk [rbridge-id| all]
rbridge-id
all
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies all switches in the fabric.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display trunking information of ISL ports. The command displays the following fields:
Rbridge-id
Trunk Group
RBridge ID of the switch. Valid values range from 1 through 239.
Displays each trunking group on a switch. All ports that are part of this trunking group are displayed.
Src Index
Src Interface
Source index of the local RBridge.
Source interface of the local RBridge in the format
“local-rbridge-id/slot/port”. If the ISL is not up, then “?/?/?” displays for a
Te interface and “-/-/-” displays for an Fi interface.
Nbr Index
Nbr Interface
Nbr-WWN
Neighbor Index of the ISL connected from local port. If the link is segmented and the neighbor RBridge details are unavailable, “?” displays in this field.
Neighbor interface of the ISL connected from the local RBridge in the format “nbr-rbridge-id/slot/port”. If the ISL is not completely up, this field will be displayed as “?/?/?”. If the ISL is not up, then “?/?/?” displays for a
Te interface and “-/-/-” displays for an Fi interface.
Neighbor WWN of the switch. If the ISL is segmented and the neighbor
RBridge details are not available, then “??:??:??:??:??:??:??:??” displays in this field.
This command is not available in standalone mode. If this command is executed without operands, it displays the trunk information of the local RBridge.
The show fabric family of commands display neighbor and local port information when connected to a down-level RBridge.
When a fabric is running normal mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.0 or later), CLI output displays the QSFP breakout index for all switches in the fabric.
When a fabric is running mixed mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.0 or earlier), the QSFP breakout index is not displayed in the output on switches running Network OS versions earlier than v4.1.0. In such instances, the neighbor port WWN (Nbr-WWN) is displayed as
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX.
This command displays ISL details, including the breakout index of the interface if breakout mode is configured on the source or neighbor interface.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
809
810
2 show fabric trunk
Examples To display the fabric trunk information: switch# show fabric trunk
Possible completions: all all RBridges in fabric rbridge-id Syntax: rbridge-id [rbridge-id]
| Output modifiers
<cr> switch# show fabric trunk
Rbridge-id: 65
1
2
2
2
Trunk Src
Group Index
Source
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Nbr-WWN
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 Te 65/0/1 1 Te 66/0/1 10:00:00:05:33:6F:27:57
2
45
47
46
Te 65/0/2
Te 65/0/45
Te 65/0/47
Te 65/0/46
2
21
23
22
Te 66/0/2
Te 66/0/21
Te 66/0/23
Te 66/0/22
10:00:00:05:33:6F:27:57
10:00:00:05:33:6F:27:57
10:00:00:05:33:6F:27:57
10:00:00:05:33:6F:27:57
This example displays trunk details and includes the breakout index of the neighbor interface in normal mode.
sw0# show fabric trunk
Rbridge-id: 1
Trunk Src Source Nbr Nbr
Group Index Interface Index Interface Nbr-WWN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
1
1
1
74
76
80
78
Te 1/0/49:1
Te 1/0/49:2
Te 1/0/49:3
Te 1/0/49:4
0
1
3
2
Te 48/0/49:1
Te 48/0/49:2
Te 48/0/49:3
Te 48/0/49:4
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
Where XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX is the neighbor port WWN
This example displays trunk details and includes the breakout index of the neighbor interface in mixed mode running Network OS v4.0.0.
sw0# show fabric trunk
Rbridge-id: 1
Trunk Src
Group Index
Source
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Nbr-WWN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 74 Te 1/0/49 0 Te 48/0/49 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
1
1
1
76
80
78
Te 1/0/49
Te 1/0/49
Te 1/0/49
1
3
2
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
This example displays trunk details and includes the breakout index of the neighbor interface in mixed mode running Network OS v4.1.0.
sw0# show fabric trunk
Rbridge-id: 1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fabric trunk
2
Trunk Src
Group Index
Source
Interface
Nbr
Index
Nbr
Interface Nbr-WWN
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
1
74
76
Te 1/0/49:1
Te 1/0/49:2
0
1
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
1
1
80
78
Te 1/0/49:3
Te 1/0/49:4
3
2
Te 48/0/49
Te 48/0/49
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
See Also
fabric trunk enable, show fabric isl, show fabric islports
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
811
2 show fcoe fabric-map show fcoe fabric-map
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the FCoE fabric-map configuration globally in a fabric, or on a single RBridge.
show fcoe fabric-map [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Optionally selects the fabric-map configuration on a single RBridge ID.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the FCoE fabric-map on all or one of the RBridges in a fabric.
None
Examples To display the fabric-map configuration on all RBridges in the fabric: switch# show fcoe-fabric-map
======================================================================================
Fabric-Map VLAN VFID Pri FCMAP FKA Timeout Total-FCoE-Enodes
====================================================================================== default 1002[D] 128[D] 3[D] 0xefc00[D] 8000[D] Enabled[D] 264
To display the fabric-map configuration for a single RBridge: switch# show fcoe-fabric-map rbridge-id 19
======================================================================================
Fabric-Map VLAN VFID Pri FCMAP FKA Timeout FCoE-Enodes
====================================================================================== default 1002[D] 128[D] 3[D] 0xefc00[D] 8000[D] Enabled[D] 200
To display the fabric-map configuration where the number of FCoE ENodes is the default value: switch# show fcoe-fabric-map rbridge-id 20
======================================================================================
Fabric-Map VLAN VFID Pri FCMAP FKA Timeout FCoE-Enodes
====================================================================================== default 1002[D] 128[D] 3[D] 0xefc00[D] 8000[D] Enabled[D] 64 [D]
To display the fabric-map configuration where no FCoE license is present: switch# show fcoe-fabric-map rbridge-id 21
======================================================================================
Fabric-Map VLAN VFID Pri FCMAP FKA Timeout FCoE-Enodes
====================================================================================== default 1002[D] 128[D] 3[D] 0xefc00[D] 8000[D] Enabled[D] 0
The command show running-config rbridge-id rbridge-id also shows the status of “fabric-map” and
“fcoe-enode” under “fcoe,” as in the following example: sw0# show running-config rbridge-id 19 rbridge-id 19
:
812 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
fcoe fabric-map default fcoe-enode 200
!
sw0# show running-config rbridge-id 20 rbridge-id 20
: fcoe fabric-map default fcoe-enode 64
!
See Also sw0# show running-config rbridge-id 21 rbridge-id 21
: fcoe fabric-map default fcoe-enode 0
!
show fcoe fabric-map
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
813
2 show fcoe interface show fcoe interface
Synopsis
Operands
Displays a synopsis of the FCoE interfaces.
show fcoe interface [brief | ethernet rbridge-id rbridge-id] brief ethernet
Displays a brief synopsis of the configuration status.
Displays the FCoE Ethernet Interface information.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display a synopsis of the configuration status of all FCoE interfaces.
This command is not available in standalone mode.
See Also switch# show fcoe interface brief
========================================================================
FCOE IF Mode Status
Config Current Config Proto
Binding Num
VN Ports
========================================================================
1/12/1 VF VF Up Down Te 12/0/1 0
1/12/2
1/12/3
1/12/4
1/12/5
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
Up
Up
Up
Up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Te 12/0/2
Te 12/0/3
Te 12/0/4
Te 12/0/5
0
0
0
0
1/12/6
1/12/7
1/12/8
1/12/9
1/12/10
1/12/11
1/12/12
1/12/13
1/12/14
1/12/15
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
VF
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Te 12/0/6
Te 12/0/7
Te 12/0/8
Te 12/0/9
Te 12/0/10
Te 12/0/11
Te 12/0/12
Te 12/0/13
Te 12/0/14
Te 12/0/15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
None
814 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fcoe login
2 show fcoe login
Synopsis
Displays FCoE login information.
show fcoe login {interface [WORD | VN-Num | rbridge | port]} {rbridge-id rbridge-id} {vfid vf_id}
{vlan vlan_id}
Operands interface
WORD
VN-Num rbridge
Displays logins for an FCoE interface
Displays Word information.
Displays VN-Num information.
Displays RBridge information.
port Displays port information.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays FCoE logins for a given RBridge ID.
vfid vf_id vlan vlan_id
Displays logins for an FCoE virtual fabric. Valid values range from 1 through 4096.
Displays logins for an FCoE VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display FCoE login information.
This command is not available in standalone mode.
Examples
See Also
NOTE
The FCoE virtual fabric is not to be confused with the Virtual Fabrics feature that supports service or transport VFs.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual
Fabrics context.
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport
VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
815
2 show fcoe map show fcoe map
Synopsis
Operands
Displays all FCoE maps, or a single map. show fcoe map [default {rbridge-id rbridge-id} | rbridge-id rbridge-id] default The fabric map name. The only map name available is “default”.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display all available FCoE maps, or a single designated map. However, for
Network OS v4.1.0, the only map name allowed is “default.”
This command is not available in standalone mode.
See Also switch# show fcoe map default
================================================================
Name DCB-Map FABRIC-MAP(s)
================================================================ default default default
None
816 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fcsp auth-secret dh-chap
2 show fcsp auth-secret dh-chap
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the switches (WWNs) for which a shared secret is configured.
show fcsp auth-secret dh-chap
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the switch world wide names (WWNs) for which a shared secret is configured.
This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 6730 switches.
switch# show fcsp auth-secret dh-chap
10:00:00:05:1e:7a:c3:00
See Also
fcsp auth, fcsp auth-secret dhchap, show running-config fcsp auth
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
817
2 show fibrechannel login show fibrechannel login
Synopsis
Operands
Displays fibrechannel logins.
show fibrechannel login [rbridge-id rbridge-id | interface fcoe-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID of the fibrechannel logins to display.
interface fcoe-id Specifies the FCoE interface name in VN-Num/RBridge-ID/port format of the fibrechannel logins to display.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged Exec mode
Description Displays fibrechannel logins for a specified fibrechannel interface or a specified RBridge ID.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
To view all fibrechannel: sw0# show fibrechannel login
=====================================================================================
===
Interface Index PID status protocol speed PortWWN
=====================================================================================
===
Fi 17/0/3 2 110146 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 2e:83:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110145 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 2d:07:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110144 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 2e:fc:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110143 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 20:74:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110142 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 26:0a:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110141 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 28:2d:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110140 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 10:00:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/4 3 110100 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 10:00:00:05:33:26:14:27
Total number of Login(s) = 8
To view fibrechannel logins for an RBridge: sw0# show fibrechannel login rbridge-id 17
=====================================================================================
===
Interface Index PID status protocol speed PortWWN
=====================================================================================
===
Fi 17/0/3 2 110146 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 2e:83:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110145 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 2d:07:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110144 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 2e:fc:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110143 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 20:74:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110142 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 26:0a:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110141 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 28:2d:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110140 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 10:00:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/4 3 110100 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 10:00:00:05:33:26:14:27
Total number of Login(s) = 8
818 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fibrechannel login
2
To view fibrechannel logins on an interface: sw0# show fibrechannel login interface 17/0/3
=====================================================================================
===
Interface Index PID status protocol speed PortWWN
=====================================================================================
===
Fi 17/0/3 2 110146 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 2e:83:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110145 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 2d:07:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110144 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 2e:fc:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110143 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 20:74:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110142 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 26:0a:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110141 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 28:2d:00:05:33:26:14:26
Fi 17/0/3 2 110140 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 10:00:00:05:33:26:14:26
Total number of Login(s) = 7
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
819
2 show file show file
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the contents of a file.
show file filename
filename
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
The name of the file to be displayed.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the contents of a file in the local flash memory.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
To display the contents of the startup configuration file: switch# show file startup-config-copy diag post rbridge-id 237 no enable
!
linecard 2 LC48x10G linecard 4 LC48x10G class-map default match any
!
logging rbridge-id 237
raslog console INFO
!
logging auditlog class SECURITY logging auditlog class CONFIGURATION logging auditlog class FIRMWARE logging syslog-facility local LOG_LOCAL7 switch-attributes 237 chassis-name VDX8770-4 host-name sw0
!
support rbridge-id 237 ffdc
!
snmp-server contact "Field Support." snmp-server location "End User Premise." snmp-server sys-descr "Brocade VDX Switch." snmp-server community ConvergedNetwork snmp-server community OrigEquipMfr rw snmp-server community "Secret C0de" rw snmp-server community common snmp-server community private rw snmp-server community public snmp-server host 172.26.3.84 public udp-port 5000 severity-level Info
!
(output truncated)
See Also
820 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show fips
2 show fips
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the current FIPS configuration.
show fips
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display whether FIPS self tests are enabled, and whether the root account is disabled.
None
To display the FIPS enabled status: switch# show fips
FIPS Selftests: Enabled
Root account: Disabled
See Also
fips root disable, fips selftests, fips zeroize, prom-access disable, unhide fips
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
821
2 show firmwaredownloadhistory show firmwaredownloadhistory
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the firmware download history for the switches.
show firmwaredownloadhistory [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the firmware download history log. The log records the date and time of the firmware download, the switch name, slot number, process ID and firmware version.
Use this command to display information for the local management module only.
To display the firmware download history: switch# show firmwaredownloadhistory
Firmware version history
Sno Date & Time
1
2
Thu May
Wed May
2 05:00:08 2013
1 07:44:43 2013
Switch Name Slot PID sw0 0 1561 sw0 0 1551
OS Version nos4.0.0
nos3.0.1
See Also
firmware commit, firmware download, show version
822 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show firmwaredownloadstatus
2 show firmwaredownloadstatus
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the firmware download activity log.
show firmwaredownloadstatus [brief] [summary] [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] brief summary rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Displays only the last entry of the firmware download event log.
Displays a high-level summary of the firmware download status.
Executes the command on the specified switch.
Specifies the RBridge ID for the switch.
Specifies all switches in the VCS fabric.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display an event log that records the progress and status of events that
occur during a firmware download. The event log is created by the current firmware download
command and is retained until you issue another firmware download command. A time stamp is associated with each event.
The rbridge-id operand is supported in VCS mode only.
The output varies depending on the hardware platform.
Examples To display the firmware download event log on a Brocade VDX 8770-4: switch# show firmwaredownloadstatus
[1]: Tue Mar 6 04:05:20 2012
Slot M1: Firmware install begins.
[2]: Tue Mar 6 04:09:02 2012
Slot M1: Firmware install ends.
[3]: Tue Mar 6 04:09:02 2012
Slot M2: Firmware install begins.
[4]: Tue Mar 6 04:12:08 2012
Slot M2: Firmware install ends.
[5]: Tue Mar 6 04:12:09 2012
Slot M1: Firmware starts to swap.
[6]: Tue Mar 6 04:12:09 2012
Slot M2: Firmware starts to swap.
(output truncated)
To display a condensed version of the firmware download status: switch# show firmwaredownloadstatus brief
[35]: Tue Mar 6 04:23:10 2012
Slot M1: Firmware is downloaded successfully.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
823
2 show firmwaredownloadstatus
To display a high-level summary of the firmware download status: switch# show firmwaredownloadstatus summary rbridge-id 1-4
Rid 1: INSTALLING
Rid 2: INSTALLED (Ready for activation)
Rid 3: COMMITING
Rid 4: COMMITED
See Also
firmware commit, firmware download, firmware restore, show version, firmware activate,
firmware recover, firmware download logical-chassis
824 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show global-running-config
2 show global-running-config
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the global running configuration.
show global-running-config
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the currently running global configuration for a node.
None
The following example shows partial output for this command: switch# show global-running-config logging raslog console INFO logging auditlog class SECURITY logging auditlog class CONFIGURATION logging auditlog class FIRMWARE logging syslog-facility local LOG_LOCAL7 no support autoupload enable support ffdc snmp-server contact "Field Support." snmp-server location "End User Premise." snmp-server sys-descr "Brocade VDX Switch." snmp-server community ConvergedNetwork snmp-server community OrigEquipMfr rw snmp-server community "Secret C0de" rw snmp-server community common snmp-server community private rw snmp-server community public snmp-server user snmpadmin1 groupname snmpadmin snmp-server user snmpadmin2 groupname snmpadmin snmp-server user snmpadmin3 groupname snmpadmin snmp-server user snmpuser1 snmp-server user snmpuser2 snmp-server user snmpuser3 line vty
exec-timeout 10
!
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name "" zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access allaccess zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save role name admin desc Administrator role name user desc User aaa authentication login local aaa accounting exec default start-stop none aaa accounting commands default start-stop none service password-encryption username admin password "BwrsDbB+tABWGWpINOVKoQ==\n" encryption-level 7 role admin desc Administrator username user password "BwrsDbB+tABWGWpINOVKoQ==\n" encryption-level 7 role user desc User
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
825
826
2 show global-running-config
See Also cee-map default
precedence 1
priority-group-table 1 weight 40 pfc on
priority-group-table 15.0 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.1 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.2 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.3 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.4 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.5 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.6 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.7 pfc off
priority-group-table 2 weight 60 pfc off
priority-table 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 15.0
remap fabric-priority priority 0
remap lossless-priority priority 0
!
fcoe
fabric-map default
vlan 1002
priority 3
virtual-fabric 128
fcmap 0E:FC:00
max-enodes 64
advertisement interval 8000
keep-alive timeout
!
map default
fabric-map default
cee-map default
!
!
interface Vlan 1
shutdown
!
interface Vlan 123
shutdown protocol lldp
advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv
advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv
advertise dcbx-tlv
system-description Brocade-VDX-VCS 300
!
vlan dot1q tag native port-profile default
vlan-profile
switchport
switchport mode trunk
switchport trunk allowed vlan all
switchport trunk native-vlan 1
!
class-map cee class-map default
show rbridge-running config, show rbridge-local-running-config
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ha
2 show ha
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the High Availability (HA) status of the management modules.
show ha [all-partitions] [rbridge-id {rbridge-id} all}] all-partitions rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Displays the HA status for all partitions.
Executes the command on the specified switch.
Specifies the RBridge ID for the switch.
Specifies all switches in the VCS fabric.
Defaults Displays the HA status for the management modules.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the HA status of the management modules. The display includes the following information:
•
Local MM state: warm or cold, recovering or recovered
•
Remote MM state: warm or cold, recovering or recovered, or not available
•
High Availability (enabled or disabled)
•
Heartbeat (up or down)
•
Health of standby management module
•
HA synchronization status
The health of the standby CP is defined as follows:
Healthy The standby management module is running and the background health diagnostic has not detected any errors.
Failed
Unknown
The standby is running, but the background health diagnostic has discovered a problem with the blade. Check the logs to determine the appropriate action.
The standby management module’s health state is unknown because of one of the following reasons: the standby CP does not exist, Heartbeat is down, or the Health Monitor has detected a configuration file error.
The High Availability synchronization status is defined as follows:
HA State synchronized
The system is fully synchronized. If a failover becomes necessary, it is non-disruptive.
HA State not in sync The system is unable to synchronize the two management modules. This may be caused by one or more of the following conditions:
•
A failover is in process but not completed
•
The standby management module is faulty.
•
A system error occurred.
If a failover becomes necessary while the management modules are not in sync, the standby management module reboots, and the failover is disruptive.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
827
2 show ha
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
HA is not supported in this release. All failover is disruptive. The HA commands are provided for consistency and future expansion.
To display HA status: switch# show ha
Local (M2): Active, Cold Recovered
Remote (M1): Standby, Healthy
HA enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State synchronized
To display HA status for all partitions: switch# show ha all-partitions
Local (M2): Active, Cold Recovered
Remote (M1): Standby, Healthy
HA enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State synchronized
L2/0: Active, Cold Recovered, Dual Partitions, Redundant, State in sync
1: Standby, Dual Partitions, Redundant, State in sync
ha enable, ha failover, ha failover
828 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show history
2 show history
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the history of commands executed on the switch.
show history [number]
number
The number of commands to display. If you omit this value, all commands are displayed.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the history of commands executed on the switch.
None
Typical command output display.
switch# show history
21:10:20 -- show arp vrf test
21:35:57 -- show ip
21:38:03 -- show arp vrf name
21:38:14 -- show access-
21:39:07 -- show access-list-log
21:39:18 -- show capture
21:48:53 -- show b int po
21:48:57 -- show bp
21:53:12 -- show cli
21:53:46 -- show cli
21:54:37 -- show cli
22:05:36 -- show confd-state cli listen ssh ip port
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
829
2 show interface show interface
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the detailed interface configuration and capabilities of all interfaces or for a specific interface.
show interface [fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port | management rbridge-id/slot/port | fcoe [vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number | rbridge-id rbridge-id] | fortygigabitethernet
rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | loopback number | port-channel
number | stats rbridge-id/slot/port | switchport |tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | vlan vlan_id} fibrechannel
rbridge-id slot port
loopback number
rbridge-id slot port
See show interface FibreChannel.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a loopback interface.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
management fcoe
vn-number rbridge-id
See show interface management.
Specifies FCoE interfaces.
Specifies the VN number for FCoE.
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
front-port-number Specifies the front port number.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the routing bridge ID.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
port-channel number Specifies to display the port-channel number. Valid values range from 1 through 63.
stats
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
830 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show interface
2
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
port
switchport
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies to display information for Layer 2 interfaces.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
vlan vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a VLAN interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the detailed interface configuration and capabilities of all interfaces or for a specific interface.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual
Fabrics context.
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport
VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
If show interface loopback is executed in logical chassis cluster mode, loopback interfaces are not
shown.
Examples To display detailed information for the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 1/0/1: switch# show interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/1
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/1 is admin down, line protocol is down (admin down)
Hardware is Ethernet, address is 0005.1e76.1aa5
Current address is 0005.1e76.1aa5
Pluggable media present, Media type is sfp
Wavelength is 850 nm
Interface index (ifindex) is 67174401
MTU 2500 bytes
LineSpeed: 10000 Mbit, Duplex: Full
Flowcontrol rx: on, tx: on
Last clearing of show interface counters: 00:02:18
Queueing strategy: fifo
Receive Statistics:
0 packets, 0 bytes
Unicasts: 0, Multicasts: 0, Broadcasts: 0
64-byte pkts: 0, Over 64-byte pkts: 0, Over 127-byte pkts: 0
Over 255-byte pkts: 0, Over 511-byte pkts: 0, Over 1023-byte pkts: 0
Over 1518-byte pkts(Jumbo): 0
Runts: 0, Jabbers: 0, CRC: 0, Overruns: 0
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
831
832
2 show interface
Errors: 0, Discards: 0
Transmit Statistics:
0 packets, 0 bytes
Unicasts: 0, Multicasts: 0, Broadcasts: 0
Underruns: 0
Errors: 0, Discards: 0
Rate info (interval 299 seconds):
Input 0.000000 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate
Output 0.000000 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate
Time since last interface status change: 00:02:17
To display detailed information for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface on a Brocade VDX 6710 switch: switch# show interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2
Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/2 is up, line protocol is up (connected)
Hardware is Ethernet, address is 0005.1e76.1aa5
Current address is 0005.3313.ac7f
Fixed copper RJ-45 media present
Interface index (ifindex) is 4697661440
MTU 2500 bytes
LineSpeed: 1000 Mbit, Duplex: Full
Flowcontrol rx: off, tx: off
Last clearing of show interface counters: 1d12h37m
Queueing strategy: fifo
Receive Statistics:
0 packets, 0 bytes
Unicasts: 0, Multicasts: 0, Broadcasts: 0
64-byte pkts: 0, Over 64-byte pkts: 0, Over 127-byte pkts: 0
Over 255-byte pkts: 0, Over 511-byte pkts: 0, Over 1023-byte pkts: 0
Over 1518-byte pkts(Jumbo): 0
Runts: 0, Jabbers: 0, CRC: 0, Overruns: 0
Errors: 0, Discards: 0
Transmit Statistics:
4425 packets, 513300 bytes
Unicasts: 4425, Multicasts: 0, Broadcasts: 0
Underruns: 0
Errors: 0, Discards: 0
Rate info (interval 299 seconds):
Input 0.000000 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate
Output 0.000000 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate
Time since last interface status change: 15:14:13
To display Layer 2 information for all interfaces: switch# show interface switchport
Interface name
Switchport mode
: Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/8
: access
Ingress filter : enable
Acceptable frame types : all
Default Vlan
Active Vlans
Inactive Vlans
: 1
: 1
: -
Interface name
Switchport mode
: Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/19
: hybrid
Ingress filter : enable
Acceptable frame types : all
Default Vlan
Active Vlans
: 1
: 1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show interface
2
See Also
Inactive Vlans : 100
Interface name
Switchport mode
Ingress filter
: Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/20
: trunk
: enable
Acceptable frame types : vlan-tagged only
Default Vlan : 0
Active Vlans
Inactive Vlans
: 1
: -
show interface fibrechannel, show interface management, show ip interface
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
833
2 show interface description show interface description
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the interface description.
show interface description [rbridge-id rbridge-id | range | all] rbridge-id rbridge-id The unique identifier for a switch, or set of switches. The range of valid values is from 1 through 239.
range
A range of rbridge-id values. The range string can be discontiguous, such as
“1-3,5”.
all Selects all of the members of the logical chassis cluster.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display an interface description.
None
Typical command output: switch# show interface description
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Port Type Speed Description
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Te 1/0/1 eth 10G appcl12-c9c06-a05-swid1105-m1-sw
Te 1/0/2
Te 1/0/3
eth 10G -eth 10G --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface Description
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Po 11 TO:appcl12-c9c06-a06-swid1106-sw-slot104
Po 12 TO:appcl12-c9c06-a06-swid1106-sw-slot105
See Also None
834 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show interface FibreChannel
2 show interface FibreChannel
Synopsis
Operands
Displays Fibre Channel port hardware statistics.
show interface FibreChannel rbridge-id/slot/port [detail]
rbridge-id slot port
detail
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays detailed error and statistics counters.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the up or down status of the port, the up or down status of the
Fibre Channel protocol, whether any pluggable media is present, and the following configuration information:
LineSpeed Actual
PortSpeed
Operating speed of the port.
Fixed speed of the port.
portDisableReason The reason the port is disabled.
PortId 24-bit port ID.
PortIfId
PortWwn
24-bit port interface ID.
World wide name of the port.
Distance Long-distance level of the port. In the case of LD mode, the user-configured distance and actual distance are both displayed.
Following the general information, the command displays three columns of counters. The first column shows interrupt statistics:
Interrupts
Unknown
Lli
Proc_rqrd
Timed_out
Rx_flushed
Tx_unavail
Free_buffer
Overrun
Suspended
Parity_err
2_parity_err
Total number of interrupts.
Interrupts that are not counted elsewhere.
Low-level interface (physical state, primitive sequences).
Frames delivered for embedded N_Port processing.
Frames that have timed out.
Frames requiring translation.
Frames returned from an unavailable transmitter.
Free buffer available interrupts.
Buffer overrun interrupts.
Transmission suspended interrupts.
Central memory parity errors.
Secondary transmission parity errors.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
835
836
2 show interface FibreChannel
The second column displays link error status block counters.
Link_failure Link failures
Loss_of_sync
Loss_of_sig
Synchronization losses
Signal losses
Protocol_err
Invalid_word
Invalid_crc
Delim_err
Protocol errors
Invalid words
Cyclic redundancy errors
Delimiter errors
Address_err
Lr_in
Li_out
Ols_in
Addressing errors
Line resets in
Line resets out
Offline primitive sequences in
Ols_out Offline primitive sequences out
The third column shows the number of transmitted frames rejected and busied:
Frjt
Fbsy
Transmitted frames rejected.
Transmitted frames busied.
after this, some transmission rate Information is displayed:
Bandwidth Bandwidth of the port.
Tx performance
Rx performance
Bytes per second transmitted.
Bytes per second received
When used with the detail parameter, this command also reports the following receive statistics, transmit statistics, error statistics, and port error information.
Receive statistics: stat_wrx stat_frx stat_c2_frx
4-byte words received.
Frames received.
Class 2 frames received.
Class 3 frames received.
stat_c3_frx stat_lc_rx stat_mc_rx
Transmit statistics:
Link control frames received.
Multicast frames received.
stat_wtx stat_ftx stat_mc_tx
4-byte words transmitted.
Frames transmitted.
Multicast frames transmitted.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show interface FibreChannel
2 tim_txcrd_z The number of times that the port was unable to transmit frames because the transmit buffer-to-buffer (BB) credit was zero. The purpose of this statistic is to detect congestion or a device affected by latency. This parameter is sampled at intervals of 2.5 microseconds, and the counter is incremented if the condition is true. Each sample represents
2.5 microseconds of time with 0 Tx BB Credit. An increment of this counter means that the frames could not be sent to the attached device for
2.5 microseconds, indicating degraded performance.
Error statistics: er_enc_in er_crc er_trunc er_toolong er_bad_eof er_enc_out er_bad_os er_rx_c3_timeout
Encoding errors inside frames.
Frames with cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors.
Frames shorter than the minimum frame length.
Frames longer than the maximum frame length.
Frames with bad end-of-frame.
Encoding error outside frames.
Invalid ordered sets (platform-specific and port-specific).
Receive class 3 frames received at this port and discarded at the transmission port due to timeout (platform-specific and port-specific).
er_tx_c3_timeout Transmit class 3 frames discarded at the transmission port due to timeout
(platform-specific and port-specific).
er_c3_dest_unreach Class 3 frames discarded because the transmit port, although it is determined, cannot send the frame at the moment when the error occurs.
er_other_discard er_type1_miss er_type2_miss er_type6_miss er_zone_miss er_lun_zone_miss
Other discards due to route lookup failures or other reasons.
FCR frames with transmit errors.
Frames with routing errors.
FCR frames with receive errors.
Frames discarded due to hard zoning miss. Hardware zoning enforcement is not supported currently.
Frames discarded due to zoning miss. LUN zoning is not supported currently.
er_crc_good_eof er_inv_arb
CRC errors with good end-of-frame (EOF).
Invalid ARBs.
Port error information:
Loss_of_sync Link synchronization errors.
Loss_of_sig
Frjt
Fbsy
Buffer information:
Lx Mode
Link loss-of-signal errors.
Transmitted frames rejected.
Transmitted frames busied.
L0—Link not in long-distance mode.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
837
2 show interface FibreChannel
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Max/Resv Buffers
Buffer Usage
Needed Buffers
Link Distance
LD—Link is from 5 km through 10 km.
LE—Distance is determined dynamically.
LS—Distance is determined statically by user.
The maximum or reserved number of buffers that are allocated to the port based on the estimated distance (as defined by the desire-distance command). If the port is not configured in long distance mode, some systems might reserve buffers for the port. This field then displays the number of buffers reserved for the port.
The actual number of buffers allocated to the port. In LD mode, the number is determined by the actual distance and the user-specified desired distance (as defined by the desired-distance command).
The number of buffers needed to utilize the port at full bandwidth
(depending on the port configuration). If the number of Buffer Usage is less than the number of Needed Buffers, the port is operating in the buffer limited mode.
For L0 (not in long distance mode), the command displays the fixed distance based on port speed, for instance: 10 km (1 Gbps), 5 km
(2 Gbps), 2 km (4 Gbps), or 1 km (8 Gbps). For static long distance mode
(LE), the fixed distance of 10 km displays. For LD mode, Brocade switches use a proprietary algorithm to estimate distance across an ISL. LD mode supports distances up to 500 km. Distance measurement on a link longer than 500 km might not be accurate. If the connecting port does not support LD mode, is shows “N/A”.
The remaining (unallocated and reserved) buffers in a port group.
Remaining Buffers
NOTE
A hyphen in one of the Buffer information display fields indicates that no relevant information is available; there may be no connection to a port, or the port is disabled, or the port is not an E_Port.
This command applies only to Brocade VDX 6730 switches.
To view Fibre Channel port statistics: switch# show interface FibreChannel 66/0/1 fibrechannel 66/0/1 is up.
Protocol state is up (connected)
Pluggable media present
LineSpeed Actual:
PortSpeed: portDisableReason:
PortId:
400,800_MB/s
N8Gbps
None
427900
PortIfId:
PortWwn:
Distance:
4302303f
20:79:00:05:33:67:26:78
normal
Last clearing of show interface counters: 00:00:00
Interrupts: 0 Link_failure: 0
Unknown:
Lli:
Proc_rqrd:
Timed_out:
0
9
5
0
Loss_of_sync: 1
Loss_of_sig: 2
Protocol_err: 0
Invalid_word: 0
Rx_flushed:
Tx_unavail:
0
0
Invalid_crc: 0
Delim_err: 0
Frjt:
Fbsy:
0
0
838 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show interface FibreChannel
2
Free_buffer:
Overrun:
Suspended:
Parity_err:
2_parity_err:
0
0
0
0
0
Error Statistics er_enc_in er_crc er_trunc er_toolong er_bad_eof er_enc_out er_bad_os er_rx_c3_timeout timeout er_tx_c3_timeout 0 timeout er_c3_dest_unreach 0 destination unreachable er_other_discard er_type1_miss
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
Address_err: 0
Lr_in: 1
Lr_out:
Ols_in:
Ols_out:
1
0
1
Rate info:
Bandwidth: 8.00G
Tx performance: 0 B/sec
Rx performance: 0 B/sec
To view Fibre Channel port statistics details: switch# show interface FibreChannel 66/0/1 detail fibrechannel 66/0/1 is up.
Protocol state is up (connected)
Pluggable media present
LineSpeed Actual: 400,800_MB/s portSpeed: N8Gbps portDisableReason: None portId portIfId:
423100
43020026 portWwn: 20:31:00:05:33:6f:27:57
Distance normal
Last clearing of show interface counters: 00:00:00
Rx Statistics: stat_wrx stat_frx stat_c2_frx stat_c3_frx stat_lc_rx stat_mc_rx
0
0
118
4
2
0
Tx Statistics: stat_wtx stat_ftx stat_mc_tx tim_txcrd_z tim_txcrd_z_vc 0- 3: tim_txcrd_z_vc 4- 7: tim_txcrd_z_vc 8-11: tim_txcrd_z_vc 12-15:
282
12
0
2881
2881
0
0
0
4-byte words received
Frames received
Class 2 frames received
Class 3 frames received
Link control frames received
Multicast frames received
0
0
0
0
4-byte words transmitted
Frames transmitted
Multicast frames transmitted
Time TX Credit Zero (2.5Us ticks)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Encoding errors inside of frames
Frames with CRC errors
Frames shorter than minimum
Frames longer than maximum
Frames with bad end-of-frame
Encoding error outside of frames
Invalid ordered set
Class 3 receive frames discarded due to
Class 3 transmit frames discarded due to
Class 3 frames discarded due to
Other discards
frames with FTB Type 1 miss
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
839
2 show interface FibreChannel
See Also er_type2_miss er_type6_miss er_zone_miss er_lun_zone_miss er_crc_good_eof er_inv_arb
0
0
0
0
0
0
frames with FTB Type 2 miss
frames with FTB type 6 miss
frames with hard zoning miss
frames with LUN zoning miss
Crc error with good eof
Invalid ARB
Port Error Info:
Loss_of_sync:1
Loss_of_sig:2
Frjt:0
Fbsy:0
Buffer Information:
Lx Max/Resv Buffer Needed Link Remaining
Mode Buffers Usage Buffers Distance Buffers
=================================================================
8 0 0 924
Rate info:
Bandwidth: 8.00G
Tx performance: 0 B/sec
Rx performance: 0 B/sec
show running-config interface FibreChannel, interface
840 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show interface management
2 show interface management
Synopsis
Displays information related to a management interface.
show interface management [rbridge-id/port] [ip [address | gateway-address] | ipv6
[ipv6-address | ipv6-gateways] [line-speed]
Operands
rbridge-id/port port
Specifies the management interface to be configured as the rbridge-id followed by a slash (/) and the port number.
On standalone platforms, the port number for the management port is always 0.
On a modular switches with two redundant management modules, you can configure two management ports: 1 and 2.ipDisplays the IPv4 configurations for the selected interface.
address Displays assigned IPv4 addresses.
gateway-address Displays assigned IPv4 gateway addresses.
ipv6 ipv6-address
Displays the IPv6 configurations for the selected interface.
Displays assigned IPv6 addresses.
ipv6-gateways line-speed
Displays assigned IPv6 gateway addresses.
Displays Ethernet speed and other line configurations for the selected interface.
Defaults This command is executed on the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information related to a management interface.
The address field indicates if DCHP is used to obtain an IP address or if a static IP address is used.
The following example displays information related to a management interface configured with an
IPv4 address: switch# show interface management
Management 2/0 ip address 10.20.49.112/20 ip gateway-address 10.20.48.1
ipv6 ipv6_address [ ] ipv6 ipv6_gateways [ fe80::21b:edff:fe0b:2400 ]
LineSpeed Actual "1000 Mbit, Duplex: Full"
LineSpeed Configured "Auto, Duplex: Full"
The following example displays information related to a management interface configured with a static IPv6 address: switch# show interface management interface Management 1/0 ip address 10.17.19.145/20 ip gateway-address 10.17.16.1
ipv6 ipv6-address [ "static aaaa::aaaa/64 preferred" ] ipv6 ipv6-gateways [ fe80::21b:edff:fe0b:3c00 fe80::21b:edff:fe0b:9000 ] line-speed actual "1000baseT, Duplex: Full"
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
841
2 show interface management
See Also line-speed configured Auto
The following example displays information related to a management interface on a Brocade
VDX 8770. Interface 1/1 is configured with stateless IPv6 addresses: switch# show interface management interface Management 1/1 ip address 10.24.82.121/20 ip gateway-address 10.24.80.1
ipv6 ipv6-address [ "stateless fd00:60:69bc:64:205:33ff:fe15:f980/64 preferred" ] ipv6 ipv6-gateways [ fe80::21b:edff:fe0f:bc00 fe80::21b:edff:fe0c:c200 ] line-speed actual "1000baseT, Duplex: Full" line-speed configured Auto interface Management 1/2 ip address 10.24.82.255/20 ip gateway-address 10.24.80.1
ipv6 ipv6-address [ ] ipv6 ipv6-gateways [ ] line-speed actual "1000baseT, Duplex: Full" line-speed configured Auto
interface management, show running-config interface management
842 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show interface stats
2 show interface stats
Synopsis
Displays interface statistics for a variety of interfaces.
show interface stats {brief [slot linecard_number] | detail [interface [fortygigabitethernet
rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] | slot number]}
Operands brief Displays summary statistics.
slot linecard_number Displays statistics for specified linecard.
detail interface
Displays detailed statistics.
Displays statistics for all interfaces or specific types of interface.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
port-channel number Specifies a port-channel number. Valid values range from 1 through 6144.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
slot number
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a slot.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view statistics for a variety of interface types.
None
To display detailed statistics on a 10-GbE interface: sw0# show interface stats detail interface ten 0/24
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/24 statistics (ifindex 403439639)
RX TX
Packets 0 0
Bytes 0 0
Unicasts 0 0
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
843
2 show interface stats
See Also
Multicasts 0 0
Broadcasts 0 0
Errors 0 0
Discards 0 0
Overruns 0 Underruns 0
Runts 0
Jabbers 0
CRC 0
64-byte pkts 0
Over 64-byte pkts 0
Over 127-byte pkts 0
Over 255-byte pkts 0
Over 511-byte pkts 0
Over 1023-byte pkts 0
Over 1518-byte pkts 0
Mbits/Sec 0.000000 0.000000
Packet/Sec 0 0
Line-rate 0.00% 0.00% show interface, show ip interface
844 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show interface status
2 show interface status
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the interface status.
show interface status [rbridge-id rbridge-id | range | all] rbridge-id rbridge-id The unique identifier for a switch, or set of switches. The range of valid values is from 1 through 239.
range
A range of rbridge-id values. The range string can be discontiguous, such as
“1-3,5”.
all Selects all of the members of the logical chassis cluster.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display interface status.
None
Typical command output: switch# show interface status
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Port Status Vlan Speed Type Description
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Te 1/0/1 connected Trunk 10G 10G-SFPP-LR
Te 1/0/2 connected 1 10G
Po 1 connected Trunk 40G
Po 2 connected 1 20G
10G-SFPP-SR
--
--
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
845
2 show interface trunk show interface trunk
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the interface trunk information.
show interface trunk [rbridge-id rbridge-id | range | all] rbridge-id rbridge-id The unique identifier for a switch, or set of switches. The range of valid values is from 1 through 239.
range
A range of rbridge-id values. The range string can be discontiguous, such as
“1-3,5”.
all All of the members of the logical cluster.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display interface trunk information.
None
Typical command output: switch# show interface trunk
------------------------------------------
Port Vlans Allowed on Trunk
------------------------------------------
Te 1/0/1 1-4094
Te 1/0/2
Te 1/0/3
1-4094
1-4094
Po 52 1-4094
Po 99 1-4094
Po 401 701-703,757,2200-2399
Po 403 701-703,757,2200-2399
Po 405 701-703,757,2200-2399
Po 407 701-703,757,2200-2399
See Also None
846 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show inventory
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the hardware inventory of the switch.
show inventory [chassis | fan | module | powerSupply] chassis fan module powerSupply
Displays information about the chassis.
Displays information about the fan.
Displays information about the module.
Displays information about the power supply.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the hardware inventory of the switch.
None
Example of typical command output switch# show inventory
NAME:MM, Slot M1 DESCR:Chassis Blade module
PN:60-1002179-23 SN:BVT0417J00M
NAME:MM, Slot M2 DESCR:Chassis Blade module
PN:60-1002179-13 SN:BVT0302H00T
NAME:SFM, Slot S1 DESCR:Chassis Blade module
PN:60-1002180-12 SN:BVU0304H037
NAME:SFM, Slot S2 DESCR:Chassis Blade module
PN:60-1002180-12 SN:BVU0302H01Y
NAME:SFM, Slot S3 DESCR:Chassis Blade module
PN:60-1002560-01 SN:BVU0307H01G
NAME:LC, Slot L1 DESCR:Chassis Blade module
PN:60-1002466-17 SN:CCE0423J00P
NAME:LC, Slot L2 DESCR:Chassis Blade module
PN:60-1002466-09 SN:CCE0315H00B
NAME:LC, Slot L3 DESCR:Chassis Blade module
PN:60-1002569-01 SN:CCE0305H00G
NAME:LC, Slot L4 DESCR:Chassis Blade module
PN:60-1002181-12 SN:BVV0303H019
NAME:POWER SUPPLY 1 DESCR:Chassis PS module
PN:23-0000135-02 SN:BMM2J25G998
NAME:POWER SUPPLY 2 DESCR:Chassis PS module
PN:23-0000135-02 SN:BMM2J25G803
NAME: Chassis DESCR:System Chassis
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show inventory
2
847
2 show inventory
See Also
SID:BR-VDX8770-4 SwitchType:1000
PN:84-1001681-03 SN:BZA0305H00D
None
848 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip bgp
2 show ip bgp
Synopsis
Operands
Displays BGP information.
show ip bgp {summary} [rbridge-id rbridge-id] summary rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays the local autonomous system number (ASN), maximum number of routes supported, and some BGP4 statistics.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view BGP information.
None switch# show ip bgp
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
849
2 show ip bgp attribute-entries show ip bgp attribute-entries
Synopsis
Operands
Displays BGP4 route-attribute entries that are stored in device memory.
show ip bgp attribute-entries [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The route-attribute entries table lists the sets of BGP4 attributes that are stored in device memory.
Each set of attributes is unique and can be associated with one or more routes. In fact, the device typically has fewer attribute entries than routes. Use this command to view BGP4 route-attribute entries that are stored in device memory.
None switch# show ip bgp attribute-entries
See Also None
850 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip bgp dampened-paths show ip bgp dampened-paths
Synopsis
Operands
Displays all BGP4 dampened routes.
show ip bgp dampened-paths [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
rbridge-id
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to view all BGP4 dampened routes.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
None switch# show ip bgp dampened-paths
See Also None
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
851
2 show ip bgp filtered-routes show ip bgp filtered-routes
Synopsis
Examples
See Also
Displays BGP4 filtered routes that are received from a neighbor or peer group.
show ip bgp filtered-routes {detail} [ip-addr {/mask} [longer-prefixes]] | as-path-access-list name] | prefix-list name] [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
Operands detail
ip-addr mask
longer-prefixes as-path-access-list prefix-list
name
rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Optionally displays detailed route information.
IPv4 address of the destination network in dotted-decimal notation.
(Optional) IPv4 mask of the destination network in CIDR notation.
Specifies all statistics for routes that match the specified route, or that have a longer prefix than the specified route.
Specifies an AS-path ACL.
Specifies an IP prefix list.
Name of an AS-path ACL or prefix list.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to view BGP4 filtered routes that are received from a neighbor or peer group.
None switch# show ip bgp filtered-routes detail 10.11.12.13 prefix-list
None
852 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip bgp flap-statistics
2 show ip bgp flap-statistics
Synopsis
Displays BGP4 route-dampening statistics for all dampened routes with a variety of options.
show ip bgp flap-statistics [ip-addr {/mask}] [longer-prefixes]]] | as-path-filter name] | neighbor
ip-addr] | [regular-expression name] [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description detail
ip-addr
Optionally displays detailed route information.
IPv4 address of a specified route in dotted-decimal notation.
mask
(Optional) IPv4 mask of a specified route in CIDR notation.
as-path-filter name Specifies an AS-path filter.
longer-prefixes Displays statistics for routes that match the specified route or have a longer prefix than the specified route.
neighbor
ip-addr
regular-expression
name
rbridge-id
rbridge-id
Displays flap statistics only for routes learned from the specified neighbor.
IPv4 address of the neighbor.
Specifies a regular expression in the display output on which to filter.
Name of an AS-path filter or regular expression.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view BGP4 route-dampening statistics for all dampened routes with selected options.
None switch# show ip bgp flap-statistics neighbor 10.11.12.13
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
853
2 show ip bgp neighbor show ip bgp neighbor
Synopsis
Operands
Displays configuration information and statistics for BGP4 neighbors of the device.
show ip bgp neighbor ip-addr [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
ip-addr
rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
IPv4 address of the neighbor in dotted-decimal notation.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view configuration information and statistics for BGP4 neighbors of the device. Output shows all configured parameters for the neighbors. Only the parameters whose values differ from defaults are shown.
None switch# show ip bgp neighbor 10.11.12.13
See Also None
854 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip bgp neighbors
2 show ip bgp neighbors
Synopsis
Operands
Displays configuration information and statistics for BGP4 neighbors of the device.
show ip bgp neighbors {ip-addr | route-summary | last-packet-with-error} [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
ip-addr
route-summary
IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation.
Displays routes received, routes accepted, number of routes advertised by peer, and so on.
last-packet-with-error Displays the last packet with an error.
rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
rbridge-id
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view configuration information and statistics for BGP4 neighbors of the device. Output shows all configured parameters for the neighbors. Only the parameters whose values differ from defaults are shown.
None switch# show ip bgp neighbors route-summary
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
855
2 show ip bgp neighbors advertised-routes show ip bgp neighbors advertised-routes
Synopsis
Displays configuration information and statistics for BGP4 neighbors of the device.
show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr advertised-routes {detail | ip-addr {/mask-bits}} [rbridge-id
rbridge-id]
Operands
ip-addr
advertised-routes detail
mask-bits
rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation.
Displays only the routes that the device has advertised to the neighbor during the current BGP4 session.
Displays details of advertised routes.
Number of mask bits in CIDR notation.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view configuration information and statistics for BGP4 neighbors of the device.
None switch# show ip bgp neighbors 10.11.12.13 advertised-routes detail
See Also None
856 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip bgp neighbors flap-statistics
2 show ip bgp neighbors flap-statistics
Synopsis
Operands
Displays configuration information and flap statistics for BGP4 neighbors of the device.
show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr flap-statistics [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
ip-addr
flap-statistics rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation.
Displays the route flap statistics for routes received from or sent to a neighbor.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view configuration information and flap statistics for BGP4 neighbors of the device.
None switch# show ip bgp neighbors 10.11.12.13 flap-statistics
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
857
2 show ip bgp neighbors received show ip bgp neighbors received
Synopsis
Operands
Displays Outbound Route Filters (ORFs) received from BGP4 neighbors of the device. show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr received [extended-community | prefix-filter] [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
ip-addr
IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation.
extended-community Displays the results for ORFs that use the BGP Extended Community
Attribute.
prefix-filter rbridge-id
rbridge-id
Displays the results for ORFs that are prefix-based.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support VCS on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view ORFs received from BGP4 neighbors of the device.
None switch# show ip bgp neighbors 10.11.12.13 received extended-community
See Also None
858 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip bgp neighbors received-routes
2 show ip bgp neighbors received-routes
Synopsis
Operands show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr received-routes {detail} [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
ip-addr
detail rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation.
Displays detailed route information.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Lists all route information received in route updates from BGP4 neighbors of the device since the soft-reconfiguration feature was enabled.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view all route information received in route updates from BGP4 neighbors of the device since the soft-reconfiguration feature was enabled.
None switch# show ip bgp neighbors 10.11.12.13 received-routes
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
859
2 show ip bgp neighbors routes show ip bgp neighbors routes
Synopsis
Lists a variety of route information received in UPDATE messages from BGP4 neighbors. show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr routes {best | not-installed-best | unreachable} | detail {best | not-installed-best | unreachable} [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
Operands
ip-addr
best not-installed-best unreachable detail rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation.
Displays routes received from the neighbor that are the best BGP4 routes to their destination.
Displays routes received from the neighbor that are the best BGP4 routes to their destination but were not installed in the route table because the device received better routes from other sources.
Displays routes that are unreachable because the device does not have a valid RIP, OSPF, or static route to the next hop.
Displays detailed information for the specified route types.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view a variety of route information received in route updates from BGP4 neighbors of the device.
None
To view best-route information received in UPDATE messages: switch# show ip bgp neighbors 10.11.12.13 routes best
See Also None
860 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip bgp neighbors routes-summary
2 show ip bgp neighbors routes-summary
Synopsis
Operands
Lists all route information received in UPDATE messages from BGP4 neighbors.
show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr routes-summary [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
ip-addr
rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view all route information received in route updates from BGP4 neighbors of the device.
None switch# show ip bgp neighbors 10.11.12.13 routes-summary
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
861
2 show ip bgp peer-group show ip bgp peer-group
Synopsis
Operands
Displays peer-group information.
show ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
ip-addr peer-group-name
rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation.
Peer-group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view peer-group information. Only the parameters that differ from defaults are listed.
None switch# show ip bgp peer-group mypeergroup
See Also neighbor
862 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip bgp routes
2 show ip bgp routes
Synopsis
Operands
Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered by the table entry at which the display starts.
show ip bgp routes num [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
num
rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Table entry at which the display starts.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view BGP4 route information that begins with a table entry defined by num.
None switch# show ip bgp routes 100
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
863
2 show ip bgp routes age show ip bgp routes age
Synopsis
Operands
Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered by age, best/not best routes, or routes not installed. show ip bgp routes [age num | best | no-best | cidr-only | not-installed-best] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] age best
num
no-best cidr-only not-installed-best rbridge-id
rbridge-id
Displays only those routes that have been received or updated more recently than the number of seconds specified by num.
Last update interval, in seconds.
Displays only routes received from a neighbor that the device selected as best routes.
Displays only routes received from a neighbor that the device selected as suboptimal routes.
Displays only routes whose network masks do not match their class network length.
Displays only routes received from a neighbor that are the best BGP4 routes to their destinations, but that were not installed in the IP route table because the device received better routes from other sources (such as
OSPF, RIP, or static routes).
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view BGP4 route information that is controlled by the operands.
None
To view BGP4 best route information: switch# show ip bgp routes best
See Also None
864 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip bgp routes as-path-access-list
2 show ip bgp routes as-path-access-list
Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered by autonomous system (AS)-path access control list (ACL).
Synopsis
Operands show ip bgp routes [as-path-access-list name] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] as-path-access-list
name
rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays only those routes that use the AS-path ACL defined by name.
Name of AS-path ACL.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view BGP4 route information that is filtered by AS-path ACL.
None
To view BGP4 routes filtered by AS-path ACL: switch# show ip bgp routes as-path-access-list myacl
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
865
2 show ip bgp routes community show ip bgp routes community
Synopsis
Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered by community and other options.
show ip bgp routes [community num | internet | local-as | no-advertise | no-export]
[rbridge-id rbridge-id]
Operands community
num
internet local-as no-advertise no-export rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays routes filtered by a variety of communities.
Specific community member.
Displays routes for the Internet community.
Displays routes for a local sub-AS within the confederation.
Displays routes with this community that cannot be advertised to any other
BGP4 devices at all.
Displays routes for the community of sub-ASs within a confederation.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view BGP4 route information that is filtered by community and other options.
None
To view BGP4 routes filtered by community: switch# show ip bgp routes community 10
See Also None
866 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip bgp routes community-access-list
2 show ip bgp routes community-access-list
Synopsis
Operands
Displays BGP4 route information for an AS-path community access list.
show ip bgp routes community-access-list name [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
name
rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Name of the AS path community access list. Range is from 1 through 32
ASCII characters.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view BGP4 route information for an AS-path community access list.
None
To view BGP4 route information for an AS-path community access list: switch# show ip bgp routes community-access-list mycommunityacl
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
867
2 show ip bgp routes community-reg-expression show ip bgp routes community-reg-expression
Synopsis
Operands
Displays BGP4 route information for an ordered community-list regular expression.
show ip bgp routes community-reg-expression expression [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
expression
rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
An ordered community-list regular expression.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view BGP4 route information for an ordered community-list regular expression.
None
To view BGP4 route information for an ordered community-list regular expression: switch# show ip bgp routes community-reg-expression myregexpression
See Also None
868 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip bgp routes longer-prefixes
2 show ip bgp routes longer-prefixes
Synopsis
Operands show ip bgp routes ip-addr/prefix [longer-prefixes | ip-addr] [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
ip-addr prefix
longer-prefixes rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation.
Mask length in CIDR notation.
Filters on prefixes equal to or greater than that specified by the mask.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered for a specific prefix and mask, as well as for prefixes with a longer mask than the one specified.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view BGP4 route information for a specific prefix with a mask longer than or equal to the mask specified in the command.
None
To view BGP4 route information filtered by longer prefixes: switch# show ip bgp routes 10.11.12.12/23 longer-prefixes
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
869
2 show ip bgp routes neighbor nexthop local unreachable show ip bgp routes neighbor nexthop local unreachable
Synopsis
Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered by neighbor, next hop, and other options.
show ip bgp routes [neighbor ip-addr | nexthop ip-addr | local | unreachable]
[rbridge-id rbridge-id]
Operands neighbor nexthop
ip-addr
local unreachable rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays only those routes that are received from the specified neighbor.
Displays only those routes that are received from the specified next hop.
IPv4 address of neighbor or next hop, in dotted-decimal notation.
Displays only those routes that use a Local AS.
Displays only those routes whose destinations are unreachable through any of the BGP4 paths in the BGP4 route table.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view BGP4 route information that is filtered by neighbor, next hop, and other options.
None
To view BGP4 routes filtered by neighbor: switch# show ip bgp routes neighbor 10.11.12.13
See Also None
870 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip bgp routes prefix-list regular-expression route-map
2 show ip bgp routes prefix-list regular-expression route-map
Synopsis
Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered by prefix list and other options. show ip bgp routes [prefix-list string | regular-expression name | route-map name]
[rbridge-id rbridge-id]
Operands prefix-list
string
regular-expression
name
route-map
name
rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays only those routes that use the specified prefix list.
Identifier of IP prefix list.
Displays only those routes that are associated with the specified regular expression.
Regular expression, in quotes.
Displays only those routes that use the specified route map.
Name of route map.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view BGP4 route information that is filtered by prefix list and other options.
None
To view BGP4 routes filtered by prefix list: switch# show ip bgp routes prefix-list myprefixlist
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
871
2 show ip bgp routes summary detail show ip bgp routes summary detail
Synopsis
Operands
Displays BGP4 summary route information.
show ip bgp routes [summary | detail] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] summary detail rbridge-id
Defaults
rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays summary route information.
Displays detailed route information.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view BGP4 summary or detailed information.
None
To view summary BGP4 route information: switch# show ip bgp routes summary
See Also None
872 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip dhcp relay address interface
2 show ip dhcp relay address interface
Synopsis
Displays IP DHCP Relay addresses configured on a specific interface.
show ip dhcp relay address interface [gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet
rbridge-id/slot/port | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] show ip dhcp relay address interface ve vlan_id {rbridge-id rbridge-id|all |range}
Operands
Defaults If the rbridge-id keyword is omitted, IP DHCP Relay addresses display for the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port A valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
rbridge-id
A valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port A valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
ve
vlan_id
VE interface.
VLAN identification for interface.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Specific RBridge identification. You can specify multiple RBridge IDs, separated by commas.
all
range
All RBridge IDs in the logical chassis cluster.
A range of RBridge IDs separated by a dashes or commas, for example:
1-3 - RBridge ID 1 through 3
1-3, 5 - RBridge ID 1 through 3 and RBridge ID 5
1, 3, 5, 6 - RBridge ID 1, 3, 5, and 6
Usage Guidelines
Display IP DHCP Relay addresses configured on specific physical or virtual Ethernet (VE) interfaces located on a local switch, specific switches, or all switches in a logical chassis cluster.
No spaces are allowed in the range string. The range does not need to be contiguous (for example,
1-2,5).
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade
VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches. The prompt for configuring these ports is in the following format: switch(config-if-te-22/0/1)#
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
873
874
2 show ip dhcp relay address interface
Examples
See Also
Display configured IP DHCP Relay addresses on a specific physical interface: sw0# show ip dhcp relay address interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/24
Interface
Rbridge Id: 1
----------------
Relay Address VRF Name
Te 1/0/24
Te 1/0/24
10.3.4.5
10.5.1.1
default-vrf
blue
Display configured IP DHCP Relay addresses on VE interface for RBridge ID 1.
sw0# show ip dhcp relay addrerss int ve 300 rbridge-id 1
Interface
------------
Ve 300
Rbridge Id: 1
----------------
Relay Address VRF Name
---------------------- --------
10.0.1.2 default-vrf
Display configured IP DHCP Relay addresses on VE interface on RBridge IDs 1 and 3.
sw0# show ip dhcp relay address interface ve 300 rbridge-id 1,3
Interface
Rbridge Id: 1
----------------
Relay Address VRF Name default-vrf Ve 300 10.0.1.2
Rbridge Id: 3
----------------
10.0.0.5 Ve 300
ip dhcp relay address, show ip dhcp relay address rbridge-id
default-vrf
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip dhcp relay address rbridge-id
2 show ip dhcp relay address rbridge-id
Synopsis
Operands
Displays IP DHCP Relay addresses.
show ip dhcp relay address rbridge-id rbridge-id | all | range
rbridge-id
all
range
Specific RBridge identification. You can specify multiple RBridge IDs, separated by commas.
All RBridge IDs in the logical chassis cluster.
A range of RBridge IDs separated by a dashes or commas, for example:
1-3 - RBridge ID 1 through 3
1-3, 5 - RBridge ID 1 through 3 and RBridge ID 5
1, 3, 5, 6 - RBridge ID 1, 3, 5, and 6
Defaults If the rbridge-id parameter is omitted, IP DHCP Relay addresses display for the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Displays the IP address and Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) name for all interfaces with configured IP DHCP Relay addresses on a local switch, specific switches, or all switches in a VCS
Fabric cluster.
No spaces are allowed in the range string. The range does not need to be contiguous (for example,
1-2,5).
Examples To display addresses configured on a specific RBridge ID: sw0# show ip dhcp relay address rbridge-id 2
Rbridge Id: 2
----------------
Interface Relay Address VRF Name
------------- ------------- ---------
Te 2/2/1 10.1.1.1 Blue
Te 2/4/2
Te 2/5/4
Te 2/6/6
20.1.1.1
30.1.1.1
40.1.1.1
Blue
Default-vrf
Green
To display addresses configured on all switches in a virtual fabric cluster: sw0# show ip dhcp rel address rbridge-id all
Interface
Te 1/0/24
Ve 300
Interface
Ve 300
Rbridge Id: 1
-------------
Relay Address
2.3.4.5
10.0.1.2
Rbridge Id: 3
-------------
Relay Address
10.0.0.5
VRF Name default-vrf default-vrf
VRF Name default-vrf
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
875
2 show ip dhcp relay address rbridge-id
See Also
show ip dhcp relay address interface, ip dhcp relay address
876 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip dhcp relay statistics
2 show ip dhcp relay statistics
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the general information about the DHCP Relay function.
show ip dhcp relay statistics [ip-address ip-addr] [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all |range] ip-address ip-addr IPv4 address of DHCP server where client requests are to be forwarded.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Specific RBridge identification. You can specify multiple RBridge IDs, separated by commas.
all
range
All RBridge IDs in the logical chassis cluster.
A range of RBridge IDs separated by a dashes or commas, for example:
1-3 - RBridge ID 1 through 3
1-3, 5 - RBridge ID 1 through 3 and RBridge ID 5
1, 3, 5, 6 - RBridge ID 1, 3, 5, and 6
If the rbridge-id parameter is omitted, IP DHCP Relay statistics display for the local switch. If the ip-address parameter is omitted, statistics display for all configured addresses on defined switches.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description The following information is displayed about the IP DHCP Relay function for IP DHCP Relay addresses configured on a local switch, specific switches, or all switches in a logical chassis cluster:
•
DHCP Server IP Address configured in the switch.
•
Number of DHCP DISCOVERY, OFFER, REQUEST, ACK, NAK, DECLINE, and RELEASE packets received.
•
Number of DHCP client packets received (on port 67) and relayed by the Relay Agent.
•
Number of DHCP server packets received (on port 67) and relayed by the Relay Agent.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
No spaces are allowed in the range string. The range does not need to be contiguous (for example,
1-2,5). You can also specify all for all RBridge IDs in a logical chassis cluster. To display addresses for configured interfaces on a local switch, an RBridge ID parameter is not required.
To display statistics for a local switch: sw0# show ip dhcp relay statistics
DHCP Relay Statistics - Rbridge Id: 3
----------------------------------------
Address Disc. Offer Req. Ack
------- ----- ----- ---- ---
Nak
---
Decline Release Inform
------- -------
0
-------
0 0
20.2.0.1 400
30.3.0.1 400
40.4.0.1 400
100
100
100
2979
3003
3026
2975
2998
3018
0 0
0 0
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Active Clients: 400
Clients to Restore: 0
Client Packets: 12780
Server Packets: 12359
Timed Out: 0
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
877
2 show ip dhcp relay statistics
See Also
No Offers: 0
To display statistics for specific RBridge IDs: sw0# show ip dhcp relay statistics rbridge-id 1,3
2.3.4.5
300
10.0.1.2
300
100
100
DHCP Relay Statistics - Rbridge Id: 1
----------------------------------------
Address Disc. Offer Req. Ack
------- ----- ----- ---- ---
Nak
---
Decline Release Inform
------- -------
1211 2968 0 0
1207 2975 0 0
0
0
-------
0
0
Client Packets: 2701
Server Packets: 2932
DHCP Relay Statistics - Rbridge Id: 3
----------------------------------------
Address Disc. Offer Req. Ack
------- ----- ----- ---- ---
Nak
---
Decline Release Inform
------- ------- -------
10.0.0.5
0 0 0 0 0
10.0.1.2
0 0 0 0 0
0
0
0
0
Client Packets: 0
Server Packets: 0
878 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip igmp groups
2 show ip igmp groups
Synopsis
Operands
Displays information related to learned groups in the IGMP protocol module. show ip igmp groups [[[A.B.C.D [detail]] |rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all} | [interface
[fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve [vlan_id | rbridge-id rbridge-id] [detail | A.B.C.D]] |
[interface vlan vlan_id | detail] | [interface port-channel number | detail]]]
A.B.C.D
Specifies the group address, as a subnet number in dotted decimal format
(for example, 10.0.0.1), as the allowable range of addresses included in the multicast group.
detail Displays the IGMPv3 source information.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge. This is not valid in standalone mode.
all interface
Displays all information.
Use this parameter to specify the interface. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the routing bridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the routing bridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface
rbridge-id slot port
ve vlan_id
Specifies the routing bridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies the virtual Ethernet (VE) interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
detail interface vlan vlan_id detail interface
Displays the IGMPv3 source information.
Use this parameter to specify the interface.
Specifies which VLAN interface to display the snooping configuration related information. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Displays the IGMPv3 source information.
Use this parameter to specify the interface.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
879
2 show ip igmp groups port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
detail Displays the IGMPv3 source information.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the IGMP database, including configured entries for either all groups on all interfaces, or all groups on specific interfaces, or specific groups on specific interfaces.
Usage Guidelines The remote RBridge information is not displayed when the detail and interface operands are used.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches)., and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
In logical chassis mode, when rbridge-id is specified, groups learned on Layer 3 interfaces for that particular RBridge ID are displayed. However, groups learned on Layer 2 interfaces from all the nodes in an entire cluster are displayed.
In logical chassis mode, if rbridge-id is not specified, IGMP groups on Layer 3 interfaces of the node on which the command is executed are displayed. Groups learned on Layer 2 interfaces from all the nodes in the cluster are displayed
In logical chassis mode, when rbridge-id all is specified, all groups from all the nodes in the cluster are displayed.
Examples This is an example of a detailed output.
switch# show ip igmp groups interface tengigabitethernet 125/1/32 detail
Interface: Te 125/1/32
Group: 225.225.1.1
Uptime: 00:02:45
Expires: 00:03:56
Last reporter: 125.32.1.3
Last reporter mode: IGMP V2
This is an example of a virtual interface output.
switch# show ip igmp groups interface ve 2006
Total Number of Groups: 1
IGMP Connected Group Membership
Group Address Interface Uptime
226.226.1.1
Vlan 2006
Member Ports: Te 125/2/12
00:00:09
Expires
00:04:03
Last Reporter
112.26.1.25
880 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
See Also None show ip igmp groups
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
881
2 show ip igmp interface show ip igmp interface
Synopsis
Operands
Displays information related to VLANs in the IGMP protocol module.
show ip igmp interface [vlan vlan_id [[A.B.C.D [detail]] |rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all} | [interface
[fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve [vlan_id | rbridge-id rbridge-id] [detail | A.B.C.D]] |
[interface vlan vlan_id | detail] | [interface port-channel number | detail]]]
A.B.C.D
Specifies the group address, as a subnet number in dotted decimal format
(for example, 10.0.0.1), as the allowable range of addresses included in the multicast group.
detail Displays the IGMPv3 source information.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge. This is not valid in standalone mode.
all interface
Displays all information.
Use this parameter to specify the interface. vlan vlan_id Specifies a VLAN interface.Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the routing bridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the routing bridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface
rbridge-id slot port
ve vlan_id
Specifies the routing bridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a Virtual Ethernet (VE) interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
detail interface detail interface
Displays the IGMPv3 source information.
Use this parameter to specify the interface.
Displays the IGMPv3 source information.
Use this parameter to specify the interface.
882 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip igmp interface
2
Description
Usage Guidelines port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
detail Displays the IGMPv3 source information.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to display information related to VLANs in the IGMP protocol module.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches, and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
In logical chassis mode:
•
When the rbridge-id option is specified, details for the VE interface on that particular rbridge are displayed.
•
If rbridge-id is not specified, details for the VE interface on the node on which the command is executed is displayed.
•
When rbridge-id all is specified, all VE interfaces with that rbridge-id from all the nodes in the cluster are displayed.
Examples
See Also switch# show ip igmp interface vlan 1
Interface Vlan 1
IGMP Snooping disabled
IGMP Snooping fast-leave disabled
IGMP Snooping querier disabled
Number of router-ports: 0
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
883
2 show ip igmp snooping show ip igmp snooping
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display IGMP snooping information, display multicast router port related information for the specified VLAN, or to display snooping statistics for the specified VLAN in the
IGMP protocol module.
Usage Guidelines
Displays IGMP snooping information.
show ip igmp snooping [interface vlan vlan_id | mrouter interface vlan vlan_id] interface vlan vlan_id
Specifies which VLAN interface to display the snooping configuration related information. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
mrouter interface vlan vlan_id
Specifies which VLAN interface to display the snooping configuration related information. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANS (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples To display IGMP snooping information for VLAN 5: switch# show ip igmp snooping interface vlan 5
See Also None
884 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip igmp statistics
2 show ip igmp statistics
Synopsis
Displays IGMP statistics.
show ip igmp statistics interface [interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | vlan vlan_id | ve
vlan_id [rbridge-id rbridge-id]]
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the routing bridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the routing bridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface
port rbridge-id slot
Specifies the routing bridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.vlan vlan_idSpecifies which VLAN interface to display the snooping configuration related information. Refer to the
Usage Guidelines.
ve vlan_id
rbridge-id
Specifies a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to display IGMP statistics for an interface.
On the Brocade VDX family of hardware, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1).
Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
In logical chassis mode:
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
885
2 show ip igmp statistics
Examples
See Also
•
When the rbridge-id option is specified, details for the VE interface on that particular rbridge are displayed.
•
If rbridge-id is not specified, details for the VE interface on the node on which the command is executed is displayed.
•
When rbridge-id all is specified, all VE interfaces with that rbridge-id from all the nodes in the cluster are displayed.
switch# show ip igmp statistics interface vlan 1
IGMP packet statistics for all interfaces in Vlan 1:
IGMP Message type
Membership Query
Received
0
Sent
0
Rx-Errors
0
V1 Membership Report
V2 Membership Report
Group Leave
V3 Membership Report
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
IGMP Error Statistics:
Unknown types
Bad Length
Bad Checksum
0
0
0
None
886 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip interface
2 show ip interface
Synopsis
Displays the IP interface status and configuration of all interfaces or a specified interface.
show ip interface [brief {rbridge-id rbridge-id | all} | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | loopback number |port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port |ve vlan_id]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description brief Specifies to display a brief summary of IP interface status and configuration.
Specifies to display IP interface entries for a specific RBridge ID.
rbridge-id all Specifies to display IP interface entries for all RBridge IDs in the VCS cluster.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
loopback number
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies to display the loopback interface number. Valid values range from
1 through 255.
port-channel number Specifies to display the port-channel number. Valid values range from 1 through 6144.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
ve vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface (VLAN interface number). Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display IP interface status and configuration of all interfaces or a specified interface.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
887
888
2 show ip interface
Examples
Note the following with respect to the show ip interface brief command:
•
The command show ip interface brief rbridge-id rbridge-id provides information about all physical. loopback, and switched virtual interfaces (SVIs) specific to the given rbridge-id.
•
The command show ip interface brief rbridge-id all provides information about all physical. loopback, and SVIs for all nodes in a cluster.
•
If the rbridge-id option is not used, information about physical, loopback, and SVIs is shown for the local node only.
•
Note the following with respect to the show ip interface loopback command:
•
The command show ip interface loopback rbridge-id rbridge-id shows the details of loopback interfaces for the given rbridge-id.
•
The command show ip interface loopback rbridge-id all shows the details of loopback interfaces for all nodes in a cluster.
•
If the rbridge-id option is not used, information about loopback interfaces is shown for the local node only.
Note the following with respect to the show ip interface ve command:
•
The command show ip interface ve rbridge-id rbridge-id provides inform at on about SVIs specific to the given rbridge-id.
•
The command show ip interface ve rbridge-id all provides inform at on about SVIs for all nodes in a cluster.
If the rbridge-id option is not used, information about SVIs is shown for the local node only.On the
Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
To display information about all of the interfaces in the summary format: switch# show ip interface brief
Interface IP-Address
========
Port-channel 10
Port-channel 11
========== unassigned unassigned
Port-channel 12
Port-channel 13
Port-channel 14
Port-channel 15 unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/0 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/1 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/2 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/3 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/4 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/5 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/6 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/7 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/8 unassigned up up up up up up up up up up up up up
Status
====== up up
Protocol
========
down
down
down
up
down
up
up
down
up
up
down
down
down
up
up
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip interface
2
See Also
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/9 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/10 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/11 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/12 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/13 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/14 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/15 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/16 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/17 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/18 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/19 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/20 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/21 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/22 unassigned
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/23 unassigned
Vlan 1
Vlan 100
Vlan 200 unassigned unassigned unassigned up up up up up up up up up up up up up
up
down
down
up
up
down
up
down
up
down
up
up
up up up
up
up administratively down down administratively down down administratively down down
To display port-security status when the port-security feature is applied: sw0# show ip interface brief
Interface IP-Address Status Protocol
=======================================================================
Port-channel 1 unassigned up up
TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 unassigned up up
TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 unassigned admin-down down "Port security violation"
TenGigabitEthernet 0/3 unassigned admin-down down
TenGigabitEthernet 0/4 unassigned admin-down down "Port security violation"
To display the IP interface status of a 1-gigabit Ethernet port on a Brocade VDX 6710 switch: switch# show ip interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/1 is up protocol is up
IP unassigned
Proxy Arp is not Enabled
ICMP unreachables are always sent
ICMP mask replies are never sent
IP fast switching is enabled
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
889
2 show ip interface loopback show ip interface loopback
Synopsis
Operands
Displays loopback information for a Management Cluster.
show ip interface loopback id [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] id all
Displays the information for the designated loopback.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to a given RBridge ID.
Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces from all nodes in the VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about loopbacks for switches in a management cluster.
None
Examples
See Also
None
show ip interface, show ip interface ve
890 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip interface ve
2 show ip interface ve
Synopsis
Operands
Displays virtual Ethernet (VE) port information for a Management Cluster.
show ip interface ve id [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all]
id
all
Displays the information for the designated loopback.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to a given RBridge ID.
Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces from all nodes in a VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about VE ports for switches in a Management Cluster.
None
Examples
See Also
None
show ip interface, show ip interface loopback
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
891
2 show ip ospf show ip ospf
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the OSPF state.
show ip ospf [vrf name [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] vrf name Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the selected RBridge.
all Displays information for all RBridges.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the OSPF state.
When the RBridge ID is not specified, the output from the local node is displayed.
When the RBridge ID is specified, data from the corresponding specified RBridge is displayed.
When all is specified, data from all nodes in the cluster is displayed.
Examples
Switch# show ip ospf vrf testname
OSPF Version Version 2
Router Id 0.0.0.0
ASBR Status No
ABR Status No (0)
Redistribute Ext Routes from
Initial SPF schedule delay 0 (msecs)
Minimum hold time for SPFs 5000 (msecs)
Maximum hold time for SPFs 10000 (msecs)
External LSA Counter 0
External LSA Checksum Sum 0
Originate New LSA Counter 0
Rx New LSA Counter 0
External LSA Limit 14913080
Database Overflow Interval 0
Database Overflow State : NOT OVERFLOWED
RFC 1583 Compatibility : Enabled
NSSA Translator: Enabled
Nonstop Routing: Disabled
Originating router-LSAs with maximum metric
Condition: Always Current State: Active
Link Type: TRANSIT
Additional LSAs originated with maximum metric:
LSA Type Metric Value
AS-External 16711680
Type 3 Summary 16711680
Type 4 Summary 16711680
See Also None
892 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip ospf area
2 show ip ospf area
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the OSPF area table.
show ip ospf area {A.B.C.D | decimal} database link-state [advertise index| asbr {asbrid | adv-router rid} | extensive | link-state-id lid | network {netid | adv-router rid} | nssa {nsaaid | adv-router rid}| router {routerid | adv-router rid} | router-id rid | self-originate | sequence-number
num | summary {lid | adv-router rid}] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id
{rbridge-id | all}]
A.B.C.D
decimal
Area address in dotted decimal format.
Area address in decimal format. Valid values range from 0 to 2147483647.
database link-state Displays database link-state information.
advertise index Displays the link state by Link State Advertisement (LSA) index. asbr Displays the link state for all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) links.
asbrid
adv-router rid extensive link-state-id lid
Displays the state of a single ASBR link that you specify.
Displays the link state for the advertising router that you specify.
Displays detailed information for all entries in the OSPF database.
Displays the link state by link-state ID. network
netid
nssa adv-router rid
nsaaid
adv-router rid router
routerid
Displays the link state by network link.
Displays the link state of a particular network link that you specify.
Displays the link state by the advertising router that you specify.
Displays the link state by not-so-stubby area (NSSA).
Displays the link state of a particular NSAA area that you specify.
Displays the link state for the advertising router that you specify.
Displays the link state by router link.
Displays the link state of a particular router link that you specify.
adv-router rid router-id rid adv-router rid vrf vrfname
Displays the link state by the advertising router that you specify.
Displays the link state by advertising router that you specify.
self-originate summary
Displays self-originated link states.
sequence-number num
Displays the link-state by sequence number that you specify.
Displays the link state summary. Can specify link-state ID or advertising router ID.
Displays the link state for the advertising router that you specify.
Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to the selected RBridge.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
893
2 show ip ospf area all Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces of all nodes in the VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the OSPF area address table in the format you have chosen.
None switch# show ip ospf area
Number of Areas is 4
See Also
Indx Area
1 10.0.0.0
2
3
4
11.0.0.0
4
6
None
Type Cost normal 0 normal 0
nssa 120
stub 110
SPFR
4
3
0
0
ABR ASBR LSA Chksum(Hex)
0 0 0 00000000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
00000000
00000000
00000000
894 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip ospf border-routers
2 show ip ospf border-routers
Synopsis
Displays information about border routers and boundary routers.
show ip ospf border-routers [A.B.C.D] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id
{rbridge-id | all}]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
A.B.C.D
vrf vrfname
Specifies the router ID in dotted decimal format.
Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to the selected RBridge. all Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces of all nodes in the VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information about area border routers (ABRs) and autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs). You can display information for all ABRs and ASBRs or for a specific router.
None
See Also
To display information for all ABRs and ASBRs: switch# show ip ospf border-routers
1
1
1
1 router ID
1.0.0.1
1.0.0.2
1.0.0.1
1.0.0.2
router type next hop router outgoing interface Area
ABR
ABR
ASBR
ASBR
22.22.22.2
22.22.22.2
22.22.22.2
22.22.22.2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
7
7
7
7
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
895
2 show ip ospf config show ip ospf config
Synopsis
Operands
Displays OSPF configuration.
show ip ospf config [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all }]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all }] vrf vrfname Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to the selected RBridge.
all Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces of all nodes in the VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information about the OSPF configuration.
None switch# show ip ospf config
Router OSPF: Enabled
Redistribution: Disabled
Default OSPF Metric: 10
OSPF Auto-cost Reference Bandwidth: Disabled
OSPF Redistribution Metric: Type2
OSPF External LSA Limit: 14913080
OSPF Database Overflow Interval: 0
RFC 1583 Compatibility: Enabled
Router id: 0.0.0.0
OSPF Area currently defined:
Area-ID Area-Type Cost
0 normal 0
1 normal 0
OSPF Area Range currently defined:
Area-ID Range-Address Subnetmask Status Config-Cost
100
1 30.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 not-advertise -
See Also None
896 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip ospf database
2 show ip ospf database
Synopsis
Operands
Shows database information.
show ip ospf database [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] show ip ospf database database-summary [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id
{rbridge-id | all}] show ip ospf database external-link-state [advertise index | extensive |link-state-id lid | router-id routerid | sequence-number num] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id
{rbridge-id | all}] show ip ospf database link-state [advertise index | asbr {asbrid | adv-router rid} | extensive | link-state-id lid | network {netid | adv-router rid} | nssa {nsaaid | adv-router rid} | router [{routerid| adv-router rid} | router-id routerid | self-originate | sequence-number num
|summary {lid | adv-router rid}] database-summary Displays how many link state advertisements (LSAs) of each type exist for each area, as well as total number of LSAs.
external-link-state Displays information by external link state, based on the following parameters: advertise index Displays the hexadecimal data in the specified LSA packet. The index parameter identifies the LSA packet by its position in the router’s External
LSA table. To determine an LSA packet’s position in the table, enter the show ip ospf external-link-state command.
extensive Displays LSAs in decrypt format. Do not use this parameter in combination with other display parameters because the entire database is displayed.
link-state-id lid Displays external LSAs for the LSA source that you specify.
router-id routerid Displays external LSAs for the advertising router that you specify.
sequence-number num
Displays the External LSA entries for the hexadecimal LSA sequence number that you specify.
link-state Displays the link state, based on the following parameters: advertise index Displays the hexadecimal data in the specified LSA packet. The index parameter identifies the LSA packet by its position in the router’s external-LSA table. To determine an LSA packet’s position in the table, enter the show ip ospf external-link-state command.
asbr extensive
Displays autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) LSAs.
Displays LSAs in decrypt format. Do not use this parameter in combination with other display parameters because the entire database is displayed.
link-state-id lid Displays LSAs for the LSA source that you specify.
network Displays either all network LSAs or the LSAs for a network that you specify.
nssa router
Displays either all NSSA LSAs or the LSAs for a not-so-stubby area (NSSA) that you specify.
Displays LSAs by router link.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
897
2 show ip ospf database router-id routerid Displays LSAs for the advertising router that you specify.
self-originate Displays self-originated LSAs.
sequence-number
Displays the LSA entries for the hexadecimal LSA sequence number that you specify.
summary Displays summary information. You can specify link-state ID or advertising router ID.
Displays the link state for the advertising router that you specify.
adv-router rid vrf name Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to the selected RBridge.
all Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces of all nodes in the VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display debug information based on the parameters you enable.
None switch# show ip ospf database
Link States
Index Area ID
1 6
2
3
7
0
Type LS ID
Summ 0.0.0.0
Rtr 22.22.22.1
Summ 22.22.22.0
Adv Rtr
22.22.22.1
22.22.22.1
22.22.22.1
Seq(Hex) Age Cksum
80000002 1 0xbfec
80000002 6
80000001 6
0xb8cc
0x4294 switch# show ip ospf database
Link States
11
12
13
14
7
8
9
10
3
4
5
6
Index Area ID
1
2
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
0
0
0
Type LS ID
Summ 0.0.0.0
Rtr 22.22.22.1
Rtr 1.0.0.2
Rtr 192.0.0.1
Rtr 1.0.0.1
Net 22.22.22.1
Summ 1.0.2.0
Summ 1.0.0.0
Summ 1.0.3.0
Summ 1.0.1.0
Summ 1.0.4.0
Summ 22.22.22.0
ASBR 1.0.0.2
ASBR 1.0.0.1
Type-5 AS External Link States
Adv Rtr
22.22.22.1
22.22.22.1
1.0.0.2
192.0.0.1
1.0.0.1
22.22.22.1
1.0.0.1
1.0.0.1
1.0.0.2
1.0.0.1
1.0.0.2
22.22.22.1
22.22.22.1
22.22.22.1
Seq(Hex) Age Cksum
80000002 52 0xbfec
80000003 7 0xda66
80000001 1248 0xee99
80000006 8 0x9c80
80000001 1248 0xfe8b
80000002 7 0xb419
80000001 1248 0x4314
80000001 1248 0x59ff
80000001 1248 0x3223
80000001 1248 0x4e0a
80000001 1248 0x272d
80000001 57 0x4294
80000001 7
80000001 7
0x38db
0x42d2
898 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip ospf database
2
See Also
Index Age LS ID
1 1248 1.0.5.0
2
3
4
1248 1.0.8.0
1248 1.0.6.0
1248 1.0.7.0
None
Router
1.0.0.1
1.0.0.2
1.0.0.1
1.0.0.2
Netmask Metric Flag Fwd Address
ffffff00 00000001 0000 0.0.0.0
ffffff00 00000001 0000 0.0.0.0
ffffff00 00000001 0000 0.0.0.0
ffffff00 00000001 0000 0.0.0.0
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
899
2 show ip ospf interface show ip ospf interface
Synopsis
Operands
Displays interface information.
show ip ospf interface [{A.B.C.D | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port [brief]| gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port [brief] | loopback number | port-channel number [brief] | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port [brief] |ve vlan_id [brief]} [brief]] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id
{rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]
A.B.C.D
Specifies interface IP address in dotted decimal format.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet port interface.
rbridge-id slot port
brief
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays brief summary information about the specified port.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface
rbridge-id slot port
brief
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays brief summary information about the specified port.
loopback number Specifies a loopback port number in the range of 1 to 255.
port-channel number Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
brief Displays brief summary information about the specified port channel.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
brief
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays brief summary information about the specified port.
ve vlan_id brief brief vrf vrfname
Specifies the VLAN number.
Displays brief summary information about the specified VLAN.
Displays brief summary about all enabled interfaces.
Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to the selected RBridge.
900 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip ospf interface
2 all Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces of all nodes in the VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information about all or specific OSPF-enabled interfaces.
If the physical interface type and name are specified, the rbridge-id option is not available.
To display information about all enabled interfaces: switch# show ip ospf interface
TenGigabitEthernet 3/0/1 admin up, oper up
IP Address 100.1.1.1, Area 0
Database Filter: Not Configured
State passive(default none), Pri 1, Cost 1, Options 2, Type broadcast Events 0
Timers(sec): Transmit 1, Retrans 5, Hello 10, Dead 40
DR: Router ID 0.0.0.0 Interface Address 0.0.0.0
BDR: Router ID 0.0.0.0 Interface Address 0.0.0.0
Neighbor Count = 0, Adjacent Neighbor Count= 0
Authentication-Key: None
MD5 Authentication: Key None, Key-Id None , Auth-change-wait-time 300
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
901
2 show ip ospf neighbor show ip ospf neighbor
Synopsis
Operands
Displays neighbor information.
show ip ospf neighbor [extensive] {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | loopback number | port-channel number | router-id A.B.C.D | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve vlan_id} [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id
{rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] extensive Shows detailed information about all neighbors.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Show neighbor information for the specified, valid 40-gigabit Ethernet port interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Displays neighbor information for the specified, valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a valid port number.
loopback number Specifies a loopback port number in the range from1 through 255.
port-channel number
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
router-id A.B.C.D
Displays neighbor information for the specified, valid port-channel number.
Valid values range from 1 through 6144.
Displays neighbor information for the specified router ID (in dotted decimal format).
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Displays neighbor information for the specified, valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
ve vlan_id
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
vrf vrfname Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF instance are shown in the output.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to the selected RBridge.
all Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces of all nodes in the VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes.
902 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip ospf neighbor
2
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about OSPF neighbors.
If the physical interface type and name are specified, the rbridge-id option is not available.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples To show information about all OSPF neighbors: switch# show ip ospf neighbor
Number of Neighbors is 2, in FULL state 1
See Also
Port Address
2/2 22.22.22.1
None
Pri State Neigh Address Neigh ID
0 FULL/OTHER 22.22.22.2
192.0.0.1
Ev Opt Cnt
5 2 0
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
903
2 show ip ospf redistribute route show ip ospf redistribute route
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays redistributed routes.
show ip ospf redistribute route [A.B.C.D:M] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id
{rbridge-id | all}]
Operands
A.B.C.D:M
vrf vrfname
Specifies an IP address and mask for the output.
Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to the selected RBridge.
all Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces of all nodes in the VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to display routes that have been redistributed into OSPF.
None switch# show ip ospf redistribute route
30.30.30.0 255.255.255.0 fwd 0.0.0.0 (0) metric 10 connected
50.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 fwd 100.1.1.100 (1) metric 10 static
See Also None
904 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip ospf routes
2 show ip ospf routes
Synopsis
Displays routes.
show ip ospf routes [A.B.C.D] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
A.B.C.D
vrf vrfname
Specifies a destination IP address in dotted decimal format.
Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to the selected RBridge.
all Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces of all nodes in the VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display routes that OSPF calculated. You can display all routes or you can display information about a specific route.
None
To display all OSPF-calculated routes: switch# show ip ospf routes
OSPF Regular Routes 2:
Destination
2.2.2.0
Adv_Router
2.2.2.1
Mask Path_Cost Type2_Cost Path_Type
255.255.255.0
1 0 Intra
Link_State
2.2.2.1
Dest_Type State
Network Valid
Tag
0
Flags
4000*
Paths Out_Port
1 eth 1/2
Destination
22.22.22.0
Adv_Router
2.2.2.1
Next_Hop
0.0.0.0
Type
OSPF
State
00 00
Mask Path_Cost Type2_Cost Path_Type
255.255.255.0
1 0 Intra
Link_State
22.22.22.1
Dest_Type State
Network Valid
Tag
0
Flags
4000*
Paths Out_Port
1 eth 2/2
Next_Hop
0.0.0.0
Type
OSPF
State
00 00
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
905
2 show ip ospf summary show ip ospf summary
Synopsis
Operands
Displays summary information for all OSPF instances.
show ip ospf summary [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] vrf vrfname Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to the selected RBridge.
all Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces of all nodes in the VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display summary information for all OSPF instances.
None switch# show ip ospf summary
Total number of OSPF instances: 1
Seq Instance
1 default-vrf
Intfs Nbrs
5 2
Nbrs-Full LSAs
1 12
Routes
2
See Also telnet@NetIron MLX-4 Router(config-ospf-router)#show ip ospf border-routers
1
1
1
1 router ID
1.0.0.1
1.0.0.2
1.0.0.1
1.0.0.2
router type next hop router outgoing interface Area
ABR
ABR
ASBR
ASBR
22.22.22.2
22.22.22.2
22.22.22.2
22.22.22.2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
7
7
7
7
None
906 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip ospf traffic
2 show ip ospf traffic
Synopsis
Displays OSPF traffic details.
show ip ospf traffic [{fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | loopback number | port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve vlan_id}] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]
Operands fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Displays traffic information for the specified, valid 40 Gbps port interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Displays traffic information for the specified, valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
loopback number Specifies a loopback port number in the range from1 through 255.
port-channel number
Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Displays traffic information for the specified, valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
ve vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
vrf vrfname Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to the selected RBridge.
all Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces of all nodes in cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same
RBridge ID from different nodes.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
907
2 show ip ospf traffic
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to display details of OSPF traffic sent and received. You can display all traffic or specify a particular interface.
If the physical interface type and name are specified, the rbridge-id option is not available.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
To show all OSPF traffic: switch# show ip ospf traffic
Packets Received Packets Sent
Hello
Database
LSA Req
10
90
12
LSA Upd
LSA Ack
No Packet Errors!
12
12
None
10
89
11
12
12
908 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip ospf virtual
2 show ip ospf virtual
Synopsis
Displays information about virtual links.
show ip ospf virtual {link | neighbor} [index] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id
{rbridge-id | all}]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description link index neighbor index
Shows information about all virtual links or one virtual link that you specify.
Shows information about all virtual neighbors or one virtual neighbor that you specify.
vrf vrfname Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to the selected RBridge.
all Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces of all nodes in the VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information about virtual links and virtual neighbors over virtual links. You can show information about all virtual links or virtual neighbors, or you can specify a specific virtual link or virtual neighbor.
None
To show information about all virtual links: switch# show ip ospf virtual link
Indx Transit Area
1 7
Dead(sec)
40
Router ID
192.0.0.1
events
0
Transit(sec) Retrans(sec) Hello(sec)
1 5 10
state down
Authentication-Key
None
MD5 Authentication-Key:
MD5 Authentication-Key-Id:
None
None
MD5 Authentication-Key-Activation-Wait-Time: 300
To show information about all virtual neighbors: switch# show ip ospf virtual neighbor
Indx Transit Area
1 7
Router ID
192.0.0.1
Dead(sec)
40 events
0
Transit(sec) Retrans(sec) Hello(sec)
1 5 10
state down
Authentication-Key
None
MD5 Authentication-Key:
MD5 Authentication-Key-Id:
None
None
MD5 Authentication-Key-Activation-Wait-Time: 300
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
909
2 show ip pim bsr show ip pim bsr
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the Boot Strap Router (BSR) information.
show ip pim bsr [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the BSR information. The information displayed ignores whether the
Protocol Independent Multicast router is the elected BSR or not.
None
A typical output for this command. switch# show ip pim bsr
See Also
PIMv2 Bootstrap information :
------------------------------------------------------------------
BSR address: 10.10.10.1. Hash Mask Length 32. Priority 0.
router pim, show ip pim group, show ip pim neighbor, show ip pim rpf, show ip pim rp-hash,
910 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip pim group
2 show ip pim group
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the list of multicast groups.
show ip pim group [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display a list of the multicast groups that Protocol Independent
Multicast (PIM) has learned. All groups, irrespective of how PIM learned them, are displayed.
None
A typical output for this command.
switch# show ip pim group
Total number of groups: 2
1 Group 225.0.0.1
Group member at Te 19/2/1: Te 19/2/1
Group member at Ve 100: Ve 100
2 Group 225.0.0.2
Group member at Te 19/2/1: Te 19/2/1
Group member at Ve 100: Ve 100
See Also
router pim, show ip pim bsr, show ip pim neighbor, show ip pim rpf, show ip pim rp-hash,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
911
2 show ip pim mcache show ip pim mcache
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the multicast cache.
show ip pim mcache [ip-address-1 [ip-address-2]] [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
ip-address-1 ip-address-2
Group/Source IP address
Group/Source IP address rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the entries in the multicast cache.
None
See Also
A typical output for this command.
switch# show ip pim mcache 231.0.0.10
IP Multicast Mcache TableEntry Flags : sm - Sparse Mode, ssm - Source Specific
Multicast
RPT - RPT Bit, SPT - SPT Bit, LSrc - Local Source
LRcv - Local Receiver, RegProbe - Register In Progress
RegSupp - Register Suppression Timer, Reg - Register Complete
L2Reg - L2 Registration, needRte - Route Required for Src/RPTotal entries in mcache: 2001
(*, 231.0.0.10) RP 22.22.22.22 in Te 18/0/5, Uptime 00:00:56
Sparse Mode, RPT=1 SPT=0 Reg=0 L2Reg=0 RegSupp=0 RegProbe=0 LSrc=0 LRcv=1 upstream neighbor=13.13.13.1 num_oifs = 1
Ve 10, Ve 10(00:00:56/0)
Flags (0x012604a0) sm=1 ssm=0 needRte=02 (14.14.14.100, 231.0.0.10) in Te 18/0/1, Uptime
00:00:31
Sparse Mode, RPT=0 SPT=0 Reg=0 L2Reg=0 RegSupp=0 RegProbe=0 LSrc=0 LRcv=1 upstream neighbor=48.48.48.5 num_oifs = 1
Ve 10, Ve 10(00:00:31/0)
Flags (0x010600f5) sm=1 ssm=0 needRte=0Number of matching entries: 2
router pim, show ip pim bsr, show ip pim group, show ip pim neighbor, show ip pim rpf,
show ip pim rp-hash, show ip pim rp-map, show ip pim rp-set, show ip pim-sparse,
show ip pim traffic, show ip pim traffic
912 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip pim neighbor
2 show ip pim neighbor
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) neighbor information.
show ip pim neighbor [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information about all the neighbors that the PIM router perceives as active.
None
See Also
A typical output for this command.
switch# show ip pim neighbor
Total Number of Neighbors : 43
Port Phy_Port Neighbor
Te 125/1/31
Te 125/1/43
Te 125/2/1
Ve 2000
Ve 2001
Ve 2002
Te 125/1/31 125.31.1.1
Te 125/1/43 125.49.43.2
Te 125/2/1 125.2.1.2
Ve 2000
Ve 2001
Ve 2002
10.1.1.5
21.1.1.3
22.1.1.131
Holdtime sec
105
105
105
105
105
105
Age sec
0
20
10
0
0
0
UpTime
Dd HH:MM:SS
00:29:30
00:29:30
00:29:40
00:27:00
00:27:00
00:27:00
Priority
router pim, show ip pim bsr, show ip pim group, show ip pim rpf, show ip pim rp-hash,
1
1
1
1
1
1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
913
2 show ip pim rpf show ip pim rpf
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the Reverse Path Forwarding (RPF) for a given unicast IP address.
show ip pim rpf A.B.C.D
A.B.C.D
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
The unicast IP address.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the port that PIM regards as the best reverse path for a given unicast
IP address.
The unicast IP address may be an RP address or source address.
See Also
A typical output for this command.
switch# show ip pim rpf 123.32.120.10
Source 123.32.120.10 directly connected on Te 1/0/21
router pim, show ip pim bsr, show ip pim group, show ip pim neighbor, show ip pim rp-hash,
914 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip pim rp-hash
2 show ip pim rp-hash
Synopsis
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the Rendezvous Point (RP) information for a Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) sparse group.
show ip pim rp-hash A.B.C.D
A.B.C.D
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Group address in dotted decimal format.
Use this command to display the RP information for a PIM sparse group. It displays all RPs for the given group. The RP address could have been learned either from the Boot Strap Router (BSR) or configured statically.
None
See Also
A typical output for this command.
switch# show ip pim rp-hash 225.125.1.1
RP: 10.10.10.1, v2
router pim, show ip pim bsr, show ip pim group, show ip pim neighbor, show ip pim rpf,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
915
2 show ip pim rp-map show ip pim rp-map
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the Rendezvous Point (RP) to group mappings.
show ip pim rp-map [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the RP to group mappings.
None
See Also
A typical output for this command.
switch# show ip pim rp-map
Number of group-to-RP mappings: 6
Group address RP address
-------------------------------
1 239.255.163.1 99.99.99.5
2 239.255.163.2 99.99.99.5
3 239.255.163.3 99.99.99.5
4 239.255.162.1 99.99.99.5
5 239.255.162.2 43.43.43.1
6 239.255.162.3 99.99.99.5
router pim, show ip pim bsr, show ip pim group, show ip pim neighbor, show ip pim rpf,
916 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip pim rp-set
2 show ip pim rp-set
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the Rendezvous Point (RP) set list.
show ip pim rp-set [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information regarding all RPs that Protocol Independent
Multicast (PIM) perceives. The RPs may be either statically or dynamically learned.
None
A typical output for this command.
switch# show ip pim rp-set
Static RP
---------
Static RP count: 1
RP: 22.22.22.22
Number of group prefixes Learnt from BSR: 1
Group prefix = 231.0.0.0/4
# RPs received: 1
RP 1: 33.33.33.33
switch#
# RPs expected: 1 priority=0 age=10 holdtime=150
See Also
router pim, show ip pim bsr, show ip pim group, show ip pim neighbor, show ip pim rpf,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
917
2 show ip pim-sparse show ip pim-sparse
Synopsis
Operands tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
ve vlan_id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the internal parameters of the PIM router. It also displays the parameters of the PIM enabled interface.
Usage Guidelines
Displays the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) router parameters.
show ip pim-sparse [interface {tengigabitethernet rbridge-id /slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id /slot/port | ve vlan_id}]
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples A typical output for this command.
switch# show ip pim-sparse
Global PIM Sparse Mode settings
Maximum mcache: 2048 Current count: 0
Hello interval: 30 Neighbor timeout: 105
918 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip pim-sparse
2
See Also
Join/Prune interval: 60 Inactivity interval: 180
Hardware drop enabled: Yes Prune wait interval: 3
Bootstrap Msg interval: 60 Candidate-RP Msg interval: 60
Register Suppress Time: 60 Register Probe Time: 10
Register Stop Delay: 60 Register Suppress interval: 60
SSM Enabled: No SPT Threshold: 1
---------+-----------+---+----+------------------+---+---------+----+------
Interface|Local
|Address
|Ver|Mode|Designated Router |TTL|Multicast|VRF |DR
| | |Address Port |Thr|Boundary | |Prio
---------+-----------+---+----+------------------+---+---------+----+------
Te 1/0/15 12.12.12.12
v2 SM Itself 1 None 0 1
router pim, show ip pim bsr, show ip pim group, show ip pim neighbor, show ip pim rpf,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
919
2 show ip pim traffic show ip pim traffic
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) traffic statistics.
show ip pim traffic [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display PIM traffic statistics, categorized by each PIM enabled interface.
None
Examples
See Also
None
router pim, show ip pim bsr, show ip pim group, show ip pim neighbor, show ip pim rpf,
show ip pim rp-hash, show ip pim rp-map, show ip pim rp-set, show ip pim-sparse,
show ip pim traffic, show ip pim traffic
920 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip route
2 show ip route
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Shows IP route information. show ip route show ip route A.B.C.D/M [{debug | detail | longer}] show ip route [all] [connected] [ospf] [bgp] [slot line_card_number] [static] [summary] [vrf name]
[rbridge-id rbridge-id] show ip route nexthop [nexthopID [ref-routes]]
Operands
A.B.C.D/M
debug detail longer
Specifies the IPv4 address/length to show information for a specific route.
Displays debug information.
Displays more-specific routes with the same specified prefix.
Displays routes with addresses that match the address/mask prefix.
all bgp rbridge-id vrf connected nexthop
nexthopID
ref-routes
Displays routes for a selected RBridge ID.
Displays routes for a selected VRF instance.
Displays information for all configured ip routes.
Displays BGP route information.
Displays directly connected routes, such as local Layer 3 interfaces.
Displays information about the configured next hop.
Valid values range from 0 through 65535.
Displays all routes that point to the specified nexthopID.
ospf Displays routes learned from the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol. rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays routes for a selected RBridge ID.
slot line_card_number
Displays information for routes with the provided line card number.
static summary vrf name
Displays information about the configured static routes.
Displays summary information for all routes.
Displays routes for a selected VRF instance.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to display information about the IP routes in IP route management.
None switch# show ip route
Total number of IP routes: 7
Type Codes - B:BGP D:Connected I:ISIS O:OSPF R:RIP S:Static; Cost - Dist/Metric
BGP Codes - i:iBGP e:eBGP
ISIS Codes - L1:Level-1 L2:Level-2
OSPF Codes - i:Inter Area 1:External Type 1 2:External Type 2 s:Sham Link
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
921
922
2 show ip route
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
Destination
1.1.1.0/24
1.1.2.0/24
100.1.1.0/24
100.1.2.0/24
Gateway
DIRECT
DIRECT
1.1.1.2
1.1.1.2
Port
Te 2/1
Te 2/2
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
Cost
0/0
0/0
1/1
1/1
Type Uptime
D
D
S
S
1m57s
0m6s
1m32s
1m16s
100.1.3.0/24
100.2.1.0/24
100.3.1.0/24
100.3.1.0/24
1.1.1.2
DIRECT
1.1.1.2
1.1.2.2
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
Te 2/2
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
S
S
S
S
1m13s
0m57s
0m5s
0m5s switch# show ip route connected
Type Codes - B:BGP D:Connected I:ISIS O:OSPF R:RIP S:Static; Cost - Dist/Metric
BGP Codes - i:iBGP e:eBGP
ISIS Codes - L1:Level-1 L2:Level-2
OSPF Codes - i:Inter Area 1:External Type 1 2:External Type 2 s:Sham Link
Destination Gateway Port Cost Type Uptime
1
2
1.1.1.0/24
1.1.2.0/24
DIRECT
DIRECT
Te 2/1
Te 2/2
0/0
0/0
D
D
4m33s
2m42s sw0(config)# do show ip route summary
IP Routing Table - 7 entries:
2 connected, 5 static, 0 RIP, 0 OSPF, 0 BGP, 0 ISIS
Number of prefixes:
1
2
3
4
5
/24: 7
Nexthop Table Entry - 4 entries sw0(config)# do show ip route static
Type Codes - B:BGP D:Connected I:ISIS O:OSPF R:RIP S:Static; Cost - Dist/Metric
BGP Codes - i:iBGP e:eBGP
ISIS Codes - L1:Level-1 L2:Level-2
OSPF Codes - i:Inter Area 1:External Type 1 2:External Type 2 s:Sham Link
Destination Gateway Port Cost Type Uptime
100.1.1.0/24
100.1.2.0/24
100.1.3.0/24
100.2.1.0/24
100.3.1.0/24
100.3.1.0/24
1.1.1.2
1.1.1.2
1.1.1.2
DIRECT
1.1.1.2
1.1.2.2
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
Te 2/2
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
S
S
S
S
S
S
4m27s
4m11s
4m8s
3m52s
3m0s
3m0s
1
2
3
4 switch# show ip route nexthop
Total number of IP nexthop entries: 4; Forwarding Use: 4
NextHopIp
1.1.1.2
0.0.0.0
Port
Te 2/1
Te 2/2
RefCount
3/3
1/1
ID Age
2147549184 277
2147484008 191
0.0.0.0
1.1.1.2
1.1.2.2
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
Te 2/2
2/2
1/1
2147484009 302
2147549185 190 switch# show ip route nexthop 2147549184
NextHopIp Port RefCount
1 1.1.1.2
Te 2/1 3/3
ID Age
2147549184 288 switch# show ip route nexthop 2147549184 ref-routes
Type Codes - B:BGP D:Connected I:ISIS O:OSPF R:RIP S:Static; Cost - Dist/Metric
BGP Codes - i:iBGP e:eBGP
ISIS Codes - L1:Level-1 L2:Level-2
OSPF Codes - i:Inter Area 1:External Type 1 2:External Type 2 s:Sham Link
Destination Gateway Port Cost Type Uptime
1
2
3
100.1.1.0/24
100.1.2.0/24
100.1.3.0/24
1.1.1.2
1.1.1.2
1.1.1.2
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
1/1
1/1
1
S
S
5m10s
4m54s switch# show ip route 100.1.1.1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ip route
2
See Also
Type Codes - B:BGP D:Connected I:ISIS O:OSPF R:RIP S:Static; Cost - Dist/Metric
BGP Codes - i:iBGP e:eBGP
ISIS Codes - L1:Level-1 L2:Level-2
OSPF Codes - i:Inter Area 1:External Type 1 2:External Type 2 s:Sham Link
Destination Gateway Port Cost Type Uptime
4 100.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.2
Te 2/1 1/1 S 5m37s switch(config)# do show ip route 100.1.1.0/24
Type Codes - B:BGP D:Connected I:ISIS O:OSPF R:RIP S:Static; Cost - Dist/Metric
BGP Codes - i:iBGP e:eBGP
ISIS Codes - L1:Level-1 L2:Level-2
OSPF Codes - i:Inter Area 1:External Type 1 2:External Type 2 s:Sham Link
Destination Gateway Port Cost Type Uptime
5 100.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.2
Te 2/1 1/1 S 5m47s switch(config)# do show ip route 100.1.1.1 detail
Type Codes - B:BGP D:Connected I:ISIS O:OSPF R:RIP S:Static; Cost - Dist/Metric
BGP Codes - i:iBGP e:eBGP
ISIS Codes - L1:Level-1 L2:Level-2
OSPF Codes - i:Inter Area 1:External Type 1 2:External Type 2 s:Sham Link
Destination Gateway Port Cost Type Uptime
6 100.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.2
Te 2/1 1/1
Nexthop Entry ID:2147549184, Paths: 1, Ref_Count:3/3
S 6m5s switch# show ip route 100.0.0.0/8 longer
1 100.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.2
2
3
4
5
100.1.2.0/24
100.1.3.0/24
100.2.1.0/24
100.3.1.0/24
100.3.1.0/24
1.1.1.2
1.1.1.2
DIRECT
1.1.1.2
1.1.2.2
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
Te 2/1
Te 2/2
None
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
S
S
S
S
S
S
14m37s
14m21s
14m18s
14m2s
13m10s
13m10s
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
923
2 show ipv6 route show ipv6 route
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the IPv6 route information.
show lipv6 route
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the IPv6 route information.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
924 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show lacp
2 show lacp
Synopsis
Displays Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) statistics.
show lacp [counters [port-channel] | sys-id [port-channel]
Operands counters
port-channel
Defaults sys-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays LACP statistics for all port-channel interfaces.
Displays counters for a specified port channel interface. Valid values range from 1 through 6144.
Displays LACP statistics by system ID.
Description Use this command to display the LACP statistics for each port-channel interface for all port-channel interfaces or a single port-channel interface, or by system ID.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
925
2 show lacp sys-id show lacp sys-id
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) system ID and priority information.
show lacp sys-id
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the LACP system ID and priority.
The system priority and the system Media Access Control (MAC) address make up the system identification. The first two bytes are the system priority, and the last six bytes are the globally administered individual MAC addresses associated with the system.
Examples
See Also
To display the local system ID: switch# show lacp sys-id
% System 8000,00-05-1e-76-1a-a6
None
926 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show license
2 show license
Synopsis
Operands
Displays license information.
show license [rbridge-id {rbridge-id ID | all}] [all] rbridge-id all
rbridge-id
all
Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Executes the command on all switches in the fabric.
Displays the licenses installed on the local switch.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the license information for the local switch or any switch in a Brocade
VCS Fabric cluster. The command output includes the RBridge ID, license description, expiration if applicable, the feature name, and an indication of whether the license is valid. A string of “x” characters is displayed for the license key.
In the Network OS v3.0.0 release, use this command to display only the licenses installed on the local RBridge.
In logical chassis cluster mode, remote license operations may be performed on any remote
RBridge, from any RBridge in the logical chassis cluster.
Examples To display license information on a Brocade VDX 6720-60 switch: switch# show license
Rbridge-Id: 2 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
FCoE Base license
Feature name:FCOE_BASE License is valid xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
First Ports on Demand license - additional 10 port upgrade license
Feature name:PORTS_ON_DEMAND_1
License is valid xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Second Ports on Demand license - additional 10 port upgrade license
Feature name:PORTS_ON_DEMAND_2
License is valid xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
To display a Brocade VDX 8770 licensed for Advanced Services: (This configuration enables the use of Layer 3 and FCoE features. The VCS Fabric license is enabled on all VDX platforms by default starting with Network OS 4.1.0; a VCS Fabric license does not need to be installed to enable VCS Fabric functionality.) switch# show license rbridge-id: 60 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Advanced Services license
Feature name:ADVANCED_SERVICES
License is valid
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
927
2 show license
See Also
license add, license remove, show license id
928 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show license id
2 show license id
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the RBridge License ID.
show license id [rbridge-id {rbridge-id |all}] [all] rbridge-id all
rbridge-id
all
Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Executes the command on all switches in the fabric.
Displays the license ID installed on the local switch.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the RBridge license ID (WWN) for the specified switch. You need the
RBridge license ID when you prepare to add a license.
In the Network OS v3.0.0 release, this command is supported only on the local RBridge.
In logical chassis cluster mode, remote license operations may be performed on any remote
RBridge, from any RBridge in the logical chassis cluster.
Examples To display the license ID for the local switch: switch# show license id
Rbridge-Id LicenseId
========================================
2 10:00:00:05:1E:00:4C:80
See Also
license add, license remove, show license
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
929
2 show linecard show linecard
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays information about the line cards present in the chassis.
show linecard
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information about the line cards present in a modular switch. The output includes the following information:
Slot Displays the slot number. Slots for line cards are L1 through L4 on Brocade
VDX 8770-4 switches, and L1 through L8 on Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Type
Description
ID
Status
Displays the line card type.
Module description
Displays IDs for line cards.
Displays the status of the line card as one of the following:
VACANT The slot is empty.
POWERED-OFF The module is present in the slot but is powered off.
POWERING UP The module is present and powering on.
LOADING The module is present, powered on, and loading the initial configuration.
DIAG RUNNING POST1
The module is present, powered on, and running the POST (power-on self-test).
DIAG RUNNING POST2
The module is present, powered on, and running the reboot power on self tests.
INITIALIZING
ENABLED
DISABLED
FAULTY
UNKNOWN
The module is present, powered on, and initializing hardware components.
The module is on and fully enabled.
The module is powered on but disabled.
The module is faulty because an error was detected.
The module is inserted but its state cannot be determined.
None
To display the line cards present in a Brocade VDX 8770-4 switch: switch# show linecard
Slot Type Description ID Status
----------------------------------------------------------------------
L1 LC48X10G 48-port 10GE card 114 ENABLED
L2 LC48X10G 48-port 10GE card 114 ENABLED
930 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
See Also
L3
L4 LC48X1G 48-port 1GE card
linecard, show sfm, show slots
show linecard
2
131
VACANT
ENABLED
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
931
2 show lldp interface show lldp interface
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the LLDP status on the specified interface.
show lldp interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the LLDP status on the specified interface.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples To display all the LLDP interface information for a selected interface: switch# show lldp interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/0
LLDP information for Te 1/0/0
State: Enabled
Mode: Receive/Transmit
Advertise Transmitted: 30 seconds
Hold time for advertise: 120 seconds
Re-init Delay Timer: 2 seconds
Tx Delay Timer:
DCBX Version :
Auto-Sense :
Transmit TLVs:
1 seconds tengigabitethernet
CEE
Yes
Chassis ID
TTL
DCBX FCoE App
Link Prim
DCBX FCoE Priority Bits: 0x8
Port ID
IEEE DCBX
DCBX FCoE Logical Link
Brocade Link
See Also None
932 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show lldp neighbors
2 show lldp neighbors
Synopsis
Displays LLDP information for all neighboring devices on the specified interface. show lldp neighbors [interface {tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} detail]
Operands interface Specifies an Ethernet interface.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
detail
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays all the LLDP neighbor information in detail for the specified interface.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display LLDP information for all neighboring devices on the specified interface.
ATTENTION
If you do not use the interface parameter, only the mandatory TLVs are displayed.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
To display detailed LLDP neighbor information on a specific interface: switch# show lldp neighbors interface tengigabitethernet 3/0/8 detail
Neighbors for Interface Te 3/0/8
MANDATORY TLVs
===============
Local Interface: Te 0/8 Remote Interface: Te 3/0/8 (IF Name)
Dead Interval: 120 secs Remaining Life : 100 secs Tx: 536 Rx: 535
Chassis ID: 0005.1e76.1020 (MAC)
Remote Mac: 0005.1e76.102c
OPTIONAL TLVs
==============
Port Interface Description: Te 3/0/8
System Name: sw0
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
933
2 show lldp neighbors
See Also
System Description: Fibre Channel Switch.
System Capabilities: Switching Routing
System Capabilities Enabled: Switching
Link Prim: 257
Remote Protocols Advertised: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
Remote VLANs Configured: VLAN ID: 1 VLAN Name: default
AutoNego Support: Supported Not Enabled
AutoNego Capability: 0
Operational MAU Type: 0
Link Aggregation Capability: Capable
Link Aggregation Status: Disabled
Port Vlan Id: 1
Port & Protocol Vlan Flag: Supported Not enabled
Port & Protocol Vlan Id: 0
Link Aggregation Port Id: 0
Max Frame Size: 2500
Management Address: 10.32.152.21 (IPv4)
Interface Numbering: 2
Interface Number: 0x4080100 (67633408)
OID: 0x100f99b4
None
934 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show lldp statistics
2 show lldp statistics
Synopsis
Displays the LLDP statistics on all interfaces or a specified interface.
show lldp statistics [interface {tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description interface Specifies an Ethernet interface.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display LLDP statistics on all interfaces or a specified interface.
If you do not specify an interface, Use this command to display the LLDP statistics for all interfaces.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade
VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples To display LLDP statistics on the specified interface: switch# show lldp statistics interface tengigabitethernet 5/0/8
LLDP Interface statistics for Te 5/0/8
Frames transmitted: 555
Frames Aged out: 0
Frames Discarded: 0
Frames with Error: 0
Frames Recieved: 554
TLVs discarded: 0
TLVs unrecognized: 0
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
935
2 show logging auditlog show logging auditlog
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the internal audit log buffer of the switch.
show logging auditlog [reverse] [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] reverse rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Displays the audit log in reverse order.
Executes the command on the specified switch.
Specifies the RBridge ID for the switch.
Executes the command on all switches in the fabric.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the audit log messages stored in the system.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
To display the audit log messages stored in the internal buffer: switch# show logging auditlog
0 AUDIT,2012/04/13-02:35:59 (GMT), [DCM-2002], INFO, DCMCFG, admin/admin/10.72.16.41/ssh/cli,, chassis, Event: noscli exit, Status: success,
Info: Successful logout by user [admin].
See Also
1 AUDIT,2012/04/13-02:43:23 (GMT), [DCM-2001], INFO, DCMCFG, admin/admin/10.72.16.41/ssh/cli,, chassis, Event: noscli start, Status: success,
Info: Successful login attempt through ssh from 10.72.16.41.
clear logging raslog, clear logging auditlog, log-dampening-debug (BGP)
936 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show logging raslog
2 show logging raslog
Synopsis
Displays the internal RASlog buffer of the switch.
show logging raslog [attribute attribute] [blade blade] [count count] [message-type type] [reverse]
[severity severity] [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description attribute attribute blade blade
Filters output by message attribute. Valid attributes include FFDC and VCS.
Displays for the specified blade only. Valid values for blade include MM1,
MM2, and LC[1-8].
Specifies the number of messages to display.
count count message-type type Filters the output by message type. Valid message types include DCE or
SYSTEM.
severity severity Filters the output by message severity. Valid severity levels include the following: critical, error, info, and warning.
reverse Displays the messages in reverse order.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switch.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the RASLog messages stored in the system. Use the filters to customize the output.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
The RASLog messages contain the module name, error code, and message details.
Examples To display all RASLog messages stored in the system: switch# show logging raslog
NOS: 3.0.0
2012/05/25-17:37:15, [LOG-1003], 1, M1, INFO, VDX8770-4, SYSTEM error log has been cleared
2012/05/25-17:38:32, [SEC-1203], 3, M1, INFO, sw0, Login information: Login successful via TELNET/SSH/RSH. IP Addr: 10.24.65.24
2012/05/25-17:42:54, [SEC-1203], 4, M1, INFO, sw0, Login information: Login successful via TELNET/SSH/RSH. IP Addr: 10.24.65.24
2012/05/25-17:43:12, [IPAD-1002], 5, M1, INFO, VDX8770-4, Switch name has been successfully changed to dutA1-sw0.
2012/05/25-17:51:42, [FW-1439], 180, M1, WARNING, dutA1-sw0, Switch status change contributing factor Switch offline.
(output truncated)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
937
938
2 show logging raslog
To display all RASLog messages for a line card: switch# show logging raslog blade LC2
NOS: 3.0.0
2012/05/28-12:07:41, [HASM-1004], 822, L2, INFO, VDX8770-4, Processor rebooted -
Reset
2012/05/28-12:07:41, [HASM-1104], 823, L2, INFO, VDX8770-4, Heartbeat to M1 up
2012/05/28-12:07:48, [HASM-1108], 830, L2, INFO, VDX8770-4, All service instances become active.
2012/05/29-13:32:50, [HASM-1004], 2721, L2, INFO, VDX8770-4, Processor rebooted -
Reset
To display warning messages only on the standby management module: switch# show logging raslog blade MM1 severity warning
NOS: 3.0.0
2012/03/09-15:20:55, [FW-1042], 26, M1, WARNING, dutA1-sw0, Sfp TX power for port
1/2/9, is below low boundary(High=1999, Low=125). Current value is 17 uW.
2012/03/09-15:20:55, [FW-1046], 27, M1, WARNING, dutA1-sw0, Sfp Current for port
1/2/9, is below low boundary(High=10, Low=3). Current value is 0 mA.
2012/03/09-15:20:55, [FW-1042], 28, M1, WARNING, dutA1-sw0, Sfp TX power for port
1/2/17, is below low boundary(High=1999, Low=125). Current value is 18 uW.
(output truncated)
To display only the FFDC messages: switch# show logging raslog attribute FFDC rbridge-id 1
NOS: 3.0.0
1970/01/01-00:09:43, [HASM-1200], 106, MM1 | FFDC, WARNING, chassis, Detected termination of process Dcmd.Linux.powe:1660
See Also
clear logging raslog, logging raslog console
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show mac-address-table
2 show mac-address-table
Synopsis
Operands
Displays forwarding information for all MAC addresses, for a specific dynamic or static MAC address, for all dynamic MAC addresses, for all static MAC addresses, for a specific interface, for a specific VLAN, or for MAC addresses associated with port profiles. show mac-address-table [address mac-addr | aging-time | count | dynamic | interface
{fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number} | linecard interface
{tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} | static | vlan vlan_id | port-profile [address mac-addr | count | dynamic | static | vlan vlan_id]] address mac-addr aging-time count dynamic interface
Displays forwarding information for a 48-bit MAC address. The valid format is H.H.H (available in Privileged EXEC mode only).
Displays the aging time.
Displays the count of forwarding entries.
Displays the dynamic MAC addresses.
Displays the forwarding information of an interface.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
port-channel number
Specifies the port-channel number. Valid values range from 1 through 63.
linecard interface Displays the forwarding information for a line card interface.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet line-card interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
939
2 show mac-address-table
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet line-card interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
static
port
vlan vlan_id port-profile
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays the static MAC addresses.
Specifies the VLAN number. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Displays MAC addresses associated with port profiles. address mac-address
Specifies a 48-bit MAC address. The valid format is H.H.H.
count dynamic static vlan vlan_id
Displays the count of forwarding entries associated with port profiles.
Displays dynamic MAC addresses associated with port profiles.
Displays static MAC addresses associated with port profiles.
Displays MAC addresses associated with port profiles and the specified
VLAN. Refer to Usage Guidelines below.
Defaults No static addresses are configured.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display a specific static or dynamic MAC address entry or all entries for a specific interface, a specific VLAN, a specific linecard, or for all interfaces and all VLANs.
Usage Guidelines The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples To display a specific MAC address in the table: switch# show mac-address-table address 0011.2222.3333 vlanId Mac-address Type State Ports
100 0011.2222.3333
Total MAC addresses : 1
Static Inactive Te 0/1
To display the aging time for a specific MAC address table: switch# show mac-address-table aging-time
MAC Aging-time : 300 seconds
940 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show mac-address-table
2
See Also
To display a dynamic MAC address table: switch# show mac-address-table dynamic vlanId Mac-address
100 0011.2222.5555
Type State Ports
Dynamic Inactive Te 0/1
100 0011.2222.6666
Total MAC addresses : 2
Dynamic Inactive Te 0/1
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
941
2 show media show media
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the SFP information for all the interfaces present on a switch.
show media
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display a summary of all SFP information for the switch. The output will be several pages long.
The TX Power Field in the show media command is not supported by the 40-Gbps optics.
To display all SFP information: switch# show media
Interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 0/1
Identifier 3 SFP
Connector
Transceiver
Name
Encoding
7 LC
0000000000000010 10_GB/s
id
6
Baud Rate
Length 9u
Length 9u
Length 50u
103 (units 100 megabaud)
0 (units km)
0 (units 100 meters)
8 (units 10 meters)
Length 62.5u
3 (units 10 meters)
Length Cu 0 (units 1 meter)
Vendor Name
Vendor OUI
BROCADE
42:52:4f
Vendor PN
Vendor Rev
Wavelength
Options
BR Max
BR Min
Serial No
Date Code
57-0000075-01
A
850 (units nm)
001a Loss_of_Sig,Tx_Fault,Tx_Disable
0
0
AAA108454100431
081108
Temperature
Voltage
Current
TX Power
44 Centigrade
3246.8
0.002
0.1
(Volts)
(mAmps)
(uWatts)
RX Power 0.1
(uWatts)
(output truncated)
See Also
show media interface, show media linecard
942 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show media interface
2 show media interface
Synopsis
Operands tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid external 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid external 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid external 1-gigabit FibreChannel interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Displays the SFP information for a specific interface.
show media interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port]
Examples
Use this command to display a summary of the SFP information for the specified interface.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
The fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6730 switches.
To display SPF information for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch# show media interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1
Interface
Identifier
Gigabit Ethernet 0/1
2 On-board
Connector
Transceiver
Name
Encoding
34 cu
5
CAT-5 copper cable
1000 BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet
IEEE 802.3ab
max 100 m Length
Copper Speed
Copper Duplex
Sync status
Vendor Name
Vendor OUI
Vendor model
1GB/s Fixed
Full Duplex
Valid/No
Broadcom
00:1B:E9
02:0F
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
943
944
2 show media interface
Vendor Rev
Options
01
001a Remote fault/Jabber detect/copper link up
Temperature threshold/val
Voltage threshold/val
55 Centigrade
3289.9
(mVolts)
To display SFP information for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch# show media interface tengigabitethernet 5/0/1
Interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 5/0/1
Identifier
Connector
3
7
SFP
LC
Transceiver
Name
Encoding
Baud Rate
0000000000000010 10_GB/s
id
6
103 (units 100 megabaud)
Length 9u
Length 9u
0
0
(units km)
(units 100 meters)
Length 50u 8 (units 10 meters)
Length 62.5u
3 (units 10 meters)
Length Cu
Vendor Name
Vendor OUI
Vendor PN
0 (units 1 meter)
BROCADE
00:05:1E
57-0000075-01
Vendor Rev
Wavelength
Options
BR Max
BR Min
Serial No
Date Code
Temperature
Voltage
Current
TX Power
RX Power
A
850 (units nm)
001a Loss_of_Sig,Tx_Fault,Tx_Disable
0
0
AAA108454100431
081108
44 Centigrade
3246.8
0.002
0.1
0.1
(Volts)
(mAmps)
(uWatts)
(uWatts)
To display SFP information for a Fibre Channel interface: switch# show media interface fibrechannel 66/0/1
Interface FibreChannel 66/0/1
Identifier
Connector
Transceiver
Encoding
3
7
SFP
LC
540c404040000000 200,400,800_MB/s M5,M6 sw Short_dist
1 8B10B
Baud Rate
Length 9u
Length 9u
Length 50u
85
0
0
5
(units 100 megabaud)
(units km)
(units 100 meters)
(units 10 meters)
Length 62.5u
Length Cu
Vendor Name
Vendor OUI
Vendor PN
Vendor Rev
Wavelength
Options
BR Max
BR Min
Serial No
Date Code
2
0
(units 10 meters)
(units 1 meter)
BROCADE
00:05:1e
57-1000012-01
A
850 (units nm)
003a Loss_of_Sig,Tx_Fault,Tx_Disable
0
0
UAF110170000VP1
100422
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show media interface
2
See Also
DD Type
Enh Options
0x68
0xfa
Status/Ctrl 0x82
Alarm flags[0,1] 0x5, 0x40
Warn Flags[0,1] 0x5, 0x40
Temperature
Voltage
Current
TX Power
RX Power
28 Centigrade
3331.4
mVolts
0.310
-21.7
-inf mAmps dBm (0.0 uW) low
-10
2900.0
1.000
dBm (6.8 uW) 125.9 uW
10.0 uW
Alarm high
90
3700.0
17.000
631.0 uW
1258.9 uW
low
-5
3000.0
Warn high
85
3600.0
2.000
158.5 uW
14.000
562.3 uW
15.8 uW 1000.0 uW
show media, show media linecard
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
945
2 show media linecard show media linecard
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the SFP information for a specified line card.
show media linecard number
number
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Numeric identifier for the line card.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display a summary of small form-factor pluggable (SFP) and Quad SFP media information for each interface on the specified module.
This command is supported only on the local RBridge.
To display the SFP media information for an LC48X10G line card in slot 2: switch# show media linecard 2
Interface
Identifier
Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/2/1
3 SFP
Connector
Transceiver
Name
Encoding
33
cu
0
Copper Pigtail d580884104000002 10_GB/s TW Short_dist
Baud Rate
Length 9u
Length 9u
Length 50u
103 (units 100 megabaud)
0 (units km)
0 (units 100 meters)
0 (units 10 meters)
Length 62.5u
0 (units 10 meters)
Length Cu 1 (units 1 meter)
Vendor Name
Vendor OUI
BROCADE
00:05:1e
Vendor PN
Vendor Rev
Wavelength
Options
BR Max
BR Min
Serial No
Date Code
58-1000026-01
A
3072(units nm)
0012
0
0
CAMB110100607EW
110111
Optical Monitor No
Temperature N/A
Voltage
Current
N/A
N/A
TX Power
RX Power
N/A
N/A
(output truncated)
To display the Quad SFP media information for an LC12X40G line card in slot 3: switch# show media linecard 3
Interface fortygigabitethernet 1/3/2
Identifier
Connector
13
12
QSFP
Transceiver
Name
Encoding
sw
5
0000000000000004 40_GB/s Short_dist
IEEE 802.3ab
946 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
See Also
Baud Rate
Length 9u
103 (units 100 megabaud)
0 (units km)
Length 9u 50 (units 100 meters)
Length 50u 0 (units 10 meters)
Length 62.5u
0 (units 10 meters)
Length Cu
Vendor Name
Vendor OUI
Vendor PN
Vendor Rev
Wavelength
Options
BR Max
0 (units 1 meter)
5ROCADE
00:05:1e
57-1000128-01
A
17000(units nm)
0000
15
BR Min
Serial No
222
LTA111421000923
Date Code 111022
Optical Monitor yes
Temperature
Voltage
Current
TX Power
RX Power
31 Centigrade
3313.2
(mVolts)
7.204
(mAmps)
N/A
0.0
(uWatts)
show media linecard
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
947
2 show mm show mm
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays information about the Management Modules present in the chassis.
show mm
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information about the management modules present in a modular switch. The output includes the following information:
Slot
Type
Displays the slot number. Slots for management modules are M1 and M2.
Displays the line card type. The management module type is MM.
Description
ID
Status
VACANT
Module description
Displays the module ID. The ID for the management module is 112.
Displays the status of the module as one of the following:
The slot is empty.
POWERED-OFF The module is present in the slot but is powered off.
POWERING UP The module is present and powering on.
LOADING
INITIALIZING
The module is present, powered on, and loading the initial configuration.
The module is present, powered on, and initializing hardware components.
ENABLED
DISABLED
FAULTY
UNKNOWN
The module is on and fully enabled.
The module is powered on but disabled.
The module is faulty because an error was detected.
The module is inserted but its state cannot be determined.
Diagnostic tests (POST1, POST2) are not running on the management modules.
To display the management modules present in a Brocade VDX 8770-4 chassis: switch# show mm
Slot Type Description ID Status
----------------------------------------------------------------------
M1
M2
MM Management Module 112 ENABLED
VACANT
See Also
show linecard, show sfm, show slots
948 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show monitor
2 show monitor
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the monitoring information for all Port Mirroring sessions.
show monitor [session session_number] session session_number
Specifies a session identification number. Valid values range from 0 through 511 for logical chassis mode, 0 through 23 for standalone mode.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display monitoring information for all Port Mirroring sessions, or for a single session.
None
To display monitoring information for all Port Mirroring sessions: switch# show monitor
Session :1
Type :Remote source session
Description :Test monitor session
State :Enabled
Source interface :Te 1/0/10 (Up)
Destination interface :Vlan x
Direction :Rx
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
949
2 show name-server brief show name-server brief
Synopsis
Operands
Displays brief entries of local name server (NS) information about devices connected to a switch.
show name-server brief [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID of the switch for which the brief name server entries are displayed.
Defaults If no RBridge ID is specified, brief entries for all devices in the fabric are displayed.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display local name server (NS) information about devices connected to a switch. Brief output lists only the Fibre Channel address (PID) of each device.
NOTE
If no information is available for the switch, the command displays the message: “0 entries.”
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
To view brief name server entries for all devices connected to a switch: switch# show name-server brief
010000 020100 030200 010300 020400 030500 010600 020700 030800
To view brief name server entries for a specific switch: switch# show name-server brief rbridge-id 3
030200 030500 030800
show name-server detail, show name-server nodefind
950 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show name-server detail
2 show name-server detail
Synopsis
Operands
Displays local name server (NS) information about devices connected to a switch.
show name-server detail [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID of the switch for which the details about name server entries are displayed.
Defaults If no RBridge ID is specified, detailed entries for all devices in the fabric are displayed.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display detailed local name server (NS) information about devices connected to a switch. The detail output contains the following information for each device:
PID
Port Name
Fibre Channel address of the device in 6-digit hexadecimal format.
Worldwide port name (WWPN) of the device.
Node Name
SCR
Worldwide node name (WWNN) of the device.
Indicates the State Change Registration of the device, which affects RSCN behavior. The value can be one of the following:
0: No registration
1: Fabric detected RSCN
2: Port detected RSCN
3: Both Fabric and Port detected RSCN
NOTE
This information is only available for devices that are connected to the local RBridge on which the command is executed.
FC4s
PortSymb
Fabric Port Name
Permanent Port Name
Physical Nx_Port worldwide name.
Device Type
Fabric port name (worldwide name format). This is the F_Port worldwide name to which the N_Port connects.
Type and role of the device, where the device type is either “Physical”,
“Virtual”, “NPIV”, or “iSCSI”. The role is either “Initiator”, “Target”, or
“Initiator + Target”. If the device role is not registered, the display indicates
“unknown”. If the device registers a type that is not one of the aforementioned values, then the type is listed as “undefined”.
Interface
Fibre Channel FC4 type of the device represented as an ASCII string.
User defined name for this port (ASCII string).
Physical Interface
Interface information for the port. For FCoE devices this information is shown as: Fcoe vlan/rbridge-id/FCoE port
Physical interface information for the port. For FCoE devices this information is shown as: Te rbridge-id/slot/port
Where Te = Ten gigabit Ethernet
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
951
2 show name-server detail
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Share Area
Redirect
The state of the Brocade shared area addressing method. If “Yes” then the port uses shared area addressing.
Indicates whether or not the device is involved in Brocade Frame
Redirection. If “Yes” then the device is involved in Frame Redirection zoning.
If no information is available for the switch, the command displays the message: “total number of
0 entries.”
None
To view name server entries for all devices connected to a switch: switch# show name-server detail
PID: 012100
Port Name: 10:00:00:05:1E:ED:95:38
Node Name: 20:00:00:05:1E:ED:95:38
SCR: 3
FC4s: FCP
PortSymb: [27] "Brocade-1020|2.3.0.0|localhost.localdomain|Red Hat
Enterprise Linux Server release 5.5"
NodeSymb: NULL
Fabric Port Name: 20:21:00:05:1E:CD:79:7A
Permanent Port Name: 10:00:00:05:1E:ED:95:38
Device type: Physical Initiator
Interface: Fcoe 1/1/9
Physical Interface: Te 1/0/9
Share Area: No
Redirect: No
show name-server brief, show name-server nodefind
952 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show name-server nodefind
2 show name-server nodefind
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the local name server (NS) information for a specific device. show name-server nodefind {PID pid | WWN wwn}
PID pid
WWN wwn
Specifies the Fibre Channel address of the device to search for.
Specifies the World Wide Name (WWN) of the device to search for.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display local name server (NS) information about a specific detailed entry.
The lookup is performed using either the Fibre Channel address (Port ID, or PID), or the WWN of the device. If no information is available for the device, the command displays one of the following messages:
•
For PID lookup:
Device with PID of pid does not exist
•
For WWN lookup:
Device with WWN of wwn does not exist
Refer to show name-server detail for descriptions of the displayed information.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
To view name server information for a device specified by PID: switch# show name-server nodefind pid 0x012100
PID: 012100
Port Name: 10:00:00:05:1E:ED:95:38
Node Name: 20:00:00:05:1E:ED:95:38
SCR: 3
FC4s: FCP
PortSymb: [27] "Brocade-1020|2.3.0.0|localhost.localdomain|Red Hat
Enterprise Linux Server release 5.5"
NodeSymb: NULL
Fabric Port Name: 20:21:00:05:1E:CD:79:7A
Permanent Port Name: 10:00:00:05:1E:ED:95:38
Device type: Physical Initiator
Interface: Fcoe 1/1/9
Physical Interface: Te 1/0/9
Share Area: No
Redirect: No
See Also
show name-server brief, show name-server detail
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
953
2 show name-server zonemember show name-server zonemember
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display detailed local name server (NS) information about all devices zoned with the specified device. The lookup is performed using either the Fibre Channel address (Port ID, or PID), or the WWN of the device.
Usage Guidelines
Displays the local name server (NS) zoning information.
show name-server zonemember {PID pid | WWN wwn}
PID pid
WWN wwn
Specifies the Fibre Channel address of the device.
Specifies the World Wide Name (WWN) of the device.
If no information is available for the device, the command displays one of the following messages:
•
For PID lookup: Device with PID of pid does not exist
•
For WWN lookup: Device with WWN of wwn does not exist
Examples To view name server information for a device specified by PID: switch# show name-server zonemember pid 0x010500
PID: 010500
Port Name: 10:00:00:05:1F:ED:95:38
Node Name: 20:00:00:05:1F:ED:95:38
SCR: 3
FC4s: FCP
PortSymb: [27] "Brocade-1020|2.3.0.0|localhost.localdomain|Red Hat
Enterprise Linux Server release 5.5"
NodeSymb: NULL
Fabric Port Name: 20:21:00:05:1F:ED:79:7A
Permanent Port Name: 10:00:00:05:1F:ED:95:38
Device type: Physical Initiator
Interface: Fcoe 1/1/5
Physical Interface: Te 1/0/5
Share Area: No
Redirect: No
PID: 010600
Port Name: 10:00:00:05:1F:CD:95:38
Node Name: 20:00:00:05:1F:CD:95:38
SCR: 3
FC4s: FCP
PortSymb: [27] "Brocade-1020|2.3.0.0|localhost.localdomain|Red Hat
Enterprise Linux Server release 5.5"
NodeSymb: NULL
Fabric Port Name: 20:21:00:05:1E:CD:79:7A
Permanent Port Name: 10:00:00:05:1E:CD:95:38
Device type: Physical Initiator
Interface: Fcoe 1/1/6
Physical Interface: Te 1/0/6
Share Area: No
Redirect: No
954 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show name-server zonemember
2
See Also
show name-server brief, show name-server detail, show name-server nodefind
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
955
2 show nas statistics show nas statistics
Synopsis
Examples
See Also
Displays automatic network attached storage (Auto NAS)) statistics.
show nas statistics all | server-ip ip_addr/prefix [vlan VLAN_id | vrf VRF_name] [rbridge-id
rbridge-id]
Operands all server-ip
Shows all gathered statistics.
IP address to show Auto NAS statistics for.
ip_addr/prefix
IPv4 address/prefix of a specified Auto NAS port. vlan VLAN_id Specifies which VLAN interface to display the statistics for. vrf VRF_name Specifies which VRF interface to display the statistics for. rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies which RBridge ID to display the statistics for.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the specified Auto NAS server statistics.
This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, VDX 6740, and VDX 6740T switches.
None
backup-advertisement-interval, clear nas statistics, nas auto-qos, nas server-ip,
show running-config nas server-ip, show system internal nas, show cee maps
956 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show netconf client-capabilities
2 show netconf client-capabilities
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the client capabilities associated with each NETCONF session.
show netconf client-capabilities
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display client capabilities for all active NETCONF sessions. It always displays the session-ID, login name of the user of the client session, the host IP address, and the time the user logged on. The application vendor name, application product name and version number, and the identity of the client are also returned if these values are advertized by the client as capabilities in the <hello> message to the server at the start of the session.
None switch# show netconf client-capabilities
Session Id : 10
User name
Vendor
Product
Version
: root
: Brocade
: Brocade Network Advisor
: 9.1.0 Build 123
Client user : admin-user
Host IP : 10.24.65.8
Login time : 2011-08-18T08:54:24Z
See Also
Session Id : 11
User name : root
Vendor
Product
: Not Available
: Not Available
Version : Not Available
Client user : Not Available
Host IP : 10.24.65.8
show netconf-state capabilities, show netconf-state statistics
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
957
2 show netconf-state capabilities show netconf-state capabilities
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays NETCONF server capabilities.
show netconf-state capabilities
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the NETCONF capabilities supported by the NETCONF server.
None
See Also switch# show netconf-state capabilities netconf-state capabilities capability urn:ietf:params:netconf:base:1.0
netconf-state capabilities capability urn:ietf:params:netconf:capability:writable-running:1.0
netconf-state capabilities capability urn:ietf:params:netconf:capability:startup:1.0
netconf-state capabilities capability urn:ietf:params:netconf:capability:xpath:1.0
netconf-state capabilities capability urn:ietf:params:netconf:capability:validate:1.0
netconf-state capabilities capability http://tail-f.com/ns/netconf/actions/1.0
netconf-state capabilities capability http://tail-f.com/ns/aaa/1.1?revision=2010-06-17&module=tailf-aaa netconf-state capabilities capability urn:brocade.com:mgmt:brocade-aaa?revision=2010-10-21&module=brocade-aaa
(output truncated)
show netconf client-capabilities, show netconf-state datastores, show netconf-state schemas,
show netconf-state sessions, show netconf-state statistics
958 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show netconf-state datastores
2 show netconf-state datastores
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the NETCONF datastores that are present on the NETCONF server.
show netconf-state datastores
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display NETCONF datastores on the NETCONF server along with related locking information.
None switch# show netconf-state datastores
LOCKED LOCKED
NAME
BY
SESSION
LOCKED LOCK BY
TIME ID SESSION
LOCKED
TIME SELECT
LOCKED
NODE
----------------------------------------------------------------running startup -
See Also
show netconf-state capabilities, show netconf-state schemas, show netconf-state sessions,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
959
2 show netconf-state schemas show netconf-state schemas
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the data models supported by the NETCONF server.
show netconf-state schemas
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the data models supported by the NETCONF server.
None
Examples
See Also
None
show netconf-state capabilities, show netconf-state datastores, show netconf-state sessions,
960 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show netconf-state sessions show netconf-state sessions
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays information about currently active NETCONF sessions.
show netconf-state sessions
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the following information about each active NETCONF session:
•
Transport used by the session
•
Login name of the user
•
Client IP address
•
The time the user logged in
This command also provides a summary of RPC error counts and notifications.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None switch# show netconf-state sessions etconf-state sessions session 6 transport cli-console username admin source-host 127.0.0.1
login-time 2011-09-05T11:29:31Z netconf-state sessions session 9 transport netconf-ssh username root source-host 172.21.132.67
login-time 2011-09-05T11:50:33Z in-rpcs 0 in-bad-rpcs 0 out-rpc-errors 0 out-notifications 0
See Also
show netconf-state capabilities, show netconf-state datastores, show netconf-state schemas,
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
961
2 show netconf-state statistics show netconf-state statistics
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays NETCONF server statistics.
show netconf-state statistics
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display statistics related to the NETCONF server, including counts of the following entities:
•
Start time of the NETCONF server
•
Erroneous <hello> elements received
•
Client sessions begun
•
Dropped sessions
•
Remote procedure calls (RPCs) received
•
Erroneous RPCs received
•
RPC errors returned to clients
•
Notifications sent
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
See Also switch# show netconf-state statistics netconf-state statistics netconf-start-time 2012-04-27T09:12:09Z netconf-state statistics in-bad-hellos 0 netconf-state statistics in-sessions 3 netconf-state statistics dropped-sessions 0 netconf-state statistics in-rpcs 4 netconf-state statistics in-bad-rpcs 0 netconf-state statistics out-rpc-errors 0 netconf-state statistics out-notifications 0
show netconf-state capabilities, show netconf-state datastores, show netconf-state schemas,
962 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show notification stream
2 show notification stream
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays notifications about the event stream.
show notification stream
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display notifications about the event stream.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
963
2 show nsx controller show nsx controller
Synopsis
Operands
Displays connection status and statistics for the NSX controller. show nsx-controller [ brief | client-cert | name name] brief client-cert name name
Shows a brief listing of NSX controller connections.
Displays the public certificate used for the NSX controller connection.
Displays the name of the NSX controller profile that has been configured.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the connection state and statistics for the NSX controller. Possible states are shown in the table below.
TABLE 1
State
NSX controller connection states
Meaning
Connected
Not activated
Connection in progress
Connection lost
Connection dead
Connection is up and operational.
User has shut down the connection.
Switch is attempting to connect to the NSX controller.
Disconnected by peer, or network reachability has been lost. The switch will automatically attempt to connect after the configured amount of reconnect-interval seconds.
Switch could not connect to the NSX controller after the maximum number of reconnect attempts. The user can restart the connection via the “nsx-controller reconnect” command (Privileged EXEC mode) or via the “no activate” and “activate” commands in NSX Controller configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This command is available only for a switch that is in logical chassis cluster mode.
Example 1
To show the status of the NSX controller: sw0# show nsx-controller
NSX controller cluster "yy"
Seed IP address 192.168.0.13, port 6632, method SSL
Reconnect interval 10 secs, Max retries 100
Admin state up, Number of connections 1
Number of tunnels 2, Number of MACs 4
Connection details:
ID fb580822-b185-4068-8c9b-f15a800b4eea, Connected
IP address 192.168.0.13, port 6632, method SSL
Reconnect interval 10000 millis, Number of retries 0 (max 100)
Last connect time: Wed Jan 29 16:33:48 2014
Last disconnect time: Wed Jan 29 16:33:48 2014
964 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show nsx controller
2
See Also
Example 2
To show a brief listing of NSX controller connections: sw0# show nsx-controller brief
Controller name IP address Port Type Connection state
==================== =============== ==== ==== ====================== yy 192.168.0.13 6632 SSL Connected
Example 3
To display the public certificate used for the NSX controller connection: sw0# show nsx-controller client-cert
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIC2jCCAcICAQEwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEFBQAwMzELMAkGA1UEBhMCQ0ExEDAOBgNV
BAoTB0Jyb2NhZGUxEjAQBgNVBAMTCWxvY2FsaG9zdDAeFw0xNDAxMjkxNjMyMDZa
Fw0xNTAxMjkxNjMyMDZaMDMxCzAJBgNVBAYTAkNBMRAwDgYDVQQKEwdCcm9jYWRl
MRIwEAYDVQQDEwlsb2NhbGhvc3QwggEiMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAA4IBDwAwggEK
AoIBAQCtVSTo/ZYpA591cuSGoNRiT7mPHUzn5SUyTTM6J4ZlFErYtD5iLmjZbiU4 hUd45tnSYPgSxts4oARklAobAdj1KS/Y4WuVXgQWSqQf4mLEnO5ONsaZHGt+I/TV
SL4DWqfZ/SMOYpDPW326iN6I9JI0MctcDPNm49pmroAZkePxC1zuAh5LAkYIGsga
1/5gGWX2GkT0Jv5inljZ43rsNpVUzylb+wTrhUbWlAFx6y6wZtAdNWz8mpoguV8E
WB7W4woltqyAu0X8OkGOcwnyRmrG/eu4PmTkBxpOQnsHfkEtLlnbu3Nt9l6v8gKn
/0mi+tS22+2jdH9OzWMuSVOvxt5pAgMBAAEwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEFBQADggEBABj2 rjDhCiByiwl65SODhlFy5+z8Pi/m4aCAlNH1yI9EteRC7nbYs94wu6DuJ5LaET3l
JWtKjY0aZ2Um0Sg9ll3aG9+kkaVtn3oMgAre7/pRxuxssId7PuLibYqfzlzuwtwa wVbtsrxUwZYW55mFOI7+ACMQKq3WUUb8Sl4vrNq+gB49kPJAQSYaygHZ+FdPYd01 j7B2L495jaXBtkttz/hai5BGqKwnfxlSqH0pI+RLrEvJrUHbwIMUNAcBODRZqxnX
0WmnxW5IIynvyRZAx6AH3EdCWjkMXA3/D8VQ/eDoYNVa65um43EsHRiPSjg/AnrO dQDO4meBm7uFdqS4Gf0=
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
965
2 show ntp status show ntp status
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description rbridge-id
rbridge-id all
Usage Guidelines
Displays the current active NTP server IP address or LOCL (for local switch time when no NTP servers were configured or no reachable NTP servers are available). show ntp status [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]
Specifies one or all RBridge IDs.
Specifies the RBridge ID on which the NTP server status displays.
Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster.
Use this command to display the active NTP server. If an NTP server is not configured, the command output displays the server as “LOCL”. Otherwise, the command displays the NTP server
IP address.
If the RBridge ID is not provided, status results default to the local switch (LOCL). If rbridge-id all is specified, the command displays the status for all switches in the cluster.
Examples To show the local switch NTP status when an NTP server is not configured: switch# show ntp status rbridge-id 1: active ntp server is LOCL
See Also
To show the configured NTP server: switch# show ntp status active ntp server is 10.31.2.81
966 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show overlapping-vlan-resource usage
2 show overlapping-vlan-resource usage
Synopsis
Operands
Shows the utilization of the hardware table entries that support classified or transport VLAN classifications that use overlapping C-TAGs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
show overlapping-vlan-resource usage
None
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to see entries for classified or transport VLANs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
This command is platform-specific. For platforms that do not have such a table for classified or TLS
VLANs, the percentage is zero.
Examples switch# show overlapping-vlan-resource usage
Number of table entries used:6.11%(max 4028, used 246)
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
967
2 show overlay-gateway show overlay-gateway
Synopsis
Operands
Displays status and statistics for the VXLAN overlay-gateway instance.
show overlay-gateway [name name [ vlan statistics ] ] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] [ statistics ]
name
vlan statistics
rbridge-id
statistics
Name of the configured VXLAN gateway. Network OS supports only one gateway instance.
Displays statistics for each VLAN for the VXLAN gateway. Statistics include transmitted and received packet counts and byte counts exchanged for each exported VLAN. Because each exported VLAN maps to a VXLAN, these statistics apply on a per-VXLAN-counters basis. Per-VLAN counters are not enabled by default. You need to first run the enable statistics direction command for the gateway to enable statistics for specified VLAN IDs.
Filters gateway status for a specific Rbridge ID.
Displays statistics for the VXLAN gateway. Statistics include transmitted and received packet counts and byte counts. These counters are derived by aggregating tunnel counters for all the tunnels of the gateway.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays status and statistics for the VXLAN overlay-gateway instance. Output includes the gateway name, the system-assigned gateway ID, source IP address, VRF, administration state, number of tunnels associated, and the Rbridge IDs on which the gateway is configured.
This command is available only for a switch that is in logical chassis cluster mode.
If you specify the gateway name, the gateway must already be configured.
To show the status for the gateway instance: sw0# show overlay-gateway
Overlay Gateway "xx", ID 1, rbridge-ids 22-23
Admin state up
IP address 100.1.1.110 ( ve1000, Vrid 100 ), Vrf default-vrf
Number of tunnels 2
Packet count: RX 0 TX 0
Byte count : RX (NA) TX 0
To show statistics for the gateway instance: sw0# show overlay-gateway statistics
Gateway Name RX packets TX packets RX bytes TX bytes
==================== =============== =============== ===============
================
GW1 200000 10000 22227772 1110111
968 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
See Also
To display statistics for VLANs attached to the VXLAN gateway:
Example 1 sw0# show overlay-gateway name GW1 vlan statistics
Packets Bytes
VLAN VNI Tx Rx Tx Rx
-----------------------------------------------------
10 1010 10000 200000 1110111 22227772
11 1011 2200 - 221334 -
21 1021 - 1 - 100
Example 2 sw0# show overlay-gateway name test vlan statistics
VLAN ID RX packets TX packets
========= ==================== ====================
30 0 0
40 3696 3696 show overlay-gateway
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
969
2 show policymap show policymap
Synopsis
Operands
Displays configured policy-maps and class-map Policer parameters applied to switch interfaces.
show policymap [interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port input | output] [details
policyname] interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Interface where policy-map is bound. input | output Direction (inbound or outbound) where the policy-map is applied.
details policyname Displays the detail configuration of the policy-map along with binding information.
Defaults
Description
Usage Guidelines
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Interface configuration mode
Use this command to display configured policy-maps bound to switch interfaces.
Enter show policymap for a specific interface to display the policy-map binding settings (policy-map name and traffic direction), police-priority-map applied, and class-map Policer parameters applied for that interface.
Enter show policymap without identifying an interface and direction of traffic to display policy-map binding for all interfaces on the switch.
NOTE
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
The following are definitions of terms used in output from the show policymap command:
•
Interface: The interface for which rate limiting information is being displayed.
•
Direction: The traffic direction for which rate limiting is applied.
• police-priority-map: Remarked priority-map used for Policer application (802.1 p priority remarked map).
•
Conform: The traffic in bytes that has been forwarded from this interface that is within the CIR bandwidth limits.
•
Exceeded: The traffic that has been exceeded the bandwidth available in the CIR limits and has not exceed the EIR limits for this rate-limit policy.
•
Violated: The traffic that has exceeded the bandwidth available in the CIR and EIR limits.
• set-dscp: The DSCP value which is applied to the traffic for the given color (conform, exceed, violate).
• set-tc: The remapped traffic class queue for the traffic for the given color (conform, exceed, violate).
•
Total: The total traffic in bytes carried on this interface for the defined rate-limit policy.
Examples To display policy-map binding and class-map parameters applied to a specific interface:
970 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show policymap
2
See Also switch# show policymap interface tengigabitethernet 4/1 input
Interface : Ten Gigabit Ethernet 4/1
Policymap: policymapA-1
Direction: Input
Input Excluded lossless priorities: None
Class-map: default
Police: cir 5 bps cbs 5678 bytes eir 512000 bps ebs 4096 bytes
Police-priority-map: po-pr-map1
Conformed: 30720 bytes set-dscp 0 set-tc 0
Exceeded: 23424 bytes set-dscp 0 set-tc 0
Violated: 0 bytes
Total: 54144 bytes
To display policy-map binding information for all switch interfaces: switch# show policymap
Interface : Ten Gigabit Ethernet 4/2
Inbound policy map is policymapA-1
Outbound policy map is not set
Interface : Ten Gigabit Ethernet 4/3
Inbound policy map is not set
Outbound policy map is not set
Interface : Ten Gigabit Ethernet 4/4
Inbound policy map is not set
Outbound policy map is not set
show running-config policy-map, policy-map, class, qos cos, show running-config class-map
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
971
2 show port port-channel show port port-channel
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the detailed LACP attributes.
show port port-channel port_id
port_id
Port to display. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through
6144.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the detailed LACP attributes that are configured and negotiated with its partner.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
None
972 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show port-channel
2 show port-channel
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the Link Aggregation Group (LAG) information for a port-channel.
show port-channel [channel-group-number | detail | load-balance | summary]
channel-group-number
Specifies a LAG port channel-group number to display. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from
1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
detail load-balance summary
Displays detailed LAG information for a port-channel.
Displays the load-balance or frame-distribution scheme among ports in the port-channel.
Displays the summary information per channel-group.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the LAGs present on the system with details about the LACP counters on their member links. LAG interfaces are called port-channels.
If you do not specify a port-channel, all port-channels are displayed.
When using the show port-channel channel-group-number command, an asterisk in the command output designates that the designated port channel is the primary link through which the BUM
(Broadcast, Unknown unicast and Multicast) traffic flows.
Examples To display detailed port-channel information: switch# show port-channel detail
LACP Aggregator: Po 10 (vLAG)(Defaulted)
Aggregator type: Standard
Ignore-split is enabled
Member rbridges:
rbridge-id: 1 (2)
rbridge-id: 2 (1)
Actor System ID - 0x8000,01-e0-52-00-00-01
Admin Key: 0010 - Oper Key 0010
Receive link count: 1 - Transmit link count: 1
Individual: 0 - Ready: 1
Partner System ID - 0x8000,00-05-1e-cd-0f-ea
Partner Oper Key 0010
Member ports on rbridge-id 2:
Link: Te 2/0/7 (0x218038006) sync: 1
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
973
2 show port-profile show port-profile
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the AMPP port-profile configuration information.
show port-profile
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the port profile configuration information.
None
Example of this command: switch# show port-profile port-profile default ppid 0 vlan-profile switchport switchport mode trunk switchport trunk allowed vlan all port-profile auto-dvPortGroup-2 ppid 1 vlan-profile switchport switchport mode trunk switchport trunk allowed vlan add 45 port-profile auto-dvPortGroup-1 ppid 2 vlan-profile switchport switchport mode trunk switchport trunk allowed vlan add 3-10
See Also
show running-config, show port-profile interface, show port-profile
974 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show port-profile domain
2 show port-profile domain
Synopsis
Operands
port-profile-name
domain
The name of a port-profile.
Enables specification of a port-profile domain name.
port-profile-domain-name
Name of a port-profile domain.
status activated applied associated
Enables selection of status type.
Specifies all port-profiles with the activated status.
Specifies all port-profiles with the applied status.
Specifies all port-profiles with the associated status.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Displays the status of Automatic Migration of Port Profiles (AMPP) profiles and port-profile domains.
show port-profile [port-profile-name] | domain port-profile-domain-name] [status | activated | applied] | associated]
Examples
Use this command to display the status of an AMPP port-profile or port-profile domain.
Enter show port-profile status to display the status of all AMPP profiles.
If no option is specified, then all port-profiles that match the criteria are shown.
The following example shows the status of all port-profiles: switch# show port-profile status
Port-Profile auto-dvPortGroup-2
PPID
1
Activated
Yes auto-dvPortGroup-1 2 Yes
Associated MAC
0050.5681.2ed5
0050.5699.5524
0050.5699.39e0
0050.5681.083c
Interface none te0/2 te0/1 none
See Also
The following example shows the status of a port-profile domain: switch# show port-profile domain vDC1_Domain status
Port-Profile PPID Activated Associated MAC Interface
Tenant1_PP
Tenant2_PP
1
2
No
No
None
None
None
None
show running-config,show running-config port-profile-domain, show port-profile,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
975
2 show port-profile interface show port-profile interface
Synopsis
Displays AMPP port-profile information for interfaces.
show port-profile interface [all | port-channel channel-group-number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands all Displays the port-profile information for all interfaces.
port-channel channel-group-number
Specifies a LAG port channel-group number to display. Valid values range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and 1 through 6144 for Brocade
VCS Fabric mode.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display AMPP port-profile information for either all interfaces, or for specific interfaces.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
show running-config, show port-profile
976 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show port-profile name show port-profile name
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the port profile information for a named port-profile.
show port-profile name port-profile-name {qos | security | status | vlan} show port-profile name port-profile-name name port-profile-name validate
port-profile-name
The name of the port-profile. The maximum number of characters is 64.
security status vlan validate
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Security sub-profile
Specific port-profile status
VLAN sub-profile
Validates two port-profiles against each other.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to display the port-profile information for a named port-profile.
None
None
None
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
977
2 show port-security show port-security
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the configuration information related to port security.
show port-security
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the configuration information related to port security.
None switch# show port-security
Secure MaxSecureAddr CurrentAddr StaticSec Violated Action OUIs Sticky
(count)
Te 1/1 2
Te 1/3 3
1
3
3
5
(count)
No
Yes
Restrict 2
Shutdown 0
No
Yes
See Also None
978 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show port-security addresses show port-security addresses
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the configuration information related to port-security addresses.
show port-security addresses
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the configuration information related to port-security addresses.
None switch# show port-security addresses
Secure Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
See Also
1
1
None
0000.0000.0001
0000.0000.0002
Secure-Dynamic 1/1
Secure-Static 1/2
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
979
2 show port-security interface show port-security interface
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the configuration information related to port-security interfaces.
show port-security interface [all | port-channel channel-group-number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands all Displays the port-security information for all interfaces.
port-channel channel-group-number
Specifies a LAG port channel-group number to display. Valid values range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and 1 through 6144 for Brocade
VCS Fabric mode.
fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to display the configuration information related to port-security interfaces.
None switch# show port-security interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1
Port Security :Enabled
Port Status :up / Down (Security Violated)
Violation Mode :Restrict
Violated :Yes/No
Sticky enabled :Yes/No
Maximum MAC Addresses :2
Total MAC Addresses :2
Configured MAC Addresses :5
980 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show port-security interface
2
Violation time : Fri Mar 22 05:53:03 UTC 2013
Shutdown time(in Minutes) :5
Number of OUIs configured :1
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
981
2 show port-security oui interface show port-security oui interface
Synopsis
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the configuration information related to port security for Organizationally Unique Identifier
(OUI) interfaces.
show port-security oui interface
None
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to display the configuration information related to port-security for OUI interfaces.
None switch# show port-security oui interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1
OUIs configured : 3
OUIs : 0010.0a00.0000
0020.0b00.0000
0030.0c00.0000
See Also None
982 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show port-security sticky interface show port-security sticky interface
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the configuration information related to port security for a sticky interface.
show port-security sticky interface
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the configuration information related to port-security for a sticky interface.
None switch# show port-security sticky interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1
VlanId Mac-address Type State Ports
1 0000.0000.1111 Secure-Sticky Active Te 1/1
See Also None
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
983
2 show process cpu show process cpu
Synopsis
Operands
Displays information about the active processes in the switch and their corresponding CPU utilization statistics.
show process cpu [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] [summary] [history] [top] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
summary history top all
Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following:
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode, and is supported only for the local RBridge ID.
Specifies all switches in the fabric.
Displays a summary view of cpu usage.
Displays the history of CPU usage.
Displays current CPU utilization.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about the active processes in the switch and their corresponding CPU utilization statistics.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
For an explanation of process states, refer to the UNIX manual page for the ps command.
Examples To show the information for all processes: switch# show process cpu summary
Realtime Statistics:
Total CPU Utilization: 0% (user procs:0%, system-kernel:0%, iowait:0%)
Load Average: One minute: 0.00; Five minutes: 0.03; Fifteen minutes: 0.01
To show CPU usage information by individual processes: switch# show process cpu
Realtime Statistics:
Total CPU Utilization: 0% (user procs:0%, system-kernel:0%, iowait:0%)
Load Average: One minute: 0.00; Five minutes: 0.02; Fifteen minutes: 0.00
See Also
Active Processes Lifetime Statistic:
PID Process CPU% State
17169 sh
2060 emd
1.00
0.80
2462 SWITCH_TMR_0 0.60
17170 imishow_proc_cp 0.50
S
S
S
S
2207
2211
2208
ospfd
mstpd
rtmd
(output truncated)
0.20
0.20
0.10
S
S
S
show process memory, show process info
Started
13:44:27 Jul 1, 2012
21:52:27 Jun 29, 2012
21:53:08 Jun 29, 2012
13:44:27 Jul 1, 2012
21:52:41 Jun 29, 2012
21:52:41 Jun 29, 2012
21:52:41 Jun 29, 2012
984 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show process info
2 show process info
Synopsis
Operands
Displays system processes hierarchically.
show process info [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following:
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is supported only for the local
RBridge ID.
Specifies all switches in the fabric. This parameter is not supported.
This command is executed on the local switch.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display system processes in hierarchical order.
Pagination is not supported with this command. Use More in the terminal window to display the output one page at a time.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
Examples To display system processes hierarchically:
19
20
21
22
15
16
17
18
11
12
13
14
7
8
9
10
3
4
5
6 switch# show process info
PID
2
CMD
kthreadd
\_ migration/0
\_ ksoftirqd/0
\_ watchdog/0
\_ migration/1
\_ ksoftirqd/1
\_ watchdog/1
\_ migration/2
\_ ksoftirqd/2
\_ watchdog/2
\_ migration/3
\_ ksoftirqd/3
\_ watchdog/3
\_ migration/4
\_ ksoftirqd/4
\_ watchdog/4
\_ migration/5
\_ ksoftirqd/5
\_ watchdog/5
\_ migration/6
\_ ksoftirqd/6
(output truncated)
See Also
show process cpu, show process memory
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
985
2 show process memory show process memory
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the memory usage information based on processes running in the system.
show process memory [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] [summary] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all summary
Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following:
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode, and is supported only for the local RBridge ID.
Specifies all switches in the fabric. This parameter is not supported.
Displays a summary view of memory usage.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view memory usage information based on processes running in the system.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
To show memory usage information by individual processes: switch# show process memory
%Memory Used: 23.0904%; TotalMemory: 6191688 KB; Total Used: 1429688 KB
Total Free: 4762000 KB; Low Free: 868152 KB; High Free: 3034012 KB; Cached: 8067
24 KB
PID Process MEM% VSIZE(KB) RSS(KB) PSS(KB)
2462 Dcmd.Linux.powe 2.10 251084 130764 104557
2720 NosSmd.Linux.po 1.70 188892 109176 86360
2799 postgres 1.20 185296 80080 63286
3115 arpd 0.80 491404 49936 32129
2362 raslogd 0.60 193396 41748 20436
3099 nsm 0.60 189312 38064 20129
3105 rtmd 0.60 247220 37600 19709
2461 Ccmd.Linux.powe 0.50 140556 34192 17622
1273 confd 0.50 37688 31288 30101
3107 ssmd 0.50 238840 31128 13398
[output omitted, as will vary by device]
13847 BLADE_INTR_7 0.00 0 0 0
13848 BLADE_TMR_7 0.00 0 0 0
13849 module-241-th 0.00 0 0 0
13917 XMI_TX/207 0.00 0 0 0
13918 XMI_RX/207 0.00 0 0 0
13919 XMI_TX/247 0.00 0 0 0
13920 XMI_RX/247 0.00 0 0 0
See Also
show process cpu, show process info
986 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show prom-access
2 show prom-access
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Shows the Boot PROM access status.
show prom-access
None
The boot PROM is accessible.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to determine whether the Boot PROM is accessible.
Under non-FIPS compliant operation, you can access the Boot PROM by holding down the ESC key during the 4-second period when the switch is booting up. In FIPS compliant state, PROM access is disabled to prevent users from net-installing firmware.
If PROM access is enabled, you can disable it in preparation for FIPS compliance. If PROM access is disabled, you cannot re-enable it.
Enter the unhide fips command with password “fibranne” to make the command available.
None
See Also
To view the Boot PROM access status: switch# show prom-access
PROM access Enabled
prom-access disable, cipherset, fips root disable, fips selftests, fips zeroize, unhide fips
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
987
2 show qos flowcontrol interface show qos flowcontrol interface
Synopsis
Displays all of the configured flow control information for an interface.
show qos flowcontrol interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | all]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
all
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Reports QoS flow control statistics for all interfaces within the system.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the runtime state retrieved from the dataplane reflecting the operation of 802.3x pause or Priority Flow Control (PFC) on an interface.
The administrative state for pause generation and reception or processing is presented for the interface (802.3x mode) or for each CoS (PFC mode). TX_Pause frame generation statistics are always presented for the interface. The RX_Pause BitTimes is presented for the interface
(802.3x mode) or for each CoS (PFC mode). When PFC is deployed under the CEE Provisioning model, then the command reports whether the Data Center Bridging eXchange protocol (DCBX) has overridden the user configuration, for example when the DCBX detects a mis-configuration between CEE peers, it disables PFC operationally.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples To display all of the configured flow control information for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch# show qos flowcontrol interface tengigabitethernet 5/0/1
Interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 5/0/1
Mode PFC
DCBX enabled for PFC negotiation
TX 0 frames
TX TX RX RX Output Paused
CoS Admin Oper Admin Oper 512 BitTimes
---------------------------------------
0 Off Off Off Off 0
1 Off Off Off Off
2 On Off On Off
3 Off Off Off Off
4 Off Off Off Off
0
0
0
0
988 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
See Also
5 Off Off Off Off
6 Off Off Off Off
show qos interface, show cee maps
0
0 show qos flowcontrol interface
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
989
2 show qos interface show qos interface
Synopsis
Displays a summary of all QoS configurations applied on an interface.
show qos interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number | all]
Operands
Defaults If no interface is specified, QoS information for all interfaces is displayed.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number. Use this parameter to specify the interface. port-channel number
Specifies the port-channel of the interface. Valid values range from 1 through 63.
all Reports QoS configurations for all interfaces within the system.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display a summary of all QoS configuration applied on an interface, including
QoS Provisioning mode, CEE map, Layer 2 priority, Traffic Class mapping, congestion control, and the scheduler policy.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples To display all of the configured QoS information for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch# show qos interface tengigabitethernet 22/0/1
Interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/1
Provisioning mode cee
CEE Map demo
Default CoS 0
Interface trust cos
CoS-to-CoS Mutation map 'default'
In-CoS: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
-----------------------------------------------------
Out-CoS/TrafficClass: 0/4 1/4 2/6 3/4 4/4 5/4 6/4 7/4
Tail Drop Threshold 1081344 bytes
Per-CoS Tail Drop Threshold (bytes)
CoS: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------------------------------------------
Threshold: 129761 129761 129761 129761 129761 129761 129761 129761
Flow control mode PFC
990 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show qos interface
2
See Also
CoS2 TX on, RX on
Multicast Packet Expansion Rate Limit 3000000 pkt/s, max burst 4096 pkts
Multicast Packet Expansion Tail Drop Threshold (packets)
TrafficClass: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------------------------
Threshold: 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64
Traffic Class Scheduler configured for 0 Strict Priority queues
TrafficClass: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
---------------------------------------------
DWRRWeight: 0 0 0 0 60 0 40 0
Multicast Packet Expansion Traffic Class Scheduler
TrafficClass: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------------------------
DWRRWeight: 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
991
2 show qos maps show qos maps
Synopsis
Operands
Displays information on the defined QoS maps.
show qos maps [cos-mutation [name] | cos-traffic-class [name]] cos-mutation name
Specifies to report on only the named CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map.
cos-traffic-class name
Specifies to report on only the named CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map.
Defaults Report shows all defined QoS maps.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information on the QoS defined maps. For each QoS map, the configuration state is displayed with a list of all interfaces bound to the QoS map.
None
To display information on the defined QoS maps: switch# show qos maps
CoS-to-CoS Mutation map 'test'
In-CoS: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
--------------------------------
Out-CoS: 0 1 2 3 5 4 6 7
Enabled on the following interfaces:
Te 0/5
See Also
CoS-to-Traffic Class map 'test'
Out-CoS: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
-------------------------------------
TrafficClass: 0 1 2 3 5 4 6 7
Enabled on the following interfaces:
Te 0/5
qos map cos-traffic-class, show qos interface
992 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show qos maps dscp-cos
2 show qos maps dscp-cos
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays configured DSCP-CoS maps.
show qos maps dscp-cos
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display configured QoS DSCP-CoS maps.
None
To display information on defined QoS DSCP-CoS maps and application on interfaces.
sw0# show qos maps dscp-cos
Dscp-to-CoS map 'test' (dscp= d1d2) d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-------------------------------------
0 : 00 03 07 03 07 03 07 03 07 01
1 :
2 :
01 05 06 05 06 05 06 05 06 02
02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03
3 :
4 :
5 :
6 :
03 03 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04
05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 06 06
06 06 06 06 06 06 07 07 07 07
07 07 07 07
Enabled on the following interfaces:
Te 16/2/2
See Also
This information relates to the following map configuration applied to interface 16/2/2: qos map dscp-mutation test mark 1,3,5,7 to 3 mark 11,13,15,17 to 5 mark 12,14,16,18 to 6 mark 2,4,6,8 to 7
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
993
2 show qos maps dscp-mutation show qos maps dscp-mutation
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays configured DSCP-mutation maps.
show qos maps dscp-mutation
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display configured QoS DSCP-mutation maps and application on interfaces.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
To display information on defined QoS DSCP-mutation maps.
sw0# show qos maps dscp-mutation
Dscp-to-Dscp Mutation map 'test' (dscp= d1d2) d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-------------------------------------
0 : 00 09 10 09 10 09 10 09 10 09
1 :
2 :
10 19 20 19 20 19 20 19 20 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
3 :
4 :
5 :
6 :
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63
Enabled on the following interfaces:
Te 16/2/2
See Also
This information relates to the following map configuration applied to interface 16/2/2: qos map dscp-mutation test mark 1,3,5,7 to 9 mark 11,13,15,17 to 19 mark 12,14,16,18 to 20 mark 2,4,6,8 to 10
994 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show qos maps dscp-traffic-class show qos maps dscp-traffic-class
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays configured DSCP-Traffic-Class maps.
show qos maps dscp-traffic-class
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display configured QoS DSCP-Traffic-Class maps and their application on interfaces.
None
To display information on defined QoS DSCP-Traffic-Class maps.
sw0# show qos maps dscp-traffic-class
Dscp-to-Dscp Mutation map 'test' (dscp= d1d2)
Dscp-to-Traffic Class map 'pqrs'(dscp= d1d2) d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-------------------------------------
0 :
1 :
00 03 07 03 07 03 07 03 07 01
01 05 06 05 06 05 06 05 06 02
2 :
3 :
4 :
5 :
02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03
03 03 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04
05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 06 06
06 06 06 06 06 06 07 07 07 07
6 : 07 07 07 07
Enabled on the following interfaces:
Te 16/2/2
See Also
This information relates to the following map configuration applied to interface 16/2/2: qos map dscp-mutation test mark 1,3,5,7 to 3 mark 11,13,15,17 to 5 mark 12,14,16,18 to 6 mark 2,4,6,8 to 7
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
995
2 show qos queue interface show qos queue interface
Synopsis
Displays the runtime state retrieved from the interface reflecting the number of packets and bytes sent and received for each priority.
show qos queue interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | all]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
all
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Reports QoS statistics for all Ethernet interfaces within the system.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the runtime state retrieved from the interface reflecting the number of packets and bytes sent and received for each priority.
For a standalone switch, all ASICs are considered as slot number zero (0).
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples To display the queueing information for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch# show qos queue interface tengigabitethernet 5/0/2
Interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 5/0/2
RX RX
CoS Packets Bytes
-------------------------------
TC
TX
Packets
TX
Bytes
-------------------------------
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
680458
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
87098624
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
32318
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
See Also
qos map cos-mutation, cee-map (configuration)
996 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show qos rcv-queue interface
2 show qos rcv-queue interface
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
all
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Reports QoS configurations for all 10-gigabit Ethernet interfaces within the system.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display a summary of the runtime ingress queue state information applied to a Layer 2 interface.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
This command is not supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4 and VDX 8770-8 platforms.
Examples
See Also
Displays a summary of the runtime ingress queue state information. show qos rcv-queue interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | all]
To display the runtime ingress queue state information retrieved from the dataplane for a
10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch# show qos rcv-queue interface tengigabitethernet 22/0/2
Interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/2
In-use 404019 bytes, Total buffer 1081344 bytes
0 packets dropped
In-use Max
CoS Bytes Bytes
-------------------------
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
0
0
404019
0
0
0
0
0
1081344
1081344
1081344
1081344
1081344
1081344
1081344
1081344
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
997
2 show qos rcv-queue multicast show qos rcv-queue multicast
Synopsis
Displays the runtime state retrieved from the dataplane reflecting any multicast packet expansion packet drops resulting from a queue crossing the maximum queue depth. show qos rcv-queue multicast [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | all]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
all
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Reports QoS multicast packet expansion receive queueing statistics for all
ASICs within the system.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the runtime state information retrieved from the interface reflecting any multicast packet expansion packet drops resulting from a queue crossing the maximum queue depth.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
This command is not supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4 and VDX 8770-8 switches.
For a standalone switch, all ASICs are considered as slot number zero (0).
Examples To display the queueing information: switch# show qos rcv-queue multicast tengigabitethernet 1/0/2
Dropped Counts
Linecard/Portset TC 0 TC 1 TC 2 TC 3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
0/0 0 0 0 0
See Also
998 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show qos red profiles
2 show qos red profiles
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays configured Random Early Discard (RED) profiles.
show qos red profiles
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display configured RED profiles and application on interfaces.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
Using show qos red profiles to display information on defined QoS RED profiles:
NOTE
Notice that the first example shows output for the RED profile configured in the example for the
switch# show qos red profiles
Red Profile 2
Minimum Threshold: 10
Maximum Threshold: 80
Drop Probability: 80
Activated on the following interfaces:
Te 1/2/2 CoS: 7
Red Profile 100
Minimum Threshold: 30
Maximum Threshold: 80
Drop Probability: 56
Activated on the following interfaces:
Te 1/1 CoS: 2
Red Profile 200
Minimum Threshold: 40
Maximum Threshold: 60
Drop Probability: 40
Activated on the following interfaces:
Te 1/1 CoS: 4
Using show qos interface interface-name to examine the applied RED profiles for a specific interface: switch# show qos interface te 1/2/2
Interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/2/2
Provisioning mode non-cee
Default CoS 0
Interface COS trust untrusted
CoS-to-CoS Mutation map 'default'
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
999
2 show qos red profiles
See Also
CoS-to-Traffic Class map 'default'
In-CoS: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
-----------------------------------------------------
Out-CoS/TrafficClass: 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/7
Interface DSCP trust untrusted
DSCP-to-DSCP Mutation map 'default' (dscp= d1d2) d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-------------------------------------
0 : 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09
1 :
2 :
3 :
4 :
5 :
6 :
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63
RED Enabled on the following Priorities:
CoS: 7, Profile: 2 more
1000 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show qos red statistics interface
2 show qos red statistics interface
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays Random Early Discard (RED) statistics for a specific interface.
show qos red statistics interface interface-name
interface-name
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Name of interface where a RED profile is applied.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display statistics for RED on a specific interface where a RED profile is applied. Statistics include packets and bytes dropped for the CoS priority mapped to the profile for the interface.
None
To display RED statistics on interfaces, use the show qos red statistics interface interface-name command. Notice that the colors in the following example (red, yellow, and green) relate to color-based priority mapping set through the Port-Based Policer feature. Refer to the
Network OS Administrator’s Guide for more information.
switch# show qos red statistics interface te 2/1
Statistics for interface: Te 2/1
CoS: 2, ProfileId: 20
Packets Dropped: Red: 0, Yellow: 0, Green: 0, Queue Drops: 0
Bytes Dropped: Red: 0, Yellow: 0, Green: 0, Queue Drops: 0
CoS: 3, ProfileId: 10
Packets Dropped: Red: 0, Yellow: 0, Green: 0, Queue Drops: 0
Bytes Dropped: Red: 0, Yellow: 0, Green: 0, Queue Drops: 0
See Also
qos red profile, show qos red profiles
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1001
2 show rbridge-id show rbridge-id
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the RBridge ID of each node that is configured in a Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) cluster.
show rbridge-id [swbd-number int | chassis {virtual-ip} swbd-number
int
chassis virtual-ip
Selects a switch type.
One or more integers (including a decimal) that identifies a switch type.
Displays virtual IP addresses if configured
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to view the RBridge IDs of configured nodes in a VCS cluster, in addition to the switch type (SWBD) number and IPv4 and IPv6 virtual IP addresses.
None
See Also switch# show rbridge-id
RBRIDGE SWBD
ID NUMBER V4 V6
-------------------------
154 95 - rbridge-id
1002 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show rbridge-running config
2 show rbridge-running config
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays configuration for an RBridge ID. show rbridge-running-config rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID whose configuration will be displayed.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the currently running configuration for the specified RBridge ID.
None
The following example shows partial output for this command: switch# show rbridge-running-config rbridge-id 1 diag post rbridge-id 1
enable
!
dpod 1/0/1
reserve
!
dpod 1/0/2
reserve
!
dpod 1/0/3
reserve
!
dpod 1/0/4
!
dpod 1/0/5
!
dpod 1/0/6
!
dpod 1/0/7
!
dpod 1/0/8
!
dpod 1/0/9
!
dpod 1/0/10
!
dpod 1/0/11
!
dpod 1/0/12
!
dpod 1/0/13
!
dpod 1/0/14
!
dpod 1/0/15
!
dpod 1/0/16
!
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1003
2 show rbridge-running config
1004
dpod 1/0/17
!
dpod 1/0/18
!
dpod 1/0/19
!
dpod 1/0/20
!
dpod 1/0/21
!
dpod 1/0/22
!
dpod 1/0/23
!
dpod 1/0/24
!
logging raslog console INFO logging auditlog class SECURITY logging auditlog class CONFIGURATION logging auditlog class FIRMWARE logging syslog-facility local LOG_LOCAL7 switch-attributes 1
chassis-name VDX6720-24
host-name rb1
!
no support autoupload enable support ffdc snmp-server contact "Field Support." snmp-server location "End User Premise." snmp-server sys-descr "Brocade VDX Switch." snmp-server community ConvergedNetwork snmp-server community OrigEquipMfr rw snmp-server community "Secret C0de" rw snmp-server community common snmp-server community private rw snmp-server community public snmp-server user snmpadmin1 groupname snmpadmin snmp-server user snmpadmin2 groupname snmpadmin snmp-server user snmpadmin3 groupname snmpadmin snmp-server user snmpuser1 snmp-server user snmpuser2 snmp-server user snmpuser3 line vty
exec-timeout 10
!
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name "" zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access allaccess zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save role name admin desc Administrator role name user desc User aaa authentication login local aaa accounting exec default start-stop none aaa accounting commands default start-stop none service password-encryption username admin password "BwrsDbB+tABWGWpINOVKoQ==\n" encryption-level 7 role admin desc Administrator username user password "BwrsDbB+tABWGWpINOVKoQ==\n" encryption-level 7 role user desc User cee-map default
precedence 1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
priority-group-table 1 weight 40 pfc on
priority-group-table 15.0 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.1 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.2 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.3 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.4 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.5 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.6 pfc off
priority-group-table 15.7 pfc off
priority-group-table 2 weight 60 pfc off
priority-table 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 15.0
remap fabric-priority priority 0
remap lossless-priority priority 0
!
fcoe
fabric-map default
vlan 1002
priority 3
virtual-fabric 128
fcmap 0E:FC:00
max-enodes 64
advertisement interval 8000
keep-alive timeout
!
map default
fabric-map default
cee-map default
!
!
interface Vlan 1
shutdown
!
interface Vlan 123
shutdown
!
fabric route mcast rbridge-id 1
!
protocol lldp
advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv
advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv
advertise dcbx-tlv
system-description Brocade-VDX-VCS 300
!
vlan dot1q tag native port-profile default
vlan-profile
switchport
switchport mode trunk
switchport trunk allowed vlan all
switchport trunk native-vlan 1
!
!
class-map cee
!
class-map default
!
rbridge-id 1
ip route 0.0.0.0/0 10.17.0.1
switch-attributes chassis-name VDX6720-24
switch-attributes host-name rb1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show rbridge-running config
2
1005
2 show rbridge-running config
See Also
system-monitor fan threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2
system-monitor fan alert state removed action raslog
system-monitor power threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2
system-monitor power alert state removed action raslog
system-monitor temp threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2
system-monitor cid-card threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2
system-monitor cid-card alert state none action none
system-monitor sfp alert state none action none
system-monitor compact-flash threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 0
system-monitor MM threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 0
system-monitor LineCard threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2
system-monitor LineCard alert state none action none
system-monitor SFM threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2
no protocol vrrp
no protocol vrrp-extended
interface Ve 123
shutdown
!
!
interface Management 1/0
no ip address dhcp
ip address 10.17.10.21/20
ip gateway-address 10.17.0.1
no ipv6 address autoconfig
no ipv6 address dhcp
!
interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/0/1
description LC 1/0/1-23
fabric isl enable
fabric trunk enable
no shutdown
!
interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/0/2
description LC 1/0/1-23
fabric isl enable
fabric trunk enable
no shutdown
!
interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/0/3
mtu 9216
description LC 1/0/1-23
fabric isl enable
fabric trunk enable
show global-running-config, show rbridge-local-running-config
1006 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show rbridge-local-running-config
2 show rbridge-local-running-config
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays local configuration for an RBridge ID.
show rbridge-local-running-config rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID whose configuration will be displayed.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the currently local running configuration for the specified RBridge ID.
None
The following example shows partial output for this command: switch# show rbridge-local-running-config rbridge-id 1 diag post rbridge-id 1
enable
!
dpod 1/0/1
reserve
!
dpod 1/0/2
reserve
!
dpod 1/0/3
reserve
!
dpod 1/0/4
!
dpod 1/0/5
!
dpod 1/0/6
!
dpod 1/0/7
!
dpod 1/0/8
!
dpod 1/0/9
!
dpod 1/0/10
!
dpod 1/0/11
!
dpod 1/0/12
!
dpod 1/0/13
!
dpod 1/0/14
!
dpod 1/0/15
!
dpod 1/0/16
!
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1007
2 show rbridge-local-running-config
1008
dpod 1/0/17
!
dpod 1/0/18
!
dpod 1/0/19
!
dpod 1/0/20
!
dpod 1/0/21
!
dpod 1/0/22
!
dpod 1/0/23
!
dpod 1/0/24
!
switch-attributes 1
chassis-name VDX6720-24
host-name rb1
!
fabric route mcast rbridge-id 1
!
rbridge-id 1
ip route 0.0.0.0/0 10.17.0.1
switch-attributes chassis-name VDX6720-24
switch-attributes host-name rb1
system-monitor fan threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2
system-monitor fan alert state removed action raslog
system-monitor power threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2
system-monitor power alert state removed action raslog
system-monitor temp threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2
system-monitor cid-card threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2
system-monitor cid-card alert state none action none
system-monitor sfp alert state none action none
system-monitor compact-flash threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 0
system-monitor MM threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 0
system-monitor LineCard threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2
system-monitor LineCard alert state none action none
system-monitor SFM threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2
no protocol vrrp
no protocol vrrp-extended
interface Ve 123
shutdown
!
!
interface Management 1/0
no ip address dhcp
ip address 10.17.10.21/20
ip gateway-address 10.17.0.1
no ipv6 address autoconfig
no ipv6 address dhcp
!
interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/0/1
description LC 1/0/1-23
fabric isl enable
fabric trunk enable
no shutdown
!
interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/0/2
description LC 1/0/1-23
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show rbridge-local-running-config
2
See Also
fabric isl enable
fabric trunk enable
no shutdown
!
interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/0/3
mtu 9216
description LC 1/0/1-23
fabric isl enable
fabric trunk enable
switchport
switchport mode access
switchport access vlan 1
no shutdown
!
interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/0/4
mtu 9216
description LC 1/0/1-23
show global-running-config, show rbridge-running config
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1009
2 show redundancy show redundancy
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the control processor redundancy settings of the Management Module (MM).
show redundancy
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the redundancy settings of the MM.
None
To show redundancy: switch# show redundancy
=== MM Redundancy Statistics ===
Current Active Session:
Active Slot = M2 (Local), Failover Cause: Failed Over
Standby Slot = M1 (Remote)
Start Time: 11:11:08 UTC Wed Nov 28 2012
Previous Active Session:
Active Slot = M1
Standby Slot = M2
End Time: 09:50:07 UTC Wed Nov 28 2012
System Uptime: 09:42:12 UTC Wed Nov 28 2012
See Also
ha failover, ha enable, ha failover, show ha
1010 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show rmon
2 show rmon
Synopsis
Displays the current RMON status on the switch.
show rmon [alarms [number] [brief] | events [number] [brief] | logs [event_number] | statistics [number] [brief]]
Operands alarms
number
brief events
number
Specifies to display the RMON alarm table.
Specifies the alarm index identification number. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Specifies to display a brief summary of the output.
Specifies to display the RMON events table.
Specifies the event index identification number. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
logs brief Specifies to display a brief summary of the output.
Specifies to display the RMON log table.
event_number
Specifies the event log index identification number. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
statistics
number
Specifies to display the statistics identification number.
Specifies the statistics identification number. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
brief Specifies a brief summary of the output.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the status of the current RMON on the switch.
None
To display the RMON statistics: switch# show rmon statistics rmon collection index 4
Interface index is Id: 67108864 , Name : Ten Gigabit Ethernet 0/0
Receive Statistics:
218903 packets, 14015626 bytes, 0 packs dropped
Multicasts: 218884, Broadcasts: 18
Under-size : 0, Jabbers: 0, CRC: 0
Fragments: 0, Collisions: 0
64 byte pkts: 218722, 65-127 byte pkts: 174
128-255 byte pkts: 0, 256-511 byte pkts: 6
512-1023 byte pkts: 0, 1024-1518 byte pkts: 0
Over 1518-byte pkts(Oversize - Jumbo): 0
Owner: RMON_SNMP
Status: ok(1)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1011
2 show rmon
See Also
To display the RMON events: switch# show rmon events event Index = 4
Description "My Description"
Event type Log & SnmpTrap
Event community name admin
Last Time Sent = 00:00:00
Owner admin
1012 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show rmon history
2 show rmon history
Synopsis
Operands
Displays information gathered by rmon event and rmon alarm commands.
show rmon history [statistics | history_index] statistics
history_index
Displays a more detailed synopsis.
Specifies the RMONhistory identification number. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display a synopsis of the statistics collected by the rmon event and rmon alarm commands.
Add the statistics parameter to display the detailed history.
To display the RMON history: switch# show rmon history
RMON history control entry 1 interface: ifIndex.1745682445 Ten Gigabit Ethernet 0/13 buckets requested: 20 buckets granted: 20 sampling interval: 10
Owner: jsmith
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1013
2 show route-map show route-map
Synopsis
Operands
Displays all interfaces in the system that currently have a route map applied.
show route-map [name] [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] show route-map ve vlan-id {rbridge-id rbridge-id | all]}
name
ve vlan_id rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
The name of the route-map.
Specifies the interface Ve for the mentioned RBridge ID.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node. Values can be a range of nodes or individual nodes and are separated by a comma.
Specifies all identifiers for a node. The command applies to all of the nodes. The command applies to all of the nodes.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the range of reserved VLAN values.
Output indicators are as follows:
•
Active/Partial/Inactive status: Indicates the instantiation of the route-map configuration into the underlying hardware. Possible meanings for inactive may be no room in the TCAM for programming the ACL, or the exhaustion of next-hop entries within the hardware next-hop table.
•
Selected: Indicates which of the configured next hops is currently being used by the policy. If the keyword selected is absent from the display, it indicates that none of the next hops in the list is being used and the packet is being routed by the standard routing mechanism.
•
Count: Provides a summary of the number of times any of the match criteria within the specific ACL has been hit. If the ACL binding was unable to allocate a counter for the ACL (due to resource exhaustion), the count value will show “Counter not available.” Otherwise, an actual counter value is displayed.
Examples sw0# show route-map
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 3/3
Ip Policy Route-map abc
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 3/4
Ip Policy Route-map bar
Example of show route-map by application: sw0# show route-map abc
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 3/3 ip policy route-map abc permit 10 (Active) match ip address acl ACL_Vincent set ip precedence critical set ip next-hop 3.3.1.1 (selected) set ip next-hop 4.4.2.1
1014 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
Policy routing matches: 100 packets; 500000 bytes ip policy route-map abc permit 20 (Active) match ip address acl ACL_Vincent_2 set ip precedence flash set ip next-hop 10.3.1.1
set ip next-hop 10.4.2.1 (selected) set ip interface null0
Policy routing matches: 0 packets; 0 bytes sw0# show route-map xyz
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 3/4 ip policy route-map xyz deny 10 (inactive) match ip address acl Vincent set ip precedence critical set ip vrf pulp_fiction next-hop 3.3.3.5 (selected) set ip next-hop 4.4.4.4
Policy routing matches: Counter not available sw0# show route-map abc rbridge-id all
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 204/3/3 ip policy route-map abc permit 10 (Active) match ip address acl ACL_Vincent set ip next-hop 3.3.1.1 (selected) set ip next-hop 4.4.2.1
Policy routing matches: 100 packets; 500000 bytes
Interface Ve 3 on rbridge-id 205 ip policy route-map abc permit 20 (Active) match ip address acl ACL_Vincent_2 set ip next-hop 10.3.1.1
set ip next-hop 10.4.2.1 (selected) set ip interface null0
Policy routing matches: 0 packets; 0 bytes
See Also
show route-map
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1015
2 show route-map interface show route-map interface
Synopsis
Operands port-channel index Displays the status of the port-channel interface.
gigabitethernet slot/port
Displays the configuration of all 1-gigabit Ethernet interfaces on the local switch.
tengigabitethernet slot/port
Displays the configuration of all 10-gigabit Ethernet interfaces on the local switch.
fortygigabitethernet slot/port ve vlan-id
Displays the configuration of all 40-gigabit Ethernet interfaces on the local switch.
Displays the status of a route-map application on the specified virtual
Ethernet interface Ve for the mentioned rbridge-id.
rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node. Values can be a range of nodes or individual nodes and are separated by a comma.
Specifies all identifiers for a node. The command applies to all of the nodes.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Displays the status of a route-map application on the specified interface.
show route-map interface {port-channel index | gigabitethernet slot/port |tengigabitethernet
slot/port | fortygigabitethernet slot/port | ve vlan-id} show route-map interface ve vlan-id rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}
Examples
This command displays the status of a route-map application on the specified interface.
You do not need to specify the route map name, as only a single route map can be applied to an interface.
To display the status of a route map on a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: sw0# show route-map interface tengigabitethernet 3/3
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 3/3
ip policy route-map foo permit 10 (Active) match ip address acl ACL_Vincent set ip next-hop 3.3.1.1 (selected) set ip next-hop 4.4.2.1
Policy routing matches: 100 packets; 500000 bytes
ip policy route-map foo permit 20 (Active) match ip address acl ACL_Vincent_2 set ip next-hop 10.3.1.1
set ip next-hop 10.4.2.1 (selected)
1016 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show route-map interface
2 set ip interface null0
Policy routing matches: 0 packets; 0 bytes sw0# show route-map interface Ve 3 rbridge-id all
Interface Ve 3 on rbridge-id 205
ip policy route-map foo permit 10 (Active) match ip address acl ACL_Vincent set ip precedence critical set ip next-hop 3.3.1.1 (selected) set ip next-hop 4.4.2.1
Policy routing matches: 100 packets; 500000 bytes
Interface Ve 3 on rbridge-id 206
ip policy route-map foo permit 20 (Active) match ip address acl ACL_Vincent_2 set ip next-hop 10.3.1.1
set ip next-hop 10.4.2.1 (selected) set ip interface null0
Policy routing matches: 0 packets; 0 bytes
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1017
2 show running reserved-vlan show running reserved-vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the range of reserved VLAN values.
show running reserved-vlan
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the range of reserved VLAN values.
None
Examples
See Also
None
reserved-vlan, show default-vlan
1018 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config
2 show running-config
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the contents of the running configuration.
show running-config
Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the running configuration. This is the configuration that is currently active on the local switch but which is not saved persistently.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
Enter show running-config ? to display the list of available configuration entries.
Examples
See Also
To display the running configuration: switch# show running-config chassis virtual-ip 10.24.73.50/20 no diag post enable linecard 2 LC48x10G linecard 4 LC48x10G class-map default
match any
!
logging rbridge-id 1
raslog console INFO
!
logging auditlog class SECURITY logging auditlog class CONFIGURATION logging auditlog class FIRMWARE logging syslog-facility local LOG_LOCAL7 switch-attributes 1
chassis-name VDX8770-4
host-name sw0
!
support rbridge-id 1
ffdc
!
snmp-server contact "Field Support." snmp-server location "End User Premise." snmp-server sys-descr "Brocade VDX Switch." snmp-server community ConvergedNetwork snmp-server community OrigEquipMfr rw snmp-server community "Secret C0de" rw snmp-server community common!
(output truncated)
show startup-config, show startup-db
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1019
2 show running-config aaa show running-config aaa
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the AAA server configuration.
show running-config aaa [accounting [commands | exec] | authentication [login]] accounting commands exec authentication login
Configures Login or Command accounting
Enable/Disable Command accounting
Enable/Disable Login accounting
Configures preferred order of Authentication output modifiers
Configures the order of sources for login (default = ‘local’)
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to displays the configuration attributes for authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) from the configuration database.
Refer to the aaa authentication command for a description of the displayed attributes.
To display the authentication mode: switch# show running-config aaa aaa authentication radius local aaa accounting exec default start-stop none aaa accounting commands default start-stop none switch# show running-config aaa authentication aaa authentication login radius local switch# show running-config aaa authentication aaa authentication login ldap local-auth-fallback
See Also
1020 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config aaa accounting
2 show running-config aaa accounting
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the AAA server accounting configuration.
show running-config aaa accounting
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the configuration attributes of AAA accounting services.
Refer to the aaa authentication command for a description of the displayed attributes.
To displaying the authentication mode: switch# show running-config aaa accounting aaa accounting exec default start-stop tacacs+ aaa accounting commands default start-stop tacacs+
See Also
aaa authentication, aaa accounting
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1021
2 show running-config access-list show running-config access-list
Synopsis
Operands
Displays currently configured ACLs in the running configuration.
show running-config {ip | ipv6 | mac} access-list {standard | extended} [access-list [NAME]] access-list NAME ip | ipv6 | mac
Specifies a Level 2 or Level 3 ACL.
Displays the configured rules of either a Layer 2 or Layer 3 ACL. standard | extended Specifies the ACL type.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the rules of IP ACLs in the running configuration.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
To display all IP ACLs in the running-config of the local switch: switch# show running-config access-list ip
Interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 2/1
Inbound access-list is IP_ACL_STD_EXAMPLE (From User)
Outbound access-list is IP_ACL_EXT_EXAMPLE (From User)
See Also
mac access-list extended, mac access-list standard
1022 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config ag
2 show running-config ag
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the configured N_Port to VF_Port mappings, port grouping information, and other parameters for Access Gateway (AG) mode. show running-config ag rbridge-id
rbridge-id
Specific RBridge identifier for a switch.
Defaults Displays AG configuration on local switch when RBridge ID not used.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display parameters configured for AG mode. This shows the factory-default configuration, unless parameters have been modified by the user.
Usage Guidelines Consider the following when using LB mode with show running-config ag and show ag commands:
•
The only Port Grouping mode that you can enable or disable is lb mode.
•
When lb mode is disabled in a port group, the show running-config ag, show ag map, and show ag commands display the configured VF_Port to N_Port mapping. This is because configured and active mapping are the same.
•
When lb mode is enabled in a port group, show ag and show ag map commands display the active mapping only because VF_Port to N_Port mapping is based on the current distributed load across all N_Ports. The show running-config ag command displays the configured mapping only.
Examples The following example displays the running AG configuration for RBridge ID 1.
sw0# show running-config rbridge-id 1 ag
nport 1/0/1
map fport interface Fcoe 1/1/1 1/1/9 1/1/17 1/1/25 1/1/33 1/1/41 1/1/49 1/1/57
!
nport 1/0/2
map fport interface Fcoe 1/1/2 1/1/10 1/1/18 1/1/26 1/1/34 1/1/42 1/1/50 1/1/58
!
nport 1/0/3
map fport interface Fcoe 1/1/3 1/1/11 1/1/19 1/1/27 1/1/35 1/1/43 1/1/51 1/1/59
!
nport 1/0/4
map fport interface Fcoe 1/1/4 1/1/12 1/1/20 1/1/28 1/1/36 1/1/44 1/1/52 1/1/60
!
nport 1/0/5
map fport interface Fcoe 1/1/5 1/1/13 1/1/21 1/1/29 1/1/37 1/1/45 1/1/53 1/1/61
!
nport 1/0/6
map fport interface Fcoe 1/1/6 1/1/14 1/1/22 1/1/30 1/1/38 1/1/46 1/1/54 1/1/62
!
nport 1/0/7
map fport interface Fcoe 1/1/7 1/1/15 1/1/23 1/1/31 1/1/39 1/1/47 1/1/55 1/1/63
!
nport 1/0/8
map fport interface Fcoe 1/1/8 1/1/16 1/1/24 1/1/32 1/1/40 1/1/48 1/1/56 1/1/64
!
pg 0
nport interface FibreChannel 1/0/1 1/0/2 1/0/3 1/0/4 1/0/5 1/0/6 1/0/7 1/0/8
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1023
2 show running-config ag
modes lb
rename pg0
!
timeout fnm 120 counter reliability 25
!
!
sw0# show running-config ag ag mapset nport 1/0/1 fports 1/1/1 1/1/92 1/1/173 mapset nport 1/0/2 fports 1/1/24 1/1/105 1/1/186 mapset nport 1/0/3 fports 1/1/37 1/1/118 1/1/199 mapset nport 1/0/4 fports 1/1/410 1/1/1211 1/1/2012 mapset nport 1/0/5 fports 1/1/513 1/1/1314 1/1/2115 mapset nport 1/0/6 fports 1/1/616 1/1/1417 1/1/2218 mapset nport 1/0/7 fports 1/1/719 1/1/1520 1/1/2321 mapset nport 1/0/8 fports 1/1/822 1/1/1623 1/1/24 staticmapadd nport 1/0/1 staticfports
staticmapadd nport 1/0/2 staticfports
staticmapadd nport 1/0/3 staticfports
…….
failback 1/0/5 true failback 1/0/6 true failback 1/0/7 true vcs: fabric-map default
vlan 1002
priority 3
virtual-fabric 128
fcmap 0E:FC:00
See Also
1024 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config banner
2 show running-config banner
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the switch banner.
show running-config banner
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the banner test string configured for the switch.
None
See Also
To display the switch banner: switch# show running-config banner banner login "Please don’t disturb the setup on this switch."
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1025
2 show running-config cee-map show running-config cee-map
Synopsis
Displays the Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) map.
show running-config cee-map [precedence | priority-group-table [pgid]| priority-table | remap
{fabric-priority | lossless-priority}]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description precedence Displays only the precedence of the default CEE map.
priority-group-table Without a specified priority group ID, displays the priority group table for each priority group ID.
pgid
priority-table
Specifies one priority group ID.
Displays the configured priority table map.
remap fabric-priority Displays the fabric priority for the Brocade VCS Fabric QoS.
remap lossless-priority Displays the lossless priority for the Brocade VCS Fabric QoS.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display properties of the configured CEE map. Without parameters, the command displays the precedence of the default CEE map, priority group table for each priority group ID, the configured priority table map, and the fabric priority and lossless priority for the
Brocade VCS Fabric QoS.
None
To display the CEE map: switch(config)# show running-config cee-map cee-map default precedence 1 priority-group-table 1 weight 40 pfc on priority-group-table 15.0 pfc off priority-group-table 15.1 pfc off priority-group-table 15.2 pfc off priority-group-table 15.3 pfc off priority-group-table 15.4 pfc off priority-group-table 15.5 pfc off priority-group-table 15.6 pfc off priority-group-table 15.7 pfc off priority-group-table 2 weight 60 pfc off priority-table 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 15.0
remap fabric-priority priority 0
!
remap lossless-prioirty priority 0
See Also
priority-group-table, remap fabric-priority, remap lossless-priority
1026 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config class-map
2 show running-config class-map
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays configured class-maps.
show running-config class-map
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display configured police class-maps.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
To display configured class maps:.
switch# show running-config class-map class-map default match any
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1027
2 show running-config diag post show running-config diag post
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the defined POST configuration. show running-config diag post
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the POST configuration.
None switch# show running-config diag post diag post rbridge-id 132
no enable switch# show running-config diag post diag post rbridge-id 132
enable
See Also
1028 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config dot1x
2 show running-config dot1x
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the IEEE 802.1x Port Authentication configuration.
show running-config dot1x [enable | test timeout] enable test timeout
Shows the configured state of globally enabled IEEE 8.02.1x port authentication.
Shows the configured timeout value in seconds for the IEEE 802.1x readiness check.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display IEEE 802.1x Port Authentication information.
None
Examples
See Also
None
dot1x enable, dot1x test timeout
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1029
2 show running-config dpod show running-config dpod
Synopsis
Operands
Displays Dynamic Ports on Demand (DPOD) license information.
show running-config dpod [rbridge-id/slot/port]
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies the slot number.
Specifies the port number.
Defaults Displays all port reservations on the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display port reservations for a specified port or for all ports on the local switch.
This command has no effect on Brocade VDX 6710 and VDX 8770 switches. These switches do not support the Dynamic Ports on Demand feature.
In Network OS v3.0.0 release this command is supported only on the local RBridge.
Examples To display port reservations for all ports on the local switch: switch# show running-config dpod dpod 10/0/1 reserve
!
dpod 10/0/2 reserve
!
dpod 10/0/3
!
dpod 10/0/4 reserve
!
dpod 10/0/5
!
dpod 10/0/6 reserve
!
(output truncated)
See Also
To display port reservations on a switch that does not support the DPOD feature: switch# show running-config dpod
%No entries found
1030 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config fabric route mcast
2 show running-config fabric route mcast
Synopsis
Operands
Displays fabric route multicast configuration information. show running-config fabric route mcast {rbridge-id rbridge-id | priority} rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
priority Displays the priority value.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display fabric route multicast configuration information.
The configuration currently effective on the switch is referred to as the running configuration. Any configuration change you make while the switch is online is made to the running configuration.
Examples These examples display fabric route multicast configuration information: switch# show running-config fabric route mcast fabric route mcast rbridge-id 2
See Also switch# show running-config fabric route mcast rbridge-id 2 priority fabric route mcast rbridge-id 2 priority 1
fabric route mcast, show fabric route multicast
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1031
2 show running-config fcoe show running-config fcoe
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the running configuration for FCoE. show running-config fcoe [fabric-map default | map default] fabric-map default Displays the contents of the fabric map.
map default Displays the list of available maps.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the currently running configuration for FCoE.
None switch# show running-config fcoe fabric-map default fcoe fabric-map default vlan-id 1002 priority 3 virtual-fabric 128 fcmap 0E:FC:00 max-enodes 64 enodes-config local advertisement interval 8000 keep-alive timeout
See Also switch# show running-config fcoe map default fcoe map default fabric-map default cee-map default
None
1032 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config fcsp auth
2 show running-config fcsp auth
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the E_Port-to-EX_Port authentication protocol parameters.
show running-config [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] fcsp auth
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the E_Port-to-EX_Port authentication protocol parameters such as auth-type, group, hash type, and policy state.
The policy status can be one of the following:. ON, OFF, ACTIVE, or PASSIVE. Refer to the fcsp auth
command for a description of policy states.
Examples To display the protocol and policy:
Standalone mode switch# show running-config fcsp auth fcsp auth group 2 fcsp auth hash md5 fcsp auth policy switch off
In VCS mode
To display both protocol and policy (auth-type = all, group = 2, hash = md5, and switch policy = off) swe52# show running-config rbridge-id 2 fcsp auth rbridge-id 2 fcspauth auth-type all fcspauth group 2 fcspauth hash sha1 fcspauth policy switch active
See Also
fcsp auth, fcsp auth-secret dhchap, show fcsp auth-secret dh-chap
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1033
2 show running-config hardware connector show running-config hardware connector
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the SFP configurations in the running-config.
show running-config hardware connector
None
Displays information for the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the SFP configuration for the specified switches.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This command is supported only on the local switch.
To display the SFP configuration on the local switch: switch# show running-config hardware connector hardware
connector 0/1
no sfp breakout
!
connector 0/2
sfp breakout
See Also
clear support, copy support, show support, sfp breakout
1034 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface fcoe
2 show running-config interface fcoe
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the status of FCoE interfaces.
show running-config interface fcoe [vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number]
vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number Specifies a valid FCoE port interface.
vn-number
Specifies the VN number for FCoE.
rbridge-id front-port-number
Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies the front port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the status of FCoE interfaces.
None switch# show running-config interface fcoe interface Fcoe 1/22/1
no shutdown
!
interface Fcoe 1/22/2
no shutdown
!
interface Fcoe 1/22/3
no shutdown
!
interface Fcoe 1/22/4
no shutdown
!
interface Fcoe 1/22/5
no shutdown
!
interface Fcoe 1/22/6
no shutdown
!
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1035
2 show running-config interface FibreChannel show running-config interface FibreChannel
Synopsis
Displays Fibre Channel port attributes.
show running-config interface FibreChannel [rbridge-id/slot/port [desire-distance | fill-word | isl-r_rdy | long-distance | shutdown | speed | trunk-enable | vc-link-init]]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
desire-distance fill-word isl-r_rdy long-distance shutdown speed
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays the setting of the desired distance attribute.
Displays the configured link initialization and fill word primitives for 8 Gbps
Fibre Channel ports: idle-idle, arbff-arbff, idle-arbff, or aa-then-ia.
Displays whether R_RDY buffer-to-buffer flow control is enabled for the ISL.
VC_RDY flow control is enabled if R_RDY flow control is disabled.
Displays the configured long distance mode: l0—Long distance mode is not configured.
le—Link is up to 10 km.
ld—Distance is determined dynamically.
ls—Distance is determined statically by the user (desire-distance command).
Displays whether the port is enabled (no shutdown) or disabled
(shutdown).
Displays the configured port speed: auto, 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, or
8 Gbps.
Displays whether trunking is enabled on the port.
Displays the configured long distance fill word: idle or arb.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description trunk-enable vc-link-init
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display port attributes for a specified Fibre Channel port or for all
Fibre Channel ports on the cluster.
Enter the command without specifying rbridge-id/slot/port to obtain a listing of attributes for all
Fibre Channel ports. Enter the command with the rbridge-id/slot/port parameters to obtain attributes information for a specific port. The values for desire-distance, isl-r_rdy, trunk-enable, and shutdown are always displayed. The values for fill-word, long-distance, speed, and vc-link-init are displayed only if they have been changed from their default values.
Include the attribute name to obtain the setting of that specific attribute only.
This command can be used only on Network OS platforms with Fibre Channel ports
(Brocade VDX 6730-32 and Brocade VDX 6730-76 switches), in Brocade VCS Fabric mode, and with the FCoE license installed.
1036 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface FibreChannel
2
Examples
See Also
Enter interface FibreChannel to set the values.
To display Fibre Channel port attributes for all ports on a Brocade VDX 6730 switch: switch# show running-config interface FibreChannel interface FibreChannel 3/0/1
desire-distance 0
no isl-r_rdy
trunk-enable
no shutdown
!
interface FibreChannel 3/0/2
desire-distance 0
no isl-r_rdy
trunk-enable
no shutdown
!
interface FibreChannel 3/0/3
desire-distance 0
no isl-r_rdy
trunk-enable
no shutdown
!
(output truncated)
To display Fibre Channel port attributes for one port of a Brocade VDX 6730 switch: switch# show running-config interface FibreChannel 8/0/1 interface FibreChannel 8/0/1 speed 8gbps long-distance ld vc-link-init arb desire-distance 0 no isl-r_rdy trunk-enable
!
shutdown
To display the setting of a specific attribute on a specific port: switch# show running-config interface FibreChannel 66/0/1 speed interface FibreChannel 66/0/1
speed auto
!
desire-distance, fill-word, interface, isl-r_rdy, long-distance, shutdown, speed (Fibre Channel),
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1037
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the status of 40-gigabit Ethernet interfaces.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port]
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults Displays the configuration of all 40-gigabit Ethernet interfaces on the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the configuration of 40-gigabit Ethernet interfaces.
None
To display configuration information about all 40-gigabit Ethernet interfaces on a Brocade
VDX 6710 switch: switch# show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet interface Forty Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/49 fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable no shutdown
!
interface Forty Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/50 fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable no shutdown
!
interface Forty Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/51 fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable no shutdown
!
interface Forty Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/52 fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable sflow enable no shutdown
!
interface Forty Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/53 fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable sflow enable shutdown
!
interface Forty Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/54 fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable
See Also
1038 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet bpdu-drop
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet bpdu-drop
Synopsis
Operands
See Also
Displays the BPDU drop status of a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] bpdu-drop [enable]
rbridge-id slot port
enable
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays the drop status of STP/MSTP/RSTP and PVST+/R-PVST+ BPDUs.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about dropped BPDUs on the specified Ethernet interface.
STP, RSTP, or MSTP must be configured.
Brocade Network OS v4.1.0 supports PVST+ and R-PVST+only. The PVST and R-PVST protocols are proprietary to Cisco and are not supported.
Examples To display BPDU drop status information for a specific 40-gigabit Ethernet port: switch# show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/49 bpdu-drop
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1039
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet cee show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet cee
Synopsis
Operands
Displays whether the default CEE map has been applied to a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] cee
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to determine whether the default CEE map has been applied to a 40-gigabit
Ethernet interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command does not apply to ISL ports.
None
1040 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet channel-group
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet channel-group
Synopsis
Operands
Displays channel group configuration information for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface participating in link aggregation.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] channel-group [mode | type]
rbridge-id slot port
mode type
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays the mode of link aggregation (active, passive, or on).
Displays the type of link aggregation (802.3ad standards-based LAG, or
Brocade proprietary hardware-based trunking).
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display information about the channel group configuration of the specified
Ethernet interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command is relevant only to interfaces configured as part of a LAG.
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1041
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet description show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet description
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the description string associated with a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] description
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the description string associated with the specified interface.
None switch# show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/52 description interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/52
description Connects to storage device 1
See Also
description (interfaces), interface
1042 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet dot1x
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet dot1x
Synopsis
Operands
Displays IEEE 802.1x port-based access control configuration information for a 40-gigabit
Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] dot1x [authentication | port-control | protocol-version | quiet-period | reauthMax | reauthentication | timeout
[re-authperiod | server-timeout | supp-timeout | tx-period]]
rbridge-id slot port
authentication port-control protocol-version quiet-period reauthMax reauthentication timeout re-authperiod server-timeout supp-timeout tx-period
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Indicates whether 802.1x port-based access control is enabled on the interface.
Displays the status of port authorization: auto (authentication on the port is enabled), forced authorize, or force unauthorize.
Displays the version number of the dot1x protocol.
Displays the number of seconds between a failed authentication and the next authentication retry.
Displays the maximum number of reauthentication attempts before the port goes into the reauthorized state.
Indicates whether reauthentication is enabled on a port.
Displays 802.1x timeout values.
Displays the reauthentication interval in seconds.
Displays the number of seconds the switch waits for a response from the authentication server.
Displays the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to the
Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) frame.
Displays the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
EAP request or identity frame from the client before retransmitting the request
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display configuration information for an interface configured for IEEE 802.1x port-based access control.
None
To display the 802.1x port-based authentication configuration for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch# show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/49 dot1x interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/49 dot1x authentication dot1x port-control auto dot1x quiet-period 120
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1043
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet dot1x
See Also dot1x reauthMax 5 dot1x reauthentication dot1x timeout server-timeout 60
dot1x authentication, dot1x port-control, dot1x quiet-period, dot1x reauthentication,
dot1x reauthMax, dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout server-timeout,
dot1x timeout supp-timeout, dot1x timeout tx-period
1044 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet fabric show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet fabric
Synopsis
Displays fabric protocol configuration parameters for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] fabric [isl [enable] | trunk [enable]]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
isl [enable]
Defaults trunk [enable]
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Indicates only the administration and operational state the Inter-Switch
Link (ISL).
Indicates only whether trunking is enabled on the port.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display ISL and trunking status for the specified interface.
None
See Also switch# show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/49 fabric interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/49
fabric isl enable
fabric trunk enable
fabric isl enable, fabric trunk enable
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1045
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet fcoeport show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet fcoeport
Synopsis
Operands
Displays whether a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface is configured as an FCoE port.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] fcoeport
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to determine whether a 40-gigabit Ethernet port is configured for FCoE.
None
Examples
See Also
None
1046 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet lacp
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet lacp
Synopsis
Operands
Displays interface configuration parameters for the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) for a
40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] lacp [timeout]
rbridge-id slot port
timeout
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Indicates whether the interface timeout is short (for Brocade trunks) or long
(for standard trunks).
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display LACP settings for the specified interface.
None
Examples
See Also
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1047
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet lldp show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet lldp
Synopsis
Displays Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration information for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] lldp [dcbx-version | disable | iscsi-priority | profile]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
dcbx-version disable iscsi-priority
Defaults profile
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays the configured version of the Data Center Bridging Exchange
(DCBX) protocol.
Indicates whether LLDP is disabled on the interface.
Displays the configured priority that will be advertized in the DCBX iSCSI
TLV.
Displays the LLDP profile configured on the interface.
Description Use this command to display Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration information for the specified interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
lldp dcbx-version, lldp disable, lldp iscsi-priority, lldp profile
1048 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet mac show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet mac
Synopsis
Operands
Displays configured MAC parameters for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] mac [access-group]
rbridge-id slot port
access-group
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays MAC ACLs configured for the specified interface.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display configured MAC parameters for the specified 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1049
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet mtu show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet mtu
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the configured MTU for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] mtu
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the configured MTU for the specified interface.
None switch# show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/49 mtu interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/49
mtu 2500
See Also
1050 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet port-profile-port
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet port-profile-port
Displays whether AMPP port-profile configuration mode is enabled for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] port-profile-port Synopsis
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display whether AMPP port-profiling is configured for the specified interface.
None switch# show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/50
port-profile-port
interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/50 port-profile-port
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1051
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet priority-tag show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet priority-tag
Synopsis
Operands
Displays whether 802.1p priority tagging is configured for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] priority-tag
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display whether 802.1p priority tagging is configured for the specified interface.
None switch# show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/51 priority-tag interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/51
priority-tag
See Also
1052 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet qos
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet qos
Synopsis
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
cos cos-mutation cos-traffic-class flowcontrol rx tx trust cos
Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays only the Class of Service (CoS) value configured for the interface.
Displays the Cos-to-CoS mutation QoS map configured for the interface.
Displays the CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS Map configured for the interface.
Displays the activation status of QoS flow control on the interface.
Displays the activation status of the receive portion of flow control for the interface.
Displays the activation status of the transmit portion of flow control for the interface.
Displays the configured QoS trust mode for the interface.
Displays the full QoS configuration for the interface.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the QoS configuration for the specified interface.
None
Examples
See Also
Displays the Quality of Service (QoS) configuration for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] qos [cos | cos-mutation | cos-traffic-class | flowcontrol [rx | tx] | trust [cos]]
None
qos cos, qos cos-mutation, qos cos-traffic-class, qos flowcontrol tx rx, qos trust cos,
show qos flowcontrol interface, show qos interface, show qos queue interface,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1053
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet rmon show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet rmon
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the Remote Monitoring protocol (RMON) configuration for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] rmon [collection
[history index | stats index]]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
collection history
index
stats
index
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays configuration information for RMON collections.
Displays configuration information for RMON history collections.
Specifies a valid RMON history collection index value.
Displays configuration information for RMON statistics collections.
Specifies a valid RMON collection control index value.
Defaults Displays all RMON collection configuration information.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to display the RMON configuration for the specified interface.
None
See Also switch# show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/49 rmon collection interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/49
rmon collection stats 10 owner RMON_SNMP
rmon collection history 10 owner RMON_SNMP
rmon collection history, rmon collection stats
1054 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet sflow
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet sflow
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the sFlow configuration for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] sflow [enable | polling-interval | sample-rate]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
enable polling-interval sample-rate
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays whether sFlow is enabled for the port.
Displays the configured maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters to be sent to the collector.
Displays the number of packets that are skipped before the next sample is taken for the interface.
Defaults Displays all sFlow configuration information for the port.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to display the sFlow configuration for the specified interface.
None
See Also switch# show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/53 sflow interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/53
sflow enable
sflow polling-interval 10
sflow sample-rate 100
sflow enable (interface version), sflow polling-interval (interface version),
sflow sample-rate (interface version)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1055
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet shutdown show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet shutdown
Synopsis
Operands
Displays whether a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface is enabled.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] shutdown
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display whether the specified 40-gigabit Ethernet interface is enabled.
None switch# show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/52 shutdown interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/52
no shutdown
See Also
1056 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet switchport
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet switchport
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the configured switching characteristics for the 40-gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id | slot | port] switchport
[access [vlan] | mode | trunk [allowed [vlan] | native-vlan | tag [native-vlan]]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
access
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays whether the Layer 2 interface is configured as access.
access vlan mode
Displays whether the specific VLAN on the Layer 2 interface is configured as access.
Displays whether the Layer 2 interface is configured for access, trunk or converged.
Displays whether the Layer 2 interface is configured for trunk.
trunk trunk allowed Displays the configuration settings that determine the VLANs that will transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface.
Displays the configuration settings for a specific VLAN.
trunk allowed vlan trunk allowed native-vlan
Displays the configured native VLAN characteristics of the Layer 2 trunk interface for classifying untagged traffic.
trunk tag tag native-vlan
Displays whether tagging is enabled.
Displays native VLAN tags.
Defaults Displays all configured Layer 2 switching characteristics for the port.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to display configured switching characteristics for the port.
None switch# show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/49 switchport interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/49
switchport
switchport mode access
switchport access vlan 1
See Also
switchport, switchport access, switchport mode, switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1057
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet udld show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet udld
Displays Unidirectional Link Detection Protocol (UDLD) configuration information for a 40-gigabit
Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] udld enable Synopsis
Operands rbridge-id
slot
port enable
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Indicates whether UDLD is enabled on the interface.
Defaults This command has no defaults.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display Unidirectional Link Detection Protocol (UDLD) configuration information for the specified interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
None
1058 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet vlan
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet vlan
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays information about VLAN classification groups for a 40-gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 interface.
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] vlan [classifier [activate [group]]]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
classifier activate group
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays VLAN classifier commands for the Layer 2 interface.
Displays VLAN classifier activate commands for the Layer 2 interface.
Displays VLAN classifier activate group commands for the Layer 2 interface.
Use this command to display VLAN classifier commands executed for the port.
None switch# show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/49 vlan interface fortygigabitethernet 1/0/49 vlan classifier activate group 1 vlan 2
See Also
show vlan classifier, switchport, vlan classifier activate group, vlan classifier group,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1059
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet show running-config interface gigabitethernet
Synopsis
Operands
See Also
Displays the status of 1-gigabit Ethernet interfaces.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port]
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults Displays the configuration of all 1-gigabit Ethernet interfaces on the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the configuration of 1-gigabit Ethernet interfaces.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples To display configuration information about all 1-gigabit Ethernet interfaces on the local switch: switch# show running-config interface gigabitethernet interface Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/1
description tests
channel-group 2 mode active type standard
lacp timeout long
sflow enable
no shutdown
!
interface Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/2
channel-group 2 mode active type standard
lacp timeout long
no shutdown
!
interface Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/3
channel-group 2 mode active type standard
lacp timeout long
no shutdown
!
interface Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/4
no shutdown
!
interface Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/5
no shutdown
!
interface Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/6
no shutdown
!
interface Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/7
no shutdown
(output truncated)
1060 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface gigabitethernet bpdu-drop
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet bpdu-drop
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the BPDU drop status of a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] bpdu-drop [enable]
rbridge-id slot port
enable
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays the drop status of STP/MSTP/RSTP and PVST+/R-PVST+ BPDUs.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about dropped BPDUs on the specified Ethernet interface.
STP, RSTP, or MSTP must be configured.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Brocade Network OS v4.1.0 supports PVST+ and R-PVST+only. The PVST and R-PVST protocols are proprietary to Cisco and are not supported.
Examples To display BPDU drop status information for a specific 1-gigabit Ethernet port: switch# show running-config interface gigabitethernet 1/0/7 bpdu-drop
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1061
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet channel-group show running-config interface gigabitethernet channel-group
Synopsis
Operands
Displays channel group configuration information for an interface participating in link aggregation.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] channel-group [mode | type]
rbridge-id slot port
mode type
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays the mode of link aggregation (active, passive, or on).
Displays the type of link aggregation (802.3ad standards-based LAG, or
Brocade proprietary hardware-based trunking).
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about the channel group configuration of the specified
Ethernet interface.
This command is relevant only to interfaces configured as part of a LAG.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples
See Also
None
1062 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface gigabitethernet description
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet description
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the description string associated with a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] description
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the description string associated with the specified interface.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples switch# show running-config interface gigabitethernet 1/0/7 description interface Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/7 description Connects to storage device 1
See Also
description (interfaces), interface
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1063
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet dot1x show running-config interface gigabitethernet dot1x
Synopsis
Operands
Displays IEEE 802.1x port-based access control configuration information for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] dot1x [authentication | port-control | protocol-version | quiet-period | reauthMax | reauthentication | timeout
[re-authperiod | server-timeout | supp-timeout | tx-period ]]
rbridge-id slot port
authentication port-control protocol-version quiet-period reauthMax reauthentication timeout re-authperiod server-timeout supp-timeout tx-period
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Indicates whether 802.1x port-based access control is enabled on the interface.
Displays the status of port authorization: auto (authentication on the port is enabled), forced authorize, or force unauthorize.
Displays the version number of the dot1x protocol.
Displays the number of seconds between a failed authentication and the next authentication retry.
Displays the maximum number of reauthentication attempts before the port goes into the reauthorized state.
Indicates whether reauthentication is enabled on a port.
Displays 802.1x timeout values.
Displays the reauthentication interval in seconds.
Displays the number of seconds the switch waits for a response from the authentication server.
Displays the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to the
Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) frame.
Displays the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
EAP request or identity frame from the client before retransmitting the request
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display configuration information for an interface configured for IEEE 802.1x port-based access control.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples To display the 802.1x port-based authentication configuration for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch# show running-config interface gigabitethernet 1/0/7 dot1x interface Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/7
dot1x authentication
1064 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface gigabitethernet dot1x
2
See Also
dot1x port-control auto
dot1x quiet-period 120
dot1x reauthMax 5
dot1x reauthentication
dot1x timeout server-timeout 60
dot1x authentication, dot1x port-control, dot1x quiet-period, dot1x reauthentication,
dot1x reauthMax, dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout server-timeout,
dot1x timeout supp-timeout, dot1x timeout tx-period
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1065
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet lacp show running-config interface gigabitethernet lacp
Synopsis
Operands
Displays interface configuration parameters for the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) for a
1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] lacp [timeout]
rbridge-id slot port
timeout
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Indicates whether the interface timeout is short (for Brocade trunks) or long
(for standard trunks).
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display LACP settings for the specified interface.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples
See Also
None
1066 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface gigabitethernet lldp
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet lldp
Synopsis
Displays Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration information for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] lldp [dcbx-version | disable | iscsi-priority | profile]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
dcbx-version disable iscsi-priority
Defaults profile
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays the configured version of the Data Center Bridging Exchange
(DCBX) protocol.
Indicates whether LLDP is disabled on the interface.
Displays the configured priority that will be advertized in the DCBX iSCSI
TLV.
Displays the LLDP profile configured on the interface.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration information for the specified interface.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples
See Also
None
lldp dcbx-version, lldp disable, lldp iscsi-priority, lldp profile
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1067
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet mac show running-config interface gigabitethernet mac
Synopsis
Operands
Displays configured MAC parameters for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] mac [access-group]
rbridge-id slot port
access-group
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays MAC ACLs configured for the specified interface.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display configured MAC parameters for the specified interface.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples
See Also
None
1068 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface gigabitethernet mtu
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet mtu
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the configured MTU for the specified interface.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples
Displays the configured MTU for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] mtu
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
See Also switch# show running-config interface gigabitethernet 1/0/8 mtu interface Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/8
mtu 2500
!
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1069
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet port-profile-port show running-config interface gigabitethernet port-profile-port
Displays whether AMPP port-profile configuration mode is enabled for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] port-profile-port Synopsis
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display whether AMPP port-profiling is configured for the specified interface.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples switch# show running-config interface gigabitethernet 1/0/8 port-profile-port interface Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/8 port-profile-port
See Also
1070 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface gigabitethernet priority-tag
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet priority-tag
Synopsis
Operands
Displays whether 802.1p priority tagging is configured for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] priority-tag
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults
Description
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Usage Guidelines This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples
None
Use this command to display whether AMPP port-profiling is configured for the specified interface.
switch# show running-config interface gigabitethernet 1/0/8 priority-tag interface Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/8
priority-tag
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1071
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet qos show running-config interface gigabitethernet qos
Synopsis
Displays the Quality of Service (QoS) configuration for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] qos [cos | cos-mutation | cos-traffic-class | flowcontrol [rx | tx] | trust [cos]]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
cos cos-mutation cos-traffic-class flowcontrol rx tx trust cos
Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays only the Class of Service (CoS) value configured for the interface.
Displays the Cos-to-CoS mutation QoS map configured for the interface.
Displays the CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS Map configured for the interface.
Displays the activation status of QoS flow control on the interface.
Displays the activation status of the receive portion of flow control for the interface.
Displays the activation status of the transmit portion of flow control for the interface.
Displays the configured QoS trust mode for the interface.
Displays the full QoS configuration for the interface.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to display the QoS configuration for the specified interface.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
None
qos cos, qos cos-mutation, qos cos-traffic-class, qos flowcontrol tx rx, qos trust cos,
show qos flowcontrol interface, show qos interface, show qos queue interface,
1072 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface gigabitethernet rmon
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet rmon
Synopsis
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
collection history stats
index
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays configuration information for RMON collections.
Displays configuration information for RMON history collections.
Displays configuration information for RMON statistics collections.
Specifies a valid RMON collection control index value.
Defaults Displays all RMON collection configuration information.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Displays the Remote Monitoring protocol (RMON) configuration for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] rmon [collection
[history index | stats index]]
Use this command to display the RMON configuration for the specified interface.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples
See Also switch# show running-config interface gigabitethernet 1/0/8 rmon collection interface Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/8
rmon collection stats 10 owner RMON_SNMP
rmon collection history 10 owner RMON_SNMP
rmon collection history, rmon collection stats
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1073
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet sflow show running-config interface gigabitethernet sflow
Synopsis
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
enable polling-interval sample-rate
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays whether sFlow is enabled for the port.
Displays the configured maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters to be sent to the collector.
Displays the number of packets that are skipped before the next sample is taken for the interface.
Defaults Displays all sFlow configuration information for the port.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Displays the sFlow configuration for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] sflow [enable | polling-interval | sample-rate]
Use this command to display the sFlow configuration for the specified interface.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples switch# show running-config interface gigabitethernet 1/0/8 sflow interface Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/8
sflow enable
sflow polling-interval 10
sflow sample-rate 100
!
See Also
sflow enable (interface version), sflow polling-interval (interface version),
sflow sample-rate (interface version)
1074 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface gigabitethernet shutdown
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet shutdown
Synopsis
Operands
Displays whether a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface is enabled.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] shutdown
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display whether the specified 1-gigabit Ethernet interface is enabled.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples switch# show running-config interface gigabitethernet 1/0/8 shutdown interface Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/8
no shutdown
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1075
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet switchport show running-config interface gigabitethernet switchport
Synopsis
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
access
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays whether the Layer 2 interface is configured as access.
access vlan mode
Displays whether the specific VLAN on the Layer 2 interface is configured as access.
Displays whether the Layer 2 interface is configured for access, trunk or converged.
Displays whether the Layer 2 interface is configured for trunk.
trunk trunk allowed Displays the configuration settings that determine the VLANs that will transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface.
Displays the configuration settings for a specific VLAN.
trunk allowed vlan trunk allowed native-vlan
Displays the configured native VLAN characteristics of the Layer 2 trunk interface for classifying untagged traffic.
trunk tag tag native-vlan
Displays whether tagging is enabled.
Displays tags for the native VLAN.
Defaults Displays all configured Layer 2 switching characteristics for the port.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Displays the configured switching characteristics for the 1-gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] switchport [access [vlan] | mode | trunk [allowed [vlan] |native-vlan | tag [native-vlan]]
Use this command to display configured switching characteristics for the port.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples
See Also switch# show running-config interface gigabitethernet 1/0/8 switchport interface Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/8
switchport
switchport mode access
switchport access vlan 1
switchport, switchport access, switchport mode, switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan
1076 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface gigabitethernet udld show running-config interface gigabitethernet udld
Displays Unidirectional Link Detection Protocol (UDLD) configuration information for a 1-gigabit
Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] udld enable Synopsis
Operands rbridge-id
slot
port enable
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Indicates whether UDLD is enabled on the interface.
Defaults This command has no defaults.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display Unidirectional Link Detection Protocol (UDLD) configuration information for the specified interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
None
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1077
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet vlan show running-config interface gigabitethernet vlan
Synopsis
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
classifier activate group
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays VLAN classifier commands for the Layer 2 interface.
Displays VLAN classifier activate commands for the Layer 2 interface.
Displays VLAN classifier activate group commands for the Layer 2 interface.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Displays information about VLAN classification groups for the 1-gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 interface. show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] vlan [classifier [activate [group]]]
Use this command to display VLAN classifier commands executed for the port.
This command can be used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples switch# show running-config interface gigabitethernet 1/0/8 vlan interface Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/8 vlan classifier activate group 1 vlan 2
See Also
show vlan classifier, switchport, vlan classifier activate group, vlan classifier group,
1078 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface management
2 show running-config interface management
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the management interface configuration.
show running-config interface management [rbridge-id/ | port] [ip] access group
rbridge-id/ | port
ip
Defaults access-group
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the management interface to be displayed as the rbridge-id followed by a slash (/) and the port number.
On standalone platforms, the port number for the management port is always 0.
On a modular switches with two redundant management modules, can configure two management ports: 1 and 2.
Displays the IP addresses configured for the management interface.Use access-group to display selected addresses only.
Displays the access lists (ACLs) configured on the management interface.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to show configuration attributes for an AAA server.
None
This example displays the authentication mode: switch# show running-config interface Management 2/2 interface Management 2/2
.
ip access-group extdACL5
See Also
show running-config ip access-list, interface management, ip access-list
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1079
2 show running-config interface port-channel show running-config interface port-channel
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the status of port-channel interfaces.
show running-config interface port-channel [number]
number
Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a valid port-channel number.
Displays the configuration of all port channel interfaces on the local switch.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the configuration of port channel interfaces.
None
To display configuration information about all port channel interfaces on a Brocade VDX 6710 switch: switch# show running-config interface port-channel interface port-channel 1 description 1 shutdown
!
interface port-channel 2 switchport switchport mode access switchport access vlan 1 shutdown
!
interface port-channel 3 shutdown
See Also
1080 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the status of 10-gigabit Ethernet interfaces.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port]
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by the its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults Displays the configuration of all 10-gigabitEthernet interfaces on the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the configuration of 10-gigabit Ethernet interfaces.
None
To display configuration information about all 10-gigabit Ethernet interfaces on a Brocade
VDX 6710 switch: switch# show running-config interface tengigabitethernet interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/49 fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable no shutdown
!
interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/50 fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable no shutdown
!
interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/51 fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable no shutdown
!
interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/52 fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable sflow enable no shutdown
!
interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/53 fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable sflow enable shutdown
!
interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/54 fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1081
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet bpdu-drop show running-config interface tengigabitethernet bpdu-drop
Synopsis
Operands
See Also
Displays the BPDU drop status of a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] bpdu-drop [enable]
rbridge-id slot port
enable
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays the drop status of STP/MSTP/RSTP and PVST+/R-PVST+ BPDUs.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about dropped BPDUs on the specified 10-gigabit
Ethernet interface.
STP, RSTP, or MSTP must be configured.
Brocade Network OS v4.1.0 supports PVST+ and R-PVST+only. The PVST and R-PVST protocols are proprietary to Cisco and are not supported.
Examples To display BPDU drop status information for a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet port: switch# show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/49 bpdu-drop
1082 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet cee
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet cee
Synopsis
Operands
Displays whether the default CEE map has been applied to a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] cee
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to determine whether the default CEE map has been applied to a 10-gigabit
Ethernet interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command does not apply to ISL ports.
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1083
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet channel-group show running-config interface tengigabitethernet channel-group
Synopsis
Operands
Displays channel group configuration information for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface participating in link aggregation.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] channel-group [mode | type]
rbridge-id slot port
mode type
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays the mode of link aggregation (active, passive, or on).
Displays the type of link aggregation (802.3ad standards-based LAG, or
Brocade proprietary hardware-based trunking).
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display information about the channel group configuration of the specified
10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command is relevant only to interfaces configured as part of a LAG.
None
1084 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet description
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet description
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the description string associated with a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] description
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the description string associated with the specified 10-gigabit
Ethernet interface.
None switch# show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/52 description interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/52
description Connects to storage device 1
See Also
description (interfaces), interface
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1085
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet dot1x show running-config interface tengigabitethernet dot1x
Synopsis
Operands
Displays IEEE 802.1x port-based access control configuration information for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] dot1x [authentication | port-control | protocol-version | quiet-period | reauthMax | reauthentication | timeout
[re-authperiod | server-timeout | supp-timeout | tx-period]]
rbridge-id slot port
authentication port-control protocol-version quiet-period reauthMax reauthentication timeout re-authperiod server-timeout supp-timeout tx-period
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Indicates whether 802.1x port-based access control is enabled on the interface.
Displays the status of port authorization: auto (authentication on the port is enabled), forced authorize, or force unauthorize.
Displays the version number of the dot1x protocol.
Displays the number of seconds between a failed authentication and the next authentication retry.
Displays the maximum number of reauthentication attempts before the port goes into the reauthorized state.
Indicates whether reauthentication is enabled on a port.
Displays 802.1x timeout values.
Displays the reauthentication interval in seconds.
Displays the number of seconds the switch waits for a response from the authentication server.
Displays the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to the
Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) frame.
Displays the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
EAP request or identity frame from the client before retransmitting the request
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display configuration information for a10-gigabit Ethernet interface configured for IEEE 802.1x port-based access control.
None
To display the 802.1x port-based authentication configuration for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch# show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/49 dot1x interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/49 dot1x authentication dot1x port-control auto dot1x quiet-period 120
1086 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet dot1x
2
See Also dot1x reauthMax 5 dot1x reauthentication dot1x timeout server-timeout 60
dot1x authentication, dot1x port-control, dot1x quiet-period, dot1x reauthentication,
dot1x reauthMax, dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout server-timeout,
dot1x timeout supp-timeout, dot1x timeout tx-period
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1087
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet fabric show running-config interface tengigabitethernet fabric
Synopsis
Displays fabric protocol configuration parameters for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] fabric [isl [enable] | trunk [enable]]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
isl [enable]
Defaults trunk [enable]
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Indicates only the administration and operational state of the Inter-Switch
Link (ISL).
Indicates only whether trunking is enabled on the port.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display ISL and trunking status for the specified 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
None
See Also switch# show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/49 fabric interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/49
fabric isl enable
fabric trunk enable
fabric isl enable, fabric trunk enable
1088 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet fcoeport
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet fcoeport
Synopsis
Operands
Displays whether a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface is configured as an FCoE port.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] fcoeport
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to determine whether a 10-gigabit Ethernet port is configured for FCoE.
None
Examples
See Also
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1089
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet lacp show running-config interface tengigabitethernet lacp
Synopsis
Operands
Displays interface configuration parameters for the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) for a
10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] lacp [timeout]
rbridge-id slot port
timeout
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Indicates whether the interface timeout is short (for Brocade trunks) or long
(for standard trunks).
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display LACP settings for the specified 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
None
Examples
See Also
None
1090 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet lldp
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet lldp
Synopsis
Displays Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration information for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] lldp [dcbx-version | disable | iscsi-priority | profile]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
dcbx-version disable iscsi-priority
Defaults profile
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays the configured version of the Data Center Bridging Exchange
(DCBX) protocol.
Indicates whether LLDP is disabled on the interface.
Displays the configured priority that will be advertized in the DCBX iSCSI
TLV.
Displays the LLDP profile configured on the interface.
Description Use this command to display Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration information for the specified10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
lldp dcbx-version, lldp disable, lldp iscsi-priority, lldp profile
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1091
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet mac show running-config interface tengigabitethernet mac
Synopsis
Operands
Displays configured MAC parameters for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] mac [access-group]
rbridge-id slot port
access-group
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays MAC ACLs configured for the specified interface.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display configured MAC parameters for the specified 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
1092 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet mtu
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet mtu
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the configured MTU for a 10 gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] mtu
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the configured MTU for the specified 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
None switch# show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/49 mtu interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/49
mtu 2500
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1093
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet port-profile-port show running-config interface tengigabitethernet port-profile-port
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays whether AMPP port-profile configuration mode is enabled for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] port-profile-port Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Use this command to display whether AMPP port-profiling is configured for the specified 10-gigabit
Ethernet interface.
None switch# show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/50 port-profile-port interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/50 port-profile-port
See Also
1094 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet priority-tag show running-config interface tengigabitethernet priority-tag
Synopsis
Operands
Displays whether 802.1p priority tagging is configured for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] priority-tag
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display whether 802.1p priority tagging is configured for the specified
10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
None switch# show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/51 priority-tag interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/51
priority-tag
See Also
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1095
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet qos show running-config interface tengigabitethernet qos
Synopsis
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
cos cos-mutation cos-traffic-class flowcontrol rx tx trust cos
Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays only the Class of Service (CoS) value configured for the interface.
Displays the Cos-to-CoS mutation QoS map configured for the interface.
Displays the CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS Map configured for the interface.
Displays the activation status of QoS flow control on the interface.
Displays the activation status of the receive portion of flow control for the interface.
Displays the activation status of the transmit portion of flow control for the interface.
Displays the configured QoS trust mode for the interface.
Displays the full QoS configuration for the interface.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the QoS configuration for the specified 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
None
Examples
See Also
Displays the quality of service (QoS) configured for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] qos [cos | cos-mutation | cos-traffic-class | flowcontrol [rx | tx] | trust [cos]]
None
qos cos, qos cos-mutation, qos cos-traffic-class, qos flowcontrol tx rx, qos trust cos,
show qos flowcontrol interface, show qos interface, show qos queue interface,
1096 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet rmon
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet rmon
Synopsis
Displays the Remote Monitoring protocol (RMON) configuration for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] rmon [collection
[history index | stats index]]
Operands
Defaults Displays all RMON collection configuration information.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
rbridge-id slot port
collection history
index
stats
index
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays configuration information for RMON collections.
Displays configuration information for RMON history collections.
Specifies a valid RMON history collection index value.
Displays configuration information for RMON statistics collections.
Specifies a valid RMON collection control index value.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the RMON configuration for the specified 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
None
See Also switch# show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/49 rmon collection interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/49
rmon collection stats 10 owner RMON_SNMP
rmon collection history 10 owner RMON_SNMP
rmon collection history, rmon collection stats
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1097
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet sflow show running-config interface tengigabitethernet sflow
Synopsis
Displays the sFlow configuration for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] sflow [enable | polling-interval | sample-rate]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
enable polling-interval sample-rate
Defaults Displays all sFlow configuration information for the port.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays whether sFlow is enabled for the port.
Displays the configured maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters to be sent to the collector.
Displays the number of packets that are skipped before the next sample is taken for the interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the sFlow configuration for the specified10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
None
See Also switch# show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/53 sflow interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/53
sflow enable
sflow polling-interval 10
sflow sample-rate 100
sflow enable (interface version), sflow polling-interval (interface version),
sflow sample-rate (interface version)
1098 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet shutdown
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet shutdown
Synopsis
Operands
Displays whether a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface is enabled.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] shutdown
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display whether the specified 10-gigabit Ethernet interface is enabled.
None switch# show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/52 shutdown interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/52
no shutdown
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1099
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet switchport show running-config interface tengigabitethernet switchport
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the configured switching characteristics for the 10-gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id | slot | port ] switchport
[access [vlan] | mode | trunk [allowed [vlan] | native-vlan | tag [native-vlan]]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
access
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays whether the Layer 2 interface is configured as access.
access vlan mode
Displays whether the specific VLAN on the Layer 2 interface is configured as access.
Displays whether the Layer 2 interface is configured for access, trunk or converged.
Displays whether the Layer 2 interface is configured for trunk.
trunk trunk allowed Displays the configuration settings that determine the VLANs that will transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface.
Displays the configuration settings for a specific VLAN.
trunk allowed vlan trunk allowed native-vlan
Displays the configured native VLAN characteristics of the Layer 2 trunk interface for classifying untagged traffic.
trunk tag tag native-vlan
Displays whether tagging is enabled.
Displays tags for the native VLAN.
Defaults Displays all configured Layer 2 switching characteristics for the port.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to display configured switching characteristics for the port.
None switch# show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/49 switchport interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/49
switchport
switchport mode access
switchport access vlan 1
See Also
switchport, switchport access, switchport mode, switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan
1100 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet udld
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet udld
Displays Unidirectional Link Detection Protocol (UDLD) configuration information for a 10 Gigabit
Ethernet interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] udld enable Synopsis
Operands rbridge-id
slot
port enable
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Indicates whether UDLD is enabled on the interface.
Defaults This command has no defaults.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display Unidirectional Link Detection Protocol (UDLD) configuration information for the specified interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1101
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet vlan show running-config interface tengigabitethernet vlan
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays information about VLAN classification groups for a 10-gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 interface.
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] vlan [classifier [activate [group]]]
Operands
rbridge-id slot port
classifier activate group
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Displays VLAN classifier commands for the Layer 2 interface.
Displays VLAN classifier activate commands for the Layer 2 interface.
Displays VLAN classifier activate group commands for the Layer 2 interface.
Use this command to display VLAN classifier commands executed for the specified port.
None switch# show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/49 vlan interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/49 vlan classifier activate group 1 vlan 2
See Also
show vlan classifier, switchport, vlan classifier activate group, vlan classifier group,
1102 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface vlan
2 show running-config interface vlan
Synopsis
Displays the status of VLAN interfaces.
show running-config interface vlan [vlan_id] [arp-ageing-timeout | description | ip | mac access-group | shutdown | spanning-tree]
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines
vlan_id
description
Specifies a VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
arp-ageing-timeout Displays the configured interface timeout value in minutes for the Address
Resolution Protocol (ARP) for VLANs.
Displays the description text entered for each VLAN or for the specified
VLAN.
ip mac access-group shutdown spanning-tree
Displays IP configuration information for VLANs.
Displays MAC ACLs configured for VLANs.
Specifies whether the VLAN interface is enabled.
Displays spanning tree configuration information for VLANs.
Defaults Displays the configuration of all VLAN interfaces on the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Use this command to display the configuration of VLAN interfaces.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
None
interface, show running-config interface vlan ip
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1103
2 show running-config interface vlan ip show running-config interface vlan ip
Synopsis
Operands
vlan_id
address
Specifies a VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Displays the IP address configured for VLANs.
igmp last-member-query-interval
Displays the amount of time in seconds that the IGMP router waits to receive a response to a group query message.
query-interval
Displays whether the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) is enabled for VLANs.
Displays the amount of time in seconds between IGMP query messages sent by the switch.
query-max-response-time
Displays the configured maximum response time in seconds for IGMP queries.
snooping enable
Displays IGMP snooping configuration information for VLANs.
Indicates whether IGMP snooping is enabled for specified VLANs.
fast-leave mrouter mrouter-timeout querier
Indicates if snooping fast leave is enabled.
Displays multicast router port information for the VLAN.
Displays the configured multicast router IGMP timeout value in seconds.
Indicates if IGMP snooping querier is configured.
static-group Displays configured static group membership entries.
static-group-address
Specifies an IPv4 address to return static group information about.
mtu proxy-arp
Displays the MTU configured for each VLAN.
Indicates whether a proxy ARP is configured for VLAN interfaces.
Defaults Displays configured information for all VLAN interfaces on the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Displays the IP configuration of VLAN interfaces.
show running-config interface vlan [vlan_id] ip [address | igmp [last-member-query-interval | query-interval | query-max-response-time | snooping [enable | fast-leave | mrouter | mrouter-timeout | querier] | static-group static-group-address] | mtu | proxy-arp]
Use this command to display the IP configuration for VLAN interfaces.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
1104 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config interface vlan ip
2
Examples
See Also
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
To display IP configuration information for all configured VLANs: switch# show running-config interface vlan ip interface Vlan 1
!
interface Vlan 2 ip igmp query-interval 200 ip igmp query-max-response-time 15 ip igmp snooping enable
show running-config interface management, interface management, ip access-list
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1105
2 show running-config ip access-list show running-config ip access-list
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the configuration for the IP ACL and its configured rules.
show running-config ip access-list [ip | ipv6] ip | ipv6 Specifies the IP type. An ACL can contain rules for only one version of IP
(either IPv4 or IPv6).
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the ACL parameters.
None
The following example shows the display of a configured ACL with rules.
switch# show running-config ip access-list ip access-list standard stdACL3 seq 5 permit host 10.20.33.4
seq 7 permit any
See Also ip access-list extended extdACL5 seq 5 deny tcp host 10.24.26.145 any eq 23 seq 7 deny tcp any any eq 80 seq 10 deny udp any any range 10 25 seq 15 permit tcp any ip access-list extended extdACLwithNoRules
show running-config interface management, interface management, ip access-list
1106 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config ip dns
2 show running-config ip dns
Synopsis
Operands
Description
Displays the domain name service (DNS) parameters. show running-config ip dns
None
Use this command to display the configured DNS parameters. The DNS parameters are the domain name and the name server IP address for primary and secondary name servers.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Defaults None
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
To display the configured DNS parameters: switch# show running-config ip dns ip dns domain-name brocade.com
ip dns name-server 10.70.20.1
ip dns name-server 10.70.20.10
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1107
2 show running-config ip igmp show running-config ip igmp
Synopsis
Operands
Displays IGMP configuration information.
show running-config ip igmp [snooping [enable]] snooping enable
Displays IGMP snooping configuration information.
Displays whether IGMP snooping is enabled.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display IGMP snooping configuration information.
None
To display IGMP configuration information: switch# show running-config ip igmp
See Also
ip igmp snooping enable (global version), ip igmp snooping enable
1108 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config ip route
2 show running-config ip route
Synopsis
Displays routing information.
show running-config ip route [next-hop | next-hop-enable-default | next-hop-recursion | routing-table]
Operands next-hop Displays the routing protocol configured for resolving the next hop.
next-hop-enable-default
Specifies enabling of next hop resolution to default.
next-hop-recursion routing-table
Specifies next hop recursion.
Displays a specific route to a specific destination.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to display routing information.
None
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1109
2 show running-config ldap-server show running-config ldap-server
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the SSH server status in the running-config.
show running-config ldap-server [host ipaddr | host-name] host
ipaddress
host-name
Identifies the IPv4 address of the host.
IPv4 address of the host.
Name of the host.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the current status of the LDAP server in the running-config.
LDAP server configuration is placed at the beginning of the running-config and is part of the global configuration of the switch. LDAP is enabled by default and no entry is shown in the running-config when set to default.
Attributes with default values will not be displayed.
Examples Standalone mode switch# show running-config ldap-server host 10.24.65.6 ldap-server host 10.24.65.6
port 3890
domain
retries
!
switch# security.brocade.com
3
See Also
certutil import ldapca, ldap-server host, ldap-server maprole
1110 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config line
2 show running-config line
Synopsis
Operands
Displays command line session configuration information.
show running-config line [vty [exec-timeout]] vty exec-timeout
Displays the terminal type.
Displays the configured idle time in minutes before the command line session automatically logs off.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display configuration information about command line sessions.
None
Examples
See Also
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1111
2 show running-config logging show running-config logging
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the log configuration show running-config logging
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the configuration of the logging facilities on the local switch.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
Examples To display the logging facilities configured on the local switch: switch# show running-config logging logging raslog console INFO logging auditlog class SECURITY logging auditlog class CONFIGURATION logging auditlog class FIRMWARE logging syslog-facility local LOG_LOCAL7 sw0#
See Also
show running-config logging auditlog class, show running-config logging syslog-server
1112 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config logging auditlog class
2 show running-config logging auditlog class
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the severity level configured for the audit log class.
show running-config logging auditlog class
None
Displays the information for the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the enabled audit log class.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
Examples To display audit log classes enabled on the switch: switch# show running-config logging auditlog class logging auditlog class SECURITY logging auditlog class CONFIGURATION logging auditlog class FIRMWARE
See Also
clear logging raslog, clear logging auditlog
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1113
2 show running-config logging raslog show running-config logging raslog
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the severity level configured for the RASLog console.
show running-config logging raslog
None
Displays the RASLog console configuration.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the configured severity levels for the RASlog console. Valid values consist of one of the following: INFO, WARNING, ERROR, or CRITICAL.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
Examples To display the severity level configured for the RASlog console: switch# show running-config logging raslog logging raslog console INFO
See Also
clear logging raslog, logging raslog console, show running-config logging
1114 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config logging syslog-facility
2 show running-config logging syslog-facility
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the syslog facility log level.
show running-config logging syslog-facility [local] local
Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays the local syslog facility level.
Displays the local configuration.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the local syslog facility log level.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
Examples
See Also
To display the syslog daemon IP addresses configured on a switch: switch# show running-config logging syslog-facility logging syslog-facility local LOG_LOCAL7
logging syslog-server, show running-config logging syslog-server
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1115
2 show running-config logging syslog-server show running-config logging syslog-server
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the syslog server configuration.
show running-config logging syslog-server
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the servers that are running the syslogd daemon and to which system messages are sent. Servers are specified in the configuration database by IP address.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
Examples To display the syslog daemon IP addresses configured on a switch: switch# show running-config logging syslog-server logging syslog-server 10.17.17.203
secure port 6514
!
logging syslog-server 10.17.17.204
See Also
1116 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config mac-address-table
2 show running-config mac-address-table
Synopsis
Operands
Displays configuration information about MAC interfaces and configurations.
show running-config monitor mac-address-table [aging-time | static] aging-time static
Specifies the aging time value (in seconds).
Specifies a static MAC address.
Defaults Default aging time is 300 seconds.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display configuration information about MAC interfaces and configurations.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1117
2 show running-config monitor show running-config monitor
Synopsis
Operands
Displays configuration information about the monitor session.
show running-config monitor {session session_number {description}} session session_number
The session number to display.
description Displays the session’s description.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display configuration information about the monitor session.
None
See Also
To display the monitor information: switch# show running-config monitor monitor session 22
None
1118 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config ntp
2 show running-config ntp
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the Network Time Protocol (NTP) server configuration.
show running-config ntp
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the current NTP server configuration.
None
See Also
To display the configured NTP server switch# show running-config ntp ntp server 172.26.1.159
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1119
2 show running-config password-attributes show running-config password-attributes
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays global password attributes. show running-config password-attributes
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display global password attributes.
The attributes will not be displayed when they hold default values.
See Also
To display the global password attributes: switch# show running-config password-attributes password-attributes max-retry 4 password-attributes character-restriction upper 1 password-attributes character-restriction lower 2 password-attributes character-restriction numeric 1 password-attributes character-restriction special-char 1
1120 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config police-priority-map
2 show running-config police-priority-map
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays configured police-priority-maps.
show running-config class-map
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display configured police class-maps.
This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
To display configured police-priority-maps: switch# configure terminal switch(config)# do show running-config police-priority-map police-priority-map pmap1
conform 0 1 1 2 1 2 1 1
exceed 3 3 3 3 4 5 6 7
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1121
2 show running-config policy-map show running-config policy-map
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the currently running policy-map configurations.
show running-config policy-map
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the policy-map configurations currently operating on the switch.
Output includes the policy-map name, class-map name, and class-map configuration.
None
See Also
To currently running policy-maps and their configuration: switch# show running-config policy-map policy-map policy_map1 class default police cir 50000 cbs 500000 eir 60000 ebs 40000 set-priority prio_map1 conform-set-dscp 23 conform-set-tc 4 exceed-set-prec 2 exceed-set-tc 5
!
!
policy-map policy_map2 class default police cir 1000000 cbs 200000
class, qos cos, show running-config class-map, show running-config policy-map, policy-map
1122 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config port-profile show running-config port-profile
Synopsis
Operands
Displays configured AMPP port-profiles.
show running-config port-profile [name]
name
Specifies the name of a port-profile. If no name is provided, information about all port-profiles is displayed.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display port-profile information.
None switch# show running-config port-profile port-profile default vlan-profile switchport switchport mode trunk switchport trunk allowed vlan all switchport trunk native-vlan 1
See Also
port-profile (global configuration mode), show port-profile,
show running-config port-profile activate, show running-config port-profile,
show running-config port-profile fcoe-profile, show running-config port-profile qos-profile,
show running-config port-profile security-profile, show running-config port-profile static,
show running-config port-profile vlan-profile, show running-config port-profile-domain
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1123
2 show running-config port-profile activate show running-config port-profile activate
Synopsis
Operands
Displays activated AMPP port-profiles.
show running-config port-profile [name] activate
name
Specifies the name of a port-profile. If no name is provided, information about all activated port-profiles is displayed.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display port profiles that are activated. These port profiles are available for association with MAC addresses.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
show running-config port-profile, port-profile (global configuration mode)
1124 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config port-profile fcoe-profile
2 show running-config port-profile fcoe-profile
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the configured FCOE subprofile.
show running-config port-profile [name] fcoe-profile [fcoeport [default]]
name
fcoeport [default]
Specifies the name of a port-profile. If no name is provided, information about all port-profiles with the FCOE profile applied is displayed.
Specifies an FCOE map name. The only map name supported currently is
“default.”
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about FCOE subprofiles.
None
Examples
See Also
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1125
2 show running-config port-profile qos-profile show running-config port-profile qos-profile
Synopsis
Displays the configured Quality of Service (QoS) subprofile.
show running-config port-profile [name] qos-profile [cee [name] | qos [cos cos| cos-mutation name| cos-traffic-class name | flowcontrol [pfc | rx | tx] | trust [cos]]
Operands
name
cee [name] qos
Specifies the name of a port-profile. If no name is provided, information about all port-profiles with the QoS subprofile applied is displayed.
The configured QoS CEE map.
The QoS profile.
cos cos The configured default class of service (CoS).
cos-mutation name
The applied Cos-to-Cos mutation map.
cos-traffic-class name
The applied Cos-to-Traffic class map.
flowcontrol pfc
The configured IEEE 802.3x flow control.
Whether priority-based flow control (PFC) is enabled.
rx tx trust cos
Whether Pause reception is enabled.
Whether Pause generation is enabled.
The configured QoS trust configuration.
Whether the Layer 2 CoS field in incoming packets is configured as trusted for deriving the internal traffic class.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to display QoS subprofiles.
None
None
port-profile (global configuration mode), qos cos, qos cos-mutation, qos map cos-traffic-class,
qos flowcontrol tx rx, qos flowcontrol pfc, qos-profile (AMPP), show running-config port-profile,
1126 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config port-profile security-profile show running-config port-profile security-profile
Synopsis
Operands
Displays security subprofiles.
show running-config port-profile [name] security-profile [mac [access-group [acl-name | in]]]
name
mac access-group
acl-name
in
Specifies the name of a port-profile. If no name is provided, information about all port-profiles with the security subprofile applied is displayed.
The configured MAC parameters.
The applied ACL.
Specifies an ACL.
Ingress direction.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display security subprofiles.
None
Examples
See Also
None
mac access-group, port-profile (global configuration mode), port-profile-port,
security-profile (AMPP), show running-config port-profile
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1127
2 show running-config port-profile static show running-config port-profile static
Synopsis
Operands
Displays statically associated VM MAC addresses.
show running-config port-profile [name] static [mac-address]
name
Defaults
mac-address
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the name of a port-profile. If no name is provided, information about all port-profiles associated with VM MAC addresses is displayed.
Displays the port-profile associated with a specific MAC address.
Description Use this command to display VM MAC addresses and the port profiles with which they are statically associated.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
show running-config port-profile, port-profile (global configuration mode)
1128 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config port-profile vlan-profile
2 show running-config port-profile vlan-profile
Synopsis
Displays information about VLAN subprofiles.
show running-config port-profile [name] vlan-profile [switchport [access [vlan [vlan_id]] | mode
[access | trunk] | trunk [allowed [vlan [add [vlan_id]| all | except vlan_id | none | remove
[vlan_id]] | native-vlan vlan_id]]]
Operands
name
switchport access vlan vlan_id mode access trunk trunk
Specifies the name of a port-profile. If no name is provided, information about all port-profiles with a VLAN subprofile applied is displayed.
Specifies the configured switching characteristics of the Layer 2 interfaces.
Specifies VLAN interfaces for which access is configured for the
VLAN profile mode.
Specifies a VLAN interface configured for access. Refer to the Usage
Guidelines.
Specifies the configured mode of the Layer 2 interface.
Specifies Layer 2 interfaces configured for access mode.
Specifies Layer 2 interfaces configured for trunk mode.
Specifies Layer 2 interfaces configured for trunk mode.
allowed vlan add [vlan_id]
Specifies VLANs that are allowed to transmit and receive through the
Layer 2 interface.
vlan all
Specifies VLANs that are configured to transmit and receive through the
Layer 2 interface.
Specifies all VLANs that are allowed to transmit and receive through the
Layer 2 interface.
vlan except vlan_id
Specifies VLANs that excepted from transmitting and receiving through the
Layer 2 interface.
vlan none Specifies VLANs that are allowed to transmit and receive through the
Layer 2 interface.
vlan remove [vlan_id]
Specific VLANs to be removed from those allowed to transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface.
native-vlan vlan_id
Specifies native VLANs configured to classify untagged traffic
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display information about configured VLAN subprofiles.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1129
2 show running-config port-profile vlan-profile
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
switch# show running-config port-profile vlan-profile port-profile default
vlan-profile switchport switchport mode trunk switchport trunk allowed vlan all switchport trunk native-vlan 1
!
!
switch# show running-config port-profile vlan-profile switchport trunk
native-vlan
port-profile default vlan-profile switchport trunk native-vlan 1
!
!
port-profile (global configuration mode), show running-config port-profile, switchport,
switchport access, switchport mode, switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan, vlan-profile (AMPP)
1130 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config port-profile-domain
2 show running-config port-profile-domain
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the port-profile domains and their associated port-profiles.
show running-config port-profile-domain
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the port-profile domains and their associated port profiles.
switch# show running-config port-profile-domain port-profile-domain PP0 port-profile pp1 port-profile pp4
!
port-profile-domain PP1 port-profile pp3 port-profile pp4
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1131
2 show running-config protocol cdp show running-config protocol cdp
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) information.
show running-config protocol cdp
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP).
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
1132 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config protocol edge
2 show running-config protocol edge
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the Edge Loop Detection (ELD) parameters.
show running-config protocol edge {hello-interval | pdu-rx-limit | shutdown-time} hello-interval pdu-rx-limit shutdown-time
Displays the hello-interval-limit value.
Displays the bpdu-rx-limit value.
Displays the shutdown-time-limit value.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about ELD parameters.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1133
2 show running-config protocol lldp show running-config protocol lldp
Synopsis
Displays the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) parameters.
show running-config protocol lldp advertise {{dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv | dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv | dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv | dcbx-tlv | dot1-tlv | dot3-tlv | optional-tlv} | description | disable | hello | iscsi-priority | mode | multiplier | profile {description} | system-description | system-name}
Operands advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv
Displays the Advertise TLV configuration information.
Displays the IEEE Data Center Bridging eXchange FCoE Application TLV information.
dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv
Displays the IEEE Data Center Bridging eXchange FCoE Logical Link TLV information.
dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv
Displays the IEEE Data Center Bridging eXchange iSCSI Application TLV information.
dcbx-tlv dot1-tlv
Displays the IEEE Data Center Bridging eXchange TLV information.
Displays the IEEE 802.1 Organizationally Specific TLV information.
dot3-tlv optional-tlv description disable hello iscsi-priority mode multiplier
Displays the IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV information.
Displays the Optional TLVs information.
Displays the User description
Displays the Disable LLDP
Displays the Hello Transmit interval.
Displays the Ethernet priority to advertise for iSCSI
Displays the LLDP mode.
Displays the Timeout Multiplier profile description Displays the LLDP Profile table and description.
system-description Displays the System Description.
system-name Displays the System Name
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to display information about the LLDP parameters.
None
None
None
1134 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config protocol spanning-tree mstp
2 show running-config protocol spanning-tree mstp
Synopsis
Displays the protocol configuration information for MSTP.
show running-config protocol spanning-tree mstp [bridge-priority | cisco-interoperability | description | error-disable-timeout | forward-delay | instance | max-age | max-hops | port-channel | region | revision | information | shutdown | transmit-holdcount | vlan]
Operands bridge-priority Displays the Bridge priority commands.
cisco-interoperability Displays the Cisco Interoperability status.
description Displays the spanning tree description.
error-disable-timeout Displays the Error-disable-timeout for the spanning tree.
forward-delay hello-time instance max-age
Displays the forward delay for the spanning tree.
Displays the hello time settings.
Displays the MST instance.
Displays the max age for the spanning tree.
max-hops port-channel region revision
Displays the MST max hop count.
Displays the status of port-channel for spanning-tree.
Displays the MST region.
Displays the revision number for configuration information.
shutdown Displays the status of the spanning-tree protocol.
transmit-holdcount Displays the current transmit hold count of the bridge.
vlan Displays the VLAN ID
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command displays the protocol configuration information for MSTP.
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1135
2 show running-config protocol spanning-tree pvst show running-config protocol spanning-tree pvst
Synopsis
Displays the protocol configuration information for PVST.
show running-config protocol spanning-tree pvst [bridge-priority | cisco-interoperability | description | error-disable-timeout | forward-delay | instance | max-age | max-hops | port-channel | region | revision | information | shutdown | transmit-holdcount | vlan]
Operands bridge-priority description
Displays the Bridge priority commands.
Displays the spanning tree description.
error-disable-timeout Displays the Error-disable-timeout for the spanning tree.
forward-delay Displays the forward delay for the spanning tree.
hello-time max-age port-channel shutdown vlan
Displays the hello time settings.
Displays the max age for the spanning tree.
Displays the status of port-channel for spanning-tree.
Displays the status of the spanning-tree protocol.
Displays the VLAN ID
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command displays the protocol configuration information for PVST.
None
None
1136 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config protocol spanning-tree rpvst
2 show running-config protocol spanning-tree rpvst
Synopsis
Displays the protocol configuration information for RPVST.
show running-config protocol spanning-tree rpvst [bridge-priority | cisco-interoperability | description | error-disable-timeout | forward-delay | instance | max-age | max-hops | port-channel | region | revision | information | shutdown | transmit-holdcount | vlan]
Operands bridge-priority Displays the Bridge priority commands.
cisco-interoperability Displays the Cisco Interoperability status.
description Displays the spanning tree description.
error-disable-timeout Displays the Error-disable-timeout for the spanning tree.
forward-delay hello-time max-age port-channel
Displays the forward delay for the spanning tree.
Displays the hello time settings.
Displays the max age for the spanning tree.
Displays the status of port-channel for spanning-tree.
shutdown Displays the status of the spanning-tree protocol.
transmit-holdcount Displays the current transmit hold count of the bridge.
vlan Displays the VLAN ID
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command displays the protocol configuration information for RPVST.
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1137
2 show running-config protocol spanning-tree rstp show running-config protocol spanning-tree rstp
Synopsis
Displays the protocol configuration information for RSTP.
show running-config protocol spanning-tree rstp [bridge-priority | cisco-interoperability | description | error-disable-timeout | forward-delay | instance | max-age | max-hops | port-channel | region | revision | information | shutdown | transmit-holdcount | vlan]
Operands bridge-priority description
Displays the Bridge priority commands.
Displays the spanning tree description.
error-disable-timeout Displays the Error-disable-timeout for the spanning tree.
forward-delay Displays the forward delay for the spanning tree.
hello-time max-age port-channel shutdown
Displays the hello time settings.
Displays the max age for the spanning tree.
Displays the status of port-channel for spanning-tree.
Displays the status of the spanning-tree protocol.
transmit-holdcount Displays the current transmit hold count of the bridge.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command displays the protocol configuration information for RSTP.
None
None
1138 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config protocol spanning-tree stp
2 show running-config protocol spanning-tree stp
Synopsis
Displays the protocol configuration information for STP.
show running-config protocol spanning-tree stp [bridge-priority | cisco-interoperability | description | error-disable-timeout | forward-delay | instance | max-age | max-hops | port-channel | region | revision | information | shutdown | transmit-holdcount | vlan]
Operands bridge-priority description
Displays the Bridge priority commands.
Displays the spanning tree description.
error-disable-timeout Displays the Error-disable-timeout for the spanning tree.
forward-delay Displays the forward delay for the spanning tree.
hello-time max-age port-channel shutdown
Displays the hello time settings.
Displays the max age for the spanning tree.
Displays the status of port-channel for spanning-tree.
Displays the status of the spanning-tree protocol.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command displays the protocol configuration information for STP.
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1139
2 show running-config protocol udld show running-config protocol udld
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the UDLD global parameters.
show running-config protocol udld advertise {hello | multiplier | shutdown} hello shutdown
Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays the Hello Transmit interval.multiplier Displays the Timeout
Multiplier.
Displays the shutdown status.
This command has no defaults.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about the UDLD global parameters.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
1140 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config radius-server show running-config radius-server
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the local switch configuration for the RADIUS server from the configuration database.
show running-config radius-server host {ip-address | hostname} host
hostname ip-address
Identifies the RADIUS server by host name or IP address.
Specifies the host name of the RADIUS server.
Specifies the IP address of the RADIUS server. IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display RADIUS server configuration parameters on the local switch.
None
See Also switch# show running-config radius-server host 10.38.37.180 radius-server host 10.38.37.180
protocol pap key changedsec timeout 3
radius-server, show running-config tacacs-server, tacacs-server
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1141
2 show running-config rbridge-id show running-config rbridge-id
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays configuration for the RBridge ID.
show running-config rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID for which to display the attribute.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the RBridge ID configuration parameters.
None switch# show running-config rbridge-id 2 rbridge-id 2
interface-nodespecific ns-vlan 10
interface-nodespecific ns-ethernet 100
fabric vlag 10 load-balance src-dst-mac-vid
fabric vlag 20 load-balance dst-mac-vid
no protocol vrrp
See Also
1142 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config rbridge-id linecard
2 show running-config rbridge-id linecard
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the line card configuration.
show running-config rbridge-id rbridge-id linecard rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID for which to display the attribute.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display slot configuration for the line cards in the chassis.
This command must be executed in the current RBridge ID context.
See Also
To display the line card configuration for the local switch: switch# show running-config rbridge-id 1 linecard rbridge-id 1
linecard 1 LC48x10G
linecard 2 LC48x10G
linecard 3 LC12x40G
linecard 4 LC48x10G
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1143
2 show running-config rbridge-id ssh show running-config rbridge-id ssh
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the Secure Shell (SSH) configuration for an RBridge ID.
show running-config rbridge-id rbridge-id ssh rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID for which to display the SSH configuration.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the SSH configuration for an RBridge ID.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
1144 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config rmon
2 show running-config rmon
Synopsis
Operands
Displays Remote Monitor configuration information.
show running-config rmon [alarm | event] alarm event
Displays the Remote Monitor alarm configuration.
Displays the Remote Monitor event configuration
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display Remote Monitor configuration information.
None
Examples
See Also
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1145
2 show running-config role show running-config role
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the configured roles.
show running-config role [name role_name] name role_name
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies role assigned to the user.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the roles that have been created and their descriptions.
None
To display the roles configured on the switch: switch# show running-config role role name VLANAdmin desc “Manages security CLIs” role name NetworkAdmin desc “Manages Network CLIs” role name ClusterAdmin desc “Manages Cluster CLIs”
See Also
role name, rule, show running-config rule
1146 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config route-map
2 show running-config route-map
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the status of a route-map application on the specified interface. show running-config route-map [name]
name
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the name of the route-map.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the status of a route-map application on the specified interface.
There is no need to specify the route map name as the user is only allowed to apply a single route map to an interface.
Examples
See Also sw0# show running-config route-map abc ip policy route-map abc permit 20 match ip address acl Vincent set ip vrf pulp_fiction next-hop 3.3.3.5 set ip next-hop 4.4.4.4switch#
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1147
2 show running-config rule show running-config rule
Synopsis
Displays configured access rules. show running-config rule [index] [{action {reject | accept} | command command_name | operation {read-only | read-write} | role role_number}]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description rule
index
Displays all configured rules
Displays the rule with the specified index number. The valid range is from 1 through 512. action {reject | accept}
Displays all rules with the specified action: accept or reject.
command command_name
Displays all rules for the specified command. Type a question mark (?) to display a list of valid commands.
operation {read-only | read-write}
Displays the operation for the command.
role role_number Displays all rules for the specified role.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display configured access rules.
Use this command without operands to display rules that have been defined and associated with a particular role.
None
To display the configured roles and their access rules: switch# show running-config rule rule 30 action accept operation read-write role NetworkSecurityAdmin rule 30 command role
!
rule 31 action accept operation read-write role NetworkSecurityAdmin rule 31 command rule
!
rule 32 action accept operation read-write role NetworkSecurityAdmin rule 32 command username
!
rule 33 action accept operation read-write role NetworkSecurityAdmin rule 33 command aaa
!
rule 34 action accept operation read-write role NetworkSecurityAdmin rule 34 command radius-server
!
rule 35 action accept operation read-write role NetworkSecurityAdmin rule 35 command configure
!
rule 40 action accept operation read-write role FCOEAdmin rule 40 command "interface fcoe"
1148 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config rule
2
See Also
To display a single rule: switch# show running-config rule 30 rule 30
action accept operation read-write role NetworkSecurityAdmin
command role
role name, rule, show running-config role
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1149
2 show running-config secpolicy show running-config secpolicy
Synopsis
Displays the Switch Connection Control (SCC) security policy information.
show running-config [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] secpolicy {defined-policy | active-policy}
Operands defined-policy active-policy rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Displays the defined policy and its policy member set.
Displays the active policy and its policy member set.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the active policy and the defined policy and its policy member set.
The rbridge-id operand is supported in VCS mode only.
Standalone mode
To show only the defined policy: switch# show running-config secpolicy defined-policy secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY
member-entry 11:11:11:11:11:11:11:11
!
member-entry 22:22:22:22:22:22:22:22
!
member-entry 33:33:33:33:33:33:33:33
To show only the active policy: switch# show running-config secpolicy active-policy secpolicy active-policy SCC_POLICY
member-entry 11:11:11:11:11:11:11:11
!
member-entry 22:22:22:22:22:22:22:22
!
member-entry 33:33:33:33:33:33:33:33
To show both active and defined policies: switch# show running-config secpolicy secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY
member-entry 11:11:11:11:11:11:11:11
!
member-entry 22:22:22:22:22:22:22:22
!
member-entry 33:33:33:33:33:33:33:33
!
!
secpolicy active-policy SCC_POLICY
member-entry 11:11:11:11:11:11:11:11
1150 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config secpolicy
2
See Also
!
member-entry 22:22:22:22:22:22:22:22
!
member-entry 33:33:33:33:33:33:33:33
VCS mode
To show only the defined policy of rbridge-id 3: switch# show running-config rbridge-id 3 secpolicy defined-policy rbridge-id 3 secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY
member-entry aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa
!
member-entry bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb
!
member-entry cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc
!
!
switch#
To show only the active policy of rbridge-id 3: switch# show running-config rbridge-id 3 secpolicy active-policy rbridge-id 3 secpolicy active-policy SCC_POLICY
member-entry aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa
!
member-entry bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb
!
member-entry cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc
!
!
switch#
To show both active and defined policies of rbridge-id 3: switch# show running-config rbridge-id 3 secpolicy rbridge-id 3 secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY
member-entry aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa
!
member-entry bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb
!
member-entry cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc
!
!
secpolicy active-policy SCC_POLICY
member-entry aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa
!
member-entry bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb
!
member-entry cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc
secpolicy activate, secpolicy defined-policy
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1151
2 show running-config sflow show running-config sflow
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the IPv4 and IPv6 addresses and ports of sFlow collectors.
show running-config sflow
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the IPv4 and IPv6 addresses and ports of sFlow collectors.
None
To display the IPv4 and IPv6 addresses and ports of sFlow collectors: switch# show running-config sflow
Sflow collector
Sflow collector
Sflow collector
3ffe:1900:4545:3:200:f8ff:fe21:67cf : 6343 fe80::200:f8ff:fe21:67cf : 6343
192.35.41.32 : 6343
See Also None
1152 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config sflow-policy
2 show running-config sflow-policy
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the configured sFlow policies.
show running-config sflow-policy
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the configured sFlow policies.
None
To display the configured sFlow policies.
switch# show running-config sflow-policy
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1153
2 show running-config sflow-profile show running-config sflow-profile
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the configured sFlow policies.
show running-config sflow-profile
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the configured sFlow profiles.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
1154 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config snmp-server
2 show running-config snmp-server
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Shows the running configuration of the SNMP server on the switch.
show running-config snmp-server
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the current SNMP configurations of host, community, contact, user, and location.
This command has no default configurations.
The following command shows the running configuration of the SNMP server on the switch, with encryption applied: switch# show running-config snmp-server snmp-server contact "Field Support." snmp-server location "End User Premise." snmp-server sys-descr “Brocade VDX Switch.” snmp-server community ConvergedNetwork snmp-server community OrigEquipMfr rw snmp-server community "Secret C0de" rw snmp-server community common snmp-server community private rw snmp-server community public snmp-server host 10.17.37.107 public
See Also snmp-server user snmp snmp-server user snmpadmin1 groupname snmpadmin auth md5 auth-password
"MVb+360X3kcfBzug5Vo6dQ==\n" priv DES priv-password "ckJFoHbzVvhR0xFRPjsMTA==\n" encrypted snmp-server user snmpadmin2 groupname snmpadmin auth md5 auth-password
"MVb+360X3kcfBzug5Vo6dQ==\n" priv DES priv-password "ckJFoHbzVvhR0xFRPjsMTA==\n" encrypted snmp-server user snmpadmin3 groupname snmpadmin snmp-server user snmpuser2 snmp-server user snmpuser3 auth md5 auth-password "MVb+360X3kcfBzug5Vo6dQ==\n" priv DES priv-password "ckJFoHbzVvhR0xFRPjsMTA==\n" encrypted
snmp-server community, snmp-server host, snmp-server contact,snmp-server
context,snmp-server location, snmp-server sys-descr, snmp-server user, snmp-server v3host
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1155
2 show running-config snmp-server engineid show running-config snmp-server engineid
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Shows the engine ID of the SNMP server on the switch.
show running-config snmp-server engineid
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the engine ID of the SNMP server on the switch.
None
To see the engine ID of the SNMP server in standalone mode: switch# show running-config snmp-server engineid snmp-server engineID local 10:20:30:40:50:60:70:80:90:10:30:12
See Also
snmp-server community, snmp-server engineid local, snmp-server host,
snmp-server contact,snmp-server context,snmp-server location, snmp-server sys-descr,
snmp-server user, snmp-server v3host
1156 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config ssh
2 show running-config ssh
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the Secure Shell (SSH) status in the running-config.
show running-config ssh
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the SSH status in the running-config.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1157
2 show running-config ssh server show running-config ssh server
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the SSH server status in the running-config.
show running-config [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] ssh server rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the current status of SSH server in the running-config.
SSH server configuration is placed at the beginning of the running-config and is part of the global configuration of the switch. SSH is enabled by default and no entry is shown in the running-config when set to default.
Examples Standalone mode switch# show running-config ssh server ssh server shutdown switch# show running-config ssh server ssh server shutdown ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14 switch#
When SSH Server Key-exchange is configured to DH Group 14: switch# show running-config ssh server key-exchange ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14
When SSH Server Key-exchange method has the default value: switch# show running-config ssh server key-exchange switch#
When SSH service is enabled: switch# show run ssh
% No entries found
VCS mode
When SSH service is shut down: switch# show running-config rbridge-id 3 ssh server rbridge-id 3 ssh server shutdown switch# show running-config rbridge-id 3 ssh server rbridge-id 3 ssh server shutdown ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14
1158 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config ssh server
2
When SSH Server Key-exchange is configured to DH Group 14: switch# show running-config rbridge-id 3 ssh server key-exchange rbridge-id 3 ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14
When SSH Server Key-exchange method has the default value: switch# show running-config rbridge-id 3 ssh server key-exchange rbridge-id 3
When SSH service is enabled: switch# show running-config [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] ssh server
% No entries found
See Also
ssh server shutdown, show ssh server status
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1159
2 show running-config ssh server key-exchange show running-config ssh server key-exchange
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the SSH server key-exchange status in the running-config.
show running-config ssh server key-exchange
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the current status of SSH server key-exchange in the running-config.
None
See Also
Typical command output: switch# show running-config ssh server key-exchange ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14
ssh server shutdown, show ssh server status, ssh
1160 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config support
2 show running-config support
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the support parameters in the running configuration.
show running-config support [ffdc] ffdc
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays the FFDC settings.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the support parameters in the running configuration.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
Examples To display the support parameters in the running configuration: switch# show running-config support ffdc support ffdc switch#
See Also
telnet server shutdown, show support
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1161
2 show running-config support autoupload-param show running-config support autoupload-param
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays autoupload parameters.
show running-config support autoupload-param
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays autoupload parameters.
None switch(config)# do show running-config support autoupload-param support autoupload-param hostip 10.31.2.27 username hegdes directory
/users/home40/hegdes/autoupload protocol ftp password
"3iTYxJWEUHp9axZQt2tbvw==\n" switch(config)#
See Also None
1162 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config switch-attributes
2 show running-config switch-attributes
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays switch attributes.
show running-config switch-attributes [rbridge-id] {chassis-name | host-name} chassis-name host-name
Displays the switch chassis name.
Displays the switch host name.
Displays all switch attributes on the local switch.
The default host name is “sw0”.
The default chassis name depends on the switch model.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the switch attributes.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
To display all attributes for the local switch: switch# show running-config switch-attributes switch-attributes 2
chassis-name VDX6720-24
host-name sw0
!
To display the host name of the local switch: switch# show running-config switch-attributes host-name switch-attributes 2
host-name sw0
!
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1163
2 show running-config system-monitor show running-config system-monitor
Synopsis
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Displays the system monitor configuration.
show running-config system-monitor [fan | power | temp | cid-card | sfp | compact-flash | MM |
LineCard | SFM]
Operands fan power temp cid-card sfp compact-flash
MM
LineCard
SFM
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Displays the threshold and alert setting for the FAN component.
Displays the threshold and alert setting for the power component.
Displays the threshold for the temperature sensor component.
Displays the threshold for the CID card component.
Displays the threshold for the small form factor pluggable (SFP) device.
Displays the threshold for the compact flash device.
Displays the threshold for the management module.
Displays the threshold for the line card.
Displays the threshold for the switch fabric module.
Use this command to display the running system monitor configuration.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
switch# show running-config system-monitor system-monitor fan threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2 system-monitor fan alert state removed action raslog system-monitor power threshold marginal-threshold 0 down-threshold 1 system-monitor power alert state removed action raslog system-monitor temp threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2 system-monitor cid-card threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 0 system-monitor cid-card alert state inserted,faulty action email system-monitor sfp alert state none action none system-monitor compact-flash threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 0 system-monitor MM threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 0 system-monitor LineCard threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 0 system-monitor LineCard alert state removed action raslog system-monitor SFM threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 0
See Also
show system monitor, system-monitor-mail
1164 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config system-monitor-mail
2 show running-config system-monitor-mail
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the system monitor mail configuration.
show running-config system-monitor-mail {fru enable} fru enable
Displays FRU information.
Displays the status of the FRU.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the running system monitor configuration.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
Examples
See Also
None
show system monitor, system-monitor-mail
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1165
2 show running-config tacacs-server show running-config tacacs-server
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the TACACS+ server configuration.
show running-config tacacs-server [host ipaddr | hostname] host
hostname ipaddr
Identifies the TACACS+ server by host name or IP address.
Specifies the domain name of the TACACS+ server.
Specifies the IP address of the TACACS+ server (IPv4 or IPv6).
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the user configuration for the TACACS+ server.
None
To display the list of configured TACACS+ servers: switch# show running-config tacacs-server host fec0:60:69bc:94:211:25ff:fec4:6010
See Also
To display a single IPv4 TACACS+ server configuration: switch# show running-config tacacs-server host 10.24.65.6
To display a single IPv5 TACACS+ server configuration: switch# show running-config tacacs-server host fec0:60:69bc:94:211:25ff:fec4:6010
radius-server, show running-config radius-server, tacacs-server
1166 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config telnet server
2 show running-config telnet server
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the Telnet server status in the running-config.
show running-config [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] telnet server rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the current status of Telnet server in the running-config.
Telnet server configuration is placed at the beginning of running-config and is part of the global configuration of the switch. Telnet is enabled by default and there will be no entry in the running-config when set to default.
Examples Standalone mode
When Telnet service is shut down: switch# show running-config telnet server telnet server shutdown
VCS mode
When Telnet service is shut down: switch# show running-config rbridge-id 3 telnet server rbridge-id 3 telnet server shutdown
When Telnet service is enabled: switch# show running-config [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] telnet server
% No entries found
See Also
telnet server shutdown, show telnet server status, telnet
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1167
2 show running-config threshold-monitor show running-config threshold-monitor
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the system’s threshold configuration.
show running-config threshold-monitor
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the running system threshold configuration.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
switch# show running-config threshold-monitor threshold-monitor Cpu poll 30 retry 2 limit 60 actions raslog threshold-monitor Memory poll 30 retry 2 limit 70 high-limit low-limit 50 actions none switch# show running-config threshold-monitor area IFG
See Also
Interface Area Value Status
--------- --------------------- ------fortygigabitethernet 3/8 IFG Violation Error 30 Out of Range
Status
------------
Monitoring fortygigabitethernet 3/9 IFG Violation Error 0 In Range
<All other online interfaces> IFG Violation Error 0 In Range
Monitoring
Monitoring
show system monitor, system-monitor-mail
1168 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config threshold-monitor interface
2 show running-config threshold-monitor interface
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the system’s running interface configuration. show running-config threshold-monitor interface
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the running system’s interface threshold configuration.
Default values are not displayed under the show running-config threshold-monitor interface command. Only custom values are displayed.
Examples switch# do show running-config threshold-monitor interface
See Also switch(config)# do show running-config threshold-monitor interface threshold-monitor interface apply custom-monitoring threshold-monitor interface pause threshold-monitor interface policy custom type Ethernet area
MissingTerminationCharacter threshold timebase minute high-threshold 20 low-threshold 1 buffer 5 threshold-monitor interface policy custom type Ethernet area
MissingTerminationCharacter alert above highthresh-action none lowthresh-action none threshold-monitor interface policy custom type Ethernet area
MissingTerminationCharacter alert below highthresh-action none lowthresh-action none threshold-monitor interface policy custom type Ethernet area CRCAlignErrors threshold timebase hour high-threshold 80 low-threshold 10 buffer 35 threshold-monitor interfacepolicy custom type Ethernet area CRCAlignErrors alert above highthresh-action none lowthresh-action none threshold-monitor interface policy custom type Ethernet area CRCAlignErrors alert below highthresh-action none lowthresh-action none threshold-monitor interface policy custom type Ethernet area SymbolErrors threshold timebase minute high-threshold 20 low-threshold 1 buffer 5 threshold-monitor interfacepolicy custom type Ethernet area SymbolErrors alert above highthresh-action none lowthresh-action none threshold-monitor interface policy custom type Ethernet area SymbolErrors alert below highthresh-action none lowthresh-action none threshold-monitor interface policy custom type Ethernet area IFG threshold timebase minute high-threshold 20 low-threshold 1 buffer 5 threshold-monitor interface policy custom type Ethernet area IFG alert above highthresh-action raslog,portfence lowthresh-action emailraslog threshold-monitor interface policy custom type Ethernet area IFG alert below highthresh-action none lowthresh-action none
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1169
2 show running-config threshold-monitor security show running-config threshold-monitor security
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the system’s running security configuration. show running-config threshold-monitor security
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the running system’s security threshold configuration.
Default values are not displayed under the show running-config threshold-monitor security command. Only custom values are displayed.
Examples switch# show running-config threshold-monitor security policy custom area
telnet-violation
See Also threshold-monitor security policy custom area telnet-violation timebase hour threshold-monitor security policy custom area telnet-violation threshold thresh_high high-threshold 10 buffer 20 switch# show running-config threshold-monitor policy custom area login-violation threshold-monitor securitym policy custom area login-violation alert above highthresh_action all threshold-monitor security apply custom switch#
1170 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config threshold-monitor sfp
2 show running-config threshold-monitor sfp
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the system’s running SFP configuration. show running-config threshold-monitor sfp
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the running system’s SFP threshold configuration.
Default values are not displayed under the show running-config threshold-monitor sfp command.
Only custom values are displayed.
Examples
See Also switch# do show running-config threshold-monitor sfp threshold-monitor sfp pause threshold-monitor sfp apply custom threshold-monitor sfp policy custom Type 1GSR area TXP threshold high-threshold
2000 low-threshold 1000 buffer 500 threshold-monitor sfp policy custom Type 1GSR area TXP alert above highthresh-action raslog lowthresh-action none threshold-monitor sfp policy custom Type 1GSR area TXP alert below highthresh-action none lowthresh-action raslog
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1171
2 show running-config username show running-config username
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the user accounts on the switch.
show running-config username [[username] [desc] [enable] [encryption-level] [password] [role]]
username
desc enable encryption-level
The account name associated with the user. The maximum number of characters is 40.
Displays the description of the user configuration.
Displays the account status: enable true = enabled (default) enable false = disabled
Password encryption level. Values are 0 through 7. The default is 0.
Defaults role
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
The role associated with the account.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display users and associated account parameters.
When used without operands, Use this command to display all user accounts on the switch.
Use the various parameters to query the specified account details.
This command does not display the root account.
Defaults are not displayed.
Examples To display the user accounts on the switch: switch# show running-config username username admin password "BwrsDbB+tABWGWpINOVKoQ==\n" encryption-level 7 role admin desc Administrator username user password "BwrsDbB+tABWGWpINOVKoQ==\n" encryption-level 7 role user desc User
See Also
To display a specific user account: switch# show running-config username admin username admin password "BwrsDbB+tABWGWpINOVKoQ==\n" encryption-level 7 role admin desc Administrator
To display the enabled status for a specific user account switch# show running-config username admin enable username admin enable true
show users, unlock username, username
1172 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config vcs
Synopsis
Operands
Displays VCS configuration information.
show running-config vcs [virtual [ip [address]]] virtual ip address
Displays the VCS configuration.
Displays the virtual IP configuration.
Displays the virtual IP address.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display VCS configuration information.
None
Examples
See Also
None
vcs (logical chassis cluster mode)
show running-config vcs
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1173
2 show running-config zoning show running-config zoning
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the zoning configuration.
show running-config zoning [defined-configuration | enabled-configuration] defined-configuration Displays the defined configuration parameters. See show running-config zoning defined-configuration.
NOTE
To display the enabled-configuration enabled-zone information, use the show zoning enabled-configuration command.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description enabled-configuration Displays the enabled configuration parameters. See show running-config zoning enabled-configuration.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the zoning configuration for a Brocade VCS Fabric. The base command lists both the defined and the enabled configuration.
This command is supported in VCS mode. Zoning configuration data are automatically distributed among all RBridges in the VCS Fabric. Standalone mode is not supported. For information about enabled zones, refer to the previous Note.
This command can be entered on any RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric.
Examples The following example displays the zoning configuration: switch# show running-config zoning zoning defined-configuration cfg cfg1
member-zone zone1
member-zone zone2
See Also
show running-config zoning defined-configuration,
show running-config zoning enabled-configuration, show zoning enabled-configuration
1174 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config zoning defined-configuration
2 show running-config zoning defined-configuration
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the defined zone configuration.
show running-config zoning defined-configuration
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the defined zone configuration for a Brocade VCS Fabric.
The command lists the zones present in each configuration, and the members of each zone.
The defined configuration is the complete set of all zone objects that have been defined in the network. Multiple zone configurations can be defined, but only one can be enabled at a time.
This command is supported only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode. Zoning configuration data are automatically distributed among all RBridges in the VCS Fabric. Standalone mode is not supported.
This command can be entered on any RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric.
Examples The following example displays the defined zoning configuration: switch# show running-config zoning defined-configuration zoning defined-configuration cfg cfg0
member-zone zone_0_1
member-zone zone_0_2
member-zone zone_0_3
member-zone zone_0_4
member-zone zone_same
!
zoning defined-configuration cfg cfg1
member-zone zone_1_1
member-zone zone_1_2
member-zone zone_1_3
member-zone zone_1_4
member-zone zone_same
!
zoning defined-configuration cfg cfg2
member-zone zone_2_1
member-zone zone_2_2
member-zone zone_2_3
member-zone zone_2_4
member-zone zone_same
!
zoning defined-configuration cfg cfg4
member-zone zone2
member-zone zone3
!
zoning defined-configuration zone zone0
member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:80
member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:81
member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:82
member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:83
member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:84
!
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1175
2 show running-config zoning defined-configuration
See Also zoning defined-configuration zone zone1
member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:80
member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:81
member-entry alias1
member-entry alias2
member-entry alias3
!
zoning defined-configuration zone zone2
member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:80
member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:81
member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:82
member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:83
member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:84
!
show running-config zoning, show running-config zoning enabled-configuration
1176 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config zoning enabled-configuration
2 show running-config zoning enabled-configuration
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the enabled zone configuration.
show running-config zoning enabled-configuration [cfg-action | cfg-name | default-zone-access] cfg-action cfg-name
Displays the enabled configuration action.
Displays the enabled configuration name.
default-zone-access Displays the default-zone access mode.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display a variety of information related to the enabled zone configuration.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
NOTE
To view details about the enabled zones, use the show zoning enabled-configuration command.
The enabled configuration is the single zone configuration that is currently enabled in a Brocade
VCS Fabric. The devices an initiator can access in the network are based on this configuration. The enabled configuration is built when a specific zone configuration is enabled and all error checking has been completed successfully.
Use this command to display the name of the enabled zoning configuration, the configuration action, and the default-zone access mode.
The configuration name is displayed differently depending on two main factors:
•
If no transaction is pending, the configuration action is set to “cfg-save.”
•
If a transaction is pending, the configuration name is marked with a CFG_MARKER asterisk (*) and the configuration action is set to “cfg-None” The CFG_MARKER flag can also indicate that the enabled configuration does not exactly match the defined configuration. This scenario occurs when you have an enabled configuration and make edits to the defined configuration, and then, instead of enabling the defined configuration, you issue the cfg-save command.
This command is supported in VCS Fabric mode.
Zoning configuration data are automatically distributed among all RBridges in the VCS Fabric.
Standalone mode is not supported.
This command can be executed on any RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric.
To display the enabled zoning configuration: switch# show running-config zoning enabled-configuration zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name cfg1 zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access noaccess zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save
To display only the default-zone access mode for the enabled zoning configuration: switch# show running-config zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access allaccess
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1177
2 show running-config zoning enabled-configuration
See Also
show running-config zoning, show running-config zoning defined-configuration,
show zoning enabled-configuration
1178 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show running-config nas server-ip
2 show running-config nas server-ip
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays information about the specified Auto NAS (automatic network attached storage) interface.
show running-config nas server-ip
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to display information about the specified Auto NAS interface.
This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, VDX 6740, and VDX 6740T switches.
None
backup-advertisement-interval, clear nas statistics, nas auto-qos, nas server-ip, show nas
statistics, show system internal nas, show cee maps
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1179
2 show secpolicy show secpolicy
Synopsis
Displays the Switch Connection Control (SCC) security policy information.
show running-config secpolicy {defined-policy | active-policy}
Operands defined-policy active-policy
Displays the defined policy and its policy member set.
Displays the active policy and its policy member set.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the active policy and the defined policy and its policy member set.
None
To show only the defined policy switch# show running-config secpolicy defined-policy secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY member-entry 11:11:11:11:11:11:11:11
!
member-entry 22:22:22:22:22:22:22:22
!
member-entry 33:33:33:33:33:33:33:33
See Also
To show only the active policy switch# show running-config secpolicy active-policy secpolicy active-policy SCC_POLICY member-entry 11:11:11:11:11:11:11:11
!
member-entry 22:22:22:22:22:22:22:22
!
member-entry 33:33:33:33:33:33:33:33
To show both active and defined policy switch# show running-config secpolicy secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY member-entry 11:11:11:11:11:11:11:11
!
member-entry 22:22:22:22:22:22:22:22
!
member-entry 33:33:33:33:33:33:33:33
!
!
secpolicy active-policy SCC_POLICY member-entry 11:11:11:11:11:11:11:11
!
member-entry 22:22:22:22:22:22:22:22
!
member-entry 33:33:33:33:33:33:33:33
secpolicy activate, secpolicy defined-policy
1180 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show sflow
2 show sflow
Synopsis
Operands all interface
Displays all sFlow information and statistics.
Displays sFlow information for an Ethernet interface.
fortygigabitethernet Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
slot port
gigabitethernet
rbridge-id
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults sFlow is disabled on all interfaces.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Displays sFlow configuration information and statistics.
show sflow [interface {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}] | all
Examples
Use this command to display sFlow configuration information and statistics.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
To display sFlow statistics on the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 15/0/4: switch# show sflow interface tengigabitethernet 15/0/4 sFlow info for interface Ten Gigabit Ethernet 15/0/4
------------------------------------------------
Configured sampling rate: 100 pkts
Actual sampling rate: 100 pkts
Counter polling interval: 100 secs
Samples received from hardware: 32
Port backoffThreshold : 272
Counter samples collected : 147
To display sFlow statistics on 1-gigabit Ethernet interface 22/0/1: switch# show sflow interface gigabitethernet 22/0/1
--------------------------------------------------sFlow info for interface Gigabit Ethernet 22/0/1
Configured sampling rate: 32768 pkts
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1181
2 show sflow
See Also
Actual sampling rate:
Counter polling interval:
32768 pkts
20 seconds
Samples received from hardware: 0
Port backoff threshold: 48
---------------------------------------------------
To display all sFlow statistics: switch# show sflow all sFlow services are: enabled
Global default sampling rate: 32768 pkts
Global default counter polling interval: 20 secs
Collector server address Number of samples sent
------------------------ --------------------------------
3ffe:1900:4545:3:200:f8ff:fe21:67cf : 6343 0 fe80::200:f8ff:fe21:67cf : 6343 0
192.35.41.32: 6343 fe80::201:fdff:fe21:43cd : 6343
192.44.23.45: 6343
0
0
0
None
1182 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show sflow-profile
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the sflow profile configurations.
show sflow-profile {string | all}
string
all
Specifies the name of the profile.
Displays all profile information.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the sflow profile configurations.
None
Examples
See Also
None
show sflow-profile
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1183
2 show sfm show sfm
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays information about the switch fabric modules present in the chassis.
show sfm
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information about the switch fabric modules present in a modular switch. The output includes the following information:
Slot Displays the slot number. Slots for switch fabric modules are S1 through S3 for Brocade VDX 8770-4 switches and S1 through S6 for Brocade
VDX 8770-8 switches.
Type
Description
ID
Status
Displays the interface module type. The switch fabric module type is SFM.
Module description
Displays the module ID. The ID for the switch fabric module is 113.
Displays the status of the module as one of the following:
VACANT
POWERED-OF
The slot is empty.
The module is present in the slot but is powered off.
POWERING UP The module is present and powering on.
LOADING The module is present, powered on, and loading the initial configuration.
DIAG RUNNING POST1
The module is present, powered on, and running the POST (power-on self-test).
DIAG RUNNING POST2
The module is present, powered on, and running the reboot power on self tests.
INITIALIZING
ENABLED
DISABLED
FAULTY
UNKNOWN
The module is present, powered on, and initializing hardware components.
The module is on and fully enabled.
The module is powered on but disabled.
The module is faulty because an error was detected.
The module is inserted but its state cannot be determined.
None
To display the switch fabric modules present in a Brocade VDX 8770-4 chassis: switch# show sfm
Slot Type Description ID Status
----------------------------------------------------------------------
S1 SFM Switch Fabric Module 113 ENABLED#
1184 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
See Also
S2 SFM
S3 SFM
Switch Fabric Module
Switch Fabric Module
113
113
ENABLED#
ENABLED
# = At least one enabled SFM in these slots is required.
show linecard, show mm, show slots
show sfm
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1185
2 show sfp show sfp
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the SFP breakout configurations.
show sfp [linecard linecard [port port ]] linecard linecard port port
Specifies line card information.
Specifies port information.
Displays the SFP breakout information using a line card. Port number is optional. If absent, all SFP port configurations are shown.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the SFP configuration for the specified line cards. The speed column shows the breakout speed in breakout mode, and the aggregate speed when not in breakout mode.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This command is supported on the line cards.
To display the SFP configuration on a line card:
2
3
4 switch# show sfp linecard 1
Port Type Breakout Speed
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1 SFP n/a 10G
QSFP
SFP
CSFP
4x10G n/a
10x10G
10G
40G
100G
See Also switch# show sfp linecard 1 port 2
Port Type Breakout Speed
----------------------------------------------------------------------
2 QSFP 4X10G 10G
clear support, copy support, show support, power-off linecard, power-on linecard,
show running-config hardware connector
1186 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show slots
2 show slots
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays information about the modules present in the chassis.
show slots
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display information about all modules present in a modular switch. The output includes the following information:
Slot Displays the slot number. Slots for interface modules are L1 through L4 on
Brocade VDX 8770-4 switches, and L1 through L8 on the
Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Type
MM
SFM
LC48X10G
Displays the module type. Examples are:
Management Module
Switch Fabric Module
48-port 10 GbE interface module (line card)
LC48X1G
LC12X40G
27x40G
6x100G
Description
ID
112
113
48-port 1 GbE interface module
12-port 40 GbE interface module
27-port 40 GbE interface module
6-port 100 GbE interface module
Module description
Module ID. Examples are:
Management Module
Switch Fabric Module
114
127
Status
VACANT
48-port 10GbE interface module
12-port 10 GbE interface module
Displays the status of the module as one of the following:
The slot is empty.
POWERED-OFF The module is present in the slot but is powered off.
POWERING UP The module is present and powering on.
LOADING The module is present, powered on, and loading the initial configuration.
DIAG RUNNING POST1
The module is present, powered on, and running the POST (power-on self-test). This status is not valid for the management modules.
DIAG RUNNING POST2
The module is present, powered on, and running the reboot power on self tests. This status is not valid for the management modules.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1187
2 show slots
Usage Guidelines
Examples
INITIALIZING
ENABLED
DISABLED
FAULTY
UNKNOWN
None
The module is present, powered on, and initializing hardware components.
The module is on and fully enabled.
The module is powered on but disabled.
The module is faulty because an error was detected.
The module is inserted but its state cannot be determined.
To display the modules present in a Brocade VDX 8770-4 chassis: switch# show slots
Slot Type Description ID Status
----------------------------------------------------------------------
M1 MM
M2
Management Module 112 ENABLED
VACANT
S1
S2 SFM
S3
L1 LC48X10G
Switch Fabric Module 113
VACANT#
ENABLED#
VACANT
ENABLED
L2 LC48X10G
L3
48-port 10GE card
48-port 10GE card
114
114 ENABLED
VACANT
L4 LC48X1G 48-port 1GE card 131 ENABLED
# = At least one enabled SFM in these slots is required.
See Also
NOTE
An “@” following an SFM status line indicates that the status of the optical switch is “OPEN.”
1188 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show span path
2 show span path
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the SPAN path information.
show span path session session_number session session_number
The path for the SPAN session to display.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the path for the SPAN session.
None
Example for logical chassis mode: switch# show span path session 1
Session :1
Path :Te 1/0/10 -> Te 1/0/1 (ISL-exit port) -> Te 2/0/16
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1189
2 show spanning-tree show spanning-tree
Synopsis
Operands
Displays all Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) information.
show spanning-tree [pvst | mst-config | vlan vlan_id] pvst mst-config vlan vlan_id
Spanning-tree PVST+ information.
MSTP region configuration information.
Specifies the VLAN number. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display all STP information.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
ATTENTION
Brocade Network OS supports PVST+ and Riposting. The PVST and R-PVST protocols are proprietary to Cisco and are not supported.
Examples
See Also
None
1190 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show spanning-tree brief
2 show spanning-tree brief
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the status and parameters of the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).
show spanning-tree [vlan vlan_id] brief vlan vlan_id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies a VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Description Use this command to display a summary of the status and parameters of STP for each interface, including the port roles and port states.
The following describes the port roles and states:
•
Port roles—root port, designated port, alternate port and backup port.
•
Port states—discarding, learning, forwarding, and blocked.
•
Port types—edge port (PortFast), point-to-point, and shared port.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport
VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.When “root guard” is in effect, the show spanning-tree brief command output shows the port state as ERR, not root_inc.
To display the interface summary of the Spanning Tree Protocol: switch# show spanning-tree brief
Spanning-tree Mode: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol
Root ID
Bridge ID
Priority 32768
Address 0005.1e76.1aa0
Hello Time 2, Max Age 20, Forward Delay 15
Priority 32768
Address 0005.1e76.1aa0
Hello Time 2, Max Age 20, Forward Delay 15, Tx-HoldCount 6
Migrate Time 3 sec
Interface Role Sts Cost Prio Link-type Boundary Edge
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Te 0/0
Te 0/1
DIS DSC 2000
ALT BLK 2000
128 P2P
128 P2P
Yes
Yes
No
No
Te 0/2
Te 0/3
Te 0/8
Te 0/19
Te 0/20
RTPT
DIS
BLK
BLK
2000
2000
DIS DSC 2000
DIS DSC 2000
DIS DSC 2000
128
128
128 P2P
128 P2P
128
P2P
P2P
P2P
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1191
2 show spanning-tree brief
Typical output of a summary that contains an rbridge-id as a non-root port.
switch# show spanning-tree brief
Spanning-tree Mode: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol
Root ID Priority 32768
Address 0005.1ecd.0b8a
Hello Time 2, Max Age 20, Forward Delay 15
Root Port ID : 5/0/22
Bridge ID Priority 32768
Address 0105.3352.6f27
STP Switch Id: 01e0.5200.0211
Hello Time 2, Max Age 20,
Migrate Time 3 sec
See Also
Interface Role Sts Cost Prio Link-type Edge
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Te 6/0/20 DES FWD 2000 128 P2P No
Te 6/0/21 DES FWD 2000 128 P2P No
Te 6/0/23 ALT DSC 2000 128 P2P No
show spanning-tree interface, spanning-tree guard root
1192 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show spanning-tree interface
2 show spanning-tree interface
Synopsis
Operands port-channel number
Specifies the port-channel number. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144. fortygigabitethernet Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
slot port
gigabitethernet
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the state of the spanning tree for all named port-channels or1-gigabit
Ethernet,10-gigabit Ethernet, or 40-gigabit Ethernet interfaces.
Usage Guidelines
Displays the state of the Spanning Tree Protocol for all named port-channels or 1-gigabit Ethernet, or 10-gigabit Ethernet interfaces.
show spanning-tree interface [port-channel number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
The following describes the port roles, states and types:
•
Port roles—root port, designated port, alternate port and backup port.
•
Port states—discarding, learning, and forwarding.
•
Port types—edge port (PortFast), point-to-point, and shared port.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples To display information on a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch# show spanning-tree interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/0
Spanning-tree Mode: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol
Root Id: 8000.0005.1e76.1aa0 (self)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1193
2 show spanning-tree interface
See Also
Bridge Id: 8000.0005.1e76.1aa0
Port Te 0/0 enabled
IfIndex: 67108864; Id: 8000; Role: Disabled; State: Discarding
Designated Path Cost: 0
Configured Path Cost: 2000
Designated Port Id: 0; Port Priority: 128
Designated Bridge: 0000.0000.0000.0000
Number of forward-transitions: 0
Version Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol - Received None - Send RSTP
Edgeport: off; AutoEdge: no; AdminEdge: no; EdgeDelay: 3 sec
Configured Root guard: off; Operational Root guard: off
Boundary: yes
Bpdu-guard: off
Bpdu-filter: off
Link-type: point-to-point
Received BPDUs: 0; Sent BPDUs: 0
1194 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show spanning-tree mst brief
2 show spanning-tree mst brief
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the status and parameters of the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) instance information in brief.
show spanning-tree mst brief
None
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the status and parameters of the MSTP instance information. It includes the port roles, port states and port types.
Usage Guidelines The following describes the port roles, states, and types:
•
Port roles—root port, designated port, alternate port, and backup port.
•
Port states—discarding, learning, and forwarding.
•
Port types—edge port (PortFast), point-to-point, and shared port.
Examples To display the status and parameters of the MSTP instance information: switch# show spanning-tree mst brief
See Also
Spanning-tree Mode: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
CIST Root ID
CIST Bridge ID
Priority 32768
Address 0005.1e76.1aa0
Priority 32768
Address 0005.1e76.1aa0
CIST Regional Root ID Priority 32768
Address 0005.1e76.1aa0
Configured Hello Time 2, Max Age 20, Forward Delay 15
Max Hops 20, Tx-HoldCount 6
CIST Root Hello Time 2, Max Age 20, Forward Delay 15, Max Hops 20
CIST Root path cost 0
Interface Role Sts Cost Prio Link-type Boundary Edge
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Te 0/0
Te 0/1
DIS DSC 2000
ALT BLK 2000
128 P2P
128 P2P
Yes
Yes
No
No
Te 0/2
Te 0/3
Te 0/8
Te 0/19
Te 0/20
RTPT
DIS
BLK
BLK
2000
2000
DIS DSC 2000
DIS DSC 2000
DIS DSC 2000
128
128
128 P2P
128 P2P
128
P2P
P2P
P2P
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
show spanning-tree mst instance, show spanning-tree mst interface
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1195
2 show spanning-tree mst detail show spanning-tree mst detail
Synopsis
Examples
Displays details on an interface for the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) instance running.
show spanning-tree mst detail [interface port-channel
number |interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port |interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-i
d/slot/port | interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands interface Specifies the interface for which to display the MSTP information.
port-channel number Specifies the port-channel of the interface. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
fortygigabitethernet Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display details on a specified interface for the MSTP instance running.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
To display MSTP information on the switch in detail: switch# show spanning-tree mst detail
Spanning-tree Mode: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
CIST Root Id: 8000.0005.1e76.1aa0 (self)
CIST Bridge Id: 8000.0005.1e76.1aa0
CIST Reg Root Id: 8000.0005.1e76.1aa0 (self)
CIST Root Forward Delay: 15; Hello Time: 2; Max Age: 20; Max-hops: 20
Configured Forward Delay: 15; Hello Time: 2; Max Age: 20; Max-hops: 20;
Tx-HoldCount: 6
1196 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show spanning-tree mst detail
2
Number of topology change(s): 0
Bpdu-guard errdisable timeout: disabled
Bpdu-guard errdisable timeout interval: 300 sec
Migrate Time: 3 sec
CIST Port Details.
==================
Instance: 0; Vlans:1, 100
Port Te 0/0 enabled
IfIndex: 67108864; Id: 8000; Role: Disabled; State: Discarding
Designated External Path Cost: 0; Internal Path Cost 0
Configured Path Cost: 2000
Designated Port Id: 0; CIST Priority: 128
Designated Bridge: 0000.0000.0000.0000
CIST Port Hello Time: 2
Number of forward-transitions: 0
Version Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol - Received None - Send MSTP
Edgeport: off; AutoEdge: no; AdminEdge: no; EdgeDelay: 3 sec
Configured Root guard: off; Operational Root guard: off
Boundary: yes
Bpdu-guard: off
Bpdu-filter: off
Link-type: point-to-point
Received BPDUs: 0; Sent BPDUs: 0
Port Te 1/0/8 enabled
IfIndex: 67633408; Id: 8008; Role: Disabled; State: Discarding
Designated External Path Cost: 0; Internal Path Cost 0
Configured Path Cost: 2000
Designated Port Id: 0; CIST Priority: 128
Designated Bridge: 0000.0000.0000.0000
CIST Port Hello Time: 2
Number of forward-transitions: 0
Version Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol - Received None - Send MSTP
Edgeport: off; AutoEdge: no; AdminEdge: no; EdgeDelay: 3 sec
Configured Root guard: off; Operational Root guard: off
Boundary: yes
Bpdu-guard: off
Bpdu-filter: off
Link-type: point-to-point
Received BPDUs: 0; Sent BPDUs: 0
Port Te 1/0/19 enabled
IfIndex: 68354563; Id: 8013; Role: Disabled; State: Discarding
Designated External Path Cost: 0; Internal Path Cost 0
Configured Path Cost: 2000
Designated Port Id: 0; CIST Priority: 128
Designated Bridge: 0000.0000.0000.0000
CIST Port Hello Time: 2
Number of forward-transitions: 0
Version Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol - Received None - Send MSTP
Edgeport: off; AutoEdge: no; AdminEdge: no; EdgeDelay: 3 sec
Configured Root guard: off; Operational Root guard: off
Boundary: yes
Bpdu-guard: off
Bpdu-filter: off
Link-type: point-to-point
Received BPDUs: 0; Sent BPDUs: 0
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1197
2 show spanning-tree mst detail
See Also
Port Te 1/0/20 enabled
IfIndex: 68420100; Id: 8014; Role: Disabled; State: Discarding
Designated External Path Cost: 0; Internal Path Cost 0
Configured Path Cost: 2000
Designated Port Id: 0; CIST Priority: 128
Designated Bridge: 0000.0000.0000.0000
CIST Port Hello Time: 2
Number of forward-transitions: 0
Version Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol - Received None - Send MSTP
Edgeport: off; AutoEdge: no; AdminEdge: no; EdgeDelay: 3 sec
Configured Root guard: off; Operational Root guard: off
Boundary: yes
Bpdu-guard: off
Bpdu-filter: off
Link-type: point-to-point
Received BPDUs: 0; Sent BPDUs: 0
MSTI details.
==============
show spanning-tree mst instance, show spanning-tree mst interface
1198 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show spanning-tree mst instance
2 show spanning-tree mst instance
Synopsis
Examples
Displays information on a specified Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) instance.
show spanning-tree mst instance instance_id [interface port-channel number |interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port |interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands
instance_id
Specifies the MSTP instance for which to display information. Valid values range from 1 through 31.
Specifies the interface for which to display the MSTP instance information.
interface port-channel number Specifies the port-channel of the interface. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
fortygigabitethernet Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface for which to display the MSTP instance information.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface for which to display the MSTP instance information.
rbridge-id slot port
gigabitethernet
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface for which to display the MSTP instance information.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
port
Specifies a valid slot number for the interface for which to display information on the MSTP instance.
Specifies a valid port number for the interface for which to display information on the MSTP instance.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information on a specified instance of the MSTP.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
To display information on MSTP instance 1: switch# show spanning-tree mst instance 1 interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/0
Instance: 1; VLANs: 100
MSTI Root Id: 8001.0005.1e76.1aa0 (self)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1199
2 show spanning-tree mst instance
See Also
MSTI Bridge Id: 8001.0005.1e76.1aa0
MSTI Bridge Priority: 32768
show spanning-tree mst brief, show spanning-tree mst interface
1200 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show spanning-tree mst interface
2 show spanning-tree mst interface
Synopsis
Displays information for a specified interface for a Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) instance.
show spanning-tree mst interface [port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description port-channel number Specifies the port-channel of the interface. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
tengigabitethernet Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
slot port
gigabitethernet
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number for the interface for which to display information for the MSTP instance.
Specifies a valid port number for the interface for which to display information for the MSTP instance.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display MSTP protocol specific information such as Common and Internal
Spanning Tree (CIST) spanning-tree related information, information to each MSTP instance
(MSTI), and the state of the port specific to each MSTI.
The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples To display information for the MSTP interface: switch# show spanning-tree mst interface tengigabitethernet 5/0/1
Spanning-tree Mode: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
CIST Root Id: 8000.0005.1e76.1aa0 (self)
CIST Bridge Id: 8000.0005.1e76.1aa0
CIST Reg Root Id: 8000.0005.1e76.1aa0 (self)
IST Operational Port Hello Time: 0
Number of forward-transitions: 0
Version: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol - Received None - Send MSTP
Edgeport: off; AutoEdge: no; AdminEdge: no; EdgeDelay: 3 sec
Configured Root guard: off; Operational Root guard: off
Boundary: yes
Bpdu-guard: off
Bpdu-filter: off
Link-type: point-to-point
Received BPDUs: 0; Sent BPDUs: 0
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1201
2 show spanning-tree mst interface
See Also
Instance Role Sts Cost Prio VLANs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
0 DIS DSC 2000 128 1
show spanning-tree brief, show spanning-tree mst brief
1202 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show ssh server status show ssh server status
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the current Secure Shell (SSH) server key-exchange status.
show ssh server status [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the current status of SSH server.
None
Standalone mode
When SSH server is enabled: switch# show ssh server status
Telnet server status: Enabled
When SSH server key-exchange method is configured to DH Group 14: switch# show ssh server status
SSH Kex Exchange Algorithm: DH Group 14
When SSH server key-exchange method is restored to default: switch# show ssh server status
VCS mode
When SSH server is disabled in rbridge-id 3: switch# show ssh server status rbridge-id 3 rbridge-id 3 SSH server status: Enabled switch#
When SSH server key-exchange method is configured to DH Group 14: switch# show ssh server status rbridge-id 3 rbridge-id 3
SSH Kex Exchange Algorithm: DH Group 14
When SSH Server Key-exchange method is restored to default switch# show ssh server status rbridge-id 3 rbridge-id 3
See Also
ssh server shutdown, show telnet server status, ssh
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1203
2 show ssh server rekey-interval status show ssh server rekey-interval status
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the status information related to the Secure Shell (SSH) server rekey-interval.
show ssh server rekey-interval status
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the status information related to the SSH server rekey-interval.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
1204 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show startup-config
2 show startup-config
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the contents of the startup configuration.
show startup-config
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the contents of the startup configuration.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
See Also
To display the startup configuration: switch# show startup-config chassis virtual-ip 10.24.73.50/20 no diag post enable linecard 2 LC48x10G linecard 4 LC48x10G class-map default match any
!
logging rbridge-id 1 raslog console INFO
!
logging auditlog class SECURITY logging auditlog class CONFIGURATION logging auditlog class FIRMWARE logging syslog-facility local LOG_LOCAL7 switch-attributes 1 chassis-name VDX8770-4 host-name sw0
!
support rbridge-id 1 ffdc
!
snmp-server contact "Field Support." snmp-server location "End User Premise." snmp-server sys-descr "Brocade VDX Switch." snmp-server community ConvergedNetwork snmp-server community OrigEquipMfr rw snmp-server community "Secret C0de" rw snmp-server community common!
(output truncated)
show running-config, show startup-db
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1205
2 show startup-db show startup-db
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the startup database information.
show startup-db
Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the startup database information.
Enter show startup-db ? to display the list of available database entries.
To display the logging configuration in the startup database: switch# show startup-db logging logging rbridge-id 1
raslog console INFO
!
logging auditlog class SECURITY logging auditlog class CONFIGURATION logging auditlog class FIRMWARE logging syslog-facility local LOG_LOCAL7
See Also
show running-config, show startup-config
1206 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show statistics access-list
2 show statistics access-list
Synopsis
Operands ip | ipv6 |mac
name
Specifies showing the configured rules of either a Layer 2 or Layer 3 ACL.
The “name” of the ACL assigned at creation.
port-channel index Specifies the port-channel index to which the ACL is bound.
gigabitethernet slot/port
Specifies the 1-gigabit Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound.
tengigabitethernet slot/port
Specifies the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound.
fortygigabitethernet slot/port
Specifies the 40-gigabit Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound.
vlan vlan_id Specifies the VLAN interface to which the ACL is bound. Refer to the Usage
Guidelines.
ve vlan_id in | out
Specifies the virtual Ethernet (VE) interface to which the ACL is bound.
Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Specifies the ACL binding direction (ingress or egress).
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the statistics of an access-list status or the statistical information on the specified ACL bound to the specified interface.
Usage Guidelines
Displays the statistics of an access-list status, or the statistical information on the specified ACL bound to the specified interface.
show statistics access-list {ip | ipv6 | mac} name interface {port-channel index | gigabitethernet slot/port | tengigabitethernet slot/port | fortygigabitethernet slot/port | vlan vlan_id | ve vlan_id} {in | out}
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples Typical output from the basic command.
switch# show statistics access-list ip l3ext in ip access-list l3ext
TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/8 in
seq 76 deny ip 10.10.75.10 0.0.0.0 any count log (795239 frames) seq 77 hard-drop ip 10.10.75.10 0.0.0.0 10.10.11.0 0.0.0.255 count log (0 frames) seq 78 hard-drop ip any 10.10.11.0 0.0.0.255 count log (0 frames) seq 79 hard-drop ip any 10.10.0.0 0.0.255.255 count log (0 frames) seq 80 hard-drop ip 10.10.75.10 0.0.0.0 any count log (0 frames)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1207
2 show statistics access-list
See Also seq 81 hard-drop ip 10.10.75.0 0.0.0.0 10.10.0.0 0.0.255.255 count log (0 frames) seq 91 hard-drop ip any any count (0 frames) seq 100 deny udp 10.10.75.0 0.0.0.255 10.10.76.0 0.0.0.255 count log (0 frames) seq 1000 permit ip any any count log (0 frames)
None
1208 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show statistics access-list interface
2 show statistics access-list interface
Synopsis
Operands port-channel index Specifies the port-channel index to which the ACL is bound.
gigabitethernet slot/port
Specifies the 1-gigabit Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound.
tengigabitethernet slot/port
Specifies the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound.
fortygigabitethernet slot/port
Specifies the 40-gigabit Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound.
vlan vlan_id Specifies the VLAN interface to which the ACL is bound. Refer to the Usage
Guidelines.
ve vlan_id in | out
Specifies the virtual Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Specifies the ACL binding direction (ingress or egress).
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the statistical information on any ACL of the type specified bound on the specified interface.
Usage Guidelines
Displays the statistical information on any ACL of the type specified bound on the specified interface.
show statistics access-list interface {port-channel index | gigabitethernet slot/port | tengigabitethernet slot/port | fortygigabitethernet slot/port | vlan vlan_id | ve vlan_id} {in | out}
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1209
2 show storm-control show storm-control
Synopsis
Displays information for traffic controlled by configured rate limits.
show storm-control show storm-control broadcast [interface {fortygigabitethernet | gigabitethernet | tengigabitethernet} rbridge-id/slot/port] show storm-control multicast [interface {fortygigabitethernet | gigabitethernet | tengigabitethernet} rbridge-id/slot/port] show storm-control interface {fortygigabitethernet | gigabitethernet | tengigabitethernet}
rbridge-id/slot/port show storm-control unknown-unicast [interface {fortygigabitethernet | gigabitethernet | tengigabitethernet} rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description show storm-control Displays all BUM (Broadcast, Unknown unicast and Multicast)-related configurations in the system.
show storm-control broadcast
Displays all BUM-related configurations in the system for the broadcast traffic type.
show storm-control multicast
Displays all BUM-related configurations in the system for the multicast traffic type.
show storm-control interface type rbridge-id/slot/port
Displays all BUM-related configurations in the system for the specified interface. You must specify an interface type, followed by the rbridge-id/slot/port.
show storm-control unknown-unicast
Displays all BUM-related configurations in the system for the unknown-unicast traffic type.
interface type rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies an interface type, followed by the rbridge-id/slot/port, for which to display all BUM-related configurations in the system for the specified traffic type. Use this parameter to display information on a per-port basis.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display BUM storm-control-related configuration for the entire system, for specified traffic types, for specified interfaces, or for specified traffic types on specified interfaces.
None
To display storm-control information for broadcast traffic on the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface
102/4/1: switch# show storm-control broadcast interface tengigabitethernet 102/4/1
Interface Type rate (Mbps) conformed violated total
Te102/4/1 broadcast 100,000 12500000000 12500000000 25000000000
1210 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show storm-control
2
See Also
To display storm-control information for all traffic on the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 102/4/1: switch# show storm-control interface tengigabitethernet 102/4/1
Interface
Te102/4/1
Type broadcast rate (Mbps)
100,000 conformed violated total
12500000000 12500000000 25000000000
Te102/4/1
Te102/4/1 unknown-unicast 100,000 multicast 100,000
12500000000 12500000000 25000000000
12500000000 12500000000 25000000000
To display storm-control information for all traffic in the system: switch# show storm-control
Interface
Te102/4/1
Te102/4/1
Te102/4/1
Type broadcast rate (Mbps) conformed violated
100,000 total
12500000000 12500000000 25000000000 unknown-unicast 100,000 multicast 100,000
12500000000 12500000000 25000000000
12500000000 12500000000 25000000000
Te102/4/2
Te102/4/3
Te102/4/4 broadcast broadcast
100,000
100,000 unknown-unicast 100,000
12500000000 12500000000 25000000000
12500000000 12500000000 25000000000
12500000000 12500000000 25000000000
To display storm-control information for all broadcast traffic the system: switch# show storm-control broadcast
Interface
Te102/4/1
Type broadcast rate (Mbps)
100,000 conformed violated total
12500000000 12500000000 25000000000
Te102/4/2
Te102/4/3 broadcast broadcast
100,000
100,000
12500000000 12500000000 25000000000
12500000000 12500000000 25000000000
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1211
2 show support show support
Synopsis
Operands
See Also
Displays a list of core files on the switch.
show support [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following:
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies all switches in the fabric.
Defaults Displays information for the local switch.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display a list of core files on the switch.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
Pagination is not supported with this command. Use the “more” parameter to display the output one page at a time.
Examples To display the core files: switch# show support
No core or FFDC data files found!
clear support, copy support, show running-config support
1212 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show system
2 show system
Synopsis
Operands
Displays system information.
show system {rbridge-id rbridge-id} rbridge-id
rbridge-id
Executes the command on the specified switches.
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display system information of hardware and software details.
None
To display the system information: switch# show system
Stack MAC : 00:05:33:4B:CC:37
-- UNIT 0 --
Unit Name
Switch Status
Hardware Rev
: sw0
: Online
: 97.4
Ten Gigabit Ethernet Port(s) : 60
Up Time : up 1 day, 2:29
Current Time
NOS Version
: 21:20:50 GMT
:
Jumbo Capable
Burned In MAC
Management IP
Management Port Status
: yes
: 00:05:33:4B:CC:37
: 10.24.85.74
: UP
See Also
-- Power Supplies --
PS1 is faulty
PS2 is OK
-- Fan Status --
Fan 1 is Ok
Fan 2 is Ok
Fan 3 is Ok
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1213
2 show system internal nas show system internal nas
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays all NAS server IP addresses in the system.
show system internal nas
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the specified Auto NAS server IP addresses.
This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, VDX 6740, and VDX 6740T switches.
Examples To display the IP addresses for all active NAS servers: switch0# show system internal nas
Rbridge 1
-----------
Auto-NAS Enabled
Cos 2
Dscp 10
Traffic Class 5 nas server-ip 10.192.100.100/32 vlan 100 nas server-ip 10.192.100.101/32 vrf brown
See Also
backup-advertisement-interval, clear nas statistics, nas auto-qos, nas server-ip, show nas
statistics, show running-config nas server-ip, show system internal nas, show cee maps
1214 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show system monitor
2 show system monitor
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the overall status for a selected switch.
show system monitor {rbridge-id [rbridge-id | all]} rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies a switch using the switch’s RBridge ID.
all Reports all RBridge information.
Defaults None
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the overall switch status and the status of the contributors defined as part of the policy.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
See Also switch# show system monitor
** System Monitor Switch Health Report **
RBridge 128 switch status
Time of Report
: HEALTHY
: 2012-06-19 03:18:28
Power supplies monitor : HEALTHY
Temperatures monitor : HEALTHY
Fans monitor
CID-Card monitor
MM monitor
LC monitor
: HEALTHY
: HEALTHY
: HEALTHY
: HEALTHY
SFM monitor
Flash monitor
: HEALTHY
: HEALTHY
show system monitor, system-monitor-mail, system-monitor
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1215
2 show telnet server status show telnet server status
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the current Telnet server status.
show telnet server status [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the current status of Telnet server.
None
When Telnet server status is enabled: switch# show telnet server status
Telnet server status: Enabled
When Telnet server status is disabled: sw0# show telnet server status
Telnet server status: Disabled
If you are in VCS mode
When Telnet server status is enabled: switch# show telnet server status [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all]
Telnet server status: Enabled
When Telnet server is disabled in rbridge-id 3: switch# show telnet server status rbridge-id 3 rbridge-id 3 Telnet server status: Disabled switch#
See Also
telnet server shutdown, show running-config telnet server
1216 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show threshold monitor
2 show threshold monitor
Synopsis
Displays the current status of environmental thresholds and alerts for interfaces, security, and
SFPs.
show threshold monitor [interface all area | security area [login-violation [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] | telnet-violation [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all]] | sfp all area
[current |rxp |temperature |txp |voltage]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description interface all area security area
Displays status of interface thresholds and alerts.
Displays status of security thresholds and alerts.
login-violation Displays status of login violations.
telnet-violation Displays status of Telnet violations.
sfp all area current rxp temperature
Displays status of SFP thresholds and alerts.
Amount of current supplied to the SFP transceiver.
Amount of incoming laser power, in microWatts (μW).
Temperature of the SFP, in degrees Celsius. txp voltage
Amount of outgoing laser power, in microWatts (μW).
Amount of voltage supplied to the SFP.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies a switch by means of the switch’s RBridge ID.
all Reports status for all nodes in the cluster.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the current status of environmental thresholds and alerts for interfaces, security, and SFPs.
None switch# show threshold monitor security area login-violation rbridge-id all
Rbridge-Id
154
Area
Login Violation
Value Status
0 In Range
Monitoring Status
Monitoring
See Also
show defaults threshold, system-monitor, system-monitor-mail, threshold-monitor
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1217
2 show tunnel show tunnel
Synopsis
Displays statistics for tunnels.
show tunnel ID [rbridge-id rbridge-id] show tunnel brief [rbridge-id rbridge-id] show tunnel dst-ip dst_ip_address brief [rbridge-id rbridge-id] show tunnel mode vxlan brief [rbridge-id rbridge-id] show tunnel nsx service-node [rbridge-id rbridge-id] show tunnel overlay-gateway name brief [rbridge-id rbridge-id] show tunnel src-ip src_ip_address brief [rbridge-id rbridge-id] show tunnel statistics [rbridge-id rbridge-id]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description tunnel ID
rbridge-id
Specifies one tunnel ID for which to show statistics. Range is 1 to 65535.
Filters statistics for a specific Rbridge ID. brief Displays brief listings for all tunnels.
dst-ip dst_ip_address Filters statistics by tunnel destination IP address.
mode Filters statistics by tunnel mode; in Network OS, the only supported mode is vxlan.
vxlan nsx service-node
Filters statistics on all VXLANs.
Filters BUM-enabled tunnels to NSX service nodes.
overlay-gateway name Filter by gateway name.
src-ip src_ip_address Filters statistics by tunnel source IP address.
statistics Displays packet information for all tunnels.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This command lists statistics for all the tunnels in the VCS. The output includes the tunnel ID, source IP address, destination IP address, VRF, administration state, and operational state.
For show tunnel ID, details of the specified tunnel are shown. Output includes the tunnel ID, tunnel
IF index, administration state, operational state, source IP address, gateway (if any), destination IP address, packet count, byte count, and current outgoing path.
For show tunnel statistics, you receive packet information for all tunnels.
This command is available only for a switch that is in logical chassis cluster mode.
Example 1
To show brief listings for all tunnels in the VCS: sw0# sw0# show tunnel brief
Tunnel 1, mode VXLAN
1218 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show tunnel
2
See Also
Admin state: Up, Oper state: Up
Source IP 100.1.1.11, Vrf default
Destination IP 150.1.1.1
Tunnel 200, mode VXLAN
Admin state: Up, Oper state: Down
Source IP 100.1.1.11, Vrf default
Destination IP 160.1.1.1
Tunnel 300, mode VXLAN
Admin state: Up, Oper state: Up
Source IP 100.1.1.11, Vrf default
Destination IP 170.1.1.1To display statics for VLANs attached to the overlay gateway:
Example 2
To show statistics for the tunnel with the ID of 100: sw0# show tunnel 100
Tunnel 100, mode VXLAN, rbridge-id 1,5-7
Ifindex 100000, Admin state UP, Oper state UP
Overlay gateway: My-GW1
Source IP 100.1.1.11 (Ve 10, VRID 100), Vrf default
Destination IP 200.1.1.1
Outgoing path: <TBD>
Packet count: TX 10000 RX 2000
Byte count : TX 2000000 RX 88333222
Example 3
To show high-level statistics for all tunnels: sw0# show tunnel statistics
Tunnel Packets Bytes
ID TX RX TX RX
------------------------------------------------------
1 22200 2272 1982888 11000
200 2233 888922 22333 7867822
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1219
2 show udld show udld
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Shows global UDLD information.
show udld
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Shows global unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol configuration values such as whether the protocol is enabled on the switch and the hello time and timeout values.
None
To display global UDLD information on the switch: switch# show udld
UDLD Global Information
Admin State: UDLD enabled
UDLD hello time: 500 milliseconds
UDLD timeout: 2500 milliseconds
See Also
1220 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show udld interface
2 show udld interface
Synopsis
Operands fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface for showing UDLD information.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface for showing UDLD information.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface for showing UDLD information.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Shows UDLD information for interfaces.
show udld interface [{fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet
rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}]
Shows unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol information for one or all ports.
The following describes the values that appear in the headings for this command.
Description UDLD headings
Heading Description
State
Mode
Advertise Transmitted
Hold time for advertise
Re-init Delay Timer
Tx Delay Timer
Describes if UDLD is enable or disabled.
Describes if the mode is Receive, Transmit, or
Both (Transmit/Receive).
Describes how often the advertisement is transmitted.
Describes the hold time for receiving devices before discarding.
The timer for the reinitializing delay
The timer for transmission
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1221
2 show udld interface
Examples
See Also
Description UDLD headings
Heading Description
DCBX Version
Auto-Sense
Transmit TLVs
DCBX FCoE Priority Bits
The current DCBX version
States whether Auto-Sense is active.
Describes what information is being transmitted for the TLV.
Describes the current FCoE priority bit for
DCBX.
To display UDLD information for a specific 10-gigabitEthernet interface: switch# show udld interface te 5/0/1
Global Admin State: UDLD enabled
UDLD information for TenGigabitEthernet 5/0/1
UDLD Admin State: Enabled
Interface Operational State: Link is down
Remote hello time: Unknown
Local system id: 0x1ecd7bfa Remote system id: Unknown
Local port : 5/0/1 Remote port : Unknown
Local link id: 0x0 Remote link id: Unknown
Last Xmt Seq Num: 1 Last Rcv Seq Num: Unknown
1222 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show udld statistics
2 show udld statistics
Synopsis
Shows UDLD statistics.
show udld statistics [interface {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet
rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface for showing statistics.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface for showing statistics.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface for showing statistics.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Shows either all unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol statistics or shows the statistics on a specified port.
None
To show UDLD statistics on a specific 10-gigabitEthernet interface: switch# show udld statistics interface te 5/0/1
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1223
2 show users show users
Synopsis
Displays the users logged in to the system and locked user accounts.
show users [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]
Operands rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
None Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
RBridge ID mode
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display active user sessions and locked user accounts.
None
See Also
To display active user sessions and locked user accounts: switch# show users rbridge-id all
**USER SESSIONS**
RBridge ID Username Role Device Time Logged In
195 admin admin Cli 2014-01-15 15:11:26
**LOCKED USERS**
RBridge ID Username no locked users
show running-config username, username, unlock username
1224 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show vcs
2 show vcs
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the Brocade VCS Fabric configuration. show vcs {detail | virtual-ip} detail virtual-ip
Displays detailed information about each RBridge in the fabric.
Displays the virtual IP address.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the Brocade VCS Fabric parameters (VCS ID and the switch
RBridge ID) and Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
The VCS ID and switch RBridge ID are displayed only in VCS-enabled mode.
The show vcs command returns the state as “disabled” if the switch is in standalone mode. The show fabric all command cannot be issued in standalone mode.
Examples
Example 1
To display the VCS summary view for a switch that is in fabric cluster mode ("Local-Only"): switch# show vcs
Config Mode : Local-Only
VCS ID : 1
Total Number of Nodes : 1
Rbridge-Id WWN
1
Management IP VCS Status Fabric Status HostName
10:00:00:05:33:51:63:42* 10.17.37.154 Online Online sw0
To display the VCS configuration details: switch# show vcs detail
Config Mode : Local-Only
VCS ID : 1
Total Number of Nodes
Node :1
Serial Number : BKN2501G00R
: 6
Condition
Status
VCS Id
Rbridge-Id
: Good
: Connected to Cluster
: 1
: 38
Co-ordinator : NO
WWN : 10:00:00:05:33:52:2A:82
Switch MAC
FCF MAC
: 00:05:33:52:2A:82
: 0B:20:B0:64:10:27
Switch Type : BR-VDX6720-24-C-24
Internal IP : 127.1.0.38
Management IP : 10.17.10.38
Node :2
Serial Number : BZA0330G00P
Condition : Good
Status
VCS Id
Rbridge-Id
: Connected to Cluster
: 1
: 80*
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1225
2 show vcs
1226
Co-ordinator : NO
WWN : 10:00:00:05:33:78:00:00
Switch MAC : 00:05:33:78:00:81
FCF MAC : 19:30:00:48:19:31
Switch Type : Brocade VDX 8770-4
Internal IP : 127.1.0.80
Management IP : 10.17.11.80
Node :3
Serial Number : BWW2516G01G
Condition
Status
VCS Id
Rbridge-Id
: Good
: Connected to Cluster
: 1
: 82
Co-ordinator : NO
WWN : 10:00:00:05:33:6F:2B:D2
Switch MAC
FCF MAC
: 00:05:33:6F:2B:D2
: 0B:20:B0:64:10:26
Switch Type : Elara2f
Internal IP : 127.1.0.82
Management IP : 10.17.10.82
(output truncated)
Example 2
To display the VCS summary view for a switch (called rb1) that is in logical chassis cluster mode
("Distributed"): rb1# show vcs
Config Mode : Distributed
VCS ID : 300
VCS GUID : 1001bffd-24f5-4a11-8adf-d00991dcae48
Total Number of Nodes : 3
Rbridge-Id WWN Management IP Status HostName
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
2
3
10:00:00:05:1E:CD:22:6A* 10.17.10.21
>10:00:00:05:1E:CD:11:6A 10.17.10.22
10:00:00:05:33:00:6C:80 10.17.10.23
Online
Online
Online rb1
rb2 sw0
To display the VCS configuration details: rb1# show vcs detail
Config Mode : Distributed
VCS ID : 300
VCS GUID : 1001bffd-24f5-4a11-8adf-d00991dcae48
Total Number of Nodes : 3
Nodes Disconnected from Cluster : 0
Cluster Condition : Good
Cluster Status : All Nodes Present in the Cluster
Node :1
Serial Number : BKH0322F01L
Condition : Good
Status : Connected to Cluster
VCS Id : 300
Rbridge-Id : 1*
Co-ordinator : NO
WWN : 10:00:00:05:1E:CD:22:6A
Switch MAC : 00:05:1E:CD:22:6A
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show vcs
2
See Also
FCF MAC : 00:05:1E:CD:22:6A
Switch Type : VDX6720-24
Firmware Ver : v4.0.0pkadu_nos4.0.0_pit_a_03_0425_01133_att1
Internal IP : 127.1.0.1
Management IP : 10.17.10.21
Node :2
Serial Number : BKH0322F01Y
Condition : Good
Status : Co-ordinator
VCS Id : 300
Rbridge-Id : 2
Co-ordinator : YES
WWN : 10:00:00:05:1E:CD:11:6A
Switch MAC : 00:05:1E:CD:11:6A
FCF MAC : 00:05:1E:CD:11:6A
Switch Type : VDX6720-24
Firmware Ver : v4.0.0pkadu_nos4.0.0_pit_a_03_0425_01133_att1
Internal IP : 127.1.0.2
Management IP : 10.17.10.22
Node :3
Serial Number : BKH0320F005
Condition : Good
Status : Connected to Cluster
VCS Id : 300
Rbridge-Id : 3
Co-ordinator : NO
WWN : 10:00:00:05:33:00:6C:80
Switch MAC : 00:05:33:00:6C:80
FCF MAC : 00:05:33:00:6C:80
Switch Type : VDX6720-24
Firmware Ver : v4.0.0pkadu_nos4.0.0_pit_a_03_0425_01133_att1
Internal IP : 127.1.0.3
Management IP : 10.17.10.23
Example 3
To issue the show vcs command on a VCS-disabled switch: switch# show vcs state : Disabled
Example 4
To display the virtual IP address: switch# show vcs virtual-ip
Virtual IP : 10.21.87.2/20
Associated rbridge-id : 2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1227
2 show version show version
Synopsis
Operands
Displays the current firmware version.
show version [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] [all-partitions] [brief] rbridge-id
rbridge-id
brief all-partitions
Executes the command on the specified switch.
Specifies the RBridge ID for the switch.
Displays a brief version of the firmware information.
Displays firmware information for both the active and the standby partitions. For each module, both partitions are displayed.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display firmware version information and build dates. The default command output includes the following information:
Network Operating System Version
The firmware version number
Firmware name
Build Time
Install time
Kernel
Boot-Prom
Control Processor
The label of the firmware image
The build date and time of the firmware
The date and time of the firmware installation
The Linux kernel version
The size of the boot programmable read-only memory.
The control processor model and memory
When executed on the active management module, Use this command to display firmware versions on both management modules and interface modules. When executed on the standby management module, only the firmware versions for the standby management module are displayed.
The rbridge-id and all operands are not supported.
Examples To display the firmware version information for all partitions: switch# show version all-partitions
Network Operating System Software
Network Operating System Version: 3.0.0
Copyright (c) 1995-2012 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc.
Firmware name: 3.0.0
Build Time:
Install Time:
01:18:17 May 26, 2012
10:16:24 May 27, 2012
Kernel:
BootProm:
2.6.34.6
1.0.0
Control Processor: e500mc with 7168 MB of memory
Slot Name Primary/Secondary Versions Status
-------------------------------------------------------
M1 NOS 4.1.0
4.1.0
STANDBY
M2 NOS 4.1.0
ACTIVE*
1228 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
See Also
L1/0 NOS
L1/1 NOS
L2/0 NOS
L2/1 NOS
4.1.0
4.1.0
4.1.0
4.1.0
4.1.0
4.1.0
4.1.0
4.1.0
4.1.0
ACTIVE
STANDBY
ACTIVE
STANDBY
To display the firmware for all partitions in the brief view: switch# show version all-partitions brief
Slot Name Primary/Secondary Versions Status
------------------------------------------------------
M1 NOS STANDBY
M2 NOS
4.1.0
4.1.0
4.1.0
ACTIVE*
L1/0
L1/1
NOS
NOS
4.1.0
4.1.0
4.1.0
4.1.0
ACTIVE
STANDBY
L2/0
L2/1
NOS
NOS
4.1.0
4.1.0
4.1.0
4.1.0
4.1.0
ACTIVE
STANDBY
firmware download, show firmwaredownloadstatus
show version
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1229
2 show virtual-fabric status show virtual-fabric status
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays the status of the Virtual Fabric (VF): VF-capable, VF-incapable, or VF-enabled.
show virtual-fabric status
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to display the status of the VF with respect to all nodes in the fabric. The possible states are as follows:
•
VF-capable: All nodes in the fabric can support service or transport VFs.
•
VF-incapable: At least one node in the fabric cannot support service or transport VFs.
•
VF-enabled: The Virtual Fabric is already enabled and service or transport VFs are supported
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
Typical command output display.
switch# show virtual-fabric status
Fabric is virtual-fabric incapable
See Also
=================================
1 capable
2
3
4 capable incapable capable
None
1230 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show vlan
2 show vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Displays information about a specific VLAN interface.
show vlan [vlan_id | brief [provisioned | unprovisioned]|classifier]
vlan_id
brief classifier
Defaults unprovisioned
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies the VLAN interface to display. Refer to “the Usage Guidelines.
Displays VLAN information for all interfaces including static and dynamic.
Displays all VLAN classification information.provisionedDisplays provisioned VLANs.
Displays unprovisioned VLANs.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about VLANs.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANS (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples The following example displays information about an 802.1Q VLAN: switch# show vlan 1
VLAN Name State Ports
(u)-Untagged, (t)-Tagged
(c)-Converged
======= ================ ======= ===============================
1 default ACTIVE Te 0/0(t)
Te 0/8(t)
Po 1(t)
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1231
2 show vlan
•
The following example shows all VLANs that are configured, provisioned (active) and unprovisioned (inactive): switch# show vlan brief
Total Number of VLANs configured: 6
Total Number of VLANs unprovisioned: 0
Total Number of VLANs provisioned: 6
Classification
(F)-FCoE (u)-Untagged,
(T)-Transparent (t)-Tagged
(R)-RSPAN (c)-Converged
=========================================
300 vlan300 ACTIVE Te 4/0/1(t)
5000(T) vlan5000 ACTIVE Te 2/0/1/(t) ctag 50, 60, 100-200
Te 4/0/1(t) ctag 50, 60, 100-200
5500(T) vlan5500
5800
ACTIVE Te 3/0/1/(t) ctag 1, 1002, 4093, 4095 vlan5800 ACTIVE Te 2/0/1(t) ctag 800
6000(T) vlan6000 ACTIVE Te 4/0/1/(t))
•
The following example shows only provisioned VLANs: switch# show vlan brief provisioned
Total Number of VLANs configured: 8
Total Number of VLANs unprovisioned: 3
Total Number of VLANs provisioned: 5
Classification
(F)-FCoE (u)-Untagged,
(t)-Tagged
(R)-RSPAN (c)-Converged
=========================================
5000 VLAN5000
6000
7000
VLAN6000
VLAN7000
ACTIVE Te 2/0/5(t) ctag 100
Te 2/0/6(u) ctag 200
Te 3/0/4(u)
Te 3/0/5(u) mac 0004.0004.0004
ACTIVE Te 2/0/5(t) ctag 300
Te 3/0/5(u) mac 0002.0002.0002
Te 3/0/5 (u) mac-group 1
Po 10(t) ctag 300
ACTIVE Te 2/0/5 (t) ctag 400
Te 3/0/5 (u) mac 0006.0006.0006
Te 3/0/5 (u) mac-group 2
Te 3/0/15(t)
1232 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show vlan
2
•
The following example shows only unprovisioned VLANs: switch# show vlan brief unprovisioned
Total Number of VLANs configured: 8
Total Number of VLANs unprovisioned: 3
Total Number of VLANs provisioned: 5
VLAN Name State Ports
(R)-RSPAN (c)-Converged
======== ================ ======= ======
2000 VLAN2000 INACTIVE(unprovisioned)
4000 VLAN4000 INACTIVE(unprovisioned)
8000 VLAN8000 INACTIVE(unprovisioned)
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1233
2 show vlan classifier show vlan classifier
Synopsis
Displays information about a specific VLAN classifier group.
show vlan classifier [group number | interface group-number | interface port-channel number | rule number | interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description group number Specifies the VLAN classifier group number. Valid values range from 1 through 16.
interface group number
Specifies the VLAN classifier interface group number. Valid values range from 1 through 16.
interface port-channel number
Specifies the VLAN classifier port-channel number. Valid values range from 1 through 63.
rule number Specifies the VLAN classifier rule number. Valid values range from 1 through 256.
interface tengigabitethernet
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
interface gigabitethernet
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about all configured VLAN classifier groups or a specific
VLAN interface group.
If a group ID is not specified, all configured VLAN classifier groups are shown. If a group ID is specified, a specific configured VLAN classifier group is shown.
The interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710,
Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
Examples
See Also
None
None
1234 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show vlan private-vlan
2 show vlan private-vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays information about private VLANs.
show vlan private-vlan
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information about private VLANs.
None
Typical command output display.
switch# show vlan private-vlan
Primary Secondary Type Ports Classification
======= ======= ====== =========== ==============================
6000 primary Te 4/1/17(t) ctag 10
Te 1/2/17(t) ctag 10
6000 6001 isolated Te 4/1/17(t) ctag 11
Te 2/0/17(t) ctag 11
6000 6002 community Te 4/1/17(t) ctag 12
Te 3/1/17(t) ctag 12
6000 6003 community Te 4/1/17(t) ctag 13
Te 3/1/18(t) ctag 13
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1235
2 show vlan rspan-vlan show vlan rspan-vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays information about remote SPAN VLANs.
show vlan rspan-vlan
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display information about remote SPAN VLANs.
None sw0(conf-if-te-1/1/34)# do show vlan rspan-vlan
Total Number of VLANs configured : 3
Total Number of VLANs provisioned : 2
Total Number of VLANs unprovisioned : 1
VLAN
============= =========== ======================
6000(R)
6001(R)
Name State
VLAN6000
VLAN6001
Ports Classification
============ ======
INACTIVE(member port down) Te 1/1/34(t) ctag 121
INACTIVE(member port down) Te 1/1/34(t) ctag 555
See Also
1236 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show vnetwork
2 show vnetwork
Synopsis
Operands
Displays virtual assets from the vCenter that are discovered on a Brocade VDX switch.
show vnetwork
[datacenter [id | vcenter] | dvpgs [datacenter string | name string] {vcenter string} | dvs [datacenter string | name string] {vcenter string} | hosts [datacenter string | name string] {vcenter string} | pgs [datacenter string | name string] {vcenter string} | vcenter status | vmpolicy [macaddr [datacenter string | mac mac_address] {vcenter string} | vms | vss [datacenter string | name string] {vcenter string}] datacenter
id vcenter
dvpgs datacenter name vcenter
Displays discovered data centers.
Datacenter ID (a string).
vCenter name (a string).
Displays distributed virtual port groups.
Selects a datacenter.
Selects a distributed virtual port group.
Selects a vCenter (required).
Displays distributed virtual switches.
dvs datacenter name vcenter hosts datacenter name vcenter
Selects a datacenter.
Selects a distributed virtual switch name.
Selects a vCenter (required).
Displays discovered hosts.
Selects a datacenter.
Selects a host name.
Selects a vCenter (required).
Displays discovered standard port groups.
pgs datacenter name vcenter vcenter status vmpolicy
Selects a datacenter.
Selects a standard port group.
Selects a vCenter (required).
Displays configured vCenter status.
Displays association between virtual network interface cards (vNICs) or VM kernel NICs (vmkNICs) and port groups or port profiles.
macaddr Displays policies by MAC address.
datacenter Selects a datacenter.
mac Selects a six-octet MAC address; for example, 00:50:56:8e:00:4b.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1237
2 show vnetwork
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description vcenter vms vss datacenter name vcenter
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Selects a vCenter (required).
Displays discovered VMs.
Displays discovered standard virtual switches.
Selects a datacenter.
Selects a virtual switch.
Selects a vCenter (required).
Use this command to display the virtual assets configured on the vCenter and discovered on the
VDX switch.
None switch# show vnetwork ?
Possible completions: datacenter Shows discovered datacenters diff dvpgs dvs hosts
Shows vcenter and switch configuration diff
Shows discovered distributed virtual port-groups
Shows discovered distributed virtual switches
Shows discovered hosts pgs vcenter
Shows discovered standard port-groups
Shows configured vCenter vmpolicy Shows vnics/vmknics to portgroup to port-profile association vms Shows discovered VMs vss Shows discovered standard virtual switches switch# show vnetwork dvpgs dvPortGroup dvSwitch Vlan
=================================== ============================== =========
ProductionVMs dvSwitch-Production dvSwitch-Production-DVUplinks-7589 dvSwitch-Production
10-10,
0-4094, switch# show vnetwork dvs dvSwitch
======== dvSwitch-Production40
Host Uplink Name Switch Interface
=========== ============== ================
-
dvSwitch-Production41
Total Number of Entries: 2 switch# show vnetwork hosts
Host
====
Uplink Name Uplink MAC
=========== =========
ESX-4921.englab.brocade.com
vmnic0
(d)Virtual Switch
================ e4:1f:13:43:54:90 vSwitch0
vmnic2
vmnic4
00:1b:21:8f:4a:f0 dvSwitch-Production
00:05:33:26:3e:ba vSwitch1
Switch Interface
===============
-
115/0/5
115/0/1
vmnic5
ESX-4922.englab.brocade.com
vmnic0
vmnic2
vmnic3
vmnic5
00:05:33:26:3e:bb dvSwitch-Production e4:1f:13:43:95:5c vSwitch0
00:05:33:26:2d:90 dvSwitch-Production
00:05:33:26:2d:91 dvSwitch-Production
00:05:1e:eb:f9:94 vSwitch1
-
-
115/0/10
115/0/11
115/0/2
NOTE
The switch interface column information is local to each switch in the fabric.
1238 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show vnetwork
2
See Also switch# show vnetwork pgs
PortGroup vSwitch vlanId Host
============ =============== ============= ============================
TestVMs vSwitch1
vSwitch1
50-50,
50-50,
ESX-4922.englab.brocade.com
ESX-4921.englab.brocade.com
VMkernel vSwitch1
vSwitch1
0-0,
0-0,
ESX-4922.englab.brocade.com
ESX-4921.englab.brocade.com
switch# show vnetwork vcenter status vCenter Start Elapsed (sec) Status
================ ==================== ============== ================
MYVC 2011-09-07 14:08:42 10 In progress switch# show vnetwork vmpolicy macaddr all
Associated MAC Virtual Machine (dv)PortGroup Port-Profile
================ ========================= ================== =================
00:50:56:72:42:4c ProductionVMs auto-ProductionVMs
00:50:56:78:69:36 -
00:50:56:7b:e5:41 -
00:50:56:7d:96:16 -
00:50:56:8e:00:4b CentOS-4921
VMkernel
ProductionVMs
VMkernel
ProductionVMs
auto-VMkernel auto-ProductionVMs
auto-VMkernel auto-ProductionVMs
00:50:56:8e:00:4d CentOS-4921
00:50:56:8e:00:50 CentOS-4922
00:50:56:8e:00:51 CentOS-4922
TestVMs
TestVMs
ProductionVMs auto-TestVMs auto-TestVMs auto-ProductionVMs switch# show vnetwork vms
Virtual Machine Associated MAC IP Addr Host
====================== ================= =========== =======================
CentOS-4921 00:50:56:8e:00:4b ESX-4921.englab.brocade.com
CentOS-4922
00:50:56:8e:00:4d -
00:50:56:8e:00:50 -
00:50:56:8e:00:51 -
ESX-4921.englab.brocade.com
ESX-4922.englab.brocade.com
ESX-4922.englab.brocade.com
vSwitch Host Uplink Name Switch Interface
================= ============================== ============== ================ vSwitch0 djesxi-5064.englab.brocade.com vmnic0
vmnic1
-
vSwitch1 ht-153.englab.brocade.com
ht-154.eng.brocade.com
ht-153.englab.brocade.com
ht-154.eng.brocade.com
vmnic0
vmnic0 vmnic7
vmnic6
-
-
-
vSwitch2 ht-153.englab.brocade.com
Total Number of Entries: 8
vmnic7 vmnic6
-
-
NOTE
The switch interface column information is local to each switch in the fabric.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1239
2 show vrf show vrf
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays VRF configuration information.
show vrf
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to view VRF configuration information.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
1240 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show vrrp
2 show vrrp
Synopsis
Displays information about VRRP and VRRP-E sessions.
show vrrp VRID [detail] [summary] show vrrp detail show vrrp interface [detail] [summary] show vrrp summary
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
VRID
detail summary
The virtual-group ID about which to display information. Valid values range from 1 to 128.
Displays all session information in detail, including session statistics.
Displays single line, session-information summaries.
interface Displays information for an interface that you specify. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about VRRP and VRRP-E sessions, either in summary or full-detail format. Can also specify a particular virtual group or interface for which to display output.
This command is for VRRP and VRRP-E. VRRP-E supports only the ve interface type. You can modify or redirect the displayed information by using the default Linux tokens (|, >).
Examples To show all session information in detail, including session statistics: switch# show vrrp detail
VRID 1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1241
2 show vrrp
See Also
Interface: Ten Gigabit Ethernet 0/18; Ifindex: 403832850
Mode: VRRP
Admin Status: Enabled
Address family: IPv4
Authentication type: No Authentication
State: Master
Virtual IP(s): 1.1.1.5, 1.1.1.6, 1.1.1.8, 1.1.1.9
Configured Priority: 255 (default: 100); Current Priority: 255
Advertisement interval: 1 sec (default: 1 sec)
Preempt mode: ENABLE (default: ENABLE)
Hold time: 0 sec (default: 0 sec)
Trackport:
Port(s)
=======
Priority
========
Statistics:
Advertisements: Rx: 0, Tx: 10298
ARP: Rx: 0, Tx: 28
VRID 2
Interface: Ten Gigabit Ethernet 0/22; Ifindex: 404094998
Mode: VRRP
Admin Status: Disabled
Address family: IPv4
Authentication type: No Authentication
State: Initialize
Virtual IP: unset
Configured Priority: 100 (default: 100); Current Priority: 100
Advertisement interval: 1 sec (default: 1 sec)
Preempt mode: ENABLE (default: ENABLE)
Hold time: 0 sec (default: 0 sec)
Trackport:
Port(s)
=======
Statistics:
Priority
========
Advertisements: Rx: 0, Tx: 0
ARP: Rx: 0, Tx: 0
VRID 3
Interface: Ten Gigabit Ethernet 0/18; Ifindex: 403832850
Mode: VRRP
Admin Status: Enabled
Address family: IPv4
Authentication type: No Authentication
State: Master
Virtual IP(s): 1.1.1.20
Configured Priority: 100 (default: 100); Current Priority: 100
Advertisement interval: 1 sec (default: 1 sec)
Preempt mode: ENABLE (default: ENABLE)
Hold time: 0 sec (default: 0 sec)
Trackport:
Port(s)
=======
Priority
========
None
1242 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
show zoning enabled-configuration
2 show zoning enabled-configuration
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays information about the enabled zoning configuration.
show zoning enabled-configuration
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the cfg-name and enabled-zone fields of the enabled zoning configuration for a Brocade VCS Fabric.
This command is supported in VCS Fabric mode. Zoning configuration data are automatically distributed among all RBridges in the VCS Fabric. Standalone mode is not supported.
This command can be entered on any RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric.
Examples switch# show zoning enabled-configuration zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name cfg1
See Also zoning enabled-configuration enabled-zone zone1
member-entry 10:00:00:00:00:00:00:01 zoning enabled-configuration enabled-zone zone2
member-entry 10:00:00:00:00:00:00:02 switch# show zoning enabled-configuration | count
Count: 8 lines
show running-config zoning defined-configuration,
show running-config zoning enabled-configuration
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1243
2 show zoning operation-info show zoning operation-info
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays information about transactions and database size.
show zoning operation-info
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the size details of the zone database and transaction token information for a Brocade VCS Fabric.
db-max Defines the maximum size in bytes of the zone database in nonvolatile memory.
db-avail db-committed
Displays the size in bytes of the unused portion of nonvolatile memory available for the defined configuration.
Displays the size in bytes of the defined configuration currently stored in nonvolatile memory.
db-transaction db-token
Displays the size in bytes of the uncommitted defined configuration.
Displays the current transaction token ID.
last-zone-changed-timestamp
Displays the last time the defined zone configuration was modified.
last-zone-committed-timestamp
Displays the data and time of the last time the zoning database was saved to nonvolatile memory.
This command is supported only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode. Zoning configuration data are automatically distributed among all RBridges in the VCS Fabric. Standalone mode is not supported.
This command can be entered on any RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric, but it is always executed on the principal RBridge.
Examples To display information about transactions and database size: switch# show zoning operation-info db-max 1045274 db-avail 1043822 db-committed 440 db-transaction 0 transaction-token 0 last-zone-changed-timestamp 2011-11-16 14:38:15 GMT-7:00 last-zone-committed-timestamp 2011-11-16 14:38:15 GMT-7:00
See Also
show running-config zoning defined-configuration,
show running-config zoning enabled-configuration, show zoning enabled-configuration
1244 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
shutdown
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
The interface is disabled.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to disable an interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Disables the selected interface.
shutdown no shutdown
Enter no shutdown to enable the interface.
To disable a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/1 switch(conf-if-te-1/0/1)# shutdown
See Also
To enable a specific 1-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# gigabitethernet interface 1/0/2 switch(conf-if-gi-1/0/2)# noshutdown
interface, interface ve, show ip interface, show interface
shutdown
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1245
2 shutdown (UDLD) shutdown (UDLD)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Protocol UDLD configuration mode
Description Use this command to disable the UDLD protocol on all ports without affecting configuration.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Disables the unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol on all ports.
shutdown no shutdown
The no shutdown command unblocks all ports that have been blocked by the UDLD protocol..
To shutdown the UDLD protocol: switch# configure switch(config)# protocol udld switch(config-udld)# shutdown
See Also
1246 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
shutdown (STP)
2 shutdown (STP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
STP is not enabled as it is not required in a loop-free topology.
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree configuration mode
Description Use this command to disable the all versions of STP globally.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Disables the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), the
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Per Vlan Spanning Tree (PVST), or Rapid PVST(RPVST) globally.
shutdown no shutdown
Enter no shutdown to re-enable all versions of STP.
To disable STP globally: switch(config)# protocol spanning-tree rstp switch(conf-rstp)# shutdown
See Also
To enable STP globally: switch(config)# protocol spanning-tree rstp switch(conf-rstp)# no shutdown
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1247
2 shutdown-time shutdown-time
Synopsis
Operands
Specifies the time a port will be disabled after Edge Loop Detection (ELD) detects a loop.
shutdown-time num no shutdown-time num
num
Specifies the number of minutes before a port is re-enabled. Valid values range from 10 through 1440 minutes (10 minutes to 24 hours).
Defaults The default value is 0 minutes.
The port will not be re-enabled automatically.
Command Modes ELD configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the delay between ELD shutting down a port because it has detected a loop and automatically re-enabling that port.
NOTE
Any change to shutdown-time only takes effect for the ports that are disabled by ELD after the configuration change. Any ports that were already disabled by ELD before the shutdown-time change continues to follow the old shutdown-time value. These ports start to follow the new shutdown time after the currently running timer expires and ELD still detects the loop and shuts down the port again.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
If you do not set a shutdown time using this command, you can re-enable all ELD-disabled ports manually using the clear edge-loop-detection command.
Enter no shutdown-time to return to the default value.
To re-enable ports 24 hours after they are disabled by ELD: switch(config)# protocol edge-loop-detection switch(config-eld)# shutdown-time 1440
To cancel automatic port re-enable: switch(config-eld)# no shutdown-time 1440
clear edge-loop-detection, show edge-loop-detection globals, show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id
1248 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
slot
Synopsis
Operands
Enables or disables the slot.
slot number {disable | enable}
number
The slot to control. The valid values are 0 or 1.
enable
Defaults
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Enables the slot.
This command has no defaults.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this enable or disable the slot.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None slot
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1249
2 snmp-server community snmp-server community
Synopsis
Operands
string
ro | rw
Specifies the community string.
Sets the read-only or read-write access for each community.
Defaults If no access is specified, read-only (ro) is the default.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to manage the configuration of the SNMP agent in the switch.
The configuration includes SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c configuration settings.
Usage Guidelines
Sets or removes the community string and read-write or read-only access for each community.
snmp-server community string [ro | rw] no snmp-server community string [ro | rw]
You can specify one of the six default community strings when the system first comes up. The maximum number of SNMP communities supported is 256, which includes the following six default communities.
The following community strings are read-write:
•
Secret C0de
•
OrigEquipMfr
• private
The following community strings are read-only:
• public
• common
•
ConvergedNetwork
Examples
See Also
To remove the community string “public”: switch(config)# no snmp-server community public
To add user123 with read-only access to the user’s list for v1 and v2c: switch(config)# snmp-server community user123 ro
To change the access of a read-only community string (user123) to read-write: switch(config)# snmp-server community user123 rw
show running-config snmp-server, snmp-server contact, host, snmp-server location,
snmp-server user, snmp-server v3host
1250 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
snmp-server contact
2 snmp-server contact
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the SNMP server contact string.
snmp-server contact string no snmp-server contact string
string
Specifies the server contact. You must enclose the text in double quotes if the text contains spaces.
Defaults The default contact string is “Field Support.”
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the SNMP server contact string.
Enter no snmp-server contact string to restore the default values.
To set the SNMP server contact string to “Operator 12345”: switch(config)# snmp-server contact “Operator 12345”
See Also
To set the SNMP server contact string to the default of “Field Support”: switch(config)# no snmp-server contact
show running-config snmp-server, snmp-server community, snmp-server location,
snmp-server user, snmp-server v3host
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1251
2 snmp-server context snmp-server context
Synopsis
Operands
Maps the context name in an SNMPv3 packet’s protocol data unit (PDU) to the name of a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
snmp-server context context_name vrf-name vrf_name no snmp-server-context context_name vrf-name vrf_name context vrf-name
Enables the specification of a variable context_name that can be passed in the SNMP PDU.
Enables the specification of a variable vrf_name that can be retrieved when an SNMP request is sent with the configured context_name. This variable can be used in SNMP requests for “ipCidrRouteTable.”
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to create a context and map it to the given VRF. The context-to-VRF mapping is one-to-one and is applicable to all SNMP versions.
None
The following snmp-server context command maps the context name “mycontext” to the VRF name “myvrf.” switch(config)# snmp-server context mycontext vrf-name myvrf
The following snmp-server context command deletes the VRF name “myvrf.” switch(config)# no snmp-server context mycontext vrf-name myvrf
The following snmp-server context command creates the new VRF name “mynewvrf”and maps the context to it. switch(config)# snmp-server context mycontext vrf-name mynewvrf
See Also
show running-config snmp-server, snmp-server community, snmp-server contact,
snmp-server location, snmp-server user, snmp-server v3host
1252 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
snmp-server engineid local snmp-server engineid local
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures a user-defined engine ID for the SNMP agent.
snmp-server engineid local engine_id no snmp-server engineid local engine_id
None
Specifies the ID of the engine.
Command Modes Global configuration mode (for a standalone switch), RBridge ID configuration mode (for VCS mode).
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a user-defined engine ID for the SNMP agent.
A switch reboot is necessary for the configured engine ID to become active. Enter the no snmp-server engineid local command to remove the configured engine ID from database.
Examples To configure a user-defined engine ID for the SNMP agent in standalone mode: switch(config)# snmp-server engineid local 10:20:30:40:50:60:70:80:90:10:30:12
To configure a user-defined engine ID for the SNMP agent in VCS mode: switch (config-rbridge-id-152)# snmp-server engineid local
10:00:00:05:33:51:A8:65:05:33:51:A8
See Also
To remove the configured engine ID from the database: switch(config)# no snmp-server engineid local switch (config-rbridge-id-152)# no snmp-server engineid local
show running-config snmp-server, show running-config snmp-server engineid,
snmp-server community, snmp-server contact, snmp-server location, snmp-server user,
snmp-server v3host, snmp-server context
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1253
2 snmp-server host snmp-server host
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets the trap destination IP addresses, version, community string (for v1 and v2c), and destination port for the SNMP server host.
snmp-server host {ipv4_host | ipv6_host | dns_host} [version {1|2c}] [udp-port port]
[severity-level {none | debug | info | warning | error | critical}] no snmp-server host {ipv4_host | ipv6_host | dns_host} [version {1|2c}] [udp-port port]
[severity-level {none | debug | info | warning | error | critical}] host {ipv4_host | ipv6_host | dns_host}
Specifies the IP address of the host. IPv4, IPv6, and DNS hosts are supported. version {1 | 2c} udp-port port
Selects version 1 or 2c traps to be sent to the specified trap host.
Specifies the UDP port where SNMP traps will be received. Valid port IDs range from 0 through 65535. The default port is 162. severity-level {none | debug | info | warning | error | critical}]
Provides the ability to filter traps based on severity level on both the host and the SNMPv3 host. Only RASLog (swEvent) traps can be filtered based on severity level. The configured severity level marks the reporting threshold. All messages with the configured severity or higher are displayed. If the severity level of none is specified, all traps are filtered and no RASLog traps are received.
The default UDP port is 162.
The default SNMP version is 1.
The default severity level is None.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the trap destination IP addresses and SNMP version, to associate a community string with a trap host community string (for v1 and v2c), and to specify the UDP destination port where SNMP traps will be received.
Usage Guidelines To configure SNMP trap hosts associated with community strings, you must create the community string using the snmp-server community command before configuring the host.
The host supports six communities and their associated trap recipients and trap recipient severity levels. The default value for the trap recipient of each community is 0.0.0.0. The length of the community string should be between 2 and 16 characters.
The following community strings are read-write:
•
Secret C0de
•
OrigEquipMfr
• private
The following community strings are read-only:
• public
• common
•
ConvergedNetwork
1254 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
snmp-server host
2
Examples
See Also
The no snmp-server host host community-string string version 2c command brings version 2c down to version 1.
The no snmp-server host host community-string string command removes the SNMP server host from the switch configuration altogether.
The following snmp-server host ipv6_host command creates an entry for trap host
1050:0:0:0:5:600:300c:326b associated with community “public.” The trap host receives traps from the configured switch.
switch(config)# snmp-server host 1050:0:0:0:5:600:300c:326b public
severity-level Info
The following snmp-server host dns_host command creates an entry for trap host brcd.brocade.com associated with community “public.” The trap host receives traps from the configured switch.
switch(config)# snmp-server host brcd1.brocade.com public severity-level info switch(config)# snmp-server v3host brocade.com snmpuser3 notifytype informs
engineid 80:00:05:23:01:AC:1A:01:F6 severity-level Info
To associate “commaccess” as a read-only community and set 10.32.147.6 as a trap recipient with SNMP version 2c on target port 162: switch(config)# snmp-server host 10.32.147.6 commaccess version 2c udp-port 162
To create a trap host (10.23.23.45) associated with the community “public”, which will receive all traps with the severity levels of Info, Warning, Error, and Critical: switch(config)# snmp-server host 10.23.23.45 public severity-level info
To reset the severity level to None: switch(config)# snmp-server host 10.23.23.45 public severity-level none
show running-config snmp-server, snmp-server community, snmp-server contact,snmp-server
context, snmp-server host, snmp-server location, snmp-server sys-descr, snmp-server user,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1255
2 snmp-server location snmp-server location
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the SNMP server location string. snmp-server location string no snmp-server location string
string
Specifies the SNMP server location string. You must enclose the text in double quotes if the text contains spaces.
Defaults The location string is “End User Premise.”
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the SNMP server location string.
None
To set the SNMP server location string to “Building 3 Room 214”: switch(config)# snmp-server location “Building 3 Room 214”
See Also
To set the SNMP server location to the default, “End User Premise”: switch(config)# no snmp-server location
show running-config snmp-server, snmp-server community, snmp-server contact,
snmp-server user, snmp-server v3host
1256 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
snmp-server sys-descr
2 snmp-server sys-descr
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the Management Information Base (MIB-2) object identifier (OID) system description.
snmp-server sys-descr string no snmp-server sys-descr
string The text for the system description. The string must be between 4 and
255 characters in length.
Defaults The system description is “Brocade VDX switch”.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify the MIB-2 OID description.
Enter no snmp-server sys-descr to return to the default system description.
To set the system description OID to “Brocade Cluster switch”: switch(config)# snmp-server sys-descr “Brocade Cluster switch”
See Also
To restore the system description OID to the default: switch(config)# no snmp-server sys-descr
show running-config snmp-server, snmp-server community, snmp-server contact,
snmp-server location, snmp-server user
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1257
2 snmp-server user snmp-server user
Synopsis
Operands
Creates or changes the attributes of SNMPv3 users.
snmp-server user username [groupname group-name] [auth] {md5 | sha} [auth-password string
{encrypted}] [priv] {DES | AES128} [priv-password string {encrypted}] no snmp-server user user-name
username
The name of the user that connects to the agent. The name must be between 1 and 16 characters long.
groupname group-name
The name of the group to which the user is associated: snmpadmin is a read-write group and snmpuser is a read-only group. auth md5
Initiates an authentication level setting session.
The HMAC-MD5-96 authentication level. sha The HMAC-SHA-96 authentication level. auth-password string A string that enables the agent to receive packets from the host. Passwords are plain text and must be added each time for each configuration replay.
The password must be between 1 and 32 characters long.
priv Initiates a privacy authentication level setting session. By default, this parameter is disabled.
DES
AES128
Specifies the DES privacy protocol.
Specifies the AES128 privacy protocol.
priv-password string A string (not to exceed 32 characters) that enables the host to encrypt the contents of the message that it sends to the agent. Passwords are plain text and must be added each time for each configuration replay. The privacy password alone cannot be configured. You configure the privacy password with the authentication password.
encrypted Used to enter the input for auth/priv passwords as encrypted. The encrypted key should be used only while entering the encrypted auth/priv passwords.
Defaults Two SNMPv3 user groups are configured, snmpadmin and snmpuser, with default users as follows:
•
In the snmpadmin group there are three read-write users: snmpadmin1, snmpadmin2, and snmpadmin3.
•
In the snmpuser group there are three read-only users: snmpuser1, snmpuser2, and snmpuser3.
The auth parameter is turned off.
The priv parameter is turned off.
Encryption is not enabled.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
1258 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
snmp-server user
2
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to configure SNMPv3 users that can be associated with a trap and inform response functionality. To add a new user to either group, one of the default users must be deleted. Optional encryption for auth-password and priv-password is also provided.
Enter no snmp-server user user-name to delete a user.
This command may not be successful where encrypted passwords are generated by third-party or open-source tools.
To configure a basic authentication policy: switch(config)# snmp-server user brocade groupname snmpadmin auth md5 user123
priv priv-password user456
To configure plain-text passwords: sw0(config# snmp-server user snmpadmin1 auth md5 auth-password private123 priv
DES priv-password public123
To configure encrypted passwords: sw0(config# snmp-server user snmpadmin2 groupname snmpadmin auth md5
auth-password "MVb+360X3kcfBzug5Vo6dQ==\n" priv DES priv-password
"ckJFoHbzVvhR0xFRPjsMTA==\n" encrypted
show running-config snmp-server, snmp-server community, snmp-server contact, snmp-server
host, snmp-server location, snmp-server v3host
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1259
2 snmp-server v3host snmp-server v3host
Synopsis
Specifies the recipient of the SNMPv3 notification parameter.
snmp-server v3host [host {ipv4_host | ipv6_host | dns_host}] [notifytype {traps | informs}] engineid engine-id udp-port port_number [severity-level {none | debug | info | warning | error | critical}] no snmp-server v3host[host {ipv4_host | ipv6_host | dns_host}]
Operands host {ipv4_host | ipv6_host | dns_host}
Specifies the IP address of the host. IPv4, IPv6, and DNS hosts are supported. notifytype {traps | informs}
Specifies the type of notification traps that are sent for the host. Traps and informs are supported. The default notify type is traps.
engineID engine-id Configures the remote engine ID to receive informs on a remote host.
udp-port port_number Specifies the UDP port of the host. The default UDP port number is 162.
severity-level {none | debug | info | warning | error | critical}]
Provides the ability to filter traps based on severity level on both the host and the SNMPv3 host. Only RASLog (swEvent) traps can be filtered based on severity level. The configured severity level marks the reporting threshold. All messages with the configured severity or higher are displayed. If the severity level of None is specified, all traps are filtered and no RASLog traps are received. The default severity level is none.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify the recipient of SNMPv3 notifications.
Enter no snmp-server v3host [host {ipv4_host | ipv6_host | dns_host}] to remove a host.
The snmp-server v3host command is similar to the snmp-server host command.
To configure an IPv4 host address: switch(config)# snmp-server v3host 10.23.23.45 snmpadmin1 severity-level info
The following snmp-server v3host ipv6_host command creates an entry for SNMPv3 trap IPv6 host
1050:0:0:0:5:600:300c:326b associated with SNMP user “snmpadmin2.” The trap host will receive SNMPv3 traps from the configured switch. switch(config)# snmp-server v3host 1050::5:600:300c:326b snmpadmin2
severity-level Info
The following snmp-server v3host dns_host command creates an entry for SNMPv3 trap host brocade.com associated with SNMP user “snmpadmin3.” The trap host will receive SNMP V3 traps from the configured switch.
switch(config)# snmp-server v3host brocade.com snmpadmin3 severity-level info
See Also
show running-config snmp-server, snmp-server community, snmp-server contact, snmp-server
host, snmp-server location, snmp-server user
1260 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
source
2 source
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the monitoring session.
source [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] destination [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] direction [rx | tx | both] no source [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] destination [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] direction [rx | tx | both] fortygigabitethernet
Specifies a valid external 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet
Specifies a valid external 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot port
destination
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Use this parameter to specify the interface. fortygigabitethernet
Specifies a valid external 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
tengigabitethernet
Specifies a valid external 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
gigabitethernet Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1261
2 source
slot port
direction rx direction tx direction both
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies to monitor the receiving traffic.
Specifies to monitor the transmitting traffic
Specifies to monitor transmitting and receiving traffic.
Defaults None
Command Modes Monitor session configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to enable a session for monitoring traffic.
The source and destination ports must be in the same port-group on a Brocade VDX 6720-60.
Enter no source followed by the identifying parameters to delete the port mirroring connection for the specified interface.
To enable session 22 for monitoring traffic: switch(config)# monitor session 22 switch(config-session-22)# source tengigabitethernet 0/1 destination
tengigabitethernet 0/15 direction both
See Also
1262 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
spanning-tree autoedge
2 spanning-tree autoedge
Synopsis
Enables automatic edge detection.
spanning-tree autoedge no spanning-tree autoedge
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to automatically identify the edge port.
Usage Guidelines
None
Auto-detection is not enabled.
Examples
See Also
The port can become an edge port if no Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) is received.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all the RBridge nodes.Enter no spanning-tree autoedge to disable automatic edge detection.
To enable automatic edge detection: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree autoedge
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1263
2 spanning-tree bpdu-mac spanning-tree bpdu-mac
Synopsis
Sets the MAC address of the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU).
spanning-tree bpdu-mac [0100.0ccc.cccd | 0304.0800.0700] no spanning-tree bpdu-mac [0100.0ccc.cccd | 0304.0800.0700]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
0100.0ccc.cccd Cisco Control Mac
0304.0800.0700 Brocade Control Mac
Use this command to explicitly set the MAC address of the BPDU. This command will only take effect when the protocol is PVST+ or R-PVST+.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all the RBridge nodes.Brocade
Network OS v4.1.0 supports PVST+ and R-PVST+only. The PVST and R-PVST protocols are proprietary to Cisco and are not supported.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no spanning-tree bpdu-mac 0100.0ccc.cccd to remove the address.
None
None
1264 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
spanning-tree cost
2 spanning-tree cost
Synopsis
Operands
See Also
Changes an interface's spanning-tree port path cost.
spanning-tree cost cost
cost Specifies the path cost for the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) calculations.
Valid values range from 1 through 200000000.
Defaults The default path cost is 200000000.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
Lower path cost indicates a greater chance of becoming root.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all the RBridge nodes.
Examples To set the port cost to 128: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree cost 128
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1265
2 spanning-tree edgeport spanning-tree edgeport
Enables the edge port on an interface to allow the interface to quickly transition to the forwarding state.
spanning-tree edgeport [bpdu-filter | bpdu-guard] Synopsis
Operands bpdu-filter bpdu-guard
Sets the edge port Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter for the port.
Guards the port against the reception of BPDUs.
Defaults Edge port is disabled.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable the edge port feature. This command is only for RSTP and MSTP.
Use the spanning-tree portfast command for STP.
Usage Guidelines If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridge nodes.Note the following details about edge ports and their behavior:
•
A port can become an edge port if no BPDU is received.
•
A port must become an edge port before it receives a BPDU.
•
When an edge port receives a BPDU, it becomes a normal spanning-tree port and is no longer an edge port.
•
Because ports directly connected to end stations cannot create bridging loops in the network, edge ports directly transition to the forwarding state, and skip the listening and learning states
Examples To enable a port to quickly transition to the forwarding state: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree edgeport
See Also
To set the edgeport BPDU filter for the port: switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree edgeport switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree edgeport bpdu-filter
To guard the port against reception of BPDUs: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree edgeport switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree edgeport bpdu-guard
spanning-tree portfast, spanning-tree autoedge
1266 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
spanning-tree guard root
2 spanning-tree guard root
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable the guard root on the interface.
Guard root protects the root bridge from malicious attacks and unintentional misconfigurations where a bridge device that is not intended to be the root bridge becomes the root bridge. This causes severe bottlenecks in the data path. Guard root ensures that the port on which it is enabled is a designated port. If the guard root enabled port receives a superior Bridge Protocol
Data Unit (BPDU), it goes to a discarding state.
If the VLAN parameter is not provided, the guard root functionality is applied globally for all per-VLAN instances. But for the VLANs which have been configured explicitly, the per-VLAN configuration takes precedence over the global configuration.
Usage Guidelines vlan vlan_id
Guard root is disabled.
Specifies a VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
The root port provides the best path from the switch to the root switch.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridge nodes.Enter no spanning-tree guard root to disable guard root on the selected interface.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
Enables the guard root to restrict which interface is allowed to be the spanning-tree root port or the path-to-the-root for the switch.
spanning-tree guard root [vlan vlan_id] no spanning-tree guard root
To enable guard root: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree guard root
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1267
2 spanning-tree hello-time spanning-tree hello-time
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults 2 seconds.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the interval time between the BPDUs sent by the root switch. This command is only for MSTP.
Changing the spanning-tree hello-time affects all spanning-tree instances.
The max-age command setting must be greater than the spanning-tree hello-time command setting.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridge nodes.Enter no spanning-tree hello-time to return to the default setting.
Examples
See Also
Configures the hello-time in seconds on the interface.
spanning-tree hello-time seconds no spanning-tree hello-time
seconds
Sets the interval between the hello Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) sent by the root switch configuration messages. Valid values range from 1 through 10.
To set the hello time to 5 seconds: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree hello-time 5
forward-delay, max-age, show spanning-tree
1268 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
spanning-tree instance
2 spanning-tree instance
Synopsis
Operands
instance_id
cost cost priority priority restricted-role restricted-tcn
Specifies the MSTP instance. Valid values range from 1 through 32.
Specifies the path-cost for a port. Valid values range from 1 through 20000000.
Specifies the port priority for a bridge in increments of 16. Valid values range from 0 through 240.
Specifies to restrict the role of a port.
Specifies to restrict the propagation of the topology change notifications from a port.
Defaults The path-cost value is 2000 on a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Sets restrictions for the port of particular MSTP instances.
spanning-tree instance instance_id [cost cost | priority priority| restricted-role | restricted-tcn] no spanning-tree instance instance_id
Examples
See Also
Use this command to set restrictions for a port in a particular MSTP instance.
Use this command for MSTP-specific configurations.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridge nodes.Enter no spanning-tree instance instance_id to remove the instance.
To set restrictions for the port of MSTP instance 1 with the cost of 40000: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree instance 1 cost 40000
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1269
2 spanning-tree link-type spanning-tree link-type
Synopsis
Operands
See Also
Enables and disables the rapid transition for the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).
spanning-tree link-type [point-to-point | shared] point-to-point shared
Enables rapid transition.
Disables rapid transition.
Defaults The spanning-tree link-type is set to point-to-point.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify a link type for STP.
This command overrides the default setting of the link type.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridge nodes.
Examples To specify the link type as shared: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/0)# spanning-tree link-type shared
1270 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
spanning-tree portfast
2 spanning-tree portfast
Usage Guidelines
Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface to allow the interface to quickly transition to forwarding state.
spanning-tree portfast [bpdu-filter | bpdu-guard] Synopsis
Operands
Defaults Port Fast is disabled.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description bpdu-filter bpdu-guard
Sets the Port Fast BPDU filter for the port.
Guards the port against the reception of BPDUs.
Use this command to enable the Port Fast feature. This command is the only for the Spanning Tree
Protocol (STP). Port Fast immediately puts the interface into the forwarding state without having to
wait for the standard forward time. Use the spanning-tree edgeport command for MSTP and RSTP.
BPDU filter prevents the switch from sending BPDU frames on ports that are enabled with portfast.
BPDU guard disables all portfast-enabled ports should they ever receive BPDU frames. It does not prevent transmitting of BPDU frames.
If you enable spanning-tree portfast bpdu-guard on an interface and the interface receives a
BPDU, the software disables the interface and puts the interface in the ERR_DISABLE state.
Enable Port Fast on ports connected to host. Enabling Port Fast on interfaces connected to switches, bridges, hubs, and so on can cause temporary bridging loops, in both trunking and nontrunking mode.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridge nodes.
Examples To enable a port to quickly transition to the forwarding state: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree portfast
See Also
To set the Port Fast BPDU filter for the port: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree portfast bpdu-filter
To guard the port against the reception of BPDUs: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree portfast bpdu-guard
show spanning-tree, spanning-tree autoedge, spanning-tree edgeport
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1271
2 spanning-tree priority spanning-tree priority
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults The default value is 128.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to change an interface's spanning-tree port priority.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all the RBridges.
Enter no spanning-tree priority to return to the default setting.
Examples
See Also
Changes an interface's spanning-tree port priority.
spanning-tree priority priority no spanning-tree priority
priority Specifies the interface priority for the spanning tree. The range of valid values is from 0 through 240. Port priority is in increments of 16.
To configure the port priority to 16: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree priority 16
spanning-tree cost, show spanning-tree
1272 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
spanning-tree restricted-role
2 spanning-tree restricted-role
Synopsis
Restricts the role of the port from becoming a root port.
spanning-tree restricted-role no spanning-tree restricted-role
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the port from becoming a root port.
Usage Guidelines
None
The restricted role is disabled.
Examples
See Also
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all the RBridges.
Enter no spanning-tree restricted-role to return to the default setting.
To configure the port from becoming a root port: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree restricted-role
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1273
2 spanning-tree restricted-tcn spanning-tree restricted-tcn
Synopsis
Restricts the topology change notification Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) sent on the port. spanning-tree restricted-tcn no spanning-tree restricted-tcn
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to restrict the topology change notification BPDUs sent on the port.
Usage Guidelines
None
The restricted TCN is disabled.
Examples
See Also
Enter no spanning-tree restricted-tcn to disable this parameter.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all the RBridges.
To restrict the TCN on a specific interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree restricted-tcn
1274 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
spanning-tree shutdown
2 spanning-tree shutdown
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enables or disables spanning tree on the interface.
spanning-tree shutdown no spanning-tree shutdown
None
Spanning tree is not enabled in VCS Fabric mode. It is enabled in standalone mode.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to disable spanning tree on the interface or VLAN.
•
Once all of the interfaces have been configured for a VLAN, you can enable Spanning Tree
Protocol (STP) for all members of the VLAN with a single command. Whichever protocol is currently selected is used by the VLAN. Only one type of STP can be active at a time.
•
A physical interface (port) can be a member of multiple VLANs. For example, a physical port can be a member of VLAN 1002 and VLAN 55 simultaneously. In addition, VLAN 1002 can have STP enabled and VLAN 55 can have STP disabled simultaneously.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all the RBridges.
Enter no spanning-tree shutdown to enable spanning tree on the interface or VLAN.
Vlan 1002 can not be enabled with the spanning-tree shutdown command while the device is in
VCS Fabric mode.
To disable spanning tree on a specific interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 switch(conf-if-te-0/1)# spanning-tree shutdown
See Also
To enable spanning tree on VLAN 1002: switch(config)# interface vlan 1002 switch(conf-if-vl-1002)# no spanning-tree shutdown
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1275
2 spanning-tree vlan spanning-tree vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the VLAN identifier for the spanning tree interface.
spanning-tree vlan vlan_id no spanning-tree vlan vlan vlan_id Sets the VLAN identifier for the spanning tree interface. Refer to the Usage
Guidelines.
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the VLAN identifier for the spanning tree interface.
If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all RBridge nodes.
Enter no spanning-tree vlan to remove the VLAN setting.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
None:
forward-delay, max-age, show spanning-tree
1276 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
speed (Ethernet)
2 speed (Ethernet)
Synopsis
Operands 100
1000
1000-auto
10000 auto
Forces the speed to 100 Mbps.
Forces the speed to 1 Gbps.
Forces the speed to 1 Gbps AN (802.3 Clause 37 Auto-Negotiation)
Forces the speed to 10 Gbps.
Allows the interface to negotiate the speed setting.
Defaults Speed is auto.
Command Modes 10 gigabit Ethernet interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Sets the speed on the Ethernet interface.
speed {100 | 1000 | 1000-auto | 10000 | auto} no speed
Examples
See Also
Use this command to set the speed negotiation value for a specific interface.
The speed command is not available for 1-gigabit Ethernet or 40-gigabit Ethernet ports.
Enter no speed to return to the default.
To set the speed to 10 Gbps on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 170/0/1 switch(conf-if-int-170/0/1)# speed 10000
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1277
2 speed (Fibre Channel) speed (Fibre Channel)
Synopsis
Operands
See Also
Sets the operational speed of a Fibre Channel port.
speed {auto | 1gbps | 2gbps | 4gbps | 8gbps} auto
1gbps
2gbps
4gbps
8gbps
Allows the interface to negotiate the port speed.
Sets the operational port speed to 1 Gbps.
Sets the operational port speed to 2 Gbps.
Sets the operational port speed to 4 Gbps.
Sets the operational port speed to 8 Gbps.
Defaults Speed is auto.
Command Modes Fibre Channel interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the operational speed for a Fibre Channel port.
The Fibre Channel version of this command can be used only on Network OS platforms with
Fibre Channel ports (Brocade VDX 6730-32 and Brocade VDX 6730-76 switches), in Brocade
VCS Fabric mode, and with the FCoE license installed.
Examples To set the Fibre Channel port speed: switch (config)# interface FibreChannel 7/0/2 switch(conf-FibreChannel-7/0/2)# speed 4gbps
desire-distance, fill-word, interface, isl-r_rdy, long-distance,
show running-config interface FibreChannel, shutdown, trunk-enable, vc-link-init
1278 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
speed (LAG)
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the speed on the LAG interface.
speed {1000 | 10000 | 40000}
1000
10000
40000
Forces the speed to 1 Gbps.
Forces the speed to 10 Gbps.
Forces the speed to 40 Gbps.
Defaults Speed is 10000
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the speed negotiation value for the interface.
The speed command is available only for 10-gigabit Ethernet ports.
Examples
See Also
None
None speed (LAG)
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1279
2 speed (port-channel) speed (port-channel)
Synopsis
Sets the speed on the port-channel interface.
speed {1000 | 10000 | 40000 | 100000 } no speed
Operands 1000
10000
40000
100000
Forces the speed to 1 Gbps.
Forces the speed to 10 Gbps.
Forces the speed to 40 Gbps.
Forces the speed to 100 Gbps. This is available only if the HundredGigabit line card is supported.
Defaults Speed is 10000.
Command Modes Port-channel interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to set the speed negotiation value for a specific port-channel interface.
Enter no speed to return to the default setting.
To set the speed to 40 Gbps on a specific port-channel interface: switch(config)# interface port-channel 44 switch(config-Port-Channel-44)# speed 40000
1280 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
spt-threshold
2 spt-threshold
Synopsis
Configures the Shortest Path Tree (SPT) threshold.
spt-threshold {infinity | num} no spt-threshold
Operands infinity
num
Defaults Default value is 1.
Command Modes PIM router configuration mode
Description
Use only the rendezvous point to send packets, do not switch over to SPT.
Rate (in kilobytes per second) that must be reached before switching to SPT.
Valid values range from 1 through 4294967295.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to specify the rate, in kilobytes per second, data is to be sent through the rendezvous point before switching to SPT for sending packets.
Enter no spt-threshold to return to the default setting of 1.
To set the SPT threshold interval to 20: switch(conf-pim-router)# spt-threshold 20
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1281
2 ssh ssh
Synopsis
Operands
Connects to a remote server using the Secure Shell (SSH) protocol.
ssh [-c] [-l] [-m] {IP Address | hostname}
-c
-m
3des aes128-cbc aes192-cbc aes256-cbc
-l username hmac-md5 hmac-md5-96 hmac-sha1
Specifies the encryption algorithm for the SSH session. This parameter is optional; if no encryption algorithm is specified, the default (3des) is used.
Supported algorithms include the following:
Triple Data Encryption Standard (DES). This is the default setting.
AES 128-bits
AES 192-bits
AES 256-bits
Login name for the remote server. This parameter is optional. If you specify a username, you will be prompted for a password. If you don’t specify a username, the command assumes you are logging in as root and will prompt for the root password.
Specifies the HMAC (Hash-based Message Authentication Code) message encryption algorithm. This parameter is optional; if no encryption algorithm is specified, the default (hmac-md5) is used. Supported algorithms include the following:
MD5 128-bits. This is the default setting.
MD5 96-bits
SHA1 160-bits
IP Address hostname
Specify the server IP address in IPv4 or IPv6 format.
Alternately, specify the host name, a string between 1 and 253 characters.
Defaults SSH connects to port 22. See Operands for specific defaults.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to establish an encrypted SSH connection from a switch to a remote networking device. This implementation is based on SSH v2.
Usage Guidelines The following features are not supported:
•
Displaying SSH sessions
•
Deleting stale SSH keys
Examples To connect to a remote device using an SSH connection with default settings: switch# ssh 10.70.212.152
The authenticity of host '10.70.212.152 (10.70.212.152)' can't be established.
RSA key fingerprint is f0:2a:7e:48:60:cd:06:3d:f4:44:30:2a:ce:68:fe:1d.
Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes
Warning: Permanently added '10.70.212.152' (RSA) to the list of known hosts.
Password:
1282 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ssh
2
See Also
To connect to a remote device using an SSH connection with a login name: switch# ssh -l admin 127.2.1.8 [email protected]'s password
show running-config ssh server, show ssh server status, ssh server shutdown, telnet
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1283
2 ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14 ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Specifies the method used for generating the one-time session keys for encryption and authentication with the Secure Shell (SSH)server. ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14 no ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14
None
This command is not configured as DH Group 14.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
RBridge ID configuration mode
Description Use this command to specify the method for generating the one-time session keys for encryption and authentication with the SSH server. For information on DH Group 14, refer to RFC 3526.
You can configure the SSH server key-exchange method to DH Group 14. When the SSH server key-exchange method is configured to DH Group 14, the SSH connection from a remote SSH client is allowed only if the key-exchange method at the client end is also configured to DH Group 14.
Enter no ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14 to restore SSH server key-exchange to the default value.
This command is not distributed across the cluster. The RBridge ID of the node should be used to configure service on individual nodes.
Standalone mode
To set SSH server key-exchange to DH Group 14: switch(config)# ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14
To restore the SSH server key-exchange to default value: switch(config)# no ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14
VCS mode
To set SSH server key-exchange to DH Group 14: switch(config)# rbridge-id 3 switch(config-rbridge-id-3)# ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14
To restore the SSH server key-exchange to default value: switch(config)# rbridge-id 3 switch(config-rbridge-id-3)# no ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14
See Also
show running-config ssh server, show ssh server status
1284 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ssh server rekey-interval
2 ssh server rekey-interval
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures the Secure Shell (SSH) server rekey-interval.
ssh server rekey-interval interval no ssh server rekey-interval
interval
None
The value for the rekey interval. Range is from 900 to 3600 seconds.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the SSH server rekey-interval.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use the no ssh server rekey-interval command to remove the rekey-interval.
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1285
2 ssh server shutdown ssh server shutdown
Synopsis
Examples
Disables SSH service on the switch.
ssh server shutdown no ssh server shutdown
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to disable SSH service on the switch.
Enter no ssh server shutdown to enable SSH service. This command is not distributed across the cluster. The RBridge ID of the node should be used to configure service on individual nodes.
Standalone mode
To shut down SSH service: switch(config)# ssh server shutdown
To enable SSH service: switch(config)# no ssh server shutdown
VCS mode
To shut down SSH service: switch(config)# rbridge-id-3 switch(config-rbridge-id-3)# ssh server shutdown
To enable SSH service: switch(config-rbridge-id-3)# no ssh server shutdown
See Also
show running-config ssh server, show ssh server status
1286 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
ssh server status
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Displays SSH service on the switch.
ssh server status
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to display the SSH service on the switch.
None
See Also
Typical command output: switch# ssh server status
SSH Kex Exchange Algorithm: DH Group 14
show running-config ssh server, show ssh server status
ssh server status
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1287
2 static-network (BGP) static-network (BGP)
Synopsis
Configures a static BGP4 network, creating a stable network in the core.
static-network no static-network network/mask [distance num]
Operands
network/mask num
Defaults The default is 200.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
Network and mask in CIDR notation.
Administrative distance value for this network. The range is from 1 through
255.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to configure a static BGP4 network to the core. While a route configured with this command will never flap unless it is deleted manually, a static BGP4 network will not interrupt the normal BGP4 decision process on other learned routes that are installed in the Routing Table
Manager (RTM). Consequently, when there is a route that can be resolved, it will be installed into the RTM.
Use the no form of the command to restore the defaults.
See Also
Typical example of this command.
switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# static-network 10.11.12.0/24 distance 300 route-map
1288 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
storm-control ingress
2 storm-control ingress
Synopsis
Operands
Limits ingress traffic on a specified interface. storm-control ingress {broadcast | unknown-unicast | multicast} {limit-bps | limit-percent} rate
[{monitor | shutdown]} no storm-control ingress {broadcast | unknown-unicast | multicast} {limit-bps | limit-percent} rate
[{monitor | shutdown]} broadcast unknown-unicast multicast limit-bps limit-percent
rate
monitor shutdown
Specifies that the command will operate on broadcast traffic only.
Specifies that the command will operate on unknown-unicast traffic only.
Specifies that the command will operate on multicast traffic only.
Specifies that the value given to the rate parameter is in bits per second.
If the traffic on the interface reaches this rate, no more traffic (for the traffic type specified) is allowed on the interface.
Specifies that the value given to the rate parameter is in percentage of capacity of the interface. If the traffic on the interface reaches this percentage of capacity, no more traffic (for the traffic type specified) is allowed on the interface.
Specifies the amount of traffic allowed, either in bits per second or a percentage of the capacity of the interface, depending on which parameter was chosen with the rate.
•
Range if you are specifying rate in bps: 0 to 10000000000. Because each application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) may support different bit granularity, bit rates are rounded up to the next achievable rate.
•
Range if you are specifying rate in percent of interface capacity:
0 to 100.
Specifies that, if a rate limit is reached within a five-second sampling period, a log message gets sent. A log message is generated upon the first occurrence of such an event. Subsequent log messages are generated only at the end of one complete sample interval in which no rate limits are reached.
Specifies that, if a rate limit is exceeded within a five-second sampling period, the interface will be shut down. You must manually re-enable the interface after a shutdown.
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to limit the amount of broadcast, unknown unicast, and multicast (BUM) ingress traffic on a specified interface. The shutdown parameter monitors the status of the configured rate limit every five seconds, and if the maximum defined rate is exceeded the corresponding interface is shut down until you re-enable it using the no shut command.
This command is supported on the 8770-4 and 8770-8 platforms only.
If you want to modify an active BUM storm control configuration, you must first disable it, then issue the storm-control ingress command again with the new parameters.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1289
2 storm-control ingress
Examples
See Also
Enter no storm-control ingress to disable BUM storm control for a particular traffic type on an interface.
To configure storm control on a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 101/0/2, with a limit-rate of
1000000 bps: switch (config)# interface tengigabitethernet 101/0/2 switch (conf-if-te-101/0/2)# storm-control ingress broadcast 1000000
To disable BUM storm control for broadcast traffic only, on a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface
101/0/2: switch (config)# int te 101/0/2 switch (conf-if-te-101/0/2)# no storm-control ingress broadcast
interface, storm-control ingress, show storm-control, clear counters storm-control
1290 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
summary-address
2 summary-address
Synopsis
Operands
Configures route summarization for redistributed routes for an Autonomous System Boundary
Router (ASBR).
summary-address A.B.C.D E.F.G.H no summary-address
A.B.C.D E.F.G.H
IP address and mask for the summary route representing all the redistributed routes in dotted decimal format.
Defaults Summary addresses are not configured.
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure an ASBR to advertise one external route as an aggregate for all redistributed routes that are covered by a specified address range. When you configure an address range, the range takes effect immediately. All the imported routes are summarized according to the configured address range. Imported routes that have already been advertised and that fall within the range are flushed out of the AS and a single route corresponding to the range is advertised.
If a route that falls within a configured address range is imported by the device, no action is taken if the device has already advertised the aggregate route; otherwise the device advertises the aggregate route. If an imported route that falls within a configured address range is removed by the device, no action is taken if there are other imported routes that fall within the same address range; otherwise the aggregate route is flushed.
You can configure up to 32 address ranges. The device sets the forwarding address of the aggregate route to 0 and sets the tag to 0. If you delete an address range, the advertised aggregate route is flushed and all imported routes that fall within the range are advertised individually. If an external link-state-database-overflow condition occurs, all aggregate routes and other external routes are flushed out of the AS. When the device exits the external LSDB overflow condition, all the imported routes are summarized according to the configured address ranges.
This parameter affects only imported, type 5 external routes.
Enter no summary-address to disable route summarization.
Examples To configure a summary address of 10.1.0.0 with a mask of 255.255.0.0: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)#router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# summary-address 10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0
See Also
NOTE
The command in this example configures summary address 10.1.0.0, which includes addresses
10.1.1.0, 10.1.2.0, 10.1.3.0, and so on. For all of these networks, only the address 10.1.0.0 is advertised in external LSAs.
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1291
2 support support
Synopsis
Enables or disables the first-fault data capture (FFDC).
support ffdc no support ffdc
Operands
Defaults
Enables FFDC.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable FFDC.
Usage Guidelines ffdc
FFDC is enabled.
Examples
See Also
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
Enter no router ffdc to disable FFDC. When disabled, the daemon does not capture any data, even when a message with FFDC attributes is logged.
To enable FFDC: switch(config)# support ffdc
To disable FFDC: switch(config)# no support ffdc
clear support, copy support, show support
1292 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
support autoupload enable
2 support autoupload enable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
Support autoupload is disabled by default.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Whenever a core file, FFDC, trace data file occurs, the data files are automatically transferred to the configured remote location if the autoupload feature is enabled.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Specifies if support autoupload is enabled or disabled. When set to enabled, the data files are automatically transferred to the configured remote location.
support autoupload enable no support autoupload enable
Use the no form of this command to disable support autoupload.
To enable autoupload mode: switch(config)# support autoupload enable
See Also
To disable autoupload mode: switch(config)# no support autoupload enable
show running-config support autoupload-param
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1293
2 support autoupload-param support autoupload-param
Synopsis
Defines autoupload parameters.
support autoupload-param hostip host-ip user user_acct password password protocol [ftp | scp | sftp] directory path
Operands hostip host-ip user user_acct
Specifies the IP address of the remote host.
Specifies the user name to access the remote host.
password password Specifies the password to access the remote host.
protocol FTP | SCP | SFTP directory path rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
Specifies the protocol used to access the remote server.
Specifies the path to the directory.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to define autoupload parameters.
None
To configure autoupload parameters: switch(config)# support autoupload-paramhostip 10.31.2.27 protocol [ftp|scp |
sftp]username hegdes directory /uers/home40/hegdes/autoupload password
(<string>): *****
See Also None
1294 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switch-attributes
2 switch-attributes
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Sets switch attributes.
switch-attributes rbridge-id chassis-name string host-name string no switch-attributes rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID the attribute is to be set for. Only the local
RBridge ID is supported.
chassis-name string
Sets the switch chassis name. The string must be between 1 and 30 ASCII characters in length. host-name string Sets the switch host name. The string must be between 1 and 30 ASCII characters in length.
The default chassis name depends on the switch model and can be one of the following product names:
•
VDX 6720-24
•
VDX 6720-60
•
VDX 6730-32
•
VDX 6730-76
•
VDX 6710-54
•
VDX 8770-4
•
VDX 8770-8
The default host name is “sw0”.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the switch attributes. When issued with the RBridge ID of the switch to be configured, this command goes into a sub-command shell where you can configure the host name or chassis name.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
The text string for the chassis-name and host-name string is limited to 30 characters. The string must begin with a letter, and can consist of letters, digits, hyphens, periods (dots), and underscore characters. Spaces are not permitted.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
Enter no switch-attributes to restore the default values.
To set the host name for a switch with an RBridge ID of 2: switch(config)# switch-attributes 2 switch(config-switch-attributes-1)# host-name VDX7620-24
show running-config switch-attributes
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1295
2 switchport switchport
Synopsis
Puts the interface in Layer 2 mode.
switchport no switchport
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to put the interface in Layer 2 mode and to set the switching characteristics of the Layer 2 interface.
Usage Guidelines
None
All Layer 2 interfaces are mapped to default VLAN 1 and the interface is set to access mode.
Examples
For changing the interface configuration mode to trunk or changing the default VLAN mapping, use additional switchport commands.
Enter no switchport to take the switch out of the Layer 2 mode.
To put a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface in Layer 2 mode: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport
To remove a specific port-channel interface from Layer 2 mode: switch(config)# interface port-channel 44 switch(config-port-channel-44)# no switchport
See Also
interface, show vlan, switchport mode, switchport access, switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan
1296 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport access
2 switchport access
Synopsis
Operands vlan vlan_id Sets the port VLAN (PVID) to the specified vlan_id. Refer to the
Usage Guidelines. Range is below 4096 for 802.1Q VLANs, and from 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. (See
Usage Guidelines, below.)
Sets a VLAN ID for RSPAN (Remote Switched Port Analyzer) traffic analysis.
rspan-vlan vlan_id mac HHHH.HHHH.HHHH
Sets a source MAC address for classifying an untagged VLAN specified by the vlan keyword.
mac-group mac-group-id
(Optional) Specifies a set of MAC addresses. The group of addresses must be established by the global mac-group command.
Defaults All Layer 2 interfaces are in access mode and belong to the VLAN ID 1.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode on edge ports
Description Use this command to set the Layer 2 interface as access. In access mode, the interface only allows untagged and priority tagged packets.
In a Virtual Fabrics context, use this command also to configure service or transport VFs on an access port. This allows multiple untagged VLANs on the port by means of SRC MAC classifiers.
Usage Guidelines
Sets the Layer 2 interface as access.
switchport access {vlan vlan_id | rspan-vlan vlan_id | mac HHHH.HHHH.HHHH | mac-group
mac-group-id} no switchport access {vlan vlan_id | rspan-vlan vlan_id | mac HHHH.HHHH.HHHH | mac-group
mac-group-id}
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches) and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches) and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Enter no switchport access vlan to set the PVID to the default VLAN 1.
Examples To set the Layer 2 interface PVID to 100 on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport access vlan 100
To set the PVID to the default VLAN 1 on a specific port-channel interface: switch(config)# interface port-channel 44 switch(config-port-channel-44)# no switchport access vlan
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1297
2 switchport access
See Also
The following examples illustrate configuration with service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
In global configuration mode, establish a mac-group: switch(config)# mac-group 1 switch(config-mac-group 1)# mac 0002.0002.0002 switch(config-mac-group 1)# mac 0005.0005.0005 switch(config-mac-group 1)# mac 0008.0008.0008
In interface configuration mode, ensure that the switchport mode is set to access: switch(config)# int te 2/0/1 switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport mode access
Set the default access VLAN (the default is 1) to 5000 (a classified VLAN): switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport access vlan 5000
Classify an 802.1Q VLAN by means of a source MAC address: switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport access vlan 200 mac 0002.0002.0002
Configure a classified VLAN (> 4095) on the same interface with a MAC address. Frames that do not match the source MAC addresses of 0002.0002.0002 or 0004.0004.0004 are classified into
VLAN 5000 (the access VLAN for all untagged frames that do not have MAC address classifications.
switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport access vlan 6000 mac 0004.0004.0004
The following errors occur because a MAC address can be classified to only one VLAN on the same interface.
switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport access vlan 7000 mac-group 1 switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# %Error: Mac-address/Mac-group is overlapping with another Mac-address/Mac-group configuration on the same port.
switch(config-if-te-3/0/1)# switchport mode access switch(config-if-te-3/0/1)# switchport access vlan 7000 mac-group 1 switch(config-if-te-3/0/1)# switchport access vlan mac 8000 0008.0008.0008 switch(config-if-te-3/0/1)# %Error: Mac-address/Mac-group is overlapping with another Mac-address/Mac-group configuration on the same port.
interface, mac-group, rspan-vlan, show vlan, switchport mode, switchport trunk allowed vlan
1298 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport mode
2 switchport mode
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the mode of the Layer 2 interface. Access mode assigns the port to a
VLAN (refer to the Usage Guidelines). Trunk mode makes the port linkable to other switches and routers.
Usage Guidelines
Sets the mode of the interface.
switchport mode {access | trunk} access trunk
Sets the Layer 2 interface as access.
Sets the Layer 2 interface as trunk.
You must configure the same native VLAN on both ends of an 802.1 or classified VLAN trunk link.
Failure to do so can cause bridging loops and VLAN leaks.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples To set the mode of a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface to access: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport mode access
See Also
To set the mode of a specific port-channel interface to trunk: switch(config)# interface port-channel 44 switch(config-port-channel-44)# switchport mode trunk
interface, show vlan, switchport access, switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan, switchport
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1299
2 switchport mode private-vlan switchport mode private-vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults The port does not have any PVLAN attributes by default.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the private VLAN mode of the Layer 2 interface. This command assigns the primary Vlan to a promiscuous port (refer to the Usage Guidelines). This command also maps a promiscuous port to selected secondary VLANs. This means only selected VLANs can send packets to this port.
Usage Guidelines
Sets the private VLAN (PVLAN) mode of the Layer 2 interface.
switchport mode private-vlan [host] [promiscuous] [trunk [promiscuous | host]] host Sets the port mode to host (community or isolated) mode. It accepts the untagged or priority tagged packet, and the outgoing packet is untagged.
Sets the port mode to promiscuous mode.
promiscuous trunk trunk host
Sets the port mode to PVLAN trunk port. This port can carry multiple VLANs.
The outgoing packets carry all VLANs, except for native VLANs.
Sets the port mode to host (community or isolated) mode. The trunk operand means the outgoing packet will be tagged “accept”.
trunk promiscuous Sets the trunk to promiscuous mode.
All switchport modes are independent from each other, including normal mode (access/trunk) and above private VLAN modes. Based on the default behavior of the port, the new mode automatically overwrites the existing mode by deleting the existing mode (removing any relationship/association) and applying the new mode.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples To set the mode of a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface to PVLAN trunk: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport mode private-vlan trunk
To set the mode of a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface to PVLAN promiscuous (untagged): switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport mode private-vlan promiscuous
1300 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport mode private-vlan
2
See Also
To set the mode of a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface to PVLAN promiscuous (tagged): switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport mode private-vlan trunk promiscuous
private-vlan, show vlan, switchport access, switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan, switchport
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1301
2 switchport mode trunk-no-default-native switchport mode trunk-no-default-native
Synopsis
Operands
Configures a port to trunk mode without the implicit creation of default native VLAN 1 in a Virtual
Fabrics context.
switchport mode trunk-no-default-native
None
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure a port to trunk mode without the implicit creation of default native
VLAN 1 in a Virtual Fabrics context. This is the fundamental difference between this command and the switch mode trunk command, which implicitly creates VLAN 1 on the port.
Usage Guidelines When this command is enabled, any ingress tagged or untagged packet is discarded until a switchport classification or native VLAN classification is configured. To disable this functionality, simpy issue the no switchport command, or enter a different switchport mode by using the switchport mode access command or the switchport mode trunk command.
Port mode change is not allowed when port security is enabled on the interface.
The global command dot1q tag native-vlan does not affect the ingress or egress tagging behavior of the native VLAN configured in this mode.
The following native VLAN commands are supported in this mode:
• switchport trunk native-vlan-untagged
• switchport trunk native-vlan-xtagged
The following native VLAN commands that are supported in regular trunk mode are NOT supported in this mode:
• switchport trunk tag native-vlan
• switchport trunk native-vlan
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport
VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples Configure a trunk port without a default native VLAN, then explicitly configure the native VLAN.
switch(config)# interface te 2/1/1 switch(config-if-te-2/1/1)# switchport mode trunk-no-default-native switch(config-if-te-2/1/1)# switchport trunk native-vlan-xtagged 1 egress tagged
1302 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport mode trunk-no-default-native
2
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1303
2 switchport port-security switchport port-security
Synopsis
Enables or disables port security on an interface port.
switchport port-security no switchport port-security
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable port security on an interface port.
Usage Guidelines Use the no switchport port-security command to disable port security on the interface.
Port mode change is not allowed when port security is enabled on the interface.
Examples
See Also
None
None
1304 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport port-security mac-address
2 switchport port-security mac-address
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the MAC address option for port security on an interface port.
switchport port-security mac-address address vlan vlan_id mac-address address Specifies the MAC address-based VLAN classifier rule used to map to a specific VLAN.
vlan vlan_id Specifies a VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the MAC address option for port security on an interface port.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1305
2 switchport port-security max switchport port-security max
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the maximum number of MAC addresses used for port security on an interface port.
switchport port-security max value no switchport port-security max
value
The maximum number of secure MAC addresses. Range is from 1 through
8192.
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the maximum number of MAC addresses used for port security on an interface port.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
None
1306 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport port-security oui
2 switchport port-security oui
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure an OUI MAC address from which the interface will accept traffic. All other addresses are ignored.
Usage Guidelines
Configures an Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) MAC address for port security on an interface port.
switchport port-security oui address no switchport port-security oui
address
The OUI MAC address from which to accept vendor traffic, in the format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
Use the no switchport port-security oui command to disable this option.
The use of static secure MAC addresses is not included in OUI-based port security.
NOTE
OUI-based port security is not supported on Brocade VDX 6710 and VDX 6720 platforms.
When you configure the first OUI MAC address on a secure port, traffic floods until the entries are programmed in the hardware.
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1307
2 switchport port-security shutdown-time switchport port-security shutdown-time
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the shutdown-time option for port security on an interface port.
switchport port-security shutdown-time time
time
The amount of time to shut down the interface port, in minutes. Range is from 1 through 15.
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the shutdown-time option for port security on an interface port.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
1308 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport port-security sticky
2 switchport port-security sticky
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description You can configure an interface to convert the dynamic MAC addresses to sticky secure MAC addresses and to add them to the running configuration by enabling sticky learning. When this command is executed on an interface, the interface converts all the dynamic secure MAC addresses, including those that were dynamically learned before sticky learning was enabled, to sticky secure MAC addresses.
Usage Guidelines
Converts dynamic MAC addresses to sticky secure MAC addresses.
switchport port-security sticky mac-address address vlan vlan_id mac-address address Specifies the MAC address-based VLAN classifier rule used to map to a specific VLAN.
vlan vlan_id Specifies a VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1309
2 switchport port-security violation switchport port-security violation
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the violation response options for port security on an interface.
switchport port-security violation {restrict | shutdown} restrict shutdown
Drops packets with unknown source addresses until you remove a sufficient number of secure MAC addresses to drop below the maximum value.
Puts the interface into the error-disabled state for a predetermined amount of time.
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the violation response options for port security on an interface.
None
Examples
See Also
None
None
1310 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport private-vlan association trunk
2 switchport private-vlan association trunk
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults The port does not have any PVLAN attributes by default.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description This command associates primary VLAN and secondary VLAN to a private VLAN trunk port. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Usage Guidelines
Assigns a primary private VLAN to private VLAN trunk port. switchport private-vlan association trunk primary_vlan_ID secondary_vlan_ID no switchport private-vlan association trunk primary_vlan_ID no switchport private-vlan association trunk primary_vlan_ID secondary_vlan_ID
primary_vlan_ID The primary VLAN identification.
secondary_vlan_ID
The secondary VLAN identification.
Multiple PVLAN pairs (Primary VLAN, multiple secondaries) can be specified using this command.
Therefore, two no versions of this command are used to remove association for one primary VLAN, or remove any trunk association.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
To associate a primary VLAN to PVLAN trunk port, in this example 2 is primary VLAN and 302 is secondary VLAN: switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport private-vlan association trunk 2 302
To remove a primary VLAN to PVLAN trunk port, switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# no switchport private-vlan association trunk 2
private-vlan, switchport mode private-vlan, switchport private-vlan mapping
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1311
2 switchport private-vlan host-association switchport private-vlan host-association
Synopsis
Assigns a secondary and primary VLAN pair to host port.
switchport private-vlan host-association primary_vlan_ID secondary_vlan_ID no switchport private-vlan host-association
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines
primary_vlan_ID The primary VLAN identification. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
secondary_vlan_ID
The secondary VLAN identification.
Defaults The port does not have any PVLAN attributes by default.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
This command associates secondary and Primary VLAN pair a PVLAN host port.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
None
private-vlan, switchport mode private-vlan, switchport private-vlan mapping
1312 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport private-vlan mapping
2 switchport private-vlan mapping
Synopsis
Operands primary_vlan_ID add remove
secondary_vlan
The primary VLAN identification. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Adds the secondary VLAN to the primary mapping.
Removes the secondary VLAN from the primary mapping.
The secondary VLAN identification.
Defaults The port does not have any PVLAN attributes by default.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description This command maps primary VLAN and secondary VLAN to a promiscuous port. This command also maps a promiscuous port to selected secondary VLANs. This means only selected VLAN can send packets to this port.
Usage Guidelines
Maps primary VLAN and secondary VLAN to a promiscuous port. switchport private-vlan mapping primary_vlan_ID [add | remove] secondary_vlan no switchport private-vlan mapping
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
None
private-vlan, switchport private-vlan association trunk, switchport private-vlan mapping
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1313
2 switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan
Synopsis
For service or transport VFs
(VLAN ID 4096 through 8191), the C-TAG cannot be a default
VLAN, a reserved
VLAN, and FCoE
VLAN, or an internal control
VLAN.Examples
Adds a VLAN to a private VLAN (PVLAN) trunk port.
switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan {all | none | [add | remove | except] vlan_id] ctag ctag} no switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan vlan_id
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines none add remove except
vlan_id
ctag ctag
Removes all VLANs except for VLAN 1.
Adds a specified VLAN.
Removes the specified VLAN.
Allows all VLANs except the specified VLAN.
Specifies a VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guideines.
Specifies an incoming C-TAG that is associated with a service or transport
VF in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Defaults The port will have default VLAN 1.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
This command adds a VLAN to PVLAN trunk port.
Use the no form of this command to remove a VLAN or C-TAG from a trunk port.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches) and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches) and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context
The following illustrates the configuration of PVLANs for both 802.1Q VLANs and service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Configure a PVLAN trunk port: switch(config)# int te 4/1 switch(config-if-te-2/0/2)# switchport mode private-vlan trunk
Configure 802.1Q VLANs and service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context: switch(config-if-te-2/0/2)# switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan add 400 switch(config-if-te-2/0/2)# switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan add 5000
ctag 100
Configure service or transport VFs as PVLANs, by using the switchport private-vlan association command: switch(config-if-te-2/0/2)# switchport private-vlan association trunk 6000 7000
1314 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan
2
See Also switch(config-if-te-2/0/2)# switchport private-vlan association trunk 6000 8000
switchport mode, switchport private-vlan association trunk
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1315
2 switchport private-vlan trunk native-vlan switchport private-vlan trunk native-vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to set the native PVLAN characteristics of the Layer 2 trunk interface for classifying untagged traffic.
Usage Guidelines
Sets native private VLAN (PVLAN) characteristics on a trunk port.
switchport private-vlan trunk native-vlan vlan_id no switchport private-vlan trunk native-vlan
vlan_id Specifies a VLAN to transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface.
Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Enter no switchport trunk native-vlan to reset the native VLAN to the default setting.
Native VLAN configuration is not supported for a port in private vlan trunk promiscuous mode.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
To set native PVLAN characteristics for a VLAN whose VLAN ID is 120: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport private-vlan trunk native-vlan 120
switchport mode private-vlan, switchport private-vlan association
trunk,switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan
1316 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan
2 switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Adds or removes VLANs on a Layer 2 interface in trunk mode.
switchport trunk allowed {vlan | rspan-vlan} {add vlan_id {ctag {id | ctag-range} | all | except vlan_id | none | remove vlan_id} add vlan_id all ctag
id range
except vlan_id none rspan-vlan vlan_id remove vlan_id
Adds a VLAN to transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface. The
VLAN can be an 802.1Q VLAN, an RSPAN VLAN, or a transport VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Allows only802.1Q VLANs to transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface. This keyword does not apply to classified or transport VLANs.
Specifies an incoming C-TAG or range of C-TAGs for classified or transport
VLANs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
C-TAG ID.
Range of C-TAG IDs, for example, 100-200, or 10,20,100-200) (applicable only if the VLAN is a transport VLAN.
Allows only802.1Q VLANs except the specified VLAN ID to transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Allows only802.1Q VLANs to transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface. This keyword does not apply to service or transport VFs in a
Virtual Fabrics context.
Selects a VLAN for Remote Switched Port Analyzer (RSPAN) traffic monitoring.
Removes a VLAN that transmits and receives through the Layer 2 interface.
Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the VLANs that will transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches)., and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport
VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.For service or transport VFs (VLAN ID 4096 through 8191), the
C-TAG cannot be a default VLAN, a reserved VLAN, and FCoE VLAN, or an internal control VLAN.
A transport VF C-TAG can be any VLAN ID that is not used in other classifications or as a 802.1Q
VLAN.
Examples To add the tagged VLAN 100 to a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface:
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1317
2 switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan
See Also switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport trunk allowed vlan add 100
To remove the tagged VLAN 100 from the interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport trunk allowed vlan remove 100
The following examples illustrate configuration in a Virtual Fabrics context:
Configure an interface as a trunk switchport.
switch(config)# int te 1/0/1 switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# switchport mode trunk
A C-TAG is required for a classified VLAN (VLAN ID from 4096 through 8191): switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# switchport trunk allowed vlan add 7000 switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# syntax error: unknown argument
Configure a classified VLAN with a C-TAG: switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# switchport trunk allowed vlan add 5000 ctag 100 switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# switchport trunk allowed vlan add 6000 ctag 200
An 802.1Q vlan specified as a user VLAN cannot be used as a C-TAG in a classified VLAN. The following show conflicts.
•
Edge C-TAG 100 is already assigned to VLAN 5000 at the same port: switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# switchport trunk allow vlan add 8000 ctag 100 switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# %Error: C-tag is already used.
•
Edge VLAN 100 is already used as a C-TAG in a classified VLAN: switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# switchport trunk allow vlan 100 switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# %%Error: One of the vlans in the range is configured as a ctag on the same port. switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# switchport trunk allow vlan all switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# %%Error: Virtual-fabric vlan classification configuration exists. switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# switchport trunk allow vlan add 888
•
Edge VLAN 888 was already used in 802.1Q configuration.
switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# switchport trunk allow vlan add 8000 ctag 888 switch(config-if-te-1/0/1)# %Error: Ctag is configured in the allowed range on this port.
interface,rspan-vlan, show vlan, switchport mode, switchport trunk native-vlan,
switchport trunk tag native-vlan, transport-service
1318 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport trunk default-vlan
2 switchport trunk default-vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode on a trunk port
Description Use this command to configure tagged or untagged data traffic that does not match any classification rule on a trunk port, supporting service, or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Usage Guidelines
Configures tagged or untagged data traffic that does not match any classification rule on a trunk port, supporting service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
switchport trunk default-vlan vlan_id no switchport trunk default-vlan vlan_id
vlan_id Adds a classified VLAN (VLAN ID > 4095) to transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Enter no switchport trunk default-vlan vlan_id to remove the default VLAN configuration.
Examples Create a transport VF in a Virtual Fabrics context: switch(config)# interface vlan 6000 switch(config-vlan-6000)# transport-service 60
Classify all nonmatching traffic except native VLAN traffic to the transparent default VLAN: switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport trunk default-vlan 6000
See Also
interface, show vlan, switchport mode, switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan,
switchport trunk tag native-vlan, transport-service
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1319
2 switchport trunk native-vlan switchport trunk native-vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to set native VLAN characteristics as an 802.1Q VLAN, or, in a Virtual Fabrics context, as a service or transport VF on a trunk port, matching tagged or untagged data traffic that does not match a classification rule.
Usage Guidelines
Sets native VLAN characteristics as an 802.1Q VLAN, or, in a Virtual Fabrics context, as service or transport VF on a trunk port, matching tagged or untagged data traffic that does not match a classification rule.
switchport trunk native-vlan vlan_id [ctag id] no switchport trunk native-vlan vlan_id [ctag id]
vlan_id ctag id
Adds a VLAN to transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Sets an optional C-TAG for a service or transport VF (VLAN ID > 4095). If not present, the native VLAN is untagged.
Note the following:
•
For VLAN IDs above 4095, the ctag keyword is optional.
•
If ctag is not used, the native VLAN is untagged and the command is validated against the [no] switchport trunk tag native-vlan command, which controls the tagging of the native VLAN at the interface level. The switchport trunk native-vlan command is accepted only if the configuration set by the switchport trunk tag native-vlan command allows untagged packets.
For VLAN IDs above 4095, validation against the global command no vlan dot1q tag native is not required.
•
The native VLAN must accept tagged frames for the ctag keyword to apply.
•
For 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN ID < 4096), both the interface subtype and global commands that control native VLAN tagging apply to the specified native VLAN.
Use the no form of this command to unconfigure the native VLAN. VLAN 1 then becomes the native
VLAN.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
For service or transport VFs (VLAN ID 4096 through 8191), the C-TAG cannot be a default VLAN, a reserved VLAN, or an internal control VLAN. An FCoE VLAN ID can be used as a C-TAG provided the interface is not configured for “fcoeport default.”
1320 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport trunk native-vlan
2
Examples
See Also
Enter no switchport trunk native-vlan to reset the native VLAN to the default setting
To set native VLAN characteristics for an802.1Q VLAN whose VLAN ID is 120: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport trunk native-vlan 120
The following illustrates the use of the command in a Virtual Fabrics context:
•
Configure an interface as a switchport trunk and set the tagging of the native VLAN at the interface level: switch(config)# int te 2/0/1 switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport mode trunk switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport trunk tag native-vlan
•
Change the native VLAN from the default of 1 to a classified VLAN (VLAN ID > 4095) and add an optional C-TAG: switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport trunk native-vlan 5000 ctag 50
•
Change the new native default VLAN to an 802.1Q VLAN (VLAN ID < 4096): switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport trunk native-vlan 200
•
The interface must allow untagged packets for classified native VLANs without a C-TAG: switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport trunk native-vlan 5000
%%Error: Cannot configure non-dot1q native-vlan without a ctag, when native-vlan-tagging is enabled.
switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# no switchport trunk tag native-vlan switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport trunk native-vlan 5000
interface, transport-service, show vlan, switchport mode, switchport trunk allowed vlan
rspan-vlan, switchport trunk tag native-vlan
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1321
2 switchport trunk native-vlan-untagged switchport trunk native-vlan-untagged
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode on a trunk port
Description Use this command to configure a port to accept only untagged packets, and to specify that those packets be egress untagged in a Virtual Fabrics context. The untagged packets may be classified to an 802.1Q VLAN, a service VF, or a transport VF.
Usage Guidelines
Configures a port to accept only untagged packets, and specifies that those packets be egress untagged in a Virtual Fabrics context.
switchport trunk native-vlan-untagged vlan_id no switchport trunk native-vlan-untagged
vlan_id
Adds a classified VLAN (VLAN ID > 4095) to transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
This command is supported when the port is in no-default-vlan trunk mode, as enabled by means of the switchport mode trunk-no-default-native command.
Use the no switchport trunk native-vlan-untagged command to remove the configuration.
Port mode change is not allowed when port security is enabled on the interface.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples
See Also
Configure untagged native VLAN 5000, allow VLAN 6000, and make VLAN 7000 the default VLAN.
switch(config)# interface te 2/1/1 switch(config-if-te-2/1/1)# switchport mode trunk-no-default-native switch(config-if-te-2/1/1)# switchport trunk native-vlan untagged 5000 switch(config-if-te-2/1/1)# switchport trunk add vlan 6000 ctag 100-200 switch(config-if-te-2/1/1)# switchport trunk default-vlan 7000
Remove the native VLAN 5000.
switch(config-if-te-2/1/1)# no switchport trunk native-vlan-untagged
switchport mode trunk-no-default-native, switchport trunk native-vlan-xtagged
1322 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport trunk native-vlan-xtagged
2 switchport trunk native-vlan-xtagged
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode on a trunk port
Description Use this command to accept both tagged and untagged packets, and to specify the egress tagging behavior in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Usage Guidelines
Configures a port to accept both tagged and untagged packets, and specifies the egress tagging behavior in a Virtual Fabrics context.
switchport trunk native-vlan-xtagged vlan_id [ctag cvid] egress {tagged | untagged | any} no switchport trunk native-vlan-xtagged
vlan_id
ctag cvid egress tagged untagged any
Adds a classified VLAN (VLAN ID > 4095) to transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Sets an optional C-TAG (802.1Q VLAN ID) for a service or transport VF (VLAN
ID > 4095).
Enables the selection of required tagging options.
Specifies packets as tagged.
Specifies packets as untagged.
Specifies that packets preserve their ingress encapsulation.
This command is supported when the port is in no-default-vlan trunk mode, as enabled by means of the switchport mode trunk-no-default-native command.
Note the following:
•
Ingress packets may be classified to an 802.1Q VLAN, a service VF, or a transport VF.
•
The native VLAN must accept tagged frames for the ctag keyword to apply.
•
If the specified VLAN is an 802.1Q VLAN, the ctag option is not required.
•
If the specified VLAN is an 802.1Q VLAN or a service VF, the egress tagging options are tagged or untagged.
•
If the specified VLAN is a transport VF, then the egress tagging option must be any to preserve the encapsulation of ingress frames.
Use the no switchport trunk native-vlan-xtagged command to remove the configuration.
Port mode change is not allowed when port security is enabled on the interface.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1323
2 switchport trunk native-vlan-xtagged
Examples
See Also
Configure transport VF 6000 that accepts C-TAG range 100 through 200 and a native VLAN that can be eiher tagged or untagged.
switch(config)# interface te 2/1/1 switch(config-if-te-2/1/1)# switchport mode trunk-no-default-native switch(config-if-te-2/1/1)# switchport trunk native-vlan-xtagged 6000 ctag 10
egress any
switch(config-if-te-2/1/1)# switchport trunk allow vlan 6000 ctag 100-200
Remove the native VLAN from the transport VF.
switch(config-if-te-2/1/1)# no switchport trunk native-vlan-xtagged
switchport mode trunk-no-default-native, switchport trunk native-vlan-untagged
1324 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
switchport trunk tag native-vlan
2 switchport trunk tag native-vlan
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable tagging for native traffic on a specific interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enables tagging on native VLAN traffic.
switchport trunk tag native-vlan no switchport trunk tag native
Enter no switchport trunk tag native to untag native traffic for a specific interface.
To enable tagging for native traffic on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport trunk tag native-vlan
interface, show vlan, switchport mode, switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1325
2 system-description system-description
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the global system description specific to LLDP.
system-description line no system-description
line Specifies a description for the LLDP system. The string must be between 1 and 50 ASCII characters in length.
Defaults None
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the global system description specific to LLDP.
Enter no system-description to clear the global LLDP system description.
To set the global system description specific to LLDP: switch(conf-lldp)# system-description Brocade
See Also
1326 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
system-max system-max
Synopsis
Sets the maximum number of Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) requests that the system will allocate.
system-max arp number_of_arps no system-max arp
Operands arp Enables setting the maximum number of ARP requests.
number_of_arps An integer value from 0 through 16384.
Defaults None
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use this command to set the maximum number of ARP requests that the system will allocate.
Use the no form of this command to disable this feature.
None
None
2
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1327
2 system-monitor system-monitor
Synopsis
Operands
Manages the monitoring of FRUs and sets a variety of alerts when thresholds are exceeded.
system-monitor
{LineCard [alert [action [all | email | none | raslog]] | state [all | faulty | inserted | none | on | removed]] | threshold [down-threshold | marginal-threshold]] |
MM [threshold [down-threshold | marginal-threshold]] | cid-card [alert [action | state [all | faulty | inserted | none | on | removed]] | threshold
[down-threshold | marginal-threshold]] | compact-flash [threshold [down-threshold | marginal-threshold]] | fan [alert [action | state [all | faulty | inserted | none | on | removed]] | threshold
[down-threshold | marginal-threshold]] | power [alert [action | state [all | faulty | inserted | none | on | removed]] | threshold
[down-threshold | marginal-threshold]] sfp [alert [action state]] temp [threshold [down-threshold | marginal-threshold]]} no system-monitor
LineCard
MM cid-card compact-flash fan power sfp temp alert action state all email none raslog all faulty inserted none on removed
Specifies alerts and thresholds for line cards.
Specifies thresholds for management modules.
Specifies alerts and thresholds for the chassis ID card.
Specifies thresholds for the compact flash device.
Specifies alerts and thresholds for the fans.
Specifies alerts and thresholds for the power supplys.
Specifies alerts for the small form-factor pluggable devices.
Specifies thresholds for the temperature sensors.
Specifies whether an alert is sent when a threshold value is either above or below a threshold trigger.
Specifies the response type.
Specifies that e-mail and RASLog messaging are used.
Specifies that an e-mail message is sent.
Specifies that no message is sent.
Specifies RASLog messaging.
Specifies the hardware state to be monitored.
Specifies that all hardware states are monitored.
Specifies that hardware is monitored for faults.
Specifies that the insertion state of hardware is monitored.
Specifies that no hardware states are monitored.
Specifies that the hardware on/off state is monitored.
Specifies that the removal of hardware is monitored.
1328 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
system-monitor
2
Defaults threshold Specifies the monitoring of thresholds down-threshold Specifies an integer value that, when exceeded, indicates when hardware is down.
marginal-threshold Specifies an integer value that, when exceeded, indicates when hardware is operating marginally.
For system monitoring defaults, see the “System Monitor” chapter in the Network OS
Administrator’s Guide Supporting Network OS v.4.0.0.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure field-replaceable unit (FRU) monitoring and actions. Depending on these configuration settings, a variety of actions are generated when there is a change in FRU state.
Usage Guidelines Use this command in RBridge subconfiguration mode to manage the system health monitoring of individual nodes in a cluster.
Examples switch(config-rbridge-id-154)# system-monitor sfm threshold down-threshold 3
marginal-threshold 2
switch(config-rbridge-id-154)# system-monitor cid-card alert state faultyinserted
action email
See Also
rbridge-id, show system monitor, system-monitor-mail
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1329
2 system-monitor-mail system-monitor-mail
Synopsis
Configures Fabric Watch e-mail alerts on the switch. system-monitor-mail {fru |interface | relay {host_ip |domain_name} |security | sfp} enable |
email-id] no system-monitor-mail
Operands fru interface relay
host_ip
Configures e-mail alerts for FRUs.
Configures e-mail alerts for interfaces.
Configures the relay host for e-mail to work in a non-DNS environment.
Specifies the IPv4 address of the mail server.
domain_name
Specifies the domain that corresponds to the e-mail ID.
security Configures e-mail alerts for security.
sfp enable
email-id
Configures e-mail alerts for SFPs.
Enables or disables e-mail alerts for the above options.
Specifies the e-mail address to where the alert will be sent.
Defaults The default source is disabled.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure Fabric Watch e-mail alerts on the switch.
For an e-mail alert to function correctly, add the IP addresses and host names to DNS in addition to configuring the domain name and name servers. Both relay parameters (the host IP address and the domain name) must be configured in a non-DNS environment. In a DNS environment, only the host IP address is required).
Examples switch(config)# system-monitor-mail ?
Possible completions:
fru Configure FRU mail settings
interface Configure interface mail settings
relay Configure relay ip mail settings security Configure security mail settings
sfp Configure sfp mail settings switch(config)# system-monitor-mail fru enable switch(config)# system-monitor-mail relay ?
Possible completions:
<host-ip:IP address> <host-ip:string, min: 1 chars, max: 253 chars> switch(config)# system-monitor-mail relay 1.2.3.4 ?
Possible completions: domain-name Domain name server switch(config)# system-monitor-mail relay 1.2.3.4 domain-name ?
Possible completions:
<LINE:0-64> Domain name[]
1330 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
system-monitor-mail
2 switch(config)# system-monitor-mail relay 1.2.3.4 domain-name
abc.brocade.com
switch# show running-config system-monitor-mail relay system-monitor-mail relay 1.2.3.4 domain-name abc.brocade.com
To create a mapping: switch(config)# system-monitor-mail relay host-ip 1.2.3.4 domain-name
abc.brocade.com
To delete the mapping: switch(config)# no system-monitor-mail relay host-ip 1.2.3.4
See Also
To change the domain name: switch(config)# system-monitor-mail relay host-ip 1.2.3.4 domain-name
mail.brocade.com
system-monitor, show system monitor
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1331
2 system-name system-name
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the global system name specific to LLDP. system-name name no system-name
name
Specifies a system name for the LLDP. The string must be between 1 and
32 ASCII characters in length.
Defaults The host name from the switch is used.
Command Modes Protocol LLDP configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to set the global system name specific to LLDP.
Enter no system-name to delete the name.
To specify a system name for the LLDP: switch(conf-lldp)# system-name Brocade
See Also
1332 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
table-map (BGP)
2 table-map (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Maps external entry attributes into the routing table, ensuring that those attributes are preserved after being redistributed into OSPF.
table-map string no table-map string
string
Specifies a route map to be whose attributes are to be preserved. Range is from 1 through 63 ASCII characters.
Defaults This option is disabled.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to map external entry attributes into the routing table, ensuring that those attributes are preserved after being redistributed into OSPF This applies to all peers.
Use this command only to set the tag values. Normally, a route map is applied on routes (and therefore the routes are updated) before it is stored in the BGP routing table. Use the table-map command to begin the update before the routes are stored in the IP routing table.
Route maps that contain set statements change values in routes when the routes are accepted by the route map. For inbound route maps (route maps that filter routes received from neighbors), the routes are changed before they enter the BGP4 routing table. For tag values, if you do not want the value to change until a route enters the IP routing table, you can use a table map to change the value. A table map is a route map that you have associated with the IP routing table. The device applies the set statements for tag values in the table map to routes before adding them to the routing table. To configure a table map, you first configure the route map, then identify it as a table map. The table map does not require separate configuration. You can have only one table map.
NOTE
Use table maps only for setting the tag value. Do not use table maps to set other attributes. To set other route attributes, use route maps or filters. To create a route map and identify it as a table map, enter commands such those shown in the first example below. These commands create a route map that uses an address filter. For routes that match the IP prefix list filter, the route map changes the tag value to 100 and is then considered as a table map. This route map is applied only to routes that the device places in the IP routing table. The route map is not applied to all routes. The first example below assumes that IP prefix list p11 has already been configured.
Examples The following illustrates the execution of the table-map command in the context discussed in
Usage Guidelines: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# route-map TAG_IP permit 1 switch(config-route-map/TAG_IP/permit/1)# match ip address prefix-list p11 switch(config-route-map/TAG_IP/permit/1)# set tag 100 switch(config-route-map/TAG_IP/permit/1)# exit switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# table-map TAG_IP
Use the no form of the command to remove the table map: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1333
2 table-map (BGP) switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# no table-map TAG_IP
See Also
1334 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
tacacs-server
2 tacacs-server
Synopsis
Configures a Terminal Access Controller Access-Control System plus (TACACS+) server.
tacacs-server host {hostname |ip-address} [port portnum] [protocol {chap| pap}]
[key shared_secret] [encryption-level value_level] [timeout secs] [retries num] no tacacs-server {hostname |ip-address}
Operands
Defaults Refer to the Operands for specific defaults.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description host {hostname |ip-address}
Specifies the IP address or domain name of the TACACS+ server. IPv4 and
IPv6 addresses are supported. port portnum protocol {chap | pap} Specifies the authentication protocol. Options include CHAP and PAP. The default is CHAP.
key shared_secret
Specifies the authentication port. Valid values range from 0 through 65535. The default is 49.
Specifies the text string that is used as the shared secret between the switch and the TACACS+ server to make the message exchange secure.
The key must be between 8 and 40 characters in length. The default key is sharedsecret. The exclamation mark (!) is supported both in RADIUS and
TACACS+ servers, and you can specify the password in either double quotes or the escape character (\), for example "secret!key" or secret\!key.
encryption-level value_level
Designates the encryption level for the shared secret key operation. This operand supports JITC certification and compliance. The range of valid values is from 0 through 7, with 0 being clear text and 7 being the most heavily encrypted. timeout secs retries num
Specifies the time to wait for the TACACS+ server to respond. The default is 5 seconds.
Specifies the number of attempts allowed to connect to a TACACS+ server.
The default is 5 attempts.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure attributes on the TACACS+ server. If a TACACS+ server with the specified IP address or host name does not exist, it is added to the server list. If the TACACS+ server already exists, this command modifies the configuration.
The key parameter does not support an empty string.
Executing the no form of the tacacs-server command attributes resets the specified attributes to their default values.
NOTE
Before downgrading to a Network OS version that does not support the encryption-level keyword, set the value of this keyword to 0. Otherwise, the firmware download will throw an error that requests this value be set to 0.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1335
2 tacacs-server
Examples
See Also
To configure an IPv4 TACACS+ server: switch(config)# tacacs-server host 10.24.65.6 protocol chap retries 100 switch (config-tacacs-server-10.24.65.6)#
To modify an existing TACACS+ server configuration: switch(config)# tacacs-server host 10.24.65.6 switch(config-tacacs-server-10.24.65.6)# key "changedsec"
To delete a TACACS+ server: switch(config)# no tacacs-server host 10.24.65.6 switch(config)# exit switch# show running-config tacacs-server host switch# show running-config tacacs-server host 10.xx.xx.xxx tacacs-server host 10.xx.xx.xxx key changedsec
To configure an IPv6 TACACS+ server: switch(config)# tacacs-server host fec0:60:69bc:94:211:25ff:fec4:6010\ protocol
chap
switch(config-tacacs-server-fec0:60:69bc:94:211:25ff:fec4:6010)# key "mysecret"
radius-server, show running-config radius-server, show running-config tacacs-server
1336 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
tagged-ieee-bpdu-enabled
2 tagged-ieee-bpdu-enabled
Synopsis
Activates IEEE BPDU packets.
tagged-ieee-bpdu-enabled no tagged-ieee-bpdu-enabled
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes mode
Description Use this command to activate IEEE BPDU packets.
ATTENTION
This command should be enabled when the interface is connected to a switch which sends tagged
IEEE bpdu packets.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enter no tagged-ieee-bpdu-enabled to disable this feature.
This command should only be used on edge ports.
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1337
2 tcp burstrate tcp burstrate
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the threshold for the burst rate of TCP traffic, and defines the lockout time once that threshold is passed.
tcp burstrate packet lockup seconds no tcp burstrate
packet
lockup seconds
The maximum number of packets allowed over five seconds. Range is from 1 through 100000.
Sets the number of seconds to lock up the port. Range is from 1 through
3000.
Defaults This feature is disabled.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description To protect against TCP SYN attacks, you can configure the Brocade device to drop TCP SYN packets when excessive numbers are encountered. You can set threshold values for TCP SYN packets that are targeted at the router itself or passing through an interface, and drop them when the thresholds are exceeded.
This command sets the threshold for the burstrate, and defines the lockout time once that threshold is passed.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
None
1338 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
telnet
2 telnet
Synopsis
Operands
Establishes a Telnet session to a remote networking device.
telnet {IP Address | hostname} [port-number port]
IP Address
hostname
The server IP address in either IPv4 or IPv6 format.
The host name (a string between 1 and 63 ASCII characters in length). port-number port Specifies the port number in the remote device to connect to. Valid values range from 0 through 65535. For the connection to succeed, a TCP server must be listening for client connections at the specified port.
Defaults Port 23
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to establish a Telnet session from a switch to a remote networking device.
The following features are not supported:
•
Display Telnet sessions
•
Ability to terminate hung Telnet sessions
Examples To establish a Telnet session from a switch to a remote networking device. switch# telnet 10.17.37.157
Trying 10.17.37.157...
Connected to 10.17.37.157.
Escape character is '^]'.
See Also
Network OS (sw0) sw0 login:
ssh, show running-config telnet server, show telnet server status, telnet server shutdown
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1339
2 telnet server shutdown telnet server shutdown
Synopsis
Examples
Disables Telnet service on the switch.
telnet server shutdown no telnet server shutdown
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to disable Telnet service on the switch.
Enter no telnet server shutdown to enable Telnet service. This command is not distributed across a cluster. The RBridge ID of the node should be used to configure service on individual nodes.
Standalone mode
To enable Telnet service on a switch: switch(config)# no telnet server shutdown
To shut down Telnet service on a switch: switch(config)# telnet server shutdown
VCS mode
To shut down Telnet service on a switch: switch(config)# rbridge-id 3 switch(config-rbridge-id-3)# telnet server shutdown
To enable Telnet service on a switch: switch(config)# rbridge-id 3 switch(config-rbridge-id-3)# no telnet server shutdown
See Also
show running-config telnet server, show telnet server status
1340 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
terminal
2 terminal
Synopsis
Operands
Sets terminal parameters for the current session.
terminal [length number_of_lines] [monitor] [timeout value] no terminal [length] [monitor] [timeout] length number_of_lines
Specifies the number of lines to be displayed. Valid values range from 1 through 512. Specify 0 for infinite length.
timeout value
Defaults The default for length is 24.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Specifies the timeout value in minutes. Valid values range from 0 through 136. Specify 0 to disable timeout.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to control terminal parameters for the current session. This command overrides the timeout configuration set by the line vty exec-timeout command, but only for the duration of the current session. When the current session ends, the configured values apply for any subsequent sessions.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not available on the standby management module.
Enter no terminal (optionally with a specific parameter) to restore the current terminal settings to default.
Examples To set the display length to 30 lines: switch# terminal length 30
See Also
To set the timeout length to 60 minutes: switch# terminal timeout 60
To restore all settings to default values: switch# no terminal
To restore only the timeout setting to its default values: switch# no terminal timeout
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1341
2 threshold-monitor cpu threshold-monitor cpu
Synopsis
Operands
Configures monitoring of CPU usage of the system and alerts the user when configured thresholds are exceeded. threshold-monitor cpu {[actions [none | raslog [{limit limit_when_reached | poll polling_interval | retry number_of_retries]]} no threshold-monitor cpu actions none raslog limit
Specifies the action to be taken when a threshold is exceeded.
No action is taken.
Specifies RASLog messaging.
Specifies the baseline CPU usage limit as a percentage of available resources.
limit_when_reached
When the limit set by this parameter is exceeded, a RASLog WARNING message is sent. When the usage returns below the limit, a RASLog INFO message is sent. Valid values range from 0 through 80 percent. The default is 70 percent.
poll
polling_interval
Specifies the polling interval in seconds.
The range is from 0 through 3600. The default is 120 retry Specifies the number of polling retries before desired action is taken.
number_of_retries
Range is from 1 through 100. The default is 3.
Defaults Refer to the Operands for specific defaults.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to monitor CPU usage and send a RASLog WARNING message when configured thresholds are exceeded.
None switch(config-rbridge-id-154)# threshold-monitor cpu actions rasloglimit 50
poll10
See Also
1342 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
threshold-monitor interface
2 threshold-monitor interface
Synopsis
Operands
Configures monitoring of port statistics on all external gigabit Ethernet interfaces: 1 GbE, 10 GbE, and 40 GbE. threshold-monitor interface {[apply policy_name | pause | policy policy_name] typeEthernet area
[CRCAlignErrors
[alert
[above [highthresh-action [[all | lowthresh-action] | email | fence | none | raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email none | raslog] | below [highthresh-action [all | email | fence | none raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email | none | raslog]] | threshold
[buffer | high-threshold | low-threshold | timebase [day | hour | minute | none]]|
IFG
[alert
[above [highthresh-action [[all | lowthresh-action] | email | fence | none | raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email none | raslog] | below [highthresh-action [all | email | fence | none raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email | none | raslog]] | threshold
[buffer | high-threshold | low-threshold | timebase [day | hour | minute | none]]|
MissingTerminationCharacter
[alert
[above [highthresh-action [[all | lowthresh-action] | email | fence | none | raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email none | raslog] | below [highthresh-action [all | email | fence | none raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email | none | raslog]] | threshold
[buffer | high-threshold | low-threshold | timebase [day | hour | minute | none]]|
SymbolErrors]
[alert
[above [highthresh-action [[all | lowthresh-action] | email | fence | none | raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email none | raslog] | below [highthresh-action [all | email | fence | none raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email | none | raslog]] | threshold
[buffer | high-threshold | low-threshold | timebase [day | hour | minute | none]]]} no threshold-monitor interface apply pause policy
<WORD> type Ethernet
Applies a custom policy that has been created by the policy operand.
Pause monitoring.
Specifies a policy name for monitoring by means of custom settings, rather than default settings. A policy name is required before additional configurations can be made. This operation is not supported from a secondary node.
Specifies the name of a custom policy configuration that can be saved and applied by means of the apply operand.
Enables gigabit Ethernet interface monitoring.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1343
2 threshold-monitor interface
1344
area
IFG alert
MissingTerminationCharacter
The number of frames that terminate in anything other than the Terminate character.
SymbolErrors The number of words received as an unknown (invalid) symbol. Large symbol errors indicate a bad device, cable, or hardware.
Specifies whether an alert is sent when a threshold value is either above or below a threshold trigger.
above
Enables policy configuration.CRCAlignErrors The total number of frames received with either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) or an alignment error.
The minimum-length interframe gap (IFG) between successive frames is violated. The typical minimum IFG is 12 bytes.
below
Enables setting a value for highthresh-action, which specifies the action to be taken when a high threshold is exceeded.
Enables setting a value for highthresh-action and lowthresh-action, which specifies the action to be taken when a low threshold is exceeded.all
Specifies that email and RASLog messaging are used, and that Port
Fencing is applied in the case of highthresh-action only.
email fence none raslog limit poll retry threshold
Specifies that an email message is sent.
Specifies that Port Fencing is applied, which disables the port until further action is taken This is available only for highthresh-action.
Specifies that no alert notification or other action (Port Fencing) is taken.
Specifies RASLog messaging.
Specifies the percent of threshold usage, from 0 through 80. The default is
75.
Specifies the polling interval in seconds, from 0 through 3600. The default is 120.
Specifies the number of polling retries before desired action is taken, from
1 through 100. The default is 3.
Specifies the values for high, low, buffer, and timebase thresholds. These values are used to trigger different alerts and Port Fencing. buffer An integer value. high-threshold An integer value. low-threshold timebase
An integer value.
Calculates differences between current and previous data taken over a variety of intervals, for comparison against the preset threshold boundary.
day hour minute
Calculates the difference between a current data value and that value a day ago.
Calculates the difference between a current data value and that value an hour ago.
Calculates the difference between a current data value and that value a minute ago.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
threshold-monitor interface
2
Defaults none
See Operands.
Compares a data value to a threshold boundary level.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
When any monitored error crosses the configured high or low threshold, an alert is generated and a problem port can be taken out of service. Use this command to monitor port statistics on all external gigabit Ethernet interfaces and generate a variety of actions, from alerts through Port
Fencing.
None
See Also switch(config-rbridge-id-154)# threshold-monitor interface policy mypolicy type
Ethernet area IFG alert above highthresh-action fence raslog lowthresh-action email raslog
rbridge-id
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1345
2 threshold-monitor memory threshold-monitor memory
Synopsis
Operands
Configures monitoring of the memory usage of the system and alerts the user when configured thresholds are exceeded. threshold-monitor memory {[actions [none | raslog {high-limit percent | limit percent | low-limit
percent | poll polling_interval |retry number_of_retries}| high-limit percent | limit percent | low-limit percent | poll polling_interval |retry number_of_retries}]} no threshold-monitor memory actions none raslog high-limit limit
percent percent
low-limit
Specifies the action to be taken when a threshold is exceeded.
No action is taken. This is the default.
Specifies RASLog messaging.
Specifies an upper limit for memory usage as a percentage of available memory.
This value must be greater than the value set by limit. When memory usage exceeds this limit, a RASLog CRITICAL message is sent. Values range from
0 through 80 percent. The default is 70 percent.
Specifies the baseline memory usage limit as a percentage of available resources.
When this value is exceeded, a RASLog WARNING message is sent. When the usage returns below the value set by limit, a RASLog INFO message is sent. Values range from 0 through 80 percent. The default is 60 percent.
Specifies a lower limit for memory usage as percentage of available memory.
percent
This value must be smaller than the value set by limit. When memory usage exceeds or falls below this limit, a RASLog INFO message is sent. The default is 40 percent.
poll Specifies the polling interval in seconds.
polling_interval
The range is from 0 through 3600. The default is 120 retry Specifies the number of polling retries before desired action is taken.
number_of_retries
Range is from 1 through 100. The default is 3.
Defaults See Operands.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to monitor memory usage of the system and alert the user when configured thresholds are exceeded.
None
1346 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
threshold-monitor memory
2
Examples
See Also switch(config-rbridge-id-154)# threshold-monitor memory actions none
high-limit 80 low-limit 50 limit 70 retry 2 poll 30
rbridge-id
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1347
2 threshold-monitor security threshold-monitor security
Synopsis
Operands
Configures monitoring of security parameters, such as telnet and login violations.
threshold-monitor security {[apply policy_name | pause | policy policy_name] area
[login-violation
[alert
[above [highthresh-action [[all | lowthresh-action] | email | fence | none | raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email none | raslog] | below [highthresh-action [all | email | fence | none raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email | none | raslog]] | threshold
[buffer | high-threshold | low-threshold | timebase [day | hour | minute | none]]| telnet-violation
[alert
[above [highthresh-action [[all | lowthresh-action] | email | fence | none | raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email none | raslog] | below [highthresh-action [all | email | fence | none raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email | none | raslog]] | threshold
[buffer | high-threshold | low-threshold | timebase [day | hour | minute | none]]]]} no threshold-monitor security apply policy_name pause policy
policy_name
area login-violation alert all above below all email
Applies a custom policy that has been created by the policy operand.
Name of a custom policy configuration created by the policy operand.
Pauses monitoring.
Specifies a policy name for monitoring by means of custom settings, rather than default settings. A policy name is required before additional configurations can be made. This operation is not supported from a secondary node.
Name of a custom policy configuration that can be saved and applied by means of the apply operand.
Enables policy configuration.
Enables monitoring of login violations.
Specifies whether an alert is sent when a threshold value is either above or below a threshold trigger.
Enables setting a value for highthresh-action, which specifies the action to be taken when a high threshold is exceeded.
Enables setting a value for highthresh-action and lowthresh-action, which specifies the action to be taken when a low threshold is exceeded.
Specifies that email and RASLog messaging are used, and that Port
Fencing is applied in the case of highthresh-action only.
Specifies that email and RASLog messaging are used.
Specifies that an email message is sent.
1348 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
threshold-monitor security
2 fence none raslog limit poll retry threshold buffer high-threshold low-threshold timebase day hour minute none telnet-violation
Specifies that Port Fencing is applied, which disables the port until further action is taken.
No alert is sent
Specifies RASLog messaging.
Specifies the percent of threshold usage, from 0 through 80. The default is
75.
Specifies the polling interval in seconds, from 0 through 3600. The default is 120.
Specifies the number of polling retries before desired action is taken, from
1 through 100. The default is 3.
Specifies the values for high, low, buffer, and timebase thresholds. These values are used to trigger different alerts and Port Fencing.
An integer value.
An integer value.
An integer value.
Calculates differences between current and previous data taken over a variety of intervals, for comparison against the preset threshold boundary.
Calculates the difference between a current data value and that value a day ago.
Calculates the difference between a current data value and that value an hour ago.
Calculates the difference between a current data value and that value a minute ago.
Compares a data value to a threshold boundary level.
Enables monitoring of Telnet violations. Operands are as for login-violation.
Defaults See Operands. For other security monitoring defaults, see the “System Monitor” chapter in the
Network OS Administrator’s Guide.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure high and low thresholds against which login and telnet violations are compared and alerts are sent.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
Here are examples of typical commands: switch(config-rbridge-id-154)# threshold-monitor security policy mypolicy area
telnet-violation threshold high-threshold 10 buffer 3
See Also switch(config-rbridge-id-154)# threshold-monitor security policy mypolicy area
login-violation timebase hour
rbridge-id
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1349
2 threshold-monitor sfp threshold-monitor sfp
Synopsis
Operands
Configures monitoring of SFP parameters.
threshold-monitor sfp {[apply policy_name | pause | policy policy_name] type SFP_type area
parameters alert
[above [highthresh-action [[all | lowthresh-action] | email | none | raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email none | raslog] | below [highthresh-action [all | email | none raslog] | lowthresh-action [all | email | none | raslog]] | threshold
[buffer | high-threshold | low-threshold | timebase [day | hour | minute | none]]]} no threshold-monitor sfp apply policy_name pause policy
policy_name
type
1GLR
1GSR
10GLR area
10GSR
10GUSR
100GSR
QSFP
Current
RXP
TXP
Temperature
Voltage alert
Applies a custom policy that has been created by the policy operand.
Name of a custom policy configuration created by the policy operand.
Pause monitoring.
Specifies a policy name for monitoring by means of custom settings, rather than default settings. A policy name is required before additional configurations can be made. This operation is not supported from a secondary node.
Name of a custom policy configuration that can be saved and applied by means of the apply operand.
Specifies the SFP type. Possible completions are as follows:
— SFP Type 1GLR
— SFP Type 1GSR
— SFP Type 10GLR
— SFP Type 10GSR
— SFP Type 10GUSR
—SFP Type 100GSR
— SFP type QSFP
Specifies one of the following SFP parameters to be monitored. See
Defaults, below.
Measures the current supplied to the SFP transceiver.
Measures the incoming laser power, in microWatts (
µW)
.
Measures the outgoing laser power, in
µW)
.
Measures the temperature of the SFP, in degrees Celsius.
Measures the voltage supplied to the SFP.
Specifies whether an alert is sent when a threshold value is either above or below a threshold trigger.
1350 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
threshold-monitor sfp
2
Defaults all none above below email raslog limit poll retry threshold buffer high-threshold low-threshold timebase day hour minute
Enables setting a value for highthresh-action, which specifies the action to be taken when a high threshold is exceeded.
Enables setting a value for highthresh-action and lowthresh-action, which specifies the action to be taken when a low threshold is exceeded.all
Specifies that email and RASLog messaging are used, and that Port
Fencing is applied in the case of highthresh-action only.
Specifies that email and RASLog messaging are used.
Specifies that an email message is sent.
Specifies that no alert is sent.
Specifies RASLog messaging.
Specifies the percent of threshold usage, from 0 through 80. The default is
75.
Specifies the polling interval in seconds, from 0 through 3600. The default is 120.
Specifies the number of polling retries before desired action is taken, from
1 through 100. The default is 3.
Specifies the values for high, low, buffer, and timebase thresholds. These values are used to trigger different alerts and Port Fencing.
An integer value.
An integer value.
An integer value.
Calculates differences between current and previous data taken over a variety of intervals, for comparison against the preset threshold boundary.
Calculates the difference between a current data value and that value a day ago.
Calculates the difference between a current data value and that value an hour ago.
Calculates the difference between a current data value and that value a minute ago.
Compares a data value to a threshold boundary level.
none
For the default parameter values of the SFP types, refer to the chapter “System Monitor” in
Network OS Administrator’s Guide.
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description Use this command to monitor SFP parameters and alert the user when configured thresholds are exceeded.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
A typical command might look like this: switch(config)# threshold-monitor sfp custom type QSFP area rxp threshold
high-threshold 2000 low-threshold 1000
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1351
2 threshold-monitor sfp
See Also rbridge-id
1352 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
timeout fnm
2 timeout fnm
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults timeout fnm value
value
A value from 30 to 120 seconds.
The default is 120 seconds
Command Modes Access Gateway configuration mode
Description
For Access Gateway mode, this sets and displays the fabric name monitoring time-out value (TOV) for Modified Managed Fabric Name Monitoring (M-MFNM) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
You must be in Access Gateway (AG) configuration mode to use this command. Use this command to set the time out value (TOV) for M-MFNM queries of the fabric name to detect whether all
N_Ports in a port group are physically connected to the same physical or virtual fabric. M-MFNM is a Port Grouping mode that prevents connections from the AG VDX switch to multiple SANs.
Entering the timeout fnm command without a value displays the current TOV value.
Set the fabric name monitoring TOV value.
sw0(config-rbridge-id-3-ag)# timeout fnm 60
Displays the fabric name monitoring TOV value.
sw0(config-rbridge-id-3-ag)# timeout fnm
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1353
2 timers timers
Synopsis
Operands
Configures Link State Advertisement (LSA) pacing and Shortest Path First (SPF) throttle timers.
timers {lsa-group-pacing interval | throttle spf start hold max} lsa-group-pacing interval Specifies the interval at which OSPF LSAs are collected into a group and refreshed, check-summed, or aged by the OSPF process. Valid values range from 10 to 1800 seconds. The default is 240 seconds. throttle spf
start
Specifies start, hold and maximum wait intervals for throttling SPF calculations for performance. The values you enter are in milliseconds.
Initial SPF calculation delay. Valid values range from 0 to
60000 milliseconds. The default is 0 milliseconds.
hold max
Minimum hold time between two consecutive SPF calculations. Valid values range from 0 to 60000 milliseconds. The default is 5000 milliseconds.
Maximum wait time between two consecutive SPF calculations.Valid values range from 0 to 60000 milliseconds. The default is 10000 milliseconds.
Defaults Referto the Operands for specific defaults.
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure LSA pacing and SPF throttle timers.
The device paces LSA refreshes by delaying the refreshes for a specified time interval instead of performing a refresh each time an individual LSA refresh timer expires. The accumulated LSAs constitute a group, which the device refreshes and sends out together in one or more packets.
The LSA pacing interval is inversely proportional to the number of LSAs the device is refreshing and aging. For example, if you have a large database of 10,000 LSAs, decreasing the pacing interval enhances performance. If you have a small database of about 100 LSAs, increasing the pacing interval to 10 to 20 minutes may enhance performance.
Enter the no timers lsa-group-pacing to restore the pacing interval to its default value.
Enter no timers throttle spf to set the SPF timers back to their defaults.
Examples To set the LSA group pacing interval to 30 seconds: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)# router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# timers lsa-group-pacing 30
See Also
To change the SPF delay to 10000 milliseconds, the hold time to 15000 milliseconds, and the maximum wait time to 30000 milliseconds: switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)# router ospf switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-default-vrf)# timers throttle spf 10000 15000 30000
None
1354 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
timers (BGP)
2 timers (BGP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults See Operands.
Command Modes BGP configuration mode
Description keep-alive Sets the interval for KEEPALIVE messages.
keepalive_interval
The KEEPALIVE interval in seconds. Range is from 0 through 65535.
Default is 60.
hold-time Sets the interval for HOLDTIME messages.
holdtime_interval
The HOLDTIME interval in seconds. Range is from 0 through 65535.
Default is 180.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to adjust the interval at which BGP KEEPALIVE and HOLDTIME messages are sent.
The KEEPALIVE and HOLDTIME message interval is overwritten when the fast-external-failover command takes effect on a down link to a peer.
You must enter a value for keep-alive before you can enter a value for hold-time. Both values must be entered.
Use the no timers command to clear the timers.
Examples
Adjusts the interval at which BGP KEEPALIVE and HOLDTIME messages are sent.
timers {keep-alive keepalive_interval hold-time holdtime_interval} no timers switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# timers keep-alive 120 hold-time 360
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1355
2 traceroute traceroute
Synopsis
Traces the network path of packets as they are forwarded to a destination address.
traceroute dest-addr [src-addr src-addr] | [ipv6 dest-ipv6-addr] | host-name [maxttl value]
[minttl value] [timeout seconds] [vrf vrf-name]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
dest-addr
src-addr address
Specifies the IPv4 address of the destination device.
Specifies the IPv4 address of the source device.
ipv6 dest-ipv6-addr Specifies the IPv6 address of the destination device. This parameter is valid only with the ping command.
maxttl value minttl value timeout seconds vrf vrf-name
Maximum Time To Live value in a number of hops.
Minimum Time To Live value in a number of hops.
The traceroute timeout value.
When VRF is enabled, traceroute is available as a debugging tool.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to trace the network routes from a source address to a specified destination address.
None
To execute an IPv4 traceroute.
switch# traceroute 172.16.4.80 traceroute to 172.16.4.80 (172.16.4.80), 64 hops max
1 10.24.80.1 (10.24.80.1) 0.588ms 0.139ms 0.527ms
2 10.31.20.61 (10.31.20.61) 0.550ms 0.254ms 0.234ms
3 10.16.200.113 (10.16.200.113) 0.408ms 0.285ms 0.282ms
4 10.110.111.202 (10.110.111.202) 5.649ms 0.283ms 0.288ms
5 10.130.111.38 (10.130.111.38) 1.108ms 0.712ms 0.704ms
6 10.192.0.42 (10.192.0.42) 37.053ms 32.985ms 41.744ms
7 172.16.56.10 (172.16.56.10) 33.110ms 33.349ms 33.114ms
8 172.16.4.9 (172.16.4.9) 34.096ms 33.023ms 33.122ms
9 172.16.4.80 (172.16.4.80) 76.702ms 83.293ms 79.570ms
See Also
To execute an IPv6 traceroute, with minimum and maximum TTL values.
switch# traceroute ipv6 fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470 maxttl 128 minttl 30
src-addr fec0:60:69bc:92:205:33ff:fe9e:3f20 timeout 3
traceroute to fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470
(fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470), 128 hops max, 80 byte packets
30 fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470
(fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470) 2.145 ms 2.118 ms 2.085 ms
1356 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
track
2 track
Synopsis
Operands fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port
Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id slot
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
gigabitethernet
rbridge-id slot
Specifies a valid port number.
Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface
Specifies the RBridge ID.
Specifies a valid slot number.
port
Specifies a valid port number.
port-channel number Specifies the port-channel number. Valid values range from 1 through 6144.
tengigabitethernet Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
rbridge-id
Specifies the RBridge ID.
slot port
priority range
Specifies a valid slot number.
Specifies a valid port number.
The track priority is a number from 1 through 254, and is used when the tracked interface up or down event is detected. For VRRP, if the tracked interface becomes disabled, the current router priority is reduced to the track-port priority, (For VRRP only, interface tracking does not have any effect on an owner router; the owner priority can not be changed from 255.)
For VRRP-E, if the tracked interface becomes disabled, the current router priority is reduced by the track-port priority.
Defaults Priority range is 2.
Command Modes Virtual-router-group configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Specifies a VRRP interface to track.
track {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} [priority range] no track {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} [priority range]
Use this command to specify a VRRP interface to track.
This command can be used for VRRP or VRRP-E.
For VRRP, the tracked interface can be any 10-gigabit Ethernet, 40-gigabit Ethernet, 1-gigabit
Ethernet, or port-channel interface other than the one on which this command is issued.
The maximum number of interfaces you can track per virtual router is 16.
Enter no track with the specified interface to remove the tracked port configuration.
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1357
2 track
Examples
See Also
To set the track port to 21/2/4 and the track priority to 60: switch(config)# rbridge-id 21 switch(config-rbridge-id-21)# protocol vrrp switch(config-rbridge-id-21)# int te 21/1/6 switch(conf-if-te-21/1/6)# vrrp-group 1 switch(config-vrrp-group-1)# track tengigabitethernet 21/2/4 priority 60
1358 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
transmit-holdcount
2 transmit-holdcount
Synopsis
Operands
Configures the maximum number of Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) transmitted per second for the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), and
R-PVST+.
transmit-holdcount number no transmit-holdcount
number
Specifies the number of BPDUs than can be sent before pausing for
1 second. Valid unit values range from 1 through 10.
Defaults 6 units
Command Modes Protocol Spanning Tree MSTP configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the BPDU burst size by changing the transmit hold count value.
Brocade Network OS v4.1.0 supports PVST+ and R-PVST+only. The PVST and R-PVST protocols are proprietary to Cisco and are not supported.
Enter no transmit-holdcount to return to the default setting.
Examples To change the number of BPDUs transmitted to 3 units: switch(conf-mstp)# transmit-holdcount 3
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1359
2 transport-service transport-service
Synopsis
In a Virtual Fabrics context, associates a service VF with a trunk port interface as a transport VF.
transport-service tlsid no transport-service tlsid
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes VLAN configuration mode
Description In a Virtual Fabrics context, use this command to associate a service VF (VLAN ID > 4095, through
8191) to a trunk port interface as a transport VF.
Usage Guidelines
tlsid
The transport LAN service ID. Range is from 1 through 1000.
This feature is disabled by default.
Examples
This command does not apply to standard (802.1Q) VLANs (VLAN IDs from 1 through 4095).
This command is not supported when issued from a secondary node.
Enter no transport-service tlsid to remove the service VF from the trunk port interface as a transport VF.
Configure a classified VLAN and assign it to transport VF instance 10: switch(config)# interface vlan 5000 switch(config-vlan-5000)# transport-service 10
See Also
interface vlan, vcs virtual-fabric enable
1360 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
trunk-enable
2 trunk-enable
Synopsis
Enables trunking on a Fibre Channel port.
trunk-enable no trunk-enable
Operands
Defaults
None
Trunking is disabled.
Command Modes Interface Fibre Channel configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable trunking on a Fibre Channel port.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
This command can be used only on Network OS platforms with Fibre Channel ports
(Brocade VDX 6730-32 and Brocade VDX 6730-76 switches), in Brocade VCS Fabric mode, and with the FCoE license installed.
A long-distance link can also be configured to be part of a trunk group.
While using R_RDY mode flow control, an E_Port cannot form trunk groups of long distance links even if trunking is enabled.
Enter no trunk-enable to disable trunking on a Fibre Channel port.
To enable trunking mode on a Fibre Channel port: switch (config)# interface FibreChannel 7/0/2 switch(conf-FibreChannel-7/0/2)# trunk-enable
To disable trunking mode on a Fibre Channel port: switch (config)# interface FibreChannel 7/0/2 switch(conf-FibreChannel-7/0/2)# no trunk-enable
desire-distance, fill-word, interface, isl-r_rdy, long-distance,
show running-config interface FibreChannel, shutdown, speed (Fibre Channel), vc-link-init
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1361
2 udld enable udld enable
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
Disabled on interfaces by default.
Command Modes Interface subconfiguration mode (fo, gi, te)
Description Enables the UDLD protocol on the interface.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Enables the Unidirectional Link Detection (UDLD) protocol on an interface.
udld enable no udld enable
Use no udld enable to unblock the interface if it has been blocked by the UDLD protocol.
To enable UDLD on a specific tengigabitethernet interface: switch# configure switch(config)# interface te 5/0/1 switch(conf-if-te-5/0/1)# udld enable
1362 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
unhide fips
2 unhide fips
Synopsis
Operands
Description
Usage Guidelines
Makes available irreversible commands used in enabling Federal Information Processing Standard
(FIPS) compliance.
unhide fips
None
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Irreversible commands related to enabling FIPS compliance are hidden. Use this command to
make the following hidden commands available: fips root disable, fips selftests, fips selftests, and
Enter “fibranne” at the Password prompt to run the command.
This command applies only in the standalone mode. This command can be entered only from a user account with the admin role assigned.
Examples
See Also
To make available all irreversible commands used in enabling FIP compliance: switch# unhide fips
Password: *****
fips root disable, fips selftests, fips zeroize, prom-access disable, show fips
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1363
2 unlock username unlock username
Synopsis
Operands
Unlocks a locked user account.
unlock username name [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]
name
rbridge-id
rbridge-id
all
The name of the user account.
Enables RBridge ID mode to support VCS on individual nodes.
Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
Specifies all identifiers for a node.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to unlock a user who has been locked out because of unsuccessful login attempts. A user account is locked by the system when the configured threshold for login retries has been reached.
None
See Also
The following example unlocks a user account: switch# unlock username testUser
Result: Unlocking the user account is successful
show running-config username, show sfp, username, unlock username
1364 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
update-time (BGP)
2 update-time (BGP)
Synopsis
Configures the interval at which BGP next-hop tables are modified.
update-time sec no update-time sec
Operands
Defaults
sec
This option is disabled.
Update time in seconds. Range is from 0 through 30. Default is 5 seconds.
Command Modes BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure the interval at which BGP next-hop tables are modified. BGP next-hop tables should always have IGP (non-BGP) routes.
Usage Guidelines The update time determines how often the device computes the routes (next-hops) in an RBridge.
Lowering the value set by the update-time command increases the convergence rate.
By default, the device updates the BGP4 next-hop tables and affected BGP4 routes five seconds following IGP route changes. Setting the update time value to 0 permits fast BGP4 convergence for situations such as a link failure or IGP route changes, starting the BGP4 route calculation in sub-second time.
Use the no form of this command to restore the defaults.
NOTE
Use the advertisement-interval command to determine how often to advertise IGP routes to the
BGP neighbor.
Examples
See Also
To permit fast convergence: switch(config)# rbridge-id 10 switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# update-time 0 advertisement-interval
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1365
2 usb usb
Synopsis
Operands
Enables or disables an attached USB device.
usb {on |off} on off
Turns the USB device on.
Turns the USB device off.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable an attached USB device. The device will be inaccessible until it is enabled.
This command is executed on the local switch. A switch reload will automatically turn the USB device off.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
Examples To enable a USB device attached to the local switch: switch# usb on
USB storage enabled
See Also
To disable a USB device attached to the local switch: switch# usb off
USB storage disabled
1366 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
usb dir
2 usb dir
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Lists the contents of an attached USB device.
usb dir
None
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to list the contents of an attached USB device.
This command is executed on the local switch. The USB device must be enabled before this function is available.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
Examples To list the contents of the USB device attached to the local switch: switch# usb dir firmwarekey\ 0B 2010 Aug 15 15:13 support\ 106MB 2010 Aug 24 05:36 support1034\ 105MB 2010 Aug 23 06:11 config\ 0B 2010 Aug 15 15:13 firmware\ 380MB 2010 Aug 15 15:13
Available space on usbstorage 74%
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1367
2 usb remove usb remove
Synopsis
Operands
Removes a file from an attached USB device.
usb remove directory directory file file directory directory
Defaults file file
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Specifies one the name of the directory where the file you want to remove is located. Valid USBstorage directories are /firmware, /firmwarekey,
/support, and /config.
Specifies the name of the file to be removed.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to remove a directory or a file from an attached USB device.
This command is executed on the local switch. The USB device must be enabled before this function is available.
This command is supported only on the local switch.
This command is not supported on the standby management module.
Examples To remove a configuration file from a USB device attached to the local switch: switch# usb remove directory config file startup-config.backup
See Also
1368 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
user (alias configuration)
2 user (alias configuration)
Synopsis
Launches the user level alias configuration mode.
user string no user string
Operands
Defaults
string
None
Alias name string. The number of characters can be from 1 through 64.
Command Modes Alias configuration mode
Description Use this command to launch the user-level alias configuration mode. This name is only visible to the user currently logged in to the switch. Use the alias command to configure the alias for the user name.
Use the no form of his command to remove the user.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
Example of setting a switch alias and a user alias.
switch(config)# alias–config switch(config-alias-config)# alias redwood engineering switch(config-alias-config)# user john switch(config-alias-config-user)# alias johnexpansion smith switch(config-alias-config-user)# alias userinfo show users
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1369
2 username username
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures a user account.
username username password password role role_name [encryption-level {0 | 7}]
[desc description] [enable true | false] no username name username Specifies the account login name.
password password Specifies the account password. The exclamation mark (!) is supported, and you can specify the password in either double quotes or the escape character (\), for example "secret!password" or secret\!password. role role_name Specifies the role assigned to the user account. The role is optional and, by default, the user’s role is read-only.
encryption-level {0 | 7}
Specifies the password encryption level. The values are 0 (clear text) and
7 (encrypted). Clear text (0) is the default.
desc description Specifies a description of the account (optional). The description can be up to 64 characters long, and can include any printable ASCII character, except for the following characters: single quotation marks (‘), double quotation marks (“), exclamation point (!), colon (:), and semi-colon (;). If the description contains spaces. you must enclose the text in double quotation marks. enable true | false Specifies whether the account is enabled or disabled. A user whose account is disabled cannot login. The default account status is enabled.
The default account status is enabled (enable = true).
The default role has read-only access permissions.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to assign attributes for a user.
CAUTION
All active login sessions for a user are terminated if the user’s password or role is changed.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The username must be between 1 and 16 alphanumeric characters in length.
The maximum number of user accounts on a switch is 64.
The maximum number of roles for a user is 64, including the default roles.
Enter no username name followed by the appropriate parameter name to set the individual parameters to their default values.
To configure a user account: switch(config)# username testUser roles admin
Value for ‘password’ (<string>): ********** switch(config-username-testUser)# exit
1370 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
username
2
See Also switch(config)# username userBrocade password ******** role user desc "User to
monitor" enabled true
switch(config-username-userBrocade)#
To modify an existing user account: switch(config)# username testUser enabled false switch(config-username-testUser)# desc "add op test user" switch(config)# no username testUser desc
show running-config username, show users, unlock username
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1371
2 username admin enable false username admin enable false
Synopsis
Toggles the lockout option for the default admin account. username admin enable false no username admin enable false
Operands
Defaults
None
This feature is disabled.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description This command toggles the lockout option for the default admin account.
The account lockout policy locks an account when the user exceeds the configured number of maximum failed login attempts. This policy is now available for admin accounts. You are allowed to enable or disable lockout policy for admin accounts and user accounts with the admin role.
For admin accounts, there is no support of lockout duration to release the locked accounts.
Locked admin role accounts will be reset after reboot.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use the no username admin enable false command to disable this option.
None
None
1372 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
username user enable false
2 username user enable false
Synopsis
Toggles the lockout option for user accounts with admin privileges.
username user enable false no username user enable false
Operands
Defaults
None
This feature is disabled.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description This command toggles the enable option for user accounts with admin privileges.
The account lockout policy locks an account when the user exceeds the configured number of maximum failed login attempts. This policy is now available for admin accounts. You are allowed to enable or disable lockout policy for admin accounts and user accounts with ‘admin’ role.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
Use the no username user enable false command to disable this option.
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1373
2 vc-link-init vc-link-init
Synopsis
Operands
See Also
Specifies the fill word used on long distance links for an 8 Gbps Fibre Channel port.
vc-link-init {idle | arb} idle arb
Sets the long distance link fill word to IDLE.
Sets the long distance link fill word to ARB(ff).
Defaults vc-link-init is idle.
Command Modes Interface Fibre Channel configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the fill word used in long distance links. It must be set to the same value as the fill word configured for the remote port. Therefore, if the remote port link initialization and fill word combination is idle-idle, then the fill word for the long distance link must be set to idle.
If the remote port link initialization/fill word combination is set to arbff-arbff, idle-arbff, or aa-then-ia, then the fill word for the long distance link must be set to arb.
This command can be used only on Network OS platforms with Fibre Channel ports
(Brocade VDX 6730-32 and Brocade VDX 6730-76 switches), in Brocade VCS Fabric mode, and with the FCoE license installed.
Examples To set the fill word for a long distance link: switch (config)# interface FibreChannel 7/0/2 switch(conf-FibreChannel-7/0/2)# vc-link-init arb
desire-distance, fill-word, interface, isl-r_rdy, long-distance,
show running-config interface FibreChannel, shutdown, speed (Fibre Channel), trunk-enable
1374 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vcenter
2 vcenter
Synopsis
Authenticates with an established vCenter and provides additional options.
vcenter name [activate | interval interval | {url URL username username password password}] no vcenter name
Operands
name
activate interval url
interval
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
URL
username password
Name of an established vCenter.
Activates the vCenter.
Enables the discovery timer.
Discovery timer interval in minutes, Range is 0 through1440. Default is 30, and 0 disables discovery.
Enables configuration of vCenter URL, user name, and password.
URL of the vCenter.
Configures the user name.
Configures the password.
Usage Guidelines
Example
You must authenticate with an established vCenter before you can initiate any discovery transactions. In order to authenticate with a specific vCenter, you must configure the URL, login, and password properties on the VDX switch. Use this command to authenticate with a vCenter; establish a URL, username, and password; and manage discovery intervals.
Enter no vcenter name and selected operands to deactivate this functionality.
switch(config)# vcenter myvcenter url https://10.2.2.2 username user
password pass
switch(config)# vcenter myvcenter activate switch(config)# no vcenter myvcenter activate switch(config)# no vcenter myvcenter switch(config)# vcenter myvcenter interval 60
See Also
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1375
2 vcenter discovery (ignore delete responses) vcenter discovery (ignore delete responses)
Synopsis
Operands
Causes a vCenter to ignore delete responses.
vcenter name discovery ignore-delete-all-response [number | always]
name
number
always
Name of the vcenter.
Number of discovery cycles to ignore. Default is 0.
Always ignore delete-all requests from the vCenter.
Defaults The default for number is o.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
An invalid state or condition of a vCenter can cause the deletion of all auto-port-profiles in a system. To prevent this from happening, you can configure a mode in Network OS to ignore the
“delete-all” responses from the vCenter.
None switch(config)# vcenter vcs_demo discovery ignore-delete-all-response 3
See Also None
1376 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vcs (logical chassis cluster mode)
2 vcs (logical chassis cluster mode)
Synopsis
Changes RBridge ID and/or VCS ID of a logical chassis cluster mode and, with the no form of the command, converts a logical chassis cluster to a fabric cluster. vcs [rbridge-id rbridge-id] [vcsid vcsid] no vcs [rbridge-id rbridge-id] [vcsid vcsid] logical-chassis enable no vcs logical-chassis enable rbridge-id {all | range} default-config
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples rbridge-id rbridge-id Changes the existing RBridge ID.
vcsid vcsid Changes the VCS ID. The range for this value is 1 to 8192. The default is 1.
logical-chassis enable Used with the no form of this command, transitions the node from logical chassis cluster mode to fabric cluster mode.
rbridge-id [all | range] Specifies that you want to either convert all RBridge IDs in the logical chassis cluster to fabric cluster mode, or that you want to convert only a range of RBridge IDs. (You can also specify just one RBridge ID.) Ranges can be specified with hyphens, separated by commas, or contain a mixture of both. Do not use a space after a comma when specifying a range of IDs. For example, to specify RBridges 5 through 10 and RBridge 15, enter: rbridge-id
5,10,15 default-config Uses the default configuration when the nodes are converted to fabric cluster mode. This is a required parameter.
Use this command to change the RBridge ID and/or the VCS ID on a switch. At the same time, you can change the VCS ID and transition the node from logical chassis cluster mode to fabric cluster mode. You can also convert the cluster from logical chassis cluster mode to fabric cluster mode without changing the RBridge ID or VCS ID.
For examples of how to use the no form of this command, referto the Examples.
To change the RBridge ID to 10 and VCS ID to 35:
switch# vcs rbridge-id 10 vcsid 35
To change an RBridge ID from 8 to 10: switch# vcs rbridge-id 10
During reboot, enter the following command on the principal node to disable the old RBridge
ID: switch# no vcs enable rbridge-id 8
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1377
2 vcs (logical chassis cluster mode)
See Also
The following provides examples of using the no form of this command.
Examples of using the "no" form of this command
Command Command Behavior switch# no vcs rbridge-id <x>
logical chassis enable switch# no vcs vcs-id logical chassis enable
<y>
no vcs rbridge-id
<x> vcsid <y>
logical chassis enable no vcs logical-chassis enable rbridge-id all default-config no vcs logical-chassis enable rbridge-id 1,4-8 default-config
Changes the RBridge ID of the node to the value <x> and then transitions the node from logical chassis cluster mode to fabric cluster mode.
Changes the VCS ID of the node to the value <y> and then transitions the node from logical chassis cluster mode to fabric cluster mode.
Changes the RBridge ID of the node to the value <x>, changes the
VCS ID of the node to the value <y>, and then transitions the node from logical chassis cluster mode to fabric cluster mode.
Converts the entire logical chassis cluster (all RBridge IDs) to fabric cluster mode. The nodes will then use the default configurations for fabric cluster mode.
Converts RBridge IDs 1 and 4 through 8 from logical chassis cluster mode to fabric cluster mode. These RBridge IDs will then use the default configurations for fabric cluster mode.
vcs (standalone mode), vcs logical-chassis enable (fabric cluster mode), vcs rbridge-id (fabric
1378 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vcs (standalone mode)
2 vcs (standalone mode)
Configures Brocade VCS Fabric technology parameters and can enable one of the two types of
Brocade VCS fabric modes: fabric cluster mode or logical chassis cluster mode.
NOTE
Platforms that allow standalone mode are the Brocade VDS 6710-54, 6720, and 6730.
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults logical-chassis enable Enables Brocade VCS logical chassis cluster mode.
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to configure the Brocade VCS Fabric parameters (VCS ID and the switch
RBridge ID) and to enable either of the two types of Brocade VCS fabric modes: fabric cluster mode or logical chassis cluster mode. You can set the Brocade VCS Fabric parameters and enable one of the VCS modes at the same time, or you can enable one of the VCS modes and then perform the
ID assignments separately.
Usage Guidelines vcs {[rbridge-id rbridge-id] [vcsId ID] [enable]} vcs {[rbridge-id rbridge-id] [vcsId ID] [logical-chassis enable]} no vcs enable no logical-chassis enable rbridge-id rbridge-id Sets the RBridge ID for the switch. This parameter cannot be configured in non-VCS mode unless the enabling operation is performed at the same time.
vcsId ID Sets the VCS ID. This parameter cannot be configured in standalone mode unless the enabling operation is performed at the same time.
enable Enables Brocade VCS fabric cluster mode.
Examples
Each time you change the Brocade VCS Fabric configuration, the switch resets to the default configuration and reboots automatically. Make sure to save the configuration before you issue any of the commands shown in the "Synopsis" section above.
You can use the no form of this command as follows:
•
To transition a switch from either fabric cluster mode or logical chassis cluster mode back to standalone mode, run the command: no vcs enable
•
To transition a switch from logical chassis cluster mode back to fabric cluster mode, run the command: no logical-chassis enable
Thefollowing provides command examples of enabling Brocade VCS logical chassis cluster mode:
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1379
2 vcs (standalone mode)
Command examples for enabling logical chassis cluster mode
Command Command Behavior switch# vcs logical-chassis
enable
switch# vcs vcsid 22 rbridge-id
15 logical-chassis enable switch# vcs vcsid 11
logical-chassis enable
switch# vcs rbridge-id 6
logical-chassis enable
The VCS ID becomes the default value of 1, the RBridge ID is not changed, and Brocade VCS logical chassis cluster mode is enabled.
The VCS ID is changed to 22, the RBridge ID is changed to 15, and
Brocade VCS logical chassis cluster mode is enabled.
The VCS ID is changed to 11, the RBridge ID is not changed, and
Brocade VCS logical chassis cluster mode is enabled.
The VCS ID becomes the default value of 1, the RBridge ID is changed to 6, and Brocade VCS logical chassis cluster mode is enabled.
The following provides command examples of enabling Brocade VCS fabric cluster mode:
Command examples for enabling fabric cluster mode
Command Command Behavior switch# vcs enable switch# vcs vcsid 55 rbridge-id
19 enable switch# vcs vcsid 73 enable switch# vcs rbridge-id 10
enable
The VCS ID becomes 1, the RBridge ID is not changed, and
Brocade VCS fabric cluster mode is enabled.
The VCS ID is changed to 55, the RBridge ID is changed to 19, and
Brocade VCS fabric cluster mode is enabled.
The VCS ID is changed to the value of 73, the RBridge ID is not changed, and Brocade VCS fabric cluster mode is enabled.
The VCS ID becomes the default value 1, the RBridge ID is changed to 10, and Brocade VCS fabric cluster mode is enabled.
Thefollowing provides command examples for switches that are already in either fabric cluster mode or logical chassis cluster mode.
Command examples when one of the VCS modes is already enabled:
vcs vcsid
44 rbridge-id 22
vcs vcsid
34
The VCS ID is changed to 44 and the RBridge ID is changed to 22.
The VCS ID is changed to 34.
See aAso
vcs logical-chassis enable (fabric cluster mode), vcs rbridge-id (fabric cluster mode), vcs vcsid
1380 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vcs config snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode)
2 vcs config snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode)
Synopsis
Takes a configuration snapshot for a specified RBridge ID.
vcs config snapshot {create | restore} rbridge-id rbridge-id snapshot-id snapshot-id no vcs config snapshot rbridge-id rbridge-id snapshot-id [all | rbridge-id]
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description create restore
Captures the snapshot configuration from the RBridge ID specified.
Restores the snapshot configuration to the RBridge ID specified.
rbridge-id rbridge-id RBridge ID of the configuration you are capturing in a snapshot or the
RBridge ID to which you are restoring the snapshot.
snapshot-id snapshot-id
Name you give to the snapshot of the configuration.
all Designates all of the snapshots.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to take a configuration snapshot for an RBridge ID in a logical chassis cluster so that this configuration can be restored later if necessary. The snapshot for the RBridge specified is stored on all switches in the logical chassis cluster.
The vcs config snapshot commands apply onto to nodes in a logical chassis cluster mode. The create and restore commands can be issued from any node in the cluster even though the commands pertain to a specific RBridge ID.
If a snapshot was taken on a node that had been disconnected from the cluster, the cluster will not have the snapshot. In this situation, you can use the copy snapshot commands to put the
snapshot on the cluster. Refer to “copy snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode)” on page 1674.
Create and restore commands can only be issued from the primary node and not from any other node.
Examples To create a snapshot of the configuration on an RBridge with the ID of 10, and to give the name of the snapshot "snapshot10:" switch# vcs config snapshot create rbridge-id 10 snapshot snapshot10
See Also
vcs (standalone mode), vcs logical-chassis enable (fabric cluster mode), vcs rbridge-id (fabric
cluster mode), vcs vcsid (fabric cluster mode), vcs (logical chassis cluster mode), vcs virtual ip,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1381
2 vcs logical-chassis enable (fabric cluster mode) vcs logical-chassis enable (fabric cluster mode)
Synopsis
Changes specified nodes from fabric cluster mode to logical chassis cluster mode. vcs logical-chassis enable rbridge-id {all | range} default-config no vcs logical-chassis enable rbridge-id {all | range} default-config
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description rbridge-id [all | range] Specifies that you want to either convert all RBridge IDs in the fabric cluster from fabric cluster mode to logical chassis mode, or that you want to convert only a range of RBridge IDs. (You can also specify just one RBridge
ID.) Ranges can be specified with hyphens, separated by commas, or contain a mixture of both. Do not use a space after a comma when specifying a range of IDs. For example, to specify RBridges 5 through 10 and RBridge 15, enter: rbridge-id 5,10,15 default-config Uses the default configuration when the nodes are converted to logical chassis mode. This is a required parameter.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to change specified nodes from fabric cluster mode to logical chassis mode. In logical chassis mode, configuration can be distributed from one node—the primary switch—to all other nodes in the cluster.
Each time you change the Brocade VCS Fabric configuration, the switch resets to the default configuration and reboots automatically. Make sure to save the configuration before you issue any of the commands shown in the Synopsis.
This command can be run only when the switch is in fabric cluster mode. All nodes you want to convert to logical chassis cluster mode must have the same global configuration for this command to work.
Conversely, the no form of the command can be run only when the switch is in logical chassis cluster mode and you want to convert it to fabric cluster mode.
Examples To convert all RBridge IDs in the fabric cluster to logical chassis cluster mode: switch# vcs logical-chassis enable rbridge-id all default-config
See Also
vcs (standalone mode), vcs rbridge-id (fabric cluster mode), vcs vcsid (fabric cluster mode), vcs
(logical chassis cluster mode), vcs virtual ip, vcs config snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode)
1382 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vcs rbridge-id (fabric cluster mode)
2 vcs rbridge-id (fabric cluster mode)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to change the RBridge ID on a switch. At the same time, you can change the
VCS ID and enable the logical chassis cluster mode for the switch.
Usage Guidelines
Changes the RBridge ID and, optionally, the VCS ID, and can enable logical chassis cluster mode. vcs rbridge-id rbridge-id [logical-chassis enable | vcsid vcsid [logical-chassis enable]] rbridge-id rbridge-id Allows you to change the existing RBridge ID, and gives you the option of changing the VCS ID at the same time. While changing these IDs, you can also enable logical chassis cluster mode on the specified RBridge ID. vcsid vcsid Changes the VCS ID. The range for this value is 1 to 8192. The default is 1.
logical-chassis enable Enables logical chassis cluster mode on the switch.
Each time you change the Brocade VCS Fabric configuration, the switch resets to the default configuration and reboots automatically. Make sure to save the configuration before you issue any of the commands shown in the Synopsis.
To transition a switch from logical chassis cluster mode back to standalone mode, run the command: no vcs enable
NOTE
Platforms that allow standalone mode are the Brocade VDS 6710-54, 6720, and 6730.
Examples To convert a node that is in fabric cluster mode to logical chassis cluster mode, while simultaneously changing its RBridge ID to 10 and its VCS ID to 35:
switch# vcs rbridge-id 10 vcsid 35 logical-chassis enable
See Also
vcs (standalone mode), vcs logical-chassis enable (fabric cluster mode), vcs vcsid (fabric cluster
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1383
2 vcs vcsid (fabric cluster mode) vcs vcsid (fabric cluster mode)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Description Use this command to change the VCS ID on a switch. At the same time, you can change the
RBridge ID and enable the logical chassis cluster mode for the switch.
Usage Guidelines
Changes the VCS ID and, optionally, the RBridge ID, and can enable logical chassis cluster mode. vcs vcsid vcsid [logical-chassis enable | rbridge-id rbridge-id [logical-chassis enable]] vcsid vcsid Changes the existing VCS ID. The range for this value is 1 to 8192. The default is 1.
rbridge-id rbridge-id Changes the existing RBridge ID. logical-chassis enable Enables logical chassis cluster mode on the switch.
Each time you change the Brocade VCS Fabric configuration, the switch resets to the default configuration and reboots automatically. Make sure to save the configuration before you issue any of the commands shown in the Synopsis.
To transition a switch from logical chassis cluster mode back to standalone mode, run the command: no vcs enable
NOTE
Platforms that allow standalone mode are the Brocade VDS 6710-54, 6720, and 6730.
Examples To convert a node that is in fabric cluster mode to logical chassis cluster mode, while simultaneously changing its RBridge ID to 10 and its VCS ID to 35:
switch# vcs vcsid 35 rbridge-id 10 logical-chassis enable
See Also
vcs (standalone mode), vcs logical-chassis enable (fabric cluster mode), vcs rbridge-id (fabric
1384 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vcs virtual-fabric enable
2 vcs virtual-fabric enable
Synopsis
Enables the Virtual Fabrics feature, allowing the configuration of service or transport VFs in a
Virtual Fabrics context. This expands the VLAN ID address space above the standard 802.1Q limit of 4095 to support multitenancy.
vcs virtual-fabric enable no vcs virtual-fabric enable
Operands
Defaults
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable the configuration of service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context, with VLAN IDs above the standard 802.1Q limit of 4095 and through 8191. Refer to the
Usage Guidelines.
Usage Guidelines
None
This feature is disabled by default.
This command will be successful only if the Virtual Fabric (VF) status is VF-capable. This operation does not disrupt existing 802.1Q traffic in the fabric. Upon the successful completion of the command, the status of the fabric becomes VF-enabled.
Use the no form of this command to disable the configuration of service or transport VFs in the fabric. The no form of this command will be successfl only if there is no serviceor transport VF configuration in the fabric and the status of the fabric is VF-enabled. All service or transport VF configurations in the fabric must be removed or the command no vcs virtual-fabric enable will fail.
Upon successful completion of the command, the fabric status becomes VF-capable.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
NOTE
When the fabric is VF-enabled with a VF-specific configuration, the user is advised of relevant errors when attempting to disable the VF.
Examples
See Also
To enable the Virtual Fabrics feature: switch(config)# vcs virtual-fabric enable
To disable the Virtual Fabrics feature when there is no classified VLAN configuration in the fabric: switch(config)# no vcs virtual-fabric enable
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1385
2 vcs replace rbridge-id vcs replace rbridge-id
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Replaces a node in a logical chassis cluster.
vcs replace rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
RBridge ID of the node you are replacing.
Description
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Use this command to replace a node in a logical chassis cluster with a new node. You need to re-use the RBridge ID and then enter the WWN of the new node when prompted, as shown in the
Example.
This command can be performed only on a node that is in logical chassis cluster mode.
See Also
To replace a node that has an RBridge ID of 3 and then enter the WWN of the new switch: switch# vcs replace rbridge-id 3
Enter the WWN of the new replacement switch: 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:81
None
1386 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vcs virtual ip
2 vcs virtual ip
Synopsis
Assigns a single virtual IP address to all switches in a Brocade VCS Fabric. vcs virtual-ip address ipv4_address/prefix_len no vcs virtual-ip address
Operands
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
ip address
Configures the virtual IP address.
ipv4_address/prefix_len
Specifies the IP address in IPv4 format by means of a CIDR prefix (mask).
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to assign a single virtual IP address to the configured principal switch. When you configure the virtual IP address is configured for the first time, the address is assigned to the principal switch. You can then access the principal switch through the management port
IP address or the virtual IP address. The virtual IP configuration is global in nature. All the nodes in the fabric will be configured with the same virtual IP address, but the address is always bound to the current Principal switch.
This command can be used in VCS mode only after the fabric has formed successfully. The virtual
IP address cannot be configured on a standalone node.
The command can be executed from any node. However, you cannot remove a virtual IP address when you are logged on to the switch using the virtual IP address. Use the management port
IP address or the serial console to configure the virtual IP address.
It is the responsibility of Network Administrator to ensure that the virtual IP address assigned is not a duplicate of address assigned to any other management port in the VCS fabric.
The virtual IP address should be configured on the same subnet as the management interface
IP address.
Enter no vcs virtual-ip address to remove the currently-configured virtual IP address.
Examples To assign a virtual IP address and mask to the principal switch and verify the operation: switch(config)# vcs virtual ip address 10.21.87.2/20 switch(config)# do show vcs virtual-ip
Virtual IP :10.21.87.2/20
Associated rbridge-id : 2
See Also
To remove the currently configured virtual IP address: switch(config)# no vcs virtual ip address
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1387
2 virtual-fabric virtual-fabric
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Designates the FCoE Virtual Fabric Identification (VFID).
virtual-fabric 1
None
None
Command Modes FCoE fabric-map configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to designate the VFID.
The VFID value is 1. No other values are allowed.
You must be in the feature configuration mode for FCoE fabric-map for this command to function.
NOTE
The FCoE virtual fabric is not to be confused with the Virtual Fabric feature that supports service or transport VFs.
Examples
See Also switch(config)# fcoe switch(config-fcoe)# fabric-map default switch(config-fcoe-fabric-map)# virtual-fabric 1
None
1388 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
virtual-ip
2 virtual-ip
Synopsis
Configures a virtual IPv4 address for the virtual router.
virtual-ip A.B.C.D no virtual-ip A.B.C.D
Operands
Defaults
Virtual IPv4 address of the virtual router.
Command Modes Virtual-router-group configuration mode
Description Use this command to configure a virtual IPv4 address for the virtual router.
This virtual IPv4 address is the IP address that an end-hosts sets as its default gateway. The virtual
IP address must belong to the same subnet as the underlying interface. A maximum of 16 virtual
IP addresses can be configured for VRRP; only one virtual IP address can be configured for
VRRP-E. The session gets enabled soon as the first virtual-ip is configured.
Usage Guidelines
A.B.C.D
None
Examples
You can perform this command for VRRP or VRRP-E.
Enter no virtual-ip A.B.C.D to delete the specified virtual IP address
To assign a virtual IP address of 192.53.5.1 to the VRRP virtual group 1: switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# protocol vrrp switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int te 101/1/6 switch(conf-if-te-101/1/6)# vrrp-group 1 switch(config-vrrp-group-1)# virtual-ip 192.53.5.1
See Also
To assign a virtual IP address of 192.53.5.1 to the VRRP-E virtual group 1: switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# protocol vrrp switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int ve 20 switch(config-ve-20)# vrrp-group-extended 1 switch(config-vrrp-extended-group-1)# virtual-ip 192.53.5.1
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1389
2 virtual-mac virtual-mac
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Enables generation of a virtual MAC with 0 IP hash.
virtual-mac virtual_mac_address
virtual_mac_address
None
Command Modes VRRP-Extended group configuration mode
Description The distributed VXLAN gateway functionality depends on VRRP-E for multi-homing. By default, the
VRRP-E virtual MAC is derived as 02:e0:52:<2-byte-ip-hash>:<1-byte-vrid>. The VXLAN gateway requires that the virtual MAC be a function of only VRID. The two-byte hash of the virtual IP should be set to 0s, as in the following example:
02e0.5200.00xx:<1-byte-VRID>
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
To enable the generation of a virtual MAC with 0 IP hash: switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int ve 10 switch(config-Ve-10)# vrrp-extended-group 100 switch(config-vrrp-extended-group-100)# virtual-mac 02e0.5200.00xx:<1-byte-VRID>
See Also
1390 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vlag ignore-split
2 vlag ignore-split
Synopsis
Controls the ignore-split recovery functionality.
vlag ignore-split no vlag ignore-split
Operands
Defaults
None vlag ignore-split is enabled.
Command Modes Port-channel configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable or disable the ignore-split recovery functionality.
When ignore-spilt-recovery is active, neither of the RBridges modify their actor SID when splitting or rejoining the vLAG. They both advertise VSID and keep both sides of the vLAG alive.
Usage Guidelines This command is supported only when the switch is operating in Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
Enter no vlag ignore-split to disable this functionality.
NOTE
It is recommended that this command be enabled.
Examples
See Also switch(config)# interface port-channel 27 switch(config-port-channel-27)# vlag ignore-split
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1391
2 vlan classifier activate group vlan classifier activate group
Synopsis
Activates a VLAN classifier group.
vlan classifier activate group number vlan vlan_id no vlan classifier activate group number
Operands
number
Specifies which VLAN classifier group to activate. Valid values range from 1 through 16.
Specifies which VLAN interface to activate. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
Defaults vlan vlan_id
None
Command Modes Interface subconfiguration mode (fo, gi, port-channel, te)
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to activate a VLAN classifier group for a specified VLAN.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086.for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Enter no vlan classifier activate group number to remove the specified group.
Examples To activate VLAN classifier group 1 for VLAN 5 on a specific 10-gigabit Ethernet interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/1 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/1)# vlan classifier activate group 1 vlan 5
See Also
To remove VLAN classifier group 10 from a specific port-channel interface: switch(config)# interface port-channel 44 switch(config-port-channel-44)# no vlan classifier activate group 10
interface, vlan classifier group
1392 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vlan classifier group
2 vlan classifier group
Synopsis
Operands
Adds and deletes rules to a VLAN classifier group.
vlan classifier group number [add rule number| delete rule number]
number
Specifies the VLAN group number for which rules are to be added or deleted. Valid values range from 1 through 16.
add rule number Specifies a rule is to be added. Valid values range from 1 through 256.
delete rule number Specifies a rule is to be deleted. Valid values range from 1 through 256.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add and delete rules from VLAN classifier groups.
Make sure your converged mode interface is not configured to classify untagged packets to the same VLAN as the incoming VLAN-tagged packets. By configuring a converged interface to classify untagged packets (by using classifiers or the default port vlan_id) to the same VLAN as
VLAN-tagged packets coming into the interface, the FCoE hardware sends out untagged packets to the CNA. These packets may be dropped, disrupting communications.
On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows:
•
On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086.for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
•
On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
Examples To add rule 1 to VLAN classifier group 1: switch(config)# vlan classifier group 1 add rule 1
See Also None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1393
2 vlan classifier rule vlan classifier rule
Synopsis
Operands
Creates a VLAN classifier rule.
vlan classifier rule rule_id [[mac mac_address] | [proto {hex_addr encap {ethv2 | nosnapllc | snapllc} | arp encap {ethv2 | nosnapllc | snapllc} | ip encap {ethv2 | nosnapllc | snapllc} | ipv6 encap {ethv2 | nosnapllc | snapllc}]] no vlan classifier rule
rule_id mac
mac_address
proto
hex_addr
arp ip ipv6 encap ethv2 nosnapllc snapllc
Specifies the VLAN identification rule. Valid values range from 1 through 2556.
Specifies the Media Access Control (MAC) list.
Specifies the MAC address-based VLAN classifier rule used to map to a specific VLAN.
Specifies the protocol to use for the VLAN classifier rule.
An Ethernet hexadecimal value. Valid values range from 0x0000 through 0xffff
Specifies to use the Address Resolution Protocol.
Specifies to use the Internet Protocol.
Specifies to use the Internet Protocol version 6.
Specifies to encapsulate the Ethernet frames sent for the VLAN classifier rule.
Specifies to use the Ethernet version 2 encapsulated frames.
Specifies to use the Ethernet version 2 non-SNA frames.
Specifies to use the Ethernet version 2 with SNA frames.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to dynamically classify Ethernet packets on an untagged interface into VLANs.
VLAN classifiers are created individually and are managed separately. Up to 256 VLAN classifiers can be provisioned. One or more VLAN classifiers can be grouped into a classifier group.
This classifier group can further be applied on an interface.
Enter no vlan classifier rule rule_id to delete the specified rule.
Examples To create an ARP VLAN classifier rule: switch(config)# vlan classifier rule 2 proto arp encap ethv2
See Also
1394 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vlan dot1q tag native
2 vlan dot1q tag native
Synopsis
Enables 802.1tagging on the native VLAN.
vlan dot1q tag native no vlan dot1q tag native
Operands
Defaults
None
The native VLAN is enabled.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable dot1q (IEEE 802.1Q) tagging for all native VLANs on all trunked ports on the switch.
Usually, you configure 802.1Q trunks with a native VLAN ID, which strips tagging from all packets on that VLAN.
To maintain the tagging on the native VLAN and drop untagged traffic, use the vlan dot1q tag native command. The switch will tag the traffic received on the native VLAN and admit only
802.1Q-tagged frames.
Control traffic continues to be accepted as untagged on the native VLAN on a trunked port, even when the vlan dot1q tag native command is enabled.
Usage Guidelines Enter no vlan dot1q tag native to disable dot1q (IEEE 802.1Q) tagging for all native VLANs on all trunked ports on the switch.
Examples
See Also
None
switchport mode, switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1395
2 vlan-profile (AMPP) vlan-profile (AMPP)
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
None
None
Command Modes Port-profile configuration mode
Description Use this command to activate the VLAN profile mode for AMPP. This mode allows configuration of
VLAN attributes of a port-profile.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Activates the VLAN profile mode for AMPP. vlan-profile no vlan-profile
Enter no vlan-profile to delete the profile.
To create a basic VLAN profile supporting 802.1Q VLANs: switch(config)# port-profile my_profile switch(conf-port-profile-my_profile)# vlan-profile
The following illustrates the creation of port-profiles and vlan-profiles with switchport configurations illustrating VLAN classifications in a Virtual Fabrics context: sw0(config)# port-profile pp100 sw0(config-port-profile-pp100)# vlan-profile sw0(config-vlan-profile)# switchport sw0(config-vlan-profile)# switchport access vlan 5001 mac 1.1.1 sw0(config-vlan-profile)# switchport access vlan 5002 mac 1.1.2 sw0(config-vlan-profile)# switchport access vlan 5001 mac-group 11 sw0(config-vlan-profile)# port-profile pp101 sw0(config-port-profile-pp101)# vlan-profile sw0(config-vlan-profile)# switchport sw0(config-vlan-profile)# switchport mode trunk sw0(config-vlan-profile)# switchport trunk allowed vlan add 5004 ctag 11 sw0(config-vlan-profile)# switchport trunk allowed vlan add 5005 ctag 12 sw0(config-vlan-profile)# switchport trunk native-vlan 5006 ctag 13
See Also None
1396 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vnetwork vcenter discover
2 vnetwork vcenter discover
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Explicitly starts the discovery process on the vCenter. vnetwork vcenter vcenter_name discover
vcenter_name
None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode
Name of a vCenter.
Description Use this command to explicitly start the discovery process on the specified vCenter. The discovery of virtual assets from the vCenter occurs during one of the following circumstances:
•
When a switch boots up.
•
When a new vCenter is configured on the VDX switch and activated (activation turns on the timer processing, set to 180-second intervals.)
•
When the discovery is explicitly initiated with the CLI.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
See Also
None
None
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1397
2 vrf vrf
Synopsis
Operands
Creates and enters Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) configuration mode.
vrf name
name
Character string for the name of the VRF. The string can be up 24 characters long, but should not contain punctuation or special characters.
Defaults None
Command Modes RBridge ID configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create and enter Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) configuration mode.
None
Examples
See Also
None
address-family ipv4 unicast (BGP), arp, ip router-id, max-route, network (BGP), next-hop-recursion
(BGP), rbridge-id, rd (route distinguisher)
1398 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vrf-lite-capability (OSPF)
2 vrf-lite-capability (OSPF)
Synopsis
Disables the down-bit (DN bit) that is set when routes are redistributed from multiprotocol BGP
(MP-BGP) to OSPF, vrf-lite-capability no vrf-lite-capability
Operands
Defaults
Usage Guidelines
Examples
None
None
Command Modes OSPF VRF router configuration mode
Description Use this command to disable the down-bit (DN bit) that is set when routes are redistributed from multiprotocol BGP (MP-BGP) to OSPF. A customer edge (CE) router acts the provider edge (PE) router in VRF Lite. Because PE routers advertise VPN routes to CE routers with the DN-bit set, these checks should be disabled in a VRF Lite context. If CE routers receive routes with the DN-bit set, they discard those routes.
Enter no vrf-lite-capability to disable this feature.
See Also switch# configure switch(config)# rbridge-id 5 switch(config-rbridge-id-5)# router ospf vrf orange switch(config-router-ospf-vrf-orange)# vrf-lite-capability
None
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1399
2 vrrp-extended-group vrrp-extended-group
Synopsis
Operands
Configures a virtual-router-extended group.
vrrp-extended-group group-ID no vrrp-extended-group group-ID
group-ID
A user-assigned number from 1 through 128 that you assign to the virtual router group.
Defaults None
Command Modes Virtual Ethernet (ve) interface configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to identify a virtual-router-extended group and enter into the virtual router configuration mode.
This configuration is for virtual Ethernet (ve) interfaces only.
Enter no vrrp-extended-group group-ID to remove the specific VRRP Extended group.
If you remove a group, you cannot retrieve it. You would have to redo the configuration procedure.
Examples The following example shows how to assign the ve interface with a vlan number of 20 to the virtual router extended group with the ID of 1. (First you must enable VRRP-E on the switch.) switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# protocol vrrp-extended switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# int ve 20 switch(config-ve-20)# vrrp-extended-group 1
See Also
interface, interface ve, virtual-ip
1400 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
vrrp-group
2 vrrp-group
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Configures a virtual router group.
vrrp-group group-ID no vrrp-group group-ID
group-ID
None
A value from 1 through 128 that you assign to the virtual router group.
Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode
Description Use this command to identify a virtual router group and enters into the virtual router configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Enter no vrrp-group group-ID to remove a specific VRRP group. If you remove a group, you cannot retrieve it. You would have to redo the configuration procedure.
The following example shows how to assign the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 101/1/6 to the virtual router group with the ID of 1. (First you must enable VRRP on the switch.) switch(config)# rbridge-id 101 switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# protocol vrrp switch(config-rbridge-id-101)# interface tengigabitethernet 101/1/6 switch(config-if-te-101/1/6)# vrrp-group 1
See Also
interface, interface ve, virtual-ip
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1401
2 zoning defined-configuration alias zoning defined-configuration alias
Synopsis
Operands
Creates or deletes a zone alias.
zoning defined-configuration alias aliasName member-entry member [; member] … no member-entry member no zoning defined-configuration alias aliasName alias aliasName Specifies a zone alias.
member-entry member
Specifies the WWN of the device to be added to the zone alias.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Zoning configuration mode
Description Use this command to create a zone alias, to add one or more members to a zone alias, or to remove a member from a zone alias.
This command enters a subconfiguration mode, where you can specify the names of the zone alias members to be added to the defined configuration or removed from the defined configuration.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This command is supported only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode. Zoning configuration data are automatically distributed among all RBridges in the VCS Fabric. Standalone mode is not supported.
This command can be entered on any RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric, but it is always executed on the principal RBridge in fabric cluster mode. In logical chassis cluster mode, edits can be performed only from the principal RBridge.
Enter member-entry member [ ; member] … in the subconfiguration mode to add one or more members to a zone alias. You specify the zone alias member by its WWN. When adding multiple members in a single command line, the members are added sequentially until all members are added or the first error is encountered.
Enter no member-entry member to remove a member from a zone alias. You can remove only one member entry each time you enter no member-entry.
If you remove the last member from a zone alias and subsequently commit the configuration, the commit operation deletes the zone alias.
Enter no zoning defined-configuration alias aliasName to delete a zone alias.
The zoning defined-configuration alias command changes the defined configuration.
To save the configuration persistently, enter zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save. For the change to become effective, enable the configuration by entering zoning enabled-configuration cfgName.
To create a zone alias with one member: switch(config)# zoning defined-configuration alias alias1
1402 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
zoning defined-configuration alias
2
See Also switch(config-alias-alias1)# member-entry 10:00:00:00:00:00:00:01
To add two additional WWNs to the zone alias: switch(config)# zoning defined-configuration alias alias1 switch(config-alias-alias1)# member-entry \
10:00:00:00:00:00:00:02;10:00:00:00:00:00:00:03
To remove a WWN from a zone alias: switch(config)# zoning defined-configuration alias alias1 switch(config-alias-alias1)# no member-entry 10:00:00:00:00:00:00:01
To delete a zone alias from the defined configuration: switch(config)# no zoning defined-configuration alias alias1
show running-config zoning defined-configuration
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1403
2 zoning defined-configuration cfg zoning defined-configuration cfg
Synopsis
Operands
Creates a new zone configuration or adds a zone to an existing configuration.
zoning defined-configuration cfg cfgName member-zone zoneName[ ; zoneName]… no member-zone zoneName no zoning defined-configuration cfg cfgName
cfgName
Specifies the name of the zone configuration.
member-zone zoneName
Specifies the name of a zone to be added to the configuration or removed from the configuration.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Zoning configuration mode
Description Use this command to create a new zone configuration, to add new zones to an existing configuration, or to remove member zones from a configuration.
This command enters a subconfiguration mode where you can specify the names of the member zones to be added to the configuration or removed from the configuration.
Usage Guidelines This command is supported only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode. Zoning configuration data are automatically distributed among all RBridges in the VCS Fabric. Standalone mode is not supported.
This command can be entered on any RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric, but it is always executed on the principal RBridge in fabric cluster mode. In logical chassis cluster mode, edits can be performed only from the principal RBridge.
The zoning defined-configuration cfg command changes the defined configuration. To save the configuration persistently, issue the zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save command.
For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name command.
Enter member-zone zoneName[;zoneName]… in the subconfiguration mode to add one or more zones. When adding multiple zones in a single command line, the zones are added sequentially until all zones are added or the first error is encountered.
Enter no member-zone zoneName in the subconfiguration mode to remove a member zone from the configuration. You can remove only one member zone each time you enter the no member-zone command.
If you enable a zone configuration, the members in that zone configuration must be populated with at least one zone member-entry (a WWN or an alias); otherwise the enable operation fails.
If you remove the last zone from the configuration and subsequently commit the configuration, the commit operation deletes the configuration.
Enter no zoning defined-configuration cfg cfgName to delete a configuration.
1404 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
zoning defined-configuration cfg
2
Examples
See Also
NOTE
Zone aliases are not valid zone configuration members. Adding an alias to an existing zone configuration will not be blocked. However, the attempt to enable a zone configuration that contains aliases will fail with an appropriate error message.
To add two zones to a zone configuration: switch(config)# zoning defined-configuration cfg cfg4 switch(config-cfg-cfg4)# member-zone zone2;zone3
To delete a zone from a zone configuration: switch(config)# zoning defined-configuration cfg cfg4 switch(config-cfg-cfg4)# no member-zone zone2
To delete a zone configuration: switch(config)# no zoning defined-configuration cfg cfg4
zoning defined-configuration zone, zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1405
2 zoning defined-configuration zone zoning defined-configuration zone
Synopsis
Operands
Creates a new zone or adds a member to an existing zone.
zoning defined-configuration zone zoneName member-entry member [; member] … no member-entry member no zoning defined-configuration zone zoneName zone zoneName Specifies the name of the zone to be configured.
member-entry member
Specifies the name of the zone member to be added to the zone. The zone member can be specified by a WWN or a by a zone alias.
Defaults None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Zoning configuration mode
Description Use this command to create a new zone, to add one or more members to a zone, or to delete a member from a zone.
This command enters a subconfiguration mode, where you can specify the names of the zone members to be added to the defined configuration or removed from the defined configuration.
Usage Guidelines This command is supported only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode. Zoning configuration data are automatically distributed among all RBridges in the VCS Fabric. Standalone mode is not supported.
This command can be entered on any RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric, but it is always executed on the principal RBridge in fabric cluster mode. In logical chassis cluster mode, edits can be performed only from the principal RBridge.
You can define a zone member by its port WWN or node WWN. However, when creating an LSAN zone, you should use only port WWNs, because node WWNs cannot be exported to a remote fabric.
Enter member-entry member [ ; member] … in the subconfiguration mode to add one or more members to a zone. You can specify the zone member by its WWN or by a zone alias. When adding multiple members in a single command line, the members are added sequentially until all members are added or the first error is encountered.
Enter no member-entry member to remove a member from a zone. You can remove only one member entry each time you enter no member-entry.
If you enable a zone configuration, the members in that zone configuration must be populated with at least one member-entry; otherwise the enable operation fails. However, You can have a non-populated zone in a zone configuration if that zone configuration only exists in the defined-configuration and is not enabled.
If you remove the last member from a zone and subsequently commit the configuration, the commit operation deletes the zone.
Enter no zoning defined-configuration zone zoneName to delete a zone.
1406 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
zoning defined-configuration zone
2
The zoning defined-configuration zone command changes the defined configuration:
•
To save the configuration persistently, issue the zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save command.
CAUTION
For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name command. When edits are made to the defined configuration, and those edits affect a currently enabled zone configuration, issuing a “cfg-save” command makes the enabled configuration effectively stale. Until the enabled configuration is re-enabled, the merging of new RBridges into the cluster is not recommended. This merging may cause unpredictable results, with the potential for mismatched enabled-zoning configurations among the RBridges in the cluster.
Examples
See Also
To add a WWN and an alias to a zone: switch(config)# zoning defined-configuration zone zone3 switch(config-zone-zone3)# member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:84;alias1
To remove a WWN from a zone: switch(config)# zoning defined-configuration zone zone3 switch(config-zone-zone3)# no member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:82
To remove an alias from a zone: switch(config)# zoning defined-configuration zone zone3 switch(config-zone-zone3)# no member-entry alias1
To delete a zone from the defined configuration: switch(config)# no zoning defined-configuration zone zone3
zoning defined-configuration cfg
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1407
2 zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-clear zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-clear
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Clears all zone configurations in the defined configuration.
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-clear
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear all defined zone information. The enabled configuration is not affected.
This command is supported only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode. Zoning configuration data are automatically distributed among all RBridges in the VCS Fabric. Standalone mode is not supported.
This command can be entered on any RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric, but it is always executed on the principal RBridge in fabric cluster mode. In logical chassis cluster mode, edits can be performed only from the principal RBridge.
After clearing the defined zone configuration with zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-clear, enter no zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name to clear the entire zoning configuration
(both the defined zone configuration and the enabled configuration).
If no current active zoning configuration exists, or you just want to clear the defined zone configuration, enter zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save to commit the transaction.
If a cfg-clear is entered accidentally, issue a cfg-transaction-abort command.
CAUTION
All defined zone objects in the defined zone configuration are deleted. If you try to commit the empty defined zone configuration while a zone configuration is enabled, you are warned to first disable the enabled zone configuration or to provide a valid configuration with the same name.
Examples
See Also
To clear the defined zoning database: switch(config)# zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-clear
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name, zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save,
1408 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save
2 zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Saves the defined configuration to persist across reboots.
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to save the current zone configuration persistently. This command writes the defined configuration and the name of the defined zone configuration to nonvolatile memory in all switches in the VCS Fabric.
The saved configuration is automatically reloaded at power on. If a configuration was in effect at the time it was saved, the same configuration is reinstalled with an automatic zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name command.
The zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save command validates the effective configuration by performing the same tests as the zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name command on enabling the configuration. If the tests fail, an error message is displayed and the configuration is not saved.
This command commits the current transaction. Pending transactions are pushed to nonvolatile memory. Any empty zones or empty configurations are deleted.
This command is supported only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode. Zoning configuration data are automatically distributed among all RBridges in the VCS Fabric. Standalone mode is not supported.
This command can be entered on any RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric, but it is always executed on the principal RBridge in fabric cluster mode. In logical chassis cluster mode, edits can be performed only from the principal RBridge.
Examples The following example saves the current zone configuration: switch(config)# zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save
See Also
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name, zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-transaction-abort
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1409
2 zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-transaction-abort zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-transaction-abort
Synopsis
Operands
Defaults
Aborts a current fabric-wide transaction.
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-transaction-abort
None
None
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to abort the current zoning transaction without committing it. All changes made since the transaction was started are removed and the zone configuration database is restored to the state before the transaction was started.
This command is supported only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode. Zoning configuration data are automatically distributed among all RBridges in the VCS Fabric. Standalone mode is not supported.
This command can be entered on any RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric, but it is always executed on the principal RBridge in fabric cluster mode. In logical chassis cluster mode, edits can be performed only from the principal RBridge.
Examples
See Also
To abort the current zone transaction: switch(config)# zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-transaction-abort
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save, zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name
1410 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name
2 zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name
Synopsis
Enables a zone configuration.
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name cfgName no zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name
Operands
Defaults
cfgName
Specifies the configuration to be enabled.
Zoning is not implemented and default zoning applies.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description Use this command to enable a specific configuration. This command commits the current defined zone configuration to both volatile and nonvolatile memory.
Usage Guidelines Only one configuration can be enabled at a time.
This command is supported only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode. Zoning configuration data are automatically distributed among all RBridges in the VCS Fabric. Standalone mode is not supported.
This command can be entered on any RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric, but it is always executed on the principal RBridge in fabric cluster mode. In logical chassis cluster mode, edits can be performed only from the principal RBridge.
If the operation fails, the previous state is preserved; that is, zoning remains disabled, or the previous effective configuration remains in effect. If the operation succeeds, the new configuration replaces the previous effective configuration.
Enter no zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name to disable the currently enabled configuration.
The VCS Fabric returns to default zoning mode. In this mode, either all devices can access one another, or no device can access any other device, depending on if the default zoning mode is
ALLACCESS or NOACCESS.
NOTE
If more than 300 devices are connected when the enabled-configuration is disabled, the no zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name command is not allowed if the defzone mode is AllAccess. In this case, change the defzone mode to No Access and then disable the enabled-configuration.
Examples
See Also
To enable a zone configuration: switch(config)# zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name myconfig
To disable the currently enabled configuration: switch(config)# no zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name
show running-config zoning defined-configuration,
Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
1411
2 zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access
Synopsis
Operands
Sets the default zone access mode.
zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access {allaccess | noaccess} allaccess noaccess
Sets the default zone access mode to “All Access”. Each device can access all other devices attached to the VCS Fabric.
Sets the default zone access mode to “No Access”. No device can access any other device in the VCS Fabric.
Defaults Zone access mode is “All Access”.
Command Modes Global configuration mode
Description
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display or set the default zone access mode.
This command is supported only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode. Zoning configuration data are automatically distributed among all RBridges in the VCS Fabric. Standalone mode is not supported.
This command can be entered on any RBridge in a Brocade VCS Fabric, but it is always executed on the principal RBridge in fabric cluster mode. In logical chassis cluster mode, edits can be performed only from the principal RBridge.
ATTENTION
Setting the default zone mode initializes a zoning transaction (if one is not already in progress), and creates reserved zoning objects. For the change to become effective, you must commit the
transaction with either the zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save command or the
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name command.
Examples
See Also
NOTE
A default zone controls the device access that is in effect when zoning is not enabled. When a user-specified zoning configuration is not enabled, the default zone is in effect, allowing access to all devices or no devices. When a user-specified zone configuration is enabled, it overrides the default zone access mode.
To set the default zone mode to All Access: switch(config)# zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access allaccess
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name, zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save
1412 Network OS Command Reference
53-1003226-01
advertisement